■man 
 
 snoBJkhm 
 
 n 
 
 iUMlt 
 
 BHHh 
 
 mm 
 
 U 
 
 Iff 
 
 H 
 
 if 
 
 niti 
 
 m 
 
 bur 
 

 aV •/>, 
 
 
 ,A 
 
 O. 
 
 ^ *^J 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,S 
 
 >^ 
 
 *b„ 
 
 W 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 >- 
 
 
 .A 
 
 <£ y , V* &* 
 
 r? c ° N c ' * '<?- 
 
 <,% 
 
 o 
 
 $% 
 
 *t.^ ^°" 
 
 '% *' 
 
 ,v 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ c*- 
 
 \ v 
 
 
 c°~ 
 
 
 
 
 -\* 
 
 V > 
 
 3 % 
 
 A>' '^ 
 
 
 
 :3 "'*, ■ 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 .*fc° 
 
 ,0o. 
 
 
 
 ^0 
 v *• 
 
 x : ^4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s<^ 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ' *o* 
 
 'oo' 
 
 v x . 
 
 
 
 '> 
 
 
 ^ V 
 
 
 
 
JW. 
 
 SECOND BOOK IN GREEK; 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 SYNTAX, WITH READING LESSONS IN PROSE; 
 
 PROSODY AND THE DIALECTS, WITH 
 
 READING LESSONS IN VERSE, 
 
 FORMING A SUFFICIENT 
 
 GREEK READER. 
 
 WITH A VOCABULARY. 
 
 BY JOHN M'CLINTOCK, D. D., 
 
 LATE PROFESSOR OF ANCIENT LANGUAGES IN DICKINSON COLLEGE. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, 
 
 82 CLIFF STREET. 
 
 C^^ctt l l™'^ £t~^ rfftA 
 

 W 
 
 ,>" 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand 
 eight hundred and fifty, hy 
 
 Harper & Brothers, 
 
 in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District 
 of New York. 
 
 '• ' v - t -., v 
 
> R E F A C E. 
 
 This volume is designed as a complement to the 
 " First Book in Greek," published some time ago. In 
 that work the Forms of Words were pretty fully set 
 forth, and illustrated by copious examples and exer- 
 cises. The present work contains the Syntax in as 
 full a form, perhaps, as is adapted to elementary in- 
 struction. Appended to the Syntax is a list of Par- 
 ticles and Phrases (modified from Buttmann and Ar- 
 nold), which should be constantly referred to by the 
 student. 
 
 Following this is a series of Reading Lessons in 
 Prose, intended to afford ample opportunity for drill- 
 ing in the Syntax. The extracts are made wholly 
 from Xenophon's Anabasis, which is now universally 
 admitted to be the best book for use in elementary 
 training. The first portion of the extracts is divided 
 into brief sentences, afterwards combined into full 
 paragraphs, as written by Xenophon. Careful ex- 
 ercise in these (with special reference to the list of 
 Particles and Phrases, p. 48, seq.) will give the pupil 
 a degree of insight into the structure of the Greek 
 sentence, and especially into the use of the various 
 connectives, such as would hardly be believed by those 
 who have never used this method of teaching. I am 
 indebted for this part of the work to a little book called 
 ' 'Xenophon for Beginners," one of the excellent series 
 published by John Taylor, London. 
 
 The three chapters of the Anabasis (vii., viii., and 
 ix.) thus decomposed, are afterwards exhibited in full 
 (p. 107-119). The student should now be drilled in 
 these three chapters thoroughly, and not allowed to 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 pass on to chapter x. until he has so completely mas- 
 tered them as to be able to translate every paragraph, 
 to analyze every sentence, and to parse every word, 
 with the utmost promptness. He will then have no 
 difficulty in reading the remaining extracts from Xeno- 
 phon. 
 
 The subject of Prosody is then treated, as far as is 
 necessary in the way of Introduction to the Poetical 
 Extracts that follow. It has been my aim to con- 
 dense the treatment of this subject, as well as that of 
 the Dialects, into the smallest possible compass. 
 
 The Reading Lessons in Verse are those usually 
 given in the Greek Reader. 
 
 The Notes are mainly grammatical, and will be 
 found, it is hoped, to avoid the two extremes of un- 
 due fullness and undue poverty. 
 
 It is perhaps proper to state, that when this series 
 of books was undertaken, it was expected that the 
 labour of preparing the projected works would be di- 
 vided equally between my friend Professor Crooks 
 and myself. But circumstances over which neither 
 of us had control prevented this ; and the First Book 
 in Latin was prepared mainly by myself; the First 
 Book in Greek almost wholly ; and the present work 
 wholly. Had we not both been separated from the Col- 
 lege in which our work lay together so long, our own 
 wishes would have kept up the partnership of labour. 
 
 I must again return my thanks to Rev. G. W. Col- 
 lord, A.M., of New York, for his aid in the revision 
 of the proofs, and in the preparation of the Diction- 
 ary furnished in this volume. The book is very ac- 
 curately printed ; and the Dictionary is a good one : 
 thanks to his careful and scholarly way of working. 
 
 J. M'Clintock. 
 
 May 10, 1850. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 PART I. — SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 I. Subject and Predicate. Page 
 
 § 1. Definition of Subject and Predicate 1 
 
 $ 2. Agreement 2 
 
 § 3. Apposition 5 
 
 § 4. Predicate-Nominative 5 
 
 § 5. Uses of the Article 6 
 
 § 6. Uses of avroc and irag 10 
 
 II. Use of Cases. 
 
 § 1. Nominative 12 
 
 § 2. Genitive 12 
 
 I 3. Dative 17 
 
 § 4. Accusative 20 
 
 § 5. Cases governed by Prepositions 22 
 
 III. The Verb. 
 
 §1. Classes of Verbs 28 
 
 $ 2. Infinitive 30 
 
 § 3. Participle 31 
 
 $ 4. Verbals in r£oc and rog 32 
 
 PART II. — COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
 
 I. Co-ordinate Sentences. 
 
 § 1. Classes of Co-ordinate Sentences 35 
 
 II. Subordinate Sentences. 
 
 § 2. Classes of Subordinate Sentences 36 
 
 $ 3. The Moods . .36 
 
 $ 4. Conjunctive Sentences 38 
 
 1. Final . . . . 39 
 
 2. Temporal 40 
 
 3. Conditional 40 
 
 $ 5. Relative Sentences 42 
 
 $ 6. Accusative with Infinitive 44 
 
 $ 7. Participial Sentences 45 
 
 § 8. Interrogative Sentences 46 
 
 § 9. Oratio Obliqua 4G 
 
 Use of certain P articles and Phrases 48 
 
VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 READING LESSONS IN PROSE. 
 
 Page 
 
 Introduction 64 
 
 Extracts from Xenophon's Anabasis 68 
 
 OUTLINES OF PROSODY AND OF THE HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 Prosody 155 
 
 Homeric Dialect 169 
 
 READING LESSONS IN VERSE. 
 
 Extracts from Homer . 187 
 
 Extracts from Anacreon 203 
 
 Iambics from the Greek Dramatists 209 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 Notes on the Extracts from Xenophon 213 
 
 Notes on the Extracts from Homer 253 
 
 Notes on the Extracts from Anacreon 269 
 
 Notes on the Iambics 273 
 
 Scanning of the Extracts from Homer 275 
 
 Scanning of the Odes of Anacreon 279 
 
 Scanning of the Iambics 281 
 
 Vocabulary 283 
 
SYNTAX, 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 (1.) (a) A proposition is a thought expressed in words ; 
 e. g., the rose blooms ; the rose is beautiful. 
 
 (b) A simple sentence consists of a single proposition ; 
 e. g., the messenger ivas sent; the swift messenger arrived. 
 
 (c) A compound sentence is one made up of two or more 
 propositions ; e. g., the messenger, who had been sent, ar- 
 rived. 
 
 (d) Syntax treats of the use of words in the formation 
 of sentences, and of the relation of sentences to each other. 
 We speak first, 
 
 PART I. 
 
 OF SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 
 § 1. Definition of Subject and Predicate. 
 
 (2.) Every sentence (e. g., the eagle flies) consists of two 
 parts, the subject (e. g., eagle) and the predicate (e. g., 
 flies). 
 
 (a) The Subject is that of which anything is declared, 
 and is generally (1) « noun or (2) some word used instead 
 of a noun. 
 
 1. The eagle flies. Here the noun eagle is the subject. 
 
 2. To err is human. Here the infinitive to err is used as a noun, and 
 forms the subject. 
 
 A 
 
2 AGREEMENT. 
 
 (b) The Predicate is that which is declared of the sub- 
 ject, and is generally either (1) a verb, (2) an adjective or 
 participle, or (3) a noun, connected with the subject by some 
 form of the verb elvcu, to be. 
 
 1. The eagle flit?. Here the verbis is the predicate. 
 
 2. To err is human. Here the adjective human is the predicate. 
 
 3. John is a man. Here the noun man is the predicate. 
 
 § 2. Agreement, 
 
 (3.) Rule I. — The verb of the predicate agrees 
 with the subject in number and person. 
 
 I write. Thou writest. I 'Eyw ypd^o. H,v ypafyeig. 
 
 Cyrus goes up. \ Kvpog avaf3aivei. 
 
 (4.) Special Rule. — A subject in the neuter plural 
 takes its verb in the singular. 
 
 Animals run. I T« £wa Tpex et - 
 
 Provisions failed. \ T« E7UTf}deia Eire^CTzev. 
 
 When the neuter plural subject denotes persons, 
 or the idea of plurality is to be made prominent, the verb 
 is often plural ; e. g., 
 
 The magistrates sent a messenger. | Ta te?iJ] dyytkov E7V£fj.ijjav. 
 
 Rem. 1 . A collective noun may have a plural verb. 
 
 The majority voted. I Td irTirjdog etpntyioavTO. 
 
 The rest of the army departed. \ b u/U,oc arparbg d-KEJ3aLVOV. 
 
 Rem. 2. A dual subject often has a plural verb. 
 
 Two men fought. | Avo uvdpe kfiax^oavTo. 
 
 (5.) If the subject consist of two or more nouns, 
 the verb agrees, 
 
 (a) With all of them taken together in the plural ; 
 
 e.g., 
 Socrates and Plato were wise. \6 SonpuTrig teal 6 lildruv rjaav 
 
 crocpoL 
 
AGREEMENT. 3 
 
 (b) With one (generally the nearest) in the singular ; 
 
 Aristeus and Callicrates were gener- I 'E arpa r^y ei 'kptCTEVQ Kal Ka/,- 
 als. I ?UKpu,TTjg. 
 
 (c) If the subjects be of different persons, the most 
 worthy* prevails. 
 
 I and thou write. I 'Eyw Kal av ypaqo/LiEV. 
 
 Thou and they write. | 2i) Kal ekeIvol ypd(f>ET£. 
 
 (G.) The subject is omitted when it is obvious from 
 tbe verb or the context, viz. : 
 
 {a) The personal pronoun (unless emphatic) ; e. g., 
 
 (I) write. (He) writes. \ypd(pu. ypd<p£t. 
 
 (b) The subject of a verb, which itself implies the sub- 
 ject 5 e. g., 
 
 (The herald) proclaimed. I eK7Jpv^e (sc. 6 Kr/pv^). 
 
 (The trumpeter) sounds the trumpet. \ eguXtt ty!-EV (sc. 6 aa/.irtyKTTJg). 
 
 jy So with impersonal verbs ; e. g., 
 
 It snows. It thunders. | viqei. (3povrd. 
 
 (c) In indefinite phrases, such as 
 
 They say. | (pact, 7AyoVGl. 
 
 It is said. \ 7/EyETai. 
 
 (7.) The copula is omitted when its use is not nec- 
 essary to perspicuity ; e. g., 
 
 Men are mortal. I 0/ dvdpu-oi dvTjToi- 
 
 The property of friends is common. | Ta TtJv cjlXuv KOlvd. 
 
 (8.) An adjective may stand either, 
 
 (1) As predicate ; e. g., the man is happy. 
 
 (2) As modifying the subject ; e. g., the good man is happy. 
 
 (3) As modifying the predicate ; e. g., the good man is a happy man. 
 In either case we have, 
 
 * The first person is said to be more worthy than the second ; the sec- 
 ond than the third. 
 
4: AGREEMENT. 
 
 (9.) Rule II. — Adjectives agree with the nouns to 
 which they refer in gender, number, and case. 
 
 [This rule applies to all adjectives, pronouns, and participles.] 
 
 Man is mortal. 6 avdpwrroc -&vnrog kartv. 
 
 A large park. liapadetaog jueyag. 
 
 Both the children. To Tralde dfi^orepo). 
 
 Rem. 1. When the subject is a general idea, the predi- 
 cate adjective is put in the neuter singular, without 
 regard to the gender or number of the subject. 
 [The word thing or something can generally be subjoined in English.] 
 
 Virtue is (something) praiseworthy. 
 Plurality of rulers is not (a) good 
 (thing). 
 
 7} ClpeTTJ EGTLV ETTdLV STOV. 
 
 ovk ayadbv 7zo7\,vnoLpavLa. 
 
 Rem. 2. When the subject is an infinitive, or a sen- 
 tence used as a noun, the adjective is put in the 
 neuter ; e. 
 
 &•» 
 
 To be a king is not bad. 
 R was plain that the king was some 
 where near. 
 
 Ov fcanbv fiaOL?l£VELV. 
 
 At} lov 7]v on kyyvg ttov flaailevr. 
 
 7)V. 
 
 Rem. 3. A dual feminine noun is often found with a 
 masculine adjective ; e. g., 
 
 Both these two days. 
 Two women brawling. 
 The two hands. 
 
 "Aju(pco tovto) to) rjiiepa. 
 Avo yvvalne kpi^ovre. 
 T u x e ~ L P e ' 
 
 (10.) With two or more nouns, 
 
 (a) Of the same gender, the adjective will be of the 
 same gender, plural. 
 
 The mother and daughter were beau- I 'H /J.V T VP ^al r) -d-vyaTTjp 7]oav lea- 
 tiful. I % a i. 
 
 (5) If of different genders, denoting persons, the most 
 worthy^ gender prevails. 
 
 The woman and her children are good. | 'H yvvr) nalra rsuva ay ad at eloiv. 
 
 * The masc. is said to be more worthy than the fern., the fem. than the 
 «;eut. 
 
APPOSITION. PREDICATE-NOMINATIVE. 5 
 
 (c) If of different genders, denoting things, the neuter 
 plural is generally used ; e. g., 
 
 Stones, bricks, and sticks thrown 
 about at random are good for noth- 
 ing. 
 
 Aidot re nal ir?uvdoi nal %v\a, citcck.- 
 rug spp'ifj./xeva, ovdtv xPV ai ' m 
 fid kariv. 
 
 § 3. Apposition. 
 (11.) A noun may stand, 
 
 (a) In the subject, denoting the same person or thing as the subject- 
 noun (or pronoun) ; e. g., Cyrus, the king, came. 
 
 (6) In the predicate, denoting the same person or thing with the predi- 
 cate-noun ; e. g., We admire Cyrus, the king. 
 
 Nouns thus related are said to be in apposition ; and we 
 have 
 
 (12.) Rule III. — Nouns in apposition with each 
 other agree in case. 
 
 Cyrus, the king, is come. \Kvpor- 6 (3aai2.ev£ 7] net. 
 
 We admire Cyrus, the king. \ Q avfid^Ofiev Kvpov rbv fiaci'kia. 
 
 'Rem. If the apposed noun have two forms, one for 
 masc. and another for fern., it can agree also in 
 gender. 
 
 Tomyris, the queen. \ To/ivpig, i] (3aai2,eia. 
 
 § 4. Predicate-Nominative. 
 
 (13.) A noun may form the predicate if connected with 
 the subject by the verb elvai (in any of its forms), or by a 
 verb not having a complete predicative meaning in itself. 
 And 
 
 Rule IV. The predicate-nominative agrees witn 
 the subject in gender, number, and case. 
 
 Cyrus was a king. I Kvpoc 7)V fidaiXevg. 
 
 Tomyris was a queen. \ Tdftvpig tjv fiaaiXtia. 
 
USES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Rem. Of the verbs expressing an incomplete idea the 
 following are examples : to be, virdpxetv ; to become, 
 yiyveoOai, &c. ; to continue, appear, be named, 
 called, chosen, &c. 
 
 Alcibiades was chosen general. I 'AA/a/?f a<% ypedn ar par 7} yog. 
 
 The girl became a leather bottle. \ 'Kgkoc eyevero 9? Koprj. 
 
 § 5. The Article. 
 
 (14.) (a) A man. 
 
 (b) A [certain] woman had a 
 hen. 
 
 avdpamog. 
 
 yvvrj rtc bpviv elxev. 
 
 (a) There is no indefinite article in Greek. 
 
 (b) Its place is sometimes supplied by tic when a par- 
 ticular person or thing is meant (as in (b) ). 
 
 USES OF THE ARTICLE 6, i\, TO. 
 
 [The student should learn the following examples thoroughly, so as to 
 be able to give the Greek form on the right-hand side (both in En- 
 glish and Greek) promptly, when the English on the left is named 
 to him. This will give him a better practical acquaintance with the 
 uses of the article than pages of explanation.] 
 
 (15.) Defining use. 
 
 A man. I avdpunoc;. 
 
 (a) The man said. | b avOpwrrog etpij. 
 
 (a) The article is used (as in English) to define an ob- 
 ject as distinguished from others of the same kind. 
 Hence, 
 
 Rule V. — The subject-noun takes the article, not 
 the predicate ; e. g., 
 
 The girl became a leather bottle. | aaaog y Koprj kysvero. 
 Day became night.* I vv§ rj rjiiipa kyivsro. 
 
 * In this example, the order of the words in the English shows that day 
 is subject, and night predicate ; but in Greek it does no'; ; the article with 
 fyikpa, however, removes all ambiguity. 
 
THE ARTICLE. 
 
 (16.) Generalizing use. 
 
 («) Man is mortal. b avdpoiroc 6vt}t6c konv [The 
 
 man is mortal]. 
 Milk is sweet. to yd/, a egtIv fj6v[The milk, i. e. t 
 
 all milk, is sweet]. 
 
 (a) The article is used where the noun designates a 
 class of objects, or a whole [unlike English]. 
 
 (17.) Use with abstract nouns. 
 
 (o) Virtue. Temperance. 
 
 War is not free from dangers, 
 (b) War is not free from dangers, but 
 peace is. 
 
 (c) The beauty of virtue. 
 
 'ApETTJ. 'EyKp&TELCt. 
 
 Trolefiog ovk. egtlv avev Kivdvvov. 
 
 6 TToXe/XOC OVK EGTIV CLVEV KtvdvVUV, 
 
 i] 6e Eiprjvri ciKtvdvvog [The WW, 
 the peace]. 
 to TJjc apETTJg Ku?Jkog [The of-the- 
 virtue beauty]. 
 
 (a) Abstract nouns used strictly as such are without 
 the article [as in English]. But (b) when two gen- 
 eral nouns are contrasted, or (c) when the abstract 
 is used in a personified or concrete sense, the article 
 is used [unlike English]. 
 
 (18.) Use with proper names. 
 
 2uKpa.T7]c £(f>7j. 
 2w/cpu777f, 6 ipilocofyoe-. 
 
 (a) Socrates said. 
 Socrates the philosopher. 
 
 (b) Socrates [who was before men- 
 tioned, or, the celebrated] said. 6 ^uitpaT-qc Efyrj [ The Socrates said]. 
 
 (a) Proper names, simply as such, do not take the ar- 
 ticle ; but (b) they do by way of distribution, as hav- 
 ing been before mentioned, or as celebrated names. 
 
 (19.) Use with or lnstead of possessives. 
 
 A slave of thine. I goc dov?i,oc. 
 
 (a) Thy slave. | 6 Gog dovhog [ The thy slave]. 
 
 (a) The article must be used with the possessive pro- 
 noun if a particular person or thing is meant [un- 
 like English]. 
 
8 THE ARTICLE. 
 
 (6) My father. 
 
 I have a pain in my head. 
 
 Parents love their children. 
 
 6 TvaTTjp [The father]. 
 
 dXyti rijv KE(j)a?i7Jv [I am pained 
 
 as to the head]. 
 ol yovelg ra reava orepyovatv. 
 
 (b) The possessives my, thy, &c, are expressed by the 
 article alone when the relations to be indicated are 
 obvious. 
 
 (20.) With adjectives or participles used as nouns. 
 
 (a) Good men [the good]. I ol ayadoi. 
 
 The good [man]. | 6 dyadog. 
 
 (a) An adjective used without a noun, as in (a), must 
 have the article. 
 
 (6) The beautiful (in the abstract). 
 What is beautiful (in the con- 
 crete). 
 
 to koKov. 
 tu nald. 
 
 (b) The neut. sing, adjective expresses the abstract, 
 the neut. pi. the concrete. 
 
 (c) He who does. I b itpdrruv. 
 
 I admire him that does. \ &av/ud& tov Trpdrrovra. 
 
 (c) The art., with the part., is equivalent to the de- 
 monstrative with the relative and verb (6 irpdrruv 
 
 zzzEKELVOg be TTpCLTTEi). 
 
 (d) Others. Many. 
 The others [the rest]. 
 The rest of Greece. 
 The many [the mass]. 
 The majority. 
 
 'AlTiOt. HoXkoi. 
 
 ol uXkoi. 
 
 7] alTir] 'ElTidg [The other Greece], 
 
 ol itoXkoi. 
 
 ol nXecarot. 
 
 (21.) "With attributives joined to nouns 
 
 (a) The good man [i. e., in opposi 
 tion to' the bad]. 
 The beauty of virtue. 
 
 o ayaoog uvrjp, or o avr]p o aya~ 
 
 66c. 
 to rrjg dperrjg ndWog, or rd KaTi 
 
 log to TTjg apeTTJg. 
 
 (a) Put the attributive between the article and noun, 
 or after the noun with the article repeated. 
 
 (b) A good man [i. e., as such]. \6 dvrjp dyadog, or dyadog b 
 
 dvTjp. 
 
THE ARTICLE. \) 
 
 (b) Put the article along with the noun, either "before 
 or after the adjective, where the adjective is used to 
 denote a property not distinctive, but proper to the 
 object, 
 c) This man. 
 
 That man. 
 
 The king himself. 
 
 ovrog 6 avt]p,or 6 uvtjp ovrog {not 
 
 6 ovrog dvrjp). 
 eneivog 6 dvijp, or b dv?/p etcet- 
 
 vog (not 6 etcelvog avrfp). 
 avrog 6 fiaotlsvg, or 6 fiaoilevg 
 
 avrog. 
 
 (c) Put the art. ivith the noun, either before or after 
 the demonstrative (never with the demonstrative). 
 
 %gF a 6 avrog means the same (26, a). 
 
 (22). Use as demonstrative pronoun. 
 
 (a) This one he honoured ; that one 
 not. 
 These — those . 
 (6) A wolf pursued a lamb ; but it 
 fled for refuge into a temple. 
 
 rvv /Ltev irifia, tov d£ oi. 
 
 ol ji£v — ol 6i — . 
 
 XvKogdfivdv ediunev 6 6$ elg vabv 
 Kare(f>vyev. 
 
 a) The article is used distributively for the demon- 
 strative pronoun, and (b) alone as a demonstrative in 
 reference to an object before mentioned. 
 
 (23.) Use with adverbs. 
 
 (a) The men of old. ol nd?ML \_The of old]. 
 
 The wise men of old. ol ixd'hai <JO<pol dvdpeg, or ol red- 
 
 7. at ao<f>ol [The of -old wise]. 
 The intervening time. 6 fiera^v XP° V0 C [The between 
 
 time]. 
 
 (a) The adverb with the article has the force of an ad- 
 jective. 
 
 (24.) Use with infinitive. 
 
 (a) Hearing. I r d dtcovecv [The to-hear]. 
 
 Of hearing. I tov ukovelv [of the to-hear]. 
 
 (a) The article is used with infin. in all cases as a sub- 
 stantive (comp. Latin gerund). 
 A2 
 
10 
 
 use of avrog. 
 
 (25.) Common ellipses. 
 
 The [affairs] of the state. 
 My affairs [or property]. 
 Alexander, the [son] of Philip. 
 
 The [nature] of virtue. 
 Our contemporaries. 
 Pisistratus and his followers [com- 
 panions, &c.]. 
 
 ra rrjg nolecdg [ The of the city]. 
 ra e/nd [The mine']. 
 'Klf^avSpog, 6 QihirrKOV [vlog un- 
 derstood]. 
 ra rfjg dper?jg. 
 ol icad' ijfiag. 
 ol u/xcpl {or Ttspl) Ueialarparov. 
 
 § 6. Avrog and Hag. 
 
 (26.) Avrog has three meanings, dependent on its posi- 
 tion and on its combination with the article; viz., same, 
 self, and him, her, it, &c. 
 
 (a) The same man. 
 In the same house 
 
 o avrog avrjp. 
 \kv rrj avry oliiia. 
 
 (a) With the article, it means " the same," in any of 
 its cases. 
 
 (6) 1. He himself said. 
 
 2. For I saw [the man] himself. 
 
 3. I fear this more than death 
 
 itself 
 
 avrog e<f>r/. 
 avrov yap eldov. 
 HuX)\,ov rovro (j>o(3ovfj.at ?) rov -&d- 
 varov avrov (or avrov rov 
 
 ■&dvarov). 
 
 (b) Without the article, it means " self;" (1) in the 
 nom. without a noun ; (2) in an oblique case ivith- 
 out a noun, if at the beginning of the clause (not 
 otherwise) ; (3) in any case with a noun. 
 
 (c) I gave him the book 
 For I saw him. 
 He sent them. 
 
 edoKa avrcj rb /3cj3?iiov. 
 eldov yap avrov. 
 ETce/xipev avrov g. 
 
 (c) It means him, her, it, &c, in an oblique case with- 
 out a noun, if not at the beginning of the clause. 
 
 (27.) (a) Every man. 
 All men. 
 
 nag avdpoirog. 
 Ttdvreg dvdpuTroi. 
 
 Hag, Trdvreg, (a) without the art., mean every, all (in 
 
 general terms). 
 
use of nag. 
 
 11 
 
 7] -rruaa yrj. 
 
 ol tcuvtes arpanQrat. 
 
 (b) The whole earth. 
 
 The whole array (all the 
 [mass of] soldiers). 
 
 (b) Betiveen the art. and noun, the ivhole 
 
 (c) All the soldiers. 
 
 01 GTpciTLUTai iravreg, or irav 
 reg ol GTpaTturai. 
 
 (c) After or before the art. and noun, all (this last 
 being the commonest use of the word). 
 
II. USE OF CASES. 
 
 § 1. Nominative. 
 
 (28.) 1. Subject-nominative. — The subject of a proposi- 
 tion takes the nominative case, and is called the subject' 
 nominative. 
 
 Rem. For the subject accus. with infin., see (105). 
 
 2. Predicate-nominative. — The predicate-nominative is 
 used with verbs not expressing a complete predicate in 
 themselves ; e. g., to be, to become, to be called, deemed, 
 named, chosen, &c. : see (13 Rem.). 
 
 Alcibiades was chosen general. | 'A?iKi(3Lu6r}C fipiOrj arparriyog. 
 
 § 2. Genitive. 
 
 (29.) Fundamental Meaning. — The genitive always ex- 
 presses a notion either of, 
 
 1. The point of separation {from, away from). 
 
 2. The ground (either as origin, occasion, material, or cause). 
 
 3. The condition (of time, or place). 
 
 H^ 3 To one of these three relations all the following rules can be re- 
 ferred. It will thus be seen that part of the uses of the Latin ablative are 
 supplied in Greek by the genitive. 
 
 (30.) Rule VI. — General Rule. — The genitive an- 
 swers the questions whose ? of whom ? of what ? in 
 connection with a noun. 
 
 Government of men. I apxv avOpuiruv. 
 
 The possession of virtue. \ jj KT7jaig r^c aperrjg. 
 
 Rem. The genitive may stand either in an objective or subjective rela- 
 tion to the noun which governs it ; e. g., 
 
 My son's longing. I nodog vlov [subjective]. 
 
 My longing for my son. \ irodoc vlov [objective]. 
 
THE GExMTlVE. 13 
 
 (31.) Rule VII. — Partitive Genitive. — The geni- 
 tive is used to express the whole of which anything 
 is a part. Hence, 
 
 (a) With superlatives. 
 
 The oldest of the generals. 
 The wisest of men. 
 
 ol 7cpe(j,3vTaToi tCjv GTparrjyCJv. 
 
 ol GOQUTdTOt avdpUTTOV. 
 
 (b) With all words expressing distribution, number, or 
 quantity, whether nouns, adjectives, pronouns, nu- 
 merals, or adverbs. 
 
 Drops of water. 
 The middle of the day. 
 To such (a pitch) of anger. 
 Some of the other Greeks. 
 The wise of (=among) men. 
 Of the rest, any one that wished- 
 Three times a day. 
 Where on earth is he ? 
 Everywhere in the market. 
 
 arayovEc vdarog. 
 
 fiiGOv i]fiepag. 
 
 e'ic tovto bpyrjQ. 
 
 tuv (DJXuv '~Ea1ativuv tlveq. 
 
 ol dpovt/ioL rcov avdpuTTQv. 
 
 TUV u2,?t,UV TOV /3oV?i6 l UEVOV — . 
 
 rplg rfjq Tjfiipag. 
 ttov yrjg egtlv ; 
 ■navraxov r?jc ayopaq. 
 
 (c) With the verbs elvac and yiyvsodai, when they 
 mean to be among, to be of the number of, &c. ; 
 
 c g; 
 
 I am not one of these. ovk eyo) tovtuv slut. 
 
 Zelea is (a city) of Asia. r\ Zi/.etd egtl Tjjr- 'Kciag. 
 
 These become [of the number or ovrot tu>v yepatrepuv yiyvov- 
 
 class] of the elders. rat. 
 
 (d) With almost any transitive verb, when its action 
 is intended to reach only part of the object ; e. g., 
 
 I have given thee (of) 7ny money. | eScjku, Got ruv xpquuTuv. 
 
 (e) With all verbs expressing to touch, take-hold of, 
 sJuzre, participate in, border on, acquire, obtain. 
 
 To touch the hand. 
 They partake of offices and honours 
 To take one by the hand. 
 To obtain (have by lot) good-for- 
 tune, ill-fortune, death, &C. 
 
 drrreGdat rfjg x £t P°£- 
 apxtiv nal Ttfiuv /uetexovglv. 
 XEipoc iXeiv Ttva. 
 rvxs.lv EVTvxiar-, dv GTVxtar-, 
 re2,EVT7ig, &c. 
 
 Adjectives of the same meanings are also construed 
 
 with the frenitive. 
 
14 THE GENITIVE. 
 
 (32.) Rule VIII. — Genitive of Mental Affections. — 
 The genitive is used with words expressing certain 
 operations of the senses, mind, or feelings, to denote 
 the object thereof. 
 
 (a) Operations of the senses: all the senses except sight, 
 
 He heard a confused-noise I d-opv (3ov tjkovcev. 
 
 Few tasted food, \ okiyoi airov kyevaavro. 
 
 Rem. 1. The ace. is used (a) with verbs of eating, drinking, &c., when 
 (not eating a portion, but) the simple habit of using certain food, &c, 
 is mentioned ; e. g., to drink wine, iriveiv rov olvov, to drink some 
 wine, Ttiveiv olvov. 
 
 Rem. 2. The ace. is used with verbs of sense when the bare act is 
 meant, without special reference to the object as its cause 
 
 ISP" Two cases are used thus, ace. and gen. ; e. g., 
 I heard this from the messengers. \ rjnovca ravra rtiv dyyeXuv. 
 
 (b) Operations of the mind : words of perceiving, remem- 
 bering, forgetting, reminding, &c, hnoiving, and the con- 
 trary, skilfulness and unskilfulness, &c. ; e. g., 
 
 He did not learn of the plot. 
 He remembers his friends. 
 Untaught in virtue. 
 Inexperienced in business. 
 
 j T7jc e7ti(3ovXf/g ova yaddvero. 
 rtiv (piXuv [iEfAvrjTcu. 
 arracSevTOC apery c. 
 aTretpog Tuv Trpu^euv. 
 
 (c) Operations of the feelings : viz., desire, care, anxiety, 
 pity, anger, envy, &c, and their opposites ; e. g., 
 
 All desire what is good. 
 
 The laws take care of (have regard 
 
 to) the public good. 
 To disregard the established laws. 
 Neptune had been angry with the 
 
 Cyclops. 
 
 irdvrec rdv dyadaJv kirtdvjuovmv. 
 ol V0/J.0L rov kolvov ayadov km- 
 
 jieTiovrat. 
 vTzepopdv ruv Kadearuruv vo/xuv. 
 UooEcduv KvkTlottoc e/cc^o/lwro. 
 
 (33.) Rule IX. — Genitive of Price or Value. — The 
 genitive is used to denote the price or value. 
 
 I^p* This gen. is used with verbs of buying, selling, valuing, &c. ; also 
 with adjectives ot worthiness and unworthiness, &c. 
 
THE GENITIVE. 
 
 15 
 
 The Thracians buy their wives with 
 
 much money. 
 He sold the horse for fifty claries. 
 
 Men worthy of freedom. 
 
 For what price does he teach ? 
 
 01 Qpdneg uvovvrat rag yvvalicag 
 
 XP7]judTa>v fj.eyd?iQv. 
 ittttov arridoTO TzsvTTjKOVTa dapet- 
 
 kuv. 
 dvdpsg a%LOL rrjg eTievdepiag 
 no gov dtduaKEt; 
 
 (34.) Rule X. — Genitive of Crime. — The genitive 
 is used to denote the crime, offence, or punishment. 
 
 E^p 3 This gen. is used with verbs of accusing, condemning, acquitting, 
 punishing, &C. 
 
 To accuse any one of murder. 
 To take vengeance on one for mur- 
 der. 
 To be accused of impiety. 
 To condemn to death. 
 
 hTraiTiaadai Tuva <j)6vov. 
 TLfiopsiGdai riva fyovov. 
 
 daej3eiag (pevyeiv. 
 KplvEiv davdrov. 
 
 (35.) Rule XI. — Genitive of Property. — The geni- 
 tive is used to denote the possessor or owner. 
 
 §3F* This gen. is used with the verbs elvai and ylyvzoQai, and with 
 the adjectives Idioc, oinelog, and lepog. 
 
 Socrates had much virtue. 
 
 The Ionian cities belonged to Tissa 
 
 phernes. 
 A horse sacred to the sun. 
 
 TOV ZoKpdTOVC iro'DiT] 7jV dpETT]. 
 
 TJcrav at 'luvLical 7t6Xeig Ttacja- 
 
 cpipvovg. 
 LTTTzog lepog rov f H A i o v. 
 
 Rem. 1. Under this head comes the following con- 
 struction : 
 
 dvdpog koriv dyadov ev -kqiuv 
 rovg cjiXovg. 
 
 It is the property (peculiarity, mark, 
 duty, characteristic) of a good 
 man to benefit his friends. 
 
 Rem. 2. Age, quality, &c, are thus expressed pos- 
 sessively ; e. g., 
 
 He was about thirty years old. \rjv kruv ug Tpidnovra. [He was 
 
 I of years about thirty.] 
 
 (36.) Rule XII. — Genitive of Origin, Material, 
 Supply. — The genitive is used to denote the origin, 
 material, or supply. 
 
 [Means and manner are denoted by the dative (460)]. 
 
16 
 
 GENITIVE. 
 
 (a) Origin. 
 
 Of Darius and Part/satis are born 
 
 two children. 
 The best counsels come from the best 
 
 men. 
 
 (b) Material. 
 
 The ornaments are made of brass or 
 
 stone. 
 To have the smell of ointment. 
 
 Aapsiov nal HapvaanSog yiy- 
 
 VQVTai rcaldec 6vo. 
 apioTov dvdpuv aptara (3ov2,ei>- 
 
 /xara yiyvzrai. 
 
 ra aydTijuara $ x a ^ K °v kekoitI' 
 
 rat ?) Xidov. 
 o&tv fivpov. 
 
 (c) Supply : Genitive with verbs and adjectives of 
 abounding and wanting, needing, filling, &c. 
 
 A park full of wild-beasts. 
 Villages full of food and wine. 
 To be in want of provisions. 
 
 There is need of slingers. 
 
 He would need many coadjutors. 
 
 Trapddetaog yS-rjptcov TrTuijp-nc. 
 
 KCJ/J,ai (JLEGTOl GLTOV Hdl olvOV. 
 lllXOpZLV (or GTtdvi&tv) TtJV £ TV IT 7j- 
 
 deicov. 
 
 G(f>£v6oV7]TUV del. 
 
 ovfi/Aaxov dsoir' av ova dXlyuv. 
 
 (37.) Rule XIII. — Genitive of Separation. — The 
 genitive is used with words implying separation, dis- 
 tance, or difference. 
 
 I5P 5 Such are adjectives, verbs, or adverbs of removing, loosing, abstain- 
 ing, desisting, depriving, differing from, being distant from, and the like. 
 
 To withdraw from the road. 
 
 We appear to me to be encamped not 
 far from him. 
 
 The Athenians were freed from ty- 
 rants. 
 
 Cease, then, from these things. 
 
 Ignorance differs from madness. 
 
 We begin life with pain. 
 
 Free from fear. 
 
 Apart from the others. 
 
 eIkelv rfjQ boov. 
 
 ovde 7to/V)cj Sokovjuev fiot avrov 
 
 Kadrjadai. 
 rvpdvvuv 7)\£vdepudr)oav ol 'Ad- 
 
 TjValOL. 
 
 "rravaai ovv rovruv. 
 diatyepei [lavidc djuaOla. 
 rov t^yv divb TiVTcrjc dpxo/ieda. 
 eXevdtpog (pofiov. 
 Xcoplg tQv d2,2,o) v. 
 
 (38.) Rule XIV. — Genitive of Occasion. — The gen- 
 itive is used to denote the occasion or the scope of an 
 action. 
 
 l^T Rendered generally in English by, on account of, for, in regard to. 
 
DATIVE. 
 
 17 
 
 We admire Socrates for his wisdom. 
 
 With regard to your affliction, I 
 pity you. 
 
 ■Savfiu&nEv ^uKpd'Tjv T7jg ao- 
 
 tpiac. 
 tov Trddovg oiKTeipu as. 
 
 (39.) Rule XV. — Genitive of Superiority or Infe- 
 riority. — The genitive is used with words denoting 
 superiority or inferiority. Hence, 
 
 (1) With comparatives and multiple adjectives having a 
 comparative force. 
 
 He is greater than his father. I /uei^ov earl tov Tzarpoq. 
 
 The army is many times larger than to aTpdrevjia 7TO?i?.aTT?i.dai6v EffTt 
 ours. | tov fjfiSTEpov. 
 
 (2) With verbs of ruling, excelling, and their contraries, 
 and all verbs having a comparative force. 
 
 Astyages ruled over the Medes. 
 The story went beyond the fact. 
 Wicked men are slaves to (inferior 
 to) their passio7is. 
 
 'AoTt'ay^f M^Jcjv rjpt-EV. 
 
 b Xoyog tov epyov knpaTei. 
 
 ol TTOvrjpol rjTTtivTai tuv kntdv- 
 
 flLUV. 
 
 (40.) Rule XVI. — Genitive of Time. — The time 
 when or within which anything is done (if indefinite) 
 is put in the genitive. 
 
 By day. By night. I ISvktoc. 'Hfiepag. 
 
 In the spring. | tov eapog. 
 
 Rem. 1. A definite time when is expressed by the dative (48). 
 Rem. 2. The place where is often expressed by the gen. in poetry. 
 ItP 3 For prepositions with gen., see (57). 
 %3T For genitive absolute, see (109). 
 
 § 3. Dative. 
 
 (41.) Fundamental Meaning. — The fundamental idea 
 of the dative is directly opposed to that of the genitive. 
 
 1. The genitive expresses a notion antecedent to that of the verb; the 
 dative a notion consequent upon that of the verb. 
 
 2. Hence it is used to express incidental limitations, like the Latin 
 ablative. 
 
18 DATIVE. 
 
 (42.) Rule XVII. — General Rule.-— The dative is 
 used to express the person or thing to or for which, 
 to or for whose advantage or disadvantage anything 
 is done or tends. 
 
 ISP For the sake of fuller illustration, we subjoin the following heads 
 under this rule. The dat. is used, 
 
 (1) To express the remote object with transitive verbs 
 governing also a direct object. 
 
 Cyrus gives him ten thousand darics. ] didaxji, 6e avTU) Kvpog fxvpiovg 
 
 dapeuiovg. 
 
 (2) With all words of address ; 
 
 i. e., speaking to, commanding, declaring, promising, threatening, encour- 
 aging, &c. 
 
 Cyrus said to him. I Kvpog avrC) eltvev. 
 
 Having conversed with each other. j dtaTiExdivTEg o,2,A7J?iOig. 
 
 (3) With words implying advantage or disadvantage ; 
 
 i. e., to help, injure, reproach, upbraid, envy, please, displease, agree with, 
 disagree with, &C. 
 
 Friendly to thee. 
 
 He tries to be useful to these. 
 
 Pary satis favoured Cyrus. 
 
 I do not reproach those wishing to 
 
 rule. 
 Virtue pleases the good. 
 
 <piXog a oi. 
 
 TceipuTai rovroig ii^elifiog elvai. 
 
 TiapvaaTtg virrjpxE rti Kvpu. 
 
 ov Tolg apx^tv BovXofiivoig 
 
 jus/upo/icu. 
 7] apETT] apEGKEL Tolg ayadolg. 
 
 (4) With words implying nearness, distance, likeness, un- 
 likeness, fitness, unfitness, &c. 
 
 You resemble a slave. I dovXo) EOtaag. 
 
 Like the rest. I djuoiot rotg aXXoig. 
 
 6 avrog, the same, governs the dat. as an adjec- 
 tive of likeness. 
 
 With the same arms as Cyrus. 
 He thought sincerity to be identical 
 with folly. 
 
 Tolg avrolg r<p Kvpu oirloig. 
 to alrjdsg ev6fii£e to avTo tu tjTli- 
 6io) elvcu. 
 
 (5) Words (verbs, adjectives, or adverbs) denoting inter- 
 course, mixing ivith, &c. 
 
 Associate with good men. I bfidsiTE Tolg ay a dot f. 
 
 Mixing it with wine. j oivcp KEpaaag avTrjv. 
 
DATIVE. 
 
 19 
 
 (6) To encounter, fight, quarrel, contend with, &c. 
 
 Do not contend with your par nts. I /xt) spt& roic yovEvav. 
 To fight with any one. \ fiaxeadai tcvi. 
 
 (7) To follow, accompany, serve, obey, trust, yield to, Sec. 
 
 eiro/Liai Tolq "KaXatolc. 
 ry aperrj atcoXovOel dotja. 
 t£) ?jye/j.6vi TUGTevoofiev. 
 
 I follow the ancients. 
 Glory accompanies virtue, 
 We will trust the guide. 
 
 (43.) Rule XVIII. — Dative of Possession. — The 
 dative is used with the verbs elvat, yiyvecQat,, and 
 vndpxsiv, to denote the possessor. 
 
 Cyrus had a palace [To Cyrus there I Kvpcp fiaaiXeta 7jv. 
 was a palace]. 
 
 We have no provisions [To us there ; vTrdpxet vvv fj/ntv ovdev ruv etu- 
 is now nothing of provisions], j rrjdeiuv. 
 
 (44.) Rule XIX. — Dative of Limitation. — The da- 
 tive is used to denote the limitation generally ex- 
 pressed in English by in, as to, in respect of, &c. 
 
 Strong both in body and soul. 
 Inferior to us in number. 
 
 Svvarol nal rolr- aufzaat nal ralq 
 ipvxatC- 
 
 7T?^7]6eI T/fiUV TiElfydtVTEg. 
 
 (45.) Rule XX. — Dative of the Agent. — The da- 
 tive is used with verbals in teoc and roc, and often 
 with passive verbs, to express the agent (instead of 
 vno with genitive). 
 
 As has been shown by me. I uf fioi ded^arat. 
 
 You must practice virtue. \ tiGKTjTea egtl aot 7} upETi]. 
 
 (46.) Rule XXI. — Dative Instrumental. — The da- 
 tive is used (as the Latin ablative) to express the 
 cause, means, instrument, or manner of an action. 
 
 (p6/3(i) aTTTjWov. 
 
 avrbv anovri&L tcj Tra/lra). 
 
 j3la Ei<77j?idov. 
 
 Hence xpao\Lai, to use, goyerns the dative. 
 
 Employing divination. \ /uavTlKrj ^pwuevof. 
 
 They went away out of fear. 
 Some one pierces him with a dart. 
 They entered with violence. 
 
20 ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 (47.) Rule XXIL— Dative of Measure.— The da- 
 tive is used with comparatives and superlatives, to ex- 
 press the measure of excess or defect. 
 
 Much greater [greater by much]. ] 7ro A/lo) fiei&v. 
 
 (48.) Rule XXIIL— Dative of Time or Place.— 
 The place where and the time when (if definite) are 
 expressed by the dative. 
 
 At Marathon. I M.apaduvi. 
 
 He was here on the third day. \ ivapfjv ry Tpirrj rjiiipa. 
 
 I^ 3 For dat. with prepositions, see (58). 
 
 § 4. Accusative. 
 (49.) The accusative is the case of the direct object, and 
 answers the questions ivhom ? what ? to what place ? 
 
 1. Accusative of Object or Effect. 
 (50.) Rule XXIV. — Accusative of Object or Effect. 
 — The accusative is used with active verbs, to denote 
 the direct object or effect of the action. 
 
 ol "ETiJirjveg kvinrjoav rovg Hep- 
 crag. 
 
 The Greeks conquered the Persians. 
 Cyrus made an inspection. 
 
 Kvpog h^iraatv eiroirjoev. 
 
 (51.) Rule XXV. — Any verb, transitive or intrans- 
 itive, may govern an accusative of a noun of cognate 
 meaning. 
 
 KtvSvvevGG) rovrov rbv nivdv- 
 
 I will risk this risk. 
 
 They were sick with the disease. 
 To swear oaths. 
 
 vov. 
 rjaOevnoav ryv voaov. 
 bpnovg bixvvvat. 
 
 (52.) Rule XXVI. — The accusative is used in 
 Greek with many verbs, which are construed with 
 other cases in Latin ; especially, 
 
 (1) Verbs of serving, flattering, answering, imitating, 
 persuading, &c. 
 
ACCUSATIVE. 21 
 
 Serve the gods. I -depdireve rovg -&eovg. 
 
 He persuades the multitude. j Tzeidei. to rrXfjOor. 
 
 (2) Verbs which imply doing or saying good or ill to 
 or of any one. 
 
 To benefit one's friends. 
 He does well by his country. 
 He does ill by his friends. 
 
 axpelelv rovg (biXovg. 
 ev iroiet rrjv rcarpida. 
 natcug ttouI rovg <pt?,ovg. 
 
 (3) Verbs denoting to swear by, escape the notice of, 
 conceal from, &c. 
 
 To escape the notice of the gods. | ■& e o v g Xavddveiv. 
 
 I swear by all the gods. \ o/uvvfiL ixdvrag rovg &eoi>c. 
 
 (4) Verbs denoting reverence, fear, shame, pity. 
 
 Pity the poor. \ 6?,0(pvpov rove irevTjrag. 
 
 2. Double Accusative. 
 
 (53.) Rule XXVII. — Double Accusative. — Two ac- 
 cusatives are used with verbs which may affect two 
 objects (generally one the person, the other the thing). 
 
 (1) With the verbs admitting a double nominative 
 (28, 2); i. e., verbs of naming, appointing, calling, 
 deeming, &c. 
 
 He made him satrap. | aarpdTrqv k-noirjaev avrov. 
 
 To call one a sophist. \ bvo/ud&tv rivu cotyiOTTjv. 
 
 (2) "With verbs of doing or saying ivell or ill (52, 2). 
 
 If any one had done him any good 
 
 or hurt. 
 They two wrought very many ills to 
 
 el rtg tl ayavov tj nanov ttolt]- 
 
 aetev avrov. 
 rxJ^tlara nana rr)v iroXtv k-otr]- 
 
 adrjjv. 
 
 the state. 
 
 (3) With verbs of teaching, concealing, asking, en- 
 treating, dividing, depriving, clothing, &c. 
 
 He aslted of Amasis his daughter. 
 Socrates taught his disciples discre- 
 
 tion. 
 He divided the army into twelve 
 
 parts. 
 
 yret "Ajuacuv -dvyarepa. 
 
 b 'Lunparng rovg fj.adrjrag edi- 
 
 da£e rr)v cuxbpoovvTjv. 
 to arpdrev/na Karivet/ue dude/to. 
 
 Hepj). 
 
22 PREPOSITIONS 
 
 In the passive construction of verbs of asking, teach- 
 ing, &c, the person takes the nominative, but the thing 
 generally remains accusative ; e. g., 
 
 I am asked my opinion. | epuru/nat rrjv yv6fj.rjv. 
 
 3. Limiting Accusative. 
 (54.) Rule XXVIII. — Accusative of Limitation.— 
 The accusative is used with intransitive or passive 
 verbs and adjectives, to define them by a special lim- 
 itation. 
 
 1 have pain in the head. 
 
 He is handsome in person. 
 
 He was thought best in all respects. 
 
 A Roman as to native land. 
 
 akyd ttjv tee (paly v. 
 nalioc kan to o&fia. 
 
 TT&VTa KpUTlCTOC CVO/it&TO. 
 
 TrarplSa 'Po)/u.aloc. 
 
 (55.) Rule XXIX. — Accusative of Measure. — The 
 accusative is used to measure extent of time or space. 
 
 Cyrus remained thirty days. I Kvpor e/uetve Tjfiepag rpiaKOvra. 
 
 He is ten stadia distant. \ aizsx^t SeKa crati'iovc;, 
 
 HOP 3 For the accusative with prepositions, see (59). 
 I2F 3 For the accusative and infinitive, see (105). 
 
 § 5. Cases governed by Prepositions. 
 
 (56.) Some prepositions govern but one case, others 
 two, and others, again, three. 
 
 1. Prepositions governing but one Case. 
 (57.) Prepositions with the genitive only : avri, npo, 
 and, etc, evEica. 
 
 [With these the genitive idea of antecedence, or origin, is obvious.] 
 
 1. 'Avri, instead of. 
 
 A slave instead of a king. | dovXoc. dvrl ftaGileug. 
 
 2. Hpo, (a) before (either of time or place) ; (b) for, in 
 behalf of. 
 
 (a) Before the gates. Before day. I Tlpb nvltiv. Jlpb T?jg 7]jUtpag. 
 
 (b) To fight fur one's country. | rrpb rfjc Trarpidor- (xaxeoOat. 
 
GOVERNING ONE CASE. 23 
 
 3. 'And, (a) from (of place) ; (b)from (of time) = after; 
 {c)from = by means of 
 
 (a) From the province. 
 
 (6) After supper. 
 
 (c) From (by means of) the money. 
 
 4. 'E/e (eg), (a) out of (in place) ; (b) out of (in time) 
 after ; (c) out of = in consequence of. 
 
 (a) Out of the house. 
 
 (b) After this. 
 
 (c) In consequence of these thing. 
 
 5. "Evetca, on account of, in respect of. 
 
 utvo T7jc apxvc- 
 
 U7T0 SeiTTVOV. 
 
 CITVO TUV XPVt-'-U'TUV' 
 
 ek T?jg oUtac. 
 
 EK TOVTOV (SC. XP^VOV). 
 £K TOVTUV. 
 
 (58.) Prepositions with the dative only : ev, gvv, a\ia. 
 
 [With these the idea of the dative as the where-case, or the case of the 
 instrument, is obvious.] 
 
 1 . 'Ev, (a) hi (of place or time) ; (b) in = by means of 
 
 (a) In the city. I ev rrj TTolet. 
 
 During the time that (= while), ev <1) (xpovcS). 
 (6) It is evident in (by) the victims. I ev lepolg drjXov. 
 
 2. 2vv, (a) with, along tvith (cum) ; (b) ivith = by the 
 help of. 
 
 (a) With the soldiers. I avv role crpaTiuraiQ. 
 
 (b) With the help of God. \ cvv QeC). 
 
 3. e, Af.ia (properly an adverb of time) = at the same time 
 with. 
 
 At daybreak. \ dfia r?) rj/nepa. 
 
 (59.) Prepositions with the accusative only : dvd, 
 etc, (be. 
 
 [With these the sense of the accusative as the case of the object is ob- 
 vious.] 
 
 1 . 'Ava, (a) up (motion upward) ; (b) up (from bottom 
 to top) = throughout. 
 
 (a) Up the river. 
 
 (b) Throughout Greece. 
 Through the whole day. 
 
 Every day. 
 
 With all one's might. 
 
 uva top norafiov. 
 
 dvd ttjv 'EA?idda. 
 
 dvd Trdaav ttjv ruiepav. 
 
 dvd rcdaav ijfiepav (without the art.). 
 
 dvd updTOc-. 
 
24 
 
 PREPOSITIONS 
 
 2. Etc (to, into) corresponds very closely with the Latin 
 in, with ace. 
 
 (a) To Creon. 
 
 (b) Into the city. 
 
 (c) For gain. 
 
 (d) In respect to virtue. 
 
 (e) He made war against Attica, 
 if) Up to two hundred. 
 
 3. f ftc, to = Latin ad, is used with persons, or objects 
 taken as persons (not things). With numerals it means 
 about. 
 
 elg Kpeovra. 
 
 etc T7]V 'KoktV. 
 
 elg Ktpdog. 
 
 tig llpETTIV. 
 
 elg ttjv 'Attikt/v earpdrevaev. 
 elg dianociovg. 
 
 He sends to the king. 
 About two hundred. 
 
 ug j3a<jilea Tre/mei. 
 tjg dianooiovg. 
 
 2. Prepositions governing two Cases. 
 
 (60.) Prepositions with genitive and accusative : did, 
 Kara, vnsp. 
 
 1. Aid, radical meaning, right through. 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) through (of place or time); (2) through = by 
 means of. 
 
 (a) 1. Through the land. 
 
 Through the whole time. 
 2. To see by means of one's eyes. 
 
 did. TJjg x&pag- 
 
 did "KavTog rov xpovov. 
 
 Si' b^dakjiibv opav. 
 
 (b) With accusative, (1) generally, on account of; (2) sometimes, by 
 means of. 
 
 (b) 1. On account of this. did ravra. 
 
 On your account I am come. 
 2. Through the gods I prosper. 
 
 did ae r/KO). 
 
 did rovg Seovg ev Trpdrrcj. 
 
 2. Kara, fundamental meaning, from above down, 
 (a) With genitive, (1) down, under (from above) ; (2) figuratively, 
 
 against. 
 (a) 1. Down from the wall. 
 Down from the rocks. 
 2. To speak against any one. 
 To lie against God. 
 
 (b) With accusative, (1) down through = throughout (of place or 
 time) ; (2) as to, in respect to (the uses to be modified by the 
 context). 
 
 Kara rov reixovg. 
 Kara tcjv Tcerptiv. 
 Kara nvog Myeiv. 
 Kara rov Qeov ipevdecdai. 
 
GOVERNING THREE CASES. 
 
 25 
 
 tcad' 'EX2.dda. 
 
 Kara tov avrbv xpovov. 
 
 Hard, yijv nai Kara Sakaacav. 
 
 /card, vofiov. 
 
 nad' Tiftepav. 
 
 Kara Ku/xag. 
 
 (b) 1. Through Greece. 
 
 During the same time. 
 2. By land and sea. 
 According to law. 
 Day by day (daily). 
 By villages (vicatim). 
 
 3. 'Tnep, over, above. 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) above, beyond (with the idea of rest); (2) over 
 for defence =for, in behalf of. 
 
 (a) 1. Over the earth. vnitp T7JC yfjg. 
 
 Beyond Egypt. virip AlyviTTOV. 
 
 2. To fight for one's country. vrcep rrjc Tcarpldoc (idxeodat. 
 
 (b) With accusative, over, beyond (with the idea of motion). 
 
 (b) To throw over the house. | vrrip tov dofiov ^ltttelv. 
 Beyond description. \ vnep Xoyov. 
 
 3. Prepositions governing three Cases. 
 
 (61.) Prepositions with genitive, dative, and accu- 
 sative : dfjMpL, Trepi, eni, fierd, napd, rrpoc, vno. 
 
 1. 'Aiicpi and nepi both mean about, around (but dficpi 
 properly denotes on both sides ; rrspi, all around). 
 
 (a) With genitive, about ( =z of concerning), (rcepi more used than uj.i§i). 
 
 dfifyi rivog [idx^odat. 
 (pofielcdai Tzepl rrjQ TrarpiSoc. 
 
 (a) To fight about (for) any one. 
 To fear about (for) one's coun- 
 try. 
 
 (b) With dative, about, around (with sense of nearness). 
 
 (b) About the head. \ nepl ry necpa?^. 
 
 (c) With accusative, around, in a more general sense, (1) about, of 
 place ; (2) of time or number. 
 
 (c) 1. About the mountains. 
 
 They dwell about the river. 
 2. About ten thousand. 
 About these times. 
 
 afupt ra opn. 
 
 irspl tov 7TOTajitbv oIkovvtcu. 
 
 dju.(pl rove fivptovg. 
 
 ivepl Tovrovg tovc XP° V0V C- 
 
 2. 'Etu, fundamental meaning, upon, at. 
 (a) With genitive and dative, upon, at; the dative implying closeness. 
 (6) With accusative, motion toward (upon) ; object (e. g., he Went upon 
 such an errand) ; then in a hostile sense, against. 
 
 [These meanings have all been illustrated.] 
 
26 PREPOSITIONS 
 
 3. Merd, fundamental meaning, with (jieoo^, midst), 
 (a) With genitive, with, along with (either of place or manner). 
 
 (a) To be among (with) men. 
 With many dangers. 
 With (in conformity with) the 
 laios. 
 
 ^er' avdpcoTtcov elvai. 
 
 [XETCL TCOA/itiv KlvdvVUV. 
 
 fiera rtiv v6/j,cov. 
 
 (b) With dative, only used by the poets, in sense of among. 
 
 (c) With accusative, almost always used, in prose, in the sense of 
 after, next after. 
 
 (c) After this. I [iera ravra. 
 
 The greatest river after the Ister. ! ivora/ibe iiiyiaroc fiera, "larpov. 
 
 4. Tlapa, fundamental meaning, by the side of (compare 
 English parallel). 
 
 (a) With genitive, motion from beside a person. 
 
 (a) Messengers from the king. \ ayyeAot irapa (SaotAiuc. 
 
 (b) With dative, position near by a person. 
 
 (b) With (by) you ; by us. | irapa cot ' rrap' ijfuv. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (1) motion to near a person ; (2) motion along by 
 the side of ; (3) beyond, on the other side of. 
 
 (c) 1. To the king. 
 
 2. Along the road-side. 
 
 3. Along the river. 
 Beyond justice. 
 
 irapa pacnlea. 
 rrapa rrjv b86v. 
 irapa, rbv izorafiov. 
 Tzapu, to dinaiov. 
 
 5. Upog, fundamental meaning, before, in front of. 
 
 (a) With genitive, in front of, on the part of. 
 
 (a) Before gods and men. j irpbg -&edv nai irpbg hvdpuiruv. 
 
 To speak on my side. | upbg efiov Aeyeiv. 
 
 (b) With dative, position in front of before, in presence of; also, about; 
 then, in addition to. 
 
 (b) Before the judges. 
 
 About business. 
 Beside these things. 
 
 ixpog Tocg fcpiralg. 
 irpbg ixpayfiaaiv. 
 irpbg rovroig. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (1) to (motion towards) ; (2) to, in regard to; (3) 
 against. 
 (c) 1. He sends to the king. j irpbg (Sao l Asa ~e/j,~ei. 
 
 2. With reference to this (on ac- irpbg ravra. 
 
 count of this). 
 
 3. To make war against the king, irpbg (3a<Ti?Ja TTOAefielv. 
 
GOVERNING THREE CASES. 27 
 
 6. "Tno, fundamental meaning, under (vtto, vnep = sub, 
 super). 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) motion from under ; hence, (2) the author, agent 
 (by), with passive verbs ; (3) cause, means. 
 
 (a) 1. From under the chariot. I i>7ro rov apfiarog. 
 
 2. He is admired by the citizens, vtto tgjv 7TO/Utwv fiavfidfeTCtt. 
 
 3. Because of anger. j vk' opyijg. 
 
 (b) With dative (sometimes genitive), position under. 
 (6) Under (at foot of) the mountain. \ vtto t£> opei. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (i) motion towards, under ; (2) of time. 
 
 (c) 1 . To go under the earth. 
 2. Towards night. 
 During the night. 
 
 vtto rrjv yjjv livai. 
 
 vwb vvKTa. 
 
 vtto rrjv vvKTa (with article). 
 
III. THE VERB. 
 
 § 1. Classes of Verbs. 
 
 (62.) We here present certain peculiarities in the use of 
 the different classes of verbs. 
 
 THE ACTIVE. 
 
 (63.) On Active verbs observe the following : 
 
 1 . Some transitive verbs are used intransitively in single 
 forms ; viz., 2d aor., perf, and pluperf The most import- 
 ant are, 
 
 Pres. 2d Aor. Perf. 
 
 larrj/xi, I place, sgttjv, I stood. earrjKa, I stand. 
 
 <j)VO), I produce. e(pvv, I became. Trecpvua, I have become. 
 
 2. Some transitive verbs are used intransitively in the 
 2d perf. 
 
 eyeipco, I awake. eypr/yopa, I am awake. 
 
 tteIOo), I persuade. 7veTCO!.8a, I trust. 
 
 ayvvfii, I break. edya, I am broken. 
 
 3. Some intransitives which imply an action received or 
 suffered by the subject are construed like passive verbs (with 
 vno and a genitive). 
 
 Such are ■&v7JaKetv, arcoOvrjOKELV, to die ; naox eiv > t0 su ff er > be treated, 
 &c. 
 
 "E/crwp anedavev vtto rov 'A^iA 
 
 Xecoc. 
 naittic Trdax^tv vno rivog. 
 
 Hector suffered death from Achilles 
 To be ill-used by some one. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 (64.) On the Middle voice observe the following : 
 
MIDDLE VOICE. DEPONENTS. 29 
 
 I. Directly reflexive use. 
 
 (a) The least common use of the middle is to denote an 
 action performed directly by the subject upon himself; e. g., 
 Xovoaodai, to icash one's self. 
 
 (b) The directly reflexive use is more common in certain 
 verbs which imply necessarily (in the middle) that the sub- 
 ject and object are the same, especially verbs denoting men- 
 tal operations; e. g., (3ovXeveiv, to advise; fiovkevoao- 
 6 at, to advise one's self, to deliberate. 
 
 ^S^ Especially, verbs signifying in the active to cause to do anything 
 are used in the middle rerlexively ; e. g., izaveLv, to cause to cease ; 
 iravcaodaL, to cease (i. e., to cause one's self to cease). 
 
 II. Remotely reflexive use. 
 
 The most frequent use of the middle is to denote action 
 done by the subject, either 
 
 (a) For or in reference to himself or, 
 
 (b) Upon an object connected with himself 
 
 (a) Cyrus subjugated all Asia (for 
 
 himself). 
 
 (b) All washed their hands. 
 
 6 Kvpoc Tcaaav ttjv 'Aaiav icare- 
 
 (jTpeipaTO. 
 TzavTeg eXovaavro rag xzlpaq. 
 
 III. Causative reflexive use. 
 
 The middle is used to denote what the subject causes to 
 be done (by another) for himself. 
 
 Pausanias caused a table to be set 
 
 for himself. 
 I had you taught these things. 
 
 6 Havaavcac rpaTze^av izaperide- 
 
 TO. 
 
 ey6 ae ravra edida^dfMTjv. 
 
 TV. Reciprocal use. 
 
 The middle is used to express recifn'ocal action or mutual 
 relations (supposing two persons or parties) ; 
 
 E. g., to fight, fiaxecOai; to converse, dta^iyeadaL; to inquire, 
 nvvOdveadat, &c. 
 
30 INFINITIVE. 
 
 DEPONENTS. 
 
 (65.) Many verbs have a middle form, but a purely 
 active (transitive or intransitive) meaning. 
 
 Rem. Such verbs are aloddveodai, to feel, perceive ; 
 d(f)LKV£ladai, to arrive; yLyveodai, to become; (5e%- 
 eadai, to receive, &c. They must be carefully dis- 
 tinguished from middle uses of active verbs. 
 
 [For the use of the Moods, see (81). ] 
 
 § 2. Infinitive. 
 
 (66.) Rule XXX. — Infinitive as Object. — The in- 
 finitive is used to denote the object or aim. 
 
 1. This construction occurs with verbs denoting, (1) an act of will, (2) 
 an operation of thought, (3) a purpose or aim. 
 
 I wish to speak. 
 I teach you to write. 
 I forbid you to do this. 
 I hope to prosper. 
 We come to learn. 
 
 fiovlo/Liai Tieyetv. 
 didavKU ae ypafyeiv. 
 ko?ivo ere ravra ttoleXv. 
 eXtti^u evTvxyGstv. 
 fjnoixev fiavdaveiv. 
 
 2. The infinitive is used in the same way with adjectives, to denote 
 their object or application ; e. g., 
 
 They appear calculated to delight. 
 He is worthy to be admired. 
 
 inavol Teprreiv <j>aivovTCU. 
 iti-wq ectl ■&avfj,daaL or a%i6q 
 tori ■$aviiaZ > EGQai. 
 
 B3P" The Greek prefers the active to the passive after such adjectives 
 (e. g., " he is beautiful to see," instead of " to be seen"). 
 
 [For the infinitive with wore, see (90, R. 4). ] 
 
 (67.) Rule XXXI. — If the verb governing the in- 
 finitive has a personal object expressed, it is put in the 
 case which the verb governs. 
 
 i" beg you to come. diofial aov kWelv. 
 
 I counsel you to be discreet. <rviuj3ov?^£va) cot acxppovslv. 
 
 I command you to write. keXevo a £ ypd(pEtv. 
 
 I forbid you to do this. kcj7^vu oe ravra notelv. 
 
PARTICIPLE. 31 
 
 Rem. 1. If such an infinitive has also a predicate noun or adjective, 
 it follows the case of the object of the principal verb. 
 
 deonai gov Trpodv/uov elvai. 
 ovfj.(3ov?ievo aot 7rpodv/LC(f) elvat. 
 eirorpvvtj oe irp66v/j.ov elvai. 
 
 I wish you to be eager. 
 I counsel you to be eager. 
 I urge you to be eager. 
 
 Rem. 2. With verba sentietidi or declarandi, when the subject and object 
 are the same, the object is omitted before the infinitive (not put in 
 the accusative, as in Latin). 
 
 I think I have erred. I olofxai afiaprelv (credo me errasse). 
 
 You think you have erred. olei afxapretv (credis te errasse). 
 
 He thinks he has erred. | ohrai ajuapretv (credit se errasse). 
 
 5SP 3 In this case, if there be a predicate noun or adjective, it is put 
 in the nominative (by attraction). 
 
 The commander said he was zealous 1 6 GTpaTTjybc fyn irpodv/zog elvat 
 to render aid. e7nj3o7]delv- 
 
 (68.) Rule XXXII.— The infinitive, with (or with- 
 out) the article to, is used as a noun, still, however, 
 retaining the force of the verb. 
 
 To flee is safer. 
 
 To have (=the having) money is 
 
 pleasant. 
 Clearchus barely escaped being stoned 
 
 to death. 
 Cyrus, on account of his love of 
 
 learning — . 
 
 B2P For the accusative with infinitive, see (105). 
 
 (pevyeiv aa^aXioTepov hariv. 
 
 7j6v 6GTL TO £X £LV XPW ara ' 
 
 Kteapxog iwcpbv e^e<j>vye rb fiij 
 KaTanerpudfjvaf.. 
 
 Kvpog, 6ta rb (ptTiofiadr/c el- 
 vac — . 
 
 § 3. Participle, 
 
 (69.) Rule XXXIII. — The participle agrees with 
 its noun in gender, case, and number, and governs 
 the same case as its verb. 
 
 The blooming rose. I rb p~65ov ■& dTiTiO v. 
 
 A tyrant bearing rule over the state. | rvpavvog ttpartiv rijg 7r67,ewc. 
 
 (70.) Rule XXXIV.— Purpose.— The future par- 
 ticiple is used to express a. purpose, 
 
 Where in English we should use to, in order to, &c, with the infinitive. 
 
32 
 
 PARTICIPLE.— VERBALS. 
 
 Cyrus sent Gobryas to see — . 
 
 Kvpog erre/xipe rov To(3pvav kiroip- 
 
 6[ievo v—. 
 — arparuiv ayuv d>$ (iorjd^aav 
 
 j3aui?.El. 
 tovto epxo/mi (ppdauv. 
 
 Rem. When <bg is used with the participle, it denotes that the inten- 
 tion of the person to whom the participle refers is expressed-; e. g., wf 
 fiorjdricuv, above. 
 
 — Leading an army with intent to 
 
 assist the king. 
 I come to say this. 
 
 (71.) Rule XXXV. — Participle as Complement. — 
 The participle is used with many verbs as a com- 
 plementary object, agreeing in case with the object 
 noun. 
 
 / know that man is mortal (=] 
 
 know man being mortal). 
 / hear him say (= saying). 
 JT rejoice that you have come. 
 
 olda avOpcjitov -&v7]Tov ovra. 
 
 ukovg) avrov "keyovToe;. 
 \ Xatpu oot sXdovTi. 
 
 Rem. 1. With passive verbs and slvai, the participle stands in the 
 nominative either as predicate or attributive. 
 
 i" am satiated with seeing these things 
 
 (attributive). 
 The Athenians seem to have been 
 
 distressed (predicate). 
 
 TrTirjpng elfil ravra deufievog. 
 
 ol 'Adnvalot kfyaivovro tin e pax 
 Oeadevreg. 
 
 Rem. 2. If the subject of the principal verb is also its object (e. g., " 1 
 know that I am mortal"), the object pronoun is omitted, and the 
 participle stands in the nominative (by attraction). 
 
 olda -&vnTog cov. 
 Tvaiofj-ai ae adiictiv. 
 apxojucu Xsyuv. 
 ev enocrjaag dcptKo/LievoQ. 
 
 I know that 1 am mortal. 
 
 I cease injuring you. 
 
 I begin speaking. 
 
 You have done well (in) coming 
 
 Rem. 3. In phrases such as, " It is evident that I do so and so," the 
 Greek prefers the personal form, " lam evidently doing so and so," to 
 the impersonal. 
 
 It is evident that I have done well by | drj^og eifiL (or (paivoftcu) ttjv 7ra~ 
 my country. \ rpida tti tzoltjgclc.. 
 
 Rem. 4. The participle as complement is especially common with the 
 verbs rvyxdveiv, "kavddveiv, SiarsXelv, ipddvetv, and otx£(rdai. 
 
 I^ 3 In translating this construction, we often have to use an adverb 
 in English. 
 
USE OF OV AND firj. 33 
 
 Croesus unwittingly cherished his Kpolcoc (povea rov naidbc khav- 
 son's murderer. dave jSogkov. 
 
 I always do what is honourable. dtareXfi KaXa iroitiv. 
 
 The elder son happened to be present 6 TZpecfivrspoe TtapiJV trvyx a ~ 
 (= being present). [ vev. 
 
 § 4. Verhals in reog and roq. 
 
 (72.) Rule XXXVI. — Verbals in reog derived from 
 transitive verbs may be used personally (as predicate), and 
 the personal subject is put in the dative. 
 
 You must punish the man. \ Ko'Kaarioq-harl cot b uvOpojizoc. 
 
 HS2P 3 Compare the construction with the Latin gerundive.* 
 
 (73.) PvULE XXXVII. — Verbals, whether from transi- 
 tive or intransitive verbs, may be used impersonally (as 
 subject), and govern the case of their verbs. 
 
 JEp 3 The personal agent, if expressed, is put in the dative 
 
 KO?^aar£ov ecri ooi rov uvdpu- 
 
 TTOV- 
 
 eTTidvjUTjreov earlv Tifiiv ryg el- 
 privriq. 
 
 You must punish the man. 
 We must desire peace. 
 
 Rem. The neut. pi. (rea or rd) may be used as well as neut. sing. 
 
 We must trust friends. 
 You must practice virtue, 
 
 Triard kajL rolg (pLlotg. 
 aGKTjrea (or aanqrzov) sari cot 
 
 T7)V CipSTTJV. 
 
 Compare the construction with the Latin nominative in dum.f 
 
 ADVEUB OF NEGATION, OV, \17\. 
 
 (74.) The distinction between ov and firj (as well as all 
 their compounds, ovdeig, [indetg, &c), is as follows : 
 
 (a) Ov denies directly and independently. 
 
 (b) M?7 denies indirectly and dependently ; hence in supposition, prohibi- 
 tion, etc. 
 
 &§T' Ov is the objective, and fiij the subjective negative. 
 
 * Comp. First Latin Book (502). f Comp. First Latin Book (501). 
 B 2 
 
34 USE OF OV AND [lfj. 
 
 (a) I don't know. 
 
 (b) If he should not give ? 
 Do not write. 
 
 ovk olSa. 
 eav jxr] didu. 
 1X7} ypaipyg. 
 
 (75.) In Greek two or more negatives strengthen the 
 
 negation. 
 
 ov dvvarac ovr > ev leyetv, ovt' 
 ev noiuv rovq fyikovq. 
 
 He cannot either [Gr. neither] speak 
 well of his friends or (nor) treat 
 them well. 
 
 (76.) M.rj and ov are used together after verbs of hinder- 
 ing, denying, fearing, and the like, when a negative pre- 
 cedes the verb. 
 
 Nothing prevents you from, dying I ovdev KuTivei ce firj ovk uiroda- 
 (Gr. lest not to die). j vetv. 
 
 Rem. In questions, ov expects the answer "-yes ;" /irj the answer " no." 
 
 He is ill, is he not (nonne aegrotat) ? j up' ovk egtcv aadev^g ; 
 He is not ill, is he (num segrotat) ? | apa firj kanv aodevrjg ; 
 
 ISP* On the use of the moods in simple sentences, see (83). 
 
PART II. 
 
 OF COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
 
 (77.) A compound sentence is one made up of two 01 
 more simple sentences. The sentences thus combined are 
 either Co-ordinate or Subordinate. 
 
 I. CO-ORDINATE SENTENCES. 
 
 § 1. Classes of Co-ordinate Sentences. 
 (78.) Co-ordinate sentences are united together, but yet 
 independent of each other. Co-ordination is either, 
 
 (a) Copulative, when an addition is made to the thought ; e.g., Socrates 
 and Plato. Socrates was not only wise, but also good. 
 
 (b) Adversative, when the thought is restricted; e. g., he is not poor, but 
 brave. 
 
 (c) Disjunctive, when the one thought excludes the other ; e. g., these 
 things are either true or false. 
 
 (d) Causal, assigning a reason; e. g., we admire Socrates, for he is vir- 
 tuous. 
 
 (e) Conclusive, expressing a consequence; e. g., Socrates is virtuous, 
 therefore ice admire him. 
 
 H. SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 
 
 § 2. Classes of Subordinate Sentences. 
 (79.) Subordinate sentences are so united to others 
 (called principal sentences) as to he dependent upon them. 
 
 E. g., " The messenger who was sent announced." Here " the messenger 
 announced" is the principal sentence; " who was sent," the subordi- 
 nate sentence.* 
 
 * It must be obvious that co-ordinate sentences are, for grammatical pur- 
 poses, principal sentences. The doctrines and rules applied to simple sen. 
 tenets (Port I.) are applicable to all principal sentences; it is only in sub' 
 
36 THE MOODS. 
 
 (80.) Subordinate sentences are of five classes : 
 
 (A) Conjunctive sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a 
 conjunction or adverb of time. 
 
 (B) Relative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a rela- 
 tive word. 
 
 (C) Accusative with infinitive. 
 
 (D) Participial sentences. 
 
 (E) Interrogative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by 
 an interrogative word. 
 
 SS^ We shall treat these in order, first giving a few statements and 
 rules in regard to the use of the moods, and of the modal particle 
 av. For convenience' sake, we place here, also, the rules for the 
 use of the moods in simple sentences. 
 
 § 3. The Moods. 
 
 1. The Moods distinguished. 
 
 (81.) The verb expresses affirmation. The moods of the 
 verb are used to vary the character of the affirmation. 
 
 I. The indicative mood asserts positively (or nega- 
 tively) what is real (or objective). 
 
 E. g., " I strike." " He has come" 
 
 II. The subjunctive asserts something as dependent 
 on something else, or as not real, but tending (or 
 possible) to be realized. 
 
 E. g., "I am here that I may see." "He may come." "If he 
 come." 
 
 III. The optative asserts something as not real, with- 
 out reference to its being realized, and generally as 
 dependent on something 'past. 
 
 E. g., u I might go." " Would that it could be so." " Whoso- 
 ever should say this would err." " I was there that I might see." 
 
 IV. The imperative expresses command (more or less 
 gently). 
 
 E. g., " Depart at once." " Do not believe it." 
 
 ordinate sentences that difficulty is likely to occur. It will be seen, how- 
 ever, that subordinate sentences are much freer in thejr construction in 
 Greek than in Latin, 
 
THE MOODS IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 37 
 
 Rem. 1. It flows from the nature of the subjunctive, that it re- 
 fers mainly to present or future time ; and its inflections, ac- 
 cordingly, follow those of the primary tenses of the verb 
 (e. g., to, 77f, 7) ; iuat, ecu, rat, &c). 
 
 Rem. 2. It flows from the nature of the optative, that it refers 
 mainly to past time ; and its inflections, accordingly, follow 
 those of the historical tenses of the verb (e.g.,[irjv, go, to, &c). 
 
 2. The Modifying Particle av.* 
 
 (82.) 'Av is a particle used to modify the moods of the verb. Its chief 
 force is expressed in the following: 
 
 Rule XXXVIII. — "Av, with the Indicative, diminishes 
 the objective force of the affirmation ; with the Subjunctive 
 or Optative, increases it.f 
 
 HE^ 3 An analogy to this may be found in the use of the word perhaps 
 or peradventure in English. Thus, ''He saw it," is an affirmation; 
 " Perhaps he saw it," is doubtful ; and thus the word perhaps dimin- 
 ishes the indicative force of the verb. Again, " He may come" is 
 less affirmative than " Perhaps he may come." 
 
 Rem. "Av coalesces with several particles, so as to form one word 
 with them; e.g., el dv = sdv or r}v ; oreav — orav; eTreidrj av = 
 ixeiddv, &c. 
 
 3. The Moods in Simple or Principal Sentences. 
 
 (83.) Rule XXXIX. — The subjunctive is used in prin- 
 cipal sentences : 
 
 (1) In the 1st person, to express exhortation (like an im- 
 perative). 
 
 (2) In the aorist, 2d person, with jtwj, to denote prohibi- 
 tion. 
 
 (3) In doubtful questions ; e. g., 
 
 IcjfiEv nal fiaxtifJ-eOa- 
 
 (1) Let us go and fight. 
 Let us not wait. 
 
 (2) Do not steal. 
 
 (3) What are we to do ? 
 
 [XT] ava/ievujuev. 
 117} K? i ,£iprig. 
 tI Tzotufiev; 
 
 Rem. 1. In general prohibitions use the imperative present ; e. g., [irj 
 
 * In epic poetry, k£ or k£v. t See First Book in Greek (523). 
 
38 CONJUNCTIVE SENTENCES. 
 
 kTlckts, "Do not steal" i. e., habitually ; in specific prohibitions use 
 the aorist subjunctive ; e. g., jxtj uTis-ipng, " Do not steal," i. e., in this 
 particular case. 
 
 Rem. 2. The subjunctive, in doubtful questions, may immediately fol- 
 low (SovXel or -Q-eTielq (do you wish ?) ; e. g., 
 
 Do you vush, then, that we should I [3ov?„ei ovv gkottu/jcev ; 
 consider ? | 
 
 (84.) Rule XL. — The optative (ivithout av) is used in 
 principal sentences to express a ivish (with or without the 
 particles el, eWe, el yap). 
 
 May you be more fortunate than your ykvoio rcarpbg evTV%eGTEpog ! 
 
 father ! 
 Would that I had a voice ! 
 May the gods requite ! 
 
 Rem. 1. Observe that the aorist is used in the expression of a wish. 
 
 Rem. 2. When the wish cannot be gratified, the indie, imperf. or aor. 
 is used, not the opt. ; e. g., 
 O that this could be done ! 1 elde tovto syiyvSTol 
 
 O that this had been done ! \ eWe tovto kyivsTO ! 
 
 (85.) Rule XLI. — The optative (with av) is used in 
 principal sentences (some condition being generally suppress- 
 ed) to denote (1) a supposed case ; (2) a softened assertion. 
 f^p? 3 This use is very near the fut. indie. 
 
 el (lot ysvoiTO (puoyyoc] 
 ol fi-soi u.7Z0TiaaivT0 ] 
 
 (1) Everything can happen in the 
 
 course of a long time. 
 Not even this could any one say. 
 I would gladly see this. 
 
 (2) You will not escape. 
 
 —jevolto 6' av nav kv r<p jj,a- 
 
 *P9 Xpovu. 
 ovde tovt' av Tig eItzol. 
 rjdiug av ■&Eaaai(X'nv ravra. 
 ovk av <j)£vyoig. 
 
 § 4. Conjunctive Sentences. 
 
 Relation of Conjunctions to the Moods. 
 
 (86.) As the moods express the varieties of affirmation, and as the con- 
 junctions are used to indicate different relations of thought (as conditional, 
 causal, &c), it is clear that there must be a close connexion between the 
 use of the conjunctions and that of the moods. It must be borne in mind, 
 however, that the nature of the affirmation generally decides both the mood 
 and the conjunction that shall be used. It cannot properly be said, there- 
 fore, that the conjunctions govern the moods ; but, for convenience' sake, 
 we treat them together. 
 
FINAL SENTENCES. 39 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 (87.) Rule XLII. — In subordinate sentences the indica- 
 tive is used to denote what the speaker affirms as real ; the 
 subjunctive or optative, what he affirms as dependent upon 
 something else. 
 
 (88.) Rule XLIII. — The subjunctive is used in the 
 subordinate clause after a primary tense in the principal 
 clause ; the optative after a historical. 
 
 special rules. 
 
 1. Final Sentences. 
 
 (89.) Final sentences (t. e., those which express a purpose, aim, or con- 
 sequence) are introduced by the conjunctions ug, ottoc. Iva (ug [xr/, onuc 
 [iTj, Iva fiij), so that, in order that {that not, &c), cxjts, so as. 
 
 (90.) Rule XLIV. — In final sentences the subjunctive 
 is used when the principal^ verb is hi a primary tense ; the 
 optative, when it is in a historical tense. 
 
 / am present, to see. 
 I was present, to sec. 
 Speak, that 1 may know. 
 
 Tvupeijut, iva I6u. 
 TTapijv, 'iva Idoi/ii- 
 Z.etjov, Iva Ida. 
 
 Rem. 1. The moods of the aorist are considered as primary tenses, in- 
 asmuch as they do not refer to past time, but to momentary action. 
 
 Rem. 2. The indie, fut. is very commonly used with 6~ug to denote 
 the certainty of the result aimed at ; e.g., 
 The Persian laws take care that the ! ol Hepaiicol vofioi e—ifi&ovrai, 
 citizens may not be (=shall not j orrug p.r] tolovtol eaovrai ol 
 be) such — . i ttoMtcu — . 
 
 Rem. 3. After he, otuc, Iva, the particle av is sometimes used with 
 the subjunctive to denote a suppressed condition. 
 You shall lead us, that we may know I atjeic f] flag, OTtug av el 5 io [lev. 
 (?'. e., in a certain case). 
 
 Rem. 4. Infinitive of Consequence. — The infinitive is used with bore 
 (more rarely ug) to denote a supposed or habitual result of the lead- 
 ing sentence. 
 Cyrus was very ambitious, so as to \ cji?,ori/i6raTog i]V 6 Kvpog, ugtf 
 endure all things — . K&vra VTVOfislva i — . 
 
 By the principal verb is meant the leading verb in the principal sentence. 
 
40 TEMPORAL AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 
 
 I2F 3 If the result is stated as a fact that really occurred, the indica. 
 tive is used. 
 
 Tissaphernes did not arrive, so that I ov% tjkev 6 Ticaafyepvrjg, uad' ol 
 the Greeks became apprehensive. | "Yi7Jkr]VEQ k§pQVT t,C,ov. 
 
 2. Temporal Sentences. 
 
 (91.) The temporal conjunctions (when, until, before that, &c.) are ore, 
 bixore, £ttei, eireidy, sue, rcplv. Of course, the Indicative is used with these 
 in the narration of actual facts. But, 
 
 (92.) Rule XLV. — The optative is used with tempo- 
 ral conjunctions to express {not an individual fact, but) a 
 case of frequent occurrence, after a historical tense in the 
 principal sentence. 
 
 Whenever the barbarian kings made 
 an expedition, they intrenched 
 themselves — . 
 
 ottote arparoTredevoivro ol 
 fidpPapoc fiaoiXelg, rd(ppov Trepie- 
 fiaWovro — . 
 
 I3p Observe that the opt. is used in this construction without av. 
 
 (93.) The temporal conjunctions, combined with av, obtain a conditional 
 force; e.g., br£ = when, brav = whenever ; £iT£id7j = after that, £TV£tddv = 
 whenever, if at any time. 
 
 (94.) Rule XLVI. — The subjunctive is used with the 
 temporal conjunctions when compounded with av. 
 
 When you wish to talk, I will talk 
 
 with you. 
 When the barbarian kings make an 
 
 expedition, &C 
 
 eireidav av (3ov%y diaMyeoOai, 
 tote aoi 6ia?i£^o/xat. 
 
 biTOTav aTparoTredEvuvrac ol 
 j3dpj3apot (SaatlEic — . 
 
 Rem. The Infinitive is used after npiv, to denote incidentally a point 
 of time, especially if not referring to the future. 
 
 Three children were born to Darius \r\aav Aapstu, irplv (3aGiXsvaai, 
 before he was king. j jEyovoTEC Tpelg TzaldEC. 
 
 3. Conditional Sentences. 
 
 (95.) 1. The conditional conjunctions are el and el av-= 
 
 edv, or ijv, or av. 
 
 I3P This uv (if) stands at the beginning of the sentence, and can thus 
 be distinguished from the modal particle av, which must have some 
 words before it. 
 
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 41 
 
 2. In conditional sentences the conditional clause is called 
 the Protasis, the consequent clause the Apodosis. 
 
 Thus, in the sentence " If 'you say this, you err," the clause " if you say 
 this" is the protasis, and the clause "you err" the apodosis. 
 
 The Four Classes of Conditionals. 
 (96.) (I) If you say this, you err. \ el tovto Tieyetg, afiapTaveig. 
 
 (1) Here both condition and consequence are supposed to be facts, 
 or unquestioned possibilities, and the Indicative is used in both 
 clauses. 
 
 el tovto eleyeg, rjpdpTaveg 
 sItovto e2,e%ag, rjfiapTeg av. 
 
 (2) Were you to say this, you would 
 
 err (but you ivill not say it). 
 Had you said this, you would 
 have erred. 
 
 (2) Here the condition is believed to be impossible; hence (there being 
 no uncertainty) the indicative (historical) is used in the protasis, 
 and the indicative with uv in the apodosis ; the imperfect tense for 
 present or future (indefinite) time, the aorist for past time. 
 
 (3) If you (shall) say this, you will I eav tovto /Leyf/c, afxapTTJaq. 
 
 err. 
 
 (3) Here the condition and result are regarded as probable or likely ; 
 kav with subj. in protasis, indie, (generally future) in apodosis. 
 
 (4) If you should say this, you would I el tovto Tieyoig, afxapTavoig 
 
 err. | uv. 
 
 (4) Here no reference is had either to probability or improbability : 
 el with the opt. in protasis ; opt. with av in apodosis. Hence the 
 rule for all four cases may be expressed as follows : 
 
 (97.) Rule XL VII. — In conditional sentences we ex- 
 press, 
 
 (1) Reality, or absolute possibility, by the Indicative in both clauses; 
 
 (2) Impossibility, by the Indicative (historical) in both, but with av in 
 apodosis ; 
 
 (3) Probability, by lav with Subjunctive in protasis, and Indicative 
 (generally Future) in apodosis ; 
 
 (4) Mere assumption, by el with Optative in protasis, and av with Op- 
 tative in apodosis. 
 
42 RELATIVE SENTENCES. 
 
 Rem. The different forms are sometimes used together. To denote a 
 repeated action under certain conditions in past time, the protasis 
 uses ei with opt., and the apodosis the imperf. indie, with uv. 
 
 When any one seemed to him to lag, \ el Tig avTU) doKOLi] (3?\.<ZK£veiv t 
 he would strike him. | e 7r a lev av. 
 
 IEP 3 On subordinate sentences introduced by on or ug, see (106). 
 
 § 5. Relative Sentences. 
 
 (98.) In the compound sentence, " The messenger, who was sent, an- 
 nounced," the clause " the messenger announced" is the principal sen- 
 tence, and the clause " who was sent" the relative sentence. The word 
 messenger is the antecedent of the relative who. 
 
 1. Agreement and Government. 
 
 (99.) Rule XL VIII. — The relative pronoun agrees with 
 its antecedent in gender and number ; but its case depends 
 upon the construction of the relative sentence. 
 
 He sent along with her the soldiers ' ovvE7T£/j,ip£V avrr} OTpaTLUTag ovg 
 
 whom Menon had. Mevcov eIx^v- 
 
 The villages, in which they were en- at utifiat, hv alg honr/vow — . 
 
 camped — . I 
 
 Rem. 1. When the relative is in apposition with a noun after a verb 
 of calling, naming, &c, it generally tabes the gender of that noun. 
 
 Fear, which we call bashfulness. \ (po(Sog 7] v aldu tcalov/AEV. 
 
 Rem. 2. The antecedent is often omitted in the principal clause, and 
 expressed in the relative clause. 
 
 This is the man (whom) you saw. I ovTog hoTLV bv sldsg avdpa, or 
 I 6 v eISec avdpa ovtoc kariv. 
 
 Rem. 3. The phrase eotlv ol = some, and may be declined throughout 
 without changing eotlv. Thus, 
 
 N. eotlv ol, at, a, some. 
 G. eotlv uv, of some. 
 D. eotlv olg, alg, olg, to some, 
 &c, &c. 
 
 Some say. 
 
 From some things he refrained. 
 
 Some (persons) I have admired. 
 
 eotlv ol Tiiyovoiv. 
 
 EOTLV UV aTTEOXETO. 
 
 eotlv ovg TsOav/iaKa. 
 
RELATIVE SENTENCE. 43 
 
 (100.) Rule LXIX. — {Attraction of the Relative.) — 
 The relative is often made to agree in case with the ante- 
 dent (gen. or dat.). 
 
 (Ye are) worthy of the liberty which 
 
 ye possess. 
 I use the books which I have. 
 
 d^ioi trig e?ievdepiac, rig (instead 
 of tjv) KenTTjade. 
 
 Xpti/iai (3l}3hioir; olg £%G). 
 
 Rem. 1. The antecedent is often put in the relative clause, or (espe- 
 cially if a demonstrative pronoun) omitted entirely ; e. g., 
 
 Cyrus came up with what force he 
 
 had. 
 With those whom I have. 
 
 Kvpog irpoG7J?*de cvv y eZ^e dvvd- 
 
 /XEl. 
 
 cvv olg !#« (instead of cvv tnei- 
 voig olg e^w). 
 
 Rem. 2. With olog, ocog, and bcricovv both attraction and omission 
 occur, giving rise to a peculiar construction. Thus, instead of 
 Ipapiai dvdpbg toiovtov, olog cv el, we have 
 epa/iai o'lov cov avSpog, I love such a man as you. 
 So eTratvu) olov c£ dvdpa, I praise such a man as you. 
 
 2. The Moods in Relative Sentences. 
 
 (101.) The Indicative is used in relative sentences to denote facts, in 
 many cases where the Latin would use the Subjunctive. Note especially, 
 
 (102.) Rule L. — The future indicative is used in rela- 
 tive sentences to express a purpose, or what should or must 
 be, even after a historical tense. 
 
 They took guides to lead (=who | Tjyeiiovag £?,al3ov, ol avrovg a^ov- 
 should lead) them. \ civ. 
 
 (103.) When dv is used in a relative sentence it is joined with the rel- 
 ative word ; e. g., og dv, bcng dv, &c, whoever ; and, 
 
 Rule LI. — The relative with av is followed by the sub- 
 junctive, to denote what is probable or usual, if the princi- 
 pal clause has a primary tense ; by the optative, to denote 
 a mere hypothetical possibility ; e. g., 
 
 Whomsoever any persons think bet- I ovg av l 8e?^Tiovg Tiv£g iavrtiv 
 
 ter than themselves, these they are jjyri covrai, rovroig edeXovci 
 wdling to obey. TreWecdai. 
 
 There is no evil that one can suffer [ ovtc ecriv o,Tl av Tig fiEi^ov tovtov 
 greater than this. \ nanbv nddoi. 
 
44 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 
 
 (104.) Rule LII. — The relative without av is followed 
 by the optative after a historical tense, to denote indefinite 
 frequency of action ; or, after any tense, to denote a mere 
 supposition or general truth ; e. g., 
 
 He did what (in such case) seemed eTrparrev a dotjeiev avr&. 
 
 good to him. 
 Any one can practice the art with 
 
 which he is acquainted. 
 
 epdot ng, tjv 'inacTog eideir) T££- 
 
 V7}V. 
 
 § 6. Accusative with Infinitive. 
 
 (105.) Rule LIII. — Many subordinate sentences, which 
 in English are introduced by the conjunction that, are ex- 
 pressed in Greek by the accusative ivith the infinitive. 
 
 I2P The subject of the subordinate sentence is then in the accusative. 
 
 This construction occurs especially after verba sentiendi and dicendi, and 
 phrases such as, it is strange, it is obvious, &c. 
 
 7]%iov do07jvai ol Tavrac rag tto- 
 
 ?ieic — . 
 ol fivdoTioyot <paal, rbv Ovpavbv 
 
 dvvacrrevaat Tvptirov — . 
 
 He demanded that those cities should 
 
 be given to him — . 
 The mythologists say that Uranus 
 
 first rtded — . 
 
 Rem. 1. The ace. with infin. (with or without the article prefixed) in 
 general statements becomes the subject of the whole sentence. 
 That men should err is not strange. \rb afxapTavetv avdpuirovc ov 
 
 ■&avfj.aaTov [koTLv]. 
 
 Rem. 2. If the noun which forms the subject of the infinitive is gov- 
 erned by the preceding verb, it is generally put in the case required 
 by that verb (see 67) instead of in the accusative. 
 
 (106.) Instead of the accusative and infinitive, the finite verb with on 
 or cjc is often used in Greek to form subordinate sentences. In this re- 
 spect the Greek is much freer than the Latin. And for these cases we 
 have the following : 
 
 Rule LIV. — With on or &>c, after verba sentiendi or 
 declarandi, etc., the indicative is generally used after a 
 primary tense, the optative after a historical tense. 
 
 / say that man is mortal. 
 
 We concluded that it was easier for 
 man to ride — . 
 
 Tieyco brt 6 avdpcoizog -&vrjr6g ha- 
 
 TLV. 
 
 eyiyvuGKO/xev wc avdpuTro) fraov 
 el 7) apxeiv. 
 
PARTICIPIAL SENTENCES. 45 
 
 Rem. Whether the ind. or opt. shall be used, depends upon the sense 
 mainly. If what is stated is regarded by the speaker as fact, the 
 indie, is used ; but if he wishes to indicate it as the sentiment of an- 
 other, the optative. 
 
 § 7. Participial Sentences. 
 
 (107.) The participle is used to abridge discourse, instead of a relative, 
 adverb, or conjunction with a verb. Thus, (1) " The gods, when they are 
 honoured by men, rejoice" = " the gods, honoured by men, rejoice." Again, 
 "I will mention those that say" = li I will mention those saying." (2) 
 M When the spring comes, the flowers bloom" = " spring coming, the flowers 
 bloom." These are abridged subordinate sentences, (1) being called the 
 conjunctive participial construction, and (2) the absolute construction. 
 
 (108.) Conjunctive Participial Construction. — The par- 
 ticiple in a subordinate sentence, which has for its subject the 
 subject or object of the principal sentence, agrees with this 
 last in gender, number, and case. 
 
 The gods rejoice when honoured by 
 men. 
 
 Cyrus collected an army, and be- 
 sieged Miletus. 
 
 It is hard to address the belly, since 
 it has no ears. 
 
 ol -&eol xa'ipova Ttfico/nevoL irro 
 
 ruv avdpuTTuv. 
 Kvpoc, ov?u?i.e^ag arpdreviia, 
 
 kiroXiopKEL *M.i'kr]Tov 
 %a\zixbv ecttl ?t,eyetv Trpoc yaaripa, 
 
 ura ovk EX 0VGav - 
 
 (109.) Rule LV. — Genitive Absolute. — If the subordin- 
 ate sentence contain a noun and participle independent of 
 the leading sentence, both noun and participle are placed in 
 the genitive. 
 
 E5P" The gen. absolute is mostly used to denote the time or cause of an 
 action. 
 
 Eneivov eiTcovTog, tt&vtes toL~ 
 
 While he was speaking, all were si- 
 lent. 
 
 When the spring comes, the flowers 
 bloom. 
 
 yuv. 
 rov fapog £?i66vto(;, tcZ, avdn 
 ■d-d7^7iEL. 
 
 Rem. 1. The particle wc, joined to the participle, denotes that it is to 
 be taken subjectively ; i. e., as the view, opinion, &C, of some one 
 (expressed in English by as if, as though, &c.) ; e. g., 
 He gave command, (under the pre- 1 iraprjyyEL?^, uc hTT t^ov'Xsiov- 
 
 text that) Tissaphernes was plot- roc Ttaca^Epvovg. 
 
 ting. 
 
46 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 
 
 Rem. 2. An impersonal participle (e. g., egov, from e&OTt, it is lawful) 
 may be used in the accusative absolute; e. g., while he might have peace 
 (=zit being permitted to have peace), k%bv elprjvrjv ex^iv. 
 
 § 8. Interrogative Sentences. 
 
 (110.) Questions are either direct or indirect: direct, when they are not 
 dependent on any word or sentence going before ; e. g., " Is Caius writing ?" 
 indirect, when they are so dependent; e. g., "Tell me if Caius is writing?'' 
 " Is my friend come V (direct) ; " I do not know whether my friend is come" 
 (indirect). In questions not doubting, whether direct or indirect, the indic- 
 ative is used. 
 
 (111.) Rule LVI. — In indirect doubtful questions the 
 subjunctive is used, if the preceding verb be in a 'primary 
 tense ; the optative, if it be in a historical tense. 
 
 Where can I go ? (turn myself). 
 
 I don't know where to go. 
 
 I did not know where to turn myself. 
 
 not. rpaivcdfiai ; 
 
 OVK £X<J, OTCOl Tp&TCOftat. 
 
 ova elxov, 07ZOI rpa7roifJ,7}V. 
 
 § 9. Oratio Obliqua. 
 
 1. Nature of Oratio Obliqua. 
 
 (112.) When one relates the words or opinions of another, he may do it 
 in two ways : 
 
 (a) He may represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his 
 words precisely as they were uttered ; e. g., " Ariovistus said, ' / 
 have crossed the Rhine ;' " "The messenger announced, ' Peace has 
 been declared? " This is called oratio recta, direct discourse. 
 
 (b) He may state the substance of what the other said or thought in 
 narrative form ; e. g., " Ariovistus said that he had crossed the Rhine ;" 
 " The messenger announced that peace had been declared." This is 
 called oratio obliqua, indirect discourse. 
 
 2. The Forms of Oratio Obliqua. 
 
 (113.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqua are either principal 
 or subordinate ; e. g., Ariovistus said that he would not wage war on the 
 ^Eduans if they paid the tribute yearly. Here the sentence that he would 
 not wage war upon the AZduans is a principal sentence, and if they paid the 
 tribute yearly is a subordinate sentence. 
 
OKATIO OBLIQUA. 47 
 
 (114.) Principal sentences in oratio obliqua are ex- 
 
 (1) By the accusative with the infinitive ; e. g., 
 
 He announced that the enemy were I £7r7jyy£L?i€ rovg TroXe/Liiovg anO' 
 running off. <f>vyelv. 
 
 (2) By otl or tig with the verb (106) ; e. g., 
 
 He announced, &c. ] eTtrjyyetXe on ol woM/moi airs- 
 
 I (pvyov or aTro<pvyoiev. 
 
 (3) By the participial construction (71) ; e. g., 
 
 He announced, &c. I kixriyyziks rovg noTiefiiovg arrowy- 
 
 I yovrag. 
 
 (4) By the object infinitive (67) ; e. g., 
 
 He bade the soldiers to attack the I e?i£^e rolg arparturaig en idea- 
 enemy. I Oat rolg Tco?i£fiioig. 
 ISP" This last construction occurs only with sentences denoting wish, 
 desire, command, &C. 
 
 (115.) Subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua are ex- 
 pressed as in direct discourse 
 
 Rem. 1. But if the statement is meant to be indicated as the sentiment 
 of another, then the opt. is used (after a historical tense) instead 
 of the indie, or subj. 
 
 He finally remarked what benefits 
 Cyrus had rendered to the Per- 
 sians. 
 
 reTiEvrtiv e7^ysv, oca ayada Kvpog 
 Tlepcag TrsiToiTJKOt. 
 
 Rem. 2. The accusative with infinitive may be used in Greek in any 
 kind of subordinate sentence. 
 
 They say that the Scythian nomades, 
 after Darius had invaded their 
 country, longed to take vengeance 
 on him. 
 
 Sicvdag (pact rovg vopadag, ^7teI 
 avrolg Lapelov ElcPalelv 
 elg rrjv x<^P av - fJ-^TU ravra fie- 
 jiiovivai avTov ricacdai. 
 
USE OF CERTAIN PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 [The particles marked thus f cannot stand first in a sentence.] 
 
 A. 
 
 (116.) aye drj, or ay&re drj, "come on now;" "but come" 
 (117.) del (Ionic and poetic, aleC, alev), "always." 
 
 H2P 3 With participles it means "for the time being" or " in every case ;" 
 eg-, 
 6 del upxo)V, "the archon for the time being ;" 6 del 7}6tKijp.eVog, "he 
 
 who in (any or) every instance (i. e., as often as the supposition has 
 
 place) suffers injustice" 
 
 (118.) a/irjOec (with proparoxytone accent) = " really ?" 
 
 " is it so, then ?" 
 
 I^p 1 It is thus used ironically (=itane?). 
 
 (119.) dXXd, "but" 
 
 (1) In abrupt replies; e. g., akV ddvvarov, "why, it's impossible;" 
 aXka (3ovXofj.at, " well, then, I will." 
 
 (2) uXkd also = " except" after general negatives (some case of aXkog 
 generally stands in the preceding clause). 
 
 (3) dTJC rj (dXld rj), "unless, except (nisi)." Thus, ovdelc d/lAoc 
 a A /I'* fj, " nobody else but (than)." 
 
 (120.) aXXo ti 7] (or aXXon) ; used as an interrogative 
 particle. 
 
 E.g., aWo tl r) irepl tcTielgtov TroLrj; " do you not think it of great 
 importance?" — dWort ovv o'iye <pi7lOKepdeig QiTlovat to nepdog ; 
 "what then! do not the avaricious love gain?" 
 
 (121.) dXXcdc re Kai, "especially, in particular " 
 
 (122.) a\ia (adv.), "at the same time" (as prep., "to- 
 gether with," dot.). 
 
 * Here, properly, the dXkd refers to ovdeig, the fj to dllog.— The dXkog 
 is frequently omitted, and the form becomes ovdelg dXX' %. 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 49 
 
 (1) d/ia, followed by nai in the following clause : as soon as ; e. g., 
 dp. a uK7]ic6a/Ltev ti teal rpt7]pdpxovg KaOlara/aev, "as soon as we 
 
 have heard anything, we will at once appoint officers," &c. 
 
 (2) dua is also used with the part., like piera^v- e. g., dfia ravr' 
 elnuv dvearrj, " directly as he said this, he stood up." 
 
 (123.) afiehei, "without doubt," "certainly" 
 
 SEF" It is properly the imperative of d/zeMo), "be unconcerned," "don't 
 be uneasy about." 
 
 (124.) fav, see (82) ; for edv, see (95). 
 
 (125.) ava* "Up!" (for dvdarrjOi, " rise up /"). 
 
 (126.) dvQ' ojv stands for dvrl eaeivuv d — . 
 
 (1) Thus, Xa(3£ tovto avd' dv edcjKac p.ot, "take this for what you 
 have given me." 
 
 (2) Also, for dvrl tovtov brt ; c. g., xdptv aoi oUa, dvO' cov r/Xdeg, 
 " I thank thee (for this=) because thou hast come." 
 
 (127.) fdpa (dp and pd,f in epic poets), "therefore" 
 1 ' consequently, " " then . ' ' 
 
 (1) It is also used sometimes apparently without power, but indicates 
 conformity with nature or custom ; " as might have been expected;" ex or- 
 dine, rite. Hence it serves as a transition to an expected proposition. 
 
 (2) After el, edv, &c, it means "perhaps" or " perchance."— el fir/ dpa 
 (nisi forte) has often an ironical meaning, " unless," "forsooth." 
 
 (128.) dpa (notice the accent), num ? is an interrogative 
 particle. 
 
 It stands at the beginning of the sentence,^ while dpa cannot. 
 (129.) are (with participle), "as being". 
 
 E.g., 6 Kvpoc, are TraZc &v, r/dero role towvtoic, " Cyrus, as being 
 a boy, was pleased with such things." 
 
 (130.) fav ("backward"), (1) "again;" (2) "on the 
 other hand;" (3) "farther ;" or, "and then also" 
 
 * When prepositions are used alone as adverbs, and thus become equiv- 
 alent to verbs, they throw back the accent. 
 
 t Enclitic. 
 
 J " Attic poets, however, allow themselves to interchange the quantity, 
 and use dpa for consequently, dpa as the interrog. particle, but without al- 
 tering the proper place of each." — Buttmann. 
 
 c 
 
50 PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 (131.). iavre, avrdp (both epic), and drdp have the same 
 
 meaning as av. 
 
 So, also, the poetical \avdi,g, Ion. avrcg (avrdp and drdp begin a sen- 
 tence or clause). 
 
 r. 
 
 (132.) \ydp (ye dpa), "for" properly denotes that what 
 follows is an explanatory affirmation. 
 
 (1) It often refers to a short sentence to be mentally supplied (such 
 
 as, " I believe it ;" " no wonder" &c). 
 2) In questions,* it answers pretty nearly to our "then," and implies 
 surprise (= "why, what ?") ; e. g., ov yap ; 7] yap ; " is it not so ?" 
 XL yap ; quid enim ? or, quidni enim ? == " why not ?" " certainly," " to 
 
 be sure." 
 7r<jc yap; (Att.) is an emphatic denial, u how can it be so?" = "by 
 
 no means." 
 7TWC yap ov ; " how can it be not so ?"=" by all means," " to be sure." 
 
 (133.) fye (a restrictive, but strengthening particle), "at 
 
 least" " at all events," " certainly" 
 
 It adds emphasis to the word it is attached to, just as an elevation of 
 the voice in speaking, or italics in a printed passage. It is used in 
 replies, either to confirm or to restrict ; also in exhortations, to make 
 them more impressive. 
 
 iycoye, "I for my part." — eltcoroc ye, "quite naturally." — izavv ye, 
 " quite so," "certainly" — ye 5f], "certainly." — ye rot, "yet at least ;" 
 "at least, however ;" "however." — ye /xfjv (certe vero ; vero), "cer- 
 tainly, however ;" " but yet :." hence it is also a strengthened 6e. — 
 yovv = yi ovv, " of a truth," or " at least, then." 
 
 A. 
 (134.) fSs (see (.iev) has the three meanings of "and" 
 "but" "for." 
 
 The last in the old writers only. 
 
 (135.) fc5?7,t a strengthening particle, properly "now" 
 (for which r\dr\ is used). 
 
 * Especially after ric ; 7r<5re; wwc; &c. 
 
 t It is only in Homer and Pindar that 6i] stands at the beginning of a 
 
 preposition or clause. 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 51 
 
 (1) It is employed in various ways to enliven a speech ; e. g., dye 6rj, 
 (pipe St], " come now !" ri 6r) ; " what then ?" 
 
 (2) It also means " truly," "forsooth." After relatives, it has the force 
 of our "ever;" e.g., bang 6f], "whoever it may be" &c. It often 
 follows superlatives ; e. g., [zeytGTog 6r], " the very greatest." 
 
 (136.) fdrjdev has often an ironical force, "forsooth." 
 
 (137.) SrjTiOv is a more emphatical ttov (see ttov), " I 
 imagine" " I suppose" " doubtless." 
 
 (138.) dfjnovdev, " I Jwpe," u I suppose." 
 
 It is used to hint, with a little irony, that the contrary is impossible s=s 
 " surely." 
 
 (139.) -fdrjra, a confirmative particle. 
 
 It is used, like drj, in assuring and confirming ("surely," "certainly"). 
 
 (140.) diori (=dia rovro on), "because." 
 Later writers often use it for on, " that." 
 
 E. 
 (141.) el, (1) "if;" (2) in indirect questions, "ivhether." 
 
 c el kai, "if even," "although." 
 \ Kal el, " even if," " even though." 
 el yap, " O that /"—a wish ; like elde. 
 el fir], " unless ;" el fir] av KeXevetr, " unless you command." 
 el fir) did, '• but for ," " if it were not for ;" e. g., Kal anedavev av el fir) 
 
 did tov Kvva, " he would have died, had it not been for his dog." 
 etric, eiTl, properly, " if any one ;" " if any thing ;" but it is used as 
 equivalent to ogtlc with more emphasis ; "whoever," "whatever." 
 
 elra, ) (1) "afterward" "thereupon;" (2) 
 eiTELra, ) 
 
 They are used (1) in reproachful or indignant questions ; e. g., — elr' 
 kycb gov (peio-ofiai, " (after all this), then, shall I spare thee ?" 
 
 (2) Often with verbs, to refer emphatically to a preceding participle; 
 e. g., ov dvvduevoi evpelv rag bdovc, elra irlavujuevot dnu- 
 2.0VTO, " not being able to find the way, they thus (or therefore) per- 
 ished wandering about." 
 
 (3) In enumerations; e. g., Trpurov (fiev) . . elra (6e), or ^rretra (<5£), 
 " in the first place, . . . in the second place." 
 
 \ v z„c ln .r. i "then 
 
52 PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 (143.) evda, demonstr., "here" "there" 
 H2P" But also, and in prose generally, relat., " where."* 
 evddde, demonstr., "here ;" "hither." 
 kvravda {Ion. tvdavra), " here." 
 
 evOev, "hence," "thence" "whence ;" kvOivde, "hence." 
 evQev fj,ev — evOev 6i (hinc — Mine), " on the one side — on the other." 
 Evdev nal evOev (hinc Mine ; ab utraque parte), " on this side and that;" 
 
 " on both sides " 
 EVTEvdev, "hence" "thence." 
 
 [All these words relate also to time.] 
 
 (144.) enei, (1) "after;" (2) "since" quoniam. 
 
 Before interrogates and the imperative, it has the meaning of "for ;" 
 
 "for else-" e. g., etzeI iruc av dianplvoLfiev avTo ; "for how else, then, 
 
 could we distinguish it?" — ette! -d-eaaac avroc, "for see, then, thyself." 
 
 eTzetdri has the same meanings, but etze'l is far oftener used in the 
 
 sense of since. 
 
 (145.) eare (—ec ore), " until" " as long as." 
 
 (146.) en, "yet," "still" " yet farther." 
 
 ovketi, /irjKETL, " no more" " no longer." 
 
 (147.) e0' &, " on condition that." 
 
 E. g., Aefw cot E(j)' cj aiyrjOEi, " I will tell thee on condition thou wilt 
 be silent." Here k<p' J> (properly = sm tovtio 6 — ) is equivalent to 
 
 kltl TOVT(j) d)C — • 
 
 l<p' o)te, the same, but generally with the infinitive ; e. g., r/pedrjaav 
 £& 6)te avyypdipat vdfiovc, "they were chosen on condition of draw- 
 ing up the laws." 
 
 H. 
 
 (148.) 7], (1) " or ;"f in comparisons, (2) "than" 
 
 (149.) r), "truly" "certainly." 
 
 Most commonly a mere interrogative particle, num ? " whether V 
 fj — 7j, aut — aut, vel — vel, " either — or." 
 7] [ir}V, " assuredly," in asseverations, promises, &c. 
 
 * But Ivda and svda drj may stand at the beginning of periods for ibi, 
 " there" or " then." 
 
 t It retains this meaning in questions : <k66ev tjkel ; rj drjlov ort k% dyo- 
 pac ; " where does he come from ? — or, is it plain (and so the question unnec- 
 essary) that he is come from the market-place V 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 53 
 
 (150.) 7jdi], "novo" "already." 
 With reference to future time, or the imperative, it means "at once." 
 
 (151.) 7Jv = sdv (see 95). 
 This form is used by the Attic poets for kdv ' never av. 
 
 0. 
 
 (152.) i$rjv (enclit. ), " I should imagine ; " " surely' ' 
 
 Used in a sarcastic sense : ov -d-tfv, " but not, though ;" rj dr^v, " but 
 yet, though." It is peculiar to the Ionic and Doric poets. 
 
 I. 
 
 (153.) Iva, (1) as adverb, " ivhere ;" (2) as conjunction, 
 in order that." 
 
 Iva ri, "wherefore?" 
 
 K. 
 (154.) aai, (1) "and;" (2) "also" "even." 
 
 re — Kai, "'both — and;" "not only — but also." 
 
 I2F 3 mat and re correspond to the Latin et and que. Both these 
 particles are often used where we should only use " and." 
 Kai, in questions, may often be translated by " at all," "possibly." ri 
 
 XPV irpoaSoKdv; asks for information ; but ri XPV Kai npoodoK&v; 
 
 " what can one possibly expect ?" implies that nothing can possibly be 
 
 expected. 
 Kai — 6e. When Kai and 6e come together in a sentence, Kai means 
 
 also. But often this union occurs where we say " and also ;" e. g., 
 
 Kai ovroc 6e Traprjv, " but he also was present." 
 
 Kai el, K&v el ' " even if;" " even supposing that." 
 
 v ,~ C before these words, Kai has a peculiar emphasis; e.g.. 
 Kai/xuAa,} „ v >. \* , o~ t* ":„,i .t V 
 
 < tovto yap Kai iiaAa anpipoc otoa, " 1 know this, and, 
 Kat Travv, ) ■ r J .' « 
 
 { in fact, very accurately. 
 
 Kai /LtTjv, (1) "yea!" "certainly!" (immo); (2) in contradictions, "but 
 yet" (atqui). 
 
 Kainep, " although." 
 
 Kai ravra, "and that, too;" "and that, indeed!" 
 
 Kairoi, (1) "and truly;" (2) "and yet, truly;" "and yet;" (3) "al- 
 though." 
 
 Kai (also) often seems to be superfluous in familiar discourse : iva 'iaf 
 el&C), " that I may know," &c. 
 
54 PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 (155.) t#e, Kev, an enclitic particle, used by the epic 
 poets for av. 
 
 M. 
 (156.) fid and vrj, particles of swearing. 
 
 (1) When alone, it is negative ; e. g., fid Ala, "no, certainly not."* 
 
 (2) It may have either val ("yes") or ov ("no") before it ; e. g., val fid 
 Ala, "yes, by Jove ;" ov fid Ala, " no, by Jove." 
 
 (3) vrj is always affirmative. Both fid and vrj are followed by the accus. 
 
 (157.) \idXiora, " most of all" "especially" 
 
 (1) With numerals, "nearly" "about," "at most;" indicating that 
 they are not quite exact. 
 
 (2) iiakicra fiiv, followed by el d£ firi = " if possible ;" e. g., Karayiy- 
 vuokete avrov jud?uura fiiv -d-dvarov, el oe f/jj, aeupvylav, " con- 
 demn him, if possible, to death, but if not, to perpetual banishment." 
 
 (158.) \xdXXov 6s (standing alone) = " or rather." 
 
 (159.) [lev, "indeed" — answered by 6e (" but"). J \- 
 
 (1) fjiiv and 6e are especially used with divisions of place, time, number, 
 order, &c. ; e.g., evravda fiiv — eksZ 6e, " here — there;" itvQa fiiv 
 — Evda 8e, tote fiEV — tote: 6i, tcot£ fiEV — ttot£ Si, " at one time 
 — "at another," "sometimes — sometimes ;" dTJiOTE fliv — dXkoTE 6i, 
 "at one time — at another ;" dfia fliv — dfia d i (" simul — simul"); Ttpco- 
 TOV fliv — ETTELTa 6 i, "in the first place — in the second place ;" to 
 fiEV — to Si, to, fiiv — Td Si, and tovto fiiv — tovto Si, "partly 
 — partly," "on the one side— on the other;" 6 fliv — 6 Si, "hie— Me." 
 
 (2) The Si is sometimes omitted : 
 
 (a) When the opposition is clearly marked without it ; e. g., by ad- 
 verbs of place and time, with an opposite meaning ; e. g., kvTavda 
 fliv — Ett£i,"here — there;" npuTov fliv — ETC£tTa,"in the first place 
 — secondly." 
 
 * But in Att., fid is often used affirmatively when the context indicates 
 the affirmation, especially fid Ala, "by Jove." 
 
 t fiiv and Si are much more frequently used in Greek than " indeed" or 
 " but" in English. These last always express a strong opposition, whereas 
 the Greek particles connect any different propositions or notions. Thus, a 
 chapter or longer division of a book often ends with nal TavTa fiiv ovtuc 
 kysvETO (" these things, then, were so") ; and then the next chapter will nec- 
 essarily begin with something like tt, S' vcTepala (" but on the following 
 day"). It is only when the context obviously requires it that fiiv is to be 
 rendered " it is true," or " indeed." 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 55 
 
 (6) When the opposition is suppressed : chiefly when personal and 
 demonstrative pronouns are used with (iiv at the beginning of a 
 sentence ; e. g., eyu fiEV, " equidem." 
 
 (160.) ifievroi, "indeed" "truly" "certainly." 
 
 It is frequently used for 6e, as more emphatic; "but indeed;" "never- 
 theless." 
 
 (161.) py, (1) "not;" (2) "lest," or "that not;" (3) 
 "that" (after verbs of fearing, &c). 
 
 In questions, it expects the answer " no" being somewhat stronger 
 than fj,Qv ; (num ?). (See 75, 76.) 
 I2P For jU7]6e, fiijTE, see ovdi. 
 
 (162.) \\ir\v, (1) "in truth" "assuredly ;" (2) "to cer- 
 tainly" " nevertheless" 
 
 ttots [jltjv ; " when, then ?" 
 rig jurjv ; " who, then ?" 
 rl nf]V ; " why not ?" 
 
 (163.) \ir\ri, "not at all" 
 
 fif/Ti ye, " not to say, then ;" " much less, then." 
 
 N. 
 (164.) vri, " by," in oaths (with ace). See \id (156). 
 
 (165.) ivv, vvv (enclitic), "noiv." 
 
 (1) Properly the same as vvv, for which it sometimes stands ; (2) for 
 
 oi)V, "therefore ;" " now ;" (3) like our expletive, "now, then." 
 vvv 6tj, " now ;" especially with a past tense, "just now." 
 
 o. 
 
 (166.) 6 fiev — 6 6e, " the one — the other." 
 
 ol (Jlev — ol 6e, " some — others." 
 
 6 fiev, b d' ov, often stand without a verb, in reference to a preceding 
 proposition ; e. g., izavrag <J)l7i7]teov, aXK ov rbv fiev rbv <5' ov, " we 
 must love all, and not (love) one man indeed, but not another ;" izapfjaav 
 ovx b fiEV 6 6' ov, aKXa Trdvrsg, " they were present, not the one, for' 
 sooth, and the other not, but all." 
 B^ 3 For 6 /Liiv — 6 oe, we sometimes find bg /xiv—bg 6£. 
 
 (167.) oloc (with an infinitive), " such that, so constituted 
 as to." 
 
56 . PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 E. g., ov yap rjv oloc anb navToc Kepdaiv elv, " he was not such a 
 ?nan as to make a gain of anything (however mean) ;" ol Tzpoadev 
 odovTSc oloi rifiVELV Eiaiv, " the front teeth are adapted for cutting 
 (so constituted as to cut)." 
 
 (168.) ologre, spoken of persons, means ' ' able ;" of things, 
 means "possible." 
 
 E. g., oloc te el/ii, " I am able (to do so and so) ;" olov te egtl, " it is 
 
 possible (to do so and so)." 
 
 EEP 3 This usage is nearly the same as that of oloc (167). 
 olov eIk.Sc, " as is natural ;" " as one may (or might) suppose." 
 
 (3 69.) bnore, (1) "when" " ivhenever ;" (2) "since." 
 
 As quando, quandoquidem are used for quoniam. 
 
 (170.) onov, (1) as adv., " ivhere" (there where) ; (2) as 
 a conjunct., " since" (siquidem). 
 
 (171.) onojg, (1) as adv., "how;" (2) as conjunct., "in 
 order that" (see 89). 
 
 It supplies the place of an emphatic imperative; e.g., btruc egegOe — , 
 " be ye, then — ," or " see, then, that ye be — ." 
 
 (172.) baov (oonc, -r\, -ov), "so much" 
 It is used with -d-avfiaarog and with superlatives of quantity ; e. g., 
 
 TrXslara baa, or baa nXslaTa, quam plurima, "exceedingly many ;" 
 
 -&avfj.aarbv baov, rnirum quantum, " very much (wonderfully much).". 
 baov ov (or babvov), "only not (tantum non)," "all but;" e. g., "the 
 
 impending and almost present war," rbv jxiTCkovra nal baovov na- 
 
 povra irokEfiov. 
 
 (173.) ore, " ivhen." 
 
 OTE fiEV — ote 6s, " sometimes — sometimes." 
 igp^ Whenever the forms tote, ote, are used twice (sometimes only 
 once) for tvote — ttote, " sometimes — sometimes," they are accented 
 
 TOTE , OTE — . 
 
 (174.) on, "that;" used instead of Lat. ace. with infin. 
 (10S). 
 
 (1) It is also used simply as a quotation mark ; e. g., " he answered, ' I 
 would not take royal power,''" ciiTEKplvaTO oti /3aat2,Eiav ova av 
 bet;acfj,7]v.* 
 
 * The Greek idiom here differs from the English ; in quoting the exact 
 words of another, we omit "that." 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 57 
 
 (2) It means also "because,'" for did rovro on, or for 6i6n. 
 
 (3) It strengthens superlatives (like ug) ; e. g., on /lEyiorog, "the 
 greatest possible." 
 
 (4) on (if}, after negatives, " except." 
 
 (175.) ov (ovtc, oi>x, oi>%i), "no," " not" the direct neg- 
 ative, whereas [irj is the indirect or dependent negative. 
 
 (1) ov not merely negatives some words, but gives them a contrary 
 sense ; e. g., ov <p7j[it, -' i" deny," " I refuse" {not " 1 do not say") ; ovk 
 Ifyacav levcu, " they refused to go ;" ov ndvv, u by no means." 
 
 (2) ov yap dXkd, "for indeed," "for assuredly." 
 
 (3) oil fifjv, " yet not" " assuredly not. 
 
 (4) ov firjv bXKa, or ov fievrot dXkd, " ye« not — ", sometimes " mean- 
 while," " nevertheless."* 
 
 (5) ov fiovov — dX2,d nai, " not only — but also." 
 
 (6) ovx on — dl/id nai, " not only — but also." 
 
 (7) ovx ori — ^/M,' ovde, " not only — but not even." 
 
 (8) ovx ottcjc — liXTid nai, " not only not — but also." 
 f^ 3 For ovkovv, ovkow, see oiiv (177). 
 
 (176.) ovde, fiTjds, (1) "also not;" (2) "not even." 
 (1) ovde always means " not even" in the midst of a clause. 
 
 (both express a negative connexion, "nor" (like the 
 (C y. , y y\ Latin neque). But (a) ovde, /j.j]de rather connect 
 ,_ ' , \ whole propositions ; (b) ovre, /utjte, parts of propo- 
 sitions. The latter are more copulative, like nai ; 
 \ the former more disjunctive, like 6e. 
 
 (3) ovte — ovre, or fZTJre — [i-qrE, " neither — nor;" but, 
 
 (4) ov8e — ovSe, or fir)6£ — fir] 66, simply a continued negation, " not — 
 not," " not even — nor." 
 
 (5) ov6' uc, " not so, indeed," " not even so," " nevertheless not." 
 
 U3P" For ov66'KOTe, ov Set: urn ore, see ovtcote (179). 
 
 * " In the combinations ov fiev dXkd, ov fievroi dXkd, ov yap d?\.2,d 
 (which is far less common), there is always an ellipsis : the verb of the 
 preceding sentence is to be supplied with ov fxr)v, &c, to deny the previous 
 assertion, the dWd introducing an opposite statement. Thus, 6 iivKog TcinTEL 
 £i'c yovara, kol fitupov kukelvov e^erpaxr]7uaev ov fir)v (sc. egerpa- 
 Xqlioev) dWa etv£/j.£lvev 6 Kvpog fzoXtg Ttcog, Kal 6 LTrwog E^av6arr], the 
 horse fell on his knees, and very nearly threw Cyrus over his head: he did not, 
 however, [throw him over his head}, but Cyrus with great difficulty stuck on, 
 and the horse got up again." 
 
 E2 
 
58 PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 (177.) fovv," therefore" "■then" "consequently." 
 
 (1) It gives to the compound relatives {baric, banep, &c.) the force 
 of cunque ; e. g., ootlgovv, "whoever" '■'■whosoever.'''' 
 
 (2) In composition with ovic it begins a clause, and its meanings are 
 distinguished by the accent or context. 
 
 (a) ovkovv ; lt therefore ?" or " then ?" interrogating (nonne igitur ?) ; 
 e. g. } ovkovv svndec rovro ; " is not this, then, foolish ?" 
 
 (b) ovkovv, " therefore," without interrogation. 
 
 (c) ovkovv, " therefore no^" or " not in the least."* 
 
 (178.) ovno), JI7JTCG), "not yet," "never yet." 
 
 I5P' In Homer, ovttljc, fj,7JKur, "by no means," drop c before a conso- 
 nant, and become ovttcj, ^lijizcd, " by no means" 
 
 (179.) ovttote, f.irjTTore, " never." 
 |3P ovSeTTore, " never," refers mostly to present or to future time ; 
 ovdeir6iroTe\ (/indeTccoKore), to past time. 
 
 n. 
 
 (180.) inEpt (enclitic), "wholly" "entirely" "quite," 
 and sometimes "although." 
 
 It is frequently appended to relatives, and adverbs of time, quality, &c. > 
 e. g., uGTtep, " exactly as ;" KatTzep, " although." 
 
 (181.) TC7) \iiv — 7T7] <5e, "partly — partly." 
 
 (182.) nXrjv, "except;" as conjunction, or preposition 
 with genitive. 
 
 E. g., TtTirjV el — , " except if;" tzTitjv ttuvv oTiiyuv, " except a very few." 
 
 (183.) -\ttote (enclitic), "at any time," "some time or 
 
 other." 
 
 With interrogatives it expresses surprise ; e. g., tic irore kartv ovtoc ; 
 1 ' who, now, can this be ?" 
 
 (184.) f ttov (enclitic), (1) " someivhere ;" (2) "perlmps;" 
 (3) " I imagined 
 
 * In the sense " therefore not," it is better to separate the words ; thus, 
 ovk oiv. — Buttm. 
 
 t Both no) and ttuttote can be separated from the negative particle by 
 the intervention of other words. — Buttm. 
 
 t Derived, probably, from nipt, in the sense of "very." 
 
TARTICLES AND PHRASES. 59 
 
 (185.) npog oe -decov^ " I adjure yoit by the gods." 
 ^T Uerevo) is generally omitted. 
 
 (186.) TTpo tov (better rrpoTOv), "before this (or tliat) 
 time." 
 
 (Sc. ivpb rovTov or Ike'lvov tov xpovov.) 
 
 C^ 3 It answers exactly to our " before this" " before that." — Arnold. 
 
 (187.) JTTG), TTCJ7TOTS. See OVTTG) (178), 0VTT0T8 (179). 
 
 2. 
 (188.) avveXovTi. See wc ovveXovn elnslv (202, 3). 
 
 T. 
 
 (189.) raXXa (for rd aXXa), "in other respects;" "for 
 the rest" 
 
 E. g., eotlv arraig, TuTiXa evdai/iovel, "he is childless, but in other re- 
 spects happy." 
 
 (190.) rd \hkv — rd 6e y "partly — partly" 
 
 (191.) rdv, contracted by crasis for toi dv. 
 
 I2F 3 rdv (without coronis) is an anomalous noun, used only in voca- 
 tive; e. g., o) rdv, " Oh, my good sir!" 
 
 (192.) frapa, Attic contraction for toi dpa. 
 
 (193.) ravrd, contraction (by crasis) for rd avrd. 
 
 (o) ravro for to avro, tcvtov for to avTov, "just the same ;" ravTo 
 tovto (used adverbially), " in the very same manner." 
 
 (b) TavTy, (1) as adv. of place, '•' in this spot ;" (2) as adv. of manner, " in 
 this way," " in this respect." 
 
 (194.) ire (enclitic), "and," answering to Latin que. 
 See aai (154). 
 
 (a) In epic poetry re is often superfluous.* 
 
 * The reason appears to be, that in the oldest language re gave to many 
 words (pronouns, particles, &c.) the connecting power, which in the later 
 language they retained without it. Thus, in epic poets, we find /i£v re, 
 66 re, yap re, and even tcai re, for //eV, 6e, ydp, nac alone, 
 
60 PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 
 
 (b) Kai or re alone indicates mere addition ; nai repeated gives emphasis 
 to the enumeration ; re Kai join the two statements or objects so 
 closely that they may be almost considered as one. — Donaldson. 
 
 (195.) ri yap ; rl ovv ; " what then ?" 
 rl /X7jv ; " why not ?" 
 
 (196.) to de, with the sitperlat., often stand alone, with 
 the omission of tovto eariv on. 
 
 to 6i [xeytarov — , li but, what is most important — ." 
 
 (197.) f Toi, enclitic (properly an old dot. for tgj), "there- 
 fore" " certainly.' 1 '' 
 
 (a) But these meanings have disappeared, and roi has only a strength- 
 ening force, like our words " indeed," "just," &c. 
 
 (6) iroivvv, (1) " therefore," " then," "now," "so now." (2) It is also 
 used when a person proceeds with an argument ; " now farther," " but 
 now." (3) It is frequently used in objections, either in a continued 
 narrative, or more commonly in replies ; " why," or " why, then." 
 
 (c) roiyao {ergo), " therefore." 
 
 (d) roiyaprot and roiyapovv, "therefore," " precisely for that reason.' 1 
 
 (198.) tots \hiv — tote de, "at one time — at another." 
 
 (199.) tovto \iev — tovto de, "on the one hand — on the 
 other." 
 
 <X>. 
 
 (200.) (ppovdoc, "gone" "disappeared." 
 
 I3P 3 The copula is always omitted with this adjective ; e. g., Qpovdog 
 yap 6 av?jp, "for the man is off;" Qpovda Ttdvra, " all is over." 
 
 x. 
 
 (201.) x&pw (noun, used as prep.), " on account of" 
 
 igp" It governs the genitive. 
 
 ft. 
 (202.) g)c, (1) a relative adverb ; (2) a preposition ; (3) 
 a conjunction. 
 
 (1) As relative adverb, it means (a) " as (as if, so as) ;" (6) of time, " as," 
 " ivhen ;" e. g., <jf de 7]?idov, ov 7raprjv, " as J came, he was not there ;" 
 
PARTICLES AND PHRASES. 61 
 
 (c) it strengthens superlatives, especially of adverbs; e.g., ug rd- 
 XiGTa, " as quickly as possible ;" and some positives ; e. g., dg uTirj- 
 dtig, "really ;" (d) it modifies ettl, elg, npog ; e. g., tig errl tov ttoto,- 
 txov, " in the direction of (towards) the river." 
 
 (2) As preposition, (a) it is used for eif with accus., but only with re- 
 gard to living beings ; e. g., uvqxOrjcrav wc tov (3aci2,ea, " they were 
 carried to the king;" (b) with numerals it means "about" or "up to;" 
 e. g., dg TTEVTTJKOvra. See (59, 3). 
 
 (3) As conjunction, it means (a) " that ;" (b) " in order that," with subj., 
 opt., or fut. indie. ; (c) " so that," with infin., more commonly wore 
 (90, R. 4) ; (d) " since ;" (e) quippe, "for." 
 
 &g evi (= ug evean, " as i< is possible") is used with superlatives ; e. g., 
 
 <hg £vl fj.d7i.tara, " as far as it is any way possible." 
 d)g ETtog eltteiv, " so to speak." 
 <bg cwzkovrt (sc. Aoyw) eIttecv, "in a word." 
 
 %3?*ovve2,6vti eittelv and gvveIovtl alone are used in the same 
 sense. 
 
 (203). &q (oxytone) = ovrcog, " thus" 
 
 It is common in the poets, especially the Ionians ; but in prose is found 
 only in ovd' tog, nal tog. 
 
READING LESSONS IN PROSE, 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 READING LESSONS IN PROSE. 
 
 From the sweetness and simplicity of his style, Xenophon has 
 been called " The Attic Bee." Of all his works, the Anabasis (or 
 Expedition of Cyrus) is perhaps the most interesting and attractive. 
 The narrative is simple, direct, and clear ; the style pure, correct, 
 and agreeable. It has long been held, for these reasons, to be the 
 best book for the early reading of students in the Greek language ; 
 and from it, therefore, all our prose extracts are taken. 
 
 A brief sketch of the Life of Xenophon, and of the Anabasis, will 
 now be given. 
 
 LIFE OF XENOPHON. 
 
 (1.) Xenophon was born in the Attic borough of Ercheia, about 
 B.C. 445. 
 
 (2.) At an early age he became the pupil of Socrates, and was 
 soon thoroughly imbued with the moral and philosophical doctrines 
 of his master. It is said that he accompanied Socrates to the Pelo- 
 ponnesian war, and that, at the battle of Delium, Socrates saved 
 his life. 
 
 (3.) It is supposed that he was afterwards engaged in several 
 campaigns, though nothing is known of his career with certainty up 
 to B.C. 401, when, in the forty- fourth year of his age, he engaged 
 in the service of Cyrus the Younger. The circumstances, as told 
 by himself in the third book of the Anabasis, are nearly as follows : 
 Proxenus, an intimate friend of Xenophon, had entered the service 
 of Cyrus, and invited Xenophon to join him. He asked the advice 
 of Socrates, who told him to consult the oracle at Delphi. Xeno- 
 phon went, but instead of asking the oracle whether he should en- 
 gage in the expedition or not, he simply inquired to what deities he 
 should sacrifice in order to insure success in his meditated enter- 
 prise. Socrates blamed him for this, but yet allowed him to go. 
 In the sketch of the Anabasis below will be found a brief state- 
 ment of Xenophon's share in that disastrous expedition. 
 
LIFE OF XENOPHON. 65 
 
 (4.) In the year B.C. 396, Xenophon accompanied Agesilaus, king 
 of Persia, on an expedition into Asia. It is said, also, that he 
 fought with Agesilaus against his own countrymen at Coronea, B.C. 
 394. For this, and for his expedition with Cyrus, he was accused 
 at Athens, and condemned to exile, but at what precise date is un- 
 certain. The Lacedaemonians gave him a house and piece of 
 ground at Scillus, in Elis (B.C. 393), where he lived for twenty years, 
 if not, indeed, to the end of his days. His time was spent in hunt- 
 ing, in study, and writing. 
 
 (5.) The decree of banishment was revoked perhaps about 370. 
 It appears certain, however, that Xenophon did not return to Athens ; 
 but where he spent the closing years of his life, and where he died, 
 is not clear. One account states that he continued to abide at 
 Scillus, in the enjoyment of a learned leisure, and died there in his 
 ninetieth year (about B.C. 355). By another account, it appears 
 that when the w T ar broke out between the Spartans and Elians, he 
 went to Corinth, and lived there up to the time of his death. 
 
 (6.) The works of Xenophon now extant may be divided into four 
 classes : 
 
 I. The Historical. 
 
 1. The 'AvdSaaic (Anabasis, or Expedition of Cyrus), of which 
 a fuller account is given below. 
 
 2. The 'Y.'klnvina (Hellenica, seven books) may be regarded as 
 a continuation of Thucydides, as it carries on the Pelopon- 
 nesian war to its close, and gives the history of the Greeks 
 and Persians up to the battle of Mantinea. 
 
 3. The Kvpov iraideca ( Cyropcedia, or Education of Cyrus, eight 
 books) recounts the early training and the history of the 
 elder Cyrus. Some regard this as a philosophical rather 
 than an historical work. 
 
 4. Aoyoc eic'kyrjoiTiaov (Life of Agesilaus) is a panegyrical biog- 
 raphy of Agesilaus. Many critics deem it spurious. 
 
 II. Philosophical. 
 
 1. ' A7rofj.vn/j.ovEVfx.aTa IiCJKpdrovc (Memorabilia of Socrates, four 
 books) defends the character of Socrates, and sets forth his 
 philosophical principles. 
 
 2. 'LvjiKoatov (piTioGocpov (Banquet of Philosophers), illustrating 
 the purity of the moral principles of Socrates. 
 
 3. OcKovofitKoc Tidyoc (Treatise on Economy), a dialogue in praise 
 of rural life, and applying moral rules to it. 
 
66 THE ANABASIS. 
 
 4. 'lipuv, rj Tvpavvoe (Hiero, or the Prince), a dialogue between 
 Hiero and Simonides, contrasting public with private life. 
 
 5. ZcoKpdrovc 'kiroloyia (Defence of Socrates), an exposition of 
 the motives of Socrates in choosing death. 
 
 III. Political. 
 
 1. TLepl npoaoSuv, The Revenues of Attica. 
 
 2. Aanedai/xoviov nolcreta, Polity of the Lacedamonians. 
 
 3. 'Adnvalcov noliTeLa, Polity of the Athenians. 
 
 IV. Miscellaneous . 
 
 1. 'ImrapxiKog, Duties of a Cavalry Officer. 
 
 2. Uepl Inmiifjq, On Horses and Horsemanship. 
 
 3. KvvTjyeriKoc, On Hunting. 
 
 THE ANABASIS. 
 
 (1.) It has been said that Xenophon joined Cyrus at Sardes, in the 
 year 401, in order to proceed with him on an Eastern expedition. 
 Of the nature and objects of the expedition Xenophon was at the 
 time ignorant ; nor were any of the Greek officers wiser, except 
 Clearchus, who was in the confidence of Cyrus from the first. 
 
 (2.) Cyrus and Artaxerxes were sons of Darius Nothus, king of 
 Persia. About B.C. 403 Darius died, leaving the throne to his elder 
 son Artaxerxes, and establishing Cyrus as ruler of the western 
 province. After some time, Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, jealous of 
 Cyrus's influence in Asia Minor, charged him with plotting to usurp 
 the throne of Artaxerxes. Cyrus was only saved from destruction 
 by the intercession of his mother, and soon commenced plotting in 
 earnest. His first effort was to raise a strong body of Greek troops, 
 who, he knew, were immeasurably superior to the Persians in bat- 
 tle. He secured the services of four Greek generals, Clearchus, 
 Aristippus, Proxenus, and Menon, with 11,000 heavy-armed and 
 2000 light-armed Greeks. His barbarian army consisted of 100,000 
 men. 
 
 (3.) With this array he commenced his expedition, giving out that 
 he was marching against the Pisidians. The Anabasis gives an ac- 
 count of the expedition and of its disastrous results. The move- 
 ment of the army was up, from the sea-coast, towards Central Asia, 
 and hence the name ' 'Avd6aatg, a going up. The first six chapters 
 of the book detail the march of the army through Lydia, Phrygia. 
 Pisidia, Lycaonia, Cilicia, Syria, and Mesopotamia, until its entry 
 into Babylonia, 1200 miles from Sardes. 
 
THE ANABASIS. 67 
 
 (4.) It is at this point that our extracts commence (Chapter VII.). 
 In reading them to the end of Book II., the student will learn of the 
 death of Cyrus, the breaking up of the expedition, and the treach- 
 erous murder of the Greek generals by the Persians. With this 
 our selections end. 
 
 (5.) In the remaining books we learn that the Greeks chose new 
 leaders, and among them Xenophon, who led them in the disastrous 
 but most ably conducted retreat homeward. The whole time taken 
 up in going and returning was fifteen months, of which the retreat 
 alone occupied eight. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHOFS ANABASIS. 
 
 BOOK I.— CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Cyrus enters Babylonia and reviews his troops at midnight, promising 
 them great rewards in case of victory. The next day he advances with his 
 army in order of battle. By-and-by, supposing that the king, his brother, 
 will not hazard an engagement, he begins to proceed less cautiously. 
 
 Idp 3 The sentences marked thus f are the real passages from Xenophon, 
 in which the short sentences are found combined. 
 
 Kvpog e^eXavvei. 
 Kvpog e^eXavvet oradfiovg rpelg. 
 Kvpog E&Xavvei irapaodyyag Sudefca. 
 Kvpog it-eXavvec did rrjg RadvXuviag. 
 
 \ f'Evrevdev e^eXavvei did rrjg Ba6vXo)viag orad- 
 l [M)vg rpelg, irapaodyyag dudetca. 
 
 Kvpog e^eraoiv noielrai. 
 
 'Ev Toi rpLTto aradficT) Kvpog e^eraaiv iroielraL. 
 Kvpog e^eraaiv noielrai ruv 'EXXtjvgjv. 
 Kvpog e^eraoiv noielrai ev r<£ nediG). 
 Kvpog e^eraaiv noielrai nepl jisaag vvtcrag. 
 
 f'Ev 6e tw rpira) oradfiip, Kvpog et-eraaiv noielrai 
 rdv 'EXXrjvcov nai rtiv (3ap6dpG)v, ev raj nediG), 
 nepl \xeaag vvurag. 
 
 r\%ei (3aaiXevg avv to) arparevfiari. 
 7\%u fiaaiXevg \ia%ov\ievog. 
 edotcei rj^eiv fiaoiXea \iaxov\Levov. 
 eSoksl elg rrjv emovaav eco rjgeiv fiaaiXea. 
 
 f(edoicei yap, slg rrjv emovaav aw, r\%eiv (3aaiXea, avv 
 tw arparevfiari, jxaxovfievov.) 
 
EXTRACTS FKOM XENOPHOFS ANABASIS. 
 
 BOOK I.— CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Cyrus enters Babylonia and reviews his troops at midnight, promising 
 them great rewards in case of victory. The next day he advances with his 
 army in order of battle. By-and-by, supposing that the king, his brother, 
 will not hazard an engagement, he begins to proceed less cautiously. 
 
 Cyrus marches forward. 
 Cyrus marches forward three stages. 
 Cyrus marches forward twelve parasangs. 
 Cyrus marches forward through Babylonia. 
 
 Thence he marches forward through Babylonia three stages, 
 twelve parasangs. 
 
 Cyrus makes an inspection. 
 
 At the third halting-place Cyrus makes an inspection. 
 
 Cyrus makes an inspection of the Hellenes. 
 
 Cyrus makes an inspection on the plain. 
 
 Cyrus makes an inspection about midnight. 
 
 But at the third halting-place Cyrus makes an inspection of 
 the Hellenes and of the barbarians on the plain about 
 midnight. 
 
 The king will come with the army. 
 The king will come to fight. 
 
 It was thought that the king would come to fight. 
 It was thought that the king would come on the following 
 morning. 
 
 (For it was thought that the king would come on the fol- 
 lowing morning with his army to fight.) 
 
70 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 KXsapxog tov Se^lov tcspojg rjyelrac. 
 
 ekeXeve Mevcovo, TjyEladai tov Evcovvfiov nspcog. 
 
 Kvpog Tovg eclvtov disra^s. 
 
 ftcac ekeXeve KXsapxov [isv tov 6e^lov Kspug rjysla- 
 dat, Msvova Ss tov QsTTaXbv tov £VG)vvp,ov, ai)Tbg 
 6e Tovg eclvtov 6ietcl£;e. 
 
 dfia t%i smovay rjijEpa t\k,ovgiv avTOfioXoi. 
 
 ijfcovoLV avTO\ioXoi napa paoiXsojg. 
 
 rjttovTsg avTOfioXoi dnrjyysXXov -rrspl T7\g orpaTidg. 
 
 § 2. f Meto, 6e ttjv e^etcloiv, dfia tt\ etuovozj 7]jiEpa, r\nov- 
 Tsg avTOfioXot rrapd \iEydXov (3aotXEO)g dnrjyyEX- 
 Xov Kvpco TTEpl TTjg (3aoiX£G)g OTpaTidg. 
 
 Kvpog avvEKaXsos Tovg Xoxdyovg. 
 
 TTGJg dv ttjv ii&xriv nOLOLfirjv ; 
 
 Kvpog ovve6ovXeveto irdg dv ttjv \idxqv ttololtO. 
 
 Kvpog napyvEt, Tovg GTpaTTjyovg dappvvov, TOidds. 
 
 f Kvpog 6e, GvynaXsoag Tovg OTpaTr\yovg nai Xoxd- 
 yovg twv ' ' EXXrjvojv, owe6ovXevet6 te, ntig dv 
 
 T7]V fl&XTjV TTOIOLTO, KCLL CLVTOg TTapXjVEL ■&apf>VVG)V 
 
 TOidds. 
 
 ovtc dvOpGJnov dnopoj j3ap6dpo)v. 
 Kvpog dysc ov/ifidxovg Tovg "EXXrjvag. 
 vofiL^o dfiEtvovag v\idg eIvcll noXXcov f3ap6dpo)v. 
 did tovto ixpooiXabE Kvpog Tovg "EXXrjvag. 
 
 § 3. t '.' r Q. dvdpsg "EXXrjvsg, ova dvdpdjnojv drropcov /3ap6d- 
 po)v ov/ipaxovg v\idg dyo), dXXd vojxl^cjv dpLEivo- 
 vag Kal KpsiTTOvg noXXd>v (3ap6dp(t)v vfidg eIvcli, 
 did tovto irpoosXadov. 
 
 dvSpEg d^ioi 7]oav TTjg EXsvdspiag. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 71 
 
 Clearchus is leader of the right wing. 
 He ordered Menon to lead the left wing. 
 Cyrus disposed his own (troops). 
 
 And he ordered Clearchus, on the one hand, to lead the 
 right wing, but Menon the Thessalian (to lead) the left ; 
 but he himself disposed his own (troops). 
 
 At the approach of day arrive deserters. 
 
 Deserters arrive from the king. 
 
 Deserters who arrived reported concerning the armament. 
 
 But after the inspection, at the approach of day, deserters 
 who arrived from the great king reported to Cyrus about 
 the king's armament. 
 
 Cyrus called together the captains. 
 How should I form my battle ? 
 
 Cyrus advised with them how he should form his battle. 
 Cyrus gave such recommendations as the following, encour- 
 aging the generals. 
 
 Thereupon Cyrus, after calling together the generals and 
 the captains of the Hellenes, both advised with them 
 how he should form his battle, and himself gave such 
 recommendations as the following, encouraging them. 
 
 I am not in want of barbarians. 
 
 Cyrus brings the Greeks as allies. 
 
 I consider you to be better than many barbarians. 
 
 On this account Cyrus took in addition the Greeks. 
 
 O Greek soldiers ! not being-in-want of barbarians do I 
 bring you as allies ; but considering you to be braver and 
 stronger than-many barbarians, on this account I took you 
 in addition. 
 
 They were men worthy of their liberty. 
 
72 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 bno)g egeoOe dvdpsg. 
 
 virep rrjg eXevdepiag Ev6ai\iovi^ v\iag. 
 
 t "Onog ovv eoeoOe avdpeg a^toi rr\g eXevdepiag^ 7jg 
 fCEKTTjode, Kal vrrep rjg vfiag eyo) evdaipovifa. 
 
 rods ev lore. 
 
 a &XG) ixdvra. 
 
 rr\v eXevOsplav hXoi\ir\v dv dvrl G)v e^g) navrcov. 
 
 ravra e^w Kal dXXa TroXXarcXdoia. 
 
 fEv yap tors, on n)v eXevdepiav eXoljj,7)v dv dvrl o)v 
 e%g) ndvrcov Kal aXXcov rroXXanXaolov. 
 
 elg dy&va epxeode. 
 
 eyd) v\iag ravra eldibg didd^G). 
 
 § 4. -fOncog tie Kal eldijrs, elg olov epxeode dytiva, EyC) 
 vfidg eldojg didd^o). 
 
 ro TrXrjdog noXv. 
 
 Kpavy%i t:oXX%i kiriaoiv. 
 
 dv riyv Kpavyrjv dvdox?]oGe, KaKovg yvuoeoOe bvrag 
 
 rovg avdpu)Txovg. 
 aloxvveodat. \ioi Sokgj. 
 
 fTd fiev yap nXrjdog ttoXv, Kal Kpavyxf noXXyj enia- 
 glv dv 6e ravra dvdaxrjode, ra aXXa Kal aloxv- 
 veodai \jloi Sokg), olovg 7]\iiv yvcoGEode rovg ev r^j 
 %&pa bvrag dvdpunovg. 
 
 avdpeg rjaav ol "EXXqveg Kal EvroXpoi eyivovro. 
 
 oiKads j3ovX6(jiEda dmevai. 
 
 rolg oIkoi fyXurov oe ttoitjog). 
 
 rbv otKade fiovXdfiEvov dixEXQElv rolg outoi tyXwrbv 
 
 TTOLrjGG). 
 
 ra nap' s/iol slXovro dvrl rtiv oIkol. 
 
 ixoXXovg TTOirjao) rd Trap' e/.wl eXeaBai dvrl r&v oIkoi. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER Vtl. 7H 
 
 Be sure you be men (act as men). 
 
 I deem you happy on account of your freedom. 
 
 Be sure, then, you act as men worthy of the liberty that 
 you possess, and for which I deem you happy. 
 
 This well know. 
 
 All I have. 
 
 I would choose liberty in preference to all I have. 
 
 These things I have and manifold others. 
 
 For well know that I would choose liberty in preference to 
 all I have, and manifold other things. 
 
 You are coming into a contest. 
 
 I knowing these tilings will teach you. 
 
 But that you may know also into what kind of contest you 
 are coming, I knowing will teach you. 
 
 The multitude (is) great. 
 They will come on with much shouting. 
 If you shall have borne the shouting, you will find the peo- 
 ple to be cowards. 
 Methinks I am ashamed. 
 
 For the multitude indeed is great, and they will come on 
 with much shouting ; but if you shall have borne these 
 things, for the rest methinks I am even ashamed what 
 kind of beings you will find the people in our country 
 to be. 
 
 The Greeks behaved as men and were valiant. 
 
 We desire to go away home. 
 
 I will make you envied by those at home. 
 
 Him who desires to go away home I will make envied by 
 
 those at home. 
 They chose the things by me in preference to those at home. 
 T wall make many choose the things by me in preference to 
 
 those at home. 
 
 D 
 
74 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 t'Ypjv de dvdptiv bvrov, ttai evrdA^wV yevojievw, 
 eyd) v\itiv rov pev oiaade ^ovX6\ievov dnievai rolg 
 olttoi ^rjXcjrbv noirjoo) dneXOelv • noXXovg de olfiai 
 noirjoeiv rd nap' ep,ol eXeoBai dvrl rtiv olkol." 
 
 ivravda Tav?UT7]g napcbv sine. 
 Safiiog (pvydg, morbg de Kvpcp. 
 noXXd vmoxv'q. 
 ev tolovtg) el rov mvdvvov npooiovrog. 
 
 § 5. i'Evravda TavXtrrjg nap&v, (pvydg I,d[iiog, morbg de 
 Kvpco, tine' "Kal {ir)v, (h Kvpe, Xeyovoi riveg, bri 
 noXXd vniox v V vvv, did rb ev roiovra) elvat rov 
 mvdvvov npogiovrog. 
 
 av ev yevrjrai ri, ov \ie\iv7\oQal oe <paoiv. 
 
 (3ovXop,ai dnodovvai boa vnioxvovuai. 
 ov dvvafiai dnodovvai boa vnioxvovpai. 
 
 f'Av de ev yevqrai ri, ov \ie\iV7\oQai oe (paoiv evioi 
 de, ovd' el \ie\ivCdb re nal (SovXoio, dvvaodai av 
 dnodovvai boa vmoxvVi" 
 
 dnovoag ravra eXe%ev. 
 
 eonv fjfilv r) apx^j npbg \ieor\iL$piav . 
 
 did x£W& v a oi> dvvavrai olaelv avdponoi. 
 
 ear iv r)p,lv r) apx^j rrpbg aparov \iexP l °v ^ x eL l l ^ )Va 
 
 ov dvvavrai olaelv avdponoi. 
 rd ev fieoo) rovrcdv ndvra oarpanevovoiv oi rov e\iov 
 
 ddeX(pov (piXoi. 
 
 § 6. i'Anovoag ravra eXe^ev 6 Kvpog- "'AAA' eon [xev 
 7]imiv, o) dvdpeg, r) apxr) r) narp&a, rrpbg fiev peorjfj,- 
 6piav, \iexpt ov did Kav\ia ov dvvavrai olaelv av- 
 dpo)noi, rrpbg de aparov, [isxpi ov did x £L l J '^> va ' 
 rd 6* ev [ieow rovrov ndvra oarpanevovoiv oi 
 rov efiov ddeX(pov (piXoi. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 75 
 
 But, if you act as men and be valiant, I will cause him 
 among you who desires to go away home to depart envied 
 by those at home ; but many, I think, I shall cause to 
 choose the things by me in preference to those at home. 
 
 Thereupon Gaulites, who was present, said. 
 A Saurian exile, but faithful to Cyrus. 
 You make many promises. 
 You are in such a state of imminent danger. 
 
 Thereupon Gaulites, who was present, a Samian exile, but 
 faithful to Cyrus, said : And moreover, Cyrus, some say 
 that you now make many promises, because you are in 
 such a state of imminent danger. 
 
 If any thing have happened well, they say that you do not 
 
 remember. 
 I desire to pay as many things as I promise. 
 I cannot pay as many things as I promise. 
 
 But if things turn out well, they say you do not remember ; 
 but some (say) that not even if you both remembered and 
 desired, could you pay as many things as you promise. 
 
 On-hearing these things he said. 
 
 Our dominion is southward. 
 
 Men cannot dwell on account of the cold. 
 
 Our dominion is northward, as far as where men cannot 
 dwell on account of cold. 
 
 Over all between these, the friends of my brother are-sa- 
 traps. 
 
 On-hearing these things Cyrus said : But, O soldiers, our 
 paternal dominion is southward on the one hand, as far 
 as where men cannot dwell on account of heat ; but 
 northward as far where (they cannot dwell) on account 
 of cold ; but, over all between these, the friends of my 
 brother are satraps. 
 
76 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 7\\idg 6sl vfxdg tovtcjv eyicparelg noirjoai. 
 
 r\v vLK7}G(»)ii£V, vftdg tovtcjv syKpdTslg ttoltjog). 
 
 ovtc ex<*> o,ti 66) sudGTU) t6)v (piXo)v. 
 
 tovto dedoiica, [irj ovk e^6) tuavovg olg 66) (ftcXovg. 
 
 VflGJV GTECpCLVOV EKaGTG) XP VG0VV 66)GG). 
 
 § 7. f'Hv 6' rjpslg VLfcrjoofjiev, fjfj,dg 6sl rovg rjiiSTspovg 
 (pcXovg tovtgjv kyuparelg ttolyjocll • coots ov tovto 
 dedoiica, pi) ovk e%a) o,tl 66) en&GTCd t6)v (ptXcov, dv 
 ev ysviyrai, dXXd, iirj ova e%w Uavovg olg 66). 'Tfji6)V 
 6s t6)v 'JZXXtjvov tcai GTscpavov EKaoTG) xpvaovv 
 6tooto." 
 
 ravTa TJKOVoav. 
 
 avToi ts TJoav irpoOvfioi, Kal Tolg dXXoig sgfjyysXXov. 
 
 §8. fO/ 6s, TavTa dtcovoavTsg, clvtol ts rjaav ttoXv npodv- 
 (lOTEpoi, Kal Tolg dXXoig s^r\yysXXov. 
 
 elofisoav Trap'' ai>Tdv ol GTpaTTjyoL 
 
 ol dXXoi 7\^iovv sl6svai tl ocpiOLv sgtcli. 
 
 KpaTTjGOVGiv ol "FiXXrjVsg. 
 
 •fElGysoav 6s Trap* clvtov ol ts CTpaTTjyol Kal t6>v 
 aXXcov 'EXXtjvcdv Tivsg, d^iovvTsg sl6svai, tl GcpiGiv 
 
 BOTCH, kdv KpaT7jGG)GLV. 
 
 sfinlTTXrjGcv dndvTtov ttjv yv6)\xr\v. 
 
 f'O 6s, spraixXag dndvTOV tt\v yvcofirjv, dnsTrsfins. 
 
 TrapsKsXsvovTO avTto rrdvTsg firj fid%eGdcu. 
 
 TxdvTsg 6isXsyovTO. 
 
 bmods t6)v t '&XXr\v( i )v TaTTSTai. 
 
 § 9. f UapEKsXsvovTO 6s avTto ndvTsg, oooinsp 6csXsyovTO, 
 \ir\ [Lax^odai, dXV ftmadsv savTOJv To.TTSoQai. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 7V 
 
 It behooves us to make you masters of these. 
 
 If we conquer, I will make you masters of these. 
 
 I have not what I may give to each of my friends. 
 
 This I am afraid of, lest I may not have friends enough to- 
 
 whom I may giveT 
 To each of you I will give a golden crown. 
 
 Now, if we conquer, it behooves us to make our friends mas- 
 ters of these ; so that I am not afraid of this, lest I may 
 not have what I may give to each of my friends, if things 
 turn out well, but lest I may not have enough to whom 
 I may give ; but of you, Greeks, I shall give besides a 
 golden crown to each. 
 
 They heard these things. 
 
 They were both eager themselves, and reported (the news) 
 abroad to the others. 
 
 But those who heard these things were both much more 
 eager themselves, and reported them abroad to the others. 
 
 The generals went in to him. 
 
 The rest desired to know what should be to them. 
 
 The Greeks will prevail. 
 
 But there went in to him both the generals and some of the 
 other Greeks, desiring to know what they should have, if 
 they should prevail. 
 
 He fills the expectation of all. 
 
 But he, raising the expectation of the whole party, dis- 
 missed (them). 
 
 All advised him not to fight. 
 
 All conversed. 
 
 He posts himself behind the Greeks. 
 
 But all, as many as conversed (with him), advised him not 
 to engage in the fight, but to post himself behind them. 
 
78 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 KXeapxog r\pero rbv Kvpov. 
 
 EV TW KaipG) TOVTG) 7]p£TO TOV KvpOV. 
 
 f'Ev de tg) tcaipti rovrco KXeapxog tide nug rjpero rbv 
 'Kvpov. 
 
 fiaxelrai ooi 6 ddeXcpog. 
 
 t " Olei yap ooi \iaxeiodai, & Kvpe, rbv ddeX<pov ;" 
 
 V7j At', e(f)7] 6 Kvpog. 
 
 Aapeiov nai Hapvoaridog eon iralg. 
 
 Efiog eonv ddeXcpog. 
 
 dfjiaxel ravra Xij^pojiai. 
 
 f"N?) At'," ecprj 6 Kvpog, " einep ye Hapeiov ical 
 Hapvoaridog eon nalg, ep.bg de ddeX<pbg, ovk dp,a. 
 Xei ravr* ey£) A^o/zat." 
 
 iv ry kt-oirXioia eyevovro ireXraorai digx'iXioi. 
 
 dpidfjbbg eyevero twv 'RXXrjvGyv donig \wpia. 
 \iera Kvpov eyevovro Sena ftvpiddeg. 
 dp\iara dpenavrjcpopa djMpi rd eltiooi. 
 
 §10. fEvravda d?j ev r%i e^onXiola, dpidubg eyevero roi>v 
 p,ev 'YiXXirvuv donig \ivpia ital rerpanooia, neXrao- 
 ral de dioxiXioi nai nevranooioi, roJv de jiera Kv. 
 pov (3ap6dpo)v Sena juvpiddeg, rcai dp\iara dpenavrj- 
 <popa dp,<pi rd eitcooi. 
 
 rC)V noXefilojv rjoav eluooi p,vpiddeg. 
 
 § 11. fTtiv de 7ToXe[iLO)v eXeyovro elvai enarbv nai eluooi 
 fjbvpiddeg, K.ai dp\iara dpenavrj<p6pa diafcooia. 
 
 aXXoi rjoav Innelg. 
 
 'Aprayeporjg rjpxe rdv Innecov. 
 
 npb avrov ftaoiXecog reray/ievoi rjoav. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 79 
 
 Clearchus asked Cyrus. 
 
 At this crisis he asked Cyrus. 
 
 But at this crisis Clearchus somehow thus asked Cyrus. 
 
 Your brother will fight with you. 
 
 For think you, Cyrus, that your brother will right with you ? 
 
 Ay, by Jove, said Cyrus. 
 
 He is the son of Darius and Parysatis. 
 
 He is ray brother. 
 
 I shall get these things without righting. 
 
 Ay, by Jove, said Cyrus, if at least he is a son of Darius and 
 Parysatis, and my brother, I shall not get these things 
 without righting. 
 
 At the time of arming themselves, there appeared to be two 
 
 thousand peltastse. 
 The number of the Greeks was ten thousand shield-men. 
 With Cyrus there were a hundred thousand (ten myriads). 
 About twenty scythe-bearing chariots. 
 
 At that place, then, at the time when they were arming 
 (for the fight), the number proved to be, of the Greeks 
 ten thousand four hundred shield-men, and two thousand 
 five hundred peltastee ; but of the barbarians with Cyrus 
 a hundred thousand, and scythe-bearing chariots about 
 twenty. 
 
 Of the enemy there were two hundred thousand. 
 
 But of the enemy there were said to be twelve hundred 
 thousand, and two hundred scythe-bearing chariots. 
 
 There were cavalry besides. 
 Artagerses had the command of the cavalry. 
 They were drawn up in front of the king himself (or the 
 king's person). 
 
80 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 ■f'AXXoi 6s rjoav k^anLGxlXiOi Innelc, &v 'Aprayip- 
 GTjg 7jp%£V' ovroi 6e av npb avrov fiaGiXiteg re- 
 rayfxsvoi rjoav. 
 
 tov orparEvparog fjoav 7}ye[j,6v£g rerrapsg. 
 rpidnovra uvpiddov rjv rjy£p,<hv TLGGacpEpvrjg. 
 
 §12. fTov 6s fiaoiXiuyg GrparEvfiarog rjoav apxovrsg nai 
 orparriyol nai rjysfiovsg rerrapeg, rpidnovra \ivpi- 
 ddo)V efcaorog, 'Adponopag, Tioaacpepvrjg, To)6pvag, 
 'Ap6dfC7]g. 
 
 ovtol irapeyevovro ev r%j p>dx%]. 
 napeyivovro dp\iara knarbv ical 7T£vri)K,ovra. 
 voreprjae rrjg \idxr\g- 
 'A6pon6p,ag vGreprjGE fyiepag nsvrs. 
 'AdpoKOfiag ek QoLviftrjg kXavvsi. 
 
 fTovrojv 3e napsysvovro ev ry \idx%j EVEvrj/covra \iv- 
 piddeg, teal appear a dpsnavrjepopa knaibv nai rrev- 
 rrjKOvra ; 'Afponopag 6s voreprjoe rrjg \id%r\g r)u£- 
 pag ttevte, etc <PotvtfC7]g eXavvuv. 
 
 7\vro\LoXrjGav Etc tgjv ttoXe^ig)v. 
 
 i\vto\lq\t\oclv irapd fiaGiXscog. 
 
 ravra rjyyeXXov ol avro^oXrjGavreg. 
 
 [isrd rr)v \Ld%r\v ol ttoXe[mol ravra rjyysXXov. 
 
 varepov £Xr)<pQrjGav. 
 
 §13. iTavra 6s rjyysXXov npbg Kvpov ol avrofzoXrjoavrEg 
 Etc rG)V 7roX£[iLG)v napa \iEjdXov (SaaiXsog -npb rrjg 
 \idxr\g ' nai uera rr)v \idxr\v, ol vorspov tXrjcpOrj- 
 oav rCdv noX£f.uG)v, ravra rjyysXXov. 
 
 Kvpog £%£Xavv£i araQp,bv sva. 
 
 Kvpog Ei-sXavvEi ovvrEraypEVG) tg> GrparevfJiari. 
 
 § 14. f 'JZvrEvdsv 6e Kvpog E&Xavvu oradubv eva, napa- 
 adyyag rpdg, ovvr£ray\h£v^ tg3 orparEvpari navri, 
 nai rcb 'EXXrjvucti nai tw (3ap6aputG). 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 81 
 
 ravry T%j rj^epa uaxuiai fiaoiXevg. 
 
 t &ero yap ravrrj rrj r\\iEpa \iaxzioQai (3aoiXea. 
 
 Kara psoov tov oradf-iov rjv rdcfrpog. 
 Tacbpog i]v opvic-fj, ftadela. 
 to Evpog opyviai ttevte. 
 
 fKard yap p.eoov tov oraG\ibv tovtov rd&pog i]v 
 dpvKrrj, (3adela, to psv evpog opyviai ttevte, to 6e 
 ftdOog opyviai Tpelg. 
 
 napsTSTaTO rj Ta<ppog did tov tte6iov. 
 
 TcapeTeTaTo i] Tacppog avo) em dudeica napaodyyag. 
 
 TTapETETaTO TO TTsSlOV \LEXP 1 T0 ^ TElXOVg. 
 
 §15. -\UapETETaTO 6s rj Tacppog avo) did tov tteSlov km 
 dcjdsKa irapaodyyag, [i&XP 1 T °v Mjydto.f Tsixovg. 
 
 Evda eiaiv at dtupvxeg. 
 
 pEovoiV at diupvxeg drrb tov Tlypl]Tog noTa\iov. 
 
 ■\("~E>vOa dr) eloiv at diupvxeg, and tov TiyprjTog 
 noTafiov piovaai. 
 
 at diupvxsg slot to evpog nXedpialai. 
 elol (3adelai loxvptig. 
 irXola ttaeI ev avTalg. 
 elotdXXovoiv elg tov TZixpp&TTjv. 
 diaXetrcovaiv ktcdoTT] TETTapag irapaodyyag. 
 y£(pvpat E7TEIOIV. 
 
 fEtlul 6s TETTapsg, t6 fisv evpog irXedpialat, (3a6eiai 
 6e ioftvp&q, nal rcXola ttXei ev avTalg oirayteyd ■ 
 eiabaXXovai 6e Elg tov ~E,vc[)paT7)v, diaXeinovoi & 
 EndoTT) TTapaodyyrjv, ye<pvpai 6' etteioiv.) 
 
 Trapd tov noTafiov eotl ndpodog. 
 egtl [le-at-v tov noTafJLOv Kal Tr\g Tacppov. 
 EOT i to evpog wc elkool nodtiv. 
 D 2 
 
82 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 t T Hi^ ds Tcapa rbv Evcppdrrjv irdpodog orevp\, p,era^v 
 rov norafiov Kal rrjg rdcppov, cbg eiKOOL ttoScov to 
 evpog.) 
 
 rrjv rdcppov (3aocXevg ttoisl dvri epvfiarog. 
 nvvddvop,aL Kvpov -npooeXavvovra. 
 
 § 16. fTavTTjv 6e rrjv rdcppov (3aotXevg fieyag noiel dvri 
 epvparog, enetdrj TcvvOdverac Kvpov npooeXav- 
 vovra. 
 
 rrjv rrdpodov 1) orparid naprjXde. 
 eyevovro eloco rrjg rdcppov. 
 
 fTavrrjv 6rj rrrv irdpodov Kvpog re teal t) orparid 
 ixapr)X6e, Kal eyevovro eioco rrjg rdcppov. 
 
 efia%eoaro (3aoiXevg. 
 (pavepd rjoav irnrov 1%vt\. 
 
 VTTOXG)pOVOlV Kal ITTTTOl Kal dvdpGmol. 
 
 v7TOX(*)povvTG)v (pavepd r)oav lx v V ^oXXd. 
 
 § 17 '. fTavrrj [lev ovv rig r\\iepa ovk e[ia%EOaro [3aoiXevg, 
 dXX' VTrox^povvrojv pavepd r)oav Kal ittttcov Kal 
 dvdptontov lx V7 ] TcoXXd. 
 
 Kvpog ZiXavbv eicdXeoe rbv 'Ap,6paiacor?jv \idvriv. 
 liXavbv KaXeoag edconev avrcp dapeiKovg rpioxiXlovg. 
 rx\ evdeKarrj air' eKeivqg rrjg r\\iepag nporepov elnev. 
 dvofievog elirev avrco. 
 fiaoiXevg ob \iaxelrai 6eKa rjfiepcov. 
 
 §18. i'lZvravda Kvpog, ^iXavbv KaXeoag, rbv ^h\ibpaKi&- 
 rr\v fidvriv, edoKev avrco dapeiKovg rpioxiXlovg, 
 on rig evdeKar%] drf eKeivrjg rr)g rjfiepag nporepov 
 $v6[j,evog, elrcev avrco, on fiaoiXevg ov fiaxelrai 
 dem rjiiepcov. 
 
 ovk In fjLaxeiTai. 
 
 ev ravraig ralg rj\iepaig ov jxaxelrai. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 83 
 
 dXrjdsvEig ov ; 
 
 idv dX7]d£V0'qg, virioxvovnai gov Sena rd/iavra. 
 
 fKvpog (5' elttev, ovk dpa en fiaxslrai, el ev rav- 
 Taig ov [laxelTCU ralg rj/iEpaig' kdv <T dXrjdEvorjg, 
 vmoxvovfiCLL oot dEna rdXavra. 
 
 to xpvoiov dniSoKev. 
 naprjXdov at dsKa r\\i£pai. 
 
 fToVTO TO X? VOl0V T0 ~ £ dTTEStifCEV, ETTEL TTapi]XQoV 
 
 at dsfca rjfiEpcu. 
 etti Trj Td(ppG) ek&Xve (3aoiX£vg to GTpaTEVfia dta- 
 
 6(ILV£LV. 
 
 dn£yvG)K£ tov fidxeoOai. 
 
 eSo^e KvpG) dTTEyvGjKsvai tov fxdxsodat. 
 
 txj vOTEpaia snopevETO 7]\i£Xr\p.EV^g. 
 
 §19. t'E7T£t <5' ETTL T^ Ta(ppG) OVK EKGdXvS fldOlXsvg TO 
 
 Kvpov GTpd~Eviia diafaivEiv, e5o^e Kal KvpG) Kal 
 Tolg dXXoig dnEyvoKEvat tov fidxecOcu' ljgte t^j 
 VOTEpaia Kvpog knopEVETO r\\iEX7\\i£VQdg fiaXXov. 
 
 ettI tov apfiaTog tcadijoTO. 
 
 enl tov dp\iaTog KadrjfiEvog tt\v rropEiav ettoleIto. 
 
 dXiyovg ev Ta^si exec upb avTov. 
 
 to noXv avaTETapayfiEvov ettopeveto. 
 
 Ta bnXa Tolg GTpaTLb)~aig srcl dfia^oJv rjyovTO. 
 
 §20. IT?/ 6s TpiT%i, ettl te tov apjuaTog Kadqf-iEvog TTJV 
 TTOpEtav ettoleIto, Kal oXiyovg ev Ta^si £%wv npo 
 avTov ' to 6e ttoXv avTco dvaTETapay\iEvov e-tto- 
 psvETO, Kal tcjv ottX(j)v Tolg GTpaTMTaig noXXd 
 dnl dpat-tiv ijyovTO Kal vno^vyccov. 
 
84 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 It is suddenly announced that the army of the enemy is advancing in 
 order of battle. Cyrus hastily prepares his troops for action. The Greeks, 
 who are posted on the right wing on the bank of the Euphrates, easily put 
 to flight the troops opposed to them ; but Cyrus, whose position is in the 
 centre, attacks the king, and is slain. 
 
 t\v dptyi TrXrjOovaav dyopdv. 
 
 ttXtjolov fjv 6 aradp,6g. 
 
 e\ieXXe naraXvEiv dp(f)l nXrjdovoav dyopdv. 
 
 TLarayvag rxpo<baivErai kXavvuv dvd tcpdrog. 
 
 TLarayvag kXavvEi idpovvn tw ltt.tkS. 
 
 orparLGJraig evsrvyxavsv. 
 
 rcaoLv olg evervyxavev e66a. 
 
 kboa tcai fiaptapintig Kal £XXr\viK&g. 
 
 fiaaiXEvg ovv orparsvpari irpooEpxerai. 
 
 eig iidxiqv napEOKEvaorai. 
 
 fiaaiXevg TrpoospxErac (bg elg \idxr\v TtapEOKEvaopivog. 
 
 § .1. fKal 7]dr] rs 7]v dp<pl dyopdv nXi]QovGav, Kal ttXtjolov 
 7jv 6 GraOpog, Evda e^eXXe KaraXvsiv, 7]vina Uara- 
 yvag, dvrjp UspGTjg rCdv dficpl Kvpov tuotuv, rrpo- 
 (paivErai, sXavvcjv dvd Kpdrog, idpovvn tw hrfrca • 
 Kal EvOvg Traoiv olg EVErvyxavEv s66a, nai (3ap6a- 
 piitGJg nai kXXrjvLK^g, on fiaoiXEvg ovv orparsv- 
 \iari noXXC) irpoospxETai, &£ dg pdxr\v napsoKEv- 
 aGjj,svog. 
 
 iroXvg rdpaxog eysvETO. 
 
 drdnToig rolg "RXXtjglv EmirEGovvrai. 
 
 edoKovv ol "EXXrjvsg drdtcroig ocpioiv ETurcEGElodai. 
 
 § 2. \"~Eiv6a 6rj rroXvg rdpaxog kykvEro- avriaa yap sdo- 
 kovv ol "FAXyvsg, Kal navrsg 6s, drdnroig ocplotv 
 emneoEloOai. 
 
BOOK L CHAPTER VIII. 85 
 
 Kvpog Kareni]6i]aev dnb rov ap\iarog. 
 
 rov dcbpana evedv. 
 
 Karam\5i]oag rov dupana evedv. 
 
 dvebr\ enl rbv Innov. 
 
 naXrd elg rag x £i P a S £Xa6e. 
 
 ava6dg rd naXrd elg rag x e ^pag eXa6e. 
 
 ndoi napiyyyeXXev e^onXl^eaQai. 
 
 aaQlaravrai elg rf\v eavrov rd^iv enaarog. 
 
 § 3. f Kvpog re Karanrjdfjaag and rov apfiarog, rov dupd- 
 Ka evedv, nai dvaddg enl rov Innov, rd naXrd elg 
 rag %€ipag eXa6e, rolg re dXXoig ndai naprjyyeX- 
 Xev e^onXL^eoQai nai nadiaraadai elg rrjv eavrov 
 rd^tv enaarov. 
 
 avv noXXy anovdij nadiaravro. 
 
 KXeapxog rd degid rov nepdrog el^e npbg rQ Ev- 
 
 (ppdrrj. 
 Tipo^evog nadtoraro KXeapx^ exbfievog. 
 Mevcov rb evcovvjiov nepag eaxe rov arparev\iarog. 
 
 § 4. f "F,vda dfj avv noXXrj onovdrj tcadioravro, KXeapxog 
 fiev rd de^td rov nepdrog k^cov npbg rip Rvcppdry 
 TTorafiG), Upo^evog 6e exofievog, ol (5' aXXoi fierd 
 rovrov Mevwv 6e nai rb arpdrevfia rb ev&vv\iov 
 nepag eaxe tov 'FiXXtjvikov. 
 
 inneig HacpXayoveg elg x L ^ i0V ^ earr\aav napd KXe- 
 
 apxov. 
 earr\ rb 'KXXrjvinbv neXraaritcbv ev rip dei-iti. 
 ear?] 6 Kvpov vnapxog ev rib evo)vv[i(p. 
 
 § 5. fTov 6e (3ap6apiKov Inneig fiev UacpXayoveg elg x^" 
 ovg napd KXeapxov ear7]oav ' ev rep degicp, nai rb 
 'FAXtjvlkov neXraarmov • ev 6e rip evovvpep 'Apj- 
 alog re, 6 Kvpov vnapxog, nai rb aXXo (3ap6aptK6v t 
 
 Kvpog mi ol Inneig rovrov tcaOiaravro elg rr\v pdxTjv. 
 
86 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 Irnrelg baov e^aKooiot g)itXlo[isvol dupat-t Kadioravro. 
 
 Kpdvsai ndvrsg ttXtjv Kvpov (birXiOfXEVOi eloiv ■ Kvpog 
 6e ipiX?]v ex (x)V T ^} v ^ e( f> a ^V v ^ciOiararo. 
 § 6. f Kvpog 6s, Kal ol InTreig rovrov, baov e^aKoaioi, 
 &mXio\xevoi Scopa^i \iev avrol Kal Trapap,r]pi6ioig 
 Kal Kpdveat, ndvreg irXijv Kvpov • Kvpog 6s tpiXrjv 
 £%(av ttjv KS(paXrjv elg rr\v fJidx^v Kadlararo. 
 
 ol aXXoi ipiXalg ralg KecpaXalg 6iaKiv6vvevovai. 
 
 {^ Keyerat 6e, Kal rovg dXXovg Hepoag tpiXaig ralg 
 KecpaXalg ev tw rroXefiG) 6iaiuv6vvevetv.) 
 
 ol litttoc rrdvreg ol fierd Kvpov el%ov v:poarepvi6ia. 
 el%ov \iaxaipag ol Innelg. 
 
 § 7. f 0/ 6' LTT7T0L irdvreg ol p,erd Kvpov elxov Kal Trpofie- 
 ro)nt6ia Kal rcpoarepvidia ' elxov 6 s Kal fiaxalpag 
 ol tmirelg 'EXXrjviKdg. 
 
 7]6t] r\v fjisoov Tjfiepag. 
 
 ovno) Karacpavslg r\aav ol ttoXs[iioi. 
 
 6eiXr) eyiyvero. 
 
 k(f)dv7] Kovioprog tionep vecpeXrj XevKrj. 
 
 Xpovcd ovxvg) vorepov coanep \izXavia rig ecpdvT]. 
 
 [isXavia rig e<pdvrj ev rco ire6i(x> km ttoXv. 
 
 § 8. Kal 7]6r) re r\v fisaov r\fjispag, Kal ovttg) Kara<paveig 
 rjoav ol TToXejicoL • rjviKa 6s 6eiXrj syiyvsro, e<pdvr) 
 Kovioprog cooirep vecpeXr] XevKf], XP^V de ov ovxvti 
 vorspov &onep fxeXavia rig ev rw Tre6icd em iroXv. 
 
 eyyvrepov syiyvovro. 
 
 ore eyyvrepov eyiy vovro, x^XKog 6rj rig Jjarpanre. 
 
 at Xoyxai Kara(f>avelg eyiyvovro. 
 
 f'Ore 6s eyyvrepov eyiyvovro, rdx<i 6i) Kal x a ^K°C 
 rig TJorpanre, Kal al Xoyxai Kal at rd^eig Karacpa- 
 
 vsig eyiyvovro. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VIII. 87 
 
 r\oav Innelg XevKodupdKeg enl rov evG)vv[iov. 
 
 Tioaacpepvrjg Xeyerai rovruv apx,uv. 
 
 exo\ievoi yeppocpopoc rjaav bnXlrCjv. 
 
 Alyvnrioi exofievoc ovv nodrjpeoL ^vXivaig doniot. 
 
 eXeyovro elvac Alyvnrcoc. 
 
 ovroc ev nXacocG) nXrjpec dv6pdJno)v enopevovro. 
 
 ndvreg Kara edvr], emorov rb edvog enopevero. 
 
 § 9. f Kal rjoav innelg pev XevKoB&paKeg enl rov evovv- 
 [iov rCJv noXep,co)v (Tcooacpepvrjg eXeyero rov- 
 rcjv apx EiV ') £X°!- lEV0C ^ rovruv yeppocpopoc, e^o- 
 fievoc de bnXlrac ovv nodrjpeoc gvXivacg doniocv • 
 [Alyvnrcoc d' ovroc eXeyovro elvac •) aXXoc d' In- 
 nelg, dXXoi ro^brac. ILdvreg d' ovroi Kara edvrj- 
 ev nXatOLG) nXrjpec dvdpu)no)v eKaorov rb edvog 
 enopevero. 
 
 npb avrtiv dp\iara dcaXecnovra ovxvbv an' dXXr\X(x)V. 
 elxov dpenava rd appear a eK rCjv di;6vov elg nXdycov 
 
 anorera\ieva. 
 rd dpenava vnb rolg dccppocg elg yrjv ebXenov. 
 rd dpenava elg yrjv e6Xenov, c5c dcaKonrecv otgj ev- 
 
 rvyxdvoiev. 
 
 §10. fllpo de avr&v dp\iara dcaXecnovra ovxvbv air' dX- 
 XrjXov, rd drj dpenavrj<p6pa KaXovpeva • elxov de 
 rd dpenava eK ribv d^bvcjv elg nXdyiov dnorera- 
 fieva, Kal vnb rolg di(ppocg elg yrjv (3Xenovra, <hg 
 dcaKonrecv bra) evrvyxdvocev. 
 
 eXtioc elg rag rd^ecg Kal dcaKoipovoc. 
 
 r) yv&p,r\ eorlv d)g rag rd^ecg dcaKoipovra. 
 
 t f H de yvufiT) r)v, <jc elg rag rdi-ecg rdv 'EXXrjvov 
 eXtivra Kal dcaKoipovra. 
 
 o Kvpog elnev, eipevodrj rovro. 
 
 KaXeoag napeKeXevero rolg "EXXtjoc rr\v Kpavy?)v 
 rdv (3ap6dpG)v dvex^odai. 
 
88 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 V av XV ' EV i a V. ^pooyeoav. 
 
 Giyirj d)g dvvardv nal ppadsug npoaysaav. 
 
 § 11. f "0 \levtoi Kvpog slnsv, ore naXsoag napsusXsvETO 
 rolg "TZXXrjoi rrjv Kpavyr\v t&v /3ap6dpo)v avsxso- 
 6ai, eipevoO?] rovro ■ ov yap Kpavy^f, dXXd otyx/ 
 0)g avvorbv nal rjov^zi, sv log) nal (3pa6£o)g npoa- 
 {jsoav. 
 
 ev rovro) Kvpog naprjXavvs ovv Hiyp7]Ti tg5 sp^vst. 
 Kvpog to) KXedpxy sbba dyeiv rb Grpdrsv\ia fcard 
 
 \ISG0V TO T(x)V 7T0?*,ep,i(i)V. 
 
 ekeI (3aoiXsvg r\v. 
 
 av rovro vifctifisv, ndvd' rjfilv nEno'nyrai. 
 
 §12. \Kal ev rovro) Kvpog, napsXavvcjv avrbg ovv Hi- 
 ypr\ri tg5 spfiTjvsZ teal dXXoig rpiolv f\ rsrrapai, 
 to) KXsdpxy s66a, dysiv rd orpdrsvfia Kara \isoov 
 ro tgjv noXsuiuv, ore ekel fiaoiXsvg eirj' "itav 
 TOVT\" E(f>7j, " ViK^EV, ndvO' rjfilv nsno'njrai" 
 
 bpa 6 KXsapxog ro fisoov orlcpog. 
 
 dfcovsL Kvpov £%(*) ovra (SaoiXsa. 
 
 rooovrov nXr)6sL nspir)v /SaocXsvg. 
 
 \leoov ro savrov exg)v,tov Kvpov Evuvvfiov e^g) rrv. 
 
 § 13 f'Opwv 6e 6 KXsapxog ro \isoov orl(f)og, nal dttovo)v 
 Kvpov e%g) ovra rov 'HZXXrjvircov £VG)vvp,ov (3a- 
 oiXsa • {rooovrov yap nXrjdei nspir)v fiaoiXsvg, 
 
 - &OTE, [LEOOV TO kaVTOV £%G)V, TOV KvpOV EVddVVflOV 
 si;G) f)v). 
 
 6 KXsapxog tjOeXev dnoondoai and rov nora\iov rb 
 
 KEpag. 
 e(f)o6£lro p,ij tcvuXwdsirj EicarspoOsv. 
 rep Kvptd diTEKpivaro KXsapxog. 
 avrcx) e^eXev bncjg icaXcog <L%oi. 
 
 t'A/U,' 0jiM*)g 6 KXsapxog ovk i'jOsXsv dnoondoai and 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VIII. 89 
 
 rov norafiov to de%ibv KEpdg, (podovLiEvog [irj kvk- 
 XcjOelt] knarepLddev • rep 6e KvpG) aTreitpivaro, otl 
 avrio lieXol, oncog KdXCyg e%ol. 
 
 kv tovtco rep fcaipti to OTpaTEVfid OLidXug Trpoqet. 
 to 'EXXrjviKdv ev tco avTti [level 
 
 OVVET&TTETO TO GTpdTEVLld EK TGJV ETC 7TpOGLOVTG)V. 
 
 § 14. fKat kv tovtci) tu) Kdipti, to llev (3ap6apiKov otp&tev- 
 fia OLLdXCyg nporjEL • to 6e 'EXX^vlkov, etl ev tg> 
 
 aVTU) LLEVOV, GWETdTTETO EK TG)V ETL TTpOULOVTOV. 
 
 Kvpog TcapsXaiivEL ov rrdvv. 
 
 TrapsXavvov ov iravv Ttpbg tg> OTpaTEv^aTL, KdTEOs- 
 
 dTO EKdTEpOOE. 
 
 dnoO/iETTEC slg Tovg TroXsfiLovg. 
 
 fKat 6 Kvpog, napsXavvuv ov -ndvv npbg clvtg) t<5 
 
 OTpdTEVLLCLTL, KdTSdsdTO £KdTEpG)GE, dno6XE7TCOV ELg 
 
 te Tovg TToXELilovg Kdl Tovg (piXovg. 
 
 16g)V dVTOV, CLITO TOV 'EXXrjVLKOV ZEVOfytdV VTTTjXdGEV. 
 AEVOCpGJV V7T?]?MGEV G)g GVVdVT7\Gdl. 
 TJpETO, EL TL TTdpdyysXXoL. 
 
 Kvpog ETTLOTrjoag sins. 
 
 XeJELV EKeXeVE TTdOLV, OTL Td LEpd KdXd. 
 
 § 15. f'ldan; ds dVTOv, cltto tov '~E,?^Xi]vlkov aevo^gjv 'A0?y- 
 Vdlog, imsXciodg &g ovvdVTr\Gdi, rjpETO el tl redp- 
 ayysXXoc 6 6' EiuoTrjOdg eItte, Kdl Xejelv ekeXevs 
 
 TTdGLV, OTL Kdl Td LEpd KdXd, Kdl Td GCpdJLd KdXd. 
 
 TdVTd Xsycov, -&opv6ov tjkovge. 
 
 ■&Opl)60V CLKOVEL did T(OV Td^ECOV lOVTOg. 
 
 Tig rjv o -&6pv6og ; 
 rjpETO, TLg 6 -&6pv6og eIt\. 
 
 §16. ^TdVTd ds Xsyoiv, dopvb'ov tjkovge did t&v t&I-ewv 
 lovTog, Kdl ijpETO, rig 6 $6pv6og Eir\, 
 
90 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 to ovv6r][ia Trapepx^rat devrepov r\6r\. 
 
 f f O 6e Aevo(pGJv eIttev, oti " ro cvvdrjua irapEpx&Tai 
 deVTEpov T]dri" 
 
 ftavfid^G) rtg napayysXXEi. 
 
 TJpETO, 0,TL £17] TO OVvQr\\ia. 
 
 drcEKplvaro, oti Zsvg OG)~7)p. 
 
 fKal bg £Qav\iaaE rig rcapayyEXXEi, Kal r)p£TO, o,n 
 sir} to avvOrjfia • 6 (5' dnsKpivaTO, on " Zsvg <70)- 
 rrjp Kal v'uir\." 
 
 K.vpog aKovoag scp?]. 
 
 dXXd dE)(Qp,ai rs, teal tovto karco. 
 
 § 17. f r O 6e Kvpog atcovoag, "'AXXa ds^o/iai re," 'icprj, 
 
 " Kal TOVTO eOTG)." 
 
 slg rfjv kavrov x^pav dnrjXavvE. 
 
 ovketi rpla oradia 6ieixett\v tw (pdXayye air' dXXr)- 
 
 Xcjv. 
 EiraidvL^ov ol "EXXtjVEg. 
 ijpXOVTO dvrioi Ikvai rocg TroXs/xioig. 
 
 iTavra 6' elttcov, slg r?]v kavrov x ( * ) P av dnrjXavve. 
 Kal ovketi rpia 7j rirrapa orddia di£ixETr\v to) 
 (pdXayyE dix > dX?i7]Xo)v, rjv'iKa Eiraidvi^ov re ol 
 "EXXr]V£g, Kal TJpxovro dvrioi tEvai rolg v:oX£\iioig. 
 
 <hg TTOp£vo[i£VG)v h^EKV[iaiVE tl rr)g (pdXayyog. 
 rb ettlXelttoiisvov r\p^aro dp6p,cp dslv. 
 scf)d£y$;avT0 olovnEp tg3 ^vvaXcco eXsXl^ovgi. 
 
 § 18. t'ftc: ds nopsvouEvejv E^EKVfiaLvs tl TTjg (pdXayyog, 
 to etuXelttoiievov 7Jp%aTO dpdfjiG) -dslv • Kal a\ia 
 £(f)d£yt-avTO irdvTEg, olovnsp tw 'EvvaXiG) eXeXL- 
 frvoi, Kal irdvTEg 6e eOeov. 
 
 ralg doixici rrpbg ra dopara Edovnrjoav. 
 <p66ov ETTolovv Tolg inirotg. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VIII. 91 
 
 fXeyovai ds nvsg, cog Kal ralg do~ioi rrpbg rd 66- 
 para idov~i]oav, (p66ov iroiovv-eg rolg Irx-ocg. 
 
 ro^evfia e^tKvelrac rovg j3ap6dpovg. 
 
 irplv rot-Evua e^LKveladat, (pevyovoiv ol (3dp6apoi. 
 
 §19. f Uplv 6e rot-evfia kt-iKvelodai, ekkXlvovolv ol (3dp- 
 6apoc Kal (psvyovot,. 
 
 eSlcokov Kara Kpdrog ol "EXX^vsg. 
 kbbuov dXXr\Xoig [ir\ ■delv dpbfico. 
 ev rd^EL d-rovro. 
 
 fKal kvravda 6rj eSlcokov [iev Kara Kpdrog ol "EX- 
 Xrjvsg ' kbbcov 6e dXXr\Xoig \ir\ ■Oelv dpoucp, dXV 
 ev rd^Ei £~Eodai. 
 
 rd dp\iara soepsro did rcov 'EXXi]vcov^ KEvd tjvloxcov. 
 
 §20. fTd 6' apaara E(pEp£ro, rd p.Ev di 1 avrcov rcov ttoXe- 
 fiiojv, rd 6s Kal did rcov 'EXXfjveov, KEvd rjVL6%cov. 
 
 etteI TrpoidoLEV, duoravro. 
 
 eortv bong Kars/J](b67]. 
 
 Kar£AT)(p6T], &(7-£p ev l~-odp6uc>), EK-Xayeig. 
 
 ovdsv rovrov -radslv spacav. 
 
 aXXog ev rig \idxQ ErradEV ovdslg ovdiv. 
 
 sttI rco Evcovvfioo ro^Evdrjval rig E/JyEro. 
 
 fOl (5' e~el -rpoidoiEv, duoravro ' sari d' bang Kal 
 Kar£?.7](pd7], coorrsp ev l~~odp6fj.G), EKTzXaydg- Kal 
 ovdiv fisvrot olds rovrov rradslv Ecpaoav, ovd' 
 aXXog 6e rcov ( EXXi\vcov, ev ravrj] rrj [idxrj, E-rra- 
 6ev ovdsig ovSev, irXfjv ettI rco Evcovvfioo ro^EvQr\- 
 vai ng EXsysro. 
 
 K.i'pog bpa rovg "EXX^vag viKcovrag rd Kad' avrovg. 
 
 bpcov rovg "EXXrjvag dtcoKovrag, r\b£rai. 
 
 Kvpog rrpooKWElrac cog fiaotXEvg imb rCov dyufi avrov. 
 
 Ovff &C E^TlxOr] dlGJKELV. 
 
92 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 Gvvsonsipa[iev?]V u%e rrjv rd^tv. 
 
 ette/jleXelto, b,n 7toltj(jsl 6 ^aocXEvg. 
 
 fjdei clvtov, on \iioov e^oi tov GTpaTEVfiaTog. 
 
 \ 21. fKvpog 6\ optiv rovg "EXXrjvag viKuvrag to Kad' 
 avTOvg Kal dtayKovrag, rjddfievog Kal t npooKvvov\iE- 
 vog TJdrj (bg fiaoiXsvg vno tljv a\i^> avrov, ov8' > tig 
 e^fjx^ 7 ] di&Ksiv, dXXd, cvvEonsipa^evrjv e^v tt\v 
 tg)v ovv kavrCi E^aKoaiodv Ittttecjv rd^iv, stte[j,e- 
 Xelto, o,tl TTOifjOEL (3aGtXsvg • Kal yap yjdsi avrdv, 
 
 OTL \LEOOV E%01 TOV TiEpGLKOV OTpaTEVfldTOg. 
 
 ol apxovTEg, \ieoov Exovrsg to avTG)v, rjyovvTaL. 
 
 vofAifrvoLV ovroyg ev aotpaXEl Eivat. 
 
 eotiv rj loxvg avrCdv EKaTEpudsv. 
 
 -napayyslXai ti exPXI& v - 
 
 r\\iioEi av XP° V( ? aioOdveodcu to GrpdrEV\ia kvoptgov. 
 
 4 22. fKat ndvTEg 6' ol rtiv (3ap6dpG)v apxovrsg, \iegov 
 EXOVTEg to avTGyv, rjyovvrai, vo\.ii£,ovTEg ovto) Kal 
 ev do<paX£OT&TG) Elvat, rjv %) 7] loxvg avTCJV EKaTE- 
 pudsv • Kal, el tl TrapayyslXai xpfl&isv, r\\iioEi av 
 XpovG) aloddvEcdai to CTpaTEVfia. 
 
 fiaoiXsvg fiiaov Ex ei r VS clvtov GTpaTiag. 
 
 \ 23. fKat fiaoiXsvg dfj tote, fisaov ex^v T7\g avrov orpa- 
 ridg, 6p,G)g e%g) syivEro tov Kvpov EVG)vvp,ov ke- 
 parog. 
 
 ovdslg Efidx^TO ek tov avriov Tolg avrov TETay\ii- 
 
 voig EnnpoodEV. 
 enEKaiiTTTEv fiaoiXsvg, d>g Etg kvkXmolv. 
 
 t'E7r£t 6e ovdslg avrco hfidxsro ek tov avriov, ovd$ 
 Tolg avrov Tsray\isvoig Efmpoodsv, ETtEKaymrsv, 
 cog slg kvkXoolv. 
 
 bmodsv ysvofjLsvog, KaraKoipsi to 'EXXtjvikov. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VIII. 93 
 
 edecoe Kvpog, firj KaraKoxpij rb 'IZXXtjvikov. 
 ef.i6aXo)v ovv rolg k^aKooioig, vlkcl rovg rrpb (3aoiXe- 
 
 cjg rsrayiiEvovg. 
 elg (fivyrjv erpsxpe rovg si-aKioxiXiovg. 
 dnotcrelvat Xsysrat avrog, r%j eavrov X et P^ 'kpTa- 
 
 yiporjv. 
 
 § 24. f'TZvOa dr) Kvpog, dsioag firj, omodev ysvo/jisvog, na- 
 raKoipxj T b 'EXXtjvlkov, iXavvsi dvriog- Kal, e/i- 
 daX&v ovv rolg k^aKooioig, vlkcl rovg rrpb (3aoLXs- 
 cjg rsrayfisvovg, Kal slg (pvyrjv Erpsips rovg £%a- 
 KioxiXiovg ' Kal aixonrElvai Xiysrai avrog, r%\ 
 eavrov %£Lpi, 'Aprayspoqv, rbv apxovra avrdv. 
 
 G)g rj rponrj sysvero, diaonsipovrat elg rb Slcjkelv. 
 ol Kvpov k^aaooLOL slg ro Slgjkelv upfirjoav. 
 rrdvv bXiyoi, oxedbv ol bfiorpdiTE^oL KaXov\L£voi, d\i^ 
 avrbv KarsXeicbd7]oav. 
 
 § 25. Y&g (5* rj rpom) sysvero, dLaorcsLpovrai Kal ol Kvpov 
 et-aKooioi, elg rb di&KEiv 6p[irjoavr£g • ttXtjv rrdvv 
 bXiyoL d\i<^ avrbv KarEXdcpdrioav, oxedbv ol 6[io- 
 rpdnE^oL KaXovjiEvoL. 
 
 ovv rovroig cov, KaOopa rb dfi(j>i fiaoiXia orlcpog. 
 
 evQvg ovk rjveoxsro, dXX' hro £7r' avrov. 
 
 TxaLEL rbv dvdpa Kara rb oripvov. 
 
 Kvpog rLrp6)OKEL (SaoiXia did rov -d&paKog. 
 
 Kri]Oiag 6 larpbg laoBai avrog rb fiaoiXsog rpavfid 
 
 <pT]OL. 
 
 § 26. ilvv rovroig 6s wv, KaOopa (3aoiXsa Kal rb dfi,(p' 
 ekeivov orlcbog ■ Kal Evdvg ovk rjvsoxero, dXX' 
 eIttcov, " Tbv dvdpa opw," tero eV avrbv, Kal 
 rxaiei Kara rb oripvov, Kal nrpuoKEi Sid rov 
 dupaKog, &g (prjoi Krrjocag 6 larpog' Kal IdoOai 
 avrog rb rpavfid (prjoi. 
 
 aKOvri^Ei rig avrbv naXro) vnb rbv 6(p$aX(ibv fiiaiojg. 
 
94 XENOPIION S ANABASIS. 
 
 ol dpiaroi, svravda fiaxofjievoi virep efcarepov, dns- 
 
 Bavov. 
 bnbaoi tCjv afMpl (3aaiX6a dneOvrjOKOV, Krrjoiag XsyEi. 
 'nap'' ekeivco r)v Krrjoiag 6 larpbg. 
 Kvpog avrbg re ansdave, Kai okto) ol dpiaroi twv 
 
 irspi avrbv ekeivto err' avr&. 
 
 k 27. iHaiovra (5' avrbv aKOvri&i rig naXrti vnb rbv 
 o^daXfibv ftiaiog • Kai evravda fiaxbfievoi, Kai 
 (3aaiXEvg Kai Kvpog real ol d[Mp' avrovg, vnep kna- 
 repov, bnbaoi p,sv rdv dp,(pl (3aaiXsa dniOvrjOKOv, 
 Krrjalag ley el • {nap' ekelvg) yap r)v •) Kvpog 6e 
 avrbg re dnsOave, Kai dttro) ol dpiaroi rCov nEpl 
 avrbv EKEivro £7r' avrti. 
 
 'Aprandrrjg, b morbrarog avrC) rtiv OKTjnrovx^v, 
 
 Karsnrjdrjosv dnb rov lttttov. 
 'Aprandrrjg Xiyerai, Karanrjdrjoag dnb rov lttttov, 
 
 TTEpiTTEOElv avr(D, 
 
 'Aprandrrjg b depdrcoyv 7TEnro)Kora side Kvpov. 
 
 § 28. f Aprandrrjg 6', b morbrarog avrQ> rtiv oKrjnrov- 
 Xpv dspd,TTG)v, Xsysrai, ensidrj TTEnroKora elde 
 Kvpov, Karanrjdrjoag drrb rov lttttov , nspinEOEiv 
 avrCd. 
 
 (3aaiXEi)g ekeXevoe riva smocpdgai avrbv Kvpu. 
 kavrbv enEO(pdt-aro, onaadfisvog rbv aKivaKrjv. 
 Xpvoovv eIx^v diavdKrjv 'Aprandrrjg. 
 ipsXXia E(j>bpEi Kai raXXa, tionsp ol dpiaroi Hspocov. 
 krEri\irjro vnb Kvpov 6C Evvoidv rs Kai morbrrjra. 
 
 § 29. fKat ol \jlev (paot fiaoiXia KEXsvoai rtva £niO(pdZ;ai 
 avrbv Kvpco ' ol 6' kavrbv kma^d^aadai, anaad- 
 fievov rbv dfCLvaKrjV ei%e yap xpvoovv, Kai orpen- 
 rbv 6e E(j)bpEi Kai ipsX?ua Kai raXXa, tjonsp ol 
 dpiaroi Hepo&v ererijirjro yap vnb Kvpov 6l' 
 evvoidv rs Kai morbrrjra. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER IX. *)5 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 Character of Cyrus. The narrative resumed. After the death of Cyrus 
 the Persians generally flee ; but the friends of Cyrus die with him except 
 Ariaeus, who is the first to escape. 
 
 Kvpog ovrcog eteXevttjoe. 
 
 Kvpog jierd Kvpov rdv dpxalov eyevero. 
 
 Kvpog dv-qp tjv, rtiv jiErd Kvpov rdv apxalov ysvofJLE- 
 
 vuv, (3aotXLKG)rarog. 
 Kvpov Soke! ev neipg, ysveodac. 
 rrapd Trdvrojv dfioXoyelrac tgjv Kvpov ev ireCpa yevo- 
 
 [J,8VG)V. 
 
 § 1. f Kvpog fiev ovv ovrcog eteXevtijoev, avr\p o)v Hspoajv, 
 ruv jierd Kvpov rdv dpx&lov ysvofiEVOv, (3aotXi- 
 KOJTaTog te nal dpx^tv d^ioorarog, <bg rrapd rrdv- 
 tojv dfio/ioyelrai ro~>v Kvpov 6okovvtojv ev Tcsipa 
 yEVEodai. 
 
 ert Tralg &v, ETzaidEVEro ovv tgj adeA^w. 
 Trdvroov rrdvia Kpdnorog evoim^eto. 
 
 § 2. illpujrov (isv yap, etc Tralg &v, ote k-aidEVETO nai 
 ovv tgj dds?.(p(x) tiai ovv rolg dXXoig rraiol, Trdvrojv 
 rravra Kparcorog k.vo\ii^ETo. 
 
 ol Heoogov -naideg srrl ralg (3aoLX£o)g dvpaig naLdEV- 
 
 ovrai. 
 evda TToXXijv ou(ppoovv7)v KarafiddoL dv rig. 
 aloxpov ovSev ova kortv Idelv. 
 
 § 3. ^UdvTEg yap ol rtiv dpiorov TlEpo&v Traldsg ettI ralg 
 (3aoiXEG)g -Bvpaig TratdEvovrai • evda ttoXX?)v fiev 
 OGj(f>poovv7]v Karafiddoc dv rig, aloxpov 6' ovdev 
 ovr' dfcovoac ovr" 1 Idelv eon. 
 
96 XENOPIION S ANABASIS. 
 
 tistivrat, oi rraldsg rovg rLfMdiiEVovg vtto fiaoiXecjg. 
 dXXovg tietivrai dri\ia^o\LEvovg. 
 
 evOvg naldeg ' bvrsg, \iavQdvovoiv apxetv re Kal dp- 
 XSoGcll. 
 
 § 4. iQe&VTdi 6' ol naldeg, Kal rovg n\Hxi\iEVovg vnb (3a- 
 aXeoyg, Kal aKovovoi, Kal dXXovg drLjia^ojiEvovg • 
 G)are evdvg, rraldsg bvreg, \iavQdvovoiv ap%uv re 
 Kal dpxsoOai. 
 
 Kvpog ald7]fioveorarog rtiv t)Xliclg)t£jv e56kel dvat. 
 
 rolg 77pea6vTspoLg ettelOeto Kvpog. 
 
 rolg Trp£o6vTspoig ical rojv havrov vnodEEGrEpoyv p,aX- 
 
 Xov ettelOeto. 
 (pLXiTTTTorarog rjv, Kal rolg trnjotg dpiora sxprjro. 
 rr\g ro^CKfjg r\v (f)iXop,ad£0~rarog. 
 EKplvov avrbv rC)v slg ttoXeuov Epyov uvai [asXet?]- 
 
 porarov. 
 
 § 5. i"Ev#a Kvpog aldrji-ioviorarog p,sv irptirov rcov rjXi- 
 Ki(*)TGJv e66kel Eivai, rolg re np£o6vr£poLg Kal rcJv 
 kavrov vnodEEorEpov \iaXXov rrEiOsodai • snEcra 
 6s, (piXiTnrorarog Kal rolg liriroig apiora xp^odat • 
 EKplvov d' avrbv, Kal rcJv slg rbv t^oXe\iov spyuv, 
 rot-LKfjg re Kal aKOvrta£0)g, (pcXofiadiararov elvai 
 Kal \i£X£rr\pbrarov. 
 
 rr\ rjXiKia EirpEns Kvpog. 
 
 rrpbg rd d?]pia tjv (piXoKivdvvog. 
 
 § 6. t'E7T£i 6e rfj 7]XiKia ETTpEns, Kal (piXoOqporarog i\v 
 Kal rrpbg rd ■Qr\pia \i£vroi <pLXoiavdvvora,rog. 
 
 dpKrov rrors E7ti§£po\iEvr\v ovk erpeoev. 
 
 ovfinEOcbv KarEondodr] dnb rov Innov. 
 
 rd fJLEV EiradEV, cjv Kal rag (hrstXag (pavepdg £ix e ' 
 
 rr\v dpKrov riXog KarEKavs. 
 
 rov TTpoJrov (3o7]6fjoavra noXXolg nanaoiorbv hxiiimrw.. 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER IX. 97 
 
 ■fKal apfcrov nore enKpepofievrjv ova erpeoev, dXXa 
 oviiireoCdv KareondoOr] and rov tnnov, nal rd [iev 
 enaOev, o)v nal rag dyreiXdg (pavepdg et%e, reXog 6e 
 narenave' icai rov npcjrov uevroi (3orjdrjoavra noX- 
 Xolg fiaftapcordv enoir\oev. 
 
 Karensucpdrj vno rov narpog oarpdnrjg Avdlag. 
 naoi (cadfjKEi eig KaorioXov ne6lov ddpoi^eoOai. 
 arpar7]ydg ndvrcjv dne6eixd7] olg ttadi]K,ei eig Kaura)- 
 
 Xov ne6iov aOpoi&odai. 
 nepl nXeiarov enoielro, el tgj imooxoiro, p,7j6ev ipev- 
 
 6eodai. 
 ens6ei^ev avrov, on nepl nXeiorov noiolro, pr}6ev 
 
 ipev6eodai. 
 
 § 7. t'Erret 6e tcareneficpdr] vno rov narpog oarpdm\g Av- 
 6iag re nai Qpvyiag rijg \heydX7\g nai Kannadottiag, 
 orparrjybg 6s icai ndvrcjv ane6eix0f] olg KadrjKEi 
 eig KaoruXov ne6iov dOpoi^eodai • nptirov fisv 
 ens6ei%sv avrov, on nepl nXeiorov noiolro, el tgj 
 cneioairo, koX el tgj avvQolro, Kal el tgj vnooxoiro 
 rt, fi7]6sv ipsv6sodai. 
 
 eniorevov avrch at noXeig enirpeno\ievai. 
 oneioauevov Kvpov, enlorevs rig noXsfiiog fi?]6sv dv 
 napa rag onov6dg nadslv. 
 
 § 8. fKal yap ovv sniorsvov fiev avroj at noXeig emrpe- 
 no\ievai, eniorevov d' ol av6peg - teal si rig noXs- 
 uiog sysvsro, onsioausvov Kvpov, enioreve [i7]6sv 
 dv napa rag onov6dg naOslv. 
 
 Tiooacpspvsi snoXsfirjoe. 
 
 ndoai at noXeig, knovoai Kvpov e'lXovro dvrl Ticca- 
 
 (f>epvovg, nXrjv MiXtjcicjv. 
 ova JjdeXe rovg (pevyovrag npoecBai. 
 ol MIXtjcioi, on ova ijdeXe rovg (pevyovrag npoecOai, 
 
 i(po6ovvro avrov. 
 
 E 
 
98 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 § 9. fToiyapovv, eirel Tcooacpspvsi erro/Up/cre, ndoai at 
 rroXsig, sKovaai Kvpov slXovro dvrl Tiooacpspvovg, 
 ttXtjv MlXtjolov • ovrot 6s, on ovk r\QeXs rovg (psv- 
 yovrag nposodat, s<j}o6ovvro avrov. 
 
 spycp sne6eiKvvro Kvpog, on (plXov ovk av ttots 
 
 Trpoolro. 
 cptXog avrolg sysvsro. 
 kolkIov sixpa^av. 
 
 § 10. f Kal yap spyo) s7rs6siKVvro Kal sXeysv, on ovk av 
 nore npoolro, snsl anai; (plXog avrolg eyevsro, ovd' 
 el sn \iev fislovg y&voivro, sn 6s k&kIov npd^siav. 
 
 dyaOov ri sttoIt]Gs rig avrov. 
 cpavspog rjv vlfcav irsipojiisvog. 
 (pavspbg r\v Kvpog, si rig ri dyaBbv ttoitjosisv avrov, 
 
 vlfcav Trsip&fisvog. 
 sv%r)v rtvsg avrov sgs(pspov. 
 sv%ero roaovrov xpovov £jjv, ears viKGJTf. 
 Kal rovg sv Kal rovg Kaxtig rroiovvrag dXst-ojfisOa. 
 
 §11. f Qavspbg (5' rjv, Kal si rig ri dyaOov r] KaKbv uoif)- 
 asisv avrov, vlkolv Tcsip&iisvog ■ Kal evxiju 6s riveg 
 avrov s^e(f)epov, cog sv%oiro roaovrov %povov £gv, 
 ears vikgjtj, Kal rovg sv Kal rovg KaKoJg iroiovv- 
 rag, dXs^dfisvog. 
 
 tcXeiotoi avrti sns6v/Jb7joav rd savrCdv oojfiara rrpo- 
 sodai. 
 
 k 12. fKal yap ovv nXslaroi 6rj avrcp, svi ye dv6pl rCJv 
 eft 7j[iGJv, ev:sQv\ir\aav, Kal X9W aTa Ka ^ iroXsig 
 Kal rd savrtiv OGjp,ara, rrposoOai. 
 
 ov6s tovt' av slnoi rig. 
 
 rovg icaKovpyovg Kal d6i,K0vg ovk sla KaraysXg,v. 
 rovg d6iK0vg d(psi6sorara Travrcov srifiopelro. 
 i\v I6elv dvdpajnovg. 
 
BOOK I. CHxVPTER IX. \)0 
 
 noXXaKig i]v idelv rrapd rag odovg x u P^ v orspoviis- 
 
 vovg avdp&TTOvq. 
 kyivsro "E,XXrjvi, firjdev ddiKovvn, ddecjg iropsveo- 
 
 Bai, b-OL rig ijdeXe. 
 erropsvsro, %wv o,ri rrpox^poirj. 
 
 §13. fO{> fiev 6rj ovde rovr' dv rig sinoi, tig rovg nanovp- 
 yovg Kal ddiKovg ela KaraysXav • dXX' d<psi6sa- 
 rara ndvrcov krificopsiro. UoXXaKig c5' r)v idelv, 
 napd rag orsibo\iEvag 6doi)g, Kal ttoSgjv Kal %ei- 
 piijv nai dcfydaAfiCjv orspov/ievovg dvdpunovg • cjor\ 
 iv rxj Kvpov dpxxf, eyevero Kal "YAXrjvi nai (3ap- 
 ddpco, p,r]6ev ddiKovvri, ddetig nopsvsodai, bnoi 
 rig TJdeXev, exovrt 6,ri npox^poir}. 
 
 rovg dyadovg elg noXsfiov (biioXoyrjro dia^epovrog 
 
 rifiav. 
 tjv avrti n6Xsp,og irpdc Tlioidag. 
 iorparsvsro elg ravrag rag x&P a S- 
 ovg edjpa Kivdvvsvovrag, rovrovg dpxovrag snoisi 
 
 rijg %o3pa$\ 
 tarsorpecpEro rrjv Uioidcjv x&pa* v - 
 rovrovg dpxovrag ettoiei rjg KarsarpEcpsro ^wpaf. 
 rovrovg aXXrj dupoig krtp,a. 
 
 § 14. jTovg ys fisvroi dyadovg slg t,6Xe\iov cjfioXoyrjro 
 diacpspovrug rifiav. Kal ixpCnov psv, tjv avrti 
 rxoXsfiog npbg Uialdag Kal Mvoovg • orparsvofis- 
 vog ovv Kal avrbg elg ravrag rag x^P a ^i °vg 
 kdjpa iOsXovrag Kivdvvsvsiv, rovrovg Kal dpxov- 
 rag ettoiei fjg KarEorpecpsro x&pag, sirsira 6s Kal 
 dXX^ dcopoig srlfia. 
 
 rovg dyadovg svdaifiovsordrovg rj^tov slvai. 
 rovg KaKovg dovXovg twv dyadojv t)%iov slvai. 
 ttoXXtj 7)v d<pdovia avrcb tg5v deXovruv Kivdvvsvsiv. 
 &sro Kvpov alodrjoeodai. 
 
100 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 §15. f "SLots (paiveodcu, rovg p,EV dyaOovg Evdatfiovso- 
 rdrovg, rovg 6s KaKovg dovXovg tovtgjv, a^iovv 
 elvcu. Toiyapovv noXXrj rjv dcpdovia avrQ) r&v 
 -dsXovrcov Kivdvvsvsiv, onov rig oloiro Kvpov alo- 
 Orjosodai. 
 
 eig dtfcaioovvrjv snidsiKVvodai soovXovro. 
 
 elg difcaioovvrjv (pavspbg sysvsro EnidsiKwodai (3ov- 
 
 Xofievog. 
 7Tepl navrbg siroislro rovrovg nXovolovg uoleIv. 
 rovg 6iKaioovvr\v siudsiKwiLEVovg rrXovoioyrspovg 
 
 ETTOISI TGJV EK TOV ddlKOV <plXoK£p6oVVT(x)V. 
 
 § 16. i~E'ig ye firjv diKaioovvrjv, el rig avrti pavspbg ysvoi- 
 ro Emdsifcvvodai (3ovX6[isvog, nspi ixavrbg snoisi- 
 ro, rovrovg TrXovoioirspovg ttoieZv, Ttiv sk rov 
 dditcov (piXoKEpdovvruv. 
 
 &XXa noXXa diKaicog aura) diE^Eipi^Ero. 
 
 orparsv\iari dXr\QivC) sxprjoaro. . 
 
 orparrjyol, ov %pr\\iaru>v svEtta, npbg ekslvov ettXev- 
 
 oav. 
 KspdaXsov tjv, Kvp(x) KaX&g iTEidapxslv. 
 syvcdoav KEpdaXsurspov slvai, ttaXtig rcsiOapxslv rj 
 
 to Kara \L7\va rcspdog. 
 
 § 17. fKat y&p ovv, aXXa te rcoXXa dmaioig avrti disxsi- 
 pi&ro, Kal orparEv/iari dXr\Qiv& sxprjoaro. Kal 
 yap orparriyol Kal Xoxayol, ov XPW^ TG)V ^eica, 
 Trpbg ekeIvov snXsvoav, dXX'' snsl syvuoav KEpda- 
 Xscjrspov Eivai, KvpG) KaXtig TTEidapxslv, 7J to 
 Kara \iT\va Kspdog. 
 
 avrcj Trpoord^avn imi}pErr\oa. 
 
 ovdsvl dxdpiorov eicloe rr\v 7rpodv[j,iav. 
 
 Kpdnoroi imTjpsrai navrbg epyov Kvpu) sysvovro. 
 
 §18. f'AAAd iirjv, si rig ye ri avroi npoord^avn KaXtig 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER IX. 101 
 
 vv;r\perr\aeiev , ovdevl ttcjttote dxdpiarov eldae rrjv 
 ■npoBv\iiav. Toiyapovv Kpdnaroi 6rj vnrjpeTCU 
 navrog spyov Kvpcd iXixd^oav yevsodai. 
 
 k&pa riva deivbv bvra o\kov6\iov etc rov dircaiov. 
 tcareofCEvaoev rjg VPX e X^PW- 
 o\kovo\lov ecjpa npoaodovg rroiovvra. 
 ovdeva ovdev d(pelXero, dXX' del nXelo) irpoaedcdov. 
 fjdeoyg enovovv, Kal dappaXeug ektgjvto. 
 b ETTETTdro rtg, r\Kiara Kvpov EKpvnrsv. 
 cpdovtiv rolg ixXovrovaiv kcpaivero. 
 ETTEipdro xpr\<3dai rolg rdv dnoKpvnrofiEVQV xprj- 
 \iaai. 
 
 § 19. fEt ds riva 6pG)7] dsivov bvra oIkqvo\lov ek rov dt- 
 Kaiov, Kal naraanEvd^ovrd re r\g dpxoi x&pag, Kal 
 rrpoaodovg iroiovvra, ovdeva dv nconors dtpEiXsro, 
 dXX y dsl ttXelo) Trpooedidov •■ uare Kal rjdeug end- 
 vow, Kal -dappaXecog eKrtivro. Kal b ercendro 
 av rtg, rjKiora Kvpov eKpvnrev • ov yap (pdov&v 
 rolg (f>av£pGJg ixXovrovaiv ecpaivero, dXXd Trsipojue- 
 vog xPV a ^ ai TOi S ™ v dnoKpvnrouEVCov xPW aai - 
 
 (piXovg baovg snoifjoaro, edepdireve. 
 
 EKplvEV Uavovg slvac ovvepyovg. 
 
 EKplvEv LKavovg Eivai avvEpyovg, b,rt rvyxdvoi (3ov- 
 X6[i,Evog KarEpyd^Eodat. 
 
 ofzoXoyEtrac npog udvrcjv Kvpog Kpdnarog yEvioQai 
 rovg (ptXovg SspanEVELv. 
 
 § 20. \$iXovg ye \ir\v baovg noirjaairo, Kal evvovg yvolr\ 
 bvrag, Kal iKavovg KpivEiE ovvspyovg slvat, b,n 
 rvyxdvoi (3ovX6^svog KarEpyd&odac, dfioXoyEirat 
 TTpog irdvruv Kpdnarog 6i) yEvkadai ^EpansvELV. 
 
 rovrov svsKa (piXojv G)sro dEiaOai, &g avvEpyovg 
 
 exoi. 
 rovrov EKaarov jjoOdvero EmOvpovvra. 
 
102 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 . 
 
 cvvspybg Kpdnarog knEipdro Eivai rovrov, brov 
 
 EKdOTOV alod&VOLTO E7Tl6v[lOVVra. 
 
 $ 21. fKai yap avrb rovro, ovrcsp avrbg eveitct, (piXcjv 
 &Ero dslodai, o)g ovvspyovg ex ot > Ka ^ avT0 S ettei- 
 paro GWEpybg rolg (piXoig updnorog slvai rov- 
 rov, brov Enaarov aloddvoiro kv:iQv\iovvra. 
 
 dcopa nXslora, elg ye &v dvrjp, iXdp,6avE Kvpog. 
 dtipa, ndvrcov fxdXiora, rolg (piXoig diEdidov. 
 rrpbg rovg rponovg kadorov eokottei. 
 brov [idXiara dpa)7] Eicaorov dsofiEVOV, rolg (piXoig 
 diEdidov. 
 
 § 22. \Atipa 6e nXElora fisv, otjiai, elg ye cov dvrjp, kXd\i- 
 6avs did noXXd' ravra ds, navruv drj imXiara, 
 rolg (piXoig diEdidov, rrpbg rovg rponovg kadorov 
 okott&v, nai brov \idXiora bp&rj Enaarov dsofxsvov. 
 
 rd> o&fxari avrov koo\lov ette{j,7tov, ojg slg naXXomio- 
 
 \iov. 
 rb kavrov Gd\ia ovjt idvvaro rovroig iraoi koo\li\- 
 
 Br)vai. 
 (piXovg icaX&g K,EKoo\w\\iivovg \iiyiarov itoofiov dvdpi 
 
 EVO\ll^E. 
 
 k 23. fKat baa tgj acjp,ari avrov kog\iov Trs/moi rig, rj <bg 
 slg ttoXejiov, tj d)g slg KaXX^-niG\ibv, nai nspi rov- 
 rov Xsysiv avrov E<paoav, on rb \jlev kavrov au>\ia 
 ovk av dvvairo rovroig jraoi KOGfirjdrjvai, (piXovg 
 ds naX&g KEKoa\ir\\iEvovg (isyiorov kog\lov dvdpi 
 
 VOfJLlfrl. 
 
 ra fisydXa, svtica rovg (f)iXovg, ev txoiCjv. 
 
 rb viKav rovg (piXovg, ev noiovvra, ovdiv dav- 
 
 fiaorov. 
 dwarurspog t)v twv (piXcdv. 
 TrpodvfxElrai %api^EoQai rolg (piXoig. 
 
HOOK I. CHAPTER IX. 103 
 
 t^ tTnaeXeia, nsptyv Kvpog rtiv (plXdJv. 
 ray- a ep.ocye doicel dyaora elvai. 
 
 § 24. f Kal to fisv rd fxeydXa vtttav Tovg cpcXovg ev ttoi- 
 ovvra, ovdev davjiaoTOV, e-reidrj ye Kal dvvaT&TE- 
 pog tjv ' to 6s txi emybeXeia ixepielvai tgjv <j)iXu)v, 
 Kal tg> 7Tpodv[iela0aL xapi&oQai, TavTa e\ioiye 
 \mXXov doKel dyaGTa elvai. 
 
 Kvpog Tolg tyLXocg eTrefine (3iKOvg olvov rjntdeelg. 
 
 0V7TG), TTOXXOV XpOVOV, TOVTOV TjdiOVC OLVG) eTTETVXOV. 
 
 deofiai gov tovtov eKmelv, gvv olg fidXtOTa tyiXelg. 
 
 § 25. f Kvpog yap ern^ine f3tKovg olvov rjfiideelg noXXaKig, 
 6tt6t£ ndvv rjdvv Xddoi, Xeyov, oti ovttg) tiff, noX- 
 Xov %povov, tovtov rjdiovi o'ivco eruTvxoi, • " Tov- 
 tov ovv ool ene/iipe, Kal SeiTai gov Trj/iepov tov- 
 tov eKmelv, gvv olg \idXiGTa <piXe~ig." 
 
 noXXaKig Xl va $ T}\*>&pu>TOvg Kvpog enep,7Te, Kal ap- 
 
 tg)v 7]\iiGea. 
 emXeyeiv eKeXeve tov cbepovTa. 
 (3ovXeTai Kvpog Kal ce tovto)v yevGaGQai. 
 
 § 26. fUoXXaKig 6e %r\vag r]fj,i6pG)T0vg enefine, Kal apTOv 
 rjfiLGea, Kal aXXa ToiavTa, emXeyeiv KeXevodv tov 
 (pepovTa, "TovTOig tjg6t] Kvpog- (3ovXeTai ovv Kal 
 oe tovtgjv yevGaGdaiT 
 
 %iXbg Girdviog Tzdvv tjv. 
 
 Kvpog ixoXXovg el%ev virripeTag. 
 
 avTog edvvaTO %iXbv irapaGKevaGaGOat, did to ttoX- 
 
 Xovg exeiv vm]peTag. 
 lttitol rd Ttdv (plXdiv GUfiaTa r\yov. 
 eKeXeve Tovg (piXovg, Tolg Ta eavT&v GUfiaTa ayov- 
 
 giv innoig, e\ibdXXeiv tov x+Xov. 
 Tovg (piXovg ireivtivTeg dyovoiv oi innoi. 
 
 § 27. y'Onov 6e x l ^g ondviog irdvv eh], avTog d' edvvaro 
 
104 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 Trapaofcsvdoaodai, did rb noXXovg ex Elv vnrjperag, 
 nal did rr\v empeXetav, dianefinw, eneXeve rovg 
 (plXovg, rolg rd eavrtiv otiuara dyovaiv innoig, 
 ep,6dXXeiv rovrov rov %iXbv, &g p) neivcovreg 
 rovg eavrov (fyiXovg ayojoiv. 
 
 el nore nopevoiro, rcXeloroi ep.eXXov oipeoOai. 
 TTpoofcaXtiv rovg (piXovg, eanovdatoXoyelro. 
 idrjXov ovg ri\id. 
 sycjye ovdeva fcpivu) vnb nXeiovojv nefaXrjadai. 
 
 § 28. fEt de df] TTors iropevotro, kcli nXeloroi \ieXXoiev 
 bipeodai, rrpooKaX&v rovg (piXovg, eo-novdaioXoyel- 
 ro, o)g drjXoiT) ovg ri\id. "Store eyayye, e£j o)v 
 d,K0VG), ovdeva Kplvco vtto nXeiovodv necpiXrjodai, 
 ovre ''EiXXtjvgjv ovre (3ap6dp(*)v. 
 
 reK\ir\piov rovrov rode. 
 
 Kvpog dovXog r\v fiaoiXewg. 
 
 napd Kvpov, dovXov ovrog, ovdelg dn^et rrpbg (3a- 
 
 aiXea. 
 'Opovrag enexeiprjoev dmevai npbg (3aotXea. 
 'Opovrag &ero mcrov ol elvai rov dovXov. 
 raxv avrbv evpe KvpG) (piXairepov 7/ eavro). 
 napa fiaciXeog ttoXXoi npbg Kvpov dnrjXdov. 
 Kvpog nal fiaoiXevg dXXi\Xoig eyevovro r noXe\iioi. 
 ovroi fidXiara vrf avrov rjyanoJvro. 
 evoyn^ov napd Kvpcd, a%iu)repag dv rip,r\g rvyxdveiv, 
 
 ?/ napd (3aoiXel. 
 
 § 29. iTeKp,7)pcov de rovrov nal rode. Hapd fiev Kvpov, 
 dovXov ovrog, ovdelg dnyei irpbg (3aaiXea, nXr\v 
 'Opovrag enexsip^oe • (ical ovrog dfj, bv oyero ttig- 
 rov ol elvai, raxv avrbv evpe Kvpcp cpiXairepov 
 7] eaviCd •) napd de (3aoiXeo)g noXXol npbg Kvpov 
 arrrjXdov, eneidij noXe\iioi dXXrjXoig eyevovro, nal 
 ovroi \ievroi ol \idXiora vr? avrov dyandjfievoi, 
 
ROOK I. CHAPTER IX. 105 
 
 vofit^ovTEg, irapd KvpG) ovTEg dyaSol, di-to)TEpag 
 av 'Tifiris rvy xdvsiv 77 napd fiaoiXei. 
 
 reKfirjpcov, to ev ry teXevtzj tov j3tov avrti ysvofis- 
 
 vov. 
 fieya TEK\ir\piov \ to avTU) ysvofxevov, oti t\v dyaOog. 
 KpivELV opdtig idvvaTO Tovg moTOvg Kai Evvovg. 
 
 § 30. fMeya ds TEKfirjpiov, Kai to ev t^ teXevttj tov (3lov 
 avTG) yEvdfiEvov, otl Kai avTog rjv dyadog, Kai 
 KpivsLv opdtig kdvvaTO Tovg TUOTOvg Kai svvovg 
 Kai (3s6aiovg. 
 
 dirodvrjoicovTog avTOv, ndvTEg ol nap' avTOV <piXot 
 
 diiEdavov, \ia)(p\iEVoi vTrsp Kvpov. 
 'ApLalog TETay\JLEVog ETvyxavEV ettI tw evuvv/Mi). 
 'Apialog tov Itttukov r\px EV ' 
 
 yoOSTO KiJpOV TTETTTOyfCOTa. 
 
 <bg IqoQeto, E(pvyEV, sxcov to OTpaTEVjia Txdv ov 
 
 TjyElTO. 
 
 §31. YA.TTodv7]GK,ovTog yap avTOV, irdvTsg ol Trap' avTov 
 <piXoi Kai ovvTpdne£oi dirsdavov^ fiaxofievoi virsp 
 Kvpov, ttXtjv 'Apcaiov • ovTog 6e TETay\ikvog ETvy- 
 
 XaVEV ETTt TO) EVG)VV(JL(i), TOV ITTTUKOV fyftpW &g 6' 
 %od£TO KvpOV TTETTTCJKOTa, ECpVyEV, E%(»)V Kai TO 
 
 OTpaTEVfia Txdv ov rjyEiTO. 
 
XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 BOOK I.— CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Cyrus enters Babylonia, reviews his troops in expectation of an imme- 
 diate battle, and delivers an encouraging speech to the Greek leaders. 
 
 1. ''Kvrevdev k^EXavvEi did rr)g Ba6vXo)vlag cradpovg 
 rpEtg, napaodyyag dudefca. 'Ev 6e tw rpiru) aradfiu), 
 Kvpog st-Eracuv ixotElrai tgjv 'HXXrjvov nai rdv (3ap6d- 
 pcov, ev to) Trediii), 7T£pi \iEoag vvurag' (e66kel yap, slg rrjv 
 kmovoav eg), t\%eiv fiaaiXsa, ovv tg5 orparEv\iari, (j.a%ov- 
 fiEvov •) tcai ekeXeve KXsapxov fisv rov 6e$;lov ftspug r)yEla- 
 6ai, Mivova 6e rov QsrraXov rov Evcjvvfiov • avrog 6s 
 rovg kavrov disrai-E. 2. Msrd 6s rr)v sgsraoLV, aua ry 
 ettlovotj rtfiEpa, r\KovrEg avro\ioXoi napa \iEydXov fiaotXsug 
 dnrjyyEXXov Kvpco iTEpi rr\g fiaoiXiug arpariag. Kvpog 
 6e, ovyKaXiaag rovg orparrjyovg nai Xoxayovg rtiv C E/U 
 Xr)VG)v, GWEbovXEVEro rs, ncog dv rrjv ud%r\v noiolro, nai 
 avrog TrapqvEt ■dappvvGJv roidds. 3. " T £2 dvdpsg "~E,XX7]~ 
 veg, ovk dvdpcjncov dnopoJv (3ap6dpo)v ovuf-idxovg vudg 
 dyo), dXXd vofil^ov a\iEivovag nai fcpstrrovg noXXtiv (3ap- 
 6dp(ov vfxdg eIvcli, did rovro npooEXadov . r 'Ono)g ovv 
 eoegBe avdpsg d%ioi rr)g EXsvOspcag, i)g KEfcrrjodE, nai vnsp 
 f)g vfidg eyo) Evdaip,ovi£(*). Ev yap cote, on rrjv eXevOe- 
 plav kXolfirjv dv, dvTt &v e%w ndvrcov nai dXXcjv noXXa- 
 TrXaoLCJV. 4. "Oncjg 6s feat eM^re, slg olov fpxeods dyoj- 
 va, kyo) vp.ag Eldibg didd^G), To fjtev yap nXrjdog ttoXv, 
 nai upavyirj rcoXXq Eixiaaiv dv 6e ravra avdox^oQE, rd 
 dXXa nai alaxvvEodat \ioi doted), olovg t\\lIv yvcjOEods rovg 
 iv rq X^P a ovrag dvOpu-novg. ( Tp.idv 6s dvdptiv bvrov, 
 Kai evr6Xuo)v yEvousvuv, eyo> viiC)v rov [lev otfeads (3ov- 
 
108 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 Xojievov dmevai roig olaoi fyXurbv ttoitjog) dneXOelv • iroX- 
 Xovg de o\\iai noii)oeiv rd nap 1 ep,ol eXeoQai dvrl rdv oIkoi" 
 
 Promises of Cyrus to the Greeks. 
 5. 'Evravda TavXcrrjg napcbv, cpvydg 2dfMog, marbg d£ 
 KvpG), elne • " Kai \ir\v, o> Kvpe, Xeyovoi riveg, ore noXXd 
 vtuoxv%i vvv, 6td rb ev toiovtg) elvat rov Kivdvvov npoot- 
 ovrog • dv de ev yevrjral n, ov fieuvrjoOal oe (paocv ■ evioi 
 de, ovd' el fxefiv&o re Kal (3ovXolo, dvvaodat, dv dnodovvai 
 boa vixiG'xy^y 6. ''K.Kovoag ravra eXe^evo Kvpog' "'AAA' 
 eon [lev fjfilv, G) dvdpeg, 7\ dpxr) 7] narp&a npbg jiev fieorjfi- 
 bpiav, p>£%pi ov did nav\ia ov dvvavrai olaelv dvdpcjnoc, 
 npbg de dpKrov, \ie%pi ov did %£t/-iwm ' T d 6* ev p,eo(x> rov- 
 rcov ndvra oarpanevovoiv ol rov e^iov ddeXcpov (piXoi. 
 7. 1v Hv d' r){ielg viK7]OG)p,ev,r)[iag del rovg r)[ierepovg (plXovg 
 tovtg)v eyttparelg noir)oai • cjore ov rovro dedoiKa, \ir\ 
 ovk exo b,ri 6C) efcdoTG) rCdv (piXov, dv ev yevrvrai, dXXd, 
 fj,7} ovk £%w Uavovg olg doj. f Y[itiv de t£>v 'FiXXrjvw Kal 
 ore<pavov eKaorco %pvaovv duoo)" 
 
 Eagerness of the Greeks. Their counsel to Cyrus. 
 8. 0/ de, ravra aKovoavreg, avroi re rjoav noXv npodv- 
 \ibrepoi, Kal rolg aXXoig e%r)yyeXXov. 'Eloyeoav de nap' 
 avrbv ol re orparrjyol Kal rcov dXXojv ( 'EXXr)vG)v riveg, 
 di-iovvreg eldevai, ri o<piotv eorai, edv Kparr)oG)Oiv. f O 
 de, ep,mnXdg andvroiv rr)v yv&\ir\v, anene\ine. 9. TlapeKe- 
 Xevovro de avrCd ndvreg, bootnep dteXeyovro, p,r\ adxeoBai, 
 dXX' bmoOev eavr&v rdrreodai. 'Ev de r<o Kaipdd rovrG) 
 KXeapxog o)de no)g fjpero rov Kvpov • " Olet yap ool p,a- 
 %elodai, G) Kvpe, rov ddeX(pov ;■' " N?) At'," ^0^7 ° Kvpog, 
 " elixep ye Aapeiov Kal Uapvodridog eon nacg, epibg de 
 ddeX<pbg, ovk dfiax^l ravr* eyd) Xijipouai,." 
 
 Vast numbers of the two armies. Names of the Persian generals. 
 10. ^vravda di], ev rirj igonXiola, dpid[ibg eyevero, r&v 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 109 
 
 fiev 'EXXtjvojv danlg \ivpia Kai rsrpaKOGia, TxeXraaral 6s 
 6lgx'lXlol Kai TrsvraKOGioi, rtiv 6s fisrd Kvpov (SapCdpcjv 
 ditca fivptddeg, nai dp\iara 5psv;avr\<\)6pa df.i<pl rd elkogl. 
 11. TcJv 6s ttoXe/xlcov sXsyovro slvai EKarbv nai elkogl 
 fivpiddeg, Kai dp\iara 6pe7ravr)(p6pa diandoia. "AXXol 5s 
 r\aav k£ > aKio%i'kioi inirslg, ojv ^ AprayspGr\g r)pxEV ' ovroi d' 
 av rrpb avrov (3aGLXs(og rsray\isvoL rjoav. 12. Tov 5s 
 (3aGLXio)g orparsv\iarog fjoav apxovrsg nai orparr/yol Kai 
 7]yE\i6vEg rsrrapsg, rpLaKovra fivptddojv etcaarog, 'A6po- 
 KOfMig, Tiooa(f)£pv7]g, Ta)6pvag, 'ApOdftrjg. Tovrcov 6s nap- 
 sysvovro sv ry \*<dx%\ EVEvrjKovra fivpLa6sg, nai dp\iara 
 6psnavrj(p6pa kfcarov teal ixsvrf]Kovra • 'A6pofc6[iag 6s vg- 
 rspr\os rrjg \id%r\g rjfispag ttevte, ek QoivLKTjg sXavvcdv. 
 13. Tavra 6s rjyysXXov irpbg Kvpov ol avrofioXrjGavrsg 
 ek rtiv TToXEfiLOJV irapd \isydXov fiaGLXsug irpb rr)g [idxTjg ■ 
 teal, \isrd rrjv \id%T]v, 61 vGrspov sXrjcpdrjGav rojv ttoXe[al- 
 cjv, ravrd, rjyysXXov. 
 
 Cyrus advances slowly in battle array. Canals from the Tigris to the 
 Euphrates, near the wall of Media. 
 
 14. ^vtevBev 6s Kvpog s^sXavvsi GraOfibv sva, irapa- 
 Gayyag rpslg, Gwrsrayfisvcx) rep Grparsv\iarL navrl, Kai 
 to) 'EXXtjvlkgl) Kai tw (3ap6apLK& ■ &sro yap ravrxj ry 
 r)iispa naxelodai (3aGiXsa • Kara yap \isgov rbv G~aQ\ibv 
 rovrov rdcppog r)v opvKrrj, fiadsla, rb p,sv svpog opyvial 
 ttevte, rb 6s (3ddog opyvial rpslg. 15. II apsrsraro 6s f) 
 rd(ppog avo) did rov tteSlov snl 6g)5eko, trapaGayyag, \isxpi 
 rov Mrjdiag rsixovg. ("Ev6a 6f) eIglv at dtupvxsg, dnb 
 rov Tiyprjrog rrorafiov psovGai • slol 6s rsrrapsg, rb p,sv 
 svpog TrXedpialai, (Sadslai ds iGxvptig, Kai nXoia ttXeZ sv 
 avralg Giraycjyd • slGtdXXovGi 5s slg rbv Ev(ppdrrjv, 6ia- 
 Xeittovgl 6' EKaGrr) TrapaGdyyrjv, yscpvpai 6' ettelgiv. r Hv 
 6e napd rbv ~Ev(ppdr7)V irdpodog Grsvf\, \isra^v rov nora- 
 fiov Kai rrjg rd(ppov, tjg elkogi nodtiv rb svpog.) 16. Tav- 
 rrjv 6s rr)v rdeppov (3aGiXsvg \isyag noist dvrl spv\iarog, 
 
110 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 enetd?) nvvddverai Kvpov TrpoosXavvovra. Tavrrjv di) 
 rrjv irdpodov Kvpog re tcai tj orparid 7rapr//l0e, Kal eye- 
 vovto sloG) T7jg rd(ppov. 
 
 For three days the enemy does not appear. Reward of the soothsayer 
 Silanus. Cyrus advances without precaution. 
 
 17. Havrxf fi£ y °v y r V W&PP °^ K e\iaxeoaro (^aoiXEvg, 
 dXX imox(*>povvT(x>v (pavepti r\oav Kal litttwv Kal dvdp&ncjv 
 tX V7 l iroXXd. 18. 'EvravOa Kvpog, ^LiXavbv KaXsoag, rov 
 'A^paKKhrriv [idvriv, eSojkev avrco dapeiKovg rptoxiXiovg, 
 on ry evdeKarxj drf EKEivr\g rr\g 7]\ikpag rrporspov -dvone- 
 vog, eIttev avraj, on (3aoiXsvg ov \iaxelrai dsKa ipipCdV" 
 Kvpog d' eIttev, " Ovk dpa ere pd0tf'tu- t el sv ravraig ov 
 fiaxeirai ralg f]fj,epacg - edv (5' dXrjdEvcqg, vmoxvovp,ai gol 
 6sKa rdXavraP Tovro ro xpvalov tots aneduKEV, enel 
 "napr\XBov al dsKa fj[i£pai. 19. 'Ett££ d' ercl ry rd<ppG) ovk 
 ekwXve (3aoiXevg ro Kvpov orpdrevfia dtadalveiv, edoge 
 Kal Kvpco Kal rolg aXXoig diTEyvoKEvai rov (idxEodac • 
 tboTE ryj varepaia Kvpog ETropevero r\\LEXr]\iEVug \iaX\ov. 
 20. T37 6e rpir^ E7TC T£ rov dp\iarog KaOijfiEVog rrjv tto- 
 pEtav ettoleIto, Kal oXiyovg kv rd^Ei e^wv ixpb avrov • rb 
 6e ttoXv avT& dvarErapay\iEVov EiropEvsro, Kal rojv ottXcjv 
 rolg orpandraig noXXd em d[iai;G)v jjyovro Kal vno£v- 
 yiG)v. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 At last Artaxerxes moves forward. Preparation to meet him. Dispo- 
 sition of Cyrus's army. Cyrus wears no helmet. 
 
 1. Kal rjdr] re r\v dfitpi dyopdv nXrjdovGav, Kal ttXtjoiov 
 7jv 6 oradfidg, evda EfisXXs KaraXvsiv, rjviKa Uarayvag, 
 dvrjp Iiepor]g rtiv d(Mpl Kvpov ruortiv, npocpaLvsrai, £Xav- 
 vg)v dva Kpdrog, Idpovvri to> irnrcd • Kal evdvg, naotv olg 
 evervyxavEV, k66a, Kal (3ap6apiK(og Kal 'EXXrjviKcJg, oft (3a- 
 
BOOK I.— CHAPTER VIII. Ill 
 
 otXevg avv orparevfiart 7toAAc5 npooepx^at, &g elg p>dxr\v 
 TrapeoKevao/ievog. 2. "Ev6a drj noXvg rdpa%oq eyevero' 
 avritta yap edoKovv ol "F,XXT]veg, teal ndvreg de, draKroig 
 ofyioiv emireoelodat • 3 . Kvpog re, Karanrjdrjaag and rov 
 dp\iarog, rov d&paita evedv, feat dvatag em rov lttttov, rd 
 txaXra elg rag %zipag eXa6e, rolg re dXXoig ndat, •napr)y- 
 yeXXev et-o-nXL^eoOai, Kai KadiaraoBat elg rr)v eavrov rd^iv 
 eicaorov. 4. "~&vda drj avv noXXy onovdirj KaOiaravro, 
 KXeapxog p.ev rd de%id rov Keparog e^wv, Ttpbg to) E-ixppd- 
 rxi irorap,^, Upo^evog de exofievog, ol d' dXXoc jiera rov- 
 rov ' MevG)v de Kai rd arpdrev\ia rd evb)W\hOV nepag £(7%e 
 rov 'EXXtjvlkov. 5. Tov de (3ap6apitcov limelg fiev Jla<p- 
 Xayoveg elg xiXLovg napd KXeapxov eorrjoav ev rib de^tcp, 
 nai rd 'EXXtjvikov neXraorifcov • ev de t<jj evcjvvfMi), 'Api- 
 alog re, 6 Kvpov vixapxog, nai ro aXXo (3ap6apcn6v. 6. 
 Kvpog de, nai ol Imrelg rovrov, boov e^aKooiot, (bnXiofievoL 
 dupat-i p,ev avrol Kai napafirjptdiocg nai icpdveoi, irdvreg 
 TrXr\v Kvpov • Kvpog de, ifjiXfjv exwv rr\v KecpaXrjv, elg rrjv 
 \idxrp> K-aOioraro. {Aeyerat de, nai rovg dXXovg Hipoag 
 iptXalg ralg tcecpaXalg ev r& noXeficp diamvdvveveiv.) 7. 
 Ol d' limoi ndvreg, ol \ierd Kvpov, elxov nai npofj,ero)7TL. 
 dta nai v:poarepvidia % elxov de nai \iaxo,ipag ol Innelg 
 'EXXrjvticdg. 
 
 The hostile host appears in sight. The scythe-chariots. 
 8. Kai rjdrj re r)v \ieaov r)p,epag, /cat ovno) Karacfyavelg 
 rjGav ol TToXefiioc * rjvtKa de deiXrj eylyvero, ecbdvq noviop- 
 rog, uonep vecpeXr) Xevtcrj, %poi>G) de ov cvxvti varepov, &o- 
 nep fieXavla rig, ev tw -nedt(x>, km noXv. "Ore de eyyvre- 
 pov eytyvovro, rdxa dr) nai x a ^og rig ijorpanre, Kai al 
 Xoyxai Kai al rd^eig Karacpavelg eytyvovro. 9. Kai r)oav 
 ImTelg fiev XevKodcopaKeg enl rov evojvvfiov ru>v TroXefiiov • 
 (TLaaa^epvrjg eXeyero rovrov dpx&iv •) exofievoc de rov- 
 ro)v yeppo(j)6poi • exd\ievoi de onXlrai gvv Trodrjpecn %vXt- 
 vatg domoiv * (Alyvnnoi <5' ovroi eXeyovro elvai •) aXXoi 
 
112 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 6' Inrrelg, dXXoi ro^orai. Udvreg o" ovroi Kara edvr), ev 
 nXataict) nXrjpet, dvdpamov, etcaorov rb edvog enopevero. 
 10. ITpo de avTG)v dpfiara dtaXecrcovra ovxvbv drf dXXrj- 
 Xov, rd drj 8peirav7](p6pa KaXovfieva* el%ov de rd dpenava 
 sic rdv d$;6vG)v elg irXdytov dnorerafieva, Kal vixb rolg di- 
 (ppocg elg yijv (3Xenovra, &g diaKonretv ora) evrvyxdvoiev . 
 f H de yvdjfj,?] r\v, d)g elg rag ra^eig rojv '~EXXr}vov eXtivra 
 nai diaicoipovra. 11. "O \ievroi Kvpog elnev, ore KaXeoag 
 TTapetceXevero rolg e/ EXX?]OL rr\v Kpavyr\v rcJv (3ap6dpo)v 
 dvexeodat, hpevodr] rovro ' ov yap Kpavyq, dXXd ciyy &g 
 dvvarbv teal rjov^xj, ev log) nai f3padeo)g npoo^eoav. 
 
 Cyrus's demand of Clearchus. His reply. 
 12. Kal ev tovtgj Kvpog, napeXavvov avrbg gvv VLi- 
 ypiryri, r£d ep;i7jvel, Kal aXXoig rpiolv rj rerrapoi, rib KXe- 
 dp%G) e66a, dyeiv rb orpdrevfia Kara \ieoov rb r&v rroXefj,- 
 lcjv, on EKel fiaoiXevg e'lrj • " Kav tovt 1 " e$r\, " viKtifiev, 
 ndvd' r\\ilv ixenoiriraiP 13. 'Optiv de 6 ~K.Xeap%og rb \l£- 
 gov orl<pog, Kal aKOvojv Kvpov e%G) bvra rov 'EXX^vikov 
 evcjvvfiov (3aot,Xea- {rooovrov yap TrXrjdec rrepirjv (3aotX- 
 evg, toore, \ieaov rb eavrov e%wv, rov Kvpov evG)vvp,ov eifo) 
 r\v •) akV o\ib)g 6 KXeapxog ovk r\6eXev aTTOondoat dnb 
 rov norafiov rb de^tbv Kepag, ^odovfievog [irj KVKXuQe'n) 
 EKarepG)6ev • tw de Kvptd dneKplvaro, on avrti peXoi, 
 bncjg KaXtig e%oi, 
 
 Cyrus surveys the hosts. His conversation with Xenophon. War-cry 
 of the Greeks. 
 
 14. Kal ev rovro) t<5 Kaipti, rb p,ev (3ap6apiKbv arpd- 
 revfia djiiaXtig 7rpo{jei • rb de 'EXXtjvikov, en ev tg5 avrti 
 \ievov, avverdrrero eK rojv en npoGiovrcov. Kal 6 Kvpog, 
 7rapeXavvG)v ov ndvv npbg avrtb tgj Grparev\ian, Karede- 
 dro eKarepoyoe, dnobXenov elg re roijg 7toXe\iiovg Kal rovg 
 (plXovg. 15. 'I(5g)2> de avrbv drrb rov 'JZXXtjvikov Zevotytiv 
 'AOrjvalog, vneXdoag (bg avvavrrjaai, riper o, el n napay- 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER VIII. 113 
 
 yeXXot ' 6 d' errLorrjaag elne, real Xeyetv eKeXeve iraoiv, on 
 Kal rd lepd KaXa, Kal rd ocbdyia KaXd. 16. Tavra de Xe- 
 yo)v, dopv6ov rjfcovoe did rtiv rd^ecdv lovrog, Kal ijpero, 
 rig 6 $6pv6og eit) • 6 de Zevocj)GJv elnev, ore " to csvvQiqaa 
 napepXerai devrepov yd?]." Kal bg edavuaoe rig rtapay- 
 yeXXei, Kal TJpero, 6,ri elr\ rd avvQr\\ia • 6 d' dneKpivaro, 
 otl " Zevg OG)rfjp Kal vlkt]" 17. f O de Kvpog aKOvoag, 
 " 'AkXa 6exo\iai re" ecprj, " Kal rovro eoTO." Tavra d' 
 eIttgjV, elg ttjv eavrov x<*>P av dn^Xavve. 
 
 They join in the war-song, and advance rapidly. The hostile horsemen 
 flee. 
 
 Kal ovketi rpia 77 rerrapa arddia diei%erT\v rd) tydXay- 
 ye drf dXXrjXuv, rjviKa enaidvt£6v re ol "EXXrjveg, Kal 
 TJpXovro avriot levai rolg TroXs/xloig. 18. 'Qg de nopevo> 
 fievcjv e^eKu/natve ri rr\g (pdXayyog, rd e7uXei—6\ievov ?jpi;- 
 aro dp6(io) -&elv • Kal d\ia eipdey^avro rrdvreg, olovrxep r& 
 'EvvaXico eXeXi&voi, Kal Trdvreg de eOeov. Aeyovat de 
 riveg, (bg Kal ralg aoixiai npdg rd dopara edoimrjoav, <po- 
 6ov TTotovvreg rolg hmag. 19. Uplv de ro^ev/xa e^tKvelo- 
 Bai, eKKXlvovGiv ol (3dp6apoc Kal (pevyovoi. Kal evravda 
 df) edlcjKov fj,ev Kara Kpdrog ol "EXXrjveg' efjoutv de dX- 
 XrjXotg iir\ -&elv dpofiG), aXK ev rd^ei eneodai. 20. Td (S' 
 apuara ecpepero, rd fiev 6Y avr&v rCJv TroXefiLMv, rd de Kal 
 did rtiv 'EXXrjvuv, Kevd r)VLo%Gdv. Ol d\ enel irpoidotev, 
 duaravro • eon d' bang Kal KareXrjtydr], tooirep ev Itttto- 
 dpdfMi), eKTrXayeig • Kal ovdev \ievroi ovde rovrov iradelv 
 ecpaoav, ov<5' dXXog de rtiv 'EXXrjvov, ev ravrrj rig iid^Q, 
 eiradev ovdelg ovdev, ttXtjv em t£> evojvv^icp roi-evdrjvai. rig 
 eXeyero. 
 
 Enormous front of the hostile army. 
 21. Kvpog d\ opdv rovg "EXXrjvag vcKGjvrag rd KaO^ av- 
 rovg Kal diuKovrag, 7jd6p,evog Kal npooKvvovfievog r\dr) (bg 
 fiaotXevg imo rtiv dw0' avrov, ovd' tog e^rjx^l $L&Keiv, 
 
114 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 dXXd, ovvEGTTEipapEvrjv e.%<av ttjv tcov gvv kavTcp ei-at£ooi- 
 cov Innecov rdi;iv, ensfisXelro, o,ri noirjoet (3aGiXsvg ' Kal 
 yap qdsi ai)Tbv, otl psoov ex 01 T °v HspGifcov GTpaTEvpa- 
 Tog. 22. Kal ndvTsg (5' ol tcov j3ap6dpcov dpxovTEg, psoov 
 exovrsg to avTcov, rjyovvrcu, vopi^ovTEg ovtco Kal kv da- 
 (paXsordTG) elvai, rjv § r) loxvg avTCOv knarepdidev • Kal, el 
 n TtapayyeZXai xpy^oiev, f)piG£i av XP^ VC P aioddveodai to 
 GTpaTEVfia. 23. Kal (3aGtX£vg 6rj tots, pe.Gov e^wv Tr\g 
 avTOv GTpaTiag, opcog e%co eyevsTO tov Kvpov evcovvpov 
 KspaTog. 'EtteI 6s ovdslg avTcp epax^ro ek tov dvTiov, 
 ovde Tolg avTod TETaypsvotg epnpoGdev, kirEKapirTEV, cog 
 slg kvkXcoglv. 
 
 Misgivings of Cyrus. He breaks in upon Artaxerxes. Hot combat. 
 
 24. "FiVda 6rj Kvpog, dsiGag prj, o-higBev ysvbpsvog, Ka- 
 TaKo-ipxi to 'JZXXtjvikov, eXavvei dvTiog • Kal, epdaXcov gvv 
 Tolg E^atcoGLOig, viKa Tovg npb fiaGtXecog TETaypsvovg, Kal 
 slg cpvyrjv ETpeipe Tovg k^aKiGxiXiovg • Kal dnoKTelvai Xs- 
 ysTac avTdg, t^ kavTov x u P l -> 'ApTayspGTjV tov dpxovTa 
 avTtov. 25. ( Qg cP r) Tponr) sysvETO, dcaGirslpovTat Kal ol 
 Kvpov kt-aKOGioi, slg to 6lcokelv bppr\GavTEg' ttXtjv irdvv 
 bXiyoi dp<^ avTov KaTsXsLcpOrjGav, gx^ov ol bpoTpdrrE^oi 
 KaXovpevoc. 26. 2i>v TovTOig 6e cov, Kadopa j3aGcXea Kal 
 to dpep' ekeIvov GTtcpog' Kal evdvg ovk TjveGxero, dXX* 
 elncov, "Tov dvdpa bpti" leto £7r' avTov, Kal TzaiEi KaTa 
 to GTspvov, Kal TiTpuGKEL did tov titopaKog, cog Cp7]GC Ktt}- 
 Giag b laTpbg' Kal laodai avTog to Tpavpd tprjGc. 
 
 Cyrus and his friend Artapates fall. 
 27. UatovTa (5' avTov dKQVTi&i Tig naXTcp vnb tov 
 bcpdaXpbv (itaiiog- Kal evTavda paxbpevoi, Kal fiaGiXsvg, 
 Kal Kvpog, Kal ol dpep^ ai)TOvg, vnep EKaTspov, ottogoc pev 
 tcov dpcpl fiaoiXea dnedvrjGKOv, KTrjGlag Xeyet- (nap' eke'l- 
 vto yap rjv •) Kvpog 6s avTog te dnsdavE, Kal bKTto ol dpiG- 
 Toi tcov TTspl avTov ekelvto £7t' avTcp. 28. 'ApTanaTTjg 3e, 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER IX. 115 
 
 6 moTOTaroq avTto twv oktjtttovx^v tispdntov, Xeyercu, 
 ineidi] nEnrtoKOTa elds Kvpov, KaTanrjdrjoag and rov lit- 
 ttov, TreptneaElv avTto. 29. Kal ol \iiv (pact, {iaoiXia ke- 
 Xsvoal riva sniocpdgai avrbv Kvpto- ol de, kavrbv em- 
 otpdgaoOai, onaodfiEVov rov dtuvdKTjv • stye yap %pvoovv, 
 ical orpETrrov 6e scpopsi, Kal ipsXXia, Kal TaXXa, toonsp ol 
 dptaroi llspotov > etetl{j,7jto yap vnb Kvpov 6i' evvoidv 
 re Kal niOTOTr\Ta. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 Life of Cyrus. Chief traits of his character. Training of the children 
 of the Persian nobility. 
 
 1. Kvpog fisv ovv ovTtog eteXevttjoev, dvr\p wv UEpotov, 
 rtov fjLETa Kvpov rov dpxcuov ysvofiEvtov, (3aotXcKtOTaTog 
 re Kal dpxEiv d^ctoTaTog, tog napa ndvTtov buoXoyElrai Ttov 
 Kvpov Sokovvtcov iv irelpa ysvsodai. 
 
 Cyrus in childhood and youth. His adventure with a bear. 
 
 2. liptorov p,EV yap, etc nalg tov, ote EnaidsvsTOj Kal 
 ovv tw ddsXtpio, Kal ovv rolg dXXoig natol, ndvTtov ndvra 
 Kpartorog EVOfiL&TO. 3. Ilavrsg yap ol Ttov apioTtov 
 Uspotov naldsg snl ralg (3aoiXEtog Svpaig naidsvovTat • 
 svda noXXriv fiitv otocppoovvrjv Kara\idQoi dv rig, alo~xpbv 
 d' ovdsv ovt' aKovoai ovt' 16elv eotl. 4. QstovTat d' ol 
 naldsg, Kal rovg Ti\uop,svovg vtco (3aocX£tog, Kal aKovovoi, 
 Kal dXXovg artfia^ofMEVovg ' coots svdvg, naldsg bvTsg, \iav- 
 OdvovoLv dpxEiv te Kal dpxsodat. 5. "Ev6a Kvpog aldrj- 
 fiovEorarog fisv nptoTOV Ttov rjXiKitOTtov e66kel elvai, rolg 
 te TrpsodvTEpoig Kal Ttov savTOv vnodssoTsptov \mXXov 
 7T£id£o0at' ETTELTa 6s, (piXmnoraTog, Kal Tolg Innoig dpiora 
 XprjoOai. "~E,Kptvov 6' avrbv, Kal Ttov slg tov noXsjiov sp- 
 ytov, ro^iKTjg te Kal aKovrioEtog, cpiXofiadsoTarov slvat kuI 
 HEXsTripoTaTov. 6. 'Ensl 6s Ty i\XiKia snpsns, Kal tptXo- 
 
116 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 Orjporarog t\v, Kal npbg rd -$7\pia \ievroi (piXoiav6vvorarog. 
 Kal apurov nore sm§spo\i,sv7]v ovk srpsasv, dXXd ovp,ns- 
 o&v Ka,T£ondod7) and rov innov, Kal rd psv enaOev, o)v 
 Kal rag (hrecXdg (pavepdg ££%£, reXog 6s KarsKave • Kal rov 
 Trptirov fievrot (3oi]dr]oavra noXXolg \iaKapiorbv snoirjosv. 
 
 Cyrus as satrap of Lydia and Phrygia. His love of truth. 
 7. 'ETret 6s Karens [M^dr] vnb rov ixarpbg Garpdnrjg Av- 
 6iag re Kal Qpvyiag rrjg \isydXr\g Kal Kannadoiaag, orpa- 
 rrjyog 6s Kal irdvrov dnsdslxG'r], olg KadrjKSi slg Kaoro)- 
 Xov irsdiov adpoi^soBai • npCJrov fisv snsdsii-sv avrbv, on 
 nspl nXslarov noiolro, si to) onsioairo, Kal si to) gw- 
 Oolro, Kal el tg> vnbo'xpiro re, firjdsv ipsvdsodai,. 8. Kal 
 yap ovv siriarsvov fisv avrti at rroXetg smrpsTT6[jisvai, sixi- 
 orsvov d' ol avdpsg • Kal si rig noXsfiLog eyevero, onsiaa- 
 fjLSvov Kvpov, sniorsvs [irjdsv av napd rag onovddg naOslv. 
 9. Toiyapovv, snel Tiooacpspvsi, snoXe[.ir)os, naoai at noX- 
 eig, SKOvaai Kvpov elXovro dvrl Tiooafispvovg, nXr\v Mt- 
 Xtjolojv ■ ovroi de, ore ovk TJOeXe rovg (pevyovrag nposodat, 
 e(po6ovvro avrov. 10. Kal yap epyG) enedeiKvvro, Kal 
 eXeyev, on " ovk av nore npoolro, enel airai; <piXog avrolg 
 eyevero, ov(5' el ert [iev fxelovg ysvoivro, en de KaKiov 
 Trpdgeiav." 
 
 Cyrus's bearing towards friends and foes — towards good and bad men. 
 Security of the highways in his territories. 
 
 11. Qavspbg 6' rjv, Kal el rig n dyadbv i) KaKov ixoii]- 
 oeiev avrbv, viKav nsiptifisvog • Kal evxfjv 6s nvsg avrov 
 E%s(p£pov, &g sv%oiro rooovrov %povov ^fjv, eare vikg)7), Kal 
 rovg sv Kal rovg KaKcog nowvvrag, aXs^6\ievog. 12. Kal 
 yap ovv itXsloroi 6f\ avrCd, evi ye dv6pl rdv s(p' i\\i£)v, 
 snsdvfirjoav, Kal xPW aTa i Ka ^ noXeig, Kal rd eavr&v aci- 
 nar a, nposGdai. 13. Ov ilsv 6t) ov6s rovr y av ng slnoL,o)g 
 rovg KaKovpyovg Kal ddiKOvg sla KaraysXav aXV dcpei- 
 6sorara ndvro)v erificopelro. UoXXaKig 6 J r\v \6elv, napd 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER IX. 117 
 
 rag arei6o\ievag odovg, Kal nodtiv Kal x £i P& v na>i 6(p0aX- 
 H<x>v, arepovuevovg dvdpcjTcovg' war', ev r^ Kvpov apxy, 
 eyevero Kal "EXXtjvi Kal j3ap6dp(f>, urjdev ddiKovvri, ddetig 
 nopeveoOai, bnoi rig JjOeXev, exovri b,ri npox^poirj. 
 
 Cyrus honours the brave especially. Emulation among his followers. 
 14. Tovg ye uevroi ayadovg elg noXeuov di\ioX6yr\ro 6ia- 
 (pepovrcjg Tiuav. Kal npCJrov p,ev, r\v avrCd TroXe/xog npbg 
 Hioidag Kal Mvaovg- arparevo\ievog ovv Kal avrbg elg 
 ravrag rag %&pag, ovg ecjpa edeXovrag Kivdvveveiv, rov- 
 rovg Kal apxovrag enoiei, r\g Kareorpe^ero ^eopa^, enei- 
 ra 6e, Kal aXXq dcopoig hri\ia. 15. "Stare tyaiveodai, rovg 
 uev ayadovg evdaiuoveordrovg, rovg 6e KaKovg dovXovg 
 rovrojv, d^iovv elvai. Toiyapovv ttoXXtj rjv dcpdovia ai>T& 
 rtiv fteXovrbdv Kivdvveveiv, onov rig oloiro Kvpov alodr]- 
 oeoQai. 16. 'Elg ye uijv 6iKaioavvr\v \ el rig avrCd (pavepbg 
 yevoiro emdeiKvvodai (3ovX6[zevog, nepl navrbg enoielro, 
 rovrovg nXovoivrepovg noieiv, r&v eK rov ddiKOv tyiXo- 
 KEpdovvrojv. 17. Kal yap ovv, dXXa re rtoXXa diKatojg 
 avrCd diexetpc&ro, Kal orparevp,an aXrjdivco exprjoaro. 
 Kal yap orparrjyol Kal Xoxayol, ov xP r ll Ji ^ T(l)V even®, rrpbg 
 eKelvov eixXevaav, dX?J errel eyvodoav KepdaXe&repov elvai, 
 Kvp(x) KaXCdg neidapxeiv, rj rb Kara p,T\va Kepdog. 
 
 His deportment towards other worthy people. 
 18. 'AXXd utjv, el rig ye ri avrti Trpoord^avri KaXug 
 VTTrjperrjaeiev, ovdevl nuTTore dxdpiarov elaae rr\v npodv- 
 fjblav. Toiyapovv Kpdrioroi 6i) vixr\perai rravrbg epyov 
 Kvp(p eXex67joav yeveoOai. 19. Et de nva bp&T] deivbv 
 bvra oIkovojxov eK rov diKaiov, Kal KaraoKevd^ovrd re, rjg 
 apxot %(-5pa£, Kal npoaodovg noiovvra, ovdeva dv n&nore 
 d(j)elXero, dXX" 1 del ■TrXeio npooedidov • cjare Kal rjdsojg 
 enovovv, Kal dappaXeug eKrtivro. Kal b enSnaro av 
 rig, rjKiora Kvpov eKpvnrev ■ ov yap (pdov&v rolg (pavepojg 
 ixXovrovoiv ecpaivero, dXXa neipcouevog xPV a ^ aL T0 *£ T & v 
 diroi(ovnro(j,evo)v xpfjfMGi, 
 
118 XENOPHON B ANABASIS. 
 
 Treatment of his friends. 
 20. $>LA.ovg ye [irjv baovg noirjoairo, Kai evvovg yvolrj 
 bvrag, Kai licavovg Kpiveie ovvepyovg elvai, b,n rvyxdvoi 
 (3ovX6fievog Karepyd^eodat, bfioXoyelrai npbg rrdvrojv Kpd- 
 norog drj yeveodai tieparceveiv. 21. Kai yap avrb rovro, 
 ovnep avrbg evsica cfriXov &ero deloOai, d)g ovvepyovg exoi, 
 Kai avrbg eneipdro ovvepybg rolg (f)iXoig Kpdriorog elvai 
 rovrov, brov enaorov aioddvoLro ev;iBv\iovvra. 22. Atipa 
 de irXelora p,ev, olpai, elg ye cov dvrjp, eXdjibave did noX- 
 Xd • ravra de, rrdvrcjv dr) [idXiora, rolg (plXoig diedidov, 
 npog rovg rpoixovg eadorov okottcov, nai brov fidXtora 
 6pG)7] enaorov deop,evov. 23. Kai boa tg5 ocjfiari avrov 
 k6o\iov TrefiTroL rig, rj (bg elg TroXepov, r] d)g elg fcaXXconio- 
 fibv, nai nepi rovrcjv Xeyeiv avrov ecpaoav, brt rb fiev 
 eavrov oti[ia ova dv dvvairo rovroig rcaoi noojirjdrjvai, 
 (plXovg de KaXug KeKoo\irj\ievovg jieyiorov koojiov dvdpi 
 
 VOj-U^OL. 
 
 His little attentions to his friends. 
 24. Kai rb fiev ra \ieydXa viKav rovg (piXovg, ev ttoi- 
 ovvra, ovdev davjiaorbv, erreidf) ye Kai dvvarcjrepog tjv • 
 rb de rrj em/xeXeia nepielvai rcJv (piXcjv, nai raj npoOv- 
 \ieloQai xapL&odai, ravra e\xoiye fidXXov doKel dyaord 
 elvai. 25. Kvpog yap ene^rre fSiKOvg o'lvov rjfiideeig rxoX- 
 Xdtcig, dirore ndvv rjdvv Xd6oi, Xeycjv, on ovno drj, ttoX- 
 Xov xpo^ov, rovrov rjdiovi olvu emrvxoi ' " Tovrov ovv 
 ooi eTrefJLipe, Kai delral gov rr^iepov rovrov eKnieiv, ovv 
 olg \idXiora <piXeig" 26. UoXXaKig de XV VCL S ^ai6pcjrovg 
 enefiTre, Kai dpro)v rjuioea, Kai aXXa roiavra, emXeyeiv 
 KeXevcov rbv cpepovra • " Tovroig rjodrj Kvpog • (3ov?^erac 
 ovv Kai oe rovrcjv yevoaoQai" 27. "Onov de x^g ond- 
 viog rxdvv eirj, avrbg d' edvvaro irapaoKevdoaoOai, did rb 
 iroXXovg exeiv imrjperag, Kai did rr)v enifxeXeiav, dianep- 
 7tcji>, eKeXeve rovg (piXovg, rolg ra eavrtiv a&\Lara dyovoiv 
 innoig, e/j,6dXXeiv rovrov rbv %«Aov. cjg urj neivtivreg rovg 
 
BOOK I. CIIArTER X. 119 
 
 kavrov (piXovg ayuotv. 28. El ds 6rj nore -nopEvoiro, nai 
 ixXeloroL psXXoiEV oipeodai, ixpoonaXdv rovg (piXovg, ea- 
 TTOvdaLoXoyelro, &g d7}Xoi7), ovg rifia. "Slore eycjye, e£ wv 
 a/tovG), ovdsva (cpivcd vrcb ttXeiov(m)v nsipiXrjGdaL, ovre f EA- 
 X?)vo)v ovre (3ap6dpojv. 
 
 Dependence of his troops upon him. Conduct of his trusted friends 
 when he falls. Ariaeus alone flees. 
 
 29. TeKfxrjptov 6e rovrov nai rode. Hapa fisv Kvpov, 
 dovXov ovrog, ovdsig a^Ei rxpbg (3aoiXea, ttXtjv 'Opovrag 
 ETiExelprjoe • (/cat ovrog dr), ov &eto morbv ol elvai, ra%v 
 avrov Evps Kvpu <j)iXaLT£pov r) Eavrcb') rrapd 6e j3aoiX£(og 
 noXXoi npbg Kvpov dnrjXdov, ETTEidr} ixoXe\iioi dXXi\Xoig 
 kyivovro, tcai ovroi \levtqi ol \idXiora vrf avrov dyantij- 
 \aevol, vofii&VTEg, rrapd Kvpco bvrsg ayadol, d^ioripag av 
 rifirjg rvyxdvELv i) ixapa ftaoiXsl. 30. Meya ds rEK^rjptov, 
 nai to iv rig teXevtxi rov (3lov avTG) yEvdfiEvov, on nai 
 avrbg 7\v dyaObg, tcai uplvEiv opOtig sdvvaro Toi)g rriorovg 
 nai Evvovg ical (3e6aiovg. 31. 'AnodvrjGfcovrog yap avrov, 
 Trdvrsg ol nap' avrov cjiiXoi nai ovvrpdns^oc dixiQavov, \ia- 
 %b\iEVoi vttep Kvpov, ttXtjv 'Apiatov ■ ovrog 6e rerayp,evog 
 ETvyxavEv em tg> EvovvfMp, rov Irnufcov apx^v • &g (5' 
 X\o6eto Kvpov TTETTTGJubra, scpvysv, e%wv nai rb Grpdrevp,a 
 
 TXdv, OV TjyELTO. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 Artaxerxes plunders the tents of Cyrus. Aspasia is taken. 
 
 1. 'IZvravda dr} Kvpov dnorep,verat r) K£(f)aXrj nai x&P 
 i] ds^id. BaoiXsvg ds, nai ol gvv avrti, ditifcoyv elgttltttel 
 elg rb Kvpsiov GrparonEdov • nai ol psv \iErd 'KpiaLov ovti- 
 £rc loravrai, dXXa (pevyovGi, did rov avriov orparonsdov, 
 elg rbv GraOfibv, evdev cjpfirjvro- (rirrapsg d' iXsyovro 
 
120 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 irapaodyyai slvai rr\g 66ov.) 2. BaoiXsvg 6s, ical ol ovv 
 avro), rd re aXXa rroXXd 6iapnd^ovai, teat rr\v $G)fcatda, 
 T7]v Kvpov TcaXXaKt6a, rrjv oocprjv Kai tcaXrjv Xsyo\isvr\v 
 slvai, Xa\ibdvsi. 3. f H 6s MiXrjoia, r) vsorspa, X'qfyOsloa 
 vnb rojv du(f)l fiaotXsa, sK(psvysi yvfivrj irpbg rtiv 'EXXrj- 
 vg)V, ol stvxov sv rolg OKSVocpopoig onXa sxovrsg • Kai dv- 
 TiraxOevTeg, ixoXXovg [iev r(bv apna^ovrcov dixsKrsivav, ol 
 6s Kai avroJv dnsdavov ■ ov fifjv sepvyov ye, dXXd nai rav- 
 rrjv soodoav, nai aXXa, buooa svrbg avrtiv, Kai xPW ara 
 nai dvdpoJTTOi, sysvovro, Ttdvra soojaav. 
 
 Movements of Artaxerxes and the Greeks. 
 4. 'EvravOa 6tsoxov dXXrjXov, (3aoiXsvg re Kai ol f/ EA- 
 Xr}vsg, (bg rpidKOvra ord6ia, ol {isv 6i(bKOvrsg rovg kclO 1 
 avrovg, (bg ndvrag viKtbvrsg, ol 6' dpnd^ovrsg, (bg 7J67] 
 Trdvrsg VLKGJvrsg. 5. 'Erret d' fjodovro ol usv "EXXrjvsg, 
 on fiaoiXevgi ovv ra> orparsvaan, sv rolg citsvofyopoig 
 elrj, (3aoiXsvg 6' av t)kovgs Tiooa(p£pvovg, on ol e/ EXXr]vsg 
 vlkgjsv to tcaO' avrovg, nai elg rb rrpoadsv olxovrai 6lcokov- 
 rsg, svravQa 6r) (3aoiXsvg usv ddpoi^sL rs rovg savrov, Kai 
 ovvrdrrsraL - 6 6s KXsapxog stovXsvsro, Upo^svov naXs- 
 oag, (nXrjoLairarog yap r)v,) si ttsuitolsv rivag, i) irdvrsg 
 loisv sni rb Grparone6ov dprj^ovrsg. 
 
 The king wheels about. Conduct of Tissaphernes and Episthenes. 
 
 6. 'Ev tovto), nai (3aoiXsvg 6rjXog t)v npooicbv irdXiv, (bg 
 s66ksl, bmoBsv. Kai ol usv "EXXrjvsg orpa(psvrsg Trapso- 
 Ksvd^ovro, (bg ravr%] npooLovrog Kai 6s%6usvol : 6 6s (3aoi- 
 Xsvg ravrr] p£v ovk r\ysv, %) 6s TraprjXOsv e£w rov svuvv- 
 jjlov Ksparog, ravr%i Kai drrrjyaysv, dvaXa6(bv Kai rovg sv 
 rirj p>dx%l Kara rovg "EXXrrvag avrofioXrjoavrag, Kai Tioca- 
 (pspvrjv, Kai rovg ovv avr(b. 7. f O yap TiGoacpspvrjg, sv 
 r%j 7rp(br%i gvv66g), ovk scfivysv, dXXd 6ir\Xaas napd rbv tto- 
 rap,bv Kara rovg "EXXqvag irsXraardg' 6isXavvcjv de, Kar- 
 skovs {lev ov6sva y 6iaardvrsg 6\ ol "EXXqveg snaiov Kai 
 
BOOK I. CHAPTER X. 121 
 
 tjkovti^ov avTovg- 'EmaOevr]g de, 'AfiQinoMTiji;, ?}pX E ™ v 
 TreXTdOTuv, Kal eXeyeTO <pp6vLp,og yeveoOat. 8. 'O d' ovv 
 Tiooacpepvrjg, cjg \ielov £%wv am\Xkayr\, rtdXiv [lev ovk dv- 
 aorpecpei, elg de to orparonedov d(piKop,evog to twv 'EX- 
 Xrjvojv, eitel ovvTvyxdvsc (3acuXel, fcai 6p,ov dr) ndXiv ovv- 
 Ta^d\ievoi knopevovTO. 
 
 Engagement between Artaxerxes and the Greeks. Its result. 
 9. 'Ettel d' fjoav /cerrd to evuvvpov tgjv r EXXr)VG)v ni- 
 pag, edeioav ol "EXXrjveg, fir} npoodyoiev rcpog to Kepag, 
 nai TrepnxTvt-avTeg dficpoTepudev avTovg KaTaKoipeiav • tcai 
 eddicec avTolg dvaiTTvooecv to Kepag, Kal noirjoaodcu oixio- 
 6ev tov noTa(j,6v. 10. 'Ei> cp de tclvtcl etovXevovTo, Kal 
 dr) fiaoiXevg Trapafjteiijjdfievog elg to avTO 0%?/|Ua fcaTeoTrj- 
 aev dvTiav Trjv (pdXayya, cjonep to npoJTOV \iaxov\ievog 
 ovvqei. 'Qg de eldov ol "EXXr)veg eyyvg re bvTag nai nap- 
 aTeTay/ievovg, avdtg TraiavluavTeg enqeoav noXi) etl npo- 
 OvfiOTepov i] to TTpoGdev. 11. 0/ (5' av j3dp6apoi ovk ede- 
 Xovto, dXX' etc nXeovog r) to irpoaQev ecpevyov ■ ol (5' £7T£- 
 dlo)KOV \iexpi Kcofirjg Tcvog • evravda d' eoTr\oav ol "EX- 
 Xrjveg. 12. 'Tnep yap Tr)g Kcofxrjg yrjXocpog r)v, £0' ov 
 dveoTpd(prjoav ol dficpl paoiXea, ne^ol pev ovtteTL, tcov de 
 'nnreuv 6 Xocpog evenXrjodrj, cjQTe to r:oiov\ievov \ir) yiy- 
 vdjoneiv. Kal to fiaciXeiov orjfielov opav e<paoav, deTov 
 Tiva xpvoovv e7Ti neXTTjg enl i-vXov dvaTeTa\ievov. 13. 
 'Enel de Kal kvTavd' ex&povv ol "EXXrjveg, Xeinovou dr) 
 Kal tov X6(pov ol Innelg • ov \ir)v eTi ddpooc, dXX' dXXot 
 aXXodev • e^iXovTo d , 6 Xocpog t&v Inneojv • TeXog de Kal 
 TtdvTeg dnex&prjoav. 14. f O ovv KXeapxog ovk avebiba- 
 £ev em tov X6(pov, dXV vnb avTbv CTi)oag to OTpaTevfia, 
 ne\Lnei Avklov tov SvpaKoocov Kal dXXov enl tov X6<f)ov, 
 Kal KeXevei, KaTidovTag Ta vnep tov Xocpov, ri eaTiv dnay- 
 yelXac. 15. Kal 6 AvKiog r\Xaoe T£ Kal id&v dnayyeXXec, 
 oti tyevyovoiv dva KpaTog. 2%£(Jdv (5' ote TavTa f)v, Kal 
 r}Xiog edveTO. 
 
 F 
 
122 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 The Greeks deliberate. Their final course. 
 16. 'Evravda (5' EGrr\oav ol "~EXXr]V£g, Kal defisvot ra 
 bnXa dvenavovro • real a\ia \iev kdavfia^ov, on ov6a\iov 
 Kvpog (paLVOLTO, ovd' aXXog an' avrov ovdslg napELrj. Ov 
 yap qdeoav avrov redvrjKora, dXX* slaa^ov, r] diuKovra ol- 
 Xsodai, 7] KaraXrjip6[i£Vov ri npoeXrjXaKEvai. 17. Kal 
 avrol edovXevovro, el avrov \ieivavreg ra onevocpopa kv- 
 ravda ayoLvro, rj dnioLev snl rb orparonsdov. "Edogev 
 ovv avrolg amevat • Kal a^mvovvrai a\i$l dopnrjarov snl 
 rag OKrjvdg. 18. Tavrrjg fiev rrjg i]\iepag rovro rb reXog 
 eyevero. KaraXa[j,6dvovoL 6s rdv re aXXcdv xPV^drcjv 
 ra nXelara dLrjpnaofteva, Kal el rL OLriov rj norbv r\v ' Kal 
 rag ajjid^ag, fAEorag dXevpov Kal olvov, ag napso KEvdaaro 
 Kvpog, Iva, el nors c<j)odpa rb orpdrsv\ia XdboL evdsia, 
 SLadolrj rolg "EXXrjOLV ■ (rjoav 6' avraL rerpaKOOLaL wg 
 sXeyovro d\ia^aL •) Kal ravrag rors ol ovv (3aoiXel dirjp- 
 naoav. 19. "Qars clSelttvol r]oav ol nXsloroL rd>v 'EXXrj- 
 vo)v ' rjaav 6e Kal dvdpLoroL • nplv yap 6?) KaraXvaaL rb 
 crpdrEVfia rrpbg apLGrov, (3aoLXsvg k(f)dvrj. Tavrrjv fisv 
 ovv rr)v vvKra ovro dLeysvovjo. 
 
 I 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 123 
 
 BOOK II.— CHAPTER I. 
 
 Recapitulation of the former book. The Greeks learn of Cyrus's death. 
 Ariaeus invites them to return to Ionia. 
 
 1. ( Qg uev ovv rjdpoiodr] Kvpcp rb 'EXXtjvikov, ore km 
 rbv ddsXcpbv 'Aprat-spz-rjv earparevero, Kal baa kv ry dvo- 
 6co e-pdxOi], Ko,l (bg i] \idxq sysvsro, Kal (bg Kvpog krsXsv- 
 77]oe, Kal <bg km rb orparoTrsdov kXObvrsg ol "EXXrjvsg 
 EKOLii'/jdrjaav, oldfiEVoi rd irdvra viitav, Kal Kvpov ^v, kv 
 ru) kuTTpoodsv Xbyco dsdrjXorac. 2. "Aua 6e rq rj^spa, 
 ovvsXdbvrsg ol arparrjyol kdavfia^ov, on Kvpog ovra aX- 
 Xov TiE/inot OTjixavovvra, b,n XPV ttolslv, ovte avrbg (pai- 
 voiro. "Edot;EV ovv avrolg, avaKEvaaa\iivoig d elxov, Kal 
 E^OTTALaa/iEVotg, TTpoUvat slg rd npoodsv, scog Kvpo) ov\i- 
 fii^Eiav. 3. "R67] 6s kv bpii%i bvrojv, d\ia 7]XL(i> dviaxovri, 
 i]Xde UpOKXrjg, 6 TsvOpavcag apx^v, ysyov&g dnb Arjjiapd- 
 rov tov AaKCovog, Kal TXovg b Ta^dt. Ovroi sXsyov, on 
 ■■ Kvpog fisv teOvtjkev, 'Apialog 6s, mcpEvycdg, kv tw oraO- 
 /i<i) sir], fisrd rtiv aXXuv (3ap6dpojv, bdsv -ij npoTEpaia (bp- 
 fucovro, Kal Xiyoi, on ' ravrrjv fxkv r?]v rjakpav, ttepluei- 
 velev dv avrovg, si ^leXXolev t\keiv, t%j 6s aXXy, dmsvac 
 (pair) km 'loovlag, bdsvnEp tjXSe.'' " 
 
 Propositions of Clearchus to Arissus. 
 4. Tavra aKOvoavrsg, ol arparr\yol, Kal ol dXXoi "EA- 
 XtjVEg, (Japkoyg E(f>Epov. KXsapxog 5s rdds ecttev. " 'AAA' 
 g)(()eXe fiEv Kvpog ^tjv • ettel 6e teteXevttjkev, dmiyyiXXEft 
 'ApmiO), b~i rjuslg vikC)\lev rs (3aaiXsa, Kal, (bg bpdrs, ov- 
 dslg En r\\ilv fidxerai, Kal el fj,rj vfislg rjXdsrE, knopsvofiEda 
 dv km fiaoiXia. 'ErrayyeAAd^efla ds 'Apiacy, kdv evddde 
 EXdq, slg rbv dpbvov rbv fiaoLXEiov Kadislv avrbv • tgjv 
 yap pdx%l vikg)Vtg)v Kal rb apx^tv sort." 5. Tavr' slncbv, 
 dTToarEXXsi rovg ayyiXovg, Kal ovv avrolg XEiplao(pov rbv 
 
124 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 AduGdva, Kal Mevcjva rbv QerraXov • Kal yap avrbg Me- 
 vov etovXero' t\v yap (piXog Kal %evog 'Apiaiov. 01 fiev 
 &XOvto, KXeapxog de Treptepeve. 
 
 Shifts of the Greek army for sustenance. 
 
 6. To de arpdrevp,a enopi&ro alrov, bncjg edvvaro, etc 
 twv vTTO^vyluv, tiOTTTOvreg rovg (3ovg Kal bvovg • i-vXoig d' 
 expojvro, [UKpbv npoiovreg anb ri\g cpahayyog, ov rj \idxr\ 
 eyevero, rolg re oiarolg, TtoXXolg ovoiv, ovg Tjvaytca^ov oi 
 "T&XXrjveg efc6dXXeiv rovg avrofioXovvrag napd (3aaiXeo)g, 
 Kal rolg yeppoig, Kal ralg daniai ralg ^vXivaig ralg Al- 
 yvrcrtaig. UoXXal de Kal ixeXrai Kal dfia^ai rjaav (pepea- 
 dai ep7\\ioi • olg tract xpupevoi, Kpea eipovreg, tjoOiov eKei- 
 
 V7jV r7jv T\\JLEpaV. 
 
 Heralds arrive from the king, among them Phalinus, a Greek. Com- 
 munications of Artaxerxes to the Greeks. 
 
 7. Kal TJdrj re fjv rrepl TcXrjdovaav dyopdv, Kal epxovrai 
 •napa ftaoiXecog Kal Ttooacpepvovg KrjpvKeg • ot \xev aXXoi, 
 (3dp6apoi, fjv d 1 avrdv QaXZvog elg, "EXXrjv, bg ervyx^ve 
 irapa Tiooacpepvet &v, Kal evrl^iojg £pv Kal yap npooe- 
 TTOtelro emGrrjfiG)v elvat rojv d[i(f)l rd^eig re Kal dfrXofiaxl- 
 av. 8. Ovroi de, npooeXdovreg, Kal KaXeaavreg rovg rcov 
 'EXXrjvoyv apxovrag, Xeyovoiv, on "fiaoiXevg KeXevei rovg 
 "EXXqvag, enel vlk&v rvyxdvet Kal Kvpov dneKrove, ira- 
 padovrag rd birXa, lovrag em rag fiactXeug dvpag, evpio- 
 Keadai, dv n dvvoivrai dyadbvP 
 
 Feeling among the Greeks. Answers of some of the generals. 
 9. Tavra p,ev elnov oi fiaoiXevg K7\pvKeg • oi de "EXXrj- 
 veg (3apeo)g fiev qKovoav, bftojg de KXeapxog roaovrov el- 
 Trev, or i "ov rcov vikuvtov elrj, rd bnXa irapadidovai • 
 aXX'" ecprj, "vpelg [lev, w avdpeg arparTjyol, rovrotg dnoK- 
 pivaode, b,ri KaXXiarov re Kal dpiorov exere' eyti de av- 
 riKa ?/£<«>." ('EKaXeoe yap rig avrbv rdv vnrjpertiv, bncog 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 125 
 
 Idol rd lepd et-qprjfieva- eTv%e yap -dvofievog.) 10. "Evda 
 dr) aTXEKpivaro KXedwp \iev, 6 'ApKag, Trpeodvrarog dv, 
 ore "npbodev dv dnoddvoiev, r) rd bnXa "napadoii(]oav " 
 Npoi-evog de, 6 Qrjdaiog, "'AAA' eyw," e0?/, "d> QaXlve, ■dav- 
 fid^o), norepa, &g Kpartiv, (iaouXevg alrsl rd bnXa, r) <bg did 
 (pcXlav dtipa* si fxev yap ojg Kparojv, ri del avrbv alrelv, 
 Kal ov Xabelv eXObvra ; el de neioag, povXerai Xatelv, Xe- 
 yerco, rl eorai rolg orparidraig, edv avrti ravra x^ploojv- 
 rai." 11. Upbg ravra QaXlvog elne- "BaoiXevg viKav 
 rjyelrat, enel Kvpov dtreKrove' (rig yap avrti eonv, bang 
 rrjg dpxrjg avrinotelraL ;) vo\ii^ei de, feat vfiag eavrov elvai. 
 ex<Lx>v ev fiea'q r^ eavrov %o5pa, Kal norafitiv evrbg ddia6d- 
 rcov, Kal nXrjdog dvdpdJTcov ecp y vuag dwdpevog ayayelv J 
 boov ovd\ el irapexoi vplv, dvvatode dv aTTOKrtlvai." 
 
 Bold utterance of Theopompus. Reply of Phalinus. Weakness of 
 some of the generals. 
 
 12. Merd rovrov, Qeonofinog, 'Ad^valog, elnev " T ft 
 QaXlve, vvv, (bg ov bpdg, r)plv ovdev eonv dyadbv aXXo, el 
 firj brrXa real dperf). "OnXa fiev ovv exovreg, oldfieOa dv 
 Kal rig apery XPV°^ ai ' rrapadovreg d 1 dv ravra, Kal tw> 
 0(»}fj,dr(i)v orepr\Qr\vai. Mr) ovv olov, rd \ibva ay add rjfilv 
 bvra, vfilv irapaduoeiv • dXXd ovv rovroig, Kal nepl rtiv 
 vfierepcjv ayaSdv, \iaxov\ieQa" 13. 'AKovoag de ravra, 
 6 QaXlvog eyeXaoe, Kal elnev • " 'AXXd (f)tXoo6(pG) fiev eoc- 
 Kag, d) veavioKe, Kal Xeyeig ovk axdpiora- lode \ievroi 
 avorrrog cov, el olet, rrjv vfierepav aperr)v •nepiyeveodai dv 
 rr)g ftaoiXeoyg dvvd[iecog." 14. "AXXovg de rivag ecpaoav 
 Xeyeiv v-ro\iaXaKiC,o\ievovg, " cjg Kal Kvpo) morol eyevovro, 
 Kal fiaoiXel dv ttoXXov d^ioi yevoivro, el j3ovXoiro cpiXog 
 yevioQai • Kal elre dXXo n tieXoc xpT\°® ai i " r ' ^ Alyvn- 
 rov orpareveiv, ovyKaraorpe^aivr^ dv avrti." 
 
 Clearchus seeks to entrap Phalinus, but fails. 
 15. 'Ev rovru KXeapxog rjKe, Kal rjpdjrrjoev, el rjdrj 
 
126 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 dnoKSKptfievoL elev. QaXZvog de, vnoXab&v, elrrev • " Ov- 
 roi fiev, o) KXeapx^, dXXog aXXa Xeyei • ov d' r\\ilv sine, 
 ri Xeyetg." 16. f O d' elnev " 'Eyw oe, o) QaXZve, aojievog 
 ecjpana, olfxat de, nai ol aXXoi ndvreg • ov re yap "EXXiqv 
 el, real rj^elg, rooovroi ovreg, boovg ov bpag '• ev roiovroig 
 de ovreg npdy\iaoi, ov\ibovXevb\ieQd oot, ri XPV notetv, 
 nepl G)v Xeyetg. 17. 2?) ovv, npbg ftetiv, ovf.i6ovXevoov 
 Tjftiv, b,rt ooi dofcsl ndXXtorov ical dpiorov elvai, nai o oot 
 n\ir\v oloet, elg rbv eneira %povov, dvaXeybpevov, on ' <£a- 
 Xlvog ttote, nep,<pdeig napd (3aoiXeog, tteXevooyv rovg "EX- 
 Xrjvag rd onXa napadovvai, %v\ibovXevoybevoig $-vve6ovXev- 
 oev avrolg rdde.' Oloda de, ore a.vdyKr\ XeyeoOai ev r^j 
 'EXXddi, a dv ov\LbovXevoiqg" 18. r O de KXeapxog ravra 
 vnr\yero, (3ovXbfievog nai avrov, rbv napd fiaotXeog npeo- 
 6evovra, ^vp,6ovXevoai, [it] napadovvai rd onXa, bncjg ev- 
 eXntdeg \idXXov elev ol "EXXrjveg. QaXlvog de, vnoorpe- 
 ipag, napd ttjv dogav avrov elnev 19. "'Eyw, el \iev, rdv 
 fivpLov eXnidcjv, fica rig vpZv eon, ocddfjvai noXefiovvrag 
 (3aoiXel, ovp,6ovXevo), fir) napadtdbvat rd onXa • el de rot 
 \ir\de\iia oojrTjpiag eoriv eXnig, dtcovrog ftaoiXeog, ovp,6ov- 
 Xei>(t) o&^eoQai v\ilv, bnr\ dvvarov." 
 
 How Clearchus finally dismisses Phalinus. 
 20. KXeapxog de npbg ravra elnev • " 'AXXa ravra fiev 
 dfj ov Xeyetg • nap 1 t\\l£>v de dndyyeXXe rdde, on rjfieig 
 ol6p,eda, el p,ev deot (3aoiXel (piXovg elvai, nXeiovog dv 
 d^iot elvai cf)iXot, ex^vreg rd onXa, rj napadovreg a/U.&)- 
 el de deot noXefxelv, dfietvov dv noXefielv, exovreg rd onXa, 
 7] aXX(D napadovreg." 21. f O de QaXlvog elne- "Tavra 
 p,ev dfj dnayyeXovfiev • aXXa nai rdde v\iiv elnelv efce- 
 Xevoe (3aocXevg, on ' \ievovot \iev avrov, onovdal e'irjoav, 
 npolovoL de nai dmovoi, noXeyiog.'' Elnare ovv, nai nepl 
 rovrov, norepa fievelre, ical onovdal eloiv, r\ &g noXifiov 
 bvrog nap 1 vfi&v dnayyeXu." 22. KXeapxog d' eXe^ev 
 " 'AndyyeXXe roivvv, K.al nepl rovrov, on ' nai rjfilv, rav- 
 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 127 
 
 rd SokeI, arrep nal PaoiXei. 1 " " Ti ovv ravra earlv ;" 
 i(br) 6 QaXlvog. 'AireKpivaro KXeapxog • " "Hv p,ev p,ev(o- 
 psv, orrovdal, cltuovol de aai Trpolovoi, 7r6XEp,og." 23. f O 
 de ndXiv 7]pG)~7)os ■ " 'Lirovdag i] ix6Xe\iov dnay yeXCj ;" 
 KXeapxog de ravra ndXiv dixeKpivaro • " Inovdal p,ev, 
 usvovoiv, dmovoi de 7} npoiovoi, TroAfjtzoc." f/ 0,ri de ttol- 
 7)001, ov dteoTjixTjve. 
 
 CHAPTER IL 
 
 Message of Clearchus to Ariaeus. 
 
 1. QaXlvog (lev 67) cox £ro > Ka ^ 0i °v y avroj. 01 de napd 
 'Apiaiov TjKov, npo/cXrjg real Xeipioocfrog • (Mevojv de avrov 
 Efieve napd 'ApiaLG) •) ovroi de eXe^v, on " noXXovg <pai7] 
 'Apialog elvat liepoag eavrov (3eXrlovg, ovg ovk dv dva- 
 oxeoQai avrov fiaoiXevovrog ' dXX\ el /3ovXeo6e ovvame- 
 vai, tjkelv 7)67] KeXevei rrjg vvurog • el de \ii], avrog npoj't 
 dnievai (prjoiv." 2. 'O de KXeapxog elnev ■ " 'AAA' ovro) 
 Xprj notelv, edv p,ev t)kg)[j,ev, &onEp Xeyere ■ el de (irj 9 
 npdrrere bnolov dv n vyilv oItjoOe \idXiora ov\L§epeiv? 
 "0,ri de noirjoot, ovde rovroig elne. 
 
 Speech of Clearchus to the Greek leaders. All agree with his views. 
 He is made chief. Distance from Ephesus to the battle-field, and thence 
 to Babylon. 
 
 3. Merd de ravra, r\dr\ rjXiov dvvovrog, ovynaXeoag 
 rovg orparr\yovg nal Xox^yovg, eXe^e roidde. " 'EjUOi, & 
 dvdpeg, dvof.ievoj levai em (3aoiXea, ovk eyiyvero rd lepd. 
 Kat einorug dpa ovk eyiyvero ' cog yap eyoj vvv nwQdvo- 
 yiai, ev fieooj 7]\idv ical (3aoiXeo)g, 6 TtypTjg norafiog eon 
 vavolnopog, bv ovk dv dwaifieda avev nXolojv diab7\vai • 
 n/.ola de 7]ue'lg ovk exojiev. Ov aev di) avrov ye \ieveiv 
 olov re- rd yap emr7]deia ovk eoriv ex £LV ' leva** de napd 
 
128 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 rovg Kvpov (f>iXovg, ndvv KaXa 7}\lIv rd lepti rjv. 4. r Q6s 
 ovv xpr) noislv • dniovrag, deinvelv 6,ri rig sxsi • snsi- 
 6dv 6s orjfirjvq r£) Kspari, d>g avaixavsGdai, GVGKSvd&ods ■ 
 eneiddv 6s rd devrepov, dvariSsods snl rd vnotyyia • snl 
 6s r(x> rplr(t), snsods tg> r)yovp,svG), rd fisv vno^vyia l%ov- 
 rsg npog rov norafiov, rd 6s onXa st-o)" 5. Tavra duov- 
 oavrsg, ol orparrjyol Kal Xoxayol dnrjXBov, Kal ewolovv 
 ovtg). Kal rd Xombv, 6 fisv rjpxsv, ol 6s snsidovro, ovx 
 sX6\isvoi, dXXd dpcbvrsg, bri \iovog s<ppovsi, ola s6si rov 
 dpxovra, ol <$' dXXoi dnsipoi rjoav. 6. 'Apidfiog 6s rr)g 
 66ov, r)v rjXOov, ei- 'E^eeroi; rrjg Twviag, [isxpi r VS P^X 7 }?* 
 ora6fj,oi rpslg Kal svsvrjKovra, napaodyyai nsvrs Kal rpid- 
 Kovra Kal nsvraKoaioi, orddiot nsvrrjKovra Kal s^aKioxlX- 
 loi Kal fivpioi ' and 6s rrjg fidx^g, sXsyovro elvai, slg Ba6- 
 vXtiva, Grd6iot s^rjKovra Kal rpiaKoaioi. 
 
 Desertions. The Greeks under Clearchus make a compact with Ariae- 
 us. Oaths and sacrifices of union. 
 
 7. 'EvrsvOsv, snsl oKorog sysvsro, MiXroKvdrjg juev, 6 
 Qpa%, sxov rovg rs Innsag, rovg fisO 1 savrov, slg rsrrapd- 
 Kovra, Kal rcov ns^ojv QpaK&v, cjg rpiaKoaiovg, r\vro\i6Xr\os 
 npog paoiXsa. 8. KXsapxog 6s rolg dXXoig r)yslro, Kara 
 rd naprjyysXfjisva, ol (5' slnovro • Kal dcpiKvovvrai slg rov 
 nptirov oradiiov, napd 'Apialov Kal rrjv skslvov arpandv y 
 dfj,(pl fisGag vvKrag • Kal sv rd^si $s\isvoi rd bnXa, %vvr)X- 
 6ov, ol orparrjyol Kal Xoxayoi r&v 'IZXXrjvuv, napd 'Ape 
 alov • Kal tifioGav, ol rs "EXXrjvsg, Kal 'Apialog, Kal rajv 
 ovv avrtd ol Kpdrioroi, \ir\rs irpod&osiv dXXrjXovg, av\i\ia- 
 Xoi rs sosodai • ol 6s j3dp6apoi npooupooav, Kal rjyrjosoOai 
 d66X(og. 9. Tavra (5' ti/j-oaav, ocpdgavrsg ravpov, Kal Xv- 
 kov, Kal Kairpov, Kal Kpiov, slg aGni6a, ol fisv "FJ.Xrjvsg 
 fidnrovrsg i;i(j)og, ol 6s (3dp6apot Xoyxrjv. 
 
 Decision of Clearchus and Ariaeus as to the return route. 
 10. 'F,nsl 6s rd mora sysvsro, slnsv 6 KXsapxog • 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 129 
 
 " "Aye di], c5 'Apiale, e-neiuep 6 avrbg v\uv oroXog earl Kal 
 7}filv, sine, rlva yvcofirjv Z%u<;, nepl rrjg nopelag ■ norepi j 
 dntfiev r\virep 7]Xdofj,ev, 7/ dXXr\v nvd, evvevor\Kevai doxeig, 
 66bv KpeirrG)-" 11. '0(5' elirev " "Hi> fiev TJXdofiev d~i- 
 ovreg, iravreXiog av virb Xifiov dnoXoifieda • vnapx^c yap 
 vvv r\\iiv ovdev rcjv emr'qdelcjv. 'EnraKaldeKa yap arad- 
 (itiv rtiv eyyvrdro), ovde, devpo lovreg, e/c rrjg %ti>pag ovdev 
 elxo/iev Xa\ibdveiv • evda (5' el ri tjv, rjfielg diarropevofievoL 
 Kareda-rravrjaafiev. Nvv d' enivoovfiev nopeveadai fxanpo- 
 repav fiev, rC)v (5' emrrjdeLW ovtt drroprjaofiev. 12. IIo- 
 pevreov (5' rjfxiv rovg nptirovg ara6fiovg y &g av dvvtifieda, 
 fiaKpordrovg, iva, wc rrXelarov, art oairaoQC) fiev rov fiaotXi- 
 kov arparevfiarog • r\v yap anai;, dvo r) rptdv 7}fiepC)v 
 666v, aTidox^£v, ovKeri fir) dvvrjrat (3aaiXevg rffiag icara- 
 Xadelv. 'OAtycj fiev yap arparevfiari, ov roXfirjaeL e(pe- 
 Treadac • ttoXvv d' £%cjv aroXov, ov dwrjaerai Ta%eug tto- 
 peveadac • lacog 6e Kal rtiv emTTjdeioiv anaviel. Tavrrfv" 
 £07/, " rrjv yvu)/j,7)v ex<*> £ywy£." 
 
 The Greeks march northward towards Babylon. They pass near the 
 king's camp, where they spend the night. 
 
 13. r Hv 6e avrrj r) orparrjyia ovdev aXXo Svvafievrj, rj 
 dnodpavai rj dnocpvyelv • r) 6e rvxrj earparrjyrjae ndXXiov. 
 'F,nel yap rjfiepa eyevero, ercopevovro, ev de%ia exovreg 
 rov r]Xt,ov, Xoyit,6fievoi rf&iv, afia r)Xi(x> dvvovri, elg KUfiag 
 rr)g BadvXovlag x&P a S- Kat rovro fiev ovk eipevodrjaav. 
 14. v Et£ 6e dficpl deiXrjv, edogav -rroXefiiovg bpav Inneag • 
 Kal r£)V re ''EXXrjvcjv, ol fir) ervxov ev ralg rdt-eotv ovreg, 
 elg rag rd^eig edeov, itai 'Apialog, (ervyxave yap ecp' a\id- 
 %r\g TTopevdjievog, Sion krerpuro,) Kara6dg edojpafti&ro, 
 Kal ol ovv ai>r6). 15. 'Ev a> 6e &-nXiZ,ovro, t\kov Xey ov- 
 reg ol -npoTxeiKpSevreg okottoI, on ? ovx l^Trelg elatv, dXX' 
 vrco^vyca ve\ioiro" Kal evdvg eyvcjoav Ttdvreg, on eyyvg 
 ttov earparorredevero (3aatXevg • Kal yap Kal Kairvbg efyai- 
 vero ev KUfiaig ov npooo). 16. KXeapxog 6e em jiev rovg 
 F2 
 
180 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 noXsfiiovg ovk, rjyev • {§8el yap nai dnELprjicbTag rovg orpa- 
 riG)rag, nai aoirovg ovrag' jjdrj 6s nai dips f]v) ov \ievtol 
 ovds aTTEiiXive, <p>vXaTTO\isvog, fir) dofcoirj (psvysiv • dXX\ 
 evdvojpov dyojv, d\ia tw tjXlg) Svoiievcd, elg rag eyyvrdrG) 
 K(0[iag, rovg nptirovg sx (jdVi > K,aT£GK7jVG)Gsv, el; d)V dirjpnaG- 
 to, vtto tov fiaoLXinov orpaTevfiarog, nai avrd rd and tgjv 
 oIklCjv %vXa. 17. Ol fisv ovv nptiroi, ofMog, rporro) rtvl 
 eorpaToiTEdevGavTO' ol ds varepoc, GKoraloi npoatovreg, o)g 
 ETvyxavov etcaoroi tjvXl^ovto, nai Kpavyfjv TroXXfjv ettol- 
 ovv, naXovvTsg dXXrjXovg, o)gts nai rovg iroXEfiiovg aK.ov- 
 elv More ol [jlev lyyvTara rtiv Tcohefitov nai s<pvyov ek 
 
 TG)V CK7}VG)lJ,dTG)V. 
 
 The Persians retreat by night. Uneasiness of the Greeks during the 
 same period. 
 
 18. ArjXov ds rovro t%} varspaia sysvsTO' ovte yap 
 
 VTTotyyiOV ETl OvdsV S(J)dvT), OVTE GTpaTOTTsdoV, OVTE KaiT- 
 
 vbg ovdajiov ttXtjglov. , 'E£;E7rXdyr) ds, ojg solus, nai (3aoiX- 
 svg T%j £<p6dG) rov orpaTEVfiaTog- e6tj?.o)gs ds tovto, olg t%j 
 vGTEpaia snparTE. 19. UpolovGrjg \ievtol rrjg vvnrbg Tav- 
 rrjg, nai Tolg "EXXtjgl (p66og e^ttltttel, teal -&6pv6og nai dov- 
 nog tjv, olov elfcbg, (pbbov EfinsGovTog, ylyvEGdai. 20. KXs- 
 apxog ds ToXp,Ldr)v, 'HXelov, ov sTvyxavsv sxo)v 7rap' sav- 
 rw, KTjpvKa apiGTOV rav tote, tovtov dvsnxslv ekeXevos, 
 GtyrjV KaTatcrjpv^avTa, otl " TipoayopsvovoLV ol apxovrsg, 
 bg dv, tov d(j)EVTa tov ovov slg rd bixXa, utjvvgxj, otl 'Xijips- 
 rai /jllgOov TaXaVTOV dpyvpiovy 21. 'Erret ds ravra sktj- 
 pvx^Ti, syvodGav ol GTpaTiuJTat,, otl nsvbg b (p66og sir], nai 
 ol apxovTsg ggjol. "Afia ds bpdpu, naprjyysLXsv b KXsap- 
 Xog, " slg rd^Lv rd birXa riBeodaL rovg e/ EXX7jvag, ynsp 
 elxov ote rjv rj fidx?]" 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 131 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 The lung sends heralds to negotiate a truce. Reply of Clearchus. 
 
 1. n O 6e 6ij sypaipa, otl fiaoiXsvg s^EnXdyi] t%\ s(p66co, 
 tlo6e 6rjXov tjv. Toj p,sv yap ixpdoQsv i]\iEpa, TTEfincov, rd 
 onXa napadidovai ekeXsve ■ tots 6s, d\ia tjXlco dvaTsX- 
 Xovtl, K?)pvKag ETtEfiips rrspi onov6cov. 2. Ol d' sttel rjXdov 
 TTpog Tovg TTpo<pvXatcag, s^tjtovv Tovg apxovTag. 'Ercctd?) 
 6s aizfiyysXXov ol irpocpvXaKEg, K?Japxog, tvx&v tots Tag 
 T&^sig ettlokottcov, eItts Tolg irpotpvXa^L, ksXsvsiv Tovg Kf\- 
 pvaag, Trspifisvsiv axpi av oxoXdoq. 3. ''E.nsl 6s KaTso- 
 ttjos to OTpaTsvfia, coots aaXtog ex £tv opdoOat TrdvTT] (pa- 
 Xayya ttvkvtjv, tcov 6s aorcXcov \ir\6sva KaTacpavrj slvai, 
 stcdXsos Tovg dyysXovg, Kal avTog ts lipoids, Tovg re 
 svonXoTaTovg ex^v, real svsi6saTaTovg, tojv avTOv OTpa- 
 tlcotcov Kal Tolg dXXoig orpaTTjyolg TavTa seppaasv. 4. 
 'Ensl 6s 7]v Trpog Tolg dyysXoig, dvrjpcoTa, " ri (3ovXolvto." 
 Ol d' sXeyov, otl " nepl onov6cov ijKOLev, dv6psg, o'lTivsg 
 Itiavol soovTac, Ta ts rrapd (3a,oiXs(*)g Tolg "JZXXtjolv drray- 
 yslXai, Kal Ta rrapd tcov 'EXXtjvcov fiaotXsZ" 5. f O 6s 
 a-nsKpivaTO • " , A7rayysX?.STE tolvvv avTtp, otl ' fidx^g 6 el 
 TrpcoTov • dpLOTov yap ovu sotlv, cwd' 6 ToXpLTJOGJV irepl 
 07tov6cov Xeyeiv Tolg "EXXtjol, [ir) noplaag dpiGTOv? " 
 
 The heralds return with guides. Prudence and sagacity of Clearchus. 
 6. TavTa anovoavTeg, ol dyyeXoi dnrjXavvov, Kal tjkov 
 to^xv ' (w tzal 6tjXov r\v, otl eyyvg ttov (iaaXevg rjv, rj aX- 
 Xog Tig, G) eneTSTaKTO TavTa irpaTTSiv •) sXsyov 6s, otl 
 " eiKora 6okoIev Xsysiv fiaoiXsl, Kal t\kolev, T\yE\i6vag 
 sxovrsg, ol avTovg, sdv cnov6ai ysvcovTaL, a^ovcLV evdsv 
 s%ovol Ta snLTrjdsLa." 7. r O 6s r\p&Ta, "si avrolg Tolg 
 dv6pdoL ansv6oLTO Iovol Kal dmovoLV, 7/ Kal Tolg dXXoig 
 t'aoLvrn a7!0v6ai" Ol 6s, " "Anaaiv," fcpaaav, " \isX9 1 
 
132 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 av fiaoiXsl rd Trap' v/j,gjv dbCkyyeWq? 8. 'E.rret 6s ravra 
 slirov, \israarr\ad\isvog avrovg, 6 KXsapxog s6ovXsvero. 
 Kai s66kel rag orrovdag iroisiodai raxv, Kai KaO' r)ovxiav 
 eXdslv re em rd smr7]6sLa, Kai Xabslv. 9. f O 6s KXsap- 
 %og sine. " AoksI p,sv teapot ravra • ov \isvroi ra%v ye 
 drrayysX(o, dXXd 6i,arpiipG), sor' av okvtjgooiv ol dyysXoi, 
 \lt\ diro66^7] 7)plv, rag O7rov6dg noifjoaodai • ol\iai ye fisv- 
 roi" s(f>Tj, " Kai roig rjfisrspoig crpari&raig rbv avrbv <po- 
 6ov 7Taps<Jsodai" 'Enst 6s s66ksi Kaipbg slvai, dnf)yysX- 
 Xev^ brt anevdoiro, Kai evdvg i)yelodai sksXsvs rrpog rdm- 
 ri\6sia. 
 
 The army marches in order of battle with the guides. Clearchus hast- 
 ens, and why. 
 
 10. Kai ol \isv r)yovvro' KXeapxog \ievroi enopevero, 
 rag p,ev onov6dg Troirjoofisvog, rd 6s orpdrevfia s%wv sv 
 rd^ei, Kai avrbg (bmodcxpvXdKst. Kai evervyxavov rdep- 
 poig, Kai avX&aiv v6arog rrXrjpeaiv, (bg fir) 6vvaadai 6ia- 
 taivstv avsv yecpvpdv • dXV enoiovvro 6ia6doeig, sk rdv 
 (f)oivLKG)V, ol fjoav sKTTsnrcdKorsg, rovg 6s Kai s^sKoixrov. 
 11. Kai svravBa r)v KXsapxov Karafxadslv, &g snsardrsi, 
 sv fiev ry dpiorspa X ei P L ™ $°P V £X G)V > & v ^ T V $£&? (3aK- 
 rrjplav • Kai el rig avrti 6okoltj, rdv rrpbg rovro rsray\is- 
 vg)v, (3Xa-Keveiv, eKXeybfievog rbv emrrj6eiov, enaiaev av, 
 Kai d\xa avrbg npoaeXdfidavev, slg rbv 7T7]Xbv ep,6aivo)v 
 &ore TraOLV aloxvvTjv elvai,\ir\ ov ovonov6dfriv. 12. Kai 
 erdx^oav \iev npbg avrov ol rpidnovra err] yeyovoreg • 
 errei 6e Kai KXeapxov e&pojv airov6d^ovra, 'npooeXd\hhavov 
 Kai ol TTpeadvrepoL 13. HoXv 6s fidXXov 6 KXsapxog ea- 
 Tcevdev, vnoTcrevuv, p,r) dsi ovrco rrXrjpeig slvai rag rd<ppovg 
 v6arog' (ov yap rjv &pa, ola rb tts6lov ap6eiv •) dXX\ Iva 
 7)67} TToXXa npocpaivoiro rolg "FMrjoi 6eivd, slg rr)v nopsi- 
 av, rovrov sveKa, (3aaiXsa vntinrevev eni rb ne6lov rd 
 v6o)p d(f)siKsvai. 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 133 
 
 The guides lead the Greek army into villages, where they find abund- 
 ance of provisions. Effect of the dates and palm-pith on the Greeks. 
 
 14. UopevofievoL 6s dcpt/covro slg KO\iag, bdsv dnedet^av 
 ol Tjyefioveg Xap,(3dvEiv rd emTTjdeia. 'Evtjv 6e alrog tto- 
 Xvg, Kai olvog (poLvtKOv, na.i b%og, kiprjrbv and tov avTov. 
 15. Avrai 6s al (3dXavoi tov ^olvIkov, olag fisv kv rolg 
 "EXXtjolv eotlv Idelv, rolg oiniraig dnsKSLVTO, at 6s rolg 
 deonojaig anoKsi\isvai rjoav dnoXsKTOi, ^avfidoiat to KaX- 
 Xog nai to [isysdog, r) 6s oipig TjXsKTpov ovdev diecpepe • Tag 
 6s Ttvag, fypaivovTeg, Tpayr\\iaTa dnsTtdsoav. Kai r)v 
 Kai irapd ttotov r)6v juev, KscpaXaXysg 6s. 16. 'EvravOa 
 Kai tov iyKscpaXov tov (poiviKog npoTov scpayov ol orpa- 
 TioTat, Kai ol noXXoi kdavjiaoav, to re eldog Kai ttjv I6w- 
 TTjTa Trjg r)6ovr)g. r Hv 6s G(f>66pa Kai tovto KscpaXaXysg. 
 f O 6s (poivii;, bdsv kgaipEdsirj 6 syK£<f)aXog, bXog avaivsTo. 
 
 Tissaphernes, accompanied by other eminent Persians, promises to fa- 
 cilitate the return of the Greeks. He asks them in the name of Artax- 
 erxes, why they had served against him. 
 
 17. 'Evravda sp,sivav r)fj,spag Tpslg' Kai napd [isydXov 
 fiaaiXsog tjks Tiooacpspvrjg, Kai 6 Tr\g fiaoiXsog yvvaiKog 
 ddsXcpbg, Kai dXXot Hspoat Tpslg' dovXot 6s noXXoi ecttov- 
 to. 'E7ret 6s dnrjvTTjoav avrolg ol twv *EXXr)vov orpa- 
 TTjyoi, sXsys npoTog Tcoaacpspvrjg 6? Epprjvsog T0id6s. 
 18. " 'Eya>, o dv6psg "EXXrjvsg, ys'iTOV oIko r^j '~EXXd6t, 
 Kai ETTsi v\iag sl6ov, sig noXXd KaKa Kai dfirjx ava kfinErc- 
 TUKOTag, Evprjfia snoir\ad\Lr\v, si nog 6vvai\ir\v napd (3aoiX- 
 sog aLTrjoaodai, 6ovvai s/ioi, diroaoaai v\iag slg ttjv f E/l- 
 Xd6a. Olfiac yap dv ovk d^apiarog \ioi st-siv, ovts irpbg 
 vjjlov, ovts npbg rrig ndor\g 'EXXd6og. 19. Tavra 6e 
 yvovg, xjTovfirjv fiaoiXsa, Xsyov avTo, otl ' 6iKaiog dv \iot 
 Xapi^oiTo, oti avTG) Kvpov te smoTpaTEvovTa npoTog rjy- 
 ysiXa, Kai, porjOsiav s%ov, d\ia t^ dyysXia, dfaKOfirjv, Kai 
 \iovog tov Kara Tovg "EXXrjvag TSTay\isvov ovk scpvyov, 
 dXXd 6ir)Xaaa % Kai avvs\ii%a (3aoiXel kv to vfisTspo orpa- 
 
134 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 Tonedii), EvOa fiaGiXsvg dcpiKEro, ettel Kvpov dnEKrEive, Kai 
 roijg %vv KvpG) (3ap6dpovg £di(o£;a, ovv rolooe rolg napovoi 
 vvv iiet' Euov,olrcsp avrcb eIgl ixtGroraroiJ 20. Kai nepl 
 p,EV rovrojv vtiegx^to fioi (3ovXsvGao6ai • epeadai 6e \ie 
 Vfidg ekeXevoev eXOovra, rivog evekev EGrparEvoare en' 
 avrov. Kai ov[x6ovXevg) v\ilv p,Erpio)g dnonpivaoBai, tva 
 \ioi EvnpatCTOTEpov %, sdv ri dvvofiat dyadbv vplv nap 1 
 avrov ScaTTpd^aodaL." 
 
 Reply of the Greeks. 
 21. Hpbg ravra, fisraoravTEg, oi "F,XXr]V£g e6ovXevov- 
 to' nai aTTEKplvavro, (KXsapxog (5' sXsysv •) "'K/jislg ovre 
 
 GVVTjXOoflEV, d)g fiaOlXsl 7ToXEjJi7]GOVrEg, ovr' ETTOpeVOflEda 
 
 eni (3aGLXsa' dXXd noXXdg npcxpaGEig K.vpog svptOKEv, (hg 
 nai gv ev oloda, tva vfxag re drcapaGKEvaGrovg Xdfjoc, Kai 
 rjfidg svddds dvaydyoi. 22. 'E7T£i \iivroi TJdrj avrov eg)- 
 p&lisv ev dscvd) ovra, ^gxvvOtj^ev, Kai tisovg Kai dvdpoj- 
 novg, npodovvai avrov, ev rw TTpOGdsv %p6vo), rrapExovrsg 
 T\\iag avrovg, ev ttoceIv. 23. 'Eirel 6s Kvpog rsdvrjKEV, 
 ovre fiaoiXsi avrnrocovfisda rrjg dpx^jg, ovr' eonv, orov 
 evsKa, |3ovXoL[.ls^ , dv rr\v paoiXewg. x^P av &&&&$' noielv, 
 ovd' avrov anotCTelvai dv EdsXotfiev, nopEVOLfj,E6a 6' dv 
 olicade, el rig 7]\idg \ir\ Xvttolt} •■ ddiKovvra \iEvroi nEipaoo- 
 [lEda gvv rolg -ftsolg djivvaGdac - sdv fievroi rig r\\idg Kai 
 ev ttolgjv virdpxxi, Kai rovrov, slg ye dvvainv, ovx rjrr7]ao- 
 \ie6a ev Troiovvreg.'''' f O jiev ovrog eIttev. 
 
 Tissaphernes makes a fair contract with the Greeks, and returns to 
 Artaxerxes. 
 
 24. 'AKOVGag ds, 6 TiGGa(f)spv7]g E<pr\ • " Tavra eyd) 
 anayy eX.fi (3aGiXsi, Kai vplv ndXiv rd ixa$ ekelvov * \iexP 1 
 <$' dv eyco TjKG), at onovdai fievovrcov • dyopdv 6e rjfislg 
 Trapei-ofjLsv." 25. Kai eig fisv rr\v vorspalav, ovx V Kev ' 
 cjgO' ol "EXXrjvsg £<ppov~L%ov • r^j 6s rpir%i, rjKuv eXeyev, 
 ore " SiaTTETipayusvog tjkol rcapd (3aGiXEG)g, 6oBr\vai avru), 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 135 
 
 ow&iv rovg "EXXijvag, Kainep ndvv noXXtiv avrtXeyov- 
 tg)v, d>g 1 ovk al-iov elr\ fiaoiXel, dcpelvai rovg £0' eavrbv 
 orparevoa\ievovg? " 26. TeXog de sine- "Kai vvv e^eo- 
 nv vulv, mora Xatelv Trap* rjacjv, tj ufjv cpiXiav nape^eiv 
 vjilv rf]v %G)pav, Kai ddoXtjg and^eiv elg rrjv 'EXXdda, 
 dyopdv nape^ovrag' bnov 6' dv fijj ?) nplaodai, X.a\ibdveiv 
 vfidg etc rr\g %&pag edoouev rd enirrjdeia. 27. "Tuag d' 
 av 7]\uv derjoei dfiooat, fj \ir\v nopeveodai, wc did (btXiag, 
 dotVGJg, olra Kai nord Xauddvovrag, bnbrav fii) dyopdv 
 nape%<j)\iev • r\v de nape%u\iev dyopdv, (bvovjievovg, e^eiv 
 rd emrrjdeia." 28. Tavra edo^e, Kai cSfioaav, Kai de^idg 
 edooav, Tioaadepvqg Kai 6 rrjg (iaoiXewg yvvaiKbg ddeX- 
 <bbg, rolg rojv 'EXXtjvojv arparijyolg Kai ?^oxayolg, Kai eXa- 
 6ov napd r&v 'EXXtjvojv. 29. Merd de ravra, Tioaacpep- 
 V7jg sine ■ " Nvv fiev dr) dnei\ii ojg fiaoiXea' eneiddv de dca- 
 npdt;G)uat, a deouai, ?j*fw ovoKevao&tievog (bg dndz-cjv vuag 
 elg rr)v 'EXXdda, Kai avrbg dmcbv enl rr)v kjiavrov dpxT]v" 
 
 CHAPTEPv IV. 
 
 The Greeks and Ariseus wait nearly a month for the return of Tissa- 
 phernes. The troops become uneasy. Their wishes. 
 
 1. Merd ravra, nepceuevov TcaaacpepvrjV, ol re "EXXr]- 
 veg Kai 'Apialog, eyyvg dXXr)Xodv eorparonedevfievoc, r)[ie- 
 pag nXeiovg rj elkooiv. 'Ev de ravraig, a<piKvovvrai npbg 
 'Apialov, Kai ol ddeXcpol Kai ol dXXoi dvayKaloi, Kai npbg 
 rovg ovv eKeivc*) Uepoiov riveg, napaOappvvovreg re, Kai 
 de^tdg evioi napd paocXeug (pepovreg, " p,r) \Lvr\oiKaKr)aeiv 
 fiaoikea avrolg, rr)g ovv Kvpo) en lot par slag, p,rjde dXXov 
 ur/devbg rtiv napu>%7}\±ev(x)v ." 2. Tovrojv de ycyvoiievojv, 
 evdrjXoL rjoav, ol nepl "> Apialov, rjrrov npooexovreg rolg 
 ''EX/.tjol rbv vovv • toore, Kai did rovro, rolg \iev noXXoig 
 rCyv f E/.Xf)vo)v ovk i)peoKov, dXXd, npooLovreg, rw KXedp- 
 %(j) eXeyov, Kai rolg dXXocg arparrjyolg' 3. "TY uevoriev; 
 ■?} o?\v emardfieda, fin BaoiXevc, rjudg dnoXeaai dv nepl 
 
136 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 navrbg noirjoairo, cva, Kal rolg aXXocg "EXfajOi (f)66og slrj, 
 ettI fiaoiXsa \isyav orparsvsiv ; Kal vvv p,sv r\\idg vndys- 
 rai \isveiv, did rb disondpdai avrib rb orpdrsv\ia • sndv 6e 
 ndXiv dXiodyj avrip i) orparid, ovk sartv bncog ovk smdr}- 
 asrat r]\ilv. 4. "Icog 6s ttov, rj anoGKanrst ri, rj drrorEi- 
 Xi&h fyg anopog x\ r) 666g. Ov ydp ttote, ekcjv ye, (3ovXtj- 
 asrai r\\iag, sXOovrag slg rrjv ( EXXd6a, anayyslXat, &g 
 rjfislg, roooids bvrsg, evik&\iev rbv (iaoiXsa snl ralg dv- 
 pcug avrov, Kal KaraysXdoavrsg aixr\XBo\isv '." 
 
 Speech of Clearchus to the army. He disapproves, on good grounds, 
 of their wishes. 
 
 5. K?Japxog 6s aTTSKplvaro rolg ravra Xsyovoiv • " 'Eyw 
 EvOvfiovficu \jlev Kal ravra ndvra • svvod 6\ on, el vvv 
 dixi\LEv, 6b£,o\isv snl noA£fj,G) airtsvat, Kal irapa rag gttov- 
 6dg noislv. "EnsLra, rrptirov fisv, dyopav ovdelg naps^ei 
 r)ylv, ov6s bOsv smacriovfiEda ' avdig 6s, 6 rjyrjoofisvog 
 ov6slg sarai • Kal d\ia ravra rcoiovvrov r\\iC)v svQvg 'Api- 
 alog d<pE0T7i$;EL • o)Gte (ptXog rjfuv ovdslg XsXsiipErai, dXXd 
 Kal ol irpoodsv bvrsg, ttoXeiilol rjfilv saovrai. 6. Uorapbg 
 6', si \lev rig Kal aXXog apa r)\ilv son 6ia6arsog, ovk ol6a \ 
 rbv (5' ovv Evcppdrrjv oldafiEv, on ddvvarov 6ia6rjvai, kg)- 
 Xvovrov ttoXeulg)v. Ov {lev 6rj, av adx^adai ye 6sy, ln- 
 TTEig eIolv 7\\hlv gv/ifiaxoi. • rdv 6s 7toXe[iig)v, IrrTTEig slow 
 ol nXsloroi Kal nXslorov d^ioi * tiers, viKcovrsg fisv, riva 
 av d-noKrsivai\iEV ; r\rr^\iEV^v 6s, ovdsva olov re GuQr\vai. 
 7. 'Eyw \isv ovv (3aoiXsa, (<i) ovtg) rroXXd sari rd ovfiiia- 
 Xd, ELirsp TTpoOvfislrai rjfiag dnoXsoai,) ovk olda, b,rt 6sl 
 avrbv b\ibaai, Kal dst-idv dovvai, Kal dsovg smopKrjoai, Kal 
 rd savrov mora amora Troir)oai, "EXXtjol re Kal j3ap6d- 
 poig" Toiavra iroXXd sXsysv. 
 
 Arrival of Tissaphemes. His companions. Beginning of the journey- 
 homeward. Mutual distrust of the Greeks and Persians. 
 
 8. 'Ev ds rovr(i), t)ke Tiooa(f)£pvrig, £%wv rrjv savrov dv- 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 137 
 
 vafiiv, cjg Etg olkov amtiv, Kal 'Opovrag, ttjv eavrov 6v- 
 vaficv - rjye 6e Kal ttjv dvyarspa ttjv ftaoiXeog etcI yd/iO). 
 9. 'EvtevOev 6s rjSrj, Tiooatyipvovg 7]yovp,Evov, Kal dyopdv 
 napexovroc, snopEvovro' iixopEVEro de Kal 'Aptalog, to 
 Kvpov (3ap6apLKdv e%uv orpdrevfia, d\ia TioocKpepvei Kal 
 'Opovra, nai gweo-paTonedevETO ovv EKsivoig. 10. 01 6e 
 "EXX7]V£g, vcpop&VTEg rovrovg, avrol k(p' havrdv sx&povv, 
 TjyEfiovag Exovrsg. 'EorpaTonEdEvovro 6s kudarorE, dns- 
 Xovrsg dXXrjXoyv Trapaadyyrjv nai fislov. 'EfyvXdrrovro 
 6e dfKpo-Epoii &on£p T:oXEiJ,lovg aXXrjXovg, Kal EvBvg rovro 
 vnoxpiav napElxsv. 11. 'Evlote de, Kal £,vXi£,6\ievqi ek 
 rov avrov, Kal x°P T0V KaL &XXa roiavra t-vXXsyovrEg, 
 7rXr]ydg evstelvov dXXr]Xotg : ljote Kal rovro Exdpav rcap- 
 
 The Median Wall. The travellers reach Sittace, near the Tigris. Its 
 park and gardens. 
 
 12. kiEXdovrsg 6e rpslg oradfiovg, dcpUovro rrpog ro Mtj- 
 diag KaXovfiEvov rslxog, Kal rcaprjXdov elog) avrov. T Hv 
 6e (bKodofjLTjuEVov ixXivdoig oirralg, iv dacpaXro) K£i\L£vaig, 
 evpog eIkool Tcodtiv, vtpog 6e ekotov \ir\Kog 6' hXiysro 
 Eivai eXkogi rrapaaayydjv d-nkx^i <$£ ~Ba6vXtivog ov iroXv. 
 
 13. 'EvtevOev (5' ETTOp£v67]aav araOfiovg dvo, napaodyyag 
 6ktC), Kal 6ti6rjGav di&pvxag dvo, rrjv fisv snl yscfjvpag, 
 rr\v (5' k^Evy\iEV7\v irXoioig Enrd' {avrai 6* rjoav and rov 
 Tiypyrog norafiov • KarETST\n\vro ds k% avrtiv Kal rd<ppoi, 
 inl rrjv x&P av i ai V& v ^pdirat, [isydXai, Ensira 6\ kXdr- 
 rovg' riXog 6e, Kal fiiKpol oxetol, cbonsp sv ry 'EXXddi, 
 knl rag \isXivag •) Kal dcpiKvovvrat ettI rov Tiyprjra nora- 
 H6v • rrpog G) rcoXig tjv, fisydXr} Kal rroXvdvdpcjTTog, %j ovofia 
 iLrraKT), drcEXOvaa rov norafiov aradlovg rcEvrsKaldEKa. 
 
 14. Oi fisv ovv "EXXrjvsg nap' avri\v EOKr]V7)oav, syyvg 
 Trapadsioov, fisydXov, Kal KaXov, Kal daasog navrocojv 6iv- 
 dpojv • ol 6e (3dp6apoi, dia6E67]KOTEg rov Tiyprjra, ov fiivroi 
 Karacpavslg Tjoav. 
 
138 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 Warning received by Proxenus and Xenophon. 
 15. Msrd ds to dslnvov, srvxov ev TrepindrG) bvrsg, npb 
 rdv bnXcov, Upogsvog Kal aevo^gjv • Kal, TrpooeXd&v, dv- 
 dponog ng i]pojri]GE rovg npo(pvXaKag, ttov dv Idoi llpo^e- 
 vov r) KXeapxov • Msvova de ovk e^tel, Kal ravra, nap' 
 'Apiaiov &v, rov Msvovog %evov. 16. 'EtteI ds Upb^svog 
 eIttev, on " avrbg e\\ll, bv fyrelg" eIttev 6 dvdpodrxog rdds' 
 " "EnEfiipE \ie 'Aptalog, Kal 'Aprdo&g, ttlgtoI bvrsg Kvpcp, 
 Kal vfjtlv evvoi, Kal keXevovgl <pvXdrr£Gdac, [irj vfuv etu- 
 Otivrat rr)g vvurbg ol (3dp6apoi • egtl ds GrpdrEV\ia ttoXv 
 ev tg) ttXtjgcov TTapadstGcp. 17. Kal rcapd rr)v ys<f)vpav 
 rov Tlypr]Tog Trora\iov nsfiipaL keXevovgl (pvXaKr]v, <hg dta- 
 voEtrai avrrjv Xvgul TiOoa<pEpvrjg, rr)g WKrbg, edv dvvrj- 
 rai, d>g firj dLabrjTE, dXX' ev [jlegg) aTToXr\§Qr)rE rov irorafxov 
 Kal Trig $t<ti>pvx s" 
 
 Remarks of a young Greek on this warning message. 
 18. 'AfcovoavTEg ravra, dyovGiv avrbv irapd rov KXe- 
 ap%ov, nai (ppd^ovoiv, a Xsysi, f O ds KXsapxog, dnovoag, 
 ETapdxOrj ofyodpa, Kal E^obslro. 19. JSsaviGKog ds Tig 
 tC)v rrapovrov, Evvorjoag, eIttev, " (bg ovk aKoXovda eltj, to 
 te EmdrjoEodaL, Kal to Xvgelv ttjv ys<pvpav • dr)Xov yap, 
 
 OTl ETTLTldE^EVOVg, 7] VLKCLV SsfjGEL, 7] 7\TTdoQai. 'E«V [LEV 
 
 ovv vlkgjgl, tI 6el avTOvg Xveiv ttjv yscpvpav ; ovds yap, 
 dv iroXXal ys(f)VpaL &glv, sxoifisv dv ottol (pvyovrsg rjfislg 
 gojOel^ev. 20. 'Edv 6s rjfzslg vlkg}[iev, XEXv\iEvr\g rr)g ys- 
 (frvpag, ovx et-ovmv ekelvol, ottol cpvycoGiv • ovds \ir\v (3orj- 
 drjGai, uoXXCdv 6vT(ov ixspav, ovdslg avrolg dvvrjGErai, Xs- 
 \v\iEvr\g rr)g yE(pvpag." 
 
 The stratagem of the Persians becomes apparent. Tbie Greeks cross 
 the Tigris. 
 
 21. 'AKOvGag ds Tavra, b KXsapxog rjpEro rbv dyysXov, 
 " tcogtj rig sir) x^P a i V ' EV H-^ ^ rov Tlypr/rog Kal rr)g 6ta)- 
 pvxog" r O 6e eIttev • on " ttoXXt), Kal K£)\iai evelgl, Kal 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 139 
 
 TxoXeig, noXXal Kal peydXai" 22. Tore dr\ Kal eyvcood?], 
 on ol pdpdapoi rbv avOpojrrov v7T07rep,ipai£v, oKvovvreg, pi) 
 ol "EXXrjveg, dieXovreg rrjv yecbvpav, pevoiev ev rrf v7]gco, 
 epvpara exovreg, evdev pev rbv Tlyprjra, evdev de rfjv 
 dtcopvxa • rd d' emn)deia e%oiev, en rr)g ev peG(p ^c5pac, 
 TroXXrjg Kal dyaOrjg ovGTig, Kal rtiv epyaGopevov evovrcjv • 
 eItcl de Kal dnOGrpo(p7) yevoiro, el rig (3oi)Xoiro (3a<nXea 
 KCLKtig ttoieZv. 23. Merd ravra aveixavovro' enl pevroi 
 rijv yicpvpav opojg QvXafcrjv enepipav • Kal ovre enedero 
 ovdelg ovdapodev, ovre npbg rrjv ye<pvpav ovdelg rj?^6e rdv 
 noXepiuv, (bg ol (pvXdrrovreg a~r)yyeXXov. 24. 'Eneidrj 
 de ecjg eyevero, diebaivov ttjv yi(pvpav, e&vypevrjv rrXol- 
 otg -pidfcovTa Kal errrd, <bg olov re pdXiora nefyvXaype- 
 vcog' e^rjyyeXXov yap riveg t&v irapd TiGoatpepvovg 'EXXtj- 
 vcov, <bg diaOcuvovTGiv peXXoiev erndrjGsodaL. 'AAAd rav- 
 ra pev ipevdrj r\v ■ diadatvovroyv pevroi, 6 TXovg avrolg 
 cTTecpdvr) jtzer' aXXuv, gkottojv el dia^alvoiev rbv norapov • 
 eneidr) de eidev, &x er0 dixeXavvuv. 
 
 The brother of Artaxerxes appears with a large army. Adroit man- 
 ceuvre of Clearchus. Further advance through Media. 
 
 25. 'Atto de rov Tiyprjrog, enopevdrjGav oradpovg rer- 
 rapag, napaodyyag eluooiv, ercl rbv Qvgkov norapov, rb 
 evpog nXedpov ■ enfjv de yetivpa. Kal evravda (huelro 
 noXig peydXr\, § bvopa r ttmg • rrpbg rjv dnTjvrrjoe rolg "EX- 
 Xt]Olv 6 Kvpov Kal 'Aprat;ep£;ov voOog ddeXcpbg, dnb 2ov- 
 cg)v nal 'Exdardvcov orpanav ttoXXt)v dyo)v, dig (3orjdrjocov 
 (3aoiXel • Kal, eraorr\Gag rb eavrov Grpdrevpa, -rapepxo- 
 pevovg rovg "EXX7]vag eOeupei. 26. c O de KXeapxog r/yel- 
 ro pev, elg dvo, erropevero de, dXXore Kal dXXore epiGrdp- 
 evog. "Ogov de X9^ V0V T0 rp/ovpevov rov Grparevp,arog 
 er:iGrf)GEie, roGovrov r\v dvdyKr\ xpbvov, 6Y bXov rov Grpa- 
 revparog, yiyveGQai rr\v e-'iGraGiv • (jure rb Grpdrevpa, 
 Kal avrolg rolg "EXXtjgi, 66%ai TrdprcoXv elvai, Kal rbv 
 Ueporjv eKTTEnXfixQai tiecopovvra. 27. 'Evt evdev de eno- 
 
140 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 pevdyoav, 6id rrjg Mrjdiag, oradpovg sprjfiovg eg, irapaady- 
 yag rpiaKOvra, elg rag Uapvodridog KUfiag, rrjg Kvpov Kal 
 (3aocXsGjg \ir\rpog. Tavrag TiOGa^epvrjg, KvpG) e-neyye- 
 X&v, 6iapv;doai rolg "^XXr\oiv enerpeipe, nXrjv dvdpano- 
 6(ov. 'Evt/v 6s olrog rroXvg, Kal irpodara, nai aXXa XPV~ 
 \iara. 28. 'RvrsvOsv 6' ETropsvdrjGav, oradjiovg eprjfjiovg 
 rsrrapag, napaodyyag elkogl, rbv Tlyprjra rrorajidv kv 
 dpiarepa sxovrsg. 'Ev 6s tg> TrpcJTG) oradfiG), nepav rov 
 norauov, noXig gjkeito, \isydXr\ nai Ev6aiaG)v i bvofia Kac- 
 val, £% r)g oi (3dp6apoi 6ir)yov, km oxe6iatg difydepivaig, 
 dprovg, rvpovg, olvov. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Clearchus repairs to Tissaphemes, in order to put an end to the mutual 
 distrust between the Persians and Greeks. 
 
 1. Merd ravra, dfyiKvovvrai km rbv Zandrav Trorajibv, 
 to evpog rerrdpcov nXsdpov. Kal kvravda s\isivav 7]\ispag 
 rpelg- kv 6s ravraig, vnoipiat p,sv rjoav, (pavspa 6s ovde/ila 
 kcpaivsro kmdovXrj. 2. "Edoi-ev ovv to> KXedpxy £vyye- 
 veoOat to) TiGGa^spvst, Kal, el Trojg dvvairo, navoai. rag 
 vnoipcag, nplv kt; avr&v ix6Xs\iov ysvsGdai • Kal £nep,ips 
 riva Epovvra brt t-vyysvsGdai avrop xpy&i. f O 6e eroi- 
 
 (M»)g SKsXsVEV r'jKELV. 
 
 SPEECH OF CLEARCHUS TO TISSAPHERNES. 
 " The Greeks have no hostile purposes against the Persians. 
 3. 'E7r£i^ ds gvvrjXdov, Xsyei 6 KXsapxog rd6e. " 'Eyo>, 
 w TtGaacpspVT], 616a psv rffuv bpKovg ysysvrjiiEvovg, Kal 
 6e£idg 6s6oiLsvag, ur) d6iKr\asiv aXXr)Xovg • (pvXarrdfievov 
 6s as rs opco cog noXEfJiLovg rjfiag, Kal r)uslg, optivrsg ravra, 
 dvTMpvXaTTOfisda. 4. 'Ensl 6s, gkottgjv, ov 6vva\iai ovre 
 gs alodsoBai TrsipojfJievdv i\\iag KaKtig ttoieiv, syoj rs cacpCjg 
 ol6a, on rjjiEig ye ovo^ emvoovfiev roiovrov ov6ev, s6o^s 
 fjtoi elg Xoyovg ooi kXOelv, bnajg, el 6vvai\ieQa, e^eXoipev 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER V. 141 
 
 dkXrjXcjv ttjv dmoTiav. 5. Kal yap olda dvdpunovg ijdr], 
 rovg fj,ev etc diadoXrjg, rove; de Kal k$- vnoiplag, ol, <f)o67]Qev- 
 reg dXXrjXovg, <p6doat f3ovXbp,evot nplv nadelv, enolrjoav 
 avrjtceoTa nana, rovg ovre fieXXovrag, ovr* av (3ovXo(j,evovg 
 tolovtov ovdev. 6. Tag ovv rocavrag dyvofxoavvag vofii- 
 fav ovvovolaig fidXiara av naveodai, t)kg), Kal diddoKeiv 
 as (3ovXop,ai, <l)g av rj^lv ovk opOtig dncorelg. 
 
 " First, On religious grounds. 
 
 7. " Hptirov [iev yap, Kal p,eyiorov, ol decov r\\iag bpKOi 
 kojXvovol noXefiiovg elvai dXXrjXoig' bang de tovtcjv avv- 
 oidev avTU) naprjp,eX7]KG)g, rovrov eyo) ovnor"* av evdaipov- 
 iaaip.i. Tov yap #£g3v nbXe\iov, ovk olda, ov~' and noiov 
 av rdxovg tyevyuv rig dno(pvyoi, ovr' elg nolov av GKorog 
 dnodpairj, ovB' bncjg av elg exvpbv x^9 l0V dnooraiTj. Udv- 
 77} yap ndvra rolg tieolg vnoxa, ftal navraxf] ndvrcjv laov 
 ol -deol Kparovac. 
 
 "Two other reasons. 
 
 8. "Ilept fJ-sv drj rtiv dedv re Kal rtiv opKCJV, ovroj yiy- 
 vuaKb), rrap' olg rjfielg, rrjv cptXiav avvde\ievoi Karedefieda ■ 
 rdv d' dvdpoJTTLvejv, oe eyu), ev tgj napbvrc, vopifa \ieyia- 
 rov elvai r\\iiv dyadbv. 9. I>vv fiev yap aol, ndoa \iev 
 odbg evnopog, nag de norapbg duatarbg, rtiv re encrrjdeicov 
 ovk anopia ■ dvev de gov, ndoa fiev did OKorovg rj odbg • 
 [ovdev yap avrrjg emord/ieda •) nag de norafibg dvanopog, 
 nag de bxXog (f)o6epbg, <po6epG)~arov (5' iprjfiia ' fiearrj yap 
 noXXrjg dnopiag eariv. 10. Et de 6?), Kal \iavevreg, oe 
 KaraKTeivai\LEV, dXXo ri av f\, rbv evepyerr\v KaraKreivav- 
 reg, npbg fiaoiXea, rbv peyiorov ecpedpov, dyo)VL^oi[.ie6a ; 
 boo)v de dr) Kal olcjv av eXnldcjv e\iavrbv orepfjoacpt, el oe 
 ri KaKbv emx^prjaaifit noielv, ravra Xe%(o. 
 
 "Fourth, Reasons of friendliness personal to Clearchus. 
 11. "'Eyw yap Kvpov enedv\ir\od \loi <f>iXov yeveodai, 
 
142 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 vo[ic£o)v, t&v rore ucavdjrarov elvac, ev ttocecv bv (3ovXoc~ 
 ro • as de vvv bp&, tt\v re Kvpov dvvaficv Kal %&pav exov- 
 ra, Kal rr\v oeavrov dpxfjv oco^ovra, rrjv de (3aocXeG)g dv- 
 vajiiv, xi Kvpog rroXefila expr\ro, ooi ravrrjv %v\i,\m%ov ov- 
 oav. 12. Tovrojv de rocovTCdv ovrov, rig ovtoj [laiverac, 
 bong ov (BovXerai ooc (piXog elvat ; dXXd [lijv, — (epw yap 
 Kal ravra, eg d)V e^w eXnidag, Kal oe (3ovXi]oeodac §iXov 
 fj[dv elvat.) 
 
 "Fifth, Tissaphernes' interest in preserving the friendship. 
 13. " Olda [iev yap v\iiv Mvoovg ?^vn7]povg bvrag, ovg 
 vofii^o) av, ovv r%\ irapovo^ dvvd[iec, ranecvovg v[fiv rrapa- 
 gxslv - olda de Kal Hcoidag * anovo) de Kal aXXa edvrj ttoX- 
 Xd rocavra elvac, a ol\iai av Travoac evoxXovvra del ry 
 v\ierepa evdai\iovia. Alyvnriovg de, olg [idXcora v[iag vvv 
 ycyvojGKO) redv[io)[zevovg, ox>x bpCd, iroia dvvd[iec ov[i[idx(*> 
 Xp7]odiiEV0L, [xdXXov av KoXdaeode, rr\g vvv ovv e[xol ovorjg. 
 
 14. 'AAAd firjv, ev ye rolg nepii; oIkovgc, ov, el [iev (3ov- 
 Xoco tcd (jiiXog elvac, &g [xeycorog av elr\g • el de rig oe Xv- 
 7X011-], G)g deonorrjg dvaorpecpoco, e%wv 7\\iag vn^perag, ol 
 gol ovk av, rov [icodov eveKa \iovov, virr\perol\xev, dXXd Kal 
 rr\g xdpiTog, rjg, ooOevreg imo gov, ooi av exoi\iev dcKaio)g. 
 
 15. 'EjWot [iev drj, ravra ndvra ev6v[iov(ievix>, ovr cj doKel 
 ■davfiaardv elvat, ro oe r\\ilv ditiarelv, &ore Kal ^dcor 1 av 
 aKovoacfic ro bvo\ia, rig ovrog eorl decvbg Xeyeiv, &ore oe 
 rrecoac, Xeyuv, (bg i][ielg gol embovXevofiev ." KXeapxog 
 [iev ovv rooavra sine • Tiooatyepvrjg de (bde ar,7]\iei<^Qr\. 
 
 PJ3PLY OF TISSAPHERNES. 
 
 * "The Persians can injure the Greeks, (1) because they are more nu- 
 merous. 
 
 16. " 'AAA' 7]do[iai [iev, (h KXeapxs, aKovojv gov (ftpovi- 
 
 [lovg Xbyovg * ravra yap ycyvd)OKG)v, el ri efiol KaKov (3ov- 
 
 Xevoig, d[ia av [ioi doKelg Kal oavrCd naKovovg elvac. '£lg 
 
 d" 1 av [mOyg, ore old' av v[J,eZg dcKaccog, ovre /3aocXel ovr 1 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER V. 143 
 
 spot, amo~oi7]TE, dvrdaovGov. 17. Et yap vpag e6ovX6- 
 usda anoXioai, norspd gol doaovpsv, Innsuv nXr)6ovg dno- 
 pelv, r) nsi^GJv, 7] dnXlGscjg, kv t) vpdg fxev ftXdnrELv luavoi 
 e\t]\lev av, avTnrao%ELV 6s ovdsig aivdvvog ; 
 
 (2) "They are better acquainted with the country. 
 
 18. " 'A A/Id x G) P L(3dV i &r:tT7)dELG)v vplv smridEodai, dno- 
 pElv av gol doKov/iEv ; oh roaavra psv nsdia, rjplv (pcAta 
 ovra, gvv noXXti novcd dianopEVEodE ; roaavra ds bpr] 
 vplv, oparE, ovra nopEvrsa, a r)plv E^Eort, npoitaraXabov- 
 glv, anopa vplv napsx £LV i rooovrot (5' eIgl norapol, £</>' G)V 
 t^Eoriv r)plv rafUEVEodat, bnoGoig av iipv fiovXtipsda pd- 
 XEodau ; slot d' avrtiv, ovg ovd' av navrdnaGL dia6air]rE, 
 el firj ijpElg vpag dLanopsvoLpsv. 
 
 " In any event they can starve the Greeks out. But they contemplate 
 no such treachery. 
 
 19. " Et <S' iv ixdai rovroig rjrraypEda, dXXd ro yi rot 
 nvp KpElrrov rov napnov konv • ov* rjpElg dvvaipEQ' av, 
 Karaicavoavrsg, Xipbv vplv dvrirdt-aL, & vpslg, ovd' si 
 ndvv dyadol slrjrE, pax^Qat av dvvatode. 20. Hog av 
 ovv, Eftovrsg roGOvrovg nopovg npbg rb vplv noXspslv, nai 
 rovrov prjdsva r\plv ETunivdvvov, snELra, Etc rovrov ndv- 
 rtov, rovrov av rbv rponov s^EXolpsda, bg povog \jlev npbg 
 -Beov aG£67)g, \iovog 6e npbg avBponov aloxpog; 21. Hav~ 
 rdnaaL ds dnbpov sort, nai apr\xdvov, nai dvdyfcr] exofie- 
 vov, nai rovrov novi\pov, olrivEg eOeXovgl, 5C emopniag 
 re rrpbg dsovg, nai dniGrlag npbg dvdponovg, npdrrsiv n. 
 Ovx ovrog rjpEig, o KXsapxe, ovrs dXbyiGroi ovrs t)?U6lol 
 
 EGfJ,EV. 
 
 "The Greeks, therefore, especially, should cherish no distrust. 
 22. " 'AXXd rl 6r\, vpdg si-bv dnoXsoai, ovu snl rovro 
 ijXOopEV ; ev lgOl, ore 6 ip.bg Epog rovrov alnog rb rolg 
 "EX?«7]glv sps marbv yEVEoQai, tcai <p Kvpog avEbr\ i-swiKo, 
 
144 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 did \JLiaQo6oGiaq ttlgteixov, tovtg) sjj,s KaTadrjvat, di' svsp- 
 ysGiag loxvpov. 23. "Ooa 6s \ioi v\islg XPI 01 ^ 01 - saeade, 
 ra [iev Kal ov slnag, to 6s \LsyiGTOv sycb ol6a- rrjv [iev 
 yap snl t%j KscpaX^j Tidpav, (iaGiXsl fiovco egeortv, opOrjv 
 exeiv, TTjv (J' snl t%i Kapdig, iGug av, vfitiv napovruv, tcai 
 
 ETEpog EV1T£T(x>g EX 01 " 
 
 Proposal of Tissaphernes. Clearchus is dazzled. 
 24. Tavra sln&v, e8o!~e tw KXsapxy dXrfir\ Xsysiv Kal 
 elnsv ■ " Ovkovv," E(p7j, " ocTLVsg, tolovtcjv rjfilv slg fylXiaV 
 vnapxovrojv, irsiptivTai, 6ta6dXXovTsg 'notriaai noXsp,iovg 
 r]fi>dg, a%ioi eigi tcl eax^Ta ixadslv ;" 25. "Kw eyw \iev 
 ye" E(f>7] 6 TiGGatyepvrjg, " si ^ovXegOs p,oi, ol re or paryy ol 
 Kal ol Xo%ayol, sXdslv ev tgj s\L§avsi, Xs^o) rovg rcpog e/ze 
 Xeyovrag, (hg ai) sp,ol smdovXEVEig Kal r^j ovv spot arpa- 
 Tia." 26. " Eyo) 6s " s§r\ 6 KXsapxog, " a%G) ixavrag, nai 
 ool av StjXugg), bdsv syo) nspl gov &kovgj." 27. 'E« rov- 
 Tiov 6i} tg)v Xoyojv, 6 TiOGacpspvrjg, (ptXocppovov^svog tots 
 fisv, psvsiv te avrdv ekeXevge, tcai Gvvdsinvov EiroirjGaTO. 
 Ty 6s vGTspaia, 6 KXsapxog, sXddv sirl to GTpaTonsdov, 
 drjXog r' fjv, ndvv (piXirctig, oio\isvog, 6iaKsloQai tov Tig- 
 GacpspvTjv, Kal, a sXsysv SKslvog, dnriyysXXsv * s(f)7), " re 
 Xpr\vcu Isvai napd TtGGacpepvTjv, ovg ekeXevge, Kal ol av 
 EXsyxQtioi 6ia6dXXovTsg tcjv 'EXXtjvcjv, &g rrpodoTag av- 
 Tovg, Kal KaKovovg Tolg "JZXXtjglv ovTag, TifJLOprjdrjvai,." 
 28. 'TnojiTTEve 6s, slvat tov 6iabdXXovTa Msvcova, eldojg 
 avTdv Kal GvyysyEvr\\iEVov TiGoatyspvsi jtter' 'Kpiaiov, Kal 
 GTaocd^ovTa avT&, Kal STndovXsvovTa, bnoyg, to GTpaTsv\ia 
 anav npbg savTbv Xa6(bv, (piXog § TLGoafyspvEi. 29. 'F,6ov- 
 Xeto 6e Kal 6 KXeapxog, anav to GTpaTsv\ia npog savTbv 
 exeiv Trjv yvo)fi7]v, Kal Toi>g napaXvnovvTag EKnod&v slvat. 
 Twv 6e GTpaTLO)T(x>v avTsXsyov Tivsg avT(p, " p,rj levat, 
 irdvTag Toi)g Xox^yovg Kal GTpaTTjyovg, p,7]ds tugtevelv 
 TiGGacpspvsi." 30. f O ds KXsapxog loxvptig KaTSTSivsv, 
 
 SGTS dlSTTpd^aTOy TSVTS fJLSV GTpttTTjyOVg Isvai, SlKOGl 6s 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER V. 145 
 
 Xox^yovg • ovvqKoXovdiioav de, (bg elg dyopdv, ical tg5v 
 aXXuv OTpariG)TG)v d)g diaKooioi. 
 
 What befel the Greek generals and lieutenants. The Greeks seize 
 their weapons. Ariaeus comes in the name of the king. 
 
 31. 'Ettel de r)aav em ralg dvpaig ralg Tiaoacpepvovg, 
 ol uev orparrjyol napeKXrjOrjoav elocj, Tipot-evog Boiunog, 
 Mevwv QerraXdg, 'Ayiag 'ApKag, KXeapxog AaKO)v, loKpd- 
 TTjg 'Axaiog • ol de Xo%ayol em ralg dvpaig euevov. 32. 
 Ov ttoXXg) de vorepov, and rov avrov orjueiov, ol r' evdov 
 ZvveXaubdvovro, Kal ol ei-G) KareKonrjoav. Merd de ravra, 
 rdv (3ap6dpo)v riveg lnneu)v, did rov nedlov eXavvovreg, 
 unvi evrvyxdvoiev "EXXt]vi, 7) dovXco 7) eXevdepcp, ndvrag 
 enreivov. 33. Ol de "EXXrjveg rrjv re Innaoiav avrdv 
 edavua^ov, en rov orparonedov opibvreg, /cat, b,ri enoiovv 
 ?)u(piyvoovv, nplv NiKapxog, 'Apicdg, t)ks fevyov, rerpoue- 
 vog elg rr)v yaorepa, nai rd evrepa ev ralg %epolv £^wv, 
 nai elne ndvra rd yey evqueva. 34. 'Ek rovrov drj, ol 
 "EXXrjveg edeov enl rd bnXa, ndvreg eKnenXr\yuevoi, icqi 
 vouifrvreg, avritta rjgetv avrovg em rd orparonedov. 35. 
 Ol de ndvreg uev ovk tjXOov, 'Aptalog de, feat 'Aprdofrg, 
 nai MiOpiddrrjg, ol r\oav KvpG) mororaroi • 6 de rcov 'EX- 
 Xtjvcjv epurjvevg etyr), " Kal rov Tiooa(pepvovg adeXcpbv ovv 
 avrolg bpav, Kal yiyvojoneiv •" t-vvrjicoXovdovv de Kal aX- 
 Xol Uepotiv, re6o)paKiouevoi, elg rpiaKoaiovg. 36. Ovroi, 
 enel eyyvg 7]oav, npooeXOelv eKeXevov, el rig e'lrj rtiv ( EX- 
 Xtjvuv, rj arparrjyog rj Xoxaybg, iva dnayyeiXcjoi rd napd 
 (3aoiXecjg. 37. Merd ravra, egrjXdov (pvXarrouevoi, rdv 
 'EXXtjvuv orpaTTjyol uev KXedvoop 'Opxofieviog, Kal 2o- 
 (palverog SrvucpdXiog, %vv avrolg de "Zevocptiv 'Adrjvalog, 
 bncjg udQoi rd nepl Upo^evov • (Xeiploocpog d' ervyxavev 
 dn&v, ev K(*)ux\ nvl, %vv dXXoig, enioiri^dfievog.) 
 
 Conference of Ariceus with the Greeks. 
 38. 'E7T£t de eoTTjoav elg enrjKoov, elnev 'Apialog rdde. 
 G 
 
146 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 " KXeapxog fxev, c5 avdpeg "EXXrjveg, enel enioptttiv re e(pd- 
 V7], Kai rag onovddg Xvcdv, ex u rrjv ditcrjv, Kai redvr]Ke • 
 Upogevog de, Kai TAevuv, on Karr\yyeiXav avrov ri\v em- 
 6ovXr\v, ev fieydXy rifxy eloiv. 'Tfidg de fiaoiXevg rd onXa 
 dnairel • avrov yap elvai §r\aiv, enelnep Kvpov rjoav, rov 
 ekeivov dovXov. 39. lipog ravra aneKpivavro ol "EXXtj- 
 veg, (eXeye de KXedvcjp 6 'OpxonevLog •) " T ft KaKiore dv- 
 Spdjncjv, 'Apiale, Kai ol dXXoi, boot rjre Kvpov (piXoi, ovk 
 alaxvvsode ovre fteovg ovr' dvdpunovg, olriveg, dfiooavreg 
 rjfuv rovg avrovg tyiXovg Kai exOpovg vo\uelv, npodovreg 
 7){iag, ovv Tiooacpepvei, tw ddeordrG) re Kai navovpyord- 
 ro), rovg re dvdpag avrovg, olg &\ivvre, dnoX(x)XeKare, Kai, 
 rovg aXXovg r\\iag npodedcjKoreg, %vv rolg noXeiiiotg e<f>* 
 7\\iag EpxtoQz" 40. f O de 'Apialog elne' "KXsapxog yap 
 npooQev em6ovXevo)v (pavepog eyevero Tiooatyepvei re Kai 
 'Opovra, Kai naoiv t\\lLv, rolg %vv rovroig? 
 
 Final demand of Xenophon. 
 41. 'Em rovroig zevocp&v rdde elne' "KXeapxog fiev 
 roivvv, el, napd rovg opKOvg, eXve rag onovddg, rr\v 6lk7]v 
 exec {dUaiov yap anoXXvoOat rovg emopKovvrag-) Ilpoi;- 
 evog de, Kai M.evo)v, enelnep elolv v[j,erepoL [lev evepyerat, 
 rjfierepoi de orparr\yol, nepipare avrovg devpo • drjXov yap, 
 on, (piXot ye bvreg dfMporepoig, neipdoovrai Kai v\ilv Kai 
 7j[ilv rd fieXriora i-vftdovXeveiv '." 42. FLpog ravra, ol 
 (3dp6apoi noXvv xpovov diaXexBevreg dXXrjXotg, dnrjXOov, 
 ovdev dnoKpivd\ievoi. 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 147 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Characters of the deceased generals. Clearchus — his love of war and 
 enterprise. 
 
 1. Oi fiev dfj arparrjyol, ovrcj h](pdevTeg, av7)%6r\oav (bg 
 fiaaiXia, Kai, anor\i7]QsvrEg rag KS(paXdg, srsXEvr^aav, slg 
 jiev avrojv, KXsapxog, dfioXoyovjiivoyg sk ndvrw rdv sft- 
 nelpG)g avrov exovtgjv, So^ag yeveodcu dvrjp Kai noXsfit- 
 Kbg Kai (piXon6Xsp,og Eoxdrojg. 2. Kai yap drj, k'ojg fiev 
 TToXeiiog 7]v rolg AaKedaipovioig npbg rovg 'Adrjvaiovg, 
 napEustvEV- enel 6s elprjvr) sysvsro, nsiaag rijv avrov no- 
 Xiv, (bg ol Qpaneg ddiKOvoi rovg "EXXrjvag, Kai dianpagd- 
 jjievog, tig sdvvaro, napa rdv 'E^dpwv, s^snXsi, &g txoXe\lt\- 
 oov rolg vnip Xsppovrjaov Kai liepivdov Qpa^lv. 3. 'E7re£ 
 6e , fierayvovrsg no)g ol "E,(popoi, 7]6r) e£-g) bvrog avrov, airo- 
 orpefietv avrov erreiptivro k% 'lodfiov, svravda ovKeri ttel- 
 Oerac, aXV tix eT0 ttXeo)v slg 'E?,Xr]Gnovrov. 4. 'Ek rov- 
 rov Kai edavarudrj, vnb rdv sv rq Snaprq rsXtiv, d)g 
 dixEtBCdv. "Kdrj 6e (pvydg &v, spxerai npbg Kvpov, Kai, 
 bnoioig \iev Xoyoig etteloe Kvpov, aXXi] ysypanrat, • didooi, 
 6e avrcb Kvpog uvpcovg SapsiKovg. 5. f O ds Xabcbv, ovk, 
 inl padvutav srpdnsro ■ dXX\ and rovrov rojv xprju&ruv, 
 avXXs^ag orpdrsv\ia, enoXifiei rolg Qpatjl, Kai \idxvi te 
 EViKTjGE, Kai and rovrov dij, E(f)sp£ Kai rjysv avrovg, Kai 
 7ToX£fj,u)V disyEVEro, \i£XP l Kvpof kdETjdr] rov arparsvfxarog • 
 rors 6s a-nr\Xd£v,&g %vv ekelvg) av noXE[j,rjOG)v. 6. Tavra 
 ovv (piXonoXEfiov, uoi SokeI, dvdpbg Ipya Eivai, bong, k^bv 
 fjL&v Eip7\vr\v £x stv uvev alaxvvrjg Kai f3Xd6r]g, alpslrai 
 ttoXejjleIv ' £%bv 5e padvuEcv, f3ovXsrai novslv tiers ttoXe(j,- 
 eIv ' E%bv 6e xpV aaTa &X eLV CLKivdvvog, alpdrai, ttoXejacov, 
 jiEtova ravra ttolelv • EKEtvog ds, coonsp slg naidiKa, 7} slg 
 dXXr\v rivd rjdovrjv, tjOeXe darravav Etg noXEfiov. Ovro 
 uev faXoTToXEjjiog tjv. 7. JIoXspiKbg ds, av ravryj, e66kel 
 
148 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 elvaL, brt cpiXoKLvdwog re r\v teal, 7\\iEpag Kal WKTbg 
 ayedv em Tovg 7ToXs[j,Lovg, Kal kv Tolg dstvolg ^povLfiog, d>g 
 ol napovreg rravraxov ndvreg bi\ioXbyovv. 
 
 His talents for leadership. A stem disciplinarian. His spirit. His 
 years. 
 
 8. Kal ap%utbg 6' eXejeto elvaL, d)g dvvarbv ek tov 
 tolovtov rpoirov olov KaKEivog slxsv. 'I/cavog p,sv yap, 
 &g rig Kal dXXog, <j>povTL$eiv t\v, oncog e%ol rj arparcd 
 avT& ra EmrrjdELa, Kal irapaanevd^Eiv ravra ' Itcavbg 6e, 
 Kal E\hT:oir\aaL rolg rrapovGiv (hg ttelgteov elt\ K/leap%a). 
 9. Tovro (5' siroiei, ek tov %aAe7rof Eivai • Kal yap bpav 
 GTvyvbg t\v, Kal rr\ (f)0)v^ rpa%vg ; EKoXa^s re del loxvptig, 
 Kal opyxi evlote, o)g Kal avrco \1eTa\1eXeLV eo& > ote. Kal 
 yvu)^ 6' EKoXa^EV • aKoXdarov yap orpaTEVfiarog ovdsv 
 TjyEtro b(peXog elvaL. 10. 'AXXa Kal Xeyeiv avrbv scpa- 
 aav, d>g " 6eol tov GTpaTLCJTTjv (podelodaL fxaXXov tov dp- 
 XovTa T] Toi)g iroXE\iiovg, el \leXXol r\ <f)vXaK&g (bvXd^ELV, 
 rj (f)iX(tiv a<pe$;£o0aL, ?) dnpoipaoLOTCjg Isvai npbg Toi)g no- 
 XsfiLOvg ." 11. 'Ev pev ovv Tolg dEivolg, 7]6eXov avTov 
 aKovELv ocpddpa, Kal ovk aXXov fjpovvTO ol OTpaTioJTai * 
 Kal yap, to GTvyvbv tote cpaidpbv avTov kv Tolg npooa)- 
 Troig, E(paaav, tyaivEodai, Kal to x a Xsnbv sppoyfievov npbg 
 Tovg noXsjicovg eSokel slvai : gxjte ouTrjpiov, Kal ovketl 
 XaXsnbv, E^aivETo. 12. "Ote (5' e^oj tov 5elvov ysvoivTO, 
 Kal e&iq npbg dXXovg apxo{ievovg dnisvai, noXXol avTov 
 dniXEinov - to yap knixapi ovk eIxsv, aXX 1 dsl x a ^ eno S 
 7]v kol cdfiog- &gte Slekelvto npbg avTov ol GTpaTi&Tai, 
 o)G7Tsp naldsg npbg didaGKaXov. 13. Kal yap ovv, §iXia 
 
 flEV Kal EVVOia EnOflEVOVg OvSeITOTE ELXeV ' OLTLVEg 6s ?) 
 
 vnb noXscag TETay\iivoi, r\ vnb tov dsiGdaL 7} aXXq tlvI 
 dvdyKrf KaTExbfisvoL, napEtrjGav avTG), G<p6dpa ir£ido\iEVoig 
 EXpr\TO. 14. 'E7ret de TJpgavTO vLKav %vv avT(h Tovg iro- 
 Xs[j,iovg, 7]8r} iiEydXa tjv Ta xp^^ovg rcoiovvTa ElvaL Tovg 
 $vv ai>T(b GTpaTicoTag' to te yap npbg Tovg ixoXejuovg dap- 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 149 
 
 paXiojg e%Eiv Txapr)v, Kal rd rrjv Trap' ekelvov Tipojpiav 0o- 
 6Elo6at, avTOvg Evrdfcrovg ettolec. 15. TocovTog psv dfj 
 dpX^v r\v ' dpxsodac 6e vnb dXXcov, ov pdXa eBeXelv eXe- 
 jeto. r Kv 6e, ote eteXevtu, dfJL<f>l rd TTEvrrjKOvra ettj. 
 
 Character of Proxenus. His teachers. His noble turn of thought. 
 
 16. Upogsvog <5e, 6 BoiojTtog, svdvg psv pEipduov g>v, 
 ETTEdvfjiEt yEVEodat, dvfjp rd psydXa nparrELV Uavog : Kal, 
 did ~clvt7]v ttjv ETudvptav, sdo)fCE Topyia dpyvpwv rw Ae- 
 
 OVTLVOJ. 17. 'ETT£i 6k OVVEJEVETO EKEIVGJ, LKCLVOg VOp'lOag 
 
 rjdrj slvai, Kal apxEtv, Kal, (plXog wv rolg TrpojTOtg, pr) tjt- 
 rdadai EvspyEriov, tjXOev slg ravrag rag ovv Kvpcp npd%- 
 Eig • Kal tosTO Krr)oEodat Etc tovtojv bvopa psya, Kal dvva- 
 piv psydXrjv, Kal xPW ara noXXd. 18. Tooovtgjv 6' ettl- 
 dvptiv, o(podpa evStjXov av Kal tovto elxev, oti tovtojv 
 ovdsv av $eXol KTaaOai psTa ddiKtag, dXXd ovv tgj 6l- 
 fcaico Kal tcaXti &eto dslv tovtojv rvyxdvsiv, dvEv 6s tov- 
 tcjv fiTj. 
 
 Contrast between Proxenus and Clearchus in military discipline. 
 19. "Apxeiv tie KaXojv psv real dyadtiv, dvvaTbg r)v ov 
 fiivToi, ovt' aldoj Tolg OTpaTiojTaig kavTov, ovte <j>66ov, 
 inavbg epnoLrjoai, dXXd Kal Jjoxvvsto paXXov Tovg OTpa- 
 TiuTag rj ol dpxopsvoL ekelvov Kal <po6ovpsvog paXXov 
 rjv (pavspbg to dnExdavEoOat Tolg OTpaTiojTaig, rj ol OTpa- 
 TiGJraL to druoTEiv ekelvoj. 20. "Qleto 6e dpKEiv, npbg to 
 dpxMov elvat Kal Sokelv, tov psv KaXCjg rxoiovvTa snac- 
 vslv, tov 6e ddiKovvTa pr) sixaivElv. Toiyapovv avTU) ol 
 psv KaXoi te Kayadol tgjv ovvovtojv evvol rjaav, ol 6s ddt- 
 kol ette6ovXevov, ojg EvpsTaxupioTix* ovtl. "Ote 6e aTTsd- 
 vtjokev, r)v ETOJV <bg TpidKOVTa. 
 
 Menon. Baseness of his character. 
 21. Mevojv 6e, o QETTaXbg, 6r)Xog r)v imdvpxov psv 
 ttXovteiv loxvpo~)g y ETiBvpdv 6s dpxeiv brrajg ttXelo Xap- 
 
150 xenophon's anabasis. 
 
 6dvoi, emBvfjLwv ds Ti\iaoQai iva ttXeioj KEpdaivoi • <piXog 
 re e6ovXeto elvai rolg fieyiOTd dvvajievoig, Iva, ddiKGJv, p,i) 
 dcdoir) 6lk7]V. 22. 'E7rt de rd Karepyd^eadai o)v enidv- 
 \ioit], GWTOfj,G)rdTrjv &eto bdbv elvai, did tov emopKeiv re 
 Kai itpEvdeodcu, Kai E^anarav to (5' anXovv Kai to dXr\- 
 Qlg, Evofii^s to ai)Td tg3 7]Xl61(o Elvai. 23. STEpyayv de 
 (pavepbg p,ev i\v ovdeva, otg) de (pair] (pcXog elvai, tovtca 
 evdrjXog iyiyvero emdovXevuv. Kai ttoXejjllov fisv ovde- 
 vbg KaTEysXa, tg)v de gvv6vt(ov iravToyv &>g KaTayeXtiv, 
 del dieXeyeTO. 24. Kai Tolg \iev tCjv TToXspiGdv KT7\\iaaiv 
 ovk etteBovXeve • (xaXEnov yap &eto Elvai, rd tgjv fyvXaT- 
 rofisvG)v XaabdvEiv •) rd ds t&v (f)iXo)v, fiovog coeto sldsvai 
 paoTOv bv, dcpvXanTa Xafi6dveiv. 25. Kai baovg fisv ala- 
 OdvoiTO emopKOvg Kai ddUovg, <bg ev wnXiGfiEvovg, ecj)o6ei- 
 to • Tolg (5' baioig, Kai dXrjdsiav doKovaiv, cjg dvdvdpoig, 
 ineipaTO %p7\oQai. 26. "Qonep de Tig dydXXeTai enl tieo- 
 ge6elcl, Kai dXrjdsia, Kai dticaiOTrjTi, ovtco Mevov TjydXXsTO 
 tg5 ei-anaTav dvvaadai, tg) nXdoaoOai ipevdrj, tgj (piXovg 
 diayeXav • tov de fir) navovpyov, t&v dnaidevTGiv dsl evo- 
 fj,i%EV elvai. Kai Trap' olg [isv eirexEipEi npuTeveiv (piXia, 
 diaddXXojv Tovg npojTOvg, TovTovg coeTO delv KTTjoaadai. 
 27. To de TxeiQo\ievovg Tovg GTpaTKOTag rrapexEodai, eK 
 tov ovvadiKelv avTOig, E/i^xavaTO. Tifiaodai de Kai depa- 
 ireveoOat fji-iov, emdeiKvyfievog, oti rcXsiGTa dvvaiTo Kai 
 edeXoi dv ddiwelv. 'Evepyeoiav de KaTeXeyev, onoTe Tig 
 avTOv d(f)ioTaT0, oti, XP^I 1 ^ ^ avTti, ovk dnteXeaev avTOV. 
 
 His notoriety. His death. 
 28. Kai Ta fiev dr) dcpavr), e^egti rrepl avTov ipevdeodai- 
 a de ndvTeg loaai, Tad^ egti. Hapd 'Apiotittttg) p,ev, eti 
 (bpalog &v, GTpaTT\y£~iv diEixpd^aTO tg)v %evg)v • 'ApiaiG) de, 
 fiap6dpco ovti, oti fiEipaKioig KaXolg rjdETo, olKEiOTaTog, eti 
 (hpalog (bv, syivETO' avTog ds naidiKa eIx& Qapvnav, dye 
 veiog cov yeveioJVTa. 29. 'ArrodvrjOKovTCJv de twv gvg 
 TpaTTjy&v oti eGTpaTEVGav enl (3aGiXsa %vv Kvpo), TavTa 
 
BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 151 
 
 7T£7T0l7]KG)g, OVfi dlXE-QaVE ' flETO, 6t TOV TU)V dXXo)V daVCLTOV 
 
 orpaTTjytiv, riiiG)prj6elg vno fiaoiXeojg, dnidavev, ov% uairEp 
 KXeapxog, nai ol dXXoc crparriyoi, dnoTfirjOevTeg rag ke- 
 (baXdg, (oansp rdxiOTog -Bdvarog doitel eIvcll,) dXXd £c5v 
 altciodEig kviavrdv, &g Trovqpdg, XiyErac rrjg TsXEvrrjg tv- 
 
 Good character of Agias and Socrates. 
 30. 'Ay tag ds 6 'Apicdg, nai SojKpdrTjg 6 'Axcubg, teat 
 
 TOVTG) dTTEdaVETTjV. T0V7G)V 6e, OV® 0)g EV 7T0XE[J,G) KdfCGJV, 
 
 ovdsig KarEysXa, ovr" 1 slg (piXtav avrovg e/jle^eto. "H<t- 
 ttjv 6e dfi(pG) d[Mpi rd ttevte feat rpiaKovra ett] and yEVEag. 
 
OUTLINES OF PROSODY 
 
 AND OF THE 
 
 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
PROSODY. 
 
 (204.) Under the term Prosody are included Quantity and Versifi- 
 cation.* 
 
 QUANTITY. 
 (205.) The vowels e and o are naturally short; -q and w long; a, i, v 
 doubtful. 
 
 Rem. In naming a, i, v doubtful, we mean that they are long in some 
 words and short in others, not that they can be both long and short 
 in the same word. 
 (206.) The quantity of syllables is fixed either by the vowels they con- 
 tain, or by the consonants that follow ; in the former case they are said to 
 be long by nature ; in the latter, by position. 
 
 General Rules. 
 
 (207.) Rule I. — A syllable with a short vowel is short 
 by nature ; e. g., teko^, $eoc : one with a long- vowel or 
 diphthong, long by nature ; e. g., rlfirj, rjpug, olfcog. 
 
 Rem. The circumflex accent is placed only over vowels long by nature. 
 
 (208.) Rule II. — Contracted syllables are long; e. g., 
 
 dnG)v for aifccov, erifxd for krifxde, (36rpvg for (3oTpvag. 
 
 Rem. Syllables in which vr or v is omitted lengthen the vowel for 
 compensation (First Book, 312, 4) ; e. g„ rvipdc for rvipavrc, (xi'kaQ 
 for /xeXavr, Tervfyavi for TSTvfyavTOi. 
 
 (209.) Rule III. — A short or doubtful vowel before two 
 
 consonants or a double consonant is long by position ; e. g., 
 
 iare, rpdne^a, e%dlOTog, tyvXkov. 
 
 Rem. 1. This rule holds good even if one or both the consonants or the 
 double consonant is at the beginning of the next word ; e. g., nddt- 
 cov Tptiac, vtto fyyov. 
 
 * The old Greek grammarians included accents, breathings, and quan- 
 tity under the name Prosody. 
 
156 QUANTITY. 
 
 Rem. 2. A short vowel before a mute and liquid* is 
 
 (a) Made long (1) in composition; e. g., eavifiio ; (2) when /?, y, 6 
 stand before A, /z, v ; e. g., e'3?{,e7rov, Trentey/uat, evodpiog. 
 
 (b) Remains short in other cases (e. g., drenvog). 
 
 $3T But in Homer a mute and liquid commonly make the syllable long.t 
 
 (210.) The quantity of the doubtful vowels a, l, v must generally be 
 learned by observation ; but the student who has thoroughly mastered the 
 rules of accent% (First Book, Lessons LVI1I.-LXI.), and who has ob- 
 served carefully the quantity of the syllables of inflection in nouns and 
 verbs, will have pretty sure guides in most cases. Still, to facilitate his 
 progress, we subjoin the rules ordinarily given for the doubtful vowels, 
 a, i, v. 
 
 Special Rules. 
 A Vowel hefore a Single Consonant. 
 (211.) Rule IV. — A doubtful vowel before a single con- 
 sonant is generally short ; e. g., Kafcog, (f)tXog, dpyvpsog. 
 The most common exceptions are the following : 
 
 1. Exceptions in a: 
 
 (a) The ending ag in any case of the 1st decl. ; e. g., nom. ra/iidg, 
 gen. cuiac, ace. pi. do^dg; and in rjfidc, v/j.dg, c<j>dg. 
 
 (b) The ending dv in 1st decl. from nouns in a or ag; e. g., oltciav, 
 veaviav ; also in nouns of 3d decl. ; e. g., tltuv. 
 
 (c) Derivatives from verbs in -au pure, and -pao ; e. g., uvidrog, from 
 avidu ; d-ea/na, from -&edofiat ; nardpdTog, from KaTapdo/u.ai, &c. 
 
 2. Exceptions in l : 
 
 (a) iv in nouns which have -ivog in gen. (e. g., fayix'tv) ; in those which 
 * This rule may be expressed in the following lines : 
 At the juncture of compounds position holds true ; 
 And when middle mutes stand before lambda, mu, nu. — {Arnold.) 
 (The middle mutes are (3, y, 6). 
 
 f " It cannot be too much impressed upon the learner that it must be 
 distinctly known whether the vowel before the mute and liquid is or is not 
 long by nature ; for then, of course, it remains long ; e. g., in irevrddTiog the 
 a is long by nature (derived from ud?,og). Nothing is more common than 
 for learners to suppose that the juxtaposition of a mute and liquid can 
 render even a long vowel doubtful." — (Buttmann.) 
 t The accent shows the quantity thus : 
 
 1. A circumflexed vowel must be long (First Book, 359, 2). 
 
 2. If the penult is circumflexed, the ultimate must be short; e. g., fiovad 
 (First Book, 360, 3). 
 
 3. If the penult is acute and long, the ultimate is long ; e. g., upd. 
 
 4. If the antepenult is accented, the ultimate must be short ; e. g., <pev- 
 yovat (First Book, 360, 3, b). 
 
RULES FOR THE DOUBTFUL VOWELS. 157 
 
 have two endings in the nom. (e. g., unrig and LktIv) ; and in ijjj.lv, 
 
 VfJUV. 
 
 (6) ir in monosyllabic nouns (e. g., ?ug) ; in opvlg and some others. 
 
 (c) i in penult of nouns in -lttj and -iTrjg; e. g., 'k^podtTTj, TxoTiTrjg. 
 3. Exceptions in v : 
 
 (a) v in the singular of verbs in -vfii, pres. and imperf., and in the par- 
 ticiple (e.g., 6sLKvv/j.i, kduKvvv, deoivvoa) ; in verbal nouns in -v/xa 
 and some others. 
 
 (6) iig in monosyllable nouns (e. g., juvg) and in some others. 
 
 A Voivel before another Vowel. 
 
 (212.) Rule V. — A doubtful vowel before another vowel 
 
 is generally short (e. g., aeidovreg, daifiovtr], (pvrj.) 
 
 Rem. 1. This rule has many exceptions, of which the following are 
 the most important : 
 
 (a) The gen. sing, in -ao, and plur. in -dov ; e. g., 'Arpeidao, dyo- 
 pduv. 
 
 (b) did for did. 
 
 (c) In several verbs in -da (where -do is not preceded by e or p) ; 
 e.g., /Lcscdido), &c. 
 
 (d) In comparatives in -tov ; e. g., yXvntuv (short, however, in 
 Homer). 
 
 (e) In several verbs in -vu; e. g., {tvo, datcpvu, &c. (Found also 
 with v short.) 
 
 Rem. 2. Even a long vowel before another is often shortened in Homer 
 (see 230) ; and, on the contrary, a short one made long (see 230). 
 
 Derivation and Composition. 
 
 (213.) Rule VI. — Derivative and compound generally 
 retain the quantity of the primitive and simple words ; e. g., 
 vticr}, from vlkclg) ; aTl[iog, from rlfirj. 
 
 Rem. The privative particle a is short in composition ; e. g., arifiog ; 
 but if two short syllables follow, it is made long to avoid the con- 
 currence of short syllables ; e. g., dnu/udrog. 
 
 Final Syllables. 
 (214.) Rule VII. — A, i, v, final, are generally short ; e. g., 
 fiolpa, fieXi, d&Kpv. 
 
158 aUANTITY. 
 
 1. Exceptions in a : 
 
 (a) Most nouns in a having ag in genitive ; e. g., QiMa, (piXiag. 
 
 (6) All duals in a ; e. g., do^d, ttoVtra. 
 
 (c) Feminines of adjectives in og pure, or pog ; e. g., ayia, ^fierepd. 
 
 2. Exceptions in i : 
 
 (a) In i , added to pronouns or adverbs ; e. g., vvvt, ovroat. 
 
 (b) In l, substituted for e or a ; e. g., bdt for ode, ravrt for ravra. 
 
 3. Exceptions in v : 
 
 (a) The 3d pers. sing, of verbs in {ii, imperf. and 2d aorist ; e. g., gSv, 
 e<j>v. 
 I3P Final syllables ending in a consonant are accounted for by Rule IV. 
 
 Penults of Nouns (Oblique Cases). 
 
 (215.) Rule VIII. — A, i, v, in the penult of oblique 
 cases of nouns, are generally short. 
 
 1. Exceptions in a : 
 
 (a) Masculines in -av ; e. g., Tcrdv, Tcrdvog. 
 
 (b) Nouns in -a/c pure ; e. g., olai;, oldnog. 
 
 2. Exceptions in t : 
 
 (a) Monosyllables ; e. g., Mv, Slvog ; but Atog (gen. of Zevg) is short. 
 
 (b) Nouns which have two endings in nominative ; e. g., aarig and 
 atcTtv, aurivog. 
 
 (c) Nouns with stems in $ or y ; e.g., dpvig, opvldog, t£ttl%, Terrtyog. 
 
 (d) All with two short syllables before the penult ; e. g., fiacfiuvig, 
 jiatjiavtdog. (This is simply to avoid the concurrence of short syl- 
 lables.) 
 
 3. Exceptions in v : 
 
 (a) Nouns having two endings in the nom. ; e. g., $6picvg or Qoptcvv, 
 $6pnvvog. 
 
 (b) A number with mute stems ; e.g.,yvip,yvTrog,K^pv^,KijpvKog,&cc. 
 
 Inflection of Verbs. 
 
 (216.) Rule IX. — A, i, v, in the inflection (in all moods, 
 tenses, &c.) of verbs, are generally short. 
 
 Except. 1. Pure verbs generally lengthen the short final vowel of the 
 stem, or, if it be long, keep it so ; e. g., kau, kaaa ; tig), tIgu ; 
 ivxvu), hxv^o). 
 
WORDS WITH PENULT LONG. 
 
 159 
 
 2. Liquid verbs lengthen the stem- vowel in first aorist (First Book, 
 485). 
 
 3. If the stem-vowel is long in the present indicative, it remains so in 
 all the moods and participles of the present and imperfect tenses ; 
 e. g., Kptvu, eicpivov, Kptvofiai, kKplvourjv, uplvoLfii, &c. 
 
 4. Dissyllabic verbs in -v/zc or -vo are generally long in futures and 
 aorists ; e. g., dvco, edvaav, dvdi, &c. 
 
 (217.) Rules, or, rather, remarks on quantity, might be multiplied almost 
 indefinitely, but it will be better for the student to rely upon practice and 
 observation, than to encumber his mind with more than are given above. 
 He will find great advantage, however, in committing to memory the fol- 
 lowing table of words with long penults, embracing the most common 
 words of that quantity. 
 
 TABLES OP 
 
 WORDS WITH PENULT LONG. 
 
 
 1. With penult in a. 
 
 tftivapog, babbler. 
 
 
 Ko(3d2.og, knave. 
 
 avtdpoc, vexatious. 
 
 
 aupdrog, unmixed. 
 
 TLupa, turban. 
 
 
 vzdviq, girl. 
 
 OTcador-, follower. 
 
 
 alvdiTt, mustard. 
 
 avdadrjc, haughty. 
 
 
 ccayuv, jaw-bone. 
 
 I^ 3 With all nouns in -ayog, 
 
 from ay to or ayvv/ii ; e. g., 
 
 9ioxdyog, captain. 
 
 
 vavdyoc, shipwrecked person. 
 
 
 2. Pem 
 
 alt in i. 
 
 Kaixivoq, oven. 
 
 
 doTtvij, gift. 
 
 XdKlvoc, bridle. 
 
 
 atjivT/, axe. 
 
 6/illog, crowd. 
 
 
 XeXlduv, swallow. 
 
 izediXov, sandal. 
 
 
 epldog, labourer. 
 
 geKlvov, parsley. 
 
 
 UK.pl$7]C, accurate. 
 
 ovwLiivov, mulberry. 
 
 
 uKovlrov, aconite. 
 
 
 3. Pen 
 
 nit in v. 
 
 alaxvvTj, shame. 
 
 
 TT&Trvpoe, papyrus. 
 
 evdvvrj, account. 
 
 
 Adcpvpov, booty. 
 
 klvSvvoc, danger. 
 
 
 Ttirvpov, bran. 
 
 ftodvvoc, ditch. 
 
 
 dyKvpa, anchor. 
 
 Xayvvoc, flask. 
 
 
 ys(j)vpa, bridge. 
 
 7rpEo(3vT7/g, old man. 
 
 
 KoKKvpa, sort of loaf. 
 
 4. Thus, also, hoxvpog (from laxvo)), strong ; but most adjectives in -vpog 
 nave v short ; e. g., exvpog, from e^w. 
 
 5. The following proper names have the penult long : 
 
 (Penult in a.) Hrvfi^dlog, Qapodlog, JlpidTrog, "Apdrog, Ay/zapdrog, 
 'Axarrjg, MtdpidaTTjg, EvtipaTTjg, NiQaTrjg, Qeavu, 'Id- 
 auv, 'A/ndctg, Sapdmg (Serapis). 
 
160 
 
 aUANTITY. 
 
 (Penult in l.) Evplnog, 'Evlnevg, I,ept(j)og, $ot,vtni], TpdvlKog, "Oalptg, 
 Bovalpig, 'Ayxtorjg, Klylva, Ka^dplva, 'AQpodirn, 'Au- 
 
 (ptTptTTj. 
 
 (Penult in v.) Acovvaoc, 'Afxcppvaog, KajuftvGqg, 'Ap^yrac, Kcjkvtoc, 
 Br/pvrog, "Apfidog, Btdvvog, TLdxvvov, Kepuvpa, or Kop 
 Kvpa. 
 
 6. The following dissyllables have the penult long : 
 Penult in a. 
 
 drrj, ruin, 
 ddhog, firebrand. 
 
 
 
 (Xppdyic, seal, 
 rpdxvg, rough. 
 
 
 Penult in i. 
 
 
 iplTiog, bare. 
 X^og, fodder, 
 "kilioc, hunger. 
 (>iv6g, hide, 
 "kirog, smooth. 
 
 
 
 filKpog, small, 
 rl/xri, honour. 
 vluT}, victory. 
 kTuvt), couch. 
 dtvT], whirlpool. 
 
 
 Penult in v. 
 
 
 ■&V[/,6g, mind. 
 
 f)v/j.6c, pole of a carriage. 
 
 XVjuog, juice, sap. 
 
 Tvpoe, cheese. 
 
 nvpog, wheat. 
 
 <pv?Lij, tribe. 
 
 vKr\, forest, matter. 
 
 
 
 cvpiyt;, flute. 
 Xpvcog, gold. 
 %vvog, common. 
 KV(j)6g, crooked, bent. 
 tpvxpoc, cold. 
 ipvxVi soul. 
 Ivivrj, grief. 
 
 7. In verbs with monosyllabic stems, and in all verbs in -avu, -ivo, -wo, 
 a is short (e. g., tiyu, ypdfyd) ; i and v long ; e. g., rpfftu, avpu, except in 
 y7iv(j)0), carve. 
 
 I^ 3 But luavG) is long ; also cpdavu, tcixavo, in the epic poets. 
 The following pure verbs (contracted) have the first syllable long : 
 
 avTidu, plunder, 
 
 8. 
 
 Ktveo), move, 
 filyio, shudder. 
 Clyde), be silent. 
 
 p~iyoo, freeze, 
 (pvadu, blow, breathe. 
 Rem. 1. By knowing the quantity of the above words, we learn that 
 of many compounds ; e. g., an/nog, uipvxog, efj.(3pid?jg, davXov, &c. ; 
 and also of many proper names ; e. g., Hermoiimus, Demonicus, Eri- 
 phyle, &c. 
 Rem. 2. Some verbal nouns adopt the short vowel of the second Aorist 
 instead of the long one of the Present. This occurs, 
 
 (a) In some nouns in rj: Tplfirj, dtarpl^, dvaipvxv, Trapa^vx^y 
 7rat6oTpl(3rig. 
 
 (b) In some adjectives in -r\g (-eog): Evtcplvyg, drplftrig, KaXivrplfirig. 
 9. The rule that one vowel before another is short has more exceptions in 
 
VERSIFICATION. 161 
 
 Greek than in Latin. Yet the vowel is oftener short than long. Observe 
 carefully the following : 
 (a) Penult in I (long). 
 
 Ka/ud, nest. aluta, insult. 
 
 Kovta,* dust. 'AnaS^/Lcta, Academy, 
 
 avta* vexation. 
 (6) Penult in d (long). 
 M6c (6), people. I nao (for Kaicj), burn, 
 
 vuoc (6), temple. | /c/luo (for k/mIco), weep. 
 
 (c) Of words in -auv, -iqv : those with o in penult of gen. have penult 
 long ; those with o, short. 
 
 Hence the penult is long in 'Afifytuv, Mf^dcjv, &c, and all compara- 
 tives in -iuv, j3e2.rto)v, &c. ; but short in AevKa?uuv, Qop/uuv, gen. 
 •uvog. 
 
 VERSIFICATION. 
 
 Rhythm, Arsis, Thesis, Verse, Feet. 
 
 (218.) 1. By Rhythm we mean a regular alternation of elevations 
 (stress) and depressions of the voice. In poetry this alternation follows 
 certain fixed laws. 
 
 2. The effort of voice by which stress is laid upon one syllable is call- 
 ed Ictus,i or rhythmical accent. A syllable so raised by the ictus stands 
 in the Arsis.t The syllable (or syllables) on which the voice rests or 
 sinks are said to be in the Thesis.X 
 
 3. A Foot is formed by the union of arsis and thesis. A combination 
 of feet forms a Verse. 
 
 4. The most usual feet are 
 
 
 (a) Of two syllables : 
 
 
 Spondee, 
 
 ; e. g., rovTovg 
 
 Iambus, 
 
 w — ; e. g., ?ioyovg. 
 
 Trochee, 
 
 — w ; e. g., dovXoc;. 
 
 Pyrrhic, 
 
 w — ; e. g., ?ioyo£. 
 
 (6) Of three syllables : 
 
 
 Dactyl, 
 
 — w w ; e. g., rvKTers 
 
 Anapaest, 
 
 w w — ; e. g., Tafuuiv. 
 
 Tribrach, 
 
 w ^ w ; e. g., Xeyere. 
 
 fl^ 3 The less common feet are given in the note below.§ 
 
 * These two words, however, occur in epic poets with I (short;. 
 t So called because the time was marked by a stamp of the foot. 
 % The words arsis (apaig) and thesis (&eaig) denote, respectively, the 
 raising and lowering of the voice . 
 
 § Feet of three syllables : the five following, viz., 
 
162 VERSIFICATION. 
 
 Species of Verse. 
 (219.) The principal kinds of verse are four, viz., the 
 Dactylic, Trochaic, Iambic, and Anapaestic, so called from 
 the predominant foot in each. 
 
 Rem. The term metre is used (in a general sense) to denote a species 
 of verse ; thus we speak, of Dactylic metre ; i. e., that kind of verse 
 in which the dactyl predominates ; Iambic metre, in which the 
 iambus predominates, &c. 
 (220.) A verse which has just the number of syllables requisite is call- 
 ed acatalectic ; if it lacks a syllable at the end, catalectic ; if at the begin- 
 ning, acephalous ; if it have a syllable too much at the end, hypercatalectic 
 or hypermeter. 
 
 (221.) (a) Dactylic verse is measured by single feet, so that a dactylic 
 verse of six feet is called hexameter ; of five, pentameter, &c. 
 
 (6) But Iambic, Trochaic, and Anapaestic verse are measured by dipodies 
 (i*. e., pairs of feet) ; so that an iambic of six feet is called trimeter ; of four, 
 dimeter, &c. 
 
 Rem. The term metre is used (in a specific sense) to denote feet oi 
 dipodies entering into verse ; thus, in dactylic verse, one foot is call- 
 ed a metre ; in iambic, anapaestic, and trochaic, two. 
 
 Ccesura. 
 
 (222.) Ccesura is the separation, by the end of a word, of syllables enter- 
 ing into a foot. If the feet of a verse be marked off like bars in music, 
 whenever a bar falls in the middle of a word there is a caesura ; e. g., the 
 following hexameter has four caesuras : 
 
 XcJojue-\vov Kara \ -&v/j,ov e-\v£cj-\vulo yv-\vaiKog. 
 
 Molossus, . 
 
 Amphibrach, w — w. 
 Amphimacer, — w — . 
 Feet of four syllables : 
 Choriambus, — w ■ 
 
 Antispast, -^ 
 
 Ionic a majore, 
 
 Ionic a minore, -w w - 
 
 Bacchius, 
 Antibacchius, 
 
 Proceleusmatic, -■_• 
 Dispondee, — 
 Diiambus, w 
 
 Dichoree, — 
 
 Feet consisting of three short syllables and one long are called first, 
 second, third, or fourth Paeon, according as the long syllable is the first, 
 second, third, or fourth of the foot. 
 
 Feet consisting of three long syllables and one short are called first, 
 second, third, or fourth Epitrite, according as the short syllable is the first, 
 second, third, or fourth of the foot. 
 
DACTYLIC HEXAMETER. 163 
 
 Rem. The half of a metre (221, Kern.) is technically called a Hemimer 
 {fifjufiepig). Hence a caesura, cutting off the third half metre, is 
 called triemimeral ; the fifth, penthemimeral ; the seventh, hepthe- 
 mimeral, &c. 
 
 I. DACTYLIC VERSE. 
 
 (223.) The principal Dactylic verse is the Hexameter, employed by 
 the epic poets, and especially by Homer, to sing the exploits of heroes, 
 and hence called the Heroic, or 
 
 Homeric Hexameter. 
 
 (224.) The Homeric Hexameter consists of six feet, of which the first 
 four may be either dactyls or spondees; the fifth is regularly a dactyl; 
 the sixth a spondee. 
 
 1. 2. 3. 4. _ 5. 6. 
 
 top d' dTra\fiell3o/j,E\voc 7rpo(Te:\(pfj nodac \ unvg 'Al^i/Metfc. 
 noXXdg | <5' l<j>6l\fj,ovc ipv\xac 'Ai\<5l Trpoildipsv. 
 Rem. 1. The final syllable, as it closes the verse, may be either long 
 
 or short, but is always reckoned long. 
 Rem. 2. Sometimes a spondee is found in the fifth place, especially in 
 a grave and solemn strain. The line is then called spondaic. 
 
 Ccesura in Hexameter* 
 
 (225.) (a) Every well-formed hexameter has at least one caesura, and 
 may have several. 
 
 (6) The masculine caesura falls just after the arsis of a dactyl (— J y *■*)', 
 the feminine after the first short syllable of the thesis (— ~ | ~). 
 
 (226.) The principal caesuras are, 
 
 1. Penthemimeral, masculine, after the arsis of the 3d foot ; e. g., 
 
 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 
 
 aXk' o fiev | A.tdXo\izag \\ juere \ Kidde \ Tf\kW e\6vTa£. 
 
 2. Penthemimeral, feminine, thesis of 3d foot ; e. g., 
 
 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 
 
 ek Tzep\aai Upla\fxoto \\ tzo\1lv ei> | d' of nad' l\Kec6al. 
 
 3. Hepthemimeral, masculine, arsis of 4th foot ; e. g., 
 
 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 
 
 irdl?<,ac | 6' t(pdl\fiovc i/w^dc 11 'Ai\dt 7rpoi\dtpev. 
 fgp* Others also occur, but the above are most important. 
 
 * Ktihner, Elementargrammatik, § 190. 
 
164 VERSIFICATION. 
 
 HiafMS — Synizesis— Digamma . 
 
 (227.) Hiatus. — (a) When a word ends with a vowel, and the next be- 
 gins with one, an effect is produced which is called Hiatus. This the 
 Greek poets sought to avoid, 
 
 1. By elision ; e. g., tif kfiov for km e/iov. 
 
 2. By crasis ; e. g., raXKa for rd uXka. 
 
 (b) Homer, however, frequently allows it, especially, 
 
 1. In a long vowel or diphthong ; e. g., avrideo) 'Odvarjt. If the long 
 vowel or diphthong fall in the thesis, it is made short; e. g., nvpyu 
 
 £<p£GTT]ICet. 
 
 2. When two words are separated by a punctuation-mark ; e. g. t 
 aW ava, si, &c. 
 
 (228.) Synizesis. — Two vowels, forming separate syllables, are often 
 combined into one by Synizesis ; e. g., xpvaeo, pronounced as two sylla- 
 bles, xpvo-Eu (the e sounded like English y). 
 
 (229.) Digamma.— (a) There was originally in the Greek alphabet a let- 
 ter called Vau, or Digamma,* corresponding nearly to the English F or 
 Latin V. Its form was /*. 
 
 (b) Its traces are found chiefly, 
 
 1. At the beginning of certain words, indicated only by the smooth 
 breathing ; e. g., lg (fig, Lat. vis), olvog (f olvog, Lat. vinum), or 
 by the rough ; e. g., eawepog (fiorrepog, Lat. vesperus). 
 
 2. In the middle of certain words, changed into v ; e. g., vavg, instead 
 of vdSg (Lat. navis), j3ovg, instead of j3 of g (Lat. bos, bowis) ; or not 
 indicated at all ; e. g., big (ofig, ovis). 
 
 (c) In Homer's time many words were certainly sounded with the digam- 
 ma ; e. g., ayvvfiL, avaij, avddvo, and others beginning with a ; lap (ver), 
 the forms of eldo (video), also, eoiko,, 'ivvvfii, eiTcelv, £K7j2,og, and others 
 beginning with e ; 6g (suus), ov (sui), olnog (vicus), olvog (vinum), &c. 
 
 (d) Its most important effects in Homeric hexameter are, 
 
 1. Short syllables at the end of words (e. g., -og, -ov) are lengthened 
 before words having the digamma ; this forming, in fact, length by 
 position. 
 
 2. No hiatus is caused by words having the digamma ; e. g., 'Arpe/J^f 
 re ava^ avSpuv. 
 
 * So called from its form f resembling one gamma standing on another. 
 It is thought to have occupied the sixth place in the alphabet, and was re- 
 tained longest by the iEolians. 
 
HEXAMETER VERSE. IAxMBIC VERSE. 165 
 
 Lengthening and Shortening of Syllables by Arsis 
 and Thesis. 
 
 (230.) Rule I. — A short syllable may be made long 
 
 when it falls in the arsis ; e. g., 
 
 <j>tXe Kaciyvrjre Ko\iiaai re fie 66c re fioi ittttovc. 
 h/X^i' epetdofievc) ' ert yap tyov efacea Xvypd. 
 
 Rule II. — A long vowel or diphthong at the end of 
 
 words may be made short when it falls in the thesis, if the 
 
 next word begins with a vowel ; e. g., 
 
 initvi] | kv fievdeociv albg rcapd irarpl yipovrt. 
 Rem. 1. This shortening in thesis is almost constantly made in Homer 
 
 Remember that it does not occur in the arsis. 
 Rem. 2. Nor does it occur if the next word has the digamma. 
 Rem. 3. It occurs, but seldom, in the middle of a word ; e. g., kirelfj. 
 Rem. 4. Sometimes, from the necessity of the verse, a short vowel 
 
 in thesis is measured as long, between two long vowels ; e. g., 
 
 vno\det;ij]. 
 
 Elegiac Pentameter. 
 (231.) Elegiac verse consists of alternate hexameters and pentameters 
 The pentameter is composed of two dactyls or spondees and a long csesural 
 syllable, followed by two dactyls and another long syllable ; e. g., 
 tcvfidrd | 7rolel\Tai II ^ei/zan | vv% b\o\fj. 
 
 IAMBIC VERSE. 
 
 [This should not be studied until the student comes to read the Anacreontics 
 and Iambics at the end of the Reading Lessons in Verse.] 
 
 (232.) Iambic verse is so called because the iambus (-^ — ) is the princi- 
 pal foot that occurs in it. The most important species is the Trimeter, 
 consisting of three dipodies (221, b). As it has six feet, it is sometimes 
 called Senarian. 
 
 Iambic Trimeter. 
 (233.) In pure trimeter we find each foot an iambus ; e.g., 
 Trukal | Kvvfj | yeroijv \ rd nai \ jxerpov \ jxevdv. 
 
 (a) The tribrach may stand (instead of the iambus) in either of the 
 first five feet. 
 
 (b) The spondee may stand in the odd places (1st, 3d, or 5th). 
 
 (c) The dactyl in the 1st and 3d. 
 
166 
 
 VERSIFICATION. 
 
 (d) The anapaest in the first only, except in proper names, when it 
 may appear in any foot except the last. 
 (234.) The following table exhibits the feet which are admitted into 
 regular iambic trimeter in Greek tragedy, according to the rules above 
 given : 
 
 In proper names 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 \*> — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 w w v./ 
 
 WWW 
 
 WWW 
 
 w w w 
 
 w w w 
 
 w — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O — 
 
 — v-/ W 
 
 
 — WW 
 
 
 
 w — 
 
 w w — 
 
 
 
 
 
 W — 
 
 W W _ 
 
 WW — 
 
 w w- 
 
 w w — 
 
 ww- 
 
 W- 
 
 (235.) The following verses afford specimens of the admission of the 
 Tribrach : 
 
 Spondee : 
 
 Dactyl 
 
 ATToXtg, | epf]\[j.og, dd^Kt^Tarfj j (3poriov. 
 
 QvtC) I 6' afiei\fiat fj.' 'C)o\te ii'dT^yrjaal \ typtvdg. 
 
 MfjTEpa, | to oti\<j)pov r' ela\fiev dv\T7]g %vfi\<pdpd£. 
 
 Anapaest : 
 
 AKoMa\rog o^|)loc, vav\nK7J | r' avup\xtd. 
 'Efet | 6' eg ol\novg 'F,p\/udv^ \ rivog \ xpovov. 
 (236.) Ccesura in iambic trimeter. Every senarian should have a pen- 
 themimeral or hepthemimeral caesura ; e. g., 
 
 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 
 
 ayere*\ top d\[3pov\\6fi \ nor' ev \ Tpol q, | irodd. 
 "xdXai | Kvv7]\ye rovv | rd \\ nai \ fierpov | fjievov. 
 Rem. 1. Many lines have both, but the penthemimeral is much the 
 
 more common. 
 Rem. 2. A quasi-ccesura* is formed by the elision of a short vowel after 
 the third foot ; e. g., 
 
 kevtTl j re ufj\<peldea6'' H eyu> | 'tckov \ Tldplv. 
 Rem. 3. When the caesura occurs in the tribrach, it should be between 
 the first and second syllables ; e. g., 
 
 nen^tiv | ldKla\fidT' \\ ddo\>it[i ol\ftloig | ex eiv - 
 Anacreontic. 
 (237.) Anacreontic verse is so called from the poet Anacreon. 
 (238.) (a) One species of this is the iambic dimeter catalectic ; i. e., iambic 
 dimeter lacking the last syllable. 
 
 * Porson. 
 
TROCHAIC AND ANAPAESTIC VERSE. 167 
 
 (6) It contains three iambi, and a long syllable. But sometimes the 
 first foot is a spondee : 
 
 #g/lw | Tieyelv || 'k.Tpeld\ag 
 rj (3ap/3\lTdQ || de ^opd|aic. 
 (239.) Another species admits an anapaest in the first place ; e. g., 
 fj,$oovv\KTtolg || tco6' ti\palg. 
 jjLaK.apl^\ofi£v 11 ae rer|nf. 
 
 TROCHAIC VERSE. 
 
 (240.) (a) Trochaic verse is so named because the trochee (- ^) is its 
 principal foot. 
 
 (b) The most common is the trochaic tetrameter catalectic ; called te- 
 trameter, because it consists of four dipodies (221, b) ; and catalectic, be- 
 cause the last foot lacks a syllable. 
 
 (c) The following scheme shows the feet that are admissible, and their 
 proper places : 
 
 — 
 In proper names 
 
 1 | 2 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 - 
 
 -v -~ 
 
 — \-/ 
 
 — w 
 
 — w 
 
 — ^ 
 
 — v^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \-/ v^ — 
 
 
 \-/ \-< — 
 
 
 ^/ \_/ — 
 
 
 — w \*/ 
 
 \> \^ \^ 
 
 T*V.« 
 
 
 T^V 
 
 — \_/ \_/ 
 
 
 Rem. In proper names observe that a dactyl may appear in any place 
 but the 4th and 7th. 
 
 (241.) Examples. 
 
 Qovlov I eft(3a\%tiv, rov I avrov || ovk air\oZGe \ ral f.io\pov. 
 Eft#' | EKX(o\pdc ' al\7jdue || d'ovojia \ Uo?ivveZ\K7}v Ha\rffp. 
 2i>yyo\vdv fe^fjv TlvJ,a\dfiv re || roy ra | de ^vv\6puv ra \ fioi. 
 Rem. The fourth foot should always end with a word, as shown by 
 the double lines in the above examples. 
 
 ANAP.ESTIC VERSE. 
 
 (242.) Anapaestic verse is so called because the anapaest (~ ) is its 
 
 principal foot. It admits the dactyl or spondee instead of the anapaest. 
 
 Rem. 1. But an anapaest rarely follows a aactyl in the same dipody, 
 
 as too many short vowels would thus be brought together. 
 Rem. 2. The proceleusmaticus (— — *_ ^.) is found in a few rare cases. 
 (243.) The most common is the dimeter, having two dipodies, or four 
 feet, of which the last may be either an anapaest, spondee, or trochee. 
 demrav \ fxev eroc II to d'enfi \ YlpXafiov. 
 
168 VERSIFICATION. 
 
 Zet>c yap \ pieyaTifjc II yTiuaafjc \ ndftizuvg, 
 Tl[Z7J£, | oxvpov II Zsvyog 'A | rpeidibv. 
 Rem. Each dipody, in the tragic poets, ends with a word. 
 (244.) Anapaestic dimeters commonly occur in a series of verses called a 
 system, terminated by a catalectic dimeter or Parozmiac* verse. Its struc- 
 ture is that of the dimeter, except that it lacks a syllable at the end ; e. g., 
 
 Tzalat (5g | p.aXkbv \ yeyevrj \ rat. 
 ndv [xdi | (poftepov | to irpoq ep\irdv. 
 
 * So called because proverbs (ivapoip,iai) were frequently written in this 
 metre. 
 
THE EPIC OR HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 THE DIALECTS IN GENERAL. 
 
 (245.) (a) The Greek language* consisted of two elements, the Pelas- 
 gian and the Hellenic. The Pelasgians (JLeX-aayoL or He?i07reg, " swarthy 
 Asiatics," or " dark-faced men") occupied and civilized parts of northern 
 Greece, and also the Peloponnesus, which was named after them. The 
 Hellenes ("EXfyveg, " the warriors") were a martial tribe from the mount- 
 ains in the north of Thessaly. 
 
 (6) The tribes resulting from the commingling of these two were called 
 Dorians (Aupielg, " Highlanders," from 6a and opog) when the Hellenic 
 element predominated, and Ionians ("Icoveg, "men of the coasf't) when 
 the Pelasgian predominated. But when the Highlanders blended with 
 the people of the Thessalian plains, they were called ^Eolians (A/o/U?c, 
 " mixed men"), a name long retained by the Thessalians and Boeotians. 
 
 (c) Part of the Ionian race emigrated to Asia Minor, and part remained 
 in Attica. These last were the most energetic and intelligent of all the 
 Greeks, and their dialect (the Attic) became the most widely circulated, 
 and is now used as a standard of comparison for all the rest. 
 
 (246.) The four principal dialects are, then, the Attic, Ionic, Doric, 
 and ^Eolic. 
 
 . Attic. 
 
 (247.) 1. The Attic was used by the Athenians. It forms the basis of 
 the Grammar which the pupil has studied. 
 
 2. The principal writers in the Attic dialect are, in Philosophy, Plato ; 
 in History, Thucydides and Xenophon ; in Oratory, Demosthenes, iEs- 
 chines, and Isocrates ; in Poetry, Aristophanes, iEschylus, Sophocles, and 
 Euripides. 
 
 3. Its chief peculiarities (besides those noted in the " First Book," under 
 the several declensions, conjugations, &c.) are, 
 
 (a) The substitution of f for a ; e. g., ^vv for avv. 
 
 (6) The substitution of tt for oo ; e. g., M^arra for Salaaoa. 
 
 * The remarks on the " Dialects in general" are modified from Donald- 
 son (Greek Grammar, Introduction). 
 t Also, AlycaXecc, " beach-men," or 'A^ato/, " sea-men." 
 
 H 
 
170 
 
 THE DIALECTS. 
 
 Ionic. 
 
 (248.) 1. The Ionic dialect was used by the lonians, and other inhabit- 
 ants of Asia Minor. 
 
 2. The Ionic writers most usually read are Herodotus and Anacreon. 
 
 3. The Ionic was by far the smoothest and softest of the dialects. Its 
 chief peculiarities are : 
 
 (a) It loves a concurrence of vowels. Hence it rejects contracted forms 
 (e. g., it uses ivoieu instead of noio)), and resolves diphthongs into 
 separate vowels ; e. g., tvttteo for tvtctov, TzaTpuioc for irarpihoc. 
 Hence, also, it rarely uses the apostrophe. 
 
 (6) It prefers smooth to aspirated letters; e. g., dtKO/iai for dexo/iai; 
 airatpeu for a<paip£), gjXXol for g)?JXol. 
 
 (c) Its most common changes of letters are : 
 
 6 for 
 
 C 
 
 as 16/iev 
 
 for la /iev, 
 
 K " 
 
 a " 
 
 e, 
 
 " noloc 
 " dsKOfiat, 
 " /isyador 
 
 " 7T060C, 
 
 ■" defto/iai, 
 " fieyedog, 
 
 e " 
 
 e is inserted 
 
 a, 
 
 " eparjv 
 u i adetyebc 
 ( k/ueo)VTe(f) 
 
 " upar/v, 
 " e/iavrti, 
 
 t) for 
 
 a, 
 
 " Trpfiyfia 
 
 " Tvpdy/ia, 
 
 ov " 
 ev " 
 
 ov 
 
 " vovaog 
 
 " itaXev/ievoc 
 
 " vocroc, 
 
 " fcaXov/ievog. 
 
 Doric. 
 
 (249.) 1. The Doric dialect was widely diffused at first, but at a later 
 period was mostly confined to Sparta and the adjacent districts. It was 
 used chiefly as the language of lyric and pastoral poetry. 
 
 2. The chief writers are Pindar, Theocritus, Bion, and Moschus. 
 
 3. It was the roughest of the dialects. Its chief peculiarities are : 
 
 (a) The use of broad a instead of 77 or u ; e. g., a lada for 7/ l?/d?], 
 
 rav Kopdv for tuv liop&v. 
 (6) H is sometimes used for a, as $gy for £av ; o for ov, as /idaa for 
 
 fiovaa ; at for el, as aide for eWe ; ev for ov, as olnevvTEg for 
 
 OlKOVVTEg. 
 
 (c) a is used for S, as aibg for $sbg, 
 
 k " r, " TXOKa " TTOTS, 
 
 K " TT, " KOV " 7TOV, 
 
 ad " £ " rp&TTEada " rpdnE^a. 
 
 d) Insertion of cr in the passive inflection of verb ; e. g., rvTrro/ieadov 
 for tvtxto/ieQov . 
 
HOMERIC DIALECT. 171 
 
 (e) Ending the infin. in -/jevai or -/jev ; e. g., EiXEvat for elvac, ide/iev 
 
 for Idelv. 
 (/) The preposition izpog is, in the Doric dialect, ttot'l. 
 
 ^Eolic. 
 
 (250.) The ^Eolic dialect* is of less importance than the others, as there 
 are fewer remains of it. The fragments of Alcaeus and Sappho are writ- 
 ten in JEolic. It differs but slightly from Doric. The digamma was 
 longest preserved in it. 
 
 THE EPIC OR HOMERIC DIALECT.t 
 
 (251.) The language of Homer is the older Ionic, including, however, 
 forms adapted to the verse from all the dialects ; and as Homer's epics 
 were about the earliest of that species of poetry, and at the same time its 
 master-pieces, his dialect remained the dialect of epic poetry. Under the 
 title of the Homeric dialect, therefore, we embrace a brief account of the 
 peculiarities of the epic language. 
 
 VOWEL CHANGES. 
 
 (252.) Contraction. — The fuller forms of words are preferred to the 
 contracted ones in the epic language. 
 
 1. But Homer uses contracted or uncontracted forms, according to the 
 necessities of the verse ; e. g., both aenuv and anwv. 
 
 2. -oi] is contracted (in the middle of words) into u in the verbs Poav, 
 to cry, and voelv, think ; e. g., [3uaag for ftorfcag, ayvucaoKEV for ayvQi}- 
 aaansv. So dydcJKOvra, instead of bydor/Kovra. 
 
 (253.) Diaeresis is the separation of a diphthong into its vowels. It 
 occurs in Homer frequently, especially in words which had the digamma ; 
 e. g., avT/xr] (afu), Trdlc, big (o/lc), oio/iat, EVKTifiEvog. 
 
 (254.) Crasis^ is not common. It occurs especially in 
 
 K&yu for Kal eyu, 
 raXka " ra uXka, 
 ovfj.bg " 6 e fj.bg, 
 
 ovvEna for oi) evena, 
 apcarog " 6 dpiarog, 
 covrbg " 6 avrog. 
 
 (255.) Synizesis (228) is very common ; especially, 
 
 1. In the middle of words : e before other vowels and diphthongs; e. g., 
 arf/6ea, v/ntag, -S-eoI, ^pvcreoZc, teOvecjtl. With a, t. o, or v before other 
 vowels it occurs much less frequently. 
 
 * The ^Eolic preserves the earliest forms of the Greek tongue. The 
 Latin coincides more nearly with it than with the other dialects. 
 
 t What follows on the Homeric dialect is modified from Kuhner's Ele- 
 mentargrammatik, and Kriiger, ilbcr die Dialekte. 
 
 % First Book, 32, 1. 
 
172- HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 2. Between two words : especially between r), rj, dq, [ii], knee, or a word 
 with the case-ending rj or w, and the word following; e. g., ?) ov, /jltj uXkot. 
 
 (256.) Elision (First Book, 32, 2) is very common. 
 
 (257.) pocope cuts off a short final vowel before a word beginning 
 with a consonant. 
 
 1. It occurs with avd, Kara, napa, and apa (conj.); occasionally with 
 cirro and vtto. 
 
 2. When the a is cut off, 
 
 (a) av becomes ujli* before a p-mute or /u ; e. g., afz (3o)/xolat, afi 
 nehayoc, a/i (j)6vov, aju/Lcevo). 
 
 (b) icdr assimilates r to the consonant that follows (but takes the 
 smooth mute before the rough) ; e. g., ku.6 dvva/uv, nair fyakapa. 
 
 CONSONANT CHANGES. 
 (258.) The t-mutes 6 and 5- are retained before jn, instead of becoming 
 ;t e. g., 16/j.ev for la/j,ev, KSKOpvd/xevoc for KSKopva/xivoc. 
 (259.) MetathesisX of p with the vowel before it, occurs often ; e. g., 
 tepdrepog for naprspoe, edpanov for edapaov. 
 (260.) Certain consonants may be doubled after short vowels ; e. g., 
 
 (a) The semi-vowels A, }i, v, p, a; e. g., eXla^ov (for eAafiov), i/ifiadov 
 (for if/,adov), vekvoglv (for vekvglv), oggov for ocov, &c. 
 
 (b) The mutes tt, k, r, and 6 ; e. g., otttcoc for dnoc, dm for on, sddetGe 
 for fdeiae, &c. 
 
 Rem. A single consonant may be used instead of two, when neces- 
 sary for the verse ; e. g., 'Axlaevc for 'A^/lAeuc 
 
 INFLECTION OF WORDS. 
 I. THE ARTICLE. 
 
 (261.) 1. The Article is generally used in Homer as a demonstrative 
 pronoun (this, that) ; sometimes for the personal pronoun he, she, it. 
 2. Its peculiar forms in Homer are the following : 
 
 (a) Singular : gen. rolo for rov. 
 
 (b) Plural : gen. (fem.) raw (for rtiv) ; dat. rolai (for role) ; ralat, 
 Trial, or rye, for rale. 
 
 II. THE NOUN. 
 
 First Declension. 
 (262.) (a) Singular. 
 
 * First Book, 438. t Ibid., 432. 
 
 \ Interchange of the order of letters. 
 
DECLENSIONS OF NOUNS. 
 
 173 
 
 1. For d, we find rj in all cases singular ; e.g., ao<pi-rj, -77c, -tj, &c, for 
 aofyi-d, -de, -a, &c. ; veavlnc for veaviag, &c. 
 
 Rem. 1. Except $ed, goddess, -dg, -a ; also in Alvecdc, and some other 
 proper names in -ag pure. The vocat. of vv^rj is vv/upd. 
 
 Rem. 2. Even d becomes rj in some nouns in -eta, -ota ; e. g., ^vOeltj, 
 -rjg, &c, for u?.7]deia, -ag, &c. 
 
 2. In some masculines the nominative appears in -a instead of -77c, when 
 the verse needs it ; e. g., 'nzTzora for i-nixo-rig. In three the accent is 
 thrown back ; viz., /xTjriera, evpvoTra, dud/cnra. 
 
 3. Instead of -ov, in gen. sing, masc, we find -do, -cj, and -eo ; e. g., 'Ep- 
 utldo and 'Epfieicj (for 'Ep/zetov) ; 'Arpeiddo and 'ArpeWeZJ, for 'Arpeidov. 
 
 t^ 3 The w is considered short for accent, and ew is always pronounced 
 as one syllable (j/o) by synizesis. 
 (6) Plural. 
 
 1. In genitive plural, besides -uv, we have -dov and -euv ; e. g., nvhauv, 
 irvXeuv (ttv?.uv). 
 
 2. In dative plural, -yen, -ng, and -atai or -aig. 
 
 Z3F 3 The following table contains all the forms. It must not, however, 
 be thought that the precise words in the table appear in all the forms. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Common Forms. Epic. 
 N. Nom. 
 o~o<j>i-a 1 Go<pi-ri 
 
 Gen. 
 
 -ns 
 
 Dat. 
 
 -v 
 
 Ace. 
 
 -7jV 
 
 Voc. 
 
 veavi-ag veavi-7jg > 
 Ltttvot-tjc imror-a J 
 
 -ao 
 -co 
 
 -£0) 
 
 ■v 
 
 -7)V 
 
 -v 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 kXtaiw 
 
 Kkiaiai 
 
 isi 
 
 -r/m \ 
 
 ■vs \ 
 
 -atcrt ( 
 -aig ) 
 
 ■ag 
 
 ■at 
 
 Second Declension. 
 (263.) The peculiar forms are only three : 
 Sing. 
 Gen. -oto for -ov. 
 
 Dual. 
 G. and D. -ouv for -oiv. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Dat. -oLGiiy) and -ocg. 
 Rem. 1. Instead of the contracted forms of 2d decl. Homer generally 
 
 uses the full forms ; e. g., vbog instead of vovg. 
 Rem. 2. A few traces of the Attic 2d decl. (First Book, 88) appear in 
 
 Homer, with gen. sing, -uo instead of -u ; e. g., Tl7)ve?,e£)0, from 
 
 Tl7]VE?,EUg. 
 
 Third Declension. 
 (264.) 1. The Singular endings are mostly unchanged, except in special 
 classes of words mentioned below. 
 
174 
 
 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 2. The Dual has in gen. and dat. ollv ; e. g., nodouv. 
 
 3. The Plural has in dat. -egol (sometimes -ggl, -egl, or -gl), kvv-eggi 
 
 (KVUV, KVV-Oq), TTod-EGGL, TTaVT-EGGL, &C. 
 
 Rem. In neuters, with stems ending in f (First Book, 351, 2), the c of 
 the stem is dropped ; e. g., ette-eggl (nom. E7rog, stem eitsg-). 
 (265.) The following special classes are to be noted : 
 1. Nouns in -svg (First Book, 342) substitute rj for s, except before v ; 
 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 (3aGi2,-Ei>c 
 
 -jjog 
 
 -7ji 
 
 -fjd 
 
 -£U 
 
 Plur. 
 
 (3aGL7i7]-Eg 
 
 -7](OV 
 
 -EVGL 
 
 -rjag 
 
 ^-£f 
 
 #e/n. Some proper names appear in both forms ; e. g., 'QdvGG-evg, 
 ■Tjog, -Eog, &c. 
 
 2. Nouns in -vg sometimes have -a in ace. sing, ending ; e. g., Ixdva for 
 ixdvv. 
 
 3. The syncopated liquids (First Book, 336) either keep or omit e, as 
 the verse demands ; e. g., yaGTqp, yaoTspog, or yacrpog, &c. 
 
 4. The word Bovg is not contracted : j3oEg, (Soag, (36-eggl. 
 
 Irregular Nouns. 
 (266.) Learn also the following inflections (First Book, 354). 
 
 1. Tow (to, knee) and 56pv (to, spear) : 
 
 Sing. yovvaTog or yovvog, dovpaTog or dovpog, dovpaTt or dovpt. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. yovvaTa or yovva, SovpaTa or dovpa ; dual dovps. 
 
 G. yovvov, dovpuv. 
 
 D. yovvaGi (-ggl) or yovvsGGi, dovpaGC or dovpsGGc 
 
 2. Kdpu (to, head) : 
 
 Sing. N. Kuprj, Gen. adprjTog, KapijdTog, icpaTog, np&aTog. 
 Dat. KaprjTi, napfiaTi, tcpaTi, KpdaTi. 
 
 Ace. /cdp^z; (KpaTa, Masc, Od.. 8, 92). 
 
 Plur. N. Kdpd, 
 
 G. Kp&TUV, 
 D. KpCLGL, 
 
 A. KpdaTa, 
 Navg (i], ship) : 
 Sing. N. v^c, 
 
 G. vrjog or yedc; 
 
 D. ^77'/, 
 
 A. v?ja or yea, 
 
 KaprjCLTa (and Kaprjva). 
 (and fcaprjvov). 
 
 (and Kdprjva). 
 
 Plur. v^ec or veec. 
 vt?wv or vedw. 
 
 V7JVGL, VTjEGGL, VEEGGL. 
 
 v?jag or veac- 
 
 4. Xei'p (^, Aand), dat. ^epi, ace. x^?°-> ^ at - P mr - X ZL 9^ aiv or X E ' L P E(yatv - 
 (267.) The following need not be learned by heart, but are placed here 
 for reference • 
 
NOUNS. 175 
 
 1. The nouns yi?Mg, laughter, I6p6g, sweat, and ipug, love, in Homer 
 sometimes follow the Attic 2d decl. : ye?io and yiXuv for yiTiura, yiTicp for 
 ye?MTi, Idpu and idp£> for Idptira and Idptirt, epcj for fpuTi. 
 
 2. Nouns in -tc, gen. -jdof, especially proper names, often have -Log, 
 &c. (in the dat. always) ; e. g., ^vwg, QiTtog, Qetl. 
 
 3. The neuter ovg, d)Tog, ear (First Book, 354, 15), has, in Homer, the 
 form ovag, ovarog, plur. ovara. llTtap, fat, ovdap, breast, and Trelpap, 
 issue, have -droc in the gen. : GTsarog, ovdara, Treipara, ireLpacL. In the 
 neuters, ripag, icspag, and upeag (First Book, 331, 2), r is dropped ; e. g., 
 repaa, -duv, -&egcl ; dat. aepa, plur. nepa, fcepdcov, nepdEGGi, and Ktpaat ; 
 plur. Kpia, Kpeduv, upeuv and upetuv, Kpsacnv. 
 
 4. The word ix&p, blood of the gods, in ace. has Z^w, instead of ix^pa. 
 Kvkeuv, 6, mixed drink, in ace. has nvneti or kvkeiu. 
 
 5. In nouns and adjectives in -77c, -£f, gen. -eof, the gen. sing, is not 
 contracted ; nom. plur. -sec and -etc '■> § en - ph-ir. uncontracted (except when 
 -euv is preceded by a vowel ; e. g., ^axprjiov for ^axprjeuv, which is from 
 {.axprfoq, impetuous), ace. plur. -sac;, "Aprjg (Mars) has gen. 'Aprjog and 
 •eog ; dat. "Aprji, "Apy, "Apei; ace. "Apij and "Ap-qv ; voc. T Apec and'Apec- 
 
 6. Proper names in -k 2,jjg contract ee into 77 ; e. g., 'HpaKXsrjg, -uTirjog, 
 -7i'L, -fja, voc. 'Hpd/c/l«c. Adjectives in -£770 have both et and 77; e. g., 
 d/cAe77c, dicTiTjEic;, dyanTifjog, but sviOiElag (ace. plur.) from £VK?i£7Jg, kv^ETjg, 
 gen. kvbpElog from Ev^Erjg. So we find (Jva/cAed, vTTEpdsa; instead of eea. 
 
 7. Nouns in - cj c, gen. -oog. Homer has the contracted forms ?)p6j dat., 
 and Mi vo ace. Of words in -tic and -6 (gen. -dog), only XP&C an ^ its com- 
 pounds are uncontracted : XP°°C> XP°h XP° a - 
 
 8. In nouns in -ag, gen. -aog (First Book, 351), the dat. sing, is uncon- 
 tracted or contracted, according to the verse ; e. g., yrjpai and 777pp. But 
 the nom. and ace. plur. are always contracted ; e. g., Setto,. 
 
 9. Nouns in -04. gen. -sog, use both the uncontracted and contracted 
 forms (except in gen. plur., which is always uncontracted, also in the gen. 
 sing., except a few which contract -sog into -svg ; e. g., 'Ep£/3et'c, SdpGEvg) ; 
 dat. Sspsi and SspEi, koXKe'L and koXKbl. Nom. and ace. plurals in -ea 
 commonly remain uncontracted, but are with synizesis ; e. g., veikeu, 
 0E?i£d. In GTzeog, n%iog, diog, XP£°C> e * s lengthened into el or 77 ; thus, 
 gen. CTTEiovg, dat. anrrji, ace. cireog and <77reZoc, gen. plur. gtceiov, dat. 
 gtveggl and gttijeggi, xp^og and xp^og, K?i£d and K?^Ela. 
 
 10. Nouns in -Ig, gen. -log; -vg, gen. -vog. The dat. sing, is con- 
 tracted ; e. g., rclrjdvl, v'ekvi ; the ace. plur. sometimes uncontracted, 
 more commonly contracted ; e. g., Ixdvg (for Ixdvag), o°pvg. The nom. 
 plur. is not contracted, but is pronounced with synizesis ; e. g., ixdvEg.* 
 The dat. plur. ends in -vggi and -veggl (dissyllable) ; e. g., IxOvgglv and 
 IxdvsoGiv.* 
 
 * Pronounced ichthwes — ichthwessin. 
 
176 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 11. Nouns in -if and -I, gen. -log (Att. -sug, First Book, 342), retain i 
 through all the cases, and are contracted in dat. sing., and sometimes in 
 ace. plur. ; e. g., nbXtg, -tog, -I, plur. -teg, -iuv, -tot, -tag, and -ig. The 
 dat. sing, has also the endings -el and -el ; e. g., tvogei and novel, from 
 izomg. In a few words the c passes into s in other cases also ; e. g., 
 kTzdl^eig (ace), kirdl^eatv, especially in ixblig, which, besides, as the 
 verse demands, can lengthen e into tj ; thus, gen. nbXiog, noTisog, and 
 ito'krjog, &c. Also in big, ovis, dat. plur. bieaaiv, oleatv, oeaciv. 
 
 12. Nouns and adjectives in -vg, -vog (Att. -cog, First Book, 342), have 
 in gen. sing, -eog , and in dat. sing, both uncontracted and contracted forms ; 
 e. g., evpii, tttjxei, TT^arel. In the other cases the uncontracted forms 
 are common, but generally to be pronounced with synizesis. 
 
 The Suffix -<pi (or -(f)tv). 
 (268.) 1. Besides the case-endings, the Homeric dialect uses a suffix -<pi 
 (■<piv) expressing the relation of the genitive or dative; e. g., en Tvovrofyiv, 
 out of the deep ; KEfyaTififyi Tia^Eiv, to take by the head. 
 
 Rem. To express the genitive, it is used generally with prepositions. 
 2. It is suffixed to nouns of all three declensions, being added strictly to 
 the stem ; thus, 
 
 (a) First Declension, only in singular ; e. g., ujeItj^i, in a herd. 
 
 (b) Second Declension, in both sing, and plur.; e. g., &eo^)i(v) (for 
 SeQv), of the gods ; art boT£6<j>i{v) (for ogtecjv), of bones. 
 
 Rem. The ending -6<piv is always paroxytone. 
 
 (c) Third Declension, only in the plural ; e. g., bp£o<pi{v) (from bpog, 
 stem bpsa-), on the mountains ; vatxptv (dat. plur. of vavg, ship). 
 
 III. THE ADJECTIVE. 
 Inflection. 
 (269.) 1. The adjectives (3advg and unvg have sometimes the feminine 
 form -ia or -it] : PadErjg, fladirjv, ukeo,. A few adjectives in -vg are also 
 of common gender ; e. g., j]6vg avT/if]. 
 
 2. Adjectives in -rieig, -7} ego a, -t/ev often occur in the contracted 
 form -yg, -rjcaa, -tjv ; e.g., TL/nyg for TLfirjEtg. Those in -bsig, -oEGca, 
 -bev contract be into ev ; e. g., -KEdia Iutevvto,, 
 
 3. HoXvg (First Book, 186, 1) is thus declined: 
 
 Singular. — Nom. nolvg and TtovXvg, tzoXv; and noWbg, noXkov; gen. 
 noXiog ; ace. noXvv and ttovXvv. 
 
 Plural. — Nom. TroXssg and TroXsig ; gen. iroheov ', dat. itoHat, ko'Xe'goi, 
 and ttoXeeggi ; ace. iroMag and 7ro2,sig, 
 
 Comparison. 
 (270.) 1. The endings -urspog and -Cnarog are sometimes used, even 
 if the preceding vowel is long ;* e. g., bi£vptoTa,Tog, tcaicoiJEivuTEpog. 
 
 * Contrary to the rule (First Book, 194). 
 
PRONOUX. 
 
 177 
 
 2. Adjectives in -vg and -pog have -iuv and -icrog ; sometimes also the 
 common form ; e. g., y?*vicvg, y?»viciuv ; j3a6vg, fiddiGTog ; oinrpbg, oIktcg- 
 tog and oUrpbrarog. 
 
 3. Irregular comparison (First Book, 212). 
 
 'Ay a 66 g, comp. upeiuv, hoiuv, and Xuirspog, superl. KaprioTog. 
 Kanbg, comp. /ca/cwrepoc, x £L P° T£ P°C' X £ P £Llji v, X £ P £t ° T£ P°S> su P er h 
 
 7]KLG~og. 
 
 'O/Uyof, comp. bXi&v. 'PTjldiog, comp. (Jr/LT£pog, superl. fif/iGTOf 
 and ^Tjirarog. 
 
 Bpadvg, comp. flpdcouv, superl. j3updtarog. Maicpbg, comp. /llugguv. 
 Haxvg, comp. ttuggcov. 
 
 TV. THE PRONOUN. 
 (271.) Personal Pronouns. 
 
 SING. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 hyd, before a vowel, eyuv 
 
 gv, tvvjj 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 EfJEO, EflEV, flEV {fJ-EV) 
 
 geo, gev (gev) 
 
 £0, EV (El)) 
 
 
 e/jleIo, ifieOev 
 
 GeIo, GeOeV, TEOIO 
 
 eIo, e6ev 
 
 Dat. 
 
 EfLOL, fJLOL 
 
 GOL, TOL, TELV 
 
 EOl, Ol (ol) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 EfJE, flE 
 
 as (as) 
 
 ££, £ (e), fJ.LV 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 VIOL 
 
 GQULV, GCpti'i, G<pd) 
 
 
 G., D. 
 
 VULV 
 
 GcpGJiv, acpcitv 
 
 Gtyiotv (acpioiv) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 vu>i and v6 
 
 ofyul and afro 
 
 C(p.CO£ (ClpUE) 
 
 FLUB. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 rjfiEtg, afifiEg 
 
 v/uEcg, v/xjUEg 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 7//J.EUV, 7)fl£L(OV 
 
 V/J.ECOV, VfJELOJV 
 
 G<p£(OV (G(j)£(Ov), G(f>(OV 
 (G<p(OV), G(j)£L(OV 
 
 Dat. 
 
 rjfj.lv, vpXv, a/ufu{v) 
 
 VjJ.IV, v,u/ui(v) 
 
 G(pLGl(v) [g0LGl{v)~\, 
 GCpllv) [(J(pl{v)~\ 
 
 Ace. 
 
 rjfiEag, rjfiag, ufifiE 
 
 VflECtg, VflflE 
 
 Gcptag {(JdEag), G<pug 
 (G0ag), G(p£. 
 
 (272.) Reflexive Pronouns. — Homer never uses the compound forms 
 EfiavTov, GEavrov, &c, but employs instead the personal pronouns, and 
 avrbg separately; e. g., kfi' avrov, tfiol avru, kfiEV avrffg, e avrffv, ol 
 avT-r). 
 
 (273.) Possessive Pronouns. — Homer uses TEog, -7], -6v, for Gog, gtj, gov ; 
 ibg, -i], -bv and also og, t), bv, suus, -a, um ; afibg, -rj, -bv, for rjfxiTEpog ; 
 vutTEpog, -a, -ov, of us both ; vjxbg, -t), -bv, for vfiETEpog ; Gcpu'LTEpog, -a, 
 -ov, of you both ; Gtpbg, -rj, -bv, for GcpsrEpog. 
 
 (274.) Demonstrative Pronouns. — 1. The article is used as a demonstra- 
 tive pronoun : for its inflection, see (261). 
 
 2. 56e has in dat. plur. toIgSegi and tolg6eggl, instead of rolcbs. 
 
 (275.) The relative pronoun uses 6 instead of bg ; olo, bov, instead of ov ; 
 irjg instead of r)g ; tjgl and r)g instead of alg. 
 
 (276.) Indefinite and Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 H2 
 
178 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 (a) Indefinite rig, gen. rio, tsv, instead of nvbg ; dat. rew, ru, instead 
 of tlvl ; plur. booa, instead of nvd ; gen. tecov, instead of nvtiv ; dat. 
 TEOioi, instead of tlol. 
 
 (b) Interrogative rig , gen. teo, rev, instead of rivog. 
 
 (c) bang : Sing. Nom. brig, neut. on, otti, plur. bnva. 
 
 Gen. otev, oteo, otteo, ottev, otsuv. 
 
 Dat. oreo), bro, oteolol. 
 
 Ace. bnva, neut. on, 5m, brivag, dnva, and 
 
 acaa. 
 
 V. THE NUMERALS. 
 
 (277.) 1. For the feminine pua, puag, &c., Homer uses la, l^g, ly, lav ; 
 and for the dat. ivi, the form lp. 
 
 2. Avo, 6vg) are indeclinable ; Homer uses, also, botu, dotoi, dotal, dotd, 
 &c, declinable. 
 
 3. Other forms are ncavpeg, -a, instead of reaaapeg, -a ; dvudena and 
 dvonaidena for dudena ; eelkool for eIkogl ; bydwuovTa and kvvfjKovra in- 
 stead of bydorjKovra, evevrjKovra ; evve&xilioi and denax^oL, instead of 
 evvaKtaxl^ioi and /xvpcoi. The endings -d/cowa and -aKocioi become 
 ■rjKOvra, -riKooioi. Ordinals, rplrarog, rerparog, ej366[iaTog, bydoarog, 
 evarog, and elvarog. 
 
 VI. THE VERB. 
 Augment. 
 (278.) 1. Homer omits the augment where the verse requires it; e.g., 
 2,vae for eXvge, 'He for eIIe. 
 
 2. Verbs that have the digamma take the syllabic augment; e. g., avddvu, 
 2d aor. eudov ; Etdo/iai, 1st aor. mid. EEtod/LtTjv. 
 
 Rem. The verbs dvddvo and oIvoxoeo take both augments (syllabic and 
 temporal) ; e. g., kfjvbavE (also f/vdavE), euvoxoel (but gjvoxoei more 
 frequently.) 
 
 Reduplication. 
 (279.) 1. The reduplication is never omitted. But fXEcpo/iat makes its 
 perf. tfifiopa ; Krdofiai, perf. EKTr/fiat ; asvto, perf. Eaovixai. 
 
 2. The Attic reduplication (First Book, 499) is used in Homer; e. g. f 
 bJido^ai, wander, perf. d\-d'kr}p.ai ; ipl^cj, contend, sp-TJpLC/iai. 
 
 3. The 2d aor. act. and mid. often take reduplication, which remains 
 through all the moods ; e. g., ttelOco, 2d aor. tcetclQov, ttettWo), tte'klQeIv, 
 irsmduv, ?Mv6dvu, MTiadov, ? u £?iddo), &c. 
 
 Rem. Some 2d aorists take the Attic reduplication (and augment with 
 it in the indicative) ; e. g., upu, 7]p-apov ; d/H^o, fj'k-a'kKov. Two 
 reduplicate in the middle of the word ; epvKU) (restrain), rjpv-na-KOV ; 
 kvivrru (chide), yvl-Tra-irov. 
 
CONTRACTED VERBS. 179 
 
 Contraction. 
 VERBS IN -CW. 
 
 (280.) 1. In place ot using either the regular form, uncontracted or con- 
 tracted (e. g., opueie or bpdg), Homer frequently inserts a vowel before the 
 contracted vowel; e. g., bpdag. This inserted vowel will be d before a, 
 and o or (j before u ; e. g., 
 
 opdtudat, bpdadat, dpuacdat, bpdu, bpu, opou. 
 
 fievocvdei, fievoivd, fzevocvua, j dpuovut, dpucL, dpuuai. 
 
 Rem. Before vr the short vowel may follow instead of preceding the 
 other ; e. g., ?jf3cjovra for jjfitivra, fivuovro for [avuvto. 
 
 2. (a) In some verbs a passes into e ; e. g., tjvteov from dvrdu. — (b) Iu 
 some dual forms as becomes 77 ; e. g., ov7„r)Trjv for <jv?met7]v. 
 
 VERBS IN -80). 
 
 (281.) 1. The forms -eel, -eo, -eov, are contracted or not as the verse may 
 require. 
 
 2. Sometimes so or eov becomes ev ; e. g., alpevjxrjv for aipebfiijv. 
 
 3. Sometimes e is lengthened into el ; e. g., ete?,eleto (for ete?Jeto, 
 &te%elto), or el inserted ; e. g., {iljeli} for [iLyy. 
 
 4. Not all forms where e precedes 77, 77, u, gj, 01, ov, are contracted. 
 When uncontracted, they are pronounced with synizesis ; e. g., (pL/^Iufisv. 
 
 5. In the 2d person sing, present passive e is often elided ; e. g., [ivOecii 
 for fivdi-Eai. So in the imperative, <po(3io for oodiov (<po3ov). 
 
 VERBS IN -OW. 
 (282.) Verbs in 60 are generally contracted regularly. 
 Rem. When not contracted, they lengthen into u, and so come to be 
 like verbs in do; e. g., ISpuovraL, vTzvuovrag. Sometimes they 
 use ou exactly like verbs in da; e. g., dpoocL (dpo-ovai). 
 
 Peculiarities of Person-Endings and Mood-Signs. 
 Indicative. 
 
 (283.) The 2d and 3d dual endings are sometimes interchanged ; e. g. t 
 SiuKETOV for dLUKETrjv, d-opr/GGEcrdov for -&upric<7Eodr]v. 
 
 (284.) The pluperfect active sometimes uses in the singular the 
 endings -ea, -ear, -ss, for -elv, -elc, -el ; e. g., 7reTroi6sa for ETTETroldELU, &c. 
 Rem. The ending el, in Homer, takes v e^eJ.kvgtlkov ; e. g., iarTJicsiv. 
 (285.) The 2d person sing, middle ending is sometimes left uncon- 
 tracted, sometimes contracted ; e. g., 
 
 1. Primary Tenses. — Full forms, -sat, r)a.L; e.g., j3ov2.£v-Eai, lx' r l a( " 
 Contracted form, 77 ; e. g., dtpLtcy. 
 
180 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 2. Historical Tenses. — Full forms, -eo, -ao ; e. g., kyeveo, virE?»vaao. 
 
 Contracted forms, -ev (from -eo), -co from -ao ; 
 e.g., ettXev, kupkfMj). 
 Rem. e is sometimes lengthened into el ; e. g., epEto. 
 (286.) In the endings -[ie8ov and -/isda, a is sometimes inserted; e. g., 
 <ppa£6[i£oda. 
 (287.) The perfect and pluperf. middle and passive, 
 
 1. Sometimes drop a in 2d person; e. g., pLE[xvrjaL for fii/xvf]Gat (fii/i- 
 vij also occurs). 
 
 2. In 3d person, -arai, -aro, are used for -vrai, -vro ; e.g., TreTTEidarai, 
 EGTaJKaro. 
 
 (288.) The aorist passive uses -ev for -rjaav in 3d plur. ; e. g., rpd(j)EV 
 for ETpcuprjcav. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 (289.) 1. The subjunctive mood-signs co, r\ become o, e, when the verse 
 requires it ; e. g., Io/xev for Ico[xev. 
 
 2. Instead of the endings -co, -rig, -ij, the endings -afju, -yada, -yoi are 
 often used; e. g., tvx-co^l, -rioda, -r\Gt, for tv%-co, -yg, -r\. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 (290.) The 3d plural ending is often -aro for -vro ; e. g., apeaaiaro for 
 apeaaivro. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 (291.) Besides the endings -elv and -vat, Homer uses -i/nsvat and -e/j,ev 
 for infin. act. (e being a connecting vowel) ; e. g., Tvirr-efiEvai, tvtzt-e/llev 
 (tvtvt-elv) ; TeOvd/xEvac (Tsdvdvai). 
 
 Rem. In pure verbs {-dco, -eo) the connecting vowel s becomes r\ by 
 blending with the stem; e. g., <j)i?i?]{i£vat (cbtXE-EjUEvat). The 2d 
 aorist passive uses this ending also : rvizfifiEvai for rvn^vat. 
 
 Peculiarities of Tense Formation. 
 
 The Iterative Form. 
 
 (292.) The imperf. and aor. indie, often take the endings -gkov, -Gtcsg, 
 -gke, &c, -GKOfiTjv, -gkov (gkeo or gkev), -GK.ETO, creating what is called 
 the Iterative Form, because it is used to denote a repeated or oft-recurring 
 action. 
 
 Rem. 1. The augment is not used in the iterative form. The connect- 
 ing vowel e is used in imperf. and 2d aor. ; e. g., tvtvt-egkov for 
 g-TVTTT-ov ; but a in 1st aor. ; e. g., rv^-a-GKov for g-rvip-a ; Tvip-a? 
 
 GKOfXTjV for £-TVllj-d-/U7]V. 
 
VERBS IN \LL. 181 
 
 Rem. 2. In pure verbs the e is not used, but the final letter of the stem 
 may be doubled where the verse requires ; e. g., vatsraaKov ; kclXe- 
 egkov (sometimes kuIeokov ; also, -eLeokov is used ; e. g., veikei- 
 
 EGKOv). 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 \ 
 
 (293.) In forming the future, Homer 
 
 1. Sometimes doubles a; e. g., ye/id-co, yElaccu. 
 
 2. Sometimes uses g in liquid verbs ; e. g., keXIo, keAgcj. 
 
 3. Sometimes drops a in pure verbs ; e. g., /naxEovrai for fiax^GOvrai. 
 
 Aorist Te?ises. 
 
 (294.) 1. The first aorist (active and middle) of course follows the 
 forms of the future (293). 
 
 Rem. xeo) makes exevcl ; gevu, eggevcl ; naio, EKtja and gusta. 
 
 2. The 1st aor. often takes the person-endings of the 2d aor. ; e. g., 
 j3aivu, kfirjasTO (for -aro) ; opvvftt, imperative opGSo or bpcev. 
 
 3. The first aorist passive sometimes inserts v before -drjv ; e.g., 
 KpivdEtr for npideic. 
 
 4. In second aorist, metathesis (259) sometimes occurs, in order to 
 form a dactyl ; e. g., gopa/cov for gdapnov. A vowel of the stem is some- 
 times dropped ; e. g., dypo/iEvoc for dyEpo/uEVor, from dyscpo. 
 
 Perfect Tenses. 
 (295). 1. The tense-sign k is used by Homer only with pure stems ; e. g. y 
 Xaipo (x aL P e ~) nexdprjKa ; (3uX?ig) {(51e-) j3Ej3l7]K.a. 
 
 2. In other verbs he uses the second perfect form ; e. g., tetvtco. for rirvQa. 
 
 3. And in all the /c is rejected in certain moods and persons, especially 
 in the participle ; e. g., kek/xtjuq (for kek/xtikuc, from Ka/xvu) ; /?e/3a<5c, 
 from j3aivu (f3uo)). 
 
 VERBS IN \ll. 
 
 (296.) The Homeric infinitive endings {-[XEvat and -/iev) are added 
 directly to the tense-stem ; e. g., (pres.) -TLdE-fievac ; (2d aor.) #e-[iev, 66- 
 (XEvai. 
 
 Rem. Except 2d aor. of verbs in a or v, which retain the long vowel ; 
 e. g., GT7J-fj.Evai, 6v-jUEvat. 
 (297.) The verb 6160/11 sometimes reduplicates the future ; e. g., 6i- 
 
 6<JGELV for 6uGELV. 
 
 (298.) 1. The indic. present (2d sing, middle) sometimes rejects a 
 and changes a into e ; e. g., ekigtecli for kixiGraGai. 
 
 2. The imperat. pres. and 2d aor. mid. also reject g ; e. g , 6aivvo 
 for 6aivvGO, gvvOeo for gvvOego. 
 
182 
 
 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 (299.) In the imperfect and 2d aor. the endings -e-aav, -rj-Gav, -o-aav, 
 -u-aav, -v-aav, are shortened into -ev, -dv, -ov, -vv ; e. g., endev for kri- 
 deaav ; edev for ideaav ; egtuv for earrjaav ; eStdov for edtdoaav ; edov 
 for edoaav ; ecpvv for etyvcav. 
 
 (300.) The short stem-vowel is lengthened before personal-endings be- 
 ginning with jx and v, when the verse requires it ; e. g., Tidfjfj.evog (for 
 Tidifievog), dtdovvac (for didovcu). 
 
 (301.) The 2d aor. subj. uses the following short or long forms, as the 
 verse may require : 
 
 Lengthened. 
 
 GTEO), GTELO). 
 
 GTrjijq. 
 
 gtt}7), E/ifif/n, (j>rjy, (pdrjn. 
 
 napaTTjerov. 
 
 gteq/xev, GreiofiEv, Kara/3 eiofiev. 
 
 gttjete. 
 
 GTEG)Gi(v), TrepLOTf]G)GL(v). 
 $60), $£CG), dafZECO). 
 
 £q?C, SrjriG, ^eiyC' 
 Sir/, tyy, avrjn, (jleOelt]. 
 
 3-ELETOV. 
 
 $£G>/Ll£V, &£tOfIEV. 
 6aflELET£. 
 
 $eogi(v), Setaffi(y). 
 
 6tJ7iac(v), dtoy. 
 
 dfJO/JLEV. 
 
 do)o)Gi{v). 
 
 Rem. For EGrrjaav (1st aor.), the shortened form iardaav occurs, and 
 for egtute (perf.), the lengthened form Igtt]te. 
 (302.) The following are the peculiar forms in Homer of the verb : 
 
 
 Contracted. 
 
 Sing. 1. 
 
 crti, 
 
 2. 
 
 aryg, 
 
 3. 
 
 GT1J, 
 
 Dual 
 
 GT7JT0V, 
 
 Plur. 1. 
 
 GTUflEV, 
 
 2. 
 
 GTTjTE, 
 
 3. 
 
 GTUGl(v), 
 
 Sing. 1. 
 
 $C), 
 
 2. 
 
 $yc, 
 
 3. 
 
 Wi 
 
 Dual 
 
 &7JTOV, 
 
 Plur. 1. 
 
 S£)/J,£V, 
 
 2. 
 
 5-fJTE, 
 
 3. 
 
 &UGl(v), 
 
 Sing. 3. 
 
 (JtJ, 
 
 Plur. 1. 
 
 dtiflEV, 
 
 3. 
 
 6uGt(v), 
 
 "Elfiij I am. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Imp. 
 Impf. Ind. 
 
 Fut. Ind. 
 
 2. eggL Plur. 1. eifjiEv. 3 eugl(v). 
 
 1. ecu. 3. En, £r)Gi(v), fjGi{v), Ely. Plur. 3. eugi(v). 
 
 2. eggo. Inhn. Efj.fiEvai, efie'vat, e/llev. Part, euv, EovGa. 
 1. Ea,7]a,£ov,£GKov. 2. £7}G0a. 3. ET]v,7]Ev,7]rjv. Dual 
 
 3. 7]GT7)v. Plur. 3. loav, tlaro (instead of r)vro, from 
 
 rj/ur/v). Opt. 2. loiQ. 3. £oi. Plur. 2. eIte. 3. elev. 
 
 1 . EGOjiai (eaoo/iai), &c. 3. EGsrai, EGGerai, and EGEirai. 
 
 (303.) 
 
 Elfjti ('!-), I go. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 2. slcda. Subj. 2. InGda. Infin. Ifisvai, ijuev. 
 
 Impf. Ind. 
 
 1. r/la, rjlov. 2. Iec;. 3. t)e, Ie{v). Plur. 1. tjojuev. 3. yl- 
 
 
 Gav, yGav, rjlov, iGav. Opt. lot, uir). 
 
 Fut. Ind. 
 
 1. eiaofiai. Aor. Ind. 3. eiGaro and EeiGaro. Dual 3. 
 
 
 kELGUGdnv. 
 
LIST OF VERBS. 183 
 
 LIST OF VERBS IN -0), WHICH IN CERTAIN TENSES FOLLOW THE 
 ANALOGY OF VERBS IN -[It. 
 (1.) 2d Aorist Active and Middle. 
 (304.) Pure Stems. 
 
 (3dAAo, to throw, 2d aor. act. (BAA-, e^tjv) £vfj.i3?.7}T7]v ; infin. %vu- 
 (3?juevai (instead of -rjvat) ; 2d aor. mid. (ej3?i7]fX7]v) e$at}to, ^v^A7}vto ; 
 subj. $vnf}A?)TCU, filr/erai ; opt. (3?,elo (from BAE-) ; infin. (3/,7}cdai ; part. 
 P?j/uevog. Hence the fut. ^rjaopiai. 
 
 fitfiptJOKu, to eat, 2d aor. act. efipuv. 
 
 yrjpdo) or yr/pdaKu, to grow old, 2d aor. act. 3d person sing, kyrjpd ; part. 
 yrjpdc. 
 
 A A £2, epic stem of dtddvKto, to teach, 2d aor. act. (AAE-) kddrjv, I 
 learned; subj. daelco ; infin. Saijfievat. 
 
 K?iVio, to hear, 2d aor. act. imp. k7.v6l, k?^vte, kek)\,v6i, kekAvte. 
 
 ktelvo), to kill, 2d aor. act. ektuv (KTA-) ; plur. EKrafiEv"; 3d pers. plur. 
 Ikt&v ; subj. plur. kteu/j-ev; infin. Krd/j.Evat, ktujuev ; part, /crag; 2d aor. 
 mid. with passive sense, ut7ektcito, Krdadat, ktujievoq. 
 
 2.vu, to loose, 2d aor. mid. Zi3~o, ?^vvto. 
 
 ovrdu, to xvound, 2d aor. act. 3d pers. sing, ovrd ; infin. ovrdpevai, ovrd- 
 ftEv ; 2d aor. mid. ohrdixEvoc, wounded, 
 
 tte/A^u, to approach, 2d aor. mid. £7c?,rj[irjv, tc?^to, ttatjvto. 
 
 n?,7J8a) (7riii7r?„T]fii), to Jill, 2d aor. mid. eizatjto ; opt. tzaeI[17]v (from 
 IIAE-) ; imp. tt?S]<jo. 
 
 irXmt, to swim, 2d aor. act. ett?mv ; part, ttacjc ; gen. -uvtoq. 
 
 ttveo, to breathe, 2d aor. mid. (TINT--) u/mttvvto, instead of dvETivvTo, he 
 took breath. 
 
 izTrjoco), to shrink with fear, 2d aor. act. 3d pers. dual KaTaTTTrjrrjv. 
 
 cevu, to put in motion, 2d aor. mid. kcavfirjv, I rushed, eg avo, avro. 
 
 <f>ddvo, to anticipate, 2d aor. mid. (pddfisvog. 
 
 tydi-vu, to destroy and vanish, 2d aor. mid. hqdtiiriv ; opt. (pdifitjv, (J)61to ; 
 imp. Qdiadu ; infin. ddicdai ; part. qdi/iEvog. 
 
 X^i t0 pour, 2d aor. mid. xvvro, x^fJ-^voc. 
 
 Rem. From E^rjv come the forms fidrrjv (3d pers. dual) and vnip- 
 Bdcav (3d pers. plur.), with a short stem-vowel. 
 
 (305.) Impure Stems. 
 
 dX7.ofJ.ac, to leap, 2d aor. mid. aAoo, dXro, ETzd?i./.i£VOc, E'-rridX/usvoc ; subj. 
 
 U?.7}Tdl. 
 
 dpapicKU ('AP£2), to fit, 2d aor. mid. dpfiEvoc, fitted to. 
 
 tiiXO/Mii, to take, 2d aor. mid. eSekto ; imp. 6e^o ; infin. dE%dcu ; the 1st 
 pers. idiyfxTjv and the part. diy/nEvoc, like the perf. dideyfiai, signify to 
 expect. 
 
 £\£?u&, to ivhirl, 2d aor. mid. kAi?.tKTO. 
 
184 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 lnveofiat, to come, 2d aor. mid. Ikto, iK/j.evoc, and lnjuEvog, favorable. 
 
 Aeyofiai, to lie down, select, to count over, 2d aor. mid. kXey/UTjv, eXekto, 
 Mkto. 
 
 /uiaivu, to soil, fiidvdrjv (3d person dual, instead of kjJudv-oQriv). 
 
 juiyvvfii, to mix, 2d aor. mid. julkto. 
 
 opvvfiL, to excite, 2d aor. mid. upro ; imp. opao, bpaeo ; infin. opdat ; part. 
 bpfxevog. 
 
 7ra/l2,G), to brandish, hurl, 2d aor. mid. irdTiTO, he sprang. 
 
 nepdo), to destroy, 2d aor. mid. izepdcu, instead of nepd-adac. 
 
 TCTjyvv/ui, to make firm, to fix, 2d aor. mid. 7T7jkto, KareTvrjKTO. 
 
 (2.) Perfect and Pluperfect Active. 
 (306.) Pure Stems. 
 
 yiyvofiai, to become, perf. plur. yiy&fisv, -are, -ddai{y) ; infin. ysydpev ; 
 part, yeyadg ; pluperf. EKyzyarriv... 
 
 (3aivu, to go, perf. plur. /3e/3a//ev, &c. ; pluperf. (leflaoav. 
 
 deido), to fear, infin. detdi/Liev, instead of Setdievac ; imp. SelSlOi, deidtre ; 
 pluperf. edeidcfiev, hdeidtaav. 
 
 ipXOfxai, to come, eI^TiovO/xev. 
 
 Svtjgkg), to die, perf. plur. redvafiEV, redvaci ; imp. ridvadt ; infin. redvd- 
 fj.ev and redvdfievai ; part, redvrjug, -tirog, teOveutl ; pluperf. opt. Tedvairjv. 
 
 TAAQ, to dare, perf. plur. rerlajuev ; imp. rerladt ; infin. rerXdfiev ; 
 part. rer?i7]ug. 
 
 MA £2, to desire, perf. dual /ue/iarov, plur. -u/lcev, -are, -ddai, imp. fie- 
 Ij,utu), part, [ttuaug, -urog and -orog ; pluperf. /ue/uaaav. 
 
 (307.) Impure Stems. 
 
 §3T r of the person-ending is changed into $ in some perfects. 
 
 avuya, I command, uvuyjuev ; imp. dvux^t, dvuxOo), dvo^fle. 
 
 hypr/yopa, I am awake (from eysipu, 1 awaken), imp. kyprjyopds; infin. 
 iypnybQai ; hence hypriyopQaai, instead of kypnyopaoi. 
 
 neirotda, I trust (from tteiOcj, to persuade), pluperf. knEmdfXEV. 
 
 olda, I know (from 'EI A £2, video), Ufisv, instead of Icfiev ; infin. Idfievac. 
 
 eoLKa, 1 am like (from 'EIKS2), 2d and 3d pers. dual elktov ; 3d pers. 
 pluperf. dual ktnTrjv ; hence pluperf. mid. or pass, elkto. 
 
 ndax^, to suffer, perf. iriKoade, instead of Tcenovdare. 
 
 (308.) (3.) Present and Imperfect. 
 
 dvvco, to accomplish, 3d sing, imperf. uvvTo(a). 
 ravvo, to expand, to stretch, ravvrat (instead of ravpETai). 
 epvcj and elpvo, to draw, elpvarat, instead of elpwrat ; infin. ipvadai, 
 Eipvadai, in the sense of to protect, to guard. 
 £do), to eat, infin. iS/iEvac 
 $Epu, to bear, imp. (peprE, instead of (pipere. 
 
READING LESSONS 
 
 VERSE. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 I. The Parting of Hector and Andromache* 
 
 "Qg apa (f)Cdvrjaag, dne67] KopvBaioXog "E/crup. 
 
 Alipa d' £7r££0' Ittave ddfiovc evvaiETdovrag, 
 
 Oi>cT evp > f Avdpo[j,dxi]v Xsvk&Xevov ev \ieydpotoiv 
 
 'AAA' ?jy£, %vv -naidi nal afMpLnohG) evnenAG), 
 
 Jlvpyu e(f>earrjic£C, yoocjod re, \ivpo\ievr\ re. 5 
 
 "E/crup 6' o)g ovk evdov d\iv\jLOva rer\iev afcocriv, 
 
 "Eott) eV ovdbv icbv, fierd de d/ioxiotv eenrev 
 
 11 El 6\ dye p,oi, dpoai, vr\\ieprea \ivBr\aaoQe- 
 Yi.7] ebr\ 'Avdpo[idx?1 XevnuXevoc etc \ieydpoio ; 
 'He tttj eg yaXoov, rj elvarepov eimenXov, 10 
 
 ,V H eg 'Adrjvalrjg e^oixsrai, evda rrep dXXat 
 Tpuai evnX6na(iov deLvfjv #edv IXdonovrai ;" 
 
 Tov (5' avr' 6rpr]pi] ra\ii7\ rrpog [mvOov eeinev • 
 " "Ettrop, enel \idV avojyag dX7)0ea uvOrjoaodai ■ 
 Ovre nrj eg yaXouv, ovr> elvarepov eimenXov, 15 
 
 Ovt' eg 'Adrjvalrjg e%OL%eTai, evda nep dXkai 
 Tpcoai evnX6fcafj,ov deivijv debv IXdanovrai • 
 'AAA' enl irvpyov e6rj \ieyav 'IXiov, ovveK > anovoev 
 Teipeodai Tp&ag, \ieya de tcpdrog elvai 'Axai&v. 
 f H fiev drj npbg relxog eneiyofievT] dcpwdvei, 20 
 
 * Homer's Iliad, vi., 369-502. Hector, the Trojan hero, returns from 
 the field of battle to the city at the command of the augur, to secure the 
 performance of certain religious ceremonies. Having discharged this 
 duty, he visits the house of Paris, and, after a conversation with Helen, 
 leaves her to seek his beloved wife Andromache. It is at this point that 
 our extract begins. The parting interview, as here detailed, has always 
 been deemed a master-piece of pathos and tenderness. Hector was des- 
 tined to fall on the field of battle to which he was going out 
 
188 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 MaivofiEvq EtKvla' (pspsi d' ap,a nalda Tidrjvr]." 
 
 T H pa yvvfi ra\iir\ • 6 (T aireoavro dtifiarog "EfCTG)p, 
 Tfjv avrrjv odov avrig, EVKrifXEvag tear' dyvidg. 
 Evre rrvXag litave, diEpx^svog p,iya aarv, 
 ^Litaidg — ry yap e[j,eXX£ diet-ifiEvai nediovde — 25 
 
 "Evd' dXoxog noXvdupog evavrlrj tjXOe tieovoa, 
 , Avdpofj,dx / r], $vya-r\p psyaXfjropog 'Hsriovog, 
 ^Retcojv, bg evaiev vno HX&kg) vXtjegg^i, 
 Qr\6xi ( T7T07TA.aicL^, KiXlkegg' avdpecoiv dvaaaoyv 
 Tov Trep drj ftvydrrip e^e0' "Enropi x^XKOfcopvGT'q. 30 
 "H ol ETterf jjvTTjo', d\ia d' dfi^)L7:oXog kiev avry, 
 Uald' km koXtto) exova 9 draXd^pova, vtjttiov avr(og, 
 'JEiKTopidrjv dyanqrov, dXiyttiov doripi KaXti- 
 Tov p 1 "Eicrcjp KaXsEGKE I.ftap.dvdpiov, avrdp ol dXXoi 
 'KarvdvaKT 9 - olog yap Epvsro "IXlov "E/ctw/o. 35 
 
 "Htoi 6 jHEV fiEidr}OEV Id&v kg nalda OLG)n%j • 
 'AvdpofidxTI M ol dyxi> Traploraro daicpvxeovGa, 
 "Ev r' apa ol <pi> x eL Ph '^og r' E(par\ ere t' dvopa£ev 
 " AaiftoviE, (pdioEL ge to gov \ikvog • ovd' kXsaipsig 
 Ualdd te vryniaxov, ttal lp? apfiopov, r\ rdxa XVPV 40 
 2e£> EGOfiaL • rdxa yap ge KaranravsovGLV 'Axaiol, 
 ILdvTEg E(popfjL7jd£VTEg • kp,oi 6e ke tcspdiov eltj, 
 2ev d(f>aiiapTOVG%i, x^^va Sv\i£vai • oh yap er' dXXrj 
 "Eorai $aX7TG)pfj, ettel av Gvys rcorpov ETTiGnqg, 
 'AA,A' a%£' — ovds pot egti irarrjp nai norvta prjrrjp. 45 
 *Hto£ yap narsp' dpbv dnsKravs Slog 'A^AAevf, 
 'E«; 6s ttoXiv rrspGEV KtXitcov EvvaisrdcjGav, 
 Qrjdrjv vtpinvXov • /card (5' ektovev 'HeTtwva, 
 Ovds \iiv i^Evdpi^E ■ GEbaGGaio yap rdye ■dvp.ti • 
 'AAA' apa piv KarEKTjs gvv evtegl daidaXsoiGtv, 50 
 
 ^H(T km G7]\i? £X £SV ' ne pi ^ TTTEXkag kcpvrEVGav 
 Nvj^^at opEGTiddEg, Kovpai Atbg alyioxoio. 
 Oil 8e \ioi kixra naGiyvTyzoi EGav kv fisydpoiGiv, 
 Ol p,kv irdvTEg l& kcov TJfiaTt "A'idog e'Igco • 
 Hdvrag yap KaTEnecfrvs iroddpKTjg dlog 'A^AAev^ 55 
 
PARTING OF HECTOR AND ANDROMACHE. 189 
 
 Bovoiv err' elXnrodeooi, Kai dpyevvrjg oieooiv. 
 Mrjrepa 6\ r) fiaoiXevev virb HX&ku vXrjeoorj, 
 Tfjv eirei dp devp' 7/yay' dp? dXXoioi KredreooLV, 
 *A\p dye rfiv dneXvoe, Xa6&v drjepeioC dnoiva' 
 Tlarpbg 6' ev jieydpoioi ]3dA' "Aprepig ioxeatpa. 60 
 
 "En-op, drdp ov pot eooi Trarrjp feat norvia prjrrjp, 
 'Hde Kaoiyvrjrog, ov 6e pot ■daXepbg rrapaKoirrjg. 
 'AA/l' dye vvv eXeacpe, Kai avrov pipv* enl n-ypyo), 
 Mr) rrald' 6p(f>avtKbv difflg, XVP 7 1 V T£ yvvalita • 
 Aadv 6e orrjoov Trap' epivebv, evda pdXtora 65 
 
 "Ap6arog eon rroXig, Kai erxidpopov errXero relxog. 
 Tplg yap r^y' eXOovreg eneLprjoavd' ol aptoroi, 
 'AjLt0' Alavre 6vo) Kai dyanXv-bv 'Idopevija, 
 'H(5' apxp 'Arpeidag Kai Tvdeog aXftifiov vlov ' 
 V H 7TOV rig o(pcv evione deoTTponicov ev eldobg, 70 
 
 "H vv Kai avro)v tivpbg errorpvvet teal dvGjyeL." 
 
 Tr)v 6* avre TTpogeetne peyag KopvdaioXog e/ Efcro)p • 
 " T H Kai euoi rdde ~dvra peXei, yvvai ' dXXd p,dX f alvCJg 
 Aldeofiac TpcJag Kai Tpoddag eXKeoiTrerrXovg, 
 At Ke, Kanbg wc, voocpev dXvoKa^oj iroXepoco- 75 
 
 Ovde pe dvp.bg dvoyev, eirei \1dQ0v eppevai eoBXbg 
 Alel, Kai irpoy-oiOL per a Tp&eooi pdxeodai, 
 'Apvvpevog irarpog re peya K/Jog r)d' epbv avrov. 
 Et> yap eyo) rode olda Kara (ppeva Kai Kara ■b x vp,bv i 
 "Eooerai fjpap, or' dv ttot' bX&Xr) "Vuog Iprj, 80 
 
 Kai Upiapog Kai Xabg evppeXio) Upcduoio. 
 'AXX' ov pot Tpucjv roooov peXei dXyog ottloog), 
 Out' avrrjg 'EKa6r]g, ovre Uptdpoio dvaKrog, 
 Ovre Kaoiyvr)r(DV, ol Kev noXeeg re Kai eodXol 
 'Ev kovitjol ixeootev vrf dvdpdot dvopeveeootv, 85 
 
 "Oooov oel\ ore Kev rig 'Axattiv ^aA^o^rdivwv 
 AaKpvoeooav dyrjraL, eXevBepov r)pap drrovpag' 
 Kai Kev ev "Apyei eovoa, npbg aXXrjg lorbv vfyaivoig, 
 Kai Kev vdop (popeoig Meoorjtdog rj 'Tnepeirjg, 
 UoXX' deKa^ofievT], Kparepr) (T e-mKeioer' 1 avdyKT]' 90 
 
190 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 Kai ttote Tig eittitjgiv, IdCdv Kara ddttpv x^ovaav • 
 
 "Etcropog r\de yvvr\, bg dpiGTEvsGKE \La%EoBai 
 
 Tpcjuv InTrGddjjLGjv, ote "IXiov d\i<^E\id i xpvro. 
 
 r 'Qg ttote rig ipsEC ool (5' av veov eogetcli dXyog 
 
 ~Kt]tel TOLOvd' dvdpbg, a\ivvEiv dovXiov r\\iap. 95 
 
 'AA/la \le TE6v7]6Jra X VT V nard yala KaXimTOi, 
 
 Hpiv y' etc oijg te (3orjg, gov #' kXtcrjOfiolo rrvdEodai !" 
 
 "Slg eItto)v, ov naidbg ops^aro (paidipog "F,KTG)p. 
 '"Axp 6" 1 6 nd'ig rrpbg koXttov ev^&voio ndrjvrjg 
 'EkXlv67] Idxw, rrarpbg (piXov bipiv drvftdsig, 100 
 
 Tap6rjGag %aXK,6v te, I3e X6(pov ittttioxclit7]v, 
 Aeivov art dtipordrrig KopvOog VEvovra vor]Gag. 
 'E/e 6' iysXaGGs irarrjp te <piXog Kai norvia \ir\rr\p. 
 Avtik* and Kparbg nopvd' elXeto (paldipog "E/crwp, 
 Kai ttjv psv KaTEdrjttEV ettI x^ovi napcftavoojoav • 105 
 Avrap by' bv (ftiXov vlbv etteI kvge, tttjXe te x £ polv, 
 ~EIttev ETTEvf-dfiEvog Ail t', dXXoioiv te ■Seoigiv • 
 
 " Zev, dXXoi te ■dsoi, 66te 6rj Kai tov8e yEVEGQai 
 Tlaid' Efibv, (bg Kai sycj nsp, dpiTrpETTsa TpusGGiv, 
 r £ld£ (31tjv t' ayadbv, Kai 'IXiov hpi dvaGGEiv 110 
 
 Kai ttote Tig ELTTyjGi' — rrarpbg d' bys ttoXXov dp,Eivo)v ! 
 'E/c ttqXe\iov dviovTa- (pspoi 6' svapa fiporosvTa, 
 KTEtvag or\lov avdpa, x a ?^ ir ] $& <ppsva \i7\Tr\pr 
 
 xs Slg eIttcjv, aXoxoio cpiXrjg sv x E 9°l v cOtjkev 
 Xlald' eov 7) d' dpa piv Kr\&QEi dsijaro koXttg) 115 
 
 AaKpvosv ysXaoaoa. Tlooig 6* eXetjge vorjGag, 
 Xsipi te \xiv KarspE^sv, snog t' E(f>aT\ ek r' ovopa&v 
 
 " Aaipovir), (jltj \iol ti XItjv aKaxl^EO dvpti ! 
 Ov yap Tig p,' inxEp aiGav avr\p "A'idi npoidipsi • 
 Molpav d' ovrivd §r\\ii rr£(f)vy[j,Evov E/ipsvai avdp&v, 120 
 Ov KaKbv, ovds jiev egOXov, etttjv t« rrpioTa yEvryrai. 
 'AAA-' Eig oIkov lovGa Ta a' avTfjg Ipya Kopi^s, 
 'Igtov t\ 7\XaKaT7\v te, Kai dficpinoXoiGi keXeve 
 "Epyov ETToixsodai • TroXspog 6' avdpEGGi \ieXt\gei 
 IL&giv, Efioi 6s \mXiGTa, toI 'IXig) kyy EydaGiv" 125 
 
JUPITER S ADDRESS TO THE GODS. 191 
 
 "&g apa (puvrjoag, KopvB' elXeto <f)aidi[iog "Enrup 
 "Imrovpiv • dXoxog 6e §i\t\ 61k6v6e (3e6rjKEt, 
 'EvrpoTraXi£oiJ,ev7i, daXspbv Kara danpv ^eovaa. 
 Alipa (T e-etd' litave dopovg EvvaiETaovrag 
 "EKTOpog dvdpo(povoLO' KLX'Tjoaro 6' kvdodt noXXdg 130 
 'AfMpirroXovg, t^olv 6e yoov Trdo^OLv evCypoev. 
 At [iev en fabv yoov "Earopa to evi olkg) • 
 Ov yap fiLV er' ecpavro vnorponov ek ttoXe[j,olo 
 "lt-sodai, npo^vyovra fxivog Kai x BL P a S 'A%aiwv. 
 
 II. Jupiter commands the Gods to remain neutral* 
 
 'Hwf \lIv KpOKonsnXog EKidvaro ixaoav ett' alav • 
 Zsvg 6e $£<x)v dyopr\v notriaaTO TEpmtcipavvog 
 'AKpordrrf Kopvcpq iroXvdEipddog OvXv\iv;oio. 
 Avrbg 6s o<$? dyopEvs, $Eoi (5' vno ndvrsg anovov 
 
 " KekXvte [lev, ndvrsg te $eol, ndaai te ■dsacvai, 5 
 v O0p' slnco rd \ie dvfibg svl gtt\Qeooi keXevei. 
 Mtjte rig ovv {fyXsia tisbg roys, \it\te rig dparjv, 
 TJEipdrG) diafcspoai ejiov snog- aXX,' d\ia ndvrsg 
 Alvslr\ bcppa rdx^ra teXevttjgg) rdds spya. 
 "Ov (5' dv syCdv dndvsvds ■dstiv sBsXovra votjog) 10 
 
 'EXdovr' rj TpcjEGGiv apr\ys\iEV rj AavaoiGiv, 
 TlX^yslg ov Kara KOOfiov, sXsvGsrai OvXvjj,n6vds t 
 V H fitv eXcjv piipo) kg Tdprapov rjsposvra, 
 TrjXs \idX\ tjx l Pddiorov vno x^ovog sari fispsdpov ■ 
 % ~Ev6a OLdfjpEiai te nvXai Kai %a/Ueo£ ovdbg, 15 
 
 * Iliad, viii., 1-29. When Hector returned to the field after his inter- 
 view with Andromache, the fighting was renewed vigorously. After a 
 single combat between Hector and Ajax, which was closed by the night, 
 a truce was agreed upon. Before hostilities were again opened, Jupiter 
 assembled the gods on Olympus, and commanded them not to assist either 
 Trojans or Greeks. 
 
192 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 Toocov evepd' ' Aided), boov ovpavog ecrr' and yaiTjg' 
 Tvuoer' eneid\ boov eifii ftetiv adprtorog andvrov. 
 Et 6\ dye, neiprjoaode, $eoi, r lva eldere ndvreg, 
 Iteiprjv xpvoeirjv £% ovpavoOev Kpe\idoavreg, 
 Hdvreg 6' e^dnreode tieol, ndoai re Matvai' 20 
 
 'AXX* ova dv epvoair' e£ ovpavodev nediovde 
 Ztjv\ vnarov p,7]or(Jp\ ovd' el \idXa noXXd ttd\ioire. 
 *AXV ore drj nal eyo) npo^pov edeXoifii epvooai, 
 Avr-irj nev yatrj epvoaLp,', avrq re daXdooy 
 Seipfjv fiev nev eneira nepl plov OvXv/jlttolo 25 
 
 A7]oaL[i7)v rd 6e /c' afire p,err]opa ndvra yevoiro. 
 Toooov eyco nepl r' elp,l de^v, nepl r' elp? dvdptinuv.'" 
 
 ,y &g efyad' • ol 6' apa ndvreg dtcrjv eyevovro oiG)ny, 
 MvOov dyaoodfievot' \idXa yap Kpareptig ayopevoev. 
 
 III. The Brutal Triumph of Achilles over the dead Body 
 of Hector. Lament of Andromache* 
 
 Tbv <$' enei e%evdpi%e noddpKrjg Slog 'AxiXXevg, 
 Urdg ev 'A%aioloiv enea nrepoevr' dyopevev • 
 
 " T £2 <plXoi, 'Apyeluv rjyrjropeg rjde fiedovreg, 
 'Errfiid^ rov6' dvdpa -&eol datidoaodai edo/cav, 
 "Og nana noXV eppel-ev, bo* ov ovfinavreg ol aXXoi ' 5 
 Et 6\ dyer\ dp,(j)i noXiv gvv revxeoi neiprjdtipev, 
 "0(f)pa K y en yvoy\iev Tpuuv voov, bvriv' e%ovoiv 
 *H KaraXelipovoiv noXiv aicprjv, rovde neoovrog, 
 'He \ieveiv \ie\idaoi, nal "Enropog oiweV eovrog. 
 'AAAet ri7] \ioi ravra (plXog dieXei-aro tiviiog ; 10 
 
 K.elrat nap vrjeooi venvg aicXavrog, adanrog, 
 
 * Iliad, xxii., 376-515. Achilles, having slain Hector in battle, makes 
 an exulting speech to the Greeks. He then attaches the corpse to his 
 chariot, and drags it, trailing upon the ground, in brutal triumph. The 
 mourning in Troy and the lament of Andromache follow. 
 
BRUTAL TRIUMPH OF ACHILLES. 193 
 
 JidrpoKXog' rov d' ovk eruXrjGOfAai, b(pp' av eywye 
 ZcjoIglv fiered), Kal \ioi <plXa yovvar' opcjpy. 
 El de davovruv rrsp KaraXydovr' elv 'Xtdao, 
 Avrap eyo) Kal keIQi <blXov p,Eiivr]Goii' kralpov. 15 
 
 Ni'v d' ay', deldovreg rrairjova, Kovpou 'A^cmcjv, 
 "StjvoIv eni yXacpvprJGL vsti/isda, rovde d' dycj/iev. 
 'Jlpdueda ueya Kvdog- errs(pvofj,£V "EKropa dlov. 
 r Qc Tpwec Kara do~v, t9ea> gjc, ev%zt6uvto" 
 
 T H pa, Kal "EKropa dlov deifcea (irjdero epya • 20 
 
 'Au0orepa)v fieromods ~od£iv r£rpr]VE rsvovrs 
 'Ec ocpvpbv ek Txrepyrfq, f3oEovg d' e^tjtttev i\hdvrag, 
 'E/e dlcppoto d' eStjge' Kaprj d' sXKEGdat saasv 
 'Ec dlcppov d' dvaddg, dvd te KXvrd teii^e' dscpag, 
 Mdarc^EV d' sXdav, ?w d' ovk aKOvrs tteteoOtjv. 25 
 
 TOV d' TjV E?lKOp,EVOlO KoviGoaXog- dficpl de x aL ~ ( u 
 Kvdvsat, nlrvavro, Kapr\ d' array ev kovltjgiv 
 Kbits, rrdpog x a P iev ' r ° Te ^ Ze£>c 6vg\ieveegglv 
 AtiftEV aELKLGGaGdat k'Q ev -arpidt yalr\. 
 ,v £2c rov fiEV kekovlto Kaprj array 7} de vv [i>r)T7)p 30 
 
 TlXXe KOfirjv, and de /arraprjv Eppiibs KaXvrrrprjv 
 TtjXoge • kgjkvgev de \idXa fiiya, rrald' eoidovGa. 
 "Qcfico^EV d' kXEELva rrarf\p cplXog, du0£ de Xaol 
 Kcjkvto) r' Eiftovro Kal olficjyrj Kara aGrv 
 Tci de udXior' dp' e?]v kvaXiyKiov, (bg eI arraGa 35 
 
 "IXtog ocppvoEGGa wvpi Gfivxoiro Kar' aKprjg. 
 Xaol \iiv pa yipovra fioytg s^ov aGxaXocovra, 
 'E^eXSelv fiEfiacJra rrvXduv Xapdavidcov. 
 TLdvrag 6' kXXirdvEVE, KvXiv&6\iEVog Kara Korrpov, 
 'E!;ovofiaKXf)d7]v dvopdfav avdpa EKaGrov • 40 
 
 " 2%e(70e, (piXoc, Kal «' olov saGars, K7\66\ievoI Trep, 
 'E&Xdovra rroXr\og, Ikeg6 j ettI vr\ag 'A%<z£wi>, 
 XlGGcjfi' avkpa rov rov draGdaXov, dbpijioEpyov^ 
 v Hv ziojg tjXikItjv aldsGGsrai, r\6' > eXetjgx) 
 T/jpag- Kal Si vv redds rrarfjp roiOGdE rsrvKrac, 45 
 
 UrjXEvg, og \iiv hiKrs Kal er peeps, rrrjfia yeveGdac 
 I 
 
194 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 Tpojar \1dX10ra 6' spot ixepl rrdvrov aXye' eOtjkev. 
 Toaoovg yap \ioi naldag dnenrave rrjXeddovrag • 
 TdJi> TrdvTOJV ov roooov ddvpojjLcu, dxvvfievog nep, 
 'tig evbg, ov \C d%og 6%v naroloerai "Aldog e'loo, 50 
 
 "Eicropog • (bg b<peXev -Saveeiv ev %£poiv e^oiv ! 
 To) tee fcopeocd/jLeda aXalovre re, fivpojievG) re, 
 MrjT7]p #', r\ fiiv enure, dvodiifxopog, ^(5' eyo) abrog." 
 
 *Q.g e<paro KXaiiov eirl de OTevd%ovro noXlrai' 
 Tpojfjaiv 6' 'End6r] adivov e£;ijpxe yooio- 55 
 
 " Tenvov, eyo) deiXf] rl vv (3eLOjiaL, alvd rradovaa, 
 2ei) dnoreOvrjiorog ; b poi vvarag re itai r\\iap 
 Evx^Xr\ nard dorv TreXeoneo, ndal t' bveiap 
 Tpuoi re ttai Tpcj^ac nard nroXiv, ol oe, -debv (bg, 
 AeicJe^ar' * rj yap ice oepi \idXa \ieya Kvdog erjoda, 60 
 Z(*)dg ecov • vvv av ddvarog aal Molpa m%dvei !" 
 
 "&g etyaro aXaiovo'' aXo^og 6' ovnio n Trenvaro 
 "Earopog- ov yap ol rig eTrjrvp,og ayyeXog eXOCdV 
 "HyyeiX\ brn pa ol nooig iarodi \ii\ive nvXdov 
 'AXX' 7]y : lorbv ixpacve, \ivx<^ dojuov viprjXolo, 65 
 
 kinXaica iroptyvperjv, ev de ftpova ttoikIX' enaooev. 
 KeicXero 6' dp,(j)iTT6XoLOiv evnXotcdiioig Kara dupa, 
 'AjLi^t TTVpi orrjoai rpinoda \ieyav, beppa ireXoiro 
 "Europe depiid Xoerpd p>dx^g en voorrjoavrt, • 
 N^TTi?/, oi)d' evorjoev, b \iiv \idXa rrjXe Xoerptiv 70 
 
 Xepolv 'AxiXXrjog ddp-aoe yXavtitimg 'AOtjvt]. 
 Kotcvrov (5' f\K,ovoe Kal ol^y^g and nvpyov, 
 Trjg d' eXeXLxOf] yvla, xapal de ol etcneoe Kepttig ■ 
 'H 6' avng dfKjJXjOiv ev"nXond\ioioi \ierr\vda' 
 
 " Aevre, dvo fioi eneodov, 15g)\i', anv' epya rervurat. 
 Al6oL7]g ettvprjg dnog enXvov ev d' e\iol avr^ 76 
 
 Srrjdeoc ndXXerai rjrop avd orofia, vepde de yovva 
 Urjyvvrai • eyyvg Stj ri nanbv Uptdfioio retteooLV. 
 At yap an' ovarog elr\ e^iev enog ! dXXd \idV alvtig 
 Aeido), pr) drj \ioi -Bpaovv "Enropa Slog 'AxiXXevg, 80 
 Movvov dnor(j,r)i;ag noXiog, nedlovde dirjrai, 
 
THE LAMENT OF ANDROMACHE. 195 
 
 Kal df) \iiv Karairavaxj ayr\voplr\g dAeyetW/^, 
 
 "H \iiv ex^ok 1 • enel oinror' kvl ttX7)0vl \ievev dvdptiv, 
 
 'AXXd iroXv TTpoOesGKe, to bv fikvog ovdevi eikciv." 
 
 "Slg (pafievrj, fisydpoLO Sleggvto, \iaiva$i lgtj, 85 
 
 UaXXo/iEvr] Kpadc7]v d\ia d' d[MpLTroXoL fciov avT%j. 
 Avrdp enel nvpyov re Kal dvdptiv li-ev oficXov, 
 "Ecn-77 TxaTtrrivao* knl teI^eC' rbv d' evotjgev 
 'EXfcofiEvov rrpoodEV noXLog' rax&g de \iiv lttttoi 
 "EXkov dtcqdEGTGog KoiXag km vijag 'Axaitiv. 90 
 
 Tfjv 6s Kar' d(p6aX(j,(ov epe6ew?) vv% EttaXv^Ev • 
 
 "HpiTTE d' k^OTTLGCJ, aTTO Si IpVX'TjV EKaiXVOOEV . 
 
 TtjXe d' dirb Kparbg %ee dEGfjLara GLyaXoEvra, 
 
 "AfiTTVKa, KEKpvcpaXov r, rjds itXekttjv dvadEOfj,7]v, 
 
 Kp-fjdEfivov #', pa ol Sgjke xpvosr] 'A0podtT?7, 95 
 
 "Kfiari tg5, gte jj.lv KopvdaioXog rjydyEd 1 "E/crwp 
 
 'E«; ddfiov 'Hsrlojvog, etc el rrops fivpla fdva. 
 
 'Ap,(pl de \llv yaXoco re Kal elvarepeg aXLg earav, 
 
 At e fXEra o<pio~LV eIxov d~v^o\LEvr\v drcoXEodaL. 
 
 r H d' etteI ovv dprcvvro, Kal kg <ppsva dvfibg dyspdrj, 100 
 
 ' A\Lb"k7\6r\v yoooxja, p,era TpuTjGLV eelttev - 
 
 " "EK-op, iyd) 6vGTT]vog ! ly dpa yetvo^efl' olgxi 
 'AfMpo-EpoL, gv \iev ev Tpoiy Hpid[j,ov Kara dCifia, 
 Avrdp kyd> Qrj6rjGLV vrcb ILXdtcG) vXtjegg^j, 
 'Ev 66fi(p 'E.ETiG)vog, p' £rps<pE rvrdbv sovGav, 105 
 AvGfiopog aivdfiopov tig firj w^eAAe rsKEGdaL ! 
 N£)v de gv p,EV 'Atdao dopovg, imb kevOegl yalrjg, 
 "Ep^eat, avrdp Efts Grvyspip kvl ttevOel XsLiTELg 
 Xriprjv kv fjLEydpoLGL- irdlg d' etl vrjmog avrcog, 
 
 "Ov TEKOflEV GV t' kyO) TE dvGdllfJiOpOL ' OVTE GV TOVTG) 110 
 
 "Ecrcceat, f/ E/c~op, ovsLap, krcsl ■ddvsg i ovte ool ovrog. 
 v Hv yap 6i) tt6Xe{jlov ys (pvyv, noXvdaKpvv 'A^atwv, 
 Atet tol tovtg) ye novog Kal Kfjde' ottlggg) 
 "FiGGovt' • aXXoL yap ot drcovpLGGovGLV dpovpag. 
 T Hftap 6' dpcpavLKov navafirjXiKa iralda tl6tjglv 115 
 Uavra d' VTT£[j,vr}fiVKE, dedaKpvvraL 6e •napeiai. 
 
196 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 Aevopevog 6e f ? aveiGi Trait; eg rrarpbg eraipovg, 
 'AXXov [iev x^ aLV7 \^ epvcov, aXXov de %irCivoq • 
 Ta)v <5' eXs7)GdvTG)v KorvXr\v rig rvrdbv erreGxev, 
 XeiXea [lev f' edlr\v\ V7:ep&7)v 6 y ovk e&ir\vev. 120 
 
 Tov de teal dfifadaXrjg en dairvog eGrvcpeXit-eVy 
 Xepalv rrenXrjy&g, Kal bveideioiGiv evioG(ov 
 "Epp' ovTCjg- ov oog ye Trarrjp \iera6aivvrai rjiuv. 
 Aafcpvoeig de r' aveiai rcd'ig eg \i7\repa xvpyv* 
 'Aorvdvai;, bg irplv fiev eov em yovvaoi rrarpbg 125 
 
 MveXbv olov edeotce, Kal oltiv rriova drjjiov 
 Avrdp bd' vrrvog eXoi r rravGairo te vrjmaxevw, 
 'Evdeait' ev XeKrpoiGiv, ev dynaXideoGt ridrjvrjg, 
 'Evvy evl fiaXartifj, daXeo)v ep,rrXr\Gd\ievog Ki\p' 
 ~Nvv 6' dv TToXXd rrdO^Gi, (piXov drrb rrarpog dfiaprtiv, 
 ' AGTvdvai;, bv Tpojeg erriKXrjGiv KaXeovGiv 131 
 
 Olog yap G<piv epvGo rrvXag Kal rei%ea \iaKpd. 
 N£)v de Ge p,ev rrapd vrjvol KopoviGi, voG(f)i toktjcjv, 
 AlbXai evXal edovrai, errei Ke Kvveg KOpeGiovrai, 
 Yv\iv6v drdp roi eifiar' evl \ieydpoiGi Keovrai, 135 
 
 Aerrrd re Kal xapievra, rervyfieva x £ P°l yvvaiKcJv. 
 'AXX' rjroi rdde rrdvra KaracpXe^G) rrvpl KrjXec*), 
 Ovdev Goiy' b(peXog, errel ovk eyKeiGeai avrolg, 
 'AXXa rrpbg Tpcjo)v Kal Tpoi'iddov KXeog elvai." 
 
 "flf ecparo KXaiovo' • em de Grevd%ovro yvvaiKeg. 140 
 
 £V. Priam supplicates Achilles for the dead Body of 
 Hector* 
 
 Yepo)V d' Wvg Kiev oikov, 
 
 T%j p' 'AxiXevg i&GKe, Ait cbiXog' ev de \iiv avrbv 
 
 * Iliad, xxiv., 471-675. Priam has come to the tent of Achilles, under 
 the guidance of Mercury. Leaving his chariot, he enters the tent to beg 
 the corpse from the victor. 
 
PRIAM S SUPPLICATION. 197 
 
 Evp'" erapot, d' dirdvevde fcadeiaro' tw 6e dv 1 oto>, 
 
 "Upcjg Avro/iidiov re Kal "AXKifiog, b£og "Aprjog, 
 
 TIolttvvov Trapeovre • veov d' dnsX^ysv Edudrjg, 5 
 
 "EoOcjv Kal irlvov, etl Kal TrapEKEiro rpdne^a. 
 
 Tovg 6' eXaO 1 eIgeXOojv Hpia[iog fieyag, ayxt> & apa crag 
 
 Xepalv 'AxiXXrjog Xd6s yovvara, Kal kvge %dpag 
 
 Aeivdg, dv6po<povovg, at ol noXsag urdvov vlag. 
 
 '&g <5' brav avdp' arr) tcvklvtj Xd6y, bor' kvl ndrpy 10 
 
 4>c5ra KaTatcrelvag, aXXoyv e^lketo drjfiov, 
 
 'Avdpbg eg dcpVEiov, -ddfAdog d' e%ei Eloopoovrag • 
 
 "&.g 'AxiXsvg $dn6T)oev, iduv Upiafiov -deoeidea- 
 
 Qdfj,6r}aav de Kal aXXoi, eg dXXrjXovg 6s Idovro. 
 
 Tbv icai Xioo6[ievog Uplafiog irpbg \ivQov eelttev 15 
 
 " MvijoaL narpbg oelo, ■dsolg ettleCkeX' 'A^iAAev, 
 TtjXikov, cjorrEp Ey&v, bXoG) snl yrjpaog ovdti. 
 Kal fiiv nov ttelvov nEptvaiirai dfxplg sovrsg 
 Teipova\ ovdi rig eotlv dprjv Kal Xoiybv dfivvai ■ 
 'AAA' r\roi KEivog ys, geQev ^cjovrog aKOvojv, 20 
 
 'XaipEC r' ev -dvfjbcp, snl r* EXnsraL rjfiara ndvra 
 "Oipsodac (f>cXov vlbv, dnb TpotTjds \ioX6vra. 
 Avrdp syoj navdnorfiog, ettec tekov vlag dpiorovg 
 Tpoiq ev evpEirj' Toiv d' ovTLvd (j)7}fiL XEXsl(p6ai. 
 HevTrjKovrd \ioi fioav, or' rjXvdov vlsg 'Axattiv 25 
 
 Twv jiev noXXtiv ftovpog "Aprjg vnb yovvar' eXvgev • 
 "Og 6e fioc olog etjv, elpvro ds aarv Kal avrovg, 
 Tbv av TrpcjTjv KTslvag, a\hvvb\iEvov nspl ndrpTjg, 
 I^KTOpa' rov vvv elve^' iKavcj vr\ag 'Axai&v, 
 AvabfXEvog napa oslo, <p£pu) d' anEpEicC anowa. 30 
 
 'AAA' aldslo tisovg, 'A%£Asl>, avrov t' eXe^gov, 
 Wvr\Ga\iEvog gov Tiarpog- eyo) d' kXEELVOTEpog nep, 
 "ErXr^v 6% oV ovno) rig kmxOovLog (3porbg dXXog, 
 f Avdpbg natdocpovoLO norl Grbfia ^etp' bpiyEGQai." 
 
 "&g (pdro' TGJ d' apa narpbg v$> l\iEpov <hpGE yoow 
 'AipdfiEvog d' apa x si pbg, dndoGaro TfKa yspovra. 36 
 
 Tw 6e fivrjGafiEVG), 6 \iev "EKTopog dvdpocpovoto, 
 
198 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 KAat' adiva, npondpoide nodtiv 'AxiXijog eXvodeig' 
 Avrdp 'AxiXXevg KXalev ebv narep\ aXXore d' avre 
 UdrpofcXov t£)v de orovax?) Kara deodar' dpcjpsc. 40 
 Avrdp enei pa yooio rerdpnero dlog 'AxiXXevg, 
 AvriK? and -Spovov (hpro, yepovra de x £L P°£ avion], 
 Olicrelpov noXtov re Kaprj, noXiov re yeveiov 
 Kal \iiv (fxovrjoag enea nrepoevra npogrjvda • 
 
 " T A delX\ r) dr) noXXd ndtC avox^o obv Kara tivfiov. 45 
 Utig erXrjg enl vi\ag 'AxaLGJv eXdefiev olog, 
 'Avdpbg eg 6(j)daX[iovg, bg rot noXeag re Kal eoOXovc, 
 Tleag e^evdpi^a ; oidi\pei6v vv rot r\rop. 
 'AAA' dye dr) Kar' dp' e^ev em ftpovov • aXyea d' efinqg 
 'Ev i^VjtiO) KaraKeloBai edoo\iev, axvvfjbevoi nep. 50 
 
 Ov yap rig nprj^cg neXerai Kpvepolo yooio. 
 n £lg yap eneKXdjoavro deol deiXoloi (3porolocv, 
 Zueiv dxwfievoig ' avrol de t' aKTjdeeg eloiv. 
 Aoiol yap re nlBoi KaraKeiarat ev Aibg ovdet, 
 Ao)po)v, ola dldcjot,, KaKcov, erepog de, edo)v • 55 
 
 r £li \iev k* a\i\il£,ag 6(1)7} Zevg repniKepavvog, 
 "AXXore {lev re KaKG) dye Kvperai, dXXore (T eodXti' 
 r Sli de Ke rdv Xvypdv durj, Xodrjrbv edrjKev 
 Kal e KaKT) f3ov6po)orig enl x^bva °l- av eXavvei • 
 <f?oira d\ ovre $eoloi rerip,evog, ovre (3poroloiv. 60 
 
 "ftf fiev Kal UrjXrjL $eol dooav dyXad dtipa 
 'E/e yeverrjg' ndvrag yap en' dvdp&novg eKeKaoro 
 "OX6(jd re, nXovr(*> re, dvaooe de Mvpfiidoveootv 
 Kal ot -&vr]r(x> kovn dedv nolrjoav aKOiriv 
 'AAA' enl Kal no ftrjKe -&ebg KaKbv, brri ot ovrt 65 
 
 Hai3(x)v ev fieydpoioi yovi) yevero Kpeibvr^v. 
 'AAA' eva nalda reKev nava&piov ovde vv rovye 
 TrjpdoKOvra KOfil^o)' enel \idXa rrjXodt ndrprjg 
 T Hjuat evl TpotTj, oe re Krjdojv r)de oa reKva. 
 Kal oe, yepov, rb nplv p,ev aKOvofiev 6X6iov elvai' 70 
 "Oooov Aeotog avo), MaKapog edog, evrbg eepyei, 
 Kal <bpvyir\ KadvnepBe Kal 'RXXrjonovrog dneipoyv, 
 
PRIAM S SUPPLICATION. 199 
 
 Ttiv oe, yipov, ttXovtg) re Kal vldai (paol Keadadat. 
 
 Aiirdp enel tol rrrjua Tod' rjyayov Ovpaviioveg, 
 
 Aiei tol Txepl aoTV ydxai t' dvdpoKTaoiai re- 15 
 
 "AvtJ^eo, firjd' dXiaoTov odvpeo obv Kara dvfiov. 
 
 Ov yap tl nprji-eig dK.a%7\\Livo<; vlog erjog, 
 
 Ovde \iiv dvorrjaeig, rrplv Kal kclkov dXXo nddrjoda." 
 
 Tov d' rjfieideT' enecra yepov Iipia\iog tieoeidrjg' 
 11 Mr) fie 770) eg dpovov l£e, /\iOTpe(peg, bcppa Ktv "Eicrup 
 KelraL evl kXlol%]olv aKr\dr)g- dXXd rdx^ara 81 
 
 Avoov, tV 6(f)daXfj,olGLV Ww ov de de^at, anoiva 
 HoXXd, rd tol (pepoyev • ov de rwvd' d-nbvaio, Kal eXOoig 
 Irjv eg narplda yalav, enei fie TTpcJTOv eaoag. 
 Tov d' ap' vnodpa Idov Trpooecjjr) ixodag d)Ki)g 'AxLXXevg' 
 MrjKeri vvv \C epedi^e, yepov • voeo) de Kal avrog 86 
 
 "EtcTopd roi XvoaL • kiddev de fioL dyyeXog rjXOev 
 MrjTrjp, r\ y? eretcev, -dvydrrjp aXioio yepovrog. 
 Kal de oe yiyvtiotcoj, Uptake, (ppeolv, ovde fie Xrjdecg, 
 "Otti -&ed)v rig a' r)ye -&odg em vr)ag 'Axcutiv. 90 
 
 Ov yap ne TXair\ fipOTbg eXBe\iev, ovde \idti rfo&v, 
 'Ef GTpaTOV ovde yap dv fyvXdnovg XddoL, ovde /c' d%7\ag 
 f Pela \LeTo%XiGGeie -&vpdo)v rjyeTepdov. 
 Toj vvv p,r) \ioi {itiXXov ev dXyeGi -dvybv dpivrjg • 
 Mr) oe, yepov, ovd J ai)Tbv evl kXlol'qolv edoco, 95 
 
 Kal lueTTjv nep eovTa, Aibg d' aXiTO\iai e<peTp,dg" 
 
 "Qg e(paT^ eddeioev d' 6 yepov, Kal eneideTO yvOo. 
 TLrjXetdrjg d' olkolo, Xeov og, dXTO Svpa^e, 
 Ovk olog • d\ia Toye dvo -SepdiTOVTeg enovTO, 
 "Hpog AvToyedojv r)d' "AXKiyog, ovg pa (idXiOTa 100 
 TV 'AxtXevg eTapov, juerd TLaTpoKXov ye -davovTa. 
 Ot t66' vno £vy6(piv Xvov lirnovg r\\iiovovg Te, 
 'Eg (5' ayayov Kf)pvKa KaXrjTOpa tolo yepovTog' 
 Kdd (5' enl dt<ppov eloav ei)^eOTOV d* art dnrjvrjg 
 "Hipeov 'EKTOperjg Ke^aXr)g aixepeloC dnoiva. 105 
 
 Kdd d' eXcirov dvo <pdpe\ evvvryrov Te xiT&va, 
 "0<f)pa veKvv ixvKaoag dcoy olKOvde (f)ipeo6ai. 
 
200 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 Apcdtig d' eKKaXeaag Xovaai KeXer\ apcpi r' dXelipai, 
 
 ~N6o(f)LV deipdoag, (bg pr) lipiapog Idot vlov • 
 
 Mr) o pev dxvvpevrj Kpadirj x°^ ov ovk epvaaiTO> 110 
 
 Ualda ldo)v, 'AxiXr]l d' bpivQeir) (piXov r)rop, 
 
 Kal e KaraKreivete, Aibg 6' aXiT7]Tai ecperpdg. 
 
 Tbv d' enel ovv dpual Xovaav teal xp^ aav sXaitd, 
 
 'Apcpl de piv (papog KaXbv (3dXov r)de ^trwva, 
 
 Avrbg rbvy' 'AxiXevg Xexeuv enedrjKev aeipag, 115 
 
 *Lvv 6' erapot r\eipav ev$;eot7]V en' dnf)vr}V. 
 
 "Qipcj^ev t' ap' enetra, <f)iXov d' bvoprvvev eralpov 
 
 " Mr) pot, HdrpoKXe, GKvdpaivepev, at Ke nvQr\ai 
 Eiv "A'idog nep eiov, otc "Enropa dlov eXvaa 
 Uarpl cfytXcd- enel ov pot detfcea 6gjkev anoiva' 120 
 
 Sol <5' av eya> Kal r&vd' dnoddooopai, baa' eneoiKev." 
 
 T H pa, Kal eg kXloitjv ndXiv f)ie dlog 'AxiXXevg. 
 r/ E£eTO (T ev KXiopti noXvdaiddXcp, evdev dveorrj, 
 Totxov tov erepov, ttotI de Uplapov <pdro pvBov ■ 
 
 " Tlbg pev df) roc XeXvrai, yepov, d>g eKeXeveg, 125 
 Kelrat (5' ev Xex&eoo' • apa (5' r)ol (paivopevrjcpiv 
 "Oipeac avrbg ayov vvv de pvrjotipeOa dopnov. 
 Kal yap t' r)vKopog Nt66r] epvr)oaro cirov, 
 Tynep 6(x)6eKa naldeg evl peydpoioiv bXovro, 
 ,X E£ pev dvyarepeg, eg 6' vleeg r)6cjovreg. 130 
 
 Tovg pev 'AnoXXcov neepvev /O-tt' dpyvpeow fiiolo, 
 Xcoopevog Ntd6^, rag 6' 'Aprepig loxeaipa, 
 Qvvek* apa Arjrol XadoKero KaXXinaprjcp • 
 $r) doiG) review, r) 6' avrr) yeivaTO noXXovg* 
 To) cf' apa, Kal doioj nep eovr\ airb irdvrag oXeaaav. 135 
 0/ pev dp' evvrjpap KeaT* ev (povo), ovde rig r}ev 
 "Kardd^ai ' Xaovg 6e XiOovg ixoir\ae Kpovtcov • 
 Tovg (5' apa r^j deKdry ddipav $eol Ovpavloveg. 
 f H 6' apa gltov pvr)Gar\ enel Kape daKpvxeovaa. 
 Nvv 6e ttov ev Trerprjaiv, ev ovpeaiv oIottoXoloiv, 140 
 'Ev ScTTvXtd, bdi (paal tiedov eppevai evvdg 
 Nvptyduv, air* dpcf)' 'AVeAwwv eppuoavTO, 
 
priam's supplication. 201 
 
 "Evda, Xidog nep eovoa, detiv ek Krjdea tteooel. 
 
 'AAA' dye dr) nai vcj'i /iE6u)(ie6a, die yepaie, 
 
 Sirov, ETCELTa kev avTE (piXov rralda KXaixjoda, 145 
 
 "IXiov Etg dyayuw jxoXvddapvrog 6e roc eorac." 
 
 T H, Kal dvai^ag blv dpyvcpov o)Kvg 'AxiXXevg 
 D0a|'- erapoi (5' edepov re Kal diKpsnov ev Kara koo\lov % 
 MiarvXXov r' dp" 1 E7TLGrap,£VG)g, rcslpdv t' 66eXoiglv, 
 1, &77T?]Gdv re TTEpLfipadsog, spvoavro re rravra. 150 
 
 Avro[iEdG)v 6' dpa olrov kXcbv ettevelue rparxe^ 
 KaXolg ev KavsoiOLV • drdp npia veI\lev 'A^AAei^. 
 Ol <5' £7r' bvEiaff krol\ia TrpoKEtjiEva 'x&pag laXXov. 
 Avrdp ettel nooiog teal kdrjrvog ef Ipov evto, 
 "Rroc kapdavidrjg lipianog §av\La£ 'AxiXija, 155 
 
 "Oaaog et/V, olog re* -^eoIgl yap dvra e&kel. 
 Avrdp a Aapdavidrjv Upta^ov davyia^ev 'AxiXXevg, 
 J&loopocov oipLV r' dyadrjv, nai fxvdov dKovojv. 
 Avrdp ettel rdpTcrjoav eg dXXf)Xovg opocjvrsg, 
 Tov TTporEpog ttpooeeitte yeptjv Hpiap,og Seoeidrig- 160 
 
 " Ae%ov vvv fie rdxi-ora, Aiorpecpeg, 6(ppa kev tjStj 
 "Tttvgj vno yXvKEpti rapnoj/iEda KOLfirjdsvrEg. 
 Ov yap 77(0 \ivoav ooge vno j3Xs(f)dpoiaLv epoloLv, 
 'E£ ov arjg vno x E 9 aiv tyog nalg cjXeue -&vp,6v • 
 'AAA' ahi orEvdx^ nai Krjdea \ivpla neoooj, 165 
 
 AvXr)g ev xoproioc KvXiv66\ievog Kara Konpov. 
 N£v dr) Kal olrov naadfirjv, Kal aldona olvov 
 Aavxavirjg KadsrjKa • ndpog ye fisv ovn nendo\Lr\v" 
 
 T H p\ 'AxtXEvg (5' krdpoioiv Ids d^ayf/ac keXevoev, 
 A£//V£' vn' aWovor) -frefievai, Kai pi\yea KaXa 170 
 
 Tlopfyvpe 1 ep,6aXeecv, oropeaai t' ecbvnepde rdnr\rag^ 
 XXaivag t' EvOsfisvai ovXag KadvnEpOsv saaadai. 
 Al 6 1 loav ek fiEydpoio, ddog fXErd x E P aiV ^X ovaaL ' 
 Alipa d' dpa oropEoav doicb Ae^e' eyKOveovaai. 
 Tov d' eniKeprofXEGjv npoos(pr] nodag d)Kvg 'AxiXXevg • 
 
 " 'E/cro^ fiev di) Xe£o, yepov cpiXE' \ii\rig 'Axaitiv 176 
 'EvOdd' ETTsXdrjOiv (3ovXrj(p6pog, oirs \loi ahi 
 I 2 
 
202 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 BovXdg (iovXevovai Tcapijpevoi, %\ deptg eariv • 
 
 TCjv el rig as idoiro -&or)v did vvrcra peXawav, 
 
 Avrifc' dv et-eiTTOi ' Kyapipvovi noipevi Xativ, 180 
 
 Kal kev dvddXrjOig Xvoiog veicpolo yevoiro. 
 
 'A/l/l' dye \ioi rode elne, Kal drpeKeug KardXegov, 
 
 Hoaar)pap pepovag Krepel^epev "EKropa dlov, 
 
 "0(f)pa reojg avrog re pevcj Kal Xadv epvKO." 
 
 Tov (5' 7jpel6er' eireira yepcov Uplapog ■&eoeidrjg' 185 
 " Et pev df) p? edeXeig reXeaai rdcpov "Efcropi dico, 
 T ftde Ke poi pe^cjv, 'AxiXev, Kexapiopeva fteirig. 
 Oloda yap, (bg Kara darv eeXpeda, rr/Xodt d' vXrj 
 'Ai;epev et; bpeog • pdXa de Tpojeg dedlaoiv. 
 'Evvrjpap pev k' avrbv evl \ieydpoig yodoipev, 190 
 
 Ty deKarrj de Ke ftdnroipev, dacvvro re Xaog • 
 'EvdeKarrj de Ke rvp6ov en' avrti iroiijoaipev, 
 Ty de dvodeKdry noXepit-opev, elnep avdyKT].^ 
 
 Tdv d' avre rrpoaeeine noddpKTjg Slog 'AxiXXevg • 
 ""Eorai roi Kal ravra, yepov Upiap', oog gv KeXeveig. 
 SXTjOG) yap rooaov noXepov %povov, booov avoyyag." 196 
 
 "&g dpa <f)G)vr]oag, enl Kapncp %elpa yepovrog 
 "EXXa6e degirepfjv, pf)n(*)g deioeC evl -&vp(p. 
 Ol pev dp' ev TrpodopG) dopov avrodi KOiprjoavro, 
 Krjpvi; Kal Upiapog, trvKiva (ppeal pride' exovreg. 200 
 kvrdp 'A%iXXevg evde pvx& KXioirjg evTTrJKrov. 
 
ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 I. On his Lyre. 
 
 QsXcj XeysLV 'Arpeidag, 
 
 QeXco ds KdSfiov adeiv 
 
 f H (3dp6tTog 6e xop^&lg 
 
 "Epwra \iovvov TjxeZ. 
 
 "Hueiipa vevpa Trpdjrjv, 5 
 
 Kal tj)v Xvpr\v anaaav • 
 
 Kayo) fiev rjdov adXovg 
 
 'HpaKAsovg- Xvprj 6s 
 
 "Epcorag dvre(pu)vei. 
 
 XaipOLTE XoLTTOV 7][llv, ] 
 
 "Hpveg • 7] Xvpr] yap 
 Movovg "Eporag adec. 
 
 II. The Rose. 
 
 To podov to r£)v 'EpcoTcov 
 
 'Avafiii-cjuev Acovvgg)' 
 
 To podov to naXXityvXXov 
 
 KpOTd(poLGiv apiioaavTeg, 
 
 Hivuiiev d6pd ysXcJVTeg. 5 
 
 'Podov, G) (peptOTOV dvdog ! 
 
 ' Podov elapog \iiXr\\La' 
 
 'Pdda Kal -deoloc Teprrvd. 
 
 'Pdda -nalg 6 rrjg KvdrjpTjg 
 
 2T£<j>£Tat naXolg lovXoig, 10 
 
204 ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 Xaplreooi avyxopevoiv. 
 
 Sreipov^ovv jue, nai Xvpl£(*)v 
 
 Jlapd aolg, Acovvoe, O7]icolg, 
 
 Merd Kovprjg (3a6vic6Xnov 
 
 '~FodivoiOL OT£(f)avLOKoig 15 
 
 Ue-nvKaafievog, xopevoa). 
 
 III. To a Dove. 
 
 ''Epaopir] neXeia, 
 HoOev, trodev ireraaac ; 
 
 UodeV (jLVpG)V TOOOVTG)V, 
 
 'E7r' Tjspog "deovoa, 
 
 Uveeig re Kal ipeKa^eig ; 5 
 
 Tig elg ; rl ooi \ieXei de ;— 
 
 'Avafcpeov \C enefiipe 
 
 lipog nalda, npog BddvXXov, 
 
 Tdv apTL tgjv dndvTuv 
 
 Kparovvra Kal rvpavvov. 10 
 
 TlenpaKs \C rj Kvdfjp?], 
 
 Aadovoa [Mfcpov v/ivov • 
 
 'Eyo> d' 'Avatcpeovri 
 
 AiaicovG) Tooavra. 
 
 Kal vvv, bpag, eneivov 15 
 
 'l&lUGToXdg KOflL^O' 
 
 Kal (j)7]Oiv evdeotg ae 
 
 'EXevdeprjv Ttoir\oeiv. 
 
 'E-yo) de, ktjv acfyfi fie, 
 
 AovXtj fievG) nap' avT(o. 20 
 
 11 yap p,e del neraadai 
 
 *Op7] re Kal tear' dypovg, 
 
 Kal devdpeaiv KaOl&iv, 
 
 $ayoi>oav aypiov ri ; 
 
TO A SWALLOW. 
 
 205 
 
 Tavvv edo) uev dprov, 
 
 25 
 
 'A(f}apndaaaa xeipdv 
 
 
 'AvaKpeovroc avrov' 
 
 
 Jlielv 6e (.101 dlduoi 
 
 
 Tov olvov, bv npOTTivec. 
 
 
 Hiovaa (J' av xopeixi), 
 
 30 
 
 Kal deoTTOTTjv epoloi 
 
 
 HrepoiGi ovofcid%G) m 
 
 
 K.oiii(jjfj,£V7} d' en' avrcj 
 
 
 Toi (3ap6LTG) fcadevdo). 
 
 
 "Exeig a-navr*' ansXde. 
 
 35 
 
 AaXiarepav p? edrjaag, 
 
 
 "Avdpcjne, Kal Kopdvr\g. 
 
 
 IV. To a Swallow. 
 
 lii) (lev, (f>LXri xeXidov, 
 
 'Ettjolt) (loXovoa, 
 
 Qepei nXeKSig KaXirjv, 
 
 Xeifxtivi (5' elg d(pavrog 
 
 1X H NetAov rj 'nl Mep,(f)iv. 5 
 
 "Epcog 6 9 del ttXskei (iev 
 
 'Ev napdixi naXtrjv. 
 
 U66og <5' 6 (lev Trrepovrai, 
 
 'O (5' G)OV EOTIV dKfjLfjV, 
 
 f O (5' rjfML^enrog TJdrj. 10 
 
 Boij 6e jiver' alel 
 
 Kex^vorov veoootiv. 
 
 'Epuridelg de (iiKpovg 
 
 01 (zel^oveg rpefyovoiv. 
 
 01 6e rpacpevreg evOvg 15 
 
 UdXiv kvovoiv dXXovg. 
 
 Tt urjX ? °v v ysvTjrai ; 
 
206 ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 Ov yap odsvo) roaovrovg 
 "Eporag sKOobr\aai. 
 
 V. Return of Spring. 
 
 "16s rrtig, sapog (pavsvrog. 
 
 XaptTsg p66a ftpvovaiv • 
 
 "Ids, nGJg Kv[ia ■SaXdGGrjg 
 
 1 AnaXvvsTat yaXrjvyj • 
 
 "Ids, TTGjg vijooa KoXv\iba • 5 
 
 "Ids, TTGJg yspavog odsvsc 
 
 'AcpsXtig 6' sXa/ixps Tcrdv. 
 
 Ne0e/U5v axial 6ovovvrai' 
 
 Td fipOTGjv d' sXafiipsv spya 
 
 Kapnolai yala npofcvnTSL' 10 
 
 Kapnog sXaiag rcpoKvixrsi. 
 
 Bpopiov arscpsrai vd[ia. 
 
 Kara fyvXXov, Kara nh&va, 
 
 KadeX&v rjvdrjas Kapnog. 
 
 VI. Cupid Stung by a Bee. 
 
 v Ep(og nor'' sv p66oiai 
 Koi[iG)iiev7)v fisXiaaav 
 Ovk sldsv, dXX' erptidi]. 
 Tdv SaKTvXov 6s SaxOeig 
 Tag %sipbg, o)X6Xv^sv • 
 Apafi&v 6s Kai irsraadsig 
 Upog T7jv KaXr\v KvOrjpjjv, 
 "OXuXa, fjidrsp, slnev, 
 "OXd)Xa, KanoOvrjOKG). 
 
TO THE CICADA. 
 
 207 
 
 "0(f)ig jtt' ervxpe /iLKpog 
 
 10 
 
 Ilrspcjrdg, ov KaXovoi 
 
 
 MeXiooav oi yeojpyol. 
 
 
 f H (5' elneVj EZ to ftevrpov 
 
 
 Hovel to Tag [leXiooag, 
 
 
 IL600V, doftelg, novovotv, 
 
 15 
 
 "Epcog, baovg ov pdXXeig ; 
 
 
 VII. To the Cicada. 
 
 MaKapl^Ofiev oe, tetti!~, 
 
 "Otl devdpecjv err' dfcpojv, 
 
 '0\lyT\v dpoaov neTro)KU)g, 
 
 BaoiXevg on(og aeideig. 
 
 Ha yap eoTC Kelva ndvTa, 5 
 
 'Onooa fiheireig ev aypolg, 
 
 X&noca (pepovoLv cjpat. 
 
 2v de (piXtog yeojpy&v, 
 
 'A7TO p,7]6evog tl fiXaiTTUV * 
 
 2i> de Tifuog fipoToloi, 10 
 
 Qepeog yXvKvg irpocprjTTjg, 
 
 QiXeovoi \iev oe Movoar 
 
 QiXeei 6e <Pol6og avTog, 
 
 Atyvprjv d' edojfcev olfiifv 
 
 To 6e yr\pag ov oe Telpec, 15 
 
 2o</>e, yrjyevrjg, cpiXvfzve, 
 
 'Anadrjg, avai\LoaapK£' 
 
 S^eddv el &eolg bfioiog. 
 
208 ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 VIII. Young Old-Age. 
 
 $lXCj yepovra repnvbv, 
 $£/l(D veov xopevrdv. 
 Tepcov 6' brav %opEv^ 
 Tpixag yepwv \iiv iort, 
 Tag 6s cppevac; ved£ei. 
 
IAMBICS, 
 
 FROM THE GREEK DRAMATISTS. 
 
 [References to the authors are given below, according to Dindorf s Poet. Seen. 
 Grajc] 
 
 1. Ov rolg dBv\LOig rj rvx 7 } %vXXa[i6dvet. 
 
 2. Kanrjg arc' dpx^jg ylyverai reXog kclkov. 
 
 3. Ov yap yeXdaQai rXrjrov i% exOpoJv, fyiXai. 
 
 4. 'Ef o^kov spnetv napdevoioiv ov KaXov. 
 
 5. ZrjXurdg baric; evrvx^ev eg refeva. 
 
 6. T £2 (piXrarai yvvalneg, d>g vjidg (3Xstt(») ! 
 
 7. "Afcuv [j? vTisp yr\g f F,XXddog dtuXeoev. 
 
 8. Hrrjaopev dp' dfi(f)l /fojiidv, d) ndrep, xopovg; 
 
 9. Tvvr) 6e -d^Xv, Kant dcucpvoig e(pv. 
 
 10. "Htco) ,0 ni rovde orecpavov, dXXd ntig Xd6o; 
 
 1 1 . Hd)Xovg Trap 1 avrbv deanorrjv eari]aa\iev. 
 
 12. KXvoir' dv t\6t] deofiov, 'Arrriitbg Xetig. 
 
 13. Qeovg [lev alrdj rcovd 1 dv:aXXayf\v ttovcjv. 
 
 14. HdXai to aiyav (pappafcov (3Xd6rjg e^w. 
 
 15. 'EoOXov yap dvdpog rovg novovvrag CxpeXeZv. 
 
 16. Ovroi yvvaiKog earcv i\ieipeiv \idxr\g- 
 
 17. 'Eyw ne<pvKa ypa[Xfj,dro)v p,ev ovk cdpig. 
 
 18. Ovk eon $vr\r&v oar eg ear' eXevOepog. 
 
 1. Soph., Fragm. ap. Stobaeum, viii., 11.— 2. Eurip. ap. Stobaeum, iv., 11. 
 -—3. Medea, 797.-4. Orestes, 108.— 5. Ibid., 542.-6. Iph. in Taur., 1056. 
 —7. Iph. in Aul., 1457.— 8. Ibid., 676.-9. Medea, 928.— 10. Electra, 614. 
 —11. Hippol., 1187.— 12. Eumenides, 681.— 13. Agamemnon, 1.— 14. Ibid., 
 548.— 15 Soph., Fragm. ap. Stob., iii., 14.— 16. Agam., 940.— 17. Eurip. 
 Thes. ap. A then.— 18. Hecuba, 864. 
 
210 IAMBICS. 
 
 19. Blov irovTjpov ftdvarog evicXeeorepog. 
 
 20. T £2 nai, yevoio irarpbg evrvxeorepog. 
 
 21. ZtjXcx) ae rov vov, rrjg de deiXiag orvyti. 
 
 22. 'AAA' ov fxeyalpo) rovde ooi dodprftiarog. 
 
 23. T Q nat, dafcpveig ; aloddvei ftancov oeQev ; 
 
 24. Aio%pov yap dvdpa rov \iaapov xpil&w fiiov. 
 
 25. "Ercvpoag coare ro^oryg atcpog otconov. 
 
 26. T^£ Grjg Xarpeiag rf\v e\ir\v dvonpagiav, 
 
 GCMpGJg eniaraa 9 , ova dv aXXd£,aip? eyu). 
 
 27. 'Ev rolg fcanolg %pr\ rolg (plXoiaiv (bcpeXelv. 
 
 28. Tolg yap dmaioig dvrexeiv ov padiov. 
 
 29. 01 yap l3Xenovreg rolg rv(pXolg r\yov\ieQa. 
 
 30. f EtfO)v yap ovdelg dovXicp xp7\rai %vy&. 
 
 31. Uevrjra (pevyei -nag rig eicnod&v <piXog. 
 
 32. Tv(j)Xog rd t' wra rov re vovv rd t' o^aT' el. 
 
 33. 'Apx^v de $r\pav ov irpenei ra\i7\x(iva. 
 
 34. T ft vv% peXaiva, xP vo ^ v dorpcov rpo^e. 
 
 35. f H yap fyvoig (3e6aiog, ov rd xPW ara " 
 
 36. Qv7]rtiv yap ovdelg eariv evdaifiov dvrjp. 
 
 37. 'US?) de rovde Qdvarov eloopC) neXag. 
 
 38. Aircr] yap ova eveoriv ocpdaXfiolg ppor&v. 
 
 39. "Airag de rpaxvg bar eg dv veov Kpariy. 
 
 40. TrjXov (piXoi vaiovreg ova elaiv cpiXoi. 
 
 41. "Epdoi rig rjv enaorog eldelr] rex V7 l v * 
 
 42. Tolg ndaiv dvdp&noioiv narQavelv fievei. 
 
 19. ^Esch., Ixion, ap. Stob.— 20. Ajax, 550.— 21. Electra, 1027.— 22. 
 Prom. Vinct., 626.-23. Troades, 744.-24. Ajax, 473.-25. Agam., 628.— 
 26. Prom. Vinct., 966, 967.-27. Orestes, 666.-28. Soph. Aload. ap. Stob.— 
 29. Aristoph. Plut., 15.— 30. Agam., 953— 31. Medea, 561.— 32. CEd.Tyr., 
 371.— 33. Antigone, 92.-34. Eurip., Elect., 54.-35. Ibid., 941.— 36. Me- 
 dea, 1228.— 37. Alcestis, 24.-38. Medea, 219.— 39. Prom. Vinct., 35.-40. 
 Proverb, vet.— 41. Aristoph., Vespee, 1431.— 42. Eurip., Temenid. ap. Stob. 
 
NOTES. 
 
NOTES 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 
 
 E3F* As the first six pages are translated, the notes on them consist 
 chiefly of references to the Grammar. The student should be made to 
 analyze every sentence thoroughly, and account for the form and syntax 
 of every word. 
 
 "C^W The references to the First and Second Books in Greek are made 
 severally by the Roman numerals I. and II. Thus, I., 625, 2, means " First 
 Greek Book, 625, 2 ;" II., 60, means " Second Greek Book, 60." The 
 rules referred to by numbers (e. g., Rule XXXIV., below) should always 
 be looked out in the Second Book in Greek. 
 
 Paragraph 1. ki;e?Mvvei, compounded of £^-\-k2,avvo. For Page 
 klavvu, see I., 625, 2, and 649, 41.— arad/xovg, ace. of measure, 68 
 II., 55 ; so, also, rrapaoayyac. — BaftvXovcac, II., 60, (1), (a). 
 
 Paragraph 2. kt-sraGiv, I., 342, 343. — -Koielrat {middle), makes for 
 himself, or causes to be made (II., 64, 2, 3). — aradjiC), dative (II., 58, 
 1, a). — 'EaXtjvuv, genitive (II., 30). — vvarac, ace. governed by nepi 
 (II., 61, 1, c). Notice the use of de as a connective, like our but. 
 
 Paragraph 3. y^et (fut. of tjku, I., 152, note *\ and predicate of 
 Paoilevc. — What is the accent of the nominative of arpaTEVfian 1 
 (I., 373, 1). — fiaxov/ievoc, fut. part, of fidxo/iac (I., 496, HEP 3 ), used to 
 express a purpose, by Rule XXXIV. (It., 70). — kdoicet (imperfect of 
 6oke(o, I., 636, 3), used impersonally (II., 6, f^ 5 ) : doicei, it seems 
 good, it is thought ; kdoKec, it seemed good, it was thought. — (3aGiHa 
 7J&LV, accus. with infin., after it was thought, by Rule LIII. (II., 105) ; 
 and naxovjievov, as predicate, agrees with fSaauia. — eic, literally 
 toward, is used with words of time, like our on. — kiuovoav (participle 
 of eneifit), sing, ace, agreeing with eo. — eo, ace. of 2oc, Attic form 
 of 7]6c (I., 347). On the use of yap, see II., 132. 
 
 Paragraph 1. nepuc (I., 331, 2), genitive by Rule XV. (II., 
 39, 2).—7?yeicdai, Rule XXX. (II., 66, 1).— diera^e, 1 aor. act. of ™ 
 diaTaoau. — tovc iavrov, those of himself '= his own (troops). 
 
214 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page Paragraphs, apa, II., 58,3. — kmovan, part, of eireipi (e7u+ 
 • " d/«, I., 593). — rjnovreg avropo?ioi, deserters arriving — deserters 
 who arrived. — Kvpu, dative after airfjyyeTihov (II,, 42, 2). 
 
 Paragraph 3. crwe/ca/lecre, 1 aor. act. of cvyKaTieu {ovv-^-KaXeu, I., 
 438). — Tzoio'iprjv, noiolro, imperf. opt. with dv, Rule LVI. (II., 111). — 
 Traprjvei, imperf. of Trapaiviu. — rolade, ace. pi. governed by napyvei. 
 
 Paragraph 4. dvdpuivov, genitive of supply, Rule XII. (II., 36, c). 
 — vp,ug elvai, ace. with infin. after vopifa (II., 105). — irolTitiv (3ap(5d- 
 puv, gen. pi. by Rule XV. (II., 39, 1). — rcpooelafie, 2 aor. act. of 
 TTpooTiapfiavu. — eXevdeplag, genitive after d^ioi (II., 33). 
 
 Paragraph 1. onog with the fut. indicative (e. g., weeds), 
 gives it an emphatic imperative force ; 6pa, see, or the like, being 
 understood. — rjg, genitive by attraction by Rule XLIX. (II., 100).— 
 KeicTnade, perf. of Ktdopai, with present meaning. 
 
 Paragraph 2. kloiprjv, 2 aor. mid. opt. of alpeu (I., 642, 1). Ob- 
 serve the use of av, I would choose. — dvrl &v e^w ndvruv, attraction, 
 Rule XLIX. (II., 100, Rem. 1), for dvrl navrcju tcjv d tyo. 
 
 Paragraph 3. eldrjTe, subjunctive of olda (I., 604), after diruc (II, 
 90).— olov, I., 264. 
 
 Paragraph 4. tcpavyfj, dative, Rule XXI. (II., 46). — eiriaaiv, see 
 I., 593, Rem. — dv, at the beginning of the sentence = edv, if (I., 
 524, ISP). — dvdaxnoQe, 2 aor. subj. mid. of dve^w (I., 649, 46).— bvrac, 
 Rule XXXV. (II., 71). — Before olovg, supply evdvpov/uevog, when 1 
 consider. — 7ip.lv, dative after olovg, what kind for us. 
 
 Paragraph 5. dvdpeg, viri, stands opposed to dvdpuirovg, homines, 
 in the preceding clause. — d7re?i6elv, 2 aor. infin. of diripxopai. — elhov- 
 to, 2 aor. mid. of alpeo (I., 642, 1). 
 
 Paragraph 2. napcov, pres. part, of ixdpeipi. — Kvpcp, dative 
 ' ^ after nicTog, Rule XVII. (II., 42, 3). — vtcioxvti, after on, Rule 
 LIV. (II., 106). — did to elvai, literally, on account of the being = be- 
 cause you are, Rule XXXII. (II., 68). 
 
 Paragraph 3. dv, I., 524, |ap\ — yevrjrai, 2 aor. subj. after dv 
 (—hdv), Rule XLVII. (II., 97, 3).—pepvr)cdai, perf. with present 
 meaning (pvdopai, I recollect ; pepvnpai, I remember), with ai for sub- 
 ject (II., 105). — fiepvtio, I., 518, Rem. 1 ; optative after el, II., 97, 4. 
 
 Paragraph 4. 7jp.lv, II., 43. — pexP 1 °^> ^v ^®> -Rem. 1 (for /^pt 
 eKtivov rov tottov ov). — ra ndvra, &c, aZZ tfAe j»ar/s, governed by 
 carpanevovaiv. 
 
 Paragraph 1. vwrjoupev, 1 aor. subj. of vitidu, after r/v (II., 
 ' " 97, 3).— &j, 2 aor. subj. of didopi—dedoiKa, I., 607.— off, II., 99. 
 
 Paragraph 3. efV??£<7ax>, imperf. 3d plur. (I., 593). — rl a<biaiv larai, 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 215 
 
 what shall be to thcm=what they shall have, Rule XVIII. (II., Pa e e 
 
 43). — iav KpaTTjvuaiv, II., 97, 3. «6 
 
 Paragraph 5. avru (I., 252, c), dative by Rule XVII. (II., 42, 2). 
 
 1. ?)pero, I., 649, 42. »„ 
 
 Paragraph 2. cot, dative by Rule XVII. (II., 42, 6.)— fjta- 
 Xetadai, fut. infin. with ddeXcbov, accus. (II., 105). 
 
 Paragraph 3. Irj^o/xat, fut. of 2.d/j,(3av to (I., 624, J, 2). 
 
 Paragraph 1. aXkot 6e rjaav, there were besides. 6.2.2.0c often 
 has this meaning in enumerations.— ov, genitive, II., 39, 2. — ~^ 
 reray pivot,, I., 463. 
 
 Paragraph 2. 7/aav ap^ovrec? &c., ifore were /owr commanders, 
 generals and leaders, each of thirty myriads (300,000) ; (viz.), Abro- 
 comas, Tissaphernes, Gobryas, Arbaces. 
 
 Paragraph 3. irapeyivovro, were present (2 aor. mid. of rcapayi- 
 yvojiat). — variprjae rrjc ptaxnc, he was too late for the battle. The verb 
 variprjae (varepiu), implying comparison, governs n&xnc in the geni- 
 tive by Rule XV. (II., 39, ^).—i)pipaq, accus. by Rule XXIX. (II., 55). 
 
 Paragraph 4. nvTOfi62,rjoav in tcov 7zo2.efxio)v, they deserted from 
 among the enemy : napd j3aat2i toe, from the king. — ol avro(xo2,r)aavTEc, 
 those who deserted (=the deserters), I., 543, c. Observe the distinction 
 between ravra, these things, and ravra — ra avrd, the same things. — 
 q£ varepov ilrjcbdnaav tcov iro2.ejj.tcjv, those of the enemy who were taken 
 afterwards. Here ol (I., 255) is used partitively, and governs 7roA£- 
 u'toov (by II., 31, b). The antecedent ol is omitted (see II., 100, Rem 
 1). — t7Ji^Qnaav, 1 aor. pass, of lapfidvu. 
 
 Paragraph 5. cvvTEray/uivcp too crpaTevftart (II., 46), with his army 
 in close order. 
 
 Paragraph 1. cpero ydp, &c, for he thought the king would 
 
 fight that day. 
 
 81 
 
 Paragraph 2. Kara fJti.Gov tov aradftov, half way on the day's march. 
 
 — to evpoc, &c.,in width five fathoms. — pev ds, I., 153, c ; also 
 
 II., 159. 
 
 Paragraph 3. •KaperiTaro (pluperf. pass, of napaTEtva), the ditch 
 extended, &c. ; literally, had been drawn or cut through, hence extend- 
 ed, the perfect tense, in this last meaning, having the force of the 
 imperfect. — ettI dcodeita Trapac, for twelve parasangs ; knt, with nu- 
 merals, is thus used in the sense of for, or up to. « 
 
 Paragraph 4. hda 6fj, there, by the way. Observe this use of df). 
 
 Paragraph 5. taxvptic, very. — dta2eiirovctv, &c, they are distant 
 each from the other four parasangs. Explain EKaarn with plural 
 verb, by II., 4, Rem. 1. — Iizeiolv, are over them (eiret/u). 
 
216 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page Paragraph 6. ILapa top TroTapov, &c., by the side of the rtjet 
 ol there is a pass. — eon to ei>poc, &c, it is in width about twenty / 
 feet (II., 59, 3). 
 
 „„ Paragraph 1. fxera^v, as preposition, governs the genitive. 
 Paragraph 2. nobel dvrl epvp.aToc, makes for an outwork (i. c, 
 had made it. For this present tense, and also that in nwddveTat, 
 we should use a pluperfect in English). — kneed?}, &c., ivhen he hears 
 that Cyrus is advancing. On the participial construction, see II., 71. 
 
 Paragraph 3. kyevovro elou, &c, they came within the ditch. — 
 Tavrnv 6r), &c, this pass, then, Cyrus and his army passed along. 
 
 Paragraph 4. kpiaxeoaro, I., 618, 7. — Qavepd, apparent. — r)cav, 
 plur., II., 4, ISF 3 . — fiev oiv, on this account, then. — rj/J-epa, II., 48. 
 
 Paragraph 5. Silanus, the Ambracian, was the chief soothsayer 
 in the Greek army. — 'LlMvov aaleoac, edtotiev, &c. (I., 586, 1), he call- 
 ed Silanus, and gave him (I., 543, a) 3000 darics. — rrj ivSe/tarn, &c., 
 understand r)p.epa. — irporepov, previously. — ^vofxevoc, sacrificing for 
 omens. — Observe the two uses of on in § 18 : on ry elnev, be- 
 cause he had said ; but on, before (3acri?ievc, is not to be translated 
 at all, and what follows is quoted in direct narration. The whole 
 passage reads, because, on the eleventh day previously from that day, 
 when sacrificing, he had said to him, " the king will not fight for ten 
 days." 
 
 QO Paragraph 1. dTindevonc, I., 524. — ova dpa en, &cc, he will 
 fight no more at all, unless he fights (el . . ov, if he shall not fight) 
 during these days. 
 
 Paragraph 2. Tzapfjldov, 2 aor. of mapepxo^at, were passed (= had 
 elapsed). 
 
 Paragraph 3. km tt) rdtypu, at the trench. — ekcoXve 6iaf3aiveiv, hin- 
 dered from crossing, II., 66, 1. — diriyvuKe (diroyiyvcJOKU, I., 631, 3), 
 &C, he gave up the idea of fighting. — kirel de, but when. — edotje nal 
 Kvp(f) nal, &c, both Cyrus and the rest thought (literally, it appeared 
 to both Cyrus and the rest) that he (i. e., the king) had given over the 
 idea of fighting. — ware, II., 90, Rem. 4, IdF 5 . 
 
 Paragraph 4. KaOrjaro, I., 606, Rem. — kv rd^ec, in military order. 
 — npb avrov (literally, before himself), in front of him. — to tto/iv, &c, 
 the majority were marching in disorder. — tCjv 5k?iuv, &c, they were 
 carrying many of the soldiers' arms (literally, the arms for the sol 
 diers) on wagons and beasts of burden. — avrti, for him, dative of dis- 
 advantage. 
 
 _ - Paragraph I. rjv a/upl, &C, it was about full market-time (i. e., 
 y/ * between 9 and 12 o'clock, at which time the dyopd was most 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 217 
 
 crowded). — orad/xdc, the halting-place. — efj.e2.le Karalvetv, he Page 
 was intending to halt (literally, to unyoke, loosen). — TTpofaiverai, 84 
 appears in front. — ava Kpdroc, at full speed (II., 59, 1). — tdpovvrc t<j 
 iktto), with his horse in a foam (dative by II., 46). — hervyxavev, fell 
 in with (governs dative by II., 42, 5). — e(36a koc, &c., he hallooed, both 
 in Barbaric (i. e., Persian) and in Greek. — napeaKevaarat, perf. pass. 
 Trapaot<eva&. — dc eic fidxvv, as for battle. — ko2 rjdn re rjv, &c, and 
 now it was just about, &c. — avrjp TLepang, &c, a Persian, one of 
 Cyrus's confidential men. On on, see note to paragraph 5, p. 82. 
 
 Paragraph 2. kyivero, arose. — eirnreaovvTat, they will fall on (I., 
 630, 2). — avruca yap, &c, for, at once, the Greeks, and all, in fact, 
 supposed that he (i. c., (3acul£a) would (literally, will) fall on them when 
 in disarray. 
 
 Paragraph 1. Karenrjdijaev, &c., L, 153, a. — evedv, put on (I., 
 612).— dve(3n, I., 612, 614.— dva(3dc (I , 543, a).— h^l'^eaQai, °^ 
 to arm themselves fully.— KadiGTavrat, (I., 573); plur. with itcdo-roc (II., 
 4, Rem. 1). — Trapijyyellov, imperfect tense, while the other verbs, 
 evedv, £la(3e, are aorists ; the former denoting an action repeated (he 
 commanded all he met), the latter momentary actions. — eic rrjv eavrov 
 rut-tv Znao-Toc, each in his own company. 
 
 Paragraph 2. ra degiu (supply fiipn) rov ntparoc, the right wing. — 
 izpbc, near. — Kledpxy exoLievoc, next to Clearchus (literally, keeping 
 himself to Clearchus). — evda 6rj, there, then. — /xera tovtov, after 
 him. 
 
 Paragraph 3. Icrnaav, were posted (I., 587). — (3ap{3apiicov, supply 
 arpaTevuaroc. — to alio (3apj3aptKov, the rest of the barbaric force. 
 
 Paragraph 1. baov, used adverbially, up to, or as many as 
 six hundred. — tbilrjv, bare, i. e., without a helmet. — etc ttjv [iax nv 
 Kadicraro, posted himself for the fight. 
 
 Paragraph 2. tptlalc Talc Kefyalalc, with their heads bare (dative 
 of manner). — diatavdwevsLv, expose themselves. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ol 5' Introi, &c, all the horses, too, in Cyrus's army. 
 — eixov dit nal, &c., and, besides, the riders had Greek sabres. 
 
 Paragraph 4. f/dn, already. — deLln hyiyvero, it was becoming dusk. 
 — h(pdv7], was visible, 2 aor. pass, of (paivw. — [lelavta tic, a kind of 
 blackness. — kirl irolv, to a great extent. — XP^V °°£ °v ^ V X V V> zn no l° n g 
 time. 
 
 Paragraph 5. ore hyyvrepov, &c, when they came nearer, the glit- 
 ter of brass began to shine out (literally, a certain brass began to gleam). 
 Notice the force of the imperfect tense in f/GrpaiTTe, began to gleam. 
 So Karafavetc eyiyvovro, began to be visible. 
 
 K 
 
218 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page Paragraph 1. Imrelc "kEvnodupanEC, cavalry in white corselets 
 8 7 (supposed to have been linen corselets). — tovtcjv, genitive by 
 
 II., 39, 2. — exbfievoi unMruv, next to the men-at-arms : exo/jlevoi, 
 
 literally, holding themselves to, keeping by ; hence next to : it governs 
 the genitive by II., 31, e. — yeppotyopoi, buckler-men; those who bore 
 the yipp'ov, a light buckler of wicker-work. — avv nodf/peai, &c, with 
 wooden shields down to their feet. — ovtol kv nTiaiclip, &c, these marched 
 in solid column ; literally, in an oblong, full of men. The rcXaicuov was 
 an arrangement of troops in the form of a parallelogram. — Kara edvn, 
 by nations (II., 60, 2). — 'knaoTov to edvoc, each nation separately. — 
 aXkoi 6' Imrelr, aKkoi, To^orac, and there were others, horsemen ; others, 
 bowmen; i. e., there were, besides, cavalry and archers. 
 
 Paragraph 2. rrpb, in front of. — ap\iara (supply hiropevero), &c, 
 chariots moved, at a considerable distance from each other : ovxvbv is 
 used adverbially, qualifying diaXdirovTa. — elxov dpknava, &c, the 
 chariots had scythes inclined obliquely (etc nMytov) from their axles.— 
 a7T0T£rafj.Eva, perf. part, of dnoTecvo) (I., 492, 3). — etc yfjv efilenov, 
 pointed toward the ground (literally, looked earthwards). — uc Standi:' 
 tew, II., 90, Rem. 4. — otcj (I., 257), whomsoever. — kvTvyxdvoiev, they 
 fell in with; optative by Rule LI I. (II., 104). 
 
 Paragraph 3. ITiuai, I., 496. — 7] yvupirj, &c, the object (i. e., of the 
 scythe-chariots) is to cut through the ranks ; 6c dianorpovTa, fut. part, 
 with wf, to express purpose, Rule XXXIV. (II., 70, Rem.). So with 
 eTiuvra. 
 
 Paragraph 4. eipevodn, I., 455, a. — Ka?Jaac tco^ekeXeveto, he called 
 and exhorted (I., 543, a). 
 
 Paragraph 1. qovxy, quietly. — kv Icro, at an even step (supply 
 fir/iiari). — otyij, silently, or in silence. — d>c avvorbv, as much as 
 possible ; and so the whole phrase acyy (be avvorbv means as silently 
 as possible. — irpocyEcrav (I., 593). — 6 [ievtol Kvpoc eIixev, but, as to 
 what Cyrus said, when he called and enjoined, &c, . ... in this point 
 he xoas mistaken. 
 
 Paragraph 2. kv rovrcp (sc. naipio), at this juncture. — Tzaprj^iavve, 
 rode by. — Kara fikoov, against the centre. — to, that of. — dv, II., 95, 1. — 
 vLKtofiev, II., 97, 1. — nuvd' 7jfxlv ■KETvohjTaL, our work is done (literally, 
 all things have been done by us). — brt ekeZ . . . elrj, optative by Rule 
 LIV. (II., 106).— kuv = nal dv. 
 
 Paragraph 3- to /xiaov gti^oc, the central band (or dense mass). — 
 Kvpov, from Cyrus (II., 32, a). — cfo ovra (II., 71) (SaacXea, of the 
 king's being beyond. This last clause is accusative, governed by 
 ciKovei, which governs also Kvpov in the genitive. — nTirjdet., in number 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 219 
 
 (dative by Rule XXI.)- — "repif/v, excelled. — [xegov to, &c, . . rjv, Page 
 while occupying his oicn centre, he was beyond Cyrus's left wing. 88 
 —vote . . 7/v, II., 90, R^ 3 . 
 
 Paragraph 4. /.irj nvuhudetn (opt., 1 aor. pass.), lest he should be 
 encircled. — avTti e/lleXev . . . ex ol (U-> 90), it was his care that every- 
 thing should go well. — d/U/ ofiuc, but, nevertheless. — anoandaat, to 
 withdraw. 
 
 Paragraph 1. fiHoi, II., 114, 2. 
 
 Paragraph 2. Tvpoyei, was advancing. — 'EMtjvikov (sc. crpd- 
 Tevp.a). — ev tu) avru) (sc. tottu), on the same ground. — ovvsTaTTETO, 
 was formed in order. — ere, still. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ov ttuvv, at no great distance. — npoc, in front of (II., 
 61, 5). — KarededTo EnaTepuoE, kept looking up and down. 
 
 Paragraph 4. v-nrfkaozv, rode up ; vno giving the verb kXavvu the 
 idea of approach. — ug avvavrfjaai, so as to meet (him). — TtapayyzKkoi, 
 Rule LVI. (II., 111). — emoTTjoac (sc. rov l-mzov) eitte, stopped his horse 
 and spoke. — "ktyEiv . . . Ka\d, bade him say to all that the omens were 
 good. — cripayia Ka2,d, victims propitious. 
 
 Paragraph 5. Xiyov, while saying. — -&opvfiov (II., 32, a), a mur~ 
 mur. Observe the direct interrogation in rig r)v 6 -&6pv(3oc, what was 
 the murmur? and the indirect in ?jp£To, rig 6 -&6pvf3og eln (II., 110, 
 111), he asked what that murmur was. 
 
 Paragraph 1. to avvdn/na, the word, the countersign. The 
 avvdnfia was passed along the ranks, just before the battle, first y " 
 from the general down to the lowest ranks, and then back again. 
 This explains devTspov fjdn, already the second time. Observe the 
 use of on to introduce the quoted words. 
 
 Paragraph 2. nal og, and he. — 6 6' anEKpivaro, on, &c, but the 
 other answered, " Zeus the Saviour, and victory." 
 
 Paragraph 3. uXka dixofiat . . . egtu, well, then (II., 119, 1), I re- 
 ceive it also ; and this let it be. 
 
 Paragraph 4. orddca, Rule XXIX. — dwixtrnv, were apart. — ru, 
 II., 9, Rem. 3. — ETcatdvi^ov, began to sing the paan. — Tro7iEp.ioig, dative 
 after dvriot. 
 
 Paragraph 5. ug TiOp£vop.svuv (sc. avruv), as they were marching. 
 — k^EKvjuaivE, fluctuated, i. e., moved like a wave (Kifxa). — ri rfjg <f>a- 
 "kayyog (71., 31, b), part of the phalanx. — to eklXeckouevov (sc. ftepog), 
 &c, the part left behind began to run with speed. — &elv, from &£u (I., 
 420). — 6p6p(f), Rule XXI. — olovnEp . . . eXeXl^ovgl, just as they shout 
 ea£?i£v to Enyalius (a name of Mars). The eIeIev (or dXald) was a 
 Greek war-cry. — nai irdvreg 6e eOeov, and all, besides, began to run. 
 
220 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page Paragraph 6. Tate damai, with their shields (Rule XXL). — 
 "U eiroiovv, they caused. 
 
 Paragraph 1. uc, that. — nai, also. — tzolovvteq, in order to 
 
 - L cause ; present participle used to express purpose. 
 
 Paragraph 2. irplv Togsvfia k^iKveladat, before an arrow reaches 
 them (i. e., before they are within bow-shot), nptv is followed by 
 the infinitive. 
 
 Paragraph 3. Kara Kpdroc, with all their might. — fxrj -&elv dpSfiu, not 
 to run at speed. — eItvovto, I., 427, 11. — nai hravda drj, and there, then. 
 
 Paragraph 4. iceva tjvwxuv, without their charioteers (literally, 
 empty of charioteers). — rd /llev . . . ''ElTirjvtdv, some through the enemy 
 themselves ; others, also, through the Greeks. 
 
 Paragraph 5, ettei -rrpoidoiev (Rule XLV.), whenever they saw them 
 in front (or coming).— duaravTo, they separated. — eotlv baric, Kare'kr]- 
 (j>dn, some one (II., 99, Rem. 3) was caught (or overthrown). — enirXayeic 
 (2 aor. pass. part, of ha n^rjaau), being struck with terror. — rradelv, L, 
 631, 8. — ovdev . . . etpaoav, they said that this man suffered nothing (was 
 
 not hurt). — uXkoc ovdsic, no one else. — ttTlt/v eXeyero, except that 
 
 some one was reported to have been shot with an arrow on the left wing. 
 
 Paragraph 6. to icad' avrovc, that (part of the enemy) opposed to 
 themselves. — oi6' tic e^rjxOn Scukelv, but not even thus was he induced 
 (led away) to pursue. 
 
 Paragraph 1. cvvEonEipanEwnv (avtjTEipdu), drawn up in close 
 order. — rdtjtv, his line. — etts[ie1eZto, he watched carefully. — ydst 
 .... OTparEV\iaroc, he knew that he (i. e., the king) occupied the centre 
 of his army (literally, by an Attic idiom, he knew him that he occupied, 
 &c). — e'xoi, II., 106. [This, $ 21, affords excellent illustrations of 
 the use of the participles, and also of dXkd and on. The pupil 
 should be drilled on every word, and on the connexions of every 
 clause.] 
 
 Paragraph 2. vopifyvotv . . . elvai, they think they are thus in safety 
 (Rule XXXI., Rem. 2). — TzapayyEiXax ri sxpy^ev, he needed to give 
 some order. — dv aladdvEadat, would (in such case) hear it. dv gives 
 the infinitive the same force it would give to a finite verb in the 
 same place. — ical rcdvTEC 6\ &.C., and, in fact, all the barbarian generals 
 lead (their troops), occupying (themselves) the centre of their men, un- 
 der the opinion both (nai) that thus they are in the safest place when 
 their strength is on either side, and also (Hal) that, if they need to give 
 an order, the army can learn it in half the time. 
 
 Paragraph 3. 6rj tote, accordingly, at that time. — ojuoc efw tyiveTO, 
 was yet beyond. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 221 
 
 Paragraph 4. en tov avrtov, from the opposite side. — tolc Page 
 . . . ifnrpoadev, with his own troops, that were in front of him. — 92 
 rerayfievoic, dative by Rule XVII., 6. — ETreKafiTCTev, he wheeled around. 
 — wf ecc kvkTmolv, as if for a surrounding (i. e. t with the purpose of 
 surrounding them). 
 
 Paragraph 5. oTuodev yEvbfievoc., getting in their rear. — KaraKoifjet, 
 he tcill cut off. 
 
 Paragraph 1. edeios, I., 607. — kfi(3a?i6v (2 aor. part, of k\i- Q 
 I3u?Jm), making a charge. — anoKTEtvai . . . 'Aprayepanv, he is 
 said, himself, with his own hand, to have killed Artagerses. — x £L Ph 
 Rule XXI. — klavvet avrioc, rides up against (the king). 
 
 Paragraph 2. uc rj Tpoirrj eyevero, as soon as the rout happened. — 
 eff to diunetv (Rule XXXII.), for the pursuit. — axedbv . . . Ka?^ov[ievoL, 
 chiefly those called his " table-companions." — KaTElELtydrjcav, L, 452. — 
 Kal, even. — irXqv ndvv blayoc, only a very few. 
 
 Paragraph 3. to afi<j>l (3a<Jt?Ja gtlQoc, the body about the king (i. e. f 
 the king's body-guard). — ovk rjviaxero (uve^o), he could not restrain 
 himself. — lero, rushed (literally, sent himself, imperf. mid. of Irjfit, I., 
 591). — laaQat . . . (prjoi, says that he himself cured the king's wound 
 (Rule XXXI., Rem. 2). 
 
 Paragraph 4. xnrb tov 6<pda?Lfj.6v, under the eye. 
 
 Paragraph 1. vizep eaaTepov, for either side. — anidavov, I., 
 631, 6. — Trap' ekeivcj, beside him. — ekelvto (I., 605) en' avrib, 
 lay dead upon him. — rcaiovTa 6 y ambv, &c., but some one lances him 
 while striking {the king), &C. — 7ra/lr6j, Rule XXI. — Kal hvTavda . . . 
 fnaTepov, and there fighting, both the king and Cyrus, and those with 
 them, for each. Here, and in the whole passage, is a continued ap- 
 position of nominatives, viz., paxofievoi, fiaoihevc, Kvpog, ol, with 
 oTxoaoi, &c. Some say that /uaxopevoc, (3aailevc, Kvpoc, and ol are 
 nominatives absolute ; but there is no need of resorting to this con- 
 struction. 
 
 Paragraph 2. TrepciVEaecv (I., 630, 2) uvtu, to have cast himself 
 upon him. — KeiTTconoTa (perf. part, of ttltztu) elde Kvpov, saw Cyrus 
 fallen. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ETuotyal-ai, avTov Kvpu, to kill him upon Cyrus. — 
 eavTov ETreada^aTo, he killed himself. The reflexive pronoun prefixed 
 to the middle verb strengthens its force. — £<j>6p£t, he wore. — Ta/Cka, 
 and such other (ornaments). — Kal ol fiev, &c, and some say thai the 
 king ordered a man, &c. ; ol de . . but others, that he drew his cimeter 
 and killed himself (on Cyrus). — xP vc °vv, a golden one (i. e. } cime- 
 ter). 
 
222 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page Chapter IX. Paragraph 1. fxerd Kvpov . . . hyivETo, was 
 y 5 born after the ancient Cyrus. — t&v . . . j3aai?uK6TaToc, most prince- 
 ly of those born (or that have lived) since the ancient Cyrus. — yEvofiivwv, 
 Rule VII., (a). — Kvpov . . . yeveadaL, he appears to have been intimate 
 with Cyrus (literally, to have been in experience of Cyrus). — 6c . . . 
 ofjLoloyelTai, as is acknowledged by all. — Sokovvtov, of those who ap- 
 pear. 
 
 Paragraph 2. Itl Trace uv, while yet a child (literally, yet being a 
 child). — TtdvTuv navra, &c, I., 214, a, b. — npurov }iev yap, for, in the 
 first place. The second member, ettel 6e, but (secondly) when, ap- 
 pears in § 6. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ol Tlepauv italdec, &c, I., 145, c, and 146. — mra- 
 fiddoi (I., 624, b, 4) dv tic, one could learn. — ova kcriv idetv, it 4s not 
 possible to see. 
 
 Paragraph 1. rove Tipo/uevovc, those that are honoured. — evdvc 
 naldec ovrsg, while yet boys (literally, immediately, being children). 
 — apxeiv, Rule XXX. 
 
 Paragraph 2. ■hTunitoTtov (Rule VII., a), of his equals in age. — 
 Trpeofivripoie (Rule XVII., 7), his seniors. — (ted . . . fiaXkov, even more 
 than those inferior to him did. — ltcttolc (Rule XXL, I3F 3 ) apiara expfjro 
 (I., 423), he managed horses excellently. — fzelernpoTarov, very studious 
 of. — EKptvov, men judged him. — eTretra 6e, besides, also. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ry rfkiKiq mpcire, was in the flower of his age (full 
 grown). — irpbc ra -Bvpla, as to wild beasts (i. e., in hunting). 
 
 Paragraph 4. aparov itote EiufyEpojiEvnv, &C, he did not fear a she- 
 bear that rushed upon him once. — srpEOEV (rpew, I., 418, 1). — ovfiireacbv 
 {avv-\-TTLTTTto, I., 630, 2), closing with her. — naTEGTrdad?} (1 aor. pass. 
 Karaandu), he was torn down. — and, from. — rd [iev EiradEv, some things, 
 on the one hand, he suffered (i. e., he received some wounds). — uv 
 Kal, of which (I., 255), in fact. — <pav£pdc, apparent. — teTioc, at last 
 (used adverbially). — /care/cave, he slew (2 aor. of KaraKalvo), the same 
 in meaning as KaraKTEivu). — rbv irptirov . . ettoIvce, the man who first 
 aided him, he caused to be esteemed happy by many (i. e., by giving him 
 presents). — rbv fiord fjcavTa, I., 543, c. 
 
 Paragraph 2. iraa tcadrJKEi, &c, it behooves all (i. e., it is 
 the duty of all) to assemble in the plain of Castolus. Observe 
 etc with izEdiov in accus., indicating motion towards (they must go 
 into the plain in order to assemble there).— dTvedELxQr] (dirodEUvv^L), 
 he was appointed. — olg, whom. — rrepl tzIelotov ekoleIto (literally, he 
 made it of the most), he deemed it of the first importance. — eI to vtto- 
 c%oito (115, Rem. 1), if he promised to any one. rw (enclit.), dative 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 223 
 
 of rig (I., 256, b). vnoaxoiTO, 2 aor. opt. of vtt laxviofiat. — eke- Pago 
 dsitjev avrov (I., 235, Rem. 2), he evinced (literally, showed him- 97 
 self). — el aireiaaiTo, aor. opt. of oirevda) (I., 649, 89), if he made a 
 treaty. — avvdolro, I., 577, Rem. 2. 
 
 Paragraph 3. al 7r62.eic e-rrtTpeTrdiievai (mid.), the cities that com- 
 mitted themselves to his control. — ortEiaaiLEvov Kvpov (Rule LV.), when 
 Cyrus had made a treaty. — 'ett'iciteve tic, &c, any enemy was confident 
 that he should suffer nothing contrary to the treaty. — nai yap ovv, and 
 therefore, in fact. 
 
 Paragraph 4. Tioaatyepvei, Rule XVII., 6. — ^Kovaai, willingly 
 (literally, willing). — efkovTo, I., 642, 1, chose. — avri, instead of. — 7r/l?/v 
 Mihncricjv, except the Milesians. — ovk tjOeT^e, he was unwilling. — -npoEcr- 
 dai, to give up (2 aor. mid. of TrpoivjiL, Trp6-\-lnui, I., 591). 
 
 Paragraph 1. Totyapovv, therefore, in fact. 
 
 Paragraph 2. epyo), by deed. — otl . . . irpootTO (Rule LIV.), 
 that he would never abandon a friend. — irpooiTO, 2 aor. mid. opt. of 
 7rpoin,ut. — hyivETO, he became. — k&kIov Evrpa^av, they fared worse. Ka- 
 Kug npaccELv = to do badly (i. e., for one's self) ; ica/cuc noulv, to do 
 harm (to another). — «al yap, for, both. — epyo) .... eleysv, he showed 
 both (nai) by word and deed (literally, he both showed by deed, and also 
 said). — knel una!;, when once. — ovd' el ... . irpd^etav (I., 517, Rem. 1), 
 not even if they should become still fewer in number, and be still more 
 unfortunate. 
 
 Paragraph 3. n and avrov, Rule XXVII., 2. — Qavepbc tjv . . ireipu- 
 fXEvoc, he was evidently) trying to surpass them (for it was evident that 
 he tried, &c., Rule XXXV., Rem. 3). — ec Tig, &c, if any one did him 
 
 any good, &c. — rivsg , some persons. — E^icpspov, reported. — evx £T0 
 
 vlk6t] (I., 558), he prayed that he might live long enough to outdo (lit- 
 erally, live so long a time until he might outdo). — nai . . nai, both . . and. 
 Tovg ev Kal Tovg Kanug Troiovvrag (see note on paragraph 2) d/lefw^e&z, 
 let us repay both those who do us good and those who do us evil. — ug 
 evxolto (Rule LIV.), how (or that) he prayed. — vikutj ■ ■ aT^E^ofievog, 
 outdo (in) repaying. Observe the use of the participle in the nom- 
 inative. 
 
 Paragraph 4. tzIeictoi, most persons. — npoEcdai, to give up (irpoi- 
 rifxi). — ttXeiotoi 6?}, most persons by far. — ivi ye . . . tjjiCjv, the only in- 
 dividual man, at least of our times. 
 
 Paragraph 5. ovde tovt\ &c, II., 85, 1. — ovk ela KaTayslav, he 
 did not allow to scorn (his authority). — a6at8earaTa tt&vtov, most un- 
 sparingly of all men. — fjv 16ecv, it was (possible) to see = one might 
 see. 
 
224 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Pas e Paragraph 1. napa, along. — x eL P" v (Rule XIII.) crepovfie- 
 jy vovg, deprived of (their) hands. — hyivero, it became possible. — 
 fj.i]<5ev adiKovvn, if he committed no offence (literally, doing injustice in 
 no respect). — oiroi, I., 288, a. — EKopevero, lx u>v °> ri irpoxupoiv, he 
 journeyed, taking (with him) whatever he pleased (literally, whatever 
 might be conveident). — ov fiev 6tj ovde, &c, nor, moreover, least of all, 
 could any one say, &c. — apxv> province. 
 
 Paragraph 2. ayadovc, brave. — up.o\6yrjTO, pluperf. for imperf. — 
 rovrovc apxovrac ertotei, these he made archons. — rjc, Rule XLIX. — 
 X^pac, Rule XLIX., Rem. 1. — allij, otherwise. Observe the relation 
 of Kac, and erceiTa de nal, both . . . and also besides. 
 
 Paragraph 3. rjijtov, he deemed it right. — tcoT^TJ/] ?)v afdovia avrti, 
 &c, there was, to him, great abundance of men willing to incur danger. 
 — 6eto Kvpov alcdrjoeodai, he thought that Cyrus would hear of it (lit- 
 erally, will hear of it). Observe this use of the future infinitive 
 with accusative. It often occurs. 
 
 . Paragraph 1. gxjte (Rule XLIV., Rem. 4), (paivscdai . . . 
 
 agtovv, so that he appeared to think it right that, &c. — roiya- 
 povv, in consequence. 
 
 Paragraph 2. etc, in regard to. — (pavepbc eyivsTO . . f3ov2.6fj.evoc, he 
 was evidently) desirous (see note to p. 98, paragraph 3). — nt-pl navroc 
 eiiouTro, he deemed it all-important (see p. 97, paragraph 2). — t&v, than 
 those (Rule XV., 1). — ek tov aSUov, from injustice. — ys [it/v, especially. 
 
 Paragraph 3. aXX,a ixoXka, many other things. — avru, for him. — 
 eirlEvaav, sailed over (the sea). — syvuaav . . . nspdoc, they knew that to 
 obey well was more profitable than their monthly pay (literally, pay by 
 the month). — nal yap oiiv, and hence, therefore.-~-£Trsi, because. 
 
 Paragraph 4. avT& . . . . VTrnpsTrjaa, I served him when he assigned 
 (me a duty). — eIcLge, allowed, let go. — ovdsvl ryv Trpodvpiav, no man's 
 alacrity. — iravroc spyov, at (literally, of) every task. — Kvpcp, Rule 
 XVIII. — aKka [xtjv, but, moreover. 
 
 . . Paragraph 1. Ekix^naav yEviodai, were said to be to Cyrus ; 
 -*■"-*- i. e., Cyrus was said to have them. 
 
 Paragraph 2. Seivov, vigilant, sharp. — ek tov dacaiov, with justice 
 (literally, from what was just). — rjg VPX E X^°P ac -> the province of which 
 he was ruler (Rule XLIX., Rem. 1). — ovdiva oudh (Rule XXVII., 3) 
 a$EikETo, he took away nothing from any one. — ektuvto, they acquired 
 wealth (KTaopiai). — o ettettcIto Tig, what any man possessed (vrEirajuai, I 
 possess, from ndofiat, I acquire). Notice Kvpov, accus., governed 
 by EKpvrcTEv. — fdovtiv IfaivETo, he evidently envied (literally, he was 
 evident envying (Rule XXXV., Rem. 3). — rolg tcAovtovulv (Rule XVII., 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 225 
 
 3), those getting rich. — d opur] (I., 558) . . av a<j>eiXeTO, Rule Page 
 XL\U.,Kem. * 101 
 
 Paragraph 3. tKpivev . ■ . avvspyovg, he judged them to be Jit co- 
 operators. — o,ri rvyxdvoi (3ov2,6/j.evoc, whatever he happened (to be) de- 
 sirous. — irpbg tzuvtuv, by all. — updricroc ■&epaTcevetv, most excellent in 
 serving. — tpiXove ye \ir}v baovg TtoirjaaiTO, what friends, moreover, he 
 made (optative used because it is an indefinite assertion. So with 
 yvoln and fcpivete). 
 
 Paragraph 4. tovtov eveica, on account of this =for this reason. — 
 uero driadai (Rule XXXI., Rem. 2), he thought he needed. — (be ixoi, 
 Rule XLIV. — tovtov, this (governed by knidv/xovvTa, Rule VIIL, c). 
 
 Paragraph 1. avvepybg . . . e'mdv/j.ovvTa, he endeavoured to ± 
 be the best co-operator in (obtaining) whatever he saw that each -*-"^ 
 man desired. — tovtov otov (I., 257), literally, of this, whatever, &e. — 
 nai yap avrb tovto, and {no wonder, II., 132, 1) because, for the very 
 same reason, avrb tovto, accus. governed by did understood. — 
 ovTtep evena, on account of which. — ical avrog, he himself also. 
 
 Paragraph 2. elg ye wv dvrjp, considering, at least, that he was but one 
 man (literally, being, at least, one man). — irdvrov, governed by fzdXia- 
 tcc, Rule VII. — rrpbe . . . ioKOTcei, he had regard to the dispositions of 
 each. — otov, whatsoever, governed by dedfievov, Rule XII., c. — 6p6n 
 (opdu), I., 558 ; opt. by Rule LII. 
 
 Paragraph 3. ewejinov, they sent. — cog elg Ka?,2.o)7nap.6v, as (for) 
 mere embellishment. — to eavrov a£)/j,a, his own person.- — Tovrolg iraai, 
 Rule XXI. — KaTidg KEKoaftnvevovg, richly adorned. — baa, whatever 
 (things). — Kocpov (in opposition with baa), as dress. — ■kejj.kol, Rule 
 LII. — leyeiv avrbv £<paaav, they reported that he said. — ova av dvvairo, 
 could hardly. — dvvatro, Rule LIV. The av is not commonly used 
 after verba declarandi : we render it here, justly we think, by the 
 English word hardly, as if he spoke playfully (cf. Rule XXXVIII.). 
 
 Paragraph 4. to, neydla, great favours, governed by ttolcov. — 
 eviKa, he surpassed. — to vckccv . . tiav/uaaTov, his surpassing, &c. . . 
 is nothing wonderful. The whole sentence, from to to noLovvra in- 
 elusive, is subject of the verb tart, understood with -^av^aarov. 
 
 Paragraph 1. ry £Ttc/xe2.eia, Rule XIX. — Tcepifjv, excelled. — . 
 <pauv, Rule XV., 'Z.—sjj.oLye, to me, at least (II., 133).— kneidfi 1^" 
 ye ical, since, in fact, also. — roj (Rule XIX.) npodvfieladai (Rule 
 XXXII.) #ap/£e<70aj, i n eagerness to oblige. — The sentence from to 
 to xo-pl^eadat is in the nominative, in apposition with Tavra, the sub- 
 ject of the last clause. 
 
 Paragraph 2. eire/ine, was in the habit of sending. — noMov xpovov 
 
226 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page (Rule XVI.), for a long time. — tovtov, than this (Rule XV., 1). 
 lOo — kneTvxov, did I chance upon, or meet with (governing the 
 dative). — avv olc (for avv tovtoic ovc, Rule XLIX., Rem. 1) /xdXcara 
 <j>i1eZc, with those whom you love most. — ottote . . M(3oi (Rule XLV.), 
 whenever he received any particularly fine. 
 
 Paragraph 3. dpruv rificaea (neut. pi.), halves of loaves. — kiuliyeiv 
 
 . (pepovra, he told the carrier to say in addition. — tovtcjv, Rule VII., 
 d. — rjadn, enjoyed (jjihuat), or was pleased with. 
 
 Paragraph 4. arxdv toe . . ?jv, was very scarce. — did to exelv (Rule 
 XXXII.), on account of his having. — rjyov, carried. — rote dyovaiv (I., 
 543, c) ctctvoic, the horses that carried. InnoLc, governed by ejufidlTieiv, 
 to cast before (Rule XVII., 1). — txelvuvtec . . ltttcoi, the horses, fast- 
 ing. — orrov de, but wherever. — eln, Rule LII. 
 
 Paragraph 1. diaTre/j.7cuv ekeXeve, he sent around and ordered 
 J -^'* (I., 543, a). — aycoaiv, subj. instead of optat., to give force to 
 the recital. 
 
 Paragraph 2. el nore nopevoiTo (Rule XLVII., 4), if, at any time, 
 he was journeying. — e/xeXXov, were likely. — sanovdaioXoyEiro, he talked 
 earnestly (with them to show that they were his favourites). — £6$- 
 2.ov ovc Tijud, he showed whom he honoured (literally, honours). — virb 
 ttXelovuv, by more persons. — tz%elgtoi, very many (persons). — jlieX2.oi.ev 
 (Rule XLVII., 4). — SrjXoln, Rule LIV. — ef uv anovu, from what I 
 hear (i. e., have learned). 
 
 Paragraph 3. t66e, the following (supply hare). — irapa. Kvpov, 6ov- 
 Tiov ovtoc, from Cyrus, though (he was) a vassal. — anyst (I., 593), 
 went over. — 'Opovrac . . . dovXov, Orontes thought his (own) slave was 
 faithful to him. — avrov, i. e., his slave. — Ebpe, he found (I., 631, 5). — 
 tpiXairspov, I., 194, note (*), more friendly to Cyrus than to himself. — 
 kyevovro, became. — agioTepac . . . rvyxdvEtv, they should meet with more 
 due honour. — /xevtol, in fact. 
 
 Paragraph 1. irapd Kvpo), ovtec ayadoi, that, with Cyrus, 
 ±\JO if they were brave (literally, being brave). 
 
 Paragraph 2. TEK/uqpiov, supply eotl. — to . . yevofisvov, what hap- 
 pened to him, &c. From t6 to yevSfiEvov is the subject of the sen- 
 tence. — KplvEiv . . kdvvaTO, he was able rightly to distinguish. 
 
 Paragraph 3. a^oOvqcKovTog avrov (Rule LV.). — tv&vtec . . . §£koi, 
 ill the friends who were about him. — dnidavov, I., 631, 6. — vttep, II., 
 60, 3, a, (2). — Terayuevoc hvyxavev (I., 627, a), chanced to be posted. — 
 wrrTUKOTa (Rule XXXV.), had fallen. — &c, when. — oi>, Rule XLVIII. 
 and XV., 2. — tyuv teal . .'. qyetTo, taking (with him), also, the whole 
 force which he commanded. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 227 
 
 E3P The text from page 107 to page 119 is taken up with chapters 
 V1L, VIII., and IX.. on which the student has already had abundant 
 assistance. He should now be drilled in these three chapters thoroughly, 
 and not allowed to pass on to chapter X. until he has so completely mas- 
 tered them as to be able to translate every paragraph, to analyze every 
 sentence, and to give the syntax of every word, with the utmost prompt- 
 ness. He will then have no difficulty in reading the remaining extracts 
 from Xenophon, although the notes are purposely much fewer and briefer 
 than those in the preceding chapters. 
 
 [The Notes on Xenophon, from this point onward, refer to the sections 
 as numbered in the text.] 
 
 Chapter X. $ 1. After the digression in chapter IX. Pa^ 
 on the character of Cyrus, the narrative is now resumed 119 
 from chapter VIII. — hravdn drj, there then (i. e., where he fell). — 
 drro-Efxverai, &C, his head is cut off, and his right hand. — eioTTiTrrei. 
 e*f, &C, break into the camp of Cyrus. elc-i~ret agrees with (3aai- 
 ?.evc, as the principal subject. — Kvpeiov, the Cyrean camp (that is 
 Cyrus's camp). — ovketl laravrai, do not keep their ground. — aradubv, 
 ivdev upfirjvro, to the camping-ground from which they had set out (in 
 the morning). 
 
 § 2. rd re u/./.a izo/./.a, both other things in great numbers. — 
 Kai tt]v QuKaida, &c, and especially the Phocaan, Cyrus's con- *-^V 
 cubine. She was noted for sense and beauty (goqtjv km ica/jv), and 
 Cyrus named her Aspasia. 
 
 § 3. fj 6fj ~&i?.7]OLa, &c, but his Milesian (concubine), who was 
 younger. — irpoc (rovrovc) ruv '~Ea/.jjvuv, oi, &c, to (those of) the 
 Greeks who happened to be under arms among the baggage. — exovtec, 
 I., 627, a. — avTiraxdEvrec, forming themselves (in order). Passive 
 part, with middle sense.— -uv ap-a^ovruv, of the plunderers. — oi 6e 
 nai, &c, but some of themselves also fell. — avruv, Rule VII., b. — fiijv, 
 II., 162, 2. — ravrnv, i. e., the Milesian. — Kai &a/m, &c. . . icucav, and 
 all other things — whatsoever, both property and men, were within their 
 ranks — they also sated. 6~6aa is nom. to kyevovro : xp^, uaTa an( l 
 avdpo-oL are in apposition with 6~6aa. 
 
 § 4. 5legx ov cl?.?.ti?mv, were distant (literally, kept apart) from each 
 other (Rule XIII.). — wc, II., 59, 3.— oi p.tv, the latter (i. e., the Greeks). 
 — rove Kad' avrovc, those opposed to them. — uc - . vlkuvtec, as if they 
 had conquered. — oi 6\ the former (i. e., the king's troops). 
 
 § 5. eln, Rule LIV. — ^acu.evc 6' av, &c, and (when) the king, 
 on the other hand, heard from Tissaphernes. — vlkuev, Rule LIV., and 
 I., 558. —to Kad' avrovc (sc. crpdrevfia), the force opposed to them. — 
 
228 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page elc to ivpbadev, forward. — olxovrat, are going: observe the 
 120 change to the narrative present. — avvrdrrsrat, draws them up 
 in order. — el nefiiroisv rivac, whether they should send a detachment 
 (literally, some). — aprj^ovrec, to give succour (Rule XXXIV.). 
 
 § 6. After kv tovtu supply XP° V V- — 6f/7iog tjv ixpootiiv ixdXtv (Rule 
 XXXV., Rem. 3), ivas evidently advancing upon them again. — die £66- 
 Kei, as it appeared. — GTpatpevrec, facing about (I., 472). — d>c ravrn 
 TTpooLovroe, (believing that the king was) advancing in this direction. 
 — Kal dstjofievoi (Rule XXXIV.), even to receive him; i. e., to with- 
 stand his attack, ravrn is used adverbially. — y 6k KaprfkQzv . . uktj- 
 yayev (I., 499, Rem. 2), but (in the very same direction) by which he 
 had passed beyond their left wing, in the same (direction) also he led 
 back (his troops). — rove. .... avroftolrjaavrag, those who had deserted 
 to the Greeks. 
 
 § 7. Sections 7 and 8 are a digression, explaining the move- 
 ments of Tissaphernes, who had not been put to flight by the 
 
 Greeks. — cvv66if>, encounter. — 6i?]?iaae TreXraardc, he charged 
 
 through by the river-side against the Greek targeteers. — nareitavE, page 
 96, paragraph 4. — avrovc, i. e., the cavalry of Tissaphernes. 
 
 § 8. uc . . . dTrrjlldyn (2 aor. pass, of ditallaGou), inas- 
 ■ much as he went out (of the fight) worsted (literally, having the 
 
 less). — avvrvyxuvei, falls in with. — Kal opov . . . knopevovro, and then, 
 in company, they marched back, drawn up in battle array. 
 
 § 9. The narrative is now resumed from § 6. — Kara, opposite to. 
 — 7TEptnTv^avreg (irepnrrvcau), having enfolded, i. e., surrounded. — Kal 
 e66kel avrolc, they also determined (literally, it seemed (right) to them). 
 — dvairrvaaEtv to Kspac, to unfold their wing, i. e., to deploy. — iroifj- 
 aaoOai . . ■norafiov, put the river in their rear (i. e., protect their rear 
 by the river). 
 
 § 10. kv d> (sc. xpovcS), while. — Kal 6rj, already, just then. — rrapa- 
 {/.Eiipd/AEvoc, having passed by. — elc. to avrb . . . cvvr/EL, drew up his army 
 (phalanx) opposite (to the Greeks) in the same order (axv/^a) as when 
 first he closed with them to fight. — paxovfisvoc, Rule XXXIV. — avvfjEt, 
 I., 593. — ttoav in Trpodviiorepov, &c., even much more eagerly than 
 before. 
 
 §11. ek ttIeovoc, from a longer (distance, 6iaarri[iaroc) ; i. e., they 
 fled before the Greeks got as near to them as before.— ol d' £-ke61u 
 kov, i. e., the Greeks. 
 
 § 12. viTEp, above. — dveGrpd^naav, faced about. — tte^oc [xev ovk^ti, 
 not indeed infantry any longer (the infantry all ran off). — ltttteov, 
 Rule XII., c. — kvETT^adn, 1 aor. pass, of £/Lt7vin?.np,i, — wore . . . yiy- 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XEXC-rilOX. 229 
 
 vugkelv (II., 90, Rem. 4), so that they (i. e., the Greeks) could Page 
 not know what was done. — to . . . icpaaav, they said they saw the 121 
 royal standard. — aerov Tiva xp v0 ~°v v > & c > a sort °f golden eagle, ex- 
 tended on a buckler upon a staff. — avarera/xevov, I., 492, 3. 
 
 § 13. ov fiqv en adpoot, &c, not indeed, now, any longer in a body, 
 but one one xcay, and another another (helter-skelter). — eipi/.ovro, dec, 
 icas (gradually) cleared of the horsemen. — riAog 6e not, &c, and, at 
 last, all had gone. 
 
 § 14. £tti tov 7.6<i>ov, up the hill. — vtto avrov, at its foot (literally, 
 under it). — arfjaag, halting. — a/J.ov, another man. — Karidovrag (I., 649, 
 33) . . . u-a-/-/ei?.at, to inspect from the hill and report what is there 
 (literally, having looked down upon the things from (the top of) the 
 hill, &C). — u-ayyei/.ai, I., 485. 
 
 § 15. fj~Aa.ce, rode up. — ava updrog, at full speed. — oxedov . . . eSveto, 
 and just about when these things took place the sun also began to set. 
 
 «j 16. diiiEvoi (I., 579, 2) ra o~Aa avExavovro, and, having 
 put down their arms, rested, i. e., rested on their arms. — on *-^^ 
 ovdajMov . . . TzapEin, that Cyrus did not appear any where, nor did any 
 one else come from him. — TeOvnuora, Rule XXXV. — dlV EiKa^ov . . . 
 7rpoE/.7]?.anEvat, but conjectured, either that he had gone on pursuing, or 
 had advanced to seize some fortress. — Ka-a7±r\\\>OLLEVov , Rule XXXIV. 
 
 $ 17. avrov, there. — ra GtiEvoqopa . . . orpaTo-edov, they should 
 drive up the baggage beasts to that spot, or whether they should go back 
 to the camp. — hdo^ev ovv avrolc, see note on § 9. — diidl dop^narov, 
 about supper-time. 
 
 § 18. KaTa/.au3dvovaL . . . ttotov jjv, and they find both the greater 
 part of their other effects carried off, and also whatever (el tc) there teas 
 (of) food or drink. — dg TcapeGnevdcraTo . . . "E/.Anaiv, which Cyrus had 
 prepared, in order that, if at any time want should severely seize upon 
 the army, he might distribute (them) among the Greeks. — nai ravrag, 
 even these, or these too. 
 
 $ 19. TTplv yap . . . hqdvn, for before the army, in fact, could halt for 
 dinner, the king appeared. — dieysvovTo, they spent, or passed through. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 Chapter I. 
 § I. The whole sentence from d>g down to (,v v * s nomina- 
 live to the word 6edi]Aarai. How, then, the Greek army was - 1 --* 5 
 collected by Cyrus, when he was making preparation for war upon 
 
230 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page his brother Artaxerxes, and what things were done, &c 
 
 12 o has been shown in the former book. — avodu = dva/3daei f the as- 
 cent, the route up. — eyevero, took place. — knot^fjdriaav, rested for the 
 ■night. — otofisvot to, irdvra vtudv, thinking that they had completely con- 
 quered, to. rrdvra may be considered as adverbial, or, as some say, 
 governed by vmdv, under Rule XXV. — nal Kvpov Zyv (I., 423), and 
 that Cyrus was alive. — e/iirpoaOev, I,, 415, b. — dedrjXurac, I., 415, a. 
 
 § 2. dfia de ry rj/iEpa, but at daybreak (literally, along with the day). 
 — 7T£fj,7roi, Rule LIV. — anfcavovvra, to indicate, fut. part, of cnuaivu, 
 Rule XXXIV. — o,ti xpv ttoleiv, what they should do. — avroc, himself 
 (II., 26, b). — "Edot-ev ovv avrocc, see note to page 121, § 9. — gvgkev- 
 aaa[i£voLc .... cvfifiit-Eiav (ovfifiiyvvfu), packing up what (baggage) 
 they had, and arming themselves, to advance forward, until they should 
 unite with Cyrus. 
 
 § 3. Tjdn . . dviaxovrc, but just as they were starting at sunrise (lit- 
 erally, but now they being on the start, together with the rising sun). — 
 yeyovuc (2 perf. part, of ytyvofiat (L, 630, 1) ) drcd Arjfiapdrov tov 
 Adicuvog, descended from Demaratus the Laconian. — TXovc, &c, Glous, 
 the son of Tamos. — teOvvkev, is dead (I., 631, 6). Observe the in- 
 dicative here used instead of opt. ; oratio recta instead of obliqua. 
 In the next clause the oratio obliqua is introduced (etn . . leyoi). 
 The Greek was much more free in this respect than Latin. — kv r<p 
 UTad/xC) .... (bpfiuvTo, was at the halting-place (with the rest of the bar- 
 barians) whence they (had) set out on the day before. — Xeyoi, i. e., 
 Ariaeus — ravrnv . . . amove, for that (one) day he would wait for them. 
 The uv with nepifceiveiev indicates that an if is understood, or is to 
 follow. — 77? de aXTin ( K sc. ijfiipa), but on the next day. — amivai (pain, he 
 said he would return. 
 
 § 4. (3ap£coc efyepov, were greatly distressed (literally, bore it heavily). 
 — d?iV &$s1e fiev Kvpoc C,yv, that Cyrus were alive (literally, but 
 Cyrus ought to have lived). — rjfielc. vtKUfisv, we are victorious over.— 
 ovdelc Sri, no one else (literally, no one any more). — vutv, Rule XVII., 
 6. — el fir] . . . j3aoc?Ja, if you had. not come, we should have marched 
 against the king, Rule XLVIL, 2. — krcayyekbfitQa, we say in reply to. 
 — eld?j (Rule XLVIL, 3), 2 aor. subj. of epxofiat. — Kadtetv (ica6i&, I., 
 496) avrov, that we will seat him. — tuv yap . . . egti, for it is the right 
 of those who conquer in battle to rule also, vckuvtuv, Rule XL, Rem. 
 1. — T b dpxeiv is the subject of the sentence. 
 
 § 5. dyyslovc, i. e., Procles and Glous. — nal yap avroc • • • 
 - 1 ""'* kfiovleTo, and (this) because (or, for also) Menon himself wished 
 it. — nepiifiEVE, remained. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 231 
 
 $ 6. ETTopl^ero olrov, procured provision for itself. — kotctov- Page 
 rec, slaughtering : put in plural, as agreeing with ol crpariio- 124 
 rai, implied in arpureviLLa. — gv/.oic (Rule XXL, JE^ 3 ) kxpovro . . rocg 
 te oIotoIc, and, for firewood, they used the arrows, &c. — and rijc Qd- 
 Xayyoc, from the main body. — ovc . . . (3a<u?Jcjc, which the Greeks com- 
 pelled the deserters from the king to throw away. — rale dcfxioi rale, 
 t-vhivaie rale AlyvTcriaic, and the Egyptian wooden shields. — nal afiaijat 
 . . . sp?/pot, and empty wagons to be carried away (for fuel). — npia eipov- 
 tec, boiling the flesh. — rjfiepav, Rule XXIX. 
 
 § 7. n?,^6ovaav dyopdv, see note to page 84, paragraph 1. — ol plv 
 akloL . . . "EXknv, the others barbarians, but there was one of them a 
 Greek, viz., Phalinus. — hri/toe excov, held in honour. The adverb 
 with excov = the adjective with &v. — teal yap TrpoaeTcoieZTo, and this 
 because he pretended. — ruv dp<f>l . . .brxXopaxiav, in tactics and the drill 
 (literally, in the things pertaining to ranks and the arms-exercise), rdv 
 is genitive with h'nioTrip.uv, Rule VIII., b. 
 
 § 8. vlkuv (Rule XXXV., Rem. 4) . . . dneicTovE (I., 489, a), he 
 happens to be victor, and has slain Cyrus. — evpienceodat, to obtain (for 
 themselves). — dv ti Svvcjvrai dyadov, if they can, something advan- 
 tageous. — dv = edv, if (II., 95). 
 
 § 9. (lapEoc rjKovaav, heard with vexation. — roaovrov, only this 
 (literally, thus much). — ov tuv . . . irapabidovac, it was not for conquer- 
 ors to give up their arms. — tovtolc dTroKpivaode, tell these men in reply. 
 — b,rt KaXkiarov te nai dpiarov exete, whatever ye think most honour- 
 able and becoming (literally, whatever ye have). — fit-co, I will come 
 back. — onog Idoc (Rule XLIV.) rd lepd ifypnfieva, to inspect the en- 
 trails that had been taken out (of the victim). 
 
 § 10. npocdEv . . irapadocrjaav (Rule XLII.), they would die . 
 sooner than surrender their arms. — Trorepa . . Stipa, whether, as *-^° 
 victor, the king demands our arms, or (asks them) as presents through 
 friendship (ironically spoken). — nal ov 2.a(3slv eldovra, and not to 
 come and take them (I., 543, a). — XeyeTu . . . xo-pio-^vrat, let him say 
 what reward the soldiers shall have if they gratify him in this. 
 
 § 11. viKdv rjyElrai, thinks he has conquered. — banc rrjc dpxvc (Rule 
 VIII., c) dvTLTcotElTai, who disputes the empire (with him). — vy.dg kav- 
 rov elvai, that you are in his power- — norapuv, governed by evtoc 
 {within, or inclosed by). — baov .... drzoKTEivai, so great (i. e., a num- 
 ber) that you could not even kill them, if he were to deliver (them) to 
 you (for that purpose). 
 
 § 12. perd tovtov, after him. — fjp.lv dperf], we have no other 
 
 advantage (left) except arms and courage. — onla plv xPV^^h 
 
232 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page having arms, then (i. e., if we keep our arms), we think we can 
 ±Zo use our courage. The av qualifies ^p^cr^a^.— rr apadovrec ... . 
 orsprjOfivac, hut if we give these up, that we shall be deprived even of 
 our bodies. — riplv bvra, that we have (Rule XVIII.). — napaducELV, that 
 we will give up. — cvv tovtoic (i. e., ottIoic). — irepl tuv v/xerepuv dya- 
 dtiv, concerning your own possessions. 
 
 § 13. eoiKac, you are like (2d perf. of eIku). — Icdi, I., 604. — lode 
 fievrot dvonroc &v, ei oiei, know, nevertheless, that you are foolish, if you 
 think. On the construction of Icdi &v, see Rule XXXV., Rem 2). 
 — -KEpiye'veodai av, will (be likely to) overcome (Rule XXXVIII.). The 
 infinitive with dp has the force the finite verb would have in the 
 same connexion. — dwdpsuc, Rule XV., 2. 
 
 § 14. allovc .... vnopalaKt^opivovc, but they reported that some 
 (of the) others, gradually softening, said. — dc nal eyevovro, as they 
 had been. — tcai (3acil£L av tzoIIov at-ioi yivoivro, so also, perhaps, they 
 would be of much service (literally, worth much) to the king. — she 
 alio tl, whether for any other service. — cvyK.aTacrpiTpai.vT' 1 (Rule 
 XLVII., 4) av avrc), they would aid him in subduing it. 
 . § 15. iv tovtg) (sc. Kaipcp), at this juncture. — diroKSKpiftsvoi 
 
 eIev (dTcoKpivo), they had answered : pluperf. opt. passive used 
 in middle sense. — vnolafiuv, taking it up, i. e., answering before any 
 one else could. — oiiroi psv alloc alia ley el, these say one one thing, 
 and another, another. Observe that leysi agrees with alloc (which 
 is in apposition with ovtol), instead of with ovtol itself. 
 
 § 16. depevoc EupaKa, I, glad, have seen you = I am glad to see 
 you. — ol dlloL TrdvTse, and all these others (are glad). — icai tjjielc, and 
 we (are also Greeks). — iv tqiovtoiq 6e bvrsg Trpdypaai, being in such 
 circumstances (of difficulty). — cvp.f3ovlEv6fj.Edd ooi, we ask counsel of 
 you. (ovpfiovlsvo = I give advice ; avpftovlEvopat, I ask advice.) — 
 TTEpl cjv IsyELc, for 7TEpl tovtuv d IsyEic (Rule XLIX., Rem. 1). 
 
 § 17. npbc -&E(ov, in presence of the gods (II., 61, 5). — ical 6 col 
 Ttprjv olcei . . . dvalsyopEvov, and which, in after-time repeated, shall 
 bring honour to you. — oIcel, I., 642, 5. — keIevcuv, Rule XXXIV. — 
 ZvpfiovlevopsvoLc ^we(3ov1evcev avTolc rdds, advised them, when they 
 asked his advice, as follows. — cvp(3ovlEvcnc, Rule LI. 
 
 § 18. ravra VTziiyETO, suggested this. — ical avrbv . . . npsc^Evovra, 
 that just he (i. e., Phalinus), who was the king's messenger, should ad- 
 vise them, &c. — eIev, Rule XLIV. — vTrocrpiipac, eluding or evading 
 (the suggestion). — napd ttjv dotjav, contrary to his expectation. 
 
 ^ 19. ei pev . . . fiactlEl, if, on the one hand, there is a single chance 
 (literally, hope) to you of ten thousand, that you will save yourselves 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 233 
 
 (by) fighting the king. — el 61 rot . . . pactfJuc, but if, on the P.^e 
 other hand, you have not a single chance of safety, if the king is 12o 
 unwilling. — vjjliv, governed by ovui3ov7.evu. — cu&odaL onn dvvarov, to 
 save yourselves in whatever way is possible. 
 
 $ 20. dXXa . . Tiiyeic, well, this, then, you really advise (II., 119, 1). 
 — -ap' tjuuv, from us. — el fiev Scot (Rule XLVIL, 4) . . . (plXoi, if it 
 be necessary for us to be friends to the king, we can be more useful 
 friends (literally, friends worthy of more). — 7zo7,efxelv, to fight him 
 (i. e., the king). 
 
 §21. a.7rayyE?~ovfiev, I., 483. — teal rdde, this also. — otl fiivovai fiev 
 . . . 7rdAfuof, that if you remain here there should be truce, but if you 
 advance or retreat, war (literally, to you remaining, &c). — -Korepa — f], 
 whether — or. — uc tto?J[xov (Rule LV., Rem. 1) . . . dnayyelu, or whether 
 I shall announce from you that war is determined upon (literally, exist- 
 ing). 
 
 § 22. nal Tipuv . . (3aot7.el, literally, that to us the same things seem 
 good as to the king, i. e., we accept the king's terms. — Clearchus's 
 reply was as indefinite as Phalinus's statement, and so he 
 asks, tl ovv ravra ecriv, what, then, is this? i. e., what do you 
 mean ? 
 
 § 23. ravra tzuKiv, the same thing over again. — o,rt rfe . . . dceaij- 
 firjve, but what he meant to do, he did not intimate (Rule LIV.). 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 § 1. otl TTo?i.?i.ovc . . . (3(ic;i7.evovtoc, that Ariceus said there were many 
 Persians superior (in rank, &c.) to himself, who would not admit of his 
 reigning over them. — (pair/, Rule LIV. — ovg, accus. before dvaaxeodai. 
 avaoxiodat. governs the genitive by Rule VIII., c. Some, taking it 
 in the sense of to submit to, would apply Rule XV., 2. — cvvanievai, 
 to march with him. — t]kclv rjdn rr/c vvktoc, to be present (to join him) 
 this very night. — el 6e jxtj, but if not. — avroc . . ■ druivat (Rule XXXI., 
 Rem. 2) ; avrog is subject both of <j>n at v and of dinivai. 
 
 § 2. The answer of Clearchus is just as vague and ambiguous 
 as before. dAA', &c., well, then, we must do as you say, if we come ; 
 and if not, do you do whatsoever, &c. 
 
 § 3. 7j tin r]\iov Svvovtoc, at sunset (literally, the sun now going down). 
 — tuol, u . . . . iepd, to me, men, when sacrificing in order to go against 
 the king, the sacrifices were not (propitious). AVe make levcu the ob- 
 ject of dvofievu (Rule XXX.) — ehorue, with good reason. — upa, II., 
 
234 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page 127, 1. — nvvddvofiat,, learn. — Svvatfzsda, Rule LI. — diafif/vai, 
 ±2il I., 612. — ov [iev 6tj . . . olov re (with kari understood, II., 168), 
 but, to remain here, at least, is certainly impossible. — napd rove Kvpov 
 tyihovc, to the friends of Cyrus. 
 
 1 OQ $ ^' uirtovTag .... exei, to depart and sup (I., 543, a) off 
 whatever each one has. — swEiSdv de arj/nTJvri (Rule XLVI.) 
 
 GvcwEvd&ode, and whenever the trumpeter (6 caTuriyKTiig understood) 
 shall give the signal with his trumpet, as if to retire to rest, do you 
 pack up. (The signal for rest was intended to deceive the enemy.) 
 1 — to devrepov, the second time : supply on^vy. — avarldeode, put up 
 the baggage (t« ckevt], implied in ovgkev&£eo6e). — rptrcj (sc. omieio)), 
 at the third signal. — IxeoOe r<3 rjyovfiivo), follow your leader (Rule 
 XVII., 7). — Ttpoc, near, or next to. — rd birla, the heavy-armed troops, 
 rd onXa is put for rove oirVirac (the abstract for the concrete). — 
 efw, outside (i. e., to protect the baggage train). 
 
 § 5. to Tioltcov (adverbial), from that time forward. — 6 ixev . . . 
 hizeidovTo, he commanded, and they obeyed. — ovx • • • typbvei, not form- 
 ally electing (him), but seeing (i. e., because they saw) that he alone 
 knew. — edei top dpxovTa (QpovsZv), what it behooved a commander to 
 know (i. e., the duties of a commander). 
 
 § 6. dpidp-oc, the extent. — /J,d%nc, the battle, for the field of battle. — 
 euro dt, and back from. 
 
 § 7. ettei aaoTOc eyEVETO, when darkness came on. — rovg ped' iavTOv, 
 that were under his command. 
 
 § 8. KaTa to. TcaprjyyE^iz^va, according to the instructions given (see 
 § 4). — ^vvffkQov rcapd 'Apiaiov, went in a body to Ariceus. — touooav, I., 
 599. — Tzpoaupioaav . . . adoliuc, swore in addition, also, to guide them 
 without treachery. 
 
 § 9. (xpatjavTEC, sacrificing (pfyafyi). — etc darrida, in a shield (i. e., 
 receiving the blood in the hollow of a shield). — (IdirTovTsc, dipping 
 (into the blood), or staining. 
 
 § 10. etveI . . . EyivETO, but when the pledges had been made. — dye 6tj, 
 
 II., 116. — 6 avrbc otoXoc, the same route or march. — tjvkep (sc. 
 
 *-£v ooov), the way by which (Rule XLIX., Rem. 1). — svvEvonKEvai 
 
 . . . KpsLTTco, do you think you know of (literally, have thought of)a 
 
 better road ? 
 
 $11. rjv (sc. 66ov), Rule XLIX., Rem. 1. — d-xo2.oifj.eda, Rule XLL, 
 2. — vitdpxei r][J.lv, we have (literally, there is to us). — iirTanaidEKa . . . 
 "kanfidvEiv, for, while coming hither, during the seventeen nearest (or 
 last) stages, we could get nothing (i. e., no supplies) from the country. 
 — hyyvTaTu, II., 23. — aradfiuv, Rule XVI. — naTEdaTravrjaauev, we con- 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 235 
 
 sumed it entirely. — Eirtvoovfiev . . . /iev, we think of going a Pago 
 longer route, indeed. — ettlttjoelov, Rule XII., c. \Zv 
 
 § 12. nopevTeov (T fifilv, Rule XXXVII. — rove irpcorovg . . . fiaKpo- 
 tutovc, our first marches the furthest (literally, longest) we possibly 
 can. — (be, II., 202, 1. — anoairacdtifiev, Rule XLIV. — crpaTEVfiarog, 
 Rule XIII. — dvo . . . anoaxoi^v (a7re^cj), we get away (from him) two 
 or three days' journey. — 686v, Rule XXIX. — fcaralaftEtv, to overtake. — 
 oXtyo) . . . arparexifiaTi, for, on the one hand, with a small force. — no?.vv 
 . . . ctoXov, if, on the other hand, he brings a large array. — array leI, L, 
 496, e. 
 
 § 13. rjv Svvafievn == Edvvaro, the participle with the auxiliary- 
 being equivalent to the finite verb. — riv 81 airotjwyEiv, now this 
 
 strategy was equivalent to nothing else but secret or open flight, airo- 
 dpdvaL means to escape by hiding, so as not to be found; drro^EvyEiv, 
 to escape by running away. — kuXKiov, more honourably. — kv oe%iq . . . 
 rfkiov, having the sun on their right, i. e., they marched northwardly. 
 — loy£6u.£voi, supposing they would arrive (Rule XXXI., Rem. 2). — 
 tovto, I., 455, a. 
 
 § 14. E$o!-av optiv, they thought they saw (Rule XXXI., Rem. 2). — 
 Karafiag sOupa/ci^ETo, got down and began to put on his corselet (I., 
 543, a). 
 
 § 15. hv o) (sc. xpovcp), &C., but while they were arming. — oi npo- 
 TTefKpdEVTEC, who had been sent forward. — ov% • • • vifioiro, that they were 
 not horsemen, but that sumpter horses were pasturing (there). Observe 
 the change from direct to oblique discourse in elaiv and ve(iolto (II., 
 115). — kyyvg irov, somewhere near. — nai yap nal, &c, and (this right- 
 ly because) also smoke was visible, &c. 
 
 $ 16. tjSel . . . ovrac, for he saw that the soldiers were both 
 worn out and without food. On the construction ydei ctirEipri- - L °^ 
 Korac (perf act. part, of airetTrov), see Rule XXXV. — bipe tjv, it was 
 late. — pri Sokoiij (pEvysiv, lest he should be thought to flee. — evdvupov, 
 straight onward. — ef o)v ■ . . ^vXa,from which (i. e., from the villages) had 
 been carried off, by the royal army, even the very wood from the houses. 
 
 () 17. ol 7zpuToi, the vanguard. — ofiuc, nevertheless. — Tpono) rivi, in 
 some way (i. e., the best they could). — cKoraloi, in the dark; the ad- 
 jective used with the participle instead of an adverb. — TjvAifyvro, 
 passed the night as they severally chanced (to do it) : supply av'ki^b- 
 uevol with krvyxavov (Rule XXXV., Rem. 4). — acre ukoveiv, Rule 
 XLIV., Rem. 4 ; but (bare 'tyvyov, Rule XLIV., Rem. 4, B^.— ol 
 kyyvrara (adv.) ruv noTiEfiiuv, those of the enemy who were nearest. 
 
 § 18. Supply Tjfiipa with varEpalg,. — nairvbg . . nlnoiov, nor smoke 
 
236 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page any where near. — ical j3aaL'Aevc i even the king . . . edfaooe . . . 
 J-OU ETrpaTTE, he showed this by what he did. — olc, Rule XLIX., 
 Rem. 1. 
 
 § 19. irpolovanc . . . ravrnq (Rule LV.), however, this night ad- 
 vancing (i. e., during the course of the night). — nal rote "Y^Xknau, on 
 the Greeks also.—olov eikoc ylyvtaQai, as is usual (or likely) to arise. 
 — 06/3ou kuneoovroc (Rule LV.), when fear falls (on a body of men). 
 
 § 20. ToTi/xidnv, Tolmides (accus. in apposition with rovrov, in 
 the next line). — 'Wielov, an Elian (native of Elis). — uripvua . . rore, 
 the best crier of that time (literally, of those then existing, II., 23). — 
 be av . . . dpyvpiov, that whoever would (shall) point out the person who 
 let loose the ass among the arms, should (shall) receive a talent of silver. 
 (On the construction, see Rules L. and LI.) This was a shrewd 
 plan of Clearchus to divert the men's minds, and do away the alarm. 
 
 § 21. or i Kevog 6 QojSoc. eln, that the alarm was groundless (literal- 
 ly, empty). — Tjirep elxov, (in the order) in which they were (literally, 
 had themselves). 
 
 Chapter III. 
 . Qi § 1. 6 6e dq fypafa, but now what I wrote. The antece- 
 J-"-*- dent, tovto, which is omitted (Rule XLIX., Mem. 1), is the 
 subject of the sentence, and nominative to rp>. — on, &c, see chap- 
 ter II., § 18. — rude, in this. 
 
 § 2. bCflrovv rove apxovrac, inquired for the commanders. — rvxuv 
 . . . emcKontiv, who happened (literally, happening) to be just then in- 
 specting the ranks. — axolday, Rule XLVX, until he should be at leisure. 
 
 § 3. wore .... ttvkvtJv, so that the dense phalanx on every side made 
 a fine appearance (literally, had itself well to be seen). — ravra etypacev, 
 gave the same directions to. 
 
 § 4. npoc, near. — (3ov7iOivro, Rule LVI. — dvdpec oitcvec luavol 
 eoovraL, as persons who would be (literally, will be) qualified. 
 
 § 5. fidxyc, Rule XII., c. — apiarov yap ovk sanv, for we have no 
 
 breakfast. — ovd' 6 rolfi^aov apiarov, nor shall any one dare to 
 
 speak about a truce to the Greeks, without providing (literally, not hav- 
 ing provided) them food. 
 
 §6. o) nal, from which even. — t) akTioe ■ . . rrpdrrsiv, or some one 
 else to whom it had been given in charge to transact these (affairs). 
 The clause ravra irpdrretv is the subject of EixEriraK.ro. — on . . . 
 fiaaifci, that they (i. e., the Greeks) seemed to the king to say reason- 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 237 
 
 able (things). — ol a^ovaiv, Rule L. — evQev e^ovat to. ETrtT7Jdeia, Page 
 to the place whence they shall get provisions. 131 
 
 <J 7. avToig role, dvdpaci, with the men themselves only (i. e., the 
 Persian messengers). — ottev6oito, he (i. e., Clearchus) was to make a 
 truce. — iovoi nal amovci, going and returning.— aTcaaiv, with all (the 
 Persians). — ra 7rap' vptiv, your proposition (literally, the things ' _ 
 from you).—6tayytkB% Rule XLVI. I*** 
 
 § 8. [xeraaTT]aup.evoQ avrovg (II., 64, III.), causing them (i. e., the 
 Persians) to withdraw. — kdonei, they decided (literally, it appeared 
 good). — Kad' ijavxiav, quietly. 
 
 $ 9. KUfioi, by crasis for nal kfioi, I., 32, 1. — ear' av . . . . 7roi7Jaaa- 
 dai, until the messengers (begin to) fear that our decision is not (literal- 
 ly, that it does not appear good to us) to conclude the treaty. This 
 course would impress the enemy with a sense of the self-reliance 
 of the Greeks. And Clearchus meant to carry it so far that, as he 
 says, olfiaL ye ... . wapEasadai, nay, I even think that the same appre- 
 hension will be present to our own troops. 
 
 § 10. TTOLrjaofievoc, Rule XXXIV. — kv ragei, in order of battle : in 
 order to guard against a surprise. — avfcbacv, trenches or canals. — 6ta- 
 fidoEic, crossings, i. e., bridges, rove 6e = aX?iOvc. 6e, but others. One 
 member of the formula, 6 [iev — 6 6e, is often omitted. 
 
 $11. f]v K?\.eapxov . . . eirearaTei, one could observe Clearchus' 's 
 mode of commanding (literally, one could observe Clearchus, how he 
 commanded). — nai el tl$ . . irraLOEv av, Rule XLVIL, Rem. — tuv izpbg 
 tovto Teray/Lcevuv, of those assigned to this work (i. e., making the 
 bridges). — tov kinr^deLov, one fit to punish (or most worthy of punish- 
 ment). — 7rpoae?iu(j,[3avev, took part in the work, and thus stimulated 
 the workmen. — firj ov ovonovda&Lv, not to join in urging it (i. e. t the 
 work). 
 
 § 12. npbc avTov, by him. — frdxdncrav, had been assigned to the 
 work. — ol . . yeyovoTEC, the men of thirty years old. — nal Khiapxov, 
 Clearchus himself. 
 
 $ 13. viroTTTEvuv, suspecting (i. e., because he suspected). — ov yap 
 .... apdetv, for it was not the season proper for irrigating the plain 
 (Rule XXX., 2). — npofyaivoLTO, might appear beforehand. — tovtov eve- 
 na,for this purpose. — fiaoi'kEa vkutttevev, he suspected that the king, &c. 
 
 § 14. lapfiaveiv, inf. after cnrideigav, had pointed out to . 
 them to take. — b^oc .... avruv, .sour wine, boiled-down from the 
 same. 
 
 $ 15. avral de . . . . cnrEKeivro, these dales of the palms, such as you 
 may see (literally, it is to sec) among the Greeks, were put aside for 
 
238 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page servants. The dates exported to Greece were of an inferior 
 loo sort. — anoTiEHTOi, select. — i] dit oipic .... diicpepe, its appearance 
 differed nothing from amber. fjMKTpov is genitive by Rule XV., 2. — 
 rac 6s ... . aTrerideaav, but some they dried and put by for sweetmeats 
 — Kal rjv, &c., and it (i. e., tovto for ravra ra rpay^fiara) was pleasant 
 along with wine (literally, drink). 
 
 § 16. tt]v Idcornra rfjc 7]6ov7jc, the peculiarity of its flavour. — bdsv, 
 from which. — bhos avaivero, withered up altogether (the adjective b"Kog 
 used for the adverb : literally, withered whole). 
 
 § 17. arrfivrnaav, aor. of airavrdo). — avrolg, them, Rule XVII., 5. 
 
 § 18. 'E/Uttfo, dat. governed by yeiruv oUti, I live neighbour to. — 
 Kal eirel . . . E^fKETcrcoKorag, and when I saw that you, had fallen into 
 many and insuperable evils. — Evprjfia kiroLnoafiriv, I esteemed it good 
 luck (literally, I made it for a discovery to myself). — dovvat-, to grant 
 permission. — drroauaaL . . . 'EXMda, to take you safe into Greece (liter- 
 ally, to save you away to Greece). — ol/j,ai yap .... egeiv, for I think I 
 should not meet with ingratitude (literally, it will not have itself un- 
 gratefully to me). — irpoc, from. 
 
 § 19. ravra yvovc, thinking this. — diKaiue av jxol x^pKotro, that he 
 would with justice reward me (i. e., that he owed a reward). — on avrib 
 • • ■ ^yyetla, because I first informed him Cyrus was making an expe- 
 dition. On the construction of Kvpov kmarparevovra, see Rule 
 XXXV. — fiovoc, I alone. — Kara, over against. — reray/xevuv, posted. — 
 
 dirfkaaa, broke through. — avvEfiit-a, united with. — evda, whither. 
 ■*■ — eirel, after. — airenretve, he had killed (aor. for pluperf). — 
 
 avv ToTcde . . kfxov, with those who are now with me. — avr&, to him (i. e., 
 the king). 
 
 <5> 20. fiov\EvaaaQai, to deliberate. — hpeadai kWovra, to come and 
 ask (I., 543, a). — rivoc evekev, on what account. — {lerpiuc. airoKpivaadai, 
 to answer mildly (or temperately). 
 
 § 21. [teraGTavTec, having gone aside. — 6c nohEjirjaovrEc, Rule 
 XXXIV., Rem. — ovr'' knopsvofisda, nor did we begin our march. — Iva 
 . . . Xd(3oi, that we might take you unprepared. 
 
 § 22. etteI . . . ovra, but when now we saw him being in peril. — 
 yaxvvd^fiev . . . avrov, we were ashamed, before gods and men, to betray 
 hi m , — £ V rcj . . . . noLEiv, having before allowed him to confer favours on 
 us (literally, having afforded ourselves to him, &c). 
 
 c) 23. TsdvrjKEv, is dead. — ovre . . . apxvc, we neither contend with 
 the king for his dominion (i. e., we do not aim at his dominion). — our' 
 Iotlv — brov 'kvsKa, nor is there anything for which. — uStKovvra, any one 
 that injures us. — avv role deolc, with the help of the gods. — /cat ev ttol&v 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 239 
 
 vndpxVf shall even begin doing us good. — ical tovtov . . ev Page 
 tcoiovvtec, him also, according to our power, we shall not fall 134 
 behind in doing good (we shall repay him for all his kindness), tov- 
 tov is gen. with TjTTTjaojXEda, by Rule XV., 2. 
 
 $ 24. ra 'nap' ekelvov, his decision (literally, the things from him). 
 — at GTzovdal fievovTuv (imperative), let the truce continue. — dyopdv, a 
 market. They were to bring provisions for sale to the Greeks. 
 
 § 25. uod 1 .... efpovTifrv, so that the Greeks became apprehensive 
 (Rule XLIV., ISF 3 ). — dtaireTrpay/xevoc tjkoi, he had come, having ob- 
 tained. — Sodfjvai avTtb, permission (literally, he had obtained it 
 to be given to himself). — dvriXeyovTuv, opposing it (Rule LV.). - L "<-' 
 — ug, on the ground that. — a<pelvai, to let off. 
 
 § 26. teXoc (used adverbially), finally. — ttlgtcl ?>,afieZv, take pledges. 
 — i] fxr]v, (that), in very truth (a common formula for oaths). — §Ckiav 
 .... %6pav, we will make the country friendly to you. — napexovTac, 
 affording you. — ottov, wherever. — av fir) y irpiaodat, it may not be (pos- 
 sible) for you to buy. — TiafifiuveLv kdaofiev, we will allow you to take. 
 
 <$> 27. vp.de (5' av . . . bpooai, but it will be necessary for you, on the 
 other hand, to swear to us. — (he did (piMac, as through a friendly (coun- 
 try, x&pag understood). — d-rtorav . . . Tvapix^fiEv, whenever we may not 
 afford a market (Rule XLVL). — uvovp,evovc, that, purchasing, egeiv 
 Ta eTTiT^deta, you will have your provisions (i. e., that you will obtain 
 them by purchase). 
 
 § 28. TavTa edoge, these things were agreed upon. 
 
 § 29. aneifii, I shall go back (I., 593, Rem.).— we, II., 202, 2.— 
 dtaTrpd^ufiat (Rule XLVL). — a is by attraction (to Tama understood) 
 instead of d>v, governed by dsopiat. (Rule XLIX.). — a deo/iai, the 
 things which I need. — ovcKsvacupisvoc 6c dndt-ov, prepared so as to 
 lead, Rule XXXIV. — dmuv (supply uc), to go back (Rule XXXIV.). 
 diuuv is present participle with future meaning (I., 593, Rem.). 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 $ 1. trepUuEvov, continued waiting for. — iyyvc a/l/l^Awv ecrparo- 
 7redevu£voi, having encamped near each other. — qpipac, Rule XXIX. — 
 iv 6e TavTaic, but during these days. — avaynaZoi, relatives. — nai izpbc 
 .... tivec, and some of the Persians (also came) to those with him {i. e., 
 to his followers). — Ivioi, in apposition with tivec . — ds^idg, assurances 
 (made by pledging the right hand). — pq . . . ovtoIc, that the king would 
 not remember -for -evil against them. — kit iot par stag ; governed by p.vnoi- 
 
240 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page KaKycreiv, Rule VIII. — tuv Trapuxvpwuv, of the past (literally, 
 loo of the things that had gone by). 
 
 § 2. tovtuv de yiyvo[xevLJv, now while these things were going on 
 (Rule LV.). — £v6n?ioi .... vovv, Ariccus and his people became plainly 
 less attentive to the Greeks (literally, were obvious, less applying their 
 mind to the Greeks). The phrase ol irept. (or ol dfi^i), with an ac- 
 cusative, means, generally, the person spoken of and those about him ; 
 sometimes, the person himself; and sometimes, again, those about him. 
 The first is the most common use. — nai ded tovto, on this account, too. 
 — ToZq TzoTCkolc, the mass (i. e., the common soldiers). 
 
 § 3. ri fievofiev, why stay we here ? — fj ovk ETuoTdp,£da, for do we 
 . not know. — fjfias drroXeaac av . . . . ixoiriaaiTO, must hold it of the 
 -^ utmost importance to destroy us. — ical .... sin, even all the rest 
 
 of the Greeks (i. e., at home) may be afraid (literally, that fear may 
 be to the rest, &c). — Sid to ... . arpdrevpa, because of his army being 
 scattered (literally, on account of the scattering to him of his army), 
 dieoirdpdai, perf. pass, infin. (Rule XXXII.) of diaandpo). — eTrav = 
 etzel dv. — uWiaQr), shall be collected (subj. by Rule XLVI.). — ovk eotiv 
 6izug ovk emdrjGETai r)plv, it is impossible that he will not attack us (i. e., 
 he will, most certainly, attack us). 
 
 § 4. laue de tcov, perhaps, too, somewhere. — dirocKdirTei ri, he will 
 dig a trench (literally, dig out somewhat). — diropoc r), may be impassa- 
 ble. — ekuv ye, at least willingly. — (3ov/i7Ja£Tai, will he agree. — rjudg . . . 
 d7rayyei?Mi, that we shall go (back) to Greece and tell (I., 543, a). — 
 Toooide bvrec, bring so few. — etti ralg tivpaie avrov, at his own gates, 
 i. e., in his own territory, and not far from his capital. 
 
 ij 5. aTupxv, pres. for fut. (I., 593, Rem.).— km iroTiEfxo}, for war, 
 i. e., with hostile purposes. — irapd, contrary to. — eireiTa, then. — odev, 
 a place whence. — avdic de, in the second place. — 6 qyvo-o/uEvoc, our guide 
 (literally, who shall guide us). — d/xa ravra ttoiovvtuv fyufiv, just as 
 saon as we do these things. — d(j),&aT^£t, fut. of d^iarnpi, formed from 
 earnKa, I stand ; hence meaning will stand aloof, i. e., forsake. — dXkd 
 koI . ■ . ovreg, nay, even those who were before (friends). 
 
 § 6. 7jp.lv diaj3ar£oc, must be crossed by us (Rule XXXVI.) — rbv 
 <5' oiv .... diafirjvai, but then, on the other hand, the Euphrates, we 
 know that it is impossible to cross (for we know that it is impossible to 
 cross the Euphrates). — ko)2.v6vtcov 7to2,£/j.co)v, Rule LV. — ov p.ev d?/, nor, 
 indeed, again. — dv = kdv. — ol ttTieiotoi . . . .d^toi, very many, and very 
 good (literally, worthy of very much). — vik&vtec, we conquering (i. 'e., 
 if we conquer). — tjttu/xevqv (sc. 7/p.&v), if we are vanquished, Rule LV. 
 —olov te {so. av tin), it would be possible. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 241 
 
 §7. u ovtq .... airoXiaat, literally, to wham there are so Page 
 many resources if he wishes to destroy xis. — 6,ti del avrov, why 136 
 it is necessary for him. fiacsikia is subject of buoaat, and avrov is in- 
 serted, in apposition with fiacthea, because of the long parenthesis. 
 — ra eavrov . . . TroiTjaat, to make his own pledges false ft: e., to violate 
 them). — rotavra rroTiXd, many such things. 
 
 § 8. tovtu, sc. xpovu. — ttjv iavrov dvva/uv, his own force. . 
 — ue etc oIkov a-Kidv, as if meaning to go home (Rule XXXIV., ^ ' 
 Rem.). — After 'Qpovrac supply excov. — r)ye, he (i. e., Orontes) was 
 conducting. — ettI yduu, for marriage. He had been rewarded with 
 the hand of the king's daughter, and was conducting her home. 
 
 § 9. evrevdev 6e f)6n, from thence now at length. 
 
 § 10. avrol £$' eavruv kxupovv, moved on by themselves (literally, 
 themselves by themselves). — e/cdorore, every time = always. — cnrixov- 
 tec . . . [ielov, keeping apart from each other a parasang or less (i. e., 
 nearly). 
 
 § 11. ek rov avrov (sc. tottov), from the same place. — nXnydc eve- 
 reivov aXkj'froLc, they (often) threatened one another with blows (literal- 
 ly, stretched out blows over one another). 
 
 § 12. to . . . teixoc, to the wall called that of Media. The Median 
 wall was before mentioned, B. I., c. VII., § 15. — elao), within. — 6rr- 
 racc, burnt. — iv do^dArcj KEifievaic, laid in bitumen (used for cement). 
 
 § 13. ttjv uev, the one. — ttjv (5' k&vyfxivnv, &c, and the other joined 
 by seven boats, i. e., a bridge of seven boats joining the two banks. — 
 naTETETfinvro, pluperf. pass, of narareuM. — erci tt)v x^? av i through 
 the land. — khdrrovc., nom. plur. — t&oc 6e . . . (xsMvag, and at last, 
 even little channels, as in Greece (they are cut) through the millet- 
 fields. — r) bvojia (t)v understood), whose name was (literally, to which 
 the name was). — nora/iov, Rule XIII. — aradiovg, Rule XXIX. 
 
 § 14. 7rap' avTr)v, beside it. — 6ev8puv, Rule XII., c. — ov /zevroc 
 Karadavelc fjcav, were yet not in sight. 
 
 § 15. etvxov . . . ovtec (Rule XXXV., Rem. 4), happened 
 to be walking (literally, in a walk). — 7roi3 av ISoi, where he -*-" 
 might see (Rule LVL). — nal ravra .... tjevov, and this too, notwith- 
 standing he was from Ari&us, the friend of Menon. Coming from 
 Ariaeus, it seemed suspicious that he did not ask for Menon. 
 
 $ 16. fir) vulv . ... ol fidpdapoi, lest the barbarians attack you during 
 this night. — ttjc vvktoc, Rule XVI. — r<p izlrjciov (II., 23) napadeiaid, 
 the neighbouring park. 
 
 § 17. Kal . . . tyvlanriv, and they advise you to send a guard to the 
 bridge, &c. — uc , because. — ug fir) . . . dcupvxoc, that you may not get 
 
 L 
 
242 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page across, but be intercepted between (literally, in the midst of) the 
 loo river and the canal. — dtadfjTe, airoXncpdriTe, Rule XLIV. 
 
 § 19. veavioKoc . . . Tcapovruv, a certain youth of those present. — 
 ug ovk uKoTiovda e'itj, &c, that the (two things) were not consistent, 
 viz., the purpose of making an attack, and that of breaking down the 
 bridge. The future infinitives, kiridrjaeadai, "Kvgelv, express the pur- 
 pose. — on kKLTidepevovc, that, if they attack us (literally, making an 
 attack). — 7j viK&v derjaet, rj ijTTaodai, they must either conquer or be 
 worsted. — exoljiev o,v . . . . cudelfiev, would we have (a place) whither 
 we might flee and save ourselves (I., 543, a), i. e., we could not find 
 safety anywhere. 
 
 § 20. Tielviievrjc rrjc yefyvpac (Rule LV.), the bridge having been 
 broken down. — noTi^Qv ovrov rcepav, though there are numbers on the 
 other side (Rule LV.). 
 
 § 21. ttoo-ij tic, how large. — elrj, Rule LVI. 
 •j o q § 22. tote 6r] ko2 kyvioadri, then, indeed, it was plainly per- 
 ceived. — v7Z0Tre/j.\pai£v, had craftily sent. Observe the force 
 of vtto in composition with n-Efxiru.— 6le16vtec, 2 aor. part, of Siaipsu. 
 — vfjeep, island, so called because it lay between the river and the 
 canal. — Epvfiara .... dtupvxa, having, as defences, on the one side, 
 the Tigris, and on the other the canal. Tiyprjra and Stupvxa are in 
 apposition with Ipvf/aTa^—sv fiiau, intervening. — kol .... kvovruv, 
 and as its inhabitants would till it (literally, those who will till it, dwell- 
 ing in it). — elra tie . . . tcolelv, and, moreover, it would be a place of 
 refuge, if any one should wish to injure the king, i. e., any criminal or 
 rebel might take refuge there. 
 
 $ 23. fiETa ravra avsiravovTo, after this they went to rest. — nal ovre 
 . . ovdafiodev, but neither did any one, from any quarter, attack them. 
 Notice the repetition of the negative to strengthen the negation. 
 So, in the next clause, ovte . . ovdslc, nor did any one. 
 
 § 24. d)c . . . TtEtyvhaynEvoc, with the utmost possible caution. — E^y- 
 yellov .... ETTLdfjGEodai, for some of the Greeks (that were) with Tissa- 
 phernes sent them word that the Persians intended to attack (them) 
 while crossing. Supply ol Jlspaai before {meTCKoiev. 6ca6aivovruv is 
 the genitive absolute, with avr&v understood. — okotxuv el 6ca6aivoiEv, 
 looking whether they crossed. — (px £T0 a-TVElavvuv, he rode off at speed. 
 
 $ 25. izpbc . . . adeTitybe, near which an illegitimate brother of Cyrus 
 and Artaxerxcs met the Greeks. — c5f f3or/6^acjv, Rule XXXIV. — hraa- 
 TTjaag, halting. — -KapepxofiEVOvc . . kdEupsi, he surveyed the Greeks as 
 they passed. 
 
 $ 26. etc 6io, two abreast. — aXkort Kal a/iXore, now and then. The 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 243 
 
 frequent halts apparently lengthened the line. — boov . . . kizia- Page 
 raaiv, so long time as he halted the van of the army, just so long 139 
 time must the halt be through the whole line. — to fjyovuevov {the van), 
 accusative, governed by kKLorfjceLe. — koI . . . °E>X7inoi, even to the 
 Greeks themselves. 
 
 t) 27. elg rag Uapvadndog nuuag, to the villages of Pary- 
 satis : so called because the revenue derived from them was ^ 
 allotted to her support. — ravrac, these (villages). — Kvpot kneyye/.tiv, 
 in order to insult (the memory of) Cyrus. — knirpzipE, assigned. — uTir/v 
 avdpanoduv, except slaves. They were allowed to carry off any booty 
 but slaves. — ivf/v ds, but there were there. 
 
 t) 28. e£ fjc ol /3dp6apoL dtf/yov, from which the barbarians brought 
 over. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 $ 2. edofjev, see note on e66kel, page 121, $ 9. — ZvyyevEodat, to 
 confer with. — Travcai, to put an end to. — rtplv . . . yeviodai, before strife 
 
 should grow out of them. — epovvra %pf£oi, to say that he (Clear- 
 
 chus) wished to confer with him (Tissaphernes). — iroifiug, promptly. 
 — ekeXevev, bade. 
 
 § 3. ijfilv opaovc yeyevvfiivovc, that oaths have been sworn by us. — 
 ovXarrouevov . . . rjjj.de, but I see you guarding against us, as if (we 
 were) enemies. — avTupv^aTTOfieda, keep on our guard in turn. 
 
 § 4. ETzei 6e CKOTzdv, &c, but since now, watching, I cannot, on the 
 one hand, perceive that you, &c. — zyd rt cayuc olda, and, on the other 
 hand, I myself know assuredly. — etc Xoyovg cot eldeiv, to confer with 
 you (literally, to come to words with you). — e^e"Koiuev, we may remove. 
 
 § 5. olda, I have known. — jj6?i, before now. — rovg uev — rovg 
 be, some — others. — (pddoai j3ov2.6pevoi. irplv iradelv, wishing to - L ^ r - L 
 anticipate before suffering injury, i. e., wishing to strike the first blow, 
 and so avert the supposed danger. — rovg ovte .... ovSev, upon those 
 neither intending, nor even desiring, (to do) any such thing (evil). 
 Observe that hrroincav governs the two accusatives, mud and uiT.- 
 Aovrag (Rule XXVII., 2). 
 
 $ 6. cvvovoiaig udXcora, best by conferences (between the parties). 
 — dv 77avea6ai, may be put an end to. — ug, that. — fjfilv antOTelg, you 
 distrust us (Rule XVII., 7). 
 
 $ 7. ol deuv bpKOi, the oaths of the gods, i. e., the oaths made to 
 the gods, or in their names, dew is the objective genitive (Rule 
 VI.) ■ — bang .... Trapnuehnnbg, and whoever is conscious of having vio- 
 
244 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page lated these (oaths), tovtov is governed by irapnp-eTinKCJc. — 
 141 cvvoidev avrC), literally, knows with himself. — tov yap $euv 
 TroXefjiov .... .airocTain, for, the hostility of the gods, I know not, with 
 what speed flying, one could escape it ; nor into what darkness (running) 
 he could shun it ; nor into what strong-hold and evade it. The distinc- 
 tion between aTrotyvyoi and aTzodpain is explained above. — wavrn yap 
 .... Kparovat, for, everywhere, all things are subject to the gods, and, 
 everywhere, of all alike the gods are masters. These are noble utter- 
 ances from the mouth of a heathen. 
 
 § 8. 7rap' olc . . . Karedi/isda, with whom (i. e., the gods) we, having 
 formed our alliance with each other, have deposited it. As if the treaty, 
 sworn to before the gods, were deposited with them for safe keep- 
 ing. — tuv <5' dvdpuTTcuuv, &.C., on the other hand, of human affairs, I 
 consider you, in our present circumstances, to be the greatest good for us. 
 
 <$> 9. dca ckotovc, dark (literally, through darkness). — nac 6e bx^oc 
 <po6epbc, and every collection of people a source of alarm. — (poSepuraTov 
 (Rule II., Rem. 1) <5' epnfiia, but solitude the most alarming of all. 
 
 § 10. el 5e d?) nal [xavivrec, but if, further, being even crazy, we 
 should kill you. — dXko tl % (II., 120) .... ayovifytfjieda, would we not, 
 (merely) having slain our benefactor, (then have to) fight the king, the 
 greatest avenger 1 — oauv 6e 6?], &c, and, finally, of how great hopes, and 
 of what sort, I should deprive myself. — ravra Aefw, this I will tell you. 
 . §11. tuv tote, the men of that time. — ev ttoleZv bv (3ov?t,otTo, 
 
 ^^ to benefit whom he pleased. — ttjv 6e fiaGikiue dvvajxtv 
 
 ovaav, and the king's army, which Cyrus found opposed (to him) — this 
 (I see) is allied to you. He thus shows that Tissaphernes was even 
 in a much better position to benefit the Greeks than Cyrus had been. 
 
 § 12. tovtov . . . ovtqv, since these things are so. — iikTia firjv, but 
 besides. — kpd .... &v, for I will mention also those considerations from 
 which, &C.— ml ue (SovTiTJaecdat., that even you will be desirous. 
 
 § 13. He goes on now to give the considerations just mentioned 
 (Tavra). 1. The Mysians are troublesome ; 2. The Pisidians, and 
 others also ; and, 3. The Egyptians. — dvvdfiei, the Greek army. — 
 Taireivovg 7capa(7xecv, to render obedient. — Toiavra, such (i. e., rebellious, 
 
 like the Mysians and Pisidians). — a ol\iai sv6aip.ovia, which I 
 
 could cause to cease always disturbing your quiet. — kiyvirTtovc is gov- 
 erned by KoTidcxeade. — T£dv/j.o)/j.ivovc, angry with.—ovx °P& • ■ -ovanc, I 
 do not see what auxiliary force using, you could punish (them) more 
 easily than this (force) now with me. 
 
 § 14. dTiXd firiv, but, moreover. — Tcept^, in the neighbourhood. — 
 T(f) = tlvl, to any one (of them). — tic ptyiaToe. (sc. <plAog) av dne, you 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 245 
 
 might be the most valuable friend possible. — &c deoTroTne dvac- Pa-e 
 rpecpoio, you might conduct yourself as master. — ex o)V W&c 142 
 v-riperac, with our aid (literally, having us as servants). — tjc .... 
 dtnaioc, which (i. e., gratitude), having been saved by you, we should 
 justly cherish for you. 
 
 § 15. donei has for its subject the clause to ae rjp.lv amc-relv, your 
 distrusting us. — to ovo t ua . . . ?Jyuv, the name (of the man) who is so 
 able at speaking, as to persude you, by speaking. — uc, that. — dnnfiei^dn 
 (1 aor. of arrafieidofiat), answered. 
 
 § 16. TavTa yap yiyvcocKtov, for while you know these things. — real 
 aavTL) Katiovovq elvac, to be ill-disposed even toward yourself. — toe 6' av 
 fj-adr/c, but, in order that you may know. — clvt&kovcov, do you, in turn, 
 listen. 
 
 § 17. iroTepd cot donovfiev, &c, whether do we seem to you 
 to be in want of plenty of cavalry, &c. — hv r/, with which. — av- J -^* 5 
 Ttmwx^iv .... Kivdvvoe, and there be no danger of suffering in return. 
 
 § 18. aXkd .... SoKovfiev, well, then, do we seem to lack places suit- 
 able for attacking you ? — ov dtaTropevecde, are you not passing through 1 
 — ToaavTa 6e bpy . . . 7rap^ £ o'> and must you not (do you see) cross so 
 many mountains, which it is in our power, by preoccupying, to make 
 impassable for you 1 — Tafiievecdai, to decide at our pleasure. — ottoooic av 
 . . . fidxeudat, with how many of you toe will choose to fight. The Per- 
 sians (he means) could divide the Greek forces at the rivers, and 
 fight with what part of them they pleased. — elal d' . . . . dLaBalnre, 
 and there are (some) of them which you could never cross at all. 
 
 § 19. Trip .... avTiTa^ai, fire is stronger than the produce (of the 
 earth), which (i. e., the grain, &c.) we can burn up, and (so) array 
 famine against you. — u, with which (i. e., famine). 
 
 § 20. ek tovtcjv . . . alaxpdc, out of all these, should we choose just 
 the very method which alone is impious before the gods and base before 
 
 men 
 
 §21. TTavT&Traui . . . earl, now it is altogether the part of men with- 
 out resources, &c. — nal tovtuv irovnpuv, and them wicked (i. e., of men 
 who are wicked withal). — octlvsc kdelovat, a change of construction, 
 as the natural one would be kQileiv, to wish. 
 
 § 22. viiaq k%6v d-nolecai, when it was in our power to destroy you 
 (Rule LV., Rem. 2). — hirl tovto tydo/iev, did we not set about it (liter- 
 ally, go upon this). — otl 6 kudg .... yeveadai, that the cause of this was, 
 my desire — as to myself being faithful to the Greeks. — ml <b . . . 
 laxvpov, and that, by the very same foreign force {i. e., the 
 Greek) by which Cyrus went up in confidence through hire, by -*-*" 
 
246 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page that same force I might go down through (my) kindness (to 
 144 them). 
 
 § 23. baa 66 \ioi . . . eoeoOe, as to what things you can (literally, 
 will) be useful to me in. — rd (xev, some of them. — to 6e fxeytarov, but 
 the greatest one. — ttjv filv . . . exeiv, f or & belongs to the king alone to 
 wear the tiara erect upon his head. The common turban was flexible, 
 that of the king alone was stiff and upright. — ttjv 6' em . . . exol, but 
 (an upright) one upon the heart, perhaps, with your assistance (literal- 
 ly, you being by) even another might easily wear. Tissaphernes here 
 insinuates that he would revolt against the king, and need the aid 
 of the Greeks. 
 
 § 24. elivEv, i. e., Clearchus. — fyn is often repeated pleonastically 
 when elite has not rdde or tide connected with it. — tolovtcov . . . 
 virapxovTuv (Rule LV.), when such elements of friendship between us 
 exist. — o'Ltlvec TtEip&vTai diaSdhXovTEC, those who endeavour, by slander. 
 — to, eaxara, extreme punishments. 
 
 § 25. hv tcj E/MpavEi, openly. — uc . . . arparia, that you are plotting 
 against me and my army. 
 
 § 26. Clearchus, completely deceived, replies, ago Tcdvrac, I will 
 bring them all (i. e., the generals, &c). — bdev ukovu, from what source 
 I hear (things). 
 
 § 27. etc . . . . \oywv, after this conference (literally, after these 
 words). — (juXo^povovfievoc tote juev, showing kindness then. — ovvdsnr- 
 vov ETtoirjoaTo, made him his companion at table. — With vaTepaia, sup- 
 ply rjjXEpa. — 6fj2,6g r' . . . . Ttaaa^ipvnv, literally, was both evident 
 thinking that Tissaphernes bore himself very friendly. — skelvoc, i. e., 
 Tissaphernes. — xP*l vai i ^at it was necessary. — ovc ekeIevce, those 
 whom he (had) invited. — nal ol . . . 'EaItjvuv, and whoever of the Greeks 
 should be convicted (as) slandering. — 6c . . . Tifiuprjdfjvai, to punish them 
 as traitors, &c. — avrovc is antecedent of ol. — Ttfx.o)pn6fjvai depends on 
 XPVvai. 
 
 § 28. elvai ... Msvova, that Menon was the slanderer. — Eiduc , 
 knowing. — avrbv Rat, that he (i. e., Menon) both. — araaid^ovra avrti, 
 was forming a party against him (i. e., Clearchus). 
 
 § 29. TTpbc iavTov ex uv r V v yvupnv, should have their thoughts to- 
 ward himself (i. e., should look to him alone as their leader). — robe 
 TTapalvirovvrac, those who were disaffected (to him). — tuv . . . avru, 
 but some of the soldiers said, in opposition to him.' — urj isvai .... crpa- 
 Tnyovc, that not all the captains and generals should go. 
 - . _ § 30. KaTETEivev, contended. — uc etc dyopdv, as if going to 
 140 t h e market. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 247 
 
 §31. tni rate dvpatc ratg Ttaaadipvovc, at the tent-door of Page 
 Tissaphernes (literally, at the gates). — TcapeKlqdrjoav elaco, were 145 
 invited within. 
 
 § 32. and tov avrov cijueiov, at one and the same signal. Accord- 
 ing to Diodorus, the signal was the raising of a purple banner. — 
 utivl . . . "EMtjvi, whatsoever Greek they chanced upon. 
 
 § 33. linxaalav avrCov kdavpafrv, were surprised at their riding 
 about. — o,tl .... <pevyov, they were in doubt as to what the Persians 
 were doing, until Nicarchus, the Arcadian, came running. — navra ra 
 ■yeyevTjfxeva, all that had been done. 
 
 § 34. ek tovtov 6tj, immediately. — avrovc, they (i. e., the Persians). 
 
 § 35. nai tov .... yiyvucKELv, that he hoth saw Tissaphernes's 
 brother with them, and knew him. 
 
 § 36. Trpoaehdelv, to come out to them. 
 
 § 37. (j>v2,arTo/j.evoi, on their guard, i. e., carefully. — onug .... 
 Upofjsvov, in order to learn what had befallen Proxenus (literally, the 
 things concerning Proxenus). — srvyxavtv anov, happened to be absent 
 (Rule XXXV., Rem. 4). 
 
 § 38. etc kirrjKoov, within hearing. — kfyavn, has appeared, 
 i. e., has been detected. — lx EL T V V Mktjv, has his reward. — J-^° 
 TedvnKe, is dead. — anaiTei governs both ifiuc and brcXa (Rule XXVII., 
 3). — avrov . . . dovlov, for he says they are his, inasmuch as they be- 
 long to Cyrus, his vassal. 
 
 § 39. ocnvec, who, nominative to airoluTiiKaTE and fpxeode. — 
 bfioaavreg . . . vo/uetv, having sworn to consider the same persons with 
 ourselves as friends and enemies (i. e., having sworn that our friends 
 and enemies should be yours). — voftielv, I., 496, c. — r)\dv, dative with 
 avrovc, by Rule XVII., KP. — avv, in concert with. — rove re ... . aizo- 
 AoAe/care, you have both destroyed these very men to whom you swore. 
 
 § 40. KXeapxoc yap irpoodev . . . kyevero, but Clearchus was first 
 detected plotting against Tissaphernes, &c. (literally, became evident 
 plotting, &c.). 
 
 § 41. kirl tovtolc., in reply to this. — d'utatov . . . ETUopnovvTac, for it 
 is right that perjurers should perish. — irEipacovrai . . . !;V{i6ov?Leveiv, 
 they will endeavour to give the best counsels both to you and to us. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 § 1. av7Jx6v ffav > were taken up (dvdyo)). — uc, to (II., 202, 2). . 
 — cnroTundEVTEc Tcic KE<pa?.dc, having their heads cut off (Rule ^ 
 XXVIII.). — uTTOTfindevree., 1 aor. pass. part, of cltvote/ivu. — elc fiep . . . 
 
248 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page tyovTOv, one of them, Clearchus, by the acknowledgment of all 
 147 who knew him well (literally, confessedly of all having them- 
 selves experienced about him). — dogac ysvEodai, having shown himself 
 to be. — ecxdrcoe, to the highest degree. 
 
 § 2. Kal yap 6rj (II., 132, 1), and (this is so), for, in fact. — sag, so 
 long as. — npbg, against.— irapefieivev, remained, i. e., in the service of 
 the Lacedaemonians. — elprjvr} hyivETo, peace was made. — ttjv avrov tco- 
 Xiv, his own city (Sparta). — adiKovai, are inflicting injuries upon. — Kal 
 diairpaljafievoe .... 'Htyopuv, and having obtained (as large supplies) 
 as he was able from the Ephori. — uc nohEiifjauv (Rule XXXIV., 
 Rem.). 
 
 § 3. fierayvovreg ircjg ol "Efopot, the Ephori, on some account or 
 other, changing their plan. — rjdn . . . avrov, when he had already de- 
 parted (Rule LV.), literally, being without. — uTcoarpecpeiv, to turn him 
 back (i. e., to recall him). — ladfzov, the isthmus (of Corinth). — &x £T0 
 ttMuv, sailed away (Rule XXXV., Rem. 4). 
 
 § 4. ek tovtov . . . edavarudTj, on this he was even condemned to die. 
 — tsTl&v, magistrates (i. e., the Ephori). — aneiduv, disobedient (or 
 mutinous). — aKkn, elsewhere. The place where it is recorded is not 
 known ; perhaps Xenophon thought he had written it in Book I., 
 ch. i., § 9, when he mentions Clearchus. 
 
 § 5. hrpaTvero, turn himself to — give himself up to. — airb, II., 57, 
 3, c. — fidxy, in battle. — Kal cnrb tovtov dr], and from this (time) forth. 
 — e^epe Kal qyev avrovg, Kal 7to?i.e/j.gjv dceyevsTo, he ravaged and plun- 
 dered them, and kept on warring. With e(f>epe Kal rjyev compare the 
 Latin phrase agebat et ferrebat. — ftexpt • ■ • OTpaTev/uaToc, until Cyrus 
 needed his force. — ekeivo), i. e., Cyrus. — -koIe^cuv, Rule XXXIV., 
 Rem. 
 
 § 6. Tavra . . . elvat, these acts, it seems to me, are (characteristic) 
 of a war-loving man (Rule XL, Rem. 1). — k^bv, Rule LV., Rem. 2. — 
 aipelTai, prefers. — &ote TroTiepiecv, so as to be making war (he prefers 
 toil to ease, if it be for war), Rule XLIV., Rem. 4. — xPW ara £ X eiV 
 aKivdvvog, to enjoy wealth in security. — \iziova ravra ttoieiv, to make it 
 (i. e., his wealth) less. 
 
 § 7. av ravrn, again, in this. — Kal rj/ispag Kal WKrbg, Rule 
 XVI. — ayuv km rovg noleulovg, leading (his followers) against 
 the foe. — hv rolg dsivolg, in perilous circumstances. — ol napovreg, those 
 who were with him. 
 
 <5> 8. apxiK.bg, qualified to command. — tbg dvvarbv . . . eI%^v, as far as 
 could be with such a temper as he also had. — typovTi&tv .... Entrr/deia, 
 of taking thought how his army should get supplies. — EfinoirjoaL 
 
EXTRACTS FROM XENOPIION. 249 
 
 K?Japx(p, of impressing it upon his followers that they must Pag« 
 obey Clearchus (Rule XXXVII.)- 148 
 
 § 9. en tov xo^e-nbg elvat, by being severe (literally, from the to-be- 
 severe). — opqZv arvyvbc, gloomy to look at (Rule XXX., GF 3 ). — <povrj, 
 Rule XIX. — uc Kal avrcb fierapiheLv, so that he repented (literally, it 
 repented him), Rule XLIV., Rem. 4. — fielet and its compounds govern 
 the dative of the person (and the genitive of the thing, when the 
 latter is expressed). — sod' ore, sometimes (literally, there is when). — 
 yvufin, purposely (i. e., on principle, or system, rather than from 
 passion). — anoXacTov, xcithout discipline. 
 
 ^ 10. dA/la . . . efyaaav, moreover, they even reported that he said. — 
 £>c 6eoi, that it behooved. — el p.iXKoi . . . acpe^eadac, if he wished either to 
 keep guard, or to abstain from injuring/riencfo. — anpotyaoioruc, prompt- 
 ly (literally, without excuses). 
 
 § 11. fjdelov . . . ctyodpa, they were willing to hear him exceedingly, 
 i. e., they willingly obeyed him closely. — ovk dA/W, no one else (or no 
 other leader). — to arvyvbv . . . tyaiveodai, they said that the gloom in his 
 countenance became shining, i. e., his stern features were lighted up 
 with animation. — eppuuevov, seemed to be strength against the foe. — 
 kppwfiivov, part. perf. pass, of favvv/u, used as noun. 
 
 § 12. ore .... yivoLvro, but whenever they got out of the danger. — 
 etjecn .... cmizvai, and they could go to other (leaders) to be command- 
 ed. — Scekeivto, were disposed. 
 
 § 13. <j>i?iia, from affection. — enofiivovc;, followers. — 7t62,euc, the 
 state. — fj vtco tov delcdai fj uXKn rtvl dvdyKV, or constrained by want or 
 by some other necessity. Render the whole sentence from olrivee 61 
 as follows : and those who, either by the command of the state, or con- 
 strained by want or some other necessity, followed him, he made (literal- 
 ly, he used) perfectly obedient. 
 
 § 14. fjdn .... cTpanurac, the things making (i. e., the causes that 
 made) his soldiers capable were great indeed. — &ap'pa7ie'(oc ex- 1 A n 
 ecv, to be bold (literally, to have themselves boldly). — Tzapfjv, was ^-^^ 
 present with them. 
 
 § 15. ov [idTia kdeTiELv, to have greatly disliked. 
 
 § 16. Upo^Evoc 6e : the 6e is here correlative of p.ev in elc p.ev, 
 i) 1. — evdvc . . . dv, while yet a boy (literally, immediately being a boy). 
 — fduKe .... Aeovtcvu, he paid money to Gorgias of Leontium. Gorgias 
 taught rhetoric, and charged heavy fees for instruction. 
 
 § 17. avveyivETo kicEivu, he had studied under him (literally, been 
 with him). — Uavbc . . . apxeiv, deeming himself now to be competent both 
 to command (Rule XXX., 2). — (pihoe dv . . . evepyerov, if he should be- 
 L2 
 
250 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page come a friend to great men, (deeming himself competent) to 
 14i/ equal them in conferring benefits (literally, not to be surpassed 
 doing good). He believed that he could serve the great as much as 
 they could serve him, and so not incur obligation by associating him- 
 self with them. — rfkQev . . . npageic, he entered into this enterprise with 
 Cyrus. — &eto KTTjoeodai, he believed he would secure (Rule XXXI., 
 Rem. 2). 
 
 § 18. roaovruv, governed by £tu6v/j.uv, desiring (Rule VIII., c). — 
 cdodpa . . . slxev, very plainly also, on the other hand, he showed this (lit- 
 erally, he had this very plain). — ore . . ■ ddtniag, that he wished to gain 
 none of these things by injustice. — ueto dtlv, he thought it becoming. — 
 tovtuv, governed by rvyxdvEiv, Rule VII., e. — avev .... [irj, but apart 
 from these, not at all. 
 
 § 19. apxeiv ■ . . dyaddv, to command good and obedient (troops). — 
 ovT y aidu ovre (j>66ov, neither respect nor fear. — d/l/ld nal . . . ekeivov, but, 
 on the other hand, he ivas more in awe of his soldiers, than his soldiers 
 (literally, those commanded) were of him. — to cnrexddvEodai rote crpa~ 
 riidxaic, the being hated by his soldiers. — ol orpantirai, supply <j>o6ov- 
 fj-evot. — to d-rzioTEtv, the disobeying. 
 
 § 20. repbg .... 6okeIv, in order both to be a capable commander and 
 to seem such. — tov . . . Troiovvra, the (soldier) that acted well. — etze- 
 SovTievov .... ovtl, forming designs upon him as being a man easily 
 circumvented. 
 
 § 21. dfj?iog 7]v E7iLdv{j.C)v piEV ttXovteIv Icxvp&c, was known to be 
 
 strongly desirous (literally, was evident desiring, Rule XXXV., Rem. 
 
 3) to be rich. — biroe tzTielo TiapBavoi, that he might seize more 
 
 (wealth). — "tva ttXeio) nepSaivoi, that he might gain more (z. e., 
 
 by gifts, &c). — role {i£-yioTa dwafisvoig, to the most powerful. — ddtKuv, 
 
 if he acted unjustly (literally, acting unjustly, II., 108). 
 
 § 22. eirl .... ETudv/ioln, for the securing of the things which he 
 desired. — a>v, Rule XLIX. — Std tov .... k^arcaTdv, by perjury and 
 lying, and deceit (Rule XXXII.). — to (5' dnlovv, candour (literally, 
 the simple). — hofii^e . ■ ■ elvai, he thought to be identical with folly 
 (Rule XVII., 4, B^*). 
 
 § 23. cripyuv . . . ovdiva, he was not known to love anybody (Rule 
 XXXV., Rem. 3). — otu — tovtg), to whomsoever — to this one. — ^ain 
 (piloc elvai, he professed to be a friend (Rule LIL). — nols/aiov, governed 
 by Karayila. — tuv 6e . . . 6ie?i^y£To, but, as if ridiculing all his as- 
 sociates, he talked with them. He did not jeer his enemies, but his 
 friends. 
 
 § 24. rd 6k 2,a/j.6dveiv, he thought that he alone knew that to 
 

 EXTRACTS FROM XENOPHON. 251 
 
 seize the unioatched possessions of (a man's) friends is very rage 
 easy. — fiporov bv, literally, being easy; the participle being 150 
 used instead of the infinitive. 
 
 $ 26. ayaXkerai, &c., prides himself upon piety, &C. — rw . . . dvvaa- 
 6at, in being able to deceive. — tgj irTiacaodai, in fabricating (rr/lufw). — 
 fiTj navovpyov, not a complete villain. — tuv (nraidevTUv . . . elvai, he al- 
 ways reckoned to be of (the number of) greenhorns. — ETrsxeipec . . . 
 <pi2,ia, he sought to be first in friendship (if he wanted to be a man's 
 most intimate friend). — diadaXlov rove Trpurove, by calumniating their 
 chief friends . — tovtovc . ; . . KTrjoaodai, he thought to gain them over. 
 
 § 27. to irapexeadac, the making his soldiers obedient, to 
 
 TrapexeodaL is governed by hfxrjxavaTo. — sk . . . avrolc, by joining in 
 
 crime with them. — ij^iov adiKeiv, he expected, by showing, that 
 
 he was most able and willing to injure. — evepyeaiav naT&eyev, he called 
 it kindness. — avrov dtpioraTO, left him. — on .... avrov, he did not kill 
 him when he had used him. 
 
 <$> 28. nal .... atpavrj, now, in regard to things unseen (i. e., as to 
 
 Menon's private character and habits). — el-ecri, it is possible. — a 6e 
 
 . . karL, the following traits are what everybody knows.— Tvapd, under. 
 
 — etl upaioq Cjv, while he (i. e., Menon) was yet a young man. — t-ivuv, 
 
 mercenaries. — (3ap6apo ovti, though a barbarian. 
 
 § 29. airodvnoKovTuv de tCov avaTparnyuv, when his fellow-generals 
 perished (Rule L.V.). — Tavra izeTzoinKug, though he had done the 
 same things (II., 108). — fiera, after. — &v aiKtcdelc hviavrbv, - Lt -'- , - 
 living tortured (i. e., tortured alive) for a year. — teXevttjc rvxelv, to 
 have found his end (i. e., perished). 
 
 § 30. Kal tovtu, these two also (in apposition with 'Ay/off and 
 ^LuKparng). — tie §Ckiav, in regard to friendship. 
 
NOTES 
 
 OX THE 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 
 
 rFor notes on the Prosody, &c, see ScanniTig, p. 163.] 
 
 Line 1-12. 
 Line 1. *£2f .... 'E/crup, Thus, then, Hector of the glancing Page 
 helm spoke and withdrew (Hector had been conversing with 187 
 Helen in the house of his brother, Paris).— tic for ovruc (I., 361, 2). 
 — ouvrjoac aTveSn, I., 543, a. — Kopvdaio/.oc, literally, moving the helmet 
 quickly. Line 2. aliba 6' etteito,, and immediately afterwards. — douovc, 
 to his palace : generally used in plur. by Horn. — evvaierdovrag, well 
 built, or well situated. Line 3. ovd' svp\ but he did not find. — fzeyd- 
 poioiv, II., 263. Line i. fjye, this one (or she) (II., 261, 1). The ye 
 need not be translated. — Traidi, her child. Line 5. e^eo-tikei, was 
 standing upon (pluperfect form : she had taken her place on the tur- 
 ret, and remained standing there). — yooucra for youoa, from yodu (II., 
 280, 1). Line 6. o>c, when.—TErpev for ererfiev (II., 278, 1). Line 7. 
 dfjiuriGiv for duuatg, II., 262, b, 2. — eeittev for eI-ev. Line 8. el 6', 
 dye : probably an elliptical phrase, equivalent to el 6e fiovXeode, dye, 
 come, if you please, tell me, &c. — vvfiepria fjLvBfjcacde, tell truly (lit., 
 true things). Line 9. mj e6tj, whither went 1 Observe the difference 
 of accent between tttj, in line 9, and 7777 (enclitic), somewhere, in line 
 10 (I., 362, 1). Line 10. y£ rrn he ya?^6uv, whether (did she go) 
 somewhere to (the palace, 66/iovg understood) of her sisters-in-law. fie, 
 Homeric form for fj, whether, or. Line 11. eg (Up°v) 'A-dnvainc, to the 
 Temple of Minerva. Line 12. Tpual, the Trojan matrons. — 6eiv7jv 
 &eov, dread goddess. Minerva was on the side of the Greeks. 
 
 Line 13-21. 
 Line 13. rbv, governed by izpbc, to him. — uvdov eenrev, uttered a 
 speech = replied. Line 14. kirel iid?.' dvayac (II., 307), since you 
 
254 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page strongly command {me). Line 18. etcI nvpyov fieyav 'lliov, to 
 loi a lofty tower of Ilium, i. e., to one of the turrets on the wall, 
 from which a view of the field of battle could be had. — ovvek' anov- 
 gev, because she heard, ukovoev for ijnovaev (II., 278, 1). Line 20. 
 . ■ q d(f>iitdvei, narrative present for the aorist. Line 21 • fiawo- 
 lievg eluvla, resembling one distracted (with grief). 
 
 Line 22-30. 
 Line 22. % said (for 10??), from fyi (for (prj/xi). — /5a, then (II., 127). 
 
 — 6 "E/crwp, but he, Hector, issued from the mansion. On 6, see 
 
 II., 261, 1. — a-KzccvTo, 2 aor. mid. of anooEVG), syncopated from arre- 
 avero, with a doubled (II., 260, a). Line 23. ttjv . . . 686v, by the 
 same way. — evict ipevac, II., 253. — /car', along. Line 24. 6iEpx6[iEvoe, 
 traversing ( = having gone entirely across). Line 25. nilac I,Katdc, 
 to the Sccean gates. These were the western gates, facing the Greek 
 camp. — tt) (for ravrri, II., 261, 1), there, at that point. — IueTCXe . . . 
 KEdiovde, he was to go out upon the plain, du&fievai for Siegievai (II., 
 303) ; -ke8lov8e, I., 287. Line 26. havrirj . . . -&eovaa, came running 
 to meet him (literally, came running opposite). Line 28. 'Herian>, oc, 
 Eetion, who. 'Hetluv is a nominative absolute, or a poetic license 
 for the genitive. — im-o . . . vkriEaa-rj, at the foot of wooded Placus. Placus 
 was a mountain in Mysia ; the city Thebe, at its foot, was called 
 "TiroTrlaKiij, Hypoplacian, to distinguish it from other cities of the 
 same name. Line 29. K&iKEaa' 1 uvSpsacnv (II., 264, 3), the Cilicians. 
 avaao-Eiv, in Homer, more commonly governs the dative than the 
 genitive. Line 30. rov . . . "E/cropt, of this (king), now, the daughter 
 was had (as wife) by Hector. ex £T0 f° r UX £T0 > H-> 2 ? 8 > h 
 
 Line 31-38. 
 Line 31. v, she (II., 261, 1).— ol (I., 362, 1, a), him (governed by 
 qvTTjae). — kiev for ekiev (II., 278, 1). Line 32. vfjTuov avruc, a mere 
 infant (literally, merely). Line 34. /eaAeecr/ce (for knakei, II., 292, 
 Rem. 2), he was in the habit of calling. Line 35. ' koTvdvaKT , , Asty- 
 anax {chief of the city). The Trojans called the boy Astyanax in 
 honour of his father, the defender of the city ; as the next sentence 
 expresses it, olog . . . "E/crwp, for Hector, alone, defended Ilium, kpvero 
 from frvofiai. Line 36. r^roi, verily. — 6, he, i. e., Hector. — iduv sc 
 iraida, looking upon his boy. Line 37. ol, him (enclitic). Line 38. 
 ev f apa ol <f>v %Eipl, and then clung fast to his hand (literally, grew to 
 his hand, denoting how closely she clung to him). <j)v for tyv, II., 
 278, 1. iv goes with £<pv, the verb being k^dvofxai. — ol x ei P^ $* 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 255 
 
 hand to him = his hand. — l-noc r' e<f>aT\ ek t' bvofxaCev, she both Page 
 uttered her say, and addressed him aloud. This whole phrase loo 
 simply amounts to she said. It is a common formula in Homer. 
 — ek, out, used adverbially. The student will observe that Homer 
 very commonly uses the prepositions, in connexion with verbs, in 
 an adverbial sense, bvbfia&v for bv6p.a&v (II., 278, 1). 
 
 Line 39-52. 
 Line 39. daipovte, strange man ! An affectionate expression of 
 subdued reproach. The vocative daip.6vie in Homer is used some- 
 times in a good sense, more commonly in a bad one. Sometimes, 
 as here, it is employed in affectionate irony. — <j>6ioet (I., 649, 101), 
 will destroy — \iivoc, impetuosity. Lines 40> 41. nai l/z' . . . . eao/iai, 
 and widowed me, who soon shall be deprived of thee, cev, II., 271. 
 KaraKTaviovatv for KaranTavovctv, fut. of KaranrE ivco (II., 252). Line 
 42. Ke, II., 155. — hfiol . . . tin, it would be better for me. Line 43. cev 
 a<j>a[iapTOvoT}, having lost thee, depafxaproven agrees with hfiol. — dv/xevac 
 for dvvai (II., 296, Rem.), to go beneath. Line 44. ettei . . . ett'lckvc, when 
 even you shall have hastened upon death. kmcKvg, 2 aor. subj. of E<pE- 
 iru. Line 45. aX)J bxea, but griefs {shall be to me : nom. to karat re- 
 peated from preceding line). Line 46. dfxbv, II., 273. Line 47. en, 
 totally : see note on line 38. — -KEpaev for ETrepoev (II., 278 y -l). Line 
 49. ov5e /licv k^Evdpt^e, but did not strip him {i. e., of his armour). p.iv, 
 II., 271. k^evdpi^E, 1 aor. of e^Evapi^o. — ceSdccaro (for EcsSdca-o, 
 II., 278, 1, and 260, a) yap roye tftyzu, for he had a reverential fear of 
 this (i. e., of stripping the corpse) in his breast. Line 50. KariKne, I., 
 649, 54. daida?JoiGLv, II., 263. Line 51. fid', and. — ettl, upon (the 
 corpse). — ofip? e^eev, he heaped up a tomb {i. e., a mound of earth). — 
 nepl, about (it). 
 
 Line 53-71. 
 
 Line 53. ol {leydpoiciv, and the seven brothers that were to me 
 
 in the palace, Ecav for r/cav (II., 302). Line 54. lu Tjfiari, in one day. 
 kcov for eklov. Line 56. fiovclv .... olecclv, by their trailing- . 
 footed oxen and their white sheep (i. e., while tending their herds " 
 
 and flocks). dpyEvvrjc for dpyevvalc (II., 262, b, 2). olecclv, II., 267, 
 11. Line 57. finrepa 6\ with regard to my mother (accusative abso- 
 lute).— paoikevev, II., 278, 1. Line 58. ttjv, her (II., 261, 1).— vyay\ 
 he led (=he had led). — u7Jlolgl =dh?iOic . — KTEdrsccLv = kte'clglv (II., 
 264, 3). — Xa6cov, receiving (2 aor. part, of lap.6dvu). Line 60. fidW 
 Aprefiic loxeacpa, Diana, the arrow-loving, struck (i. e., slew) her 
 
256 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page The Greeks ascribed sudden deaths of women to Diana ; of 
 189 men, to Apollo. Line 61. haai, II.', 302. Line 62. dalspbc 
 izapaKOLTve, blooming spouse. Line 63. aA/l' ays vvv eleaipe, but come, 
 now, have pity. — avrov, here. Line 64. fir] ... . yvvaiKa, do not make 
 your child an orphan and your wife a widow (I., 581, a). — -d-fjnc, II., 301. 
 Line 65. Xabv 6s crrjcov, but station your people. Line 66. ettIeto, is ; 
 syncopated from etceXeto, imperf. of Tri/iu, used as a present. Line 
 67. rplc . . . apcaroL, for thrice, on that spot, have the bravest come up 
 and tried (to scale the wall). — rriye (adverbial), just there. — Line 68. 
 aficf Alavre 6va>, &c, the two ^.jaxes (one, the son of Telamon ; the 
 other, of Oileus) and renowned Idomeneus, and the two Atreidce (sons 
 of Atreus) and the strong son of Tydeus {i. e., Diomede). On the 
 phrase dfityl or nepl with accus., see note <^2 to page 135. Line 
 
 70. rrov, II., 184, 3. — rig slduc, some one skilled in auguries has 
 
 informed them. EVLcrre, 2 aor. of hviiru. 
 
 Line 73-87. 
 Line 73. tj ml . . . fzilei, be sure that all those things concern me (i. e., 
 I have thought of them). Line 75. at ke for si av = hdv. — /ca/coj- uc, 
 dastard-like (I., 361, 2). — voc§lv . . . tvoXe/aolo (II., 263), I wander apart 
 from the war (i. e., seek to avoid fighting). Line 76. After dvoyev 
 supply akvoKa{,Eiv. — \iddov, II., 278, 1. — E/ifiEvac, II., 302. Line 78. 
 ^6' kfibv avrov, and my own. avrov is in apposition with the genitive 
 implied in kfiov. Line 79. Kara typiva koX Kara dvfj,6v, in my mind and 
 heart. Line 80. icaETai (II., 302) rifiap, the day shall come. — 6V av 
 txot' b\tihn, &C, when, some time, sacred Troy shall perish. oKCzkn, 
 subj. 2d perf. (I., 599). On the use of av bliolv, see Rule XLL, HEP 3 . 
 Line 81. ev^/ieXIm for EvfiftsMov, genitive of kvpifxeXcnc. Line 82. [ioi, 
 governed by p.B.Ei. — Tpuuv dlyoc, grief for the Trojans (Rule VI., 
 Rem.). — bmoGco, hereafter (i. e., for what shall happen to them here- 
 after). Line 83. our' avrfjc 'EnaBrjc, nor for Hecuba herself . Hecuba 
 was wife of Priam, and mother of Hector. Line 85. novinoi for 
 Koviaiq (II., 262, b, 2). Remember that kev (line 84) qualifies rxkaoiev : 
 ol kev ttegolev, who will in all probability fall (see Rule XLL, USF 3 ). 
 Line 86. baaov (for baov) is correlative of roaaov, line 82 : baaov oeV, 
 as much (grief) as for thee (supply dlyoc). asio for gov (II., 271). 
 Lines 86 5 87. On kev dynrai (shall lead away for himself), see, also, 
 Rule XLL, ISP. Remember that ke or kev is Homeric for av. — 
 iXsvdepov 7)iiap dnovpac, having taken away thy free day (i. e., having 
 made thee a slave), uirovpac (part. 1 aor. act. of dnavpdu), a purely 
 Epic form. 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 257 
 
 Line 88-107. 
 Line 88. iovaa for ovva. — irpbc alive, at the command of Page 
 another (woman). Line 89. Mecontdoc fj 'TTrepeing, of the 189 
 Mcsseis or Hypereia (fountains said to be near Larissa). Line u 
 91. nac . . . eliryciv, then, haply, some one may say. Einycnv 
 for elTtn (II., 289, 2). Line 92. be upcareveoKe (for tjp'loteve, II., 292) 
 fi&xeodai, who was the bravest to fight. Line 95. XW Te i uvdpbc rotovS 1 
 a/ivveiv, from want of a husband able to ward off. Line 96. dlld . . . . 
 KaXvTzrot, but may the earth, heaped up, cover me, dead. koXvixtol, 
 Rule XL. Line 97. irpiv nvdEodai, before I hear of. Line 98. ov 
 Traidoc bpe^aro, reached after his boy. bpstjaro for upi^aro, II., 278, 1. 
 Line 100. ek?uv8j], drew back. — rcarpbg <j>ilov, of his father. The ad- 
 jective <j>i!oc is often used in Homer with the force simply of the 
 possessive pronoun. Line 101. Ids for fide, and. Line 102. deivbp 
 vevovra, nodding fearful. Line 103. en, out (adverbial). — eyeTiaaae, 
 II., 260, a.— Line 104. Kparbc, II., 266, 2. Line 105. ttjv, it, i. e., 
 Kopvda- Line 106. bv <pilov vibv, his beloved boy. — kvge for ekvoe, 
 from kvveu. — nfjls for etttjXe (from tc&XXu), dandled. 
 
 Line 108-134. 
 Lines 108j 109. Sots . . . kfibv, grant, now, that this my son may be- 
 come. Line 110. tide (3inv r' dyadbv, and just as great in strength. 
 Line 111. -xarpbc, Rule XV., 1. Line 113. x a P £ iv> opt- 2 aor - P a ss. of 
 Xdipco. Line 115. del-aro, II., 278, 1. — daKpvoev ytkaaaaa, smiling 
 tearfully (smiling amid her tears). Line 117. /ilv, her. Line 118. 
 daifiovin, my fond one. — duaxi&o for duaxifyv (II., 252, 1). Line 119. 
 vnep alaav, contrary to fate (i. e., before my time). — jue "Aidi 7rpoidipEt, 
 shall hurl me to Hades. Line 120. \iolpav .... avdpuv, but I say that 
 no one of mortals has escaped his destiny. — tze^vjuevov Ejufisvac (for 
 elvai), perf. mid. infin. Line 121. ettt/v rd 7rp«ra yEvnrai, since he 
 has once been born (literally, rd Trp&ra, first. Line 125. toi = o'L — 
 kyyeydacLv, dwell in (literally, have been born in). Line 126. 1 Q1 
 sIIeto, took up (alpio)). Line 127. oIkov8e, I., 287. — PeSfjfcEt, - L ^ i - 
 departed (pluperf for aor.). Line 130. KtxrjaaTo, II., 278, 1 (from 
 Kixdvu). Line 131. ryGLV=.Talg. — TcdayGiv^-irdcraic. — ryatv . . . . 
 hvupoEv, she excited grief in them all. Line 132. etc ... . oiku, bewailed 
 Hector, in his own mansion, while yet alive, yoov for lyoov, an irreg- 
 ular 2 aor. of yoda. Lines 133, 134. ov ydp . . . c^co-dat, for they said 
 (among themselves) " he will no more return back from the war." 
 
258 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Line 1-14. 
 
 Page Line 1. EKidvaro (imperf. of Kidvapai for cKEdavvvfiai, pass. 
 iy± of cicedavvvfu), was spread abroad. — ett\ over. Line 2. noii}- 
 oclto, II., 278, 1. Line 3. Kopv(py (Rule XXIII.). Line 4. afi = av- 
 rocc. — ayopsve, II., 278, 1. — vrcb, separated from anovov by tmesis, 
 vnanovov = vktjkovov, listened, gave ear. Line 5. k£k%vte {hear) for 
 kXvte, 2 aor. imperat. of kMu (II., 304).— //ev, II., 271. Line 6. o^>' 
 .... ke2.evei, that I may tell what things my mind, within my breast, 
 impels. Lines 7-9. Toys Efibv ettoc, this my command. — aua navTEC 
 alvecTE, acquiesce, 'all of you together. — 5<ppa teTievttjocd (1 aor. subj.), 
 that I may accomplish (Rule XLIV.). Lines 10, 11. ov 6' av -&eu>v 
 voTJo-u, whomsoever of the gods I shall perceive. — eQeKovto, sWovra, 
 voluntarily going (literally, volunteering going). — apnyejisv for aprjyEiv 
 (II., 291). Line 12. TrTinyEic, struck, chastised. — oi) Kara koc[iov, dis- 
 gracefully (literally, not according to order). — Ov7iv/j.7t6v6e, I., 287. 
 Line 13. r] [iiv eTiuv piipo), or, I will seize and hurl him (literally, hav- 
 ing seized, I will hurl him). Line 14. %%c =V (adv.), where. — (3sp£- 
 6pov, commonly written ftdpadpov, whence the Latin barathrum 
 (abyss). 
 
 Line 16-29. 
 
 1 _ Line 16. 'AUeq, gen. (Epic) of adye. Line 18. si 6' aye, 
 ■"-"•^ see note to page 187, line 8. — ireipfioacdE, make an experiment. 
 — Eldsrs for Eidnrs, II., 289, 1. The trial of strength he proposes is, 
 that they shall let down a golden chain from heaven, and all the 
 gods and goddesses pull at it, he himself holding it at the upper end. 
 Line 23. npotypuv eOeXoi/u epvao-ai, in earnest shall choose to pull. 
 Line 24. avrfi kev yain kpvcatp.1, I shall pull (it), with the earth itself 
 (Rule XLL, ISP). Line 25, 26. kev litELra dnaaifinv (from 6eo), after- 
 wards I shall bind (Rule XLI., JSP). — [iETrjopa (for fiEtiupa, from 
 which our word meteor), suspended in air. Line 27. nspt, above. 
 Line 28. aKrjv iyivovro aiunrj, kept profound silence (literally, were 
 softly in silence). Line 29. dyaaoduevoi for ayacdfiEvoi, 1 aor. fut. 
 mid. of aydofiai. 
 
 Line 1-19. 
 Line 1. top, him, i. e., Hector. — ekeI, when, after. Line 2* h 
 'Axaioiciv, among the Achaans. Line 4. dafidcacdai fduKav, have 
 given us to subdue. Line 5* be? ov cvfiiravTec ol aXkoi, as not all the 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 259 
 
 others together did (t. e., Hector had inflicted more injuries on Pago 
 the Greeks than all the other Trojans together). — eppet-ev 192 
 from /5e'scj. Line 6. el 6', dyer', see page 187, line 8. — TTeipTjdu/xev, 
 let us make trial (subj. 1 aor. pass, in middle sense). Line 7. 5<ppa 
 .... exovoiv, so as to learn the purpose of the Trojans, whatever (pur- 
 pose) they have. Line 8. fj Kara?.ELipov(nv, whether they will abandon. 
 — rovde ttecovtoc, now that he (Hector) is fallen. Line 9# {lepdacu, 
 they purpose (perf. of udu). — teal, even though. Line 10. fioi dtcXefa- 
 to, literally, converse with me (i. e., suggest). — 6caoc dv/udg, my mind. 
 Line 11. 7rtip = 7rapd, by. Line 12. rov (5' ovk ETri?joo/j,ai, and \ '■ 
 him I will not forget. Line 13. //erew for /jle-u, from jietu[ml. ^ 
 
 — Kai uol <biAa yovvar' bpupy, and my knees stir for me (i. e., obey my 
 will). — yovvara, II., 266, 1. — bpupr/, 2d perf. subj. of opvvfxc. Line 
 14. ei Tzep, even if. — Kara?jdovrai, they forget (i. e., men forget). 
 Line 15. avrdp . . . eralpov, yet will I remember my dear comrade even 
 there. Line 16. deidovree Trairjova, singing a paan. Line IT. rovde 
 6' ayu/iev, and let us drag him (i. e., the corpse of Hector) thither. 
 Line 18. 7jpd[i£da (from alpu) fiiya nvdoc., we have achieved great glory. 
 Line 19. ui = u, to whom. — Kara, throughout — <2g, as to. — svxerouvro 
 for evxeruvro (II., 280, 1). 
 
 Line 20-29. 
 Line 20. v fia, see page 188, line 2. — fifjdero, purposed against 
 (governing two accusatives, °E/cropa and spy a). Line 21. rirp-nve, 
 he bored (for krerpTjve, 1 aor. act. of rerpaivu. — rivovre, the two ten- 
 dons. Line 22. (3oeovc 6' e^tjtztev ludvrag, he fastened (to them) ox- 
 hide thongs. Line 23. Kaprj . . . eaaev, he allowed the head to drag. 
 Line 21. dvd, up (separated from dtipac by tmesis). — deipae, Epic 
 aorist from deipu (Epic form of alpu), lifting (i. e., into his chariot). 
 — revxea, arms (of Hector). Line 25. fidortfrv (II., 278, 1) 6' e?m<zv, 
 he lashed (bis horses) to run. hj.dav, Epic infin. from h?Mu (for 
 hlavvu).— ru, they two (the horses). — Treriadnv, II., 278, 1. Line 26. 
 rov <5' e/^KOfievoto, from him dragged on. — tjv novLaoaAoc., there was a 
 raising of dust (Cowper : " Thick dust around the body dragged 
 arose''). — a/ifi, adverbial. Line 27. nlrvavro (II., 278, 1), from ttlt- 
 vtjul. Line 28. Ttdpoc x a pl £v > before graceful (Cowper : " so grace- 
 ful once"). — dvaueveeao-tv (II., 264, 3), to enemies. Line 29» Sukev, 
 II., 278, 1. — deiKcoaaadaL (sc. 'EKTopa), to dishonour. — iy . . . yaiij, on 
 his native soil. 
 
260 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Line 30-46. 
 
 Page Lille 30* TOV, his. KBKOVLTO fOY EKEKOViTO, from KOVIU, W<ZS 
 
 l"o whelmed in dust. Priam, Hecuba, and many others, had be- 
 held the fight from the walls of Troy. Line 31. t'OXe, II., 278, 1. 
 Line 33* 6fiu^ev Eleeivd, wailed piteously. Line 34. kukvtC) elxovto, 
 were engaged (literally, held) in lamentation. Line 35. rw, to this.-^ 
 Inv (== tjv), it was. — tog el, as if. Line 36. Trvpl ofxvxoiTo, were smoul- 
 dering away in fire. — tear' aKprjc, to its summit. Line 3T. ex ov wr 
 elxov. — aaxoiko^vra for daxaXuvra, from haxoXdut (II., 280, 1). Line 
 38. ef-eMetv fiefiaura, from rushing out, eager, fiepatira, part, of 
 fiifiaa, from fido. Line 39. eTiXtrdveve, II., 260, a. — KvTiivdofiEvoc 
 Kara Koirpov, rolling himself in the dust. Line 41. ox^crde, hold off! 
 — olov, alone. — KvdofiEvoi vrsp, though ye are distressed. Line 42. 
 ItcEodaL, to go. Line 43. Xiaaujj.at, let me entreat (Rule XXXIX., 1). 
 Line 44. rfkiKinv, my age. — aldiacETai for aldsorjTai, 1 aor. subj. mid. 
 of ai6eo[xai (II., 289, 1). Line 45. rude naTTjp toiogSe rirvKrai, for his 
 father (literally, the father to this one) Peleus is such (as I am), i. e., an 
 old man. Line 46. erpefe irrjpia yeveadai, reared (him) to become a curse. 
 
 Line 47-61. 
 1 _ Line 47. wept Trdvruv, above all. Line 48. roaaovg fxot -rratdac, 
 
 so many sons of mine. Line 49. ov toocov, not so much. Lines 
 50 ? 51. c5f hog "YiKTopoc, as Hector alone. — oil p.' dxog . . . elau, my keen 
 grief for whom will send me down to Hades. — (be 5(J>e2,ev davisiv, would 
 that he had died (literally, how he ought to have died). — ofeXev for ticpeXev 
 (bQeiXto). — d-aveecv for -&avelv {d-vrjOKto). Line 52. rti ke, &c, then 
 should we have satisfied ourselves with bewailing him, &c. — KopEoodfXEda 
 for EKopsadfieda. Line 54. etti, adverbial. Line 55. Tpuyatv, among 
 the Trojan women. — yooto, gen. for yoov, governed by e!;?}pxE. Line 
 56. eyd) . . . (3eL0fj,ai, why do I, miserable, now live ? Line 57. asv arco- 
 teOvwutoc, now that you are dead (Rule LV.). Line 58. tte^egkeo, 
 thou wast (for etceTlov, II., 292). — iraai t' ovstap, a hope to all. Line 
 60. 6el6exo.to, Epic form of 3d plur. pluperf mid. of dsiKvvp.i, honour- 
 ed. — ke fnoda, thou wouldst have been. (Remember that ke = av, and 
 see Rule XXXVIII.).— tycOa, II., 302. Line 61. &bc k6v, being 
 alive (i. e., hadst thou survived). 
 
 Line 62-84. 
 Line 62. d'Koxoc, i. e., Andromache. — ovtcu tl ttettvoto, had not as 
 yet heard anything. Tciirvaro for ettetzvgto, pluperf. mid. of nvvddvo- 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 261 
 
 fiat. Lines 63, 64. ol klduv fjyyeile, came and told her. — ol P«g» 
 irocnc, her husband. — ulilve, II., 278, 1. Line 66. h InaaaEv, 194 
 was sprinkling in it (i. e., embroidering). Line 67. /e&cAero, she had 
 commanded (for ekek?<.eto, epic 3d sing. aor. mid. of KE},op.ai). Lines 
 68, 69. oypa 7te2.olto .... vocrf/oavTi, that a warm bath might be 
 (ready) for Hector returning from the fight. Line 70. ovd' evovgev, 
 she did not know. — 5, relat. pron. used for on, that : often so in Horn. 
 — fiiv, him. — uaka ttjXe "koErpuv, far away from baths. Line 71. dd- 
 fiaae for kdduaoE, had subjected him to. Line 73. ttJc . . . yvla, and 
 her limbs shook. — ektteoe = e^etteoe (II., 278, 1). Line 75. Svu fiot 
 eTreodov, attend me two of you. — Iduuac, let me see for myself (Rule 
 XXXIX., 1). — TETVKrac, have happened. Line 76. brcoc, the voice (gen. 
 of of, and governed by ek?mov). Line 77. yovva, II., 266, 1. Line 
 78. eyyvc ■ . . tekecsciv, some evil, sure, is nigh the sons of Priam. 
 Line 79. AZ yap . . . Eirog, may the tidings be far from my ear ! — al 
 yap = el yap (Rule XL.).— ovaroc, II., 267, 3.— Line 80, 81. pr) St} 
 . . . ttoXioc, lest the divine Achilles, cutting off my brave Hector, when 
 alone, from the city. — nsdcovdE, I., 287. — Slnrat (6iu), should force him. 
 Line 82. Kara-navon, and may cause him to cease from. Line 1 
 83. f] ucv sxeaK\ which always possessed him (II., 292). — \xevev, 
 II., 278, 1. Line 84. npodeeoKe (for Trpoefor, II., 292), was in the 
 habit of rushing forward. — to . . . eiaav, in this, his valour, giving place 
 to none. 
 
 Line 85-101. 
 Line 85. Sleogvto, 2 aor. pass., syncopated, of dcao-evouai, I rusk 
 through (governing the genitive, sometimes the accusative). — fiaivd- 
 6c, Rule XVII, 4. Line 86. Kpadivv (II., 259, and Rule XXVIII.). 
 Line 87. l&v, 1 aor. act. of ikg>. Line 88. rbv 6' evotjoev, and per- 
 ceived him (i. e., Hector). Line 90. eXkov, II., 287, 1. — dnndiaruc, 
 remorselessly, unfeelingly. Line 92. fipme (2 aor. act. from kpEiiru), 
 she fell. — and 6e fvxvv EKanvoaEV, and breathed out her life (i. e., 
 fainted). EKaTrvooEv, from nan-Cu. Line 93. #ee for exse, from ^cw, 
 scattered. Lines 94, 95. aunvna, KEKpv&ahov, &c. :' these nouns are 
 in apposition with dsa/biara, line 93. — 5 /6a . . . 'A^podtrn, which, in 
 fact, golden (or brilliant) Venus gave her. Line 96. fiiv, her. Line 
 97. Trope for E-rrope. Line 98. yaTiou, nom. pi. of ydlooc (I., 88). — 
 korav, II., 299. Line 99. e, her, II., 271. — fierd cdlaiv, among them 
 (in their arms). — aTv^ouEvnv u-nO?.iadat, feared for that she would die. 
 arvCpiiEvnv is the pass. part, agreeing with e, her. Line 100. afi-nvv- 
 ro, breathed again (syncopated for aviirvvro, 2 aor. mid. of avanveu). — 
 
262 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page aai kg <ppeva dvfibc ayipdrj, and she had collected herself (literally, 
 ±vD and the soul was collected in the breast). 
 
 Line 102-116. 
 Line 102. iij alo-n, for one and the same fate. — yeivofieQa (for kysvo- 
 fieda) afityorepoL, we were both born. Lines 105 5 106. o j a' erpefe .... 
 aivo/iopov, who, doomed-to-woe, reared me, doomed-to-woe, while yet an 
 infant. Line 106. uc . . . TEKscdat, that he had never begotten me 
 (see page 194, line 51). Line 108. epxeat- for ip%n (II., 285, 1). Line 
 110. tovto), to this one (i. e., the boy). Line 111. ecoeai for ecy (II., 
 285, 1). — fiavEc, II., 278, 1. Line 114. ol aitovpiaoovciv apovpac, will 
 lessen-the-boundaries-of his lands, airovpicaovaiv, fut. of anovpifa, 
 Epic for d(j)opL^o). Line 115. ??//ap, &c., the orphaning day makes a child 
 (to be) abandoned-by-his-friends : the day that makes him an orphan 
 scatters his companions. Line 116. navra, in all respects, utterly. 
 — VTTEfiV7JfivKE, he hangs his head, or, he is bent down : perfect for vtte- 
 fififivKE, from vTCTj/ivu (perf. fyvKa, reduplicated Efiij^vKa, strengthened 
 by v for the sake of the metre, envrifivKa). 
 
 Line 117-140. 
 1 a Line 117. clvelol, approaches (or, will approach, I., 593, Rem.). 
 1^" Line 118. x^ a ™vc, by the cloak (Rule VII., e) Line 119. 
 One of those that pity him pushes a little way towards him a little cup. 
 tvtOov is used adverbially. The aorists in this and the following 
 lines are used as proper aorists (i. e., indefinites), to denote action that 
 may occur at any time. In English we use the present tense for this. 
 Line 120. eSctjve, aor. of diaivu. Line 121. rbv 6e icai, and him also 
 (i. e., the orphan). Line 123. !/V>' ovruc, be off, thus. Line 126. eSegke 
 (from e6u, II., 292), used to eat. Line 127. avrap 66\ &c, and when 
 sleep used to seize him. Line 128. ev6egk', used to sleep (II., 292). 
 Line 129. ■d-als'vv .... ktjp, having satisfied his heart with delights. 
 Line 130. av nadr/ci (for nudv), he will perhaps suffer. Line 132. oloc 
 yap (addressing Hector : the Trojans so named him), for thou alone 
 didst defend, &c. All that follows now refers to Hector. Line 135. 
 KEovrai for KElvrai. Line 136, seq. She tells him that his splendid 
 garments will be burned, not indeed for any benefit to him, but to 
 honour him before the Trojans. 
 
 Line 1-15. 
 Line 1. idvc ohov, straight in the direction of the tent. Wvc, used 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 263 
 
 adverbially, takes frequently, in Horn., the genit. of the ob- Page 
 ject. Line 2. ry, where. — I^egke, II., 292.— h (adverbial), 196 
 uithin. — [mlv airbv, him himself. Line 3 . tcadciaTo for nadf/vro + •" 
 (I., 606). — rcj, him (dat. with ttolkwov). Line 5. iroiirvvov, y ' 
 II., 278, 1. — Trapeovre for Trapovre. — viov, adv. — edudije. (Rule XIII.). 
 Line 7. e?.ad\ I., 627, e. Line 8. ?Me, nvce, II., 278, 1. Line 9. at 
 .... viae, which (hands) had slain many of his sons. — ktomov for c/cra- 
 vov, II., 278, 1. Lines 10, 11, 12. As when dread evil (i. e., as the 
 penalty of crime) seizes on a man who has slain a man in his native 
 land, and comes to a land of strangers (others), to (the palace) of a rich 
 man, and astonishment seizes the beholders, so Achilles wondered, &c. 
 
 Lixe 16-44. 
 Line 16. (ivijcai, think of. Line 17. rn/uKov, agreeing with narpoc. 
 — ovdu, threshold, verge. Line 18. nelvov for ekelvov. — TZEpLvaiirai, 
 nom. pi. of Trepivaiernc. Line 19. ovdi tic. eotlv, nor is there any one. 
 Line 20. oeQev (for gov, II., 271) £6ovtoc Akovuv, hearing that you still 
 live (literally, hearing of your being alive). Line 22. drrb Tpotnde, 
 pleonasm. Line 23. tekov, II., 278, 1. Line 27. be 6£ pot, &c, and 
 he who alone was (left) me, and who -protected both the city and them. 
 Hector was alone capable of protecting, &c. Line 28. rbv, him. — 
 KTslvac, II., 278, 1. Line 30. Ivcopsvoc, Rule XXXIV.— Line 31. 
 aldELO for aldov (imperat.), have reverence for. — avrov t' e?Jnceov, and 
 pity me. (In uttering the word avrov, he placed his hand upon his 
 breast). Line 32. ixarpbq, Rule VIII., b. — h/u d' s?.eeiv6tep6c nsp, I 
 am more pitiable still. Line 33. et7^vv 6', &c.,/or I have suffered such 
 things as, &c. Line 34. viz., kissing the hand of the man who has 
 slain my son. Cowper : 
 
 " Compassion show 
 To me, more pitiable still, who draw 
 Home to my lips (humiliation yet 
 Unseen on earth) his hand who slew my son." 
 
 Line 35. r<j, in him (t. e., Achilles). — izarpbg • . . yooio, he (Priam) ex- 
 cited gradually a yearning to weep for his father (literally, a desire of 
 lamentation of his father). Tzarpoc is the objective genitive (Rule VI., 
 Rem.). — v<P , = vtv6, separated by tmesis from upoe, the verb being 
 v-nSpvvpi. Line 36. fjna, gently. Line 37. ru 6e pvnoapEvu, both re- 
 membering (nominative absolute, distributed in the two following 
 paragraphs, 6 plv (Priam) . . . avrdp 'Kxtilevc). Line 38. 1 OQ 
 Klalt for EK?.aie. — t?.vodeie, rolling (1 aor. pass, of e?,vu, with ■*■"" 
 
264 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page mid. signification). Line 40. bpiopec, pluperf. (for imperf.) 
 ±vo from bpvvfu. Line 41. yooio rerdpivETO, was satiated with grief 
 (Rule XII., c). TETdpnero for trap-neTo, II., 279, 3. Line 42. dpro 
 for upero, 2 aor. mid. of 6pvv/j.c. — x EL P° c > by the hand. — aviary, he 
 raised (I., 587). 
 
 Line 45-66. 
 Line 45. a, ah ! — tj drj, verily now. — avaxEo for dvicxov, thou hast 
 suffered. Line 46. eWejuev (II., 291). Line 47. dvdpbg . . . et-evdpcija, 
 into the presence of a man (of me) who has slain many and brave sons 
 of thine. iroTieag for ttoTiTiovq. Line 49. nar'' . . . itfrv for nadi&v, seat 
 thyself. — d?uyea .... nsp, although pining, we will, notwithstanding, 
 permit our griefs to repose in oar breasts. Line 51. TriheTai, is, comes 
 of. Line 52. &c yap, for thus. — knailiooavTo, from kiuiiludo). Line 53. 
 &eiv uxvvp,£voic, to live grieving. — avrol . . . eiaiv, but they themselves 
 are exempt from sorrow. Line 54. doioi ttWoi, two vases. — KaraKEcarac 
 for naraKeivTai (II., 287, 2). — ovSel, from ovdac. Line 55. dupuv .... 
 kdcov, of the gifts which he gives ; one, of evil (gifts), the other, of good. 
 Supply srepoc [ilv before naictiv. — kduv, epic. gen. pi. of kvc. Line 56. 
 o) . . . . Zei)f, to whomsoever Jove gives (his gifts), mingling (the evil 
 with the good), dfi^ac for avaftigac (II., 257, 2). — dtJn, II., 301. 
 Line 57. bys Kvperat, this one meets with. — kodXti, good. Line 58. 
 Ivyptiv, of the evil (without mixture). — 1u6vtov eOvkev, (this man) he 
 makes accursed (I., 581, d). Line 61. &c fisv, thus, indeed. — dboav, II., 
 278, I. Line 62. ek', among. — i/ce/caoro, he was distinguished, pluperf. 
 of naivvfiai. Line 64. fisdv noincav ukoitiv, they made a goddess, 
 wife (Rule XXVIL, 1). Lines 65, 66. ettI nal rti, even upon him. — 
 6ttl = otl. — ovtl yivero (for kyivsro), there has not at all been born. 
 upei6i>Tu>v, of princes (i. e., to succeed him on the throne). 
 
 Line 67-96. 
 Line 70. We hear that you were formerly rich. A measure of his 
 wealth is then given. Lines 71 ? 72. baaov .... dnetpuv, as much as 
 Lesbos, seat of Macar, limits upward ; and Phrygia downward, and 
 the wide Hellespont. Macar colonized Lesbos, the southern bound- 
 ary of the Trojan soil. Phrygia and the Hellespont bounded it on 
 the north. Line 73. rtiv . . . KEKaadai, among these they say 
 you were distinguished. Line 74. nfjp.a r6d\ i. e., the war. — 
 tol riyayov, brought upon thee. Line 76. avaxEo for dvaxov (imperat. 
 2 aor. mid. of &vexo>), bear it. Line 77. Thou wilt gain nothing (by) 
 grieving for thy son. hrjoc, gen. of kvc, used for possessive pronoun, 
 

 EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 265 
 
 as <pihoc is. Line 78. dvarrjaeic, II., 257, 1. — irplv . . . naVr/ada, Page 
 but rather bring upon thyself some other ill. irddnoda, 2 aor. 199 
 subj. ttucxcj, H-, 289, 2. Lines 80, 81. 6<ppa kev Kscrai, so long as 
 Hector lies. On kev (=cb), with indie, see Rule XXXVIII. Line 
 83. rwvd' a7r6vaio, may you have the joy of them (d-novtvnui). Line 86. 
 void de real airdc, for I myself intend, (i. e., of my own accord). Achil- 
 les was indignant at Priam's urgency. Line 88. Mtjttjp, Thetis. — 
 akioio yepovroc, of the aged sea deity (Nereus). Line 91. ovde pdV 
 riBtiv, even though in the very bloom of youth. Lines 92, 93. fayac, 
 bolts (o^fuf). — ovde Ke fiETOx^coGete (//ero^/Ufw), nor could he have 
 pushed back (Rule XLL, 1). Line 9-4. tcj, on which account (viz., his 
 coming under the guidance of some deity). Line 95. \ir} oe tdacj 
 ovd' avrov, lest I spare not even thee. Line 96. nai .... kovra, even 
 though thou art a suppliant. 
 
 Line 97-117. 
 Line 97. e68elgev, II., 260, b. — dXro, 2 aor. (syncopated) of al2.op.ai. 
 Line 99. ettovto, II., 278, 1. Line 101. tle for ETtE.—hdpov, gen. 
 pi. with paliora (Rule VII., a). — psra, after. — -Qavdvra, Rule XXXV. 
 Line 102. vnb, separated by tmesis from Ivov (for eKvov). — fryoiptv, 
 II., 268, 2, b. Line 103. dyayov for fjyayov. — KalrjTopa rolo (for rov) 
 yspovroc, the crier of the old (king). Line 101. add for Kara (II., 257, 
 2, b), down. — elo-av, they caused him to sit (slca, defective verb). 
 Line 105. "HipEov = ypEov for ypow, from alpio). Line 106. xdd 6' 
 E?WnOv, but they left in it. Line 107. nvndaac, covering up, shrouding. 
 Line 108. keIeto, II., 278, 1. Line 109. v6a<ptv aEipdcac, OAA 
 carrying it aside (to save Priam's feelings, and avoid exciting ^UU 
 him by the sight). Line 110. p.rj 6 . . . kpvaatro, lest he should not be 
 able to restrain (Rule XLIV.). — bptvdeh], Rule XLIV. (after uc), and 
 should excite (aor. opt. pass, with mid. signif.). Achilles, conscious 
 of his own irascible temper, desired to avoid being excited to anger 
 by Priam). Line 112. dXcrnrat (2 aor. subj. mid. of dJicraivco), and 
 should (shall) transgress. Notice the change from opt. to subj. 
 Line 114. (3dhov for "eSalov (II., 278, 1).— A^euv, on the bier (gen. 
 pi. of lixoc. Homer often uses it in plural). Line 115. sTrednnev, 
 aEtpac, lifted it up and placed it (I., 543, a). 
 
 Line 118-142. 
 Line 118. firj p.oi cnvdij.aiv£(i£v (for onvd/xacvEiv), do not be angry 
 with me. The infinitive is often used by epic writers for the impera- 
 tive. It seems to depend on a verb of willing understood (e. g., 
 
 M 
 
268 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page edeXe, do not be willing to be angry with me). — al us = el av = 
 200 kav, if. — irvdqai for nvdy (2d pers. 2 aor. subj. mid., II., 285, 
 1), thou canst hear. Line 119. on, because. Line 121. tqvS' diroddo- 
 aofiat (from dnodalu, II., 260, a), of these (i. e., the gifts) I will share 
 with thee (by consecrating them on thy tomb). — boa' etxeoikev, as 
 much as is becoming. Lilies 123, 124. hv K?aofj.ti roixov tov hepov, 
 on the couch of the opposite wall (the couches being ranged on oppo- 
 site sides of the tent). — ttotl = irpbc. — faro == £<paro. Line 125. 
 rot = aoi. Line 126. vol, dawn. — §aivouivn§LV, appearing (II., 268, 
 2, a). Line 12T. bipeai, II., 285, 1. — avrbc., thou thyself — fivnaufiEda, 
 Rule XXXIX., 1. Line 128. Cowper : 
 
 " For even bright-haired Niobe her food 
 Forgat not." 
 
 Line 129. rynsp dudsKa iraldec, though her twelve children (literally, 
 though to her, &c). — blovro for cjIovto (I., 599). Lines 131, 132. 
 7te(j)vev, II., 278, l.—anb, from (i. e., by arrows from). — rovg [xev, &c, 
 these (the sons) Apollo slew .... rag 6e, &c., those (the daughters) 
 Diana. Line 133. Avrol .... Ka^Xarapyo), she used to equal herself 
 with the fair-cheeked Latona. Iocloketo (II., 292). Line 134. <j>j}, &c, 
 she said (Latona) brought forth two, but that she (Niobe) had given birth 
 to many. Line 135. But yet these, though being but two, entirely de- 
 stroyed the many. Cowper : 
 
 "Vain boast ! these two sufficed to slay them all!" 
 
 Line 136. nearo for ekelvto. — hv Qovu, in their gore. — tjev, II., 302. 
 Line 137. narddipai for naradd-ipac (II., 257, I). — "Xaovc, &c.,/or Jove 
 had made the people stones (i. e., had turned them to stone), Rule 
 XXVII., 1. Line 139. ettec ndps (II., 278, 1) daKpvx^ovoa, when she 
 became weary weeping. Line 141. bdc <pacl .... vv/nQduv, where they 
 say the habitations of the nymphs divine are. Line 142. air', &c, who 
 dance about the (river) Achelous. kppuaavro (aor. of puofiat,), the aorist 
 absolute used to denote an habitual or customary act. 
 
 Line 143-175. 
 1 Line 143. detiv K^dea ektteooel, she digests the woes of the 
 ^v*- gods (i. e., sent by them). Line 144. vul, II., 271.— fisdu/nEda, 
 Rule XXXIX., 1. Line 145. Klabjada, II., 289, 2. Line 146. noXv- 
 
 JdKpvToc tol (for coi), Rule XXXVII., §^. Line 148. ofa? , II., 278, 
 1 (ocpd^cj). — dpifbeirov ev Kara koouov, attended it skilfully, according 
 to rule. Lice 149. (jllotvaIov, II., 278, 1.— nelpav for EixEtpav, from 
 
EXTRACTS FROM HOMER 267 
 
 neipu. Line 150. hpvaavro re rcdvra, and drew off all (the Pago 
 pieces from the spits). Line 151. kirevetfie, distributed it over. 201 
 Line 152. vel/iev for evel/j.ev (veuu), apportioned. Line 154. But when 
 they had dismissed their desire of drink and food (i. e., had satisfied 
 themselves). — ££ separated by tmesis from evto, the verb being efeV- 
 to, from k&Tjfti, I dismiss. Lines 155, 156. davfiaC (II., 278, 1) . . . . 
 kuKei, admired Achilles, so great, and such he was, for he (as he sat) op- 
 posite, resembled the gods. Line 157. avrdp, in turn. Line 161. "ke%ov 
 fie, put me to bed (see vocabulary, under leyu). Line 163. fivaav, II., 
 278, 1. — baae, dual (Rule I., Rem. 2). Line 164. ef ov (sc. xpovov). 
 Line 166. avXTjc, of my court. Line 167. nac&nnv (for enacrapinv, 
 from Trareofiai), I have partaken of. Line 168. "kavaaving Kadenna, 
 have sent down my throat. — nadinna, epic for Kadrjua, 1 aor. of KaQinpn. 
 — TiEi:acp.nv for k^Endounv (-areouai). Line 170. fi-euevat for -delvaL, 
 II., 296. Line 171. cropiaai, aor. infin. of oropevvvfu (I., 598). Line 
 172. ovImc (ov?.oc), thick, woolly. — ecraadat (evvvfii), to wrap themselves 
 in. Line 173. iaav, II., 303. Line 174. 6olu, II., 277, 2.— kyuoveov- 
 cac, hastening. Line 175. ettlkepto/j.euv, speaking playfully. 
 
 Line 176-200. 
 Line 176. ektoc filv 6% Ae£o, lie now without (i. e., in an exterior 
 part of the tent). l£%o, imperat. 1 aor. mid. (following the analogy 
 of the verbs in fit) for ?Jfjeo, from "Xeyu. Line 177. k-E/S-naiv, II., 
 289, 2. Line 178. y -&£uic earcv, as (literally, in (the way 
 in) which) is right. Liue 179. dorjv ded vvkto, ueXatvav, ^"^ 
 through the quick-passing, black night. Line 180. ahr'aC dv e^e'lttol, 
 might immediately inform. Line 181. ?.vaioc VEKpoio, of the release of 
 the corpse. Line 183. k-epeI^ejiev for KTEpEifrtv. Line 184. avroc te 
 [ievu, I myself remain at rest. Line 187. If you do thus (i. e., as fol- 
 lows), you will confer great favours on me. Remember that ke—uv. 
 Lines 188, 189. uc, how. — H?.p.Eda (perf. pass, of etXat), we are shut 
 up. — rnlodi <$' vXn dtJE/iEv kt; opEog, and the wood is far to bring from 
 the mountain. The wood for the funeral pile had to be brought from 
 Mount Ida. Line 190. kb youoipev, Rule XLL, 2. Line 191. daivvro, 
 syncopated from daivvono, opt. of daiyvui. Line 197. h~l nap™, by 
 the wrist. — 5eloeie, Rule XLIV. Line 200. pijdea, cares. 
 
NOTES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 ODES OP ANACREON. 
 
 1. Anacreon is supposed to have been a native of Teos, in Ionia, and 
 to have flourished in the sixth century before Christ. He fled with his 
 parents from Persian oppression to Abdera, in Thrace, and afterwards 
 dwelt at Athens under Hipparchus. He is said to have died from suffoca- 
 tion, in his eighty-fifth year, being choked by a grape stone in drinking. 
 Of the odes that are attributed to him, many, it is thought, are the produc 
 tions of later writers. But the grace and vivacity of most of them have 
 made them very popular. 
 
 2. The Dialect chiefly used by Anacreon is the Ionic (248). 
 
 3. The Verse is Anacreontic (237). See Notes on Scanning, p. 279. 
 
 Ode I. 
 Lines 1-4. I wish to tell-of the sons of Atreus, and I wish to Page 
 sing of Cadmus ; but my lyre> on its chords, sounds love alone. 203 
 Line 5. qfieiipa, I changed. For different subjects, or songs, the 
 strings of the lyre were changed. Lines 7, 8. And I began-to-sing 
 the labours of Hercules, ydov, imperf. , I began to sing, adlovc has 
 no article : the poets often omit it when it would be used in prose. 
 Line 10, 11. Farewell, henceforth, for me, ye heroes (i. e., I will not try- 
 to sing your praises), loinov is used adverbially, ijfilv, plur. for 
 singular. 
 
 Ode II. 
 Lines 1, 2. Let us mingle the rose of the loves with wine. — avafiH-u- 
 fiev, Rule XXXIX., 1. — Aiovvacp, with Bacchus : the god of wine put 
 for the wine itself. Line 4. Kooratyoiaiv (263) dpfiocravrec, fitting to 
 our temples. Line 5. vhofiev, Rule XXXIX., 1. — d6pa, used as an 
 adverb. Line 6. tyipujrov, matchless. Line 7. The rose is the darling 
 of spring. Line 8. ical deotoi, even to deities. Lines 9, 10. With 
 roses the son of Cythera wreathes his beautiful tresses (literally, wreathes 
 roses upon his own beautiful locks). Cupid was the son of Cythera 
 
270 NOTES ON THE 
 
 Page (i. e., Venus). Line 11. Dancing with the Graces. x a P^ Tsaffc 
 204 for ^dpio-i (II., 264, 3). Line 13. napa oolc. cvkoIc, near thy 
 fanes. Line 14. ^aOvKol-Kov, deep-bosomed {i. e., with her dress in 
 deep folds about the bosom). Line 15, 16. faodivoioi oreQavio-notg 
 neirvKacfj.e'vog, thick-covered with rosy chaplets. TzenvKaoixevog, perf. 
 part, of irvKafa. 
 
 Ode HI. 
 Line 1. epaofiln neXeia, lovely dove ! This ode is addressed to a 
 carrier dove. The dove was taken from home by travellers, and 
 when a message was to be sent back, the bird was let loose, with 
 a letter or token attached to its neck or feet. The dove would, of 
 course, fly rapidly home to its nest. Line 2. nodev ireraaai, whence 
 art thou flying 1 Tceraaai is 2d pers. contracted (irregularly) from 
 nerdo/tat,. Others read Treracrai, but of this the penult is short. 
 Lines 3-5. nodev .... 'tyeitdCeic, whence, careering on air, breathes/ and 
 diffusest thou so many odours ? (The ancients used to perfume their 
 doves.) — fivpav,'Rale VII. Line 6. ri aoi fie2,ei de ; and what is thy 
 errand ? (literally, what concerns thee ?). Line 7. The reply of the 
 
 dove takes up the remainder of the ode. Lines 9, 10. rbv rvpav- 
 
 vov, who is now ruler and commander of all (i. e., commands the affec- 
 tions of all). Line 11. ir&irpaite fie, has sold me (I., 649, 82). Line 
 12. TiaSovca fitKpbv vfivov, receiving (in return) a little song. (Anac- 
 reon's little songs, it seems, commanded a high price.) Lines 13, 14. 
 And I serve Anacreon in such (commissions as this). Line 18. fie 
 hlsvdepnv noLTJaeiv, that he will make me free. Lines 19, 20. ktjv — nai 
 civ. — (leva, will remain. Line 22. bpn rs ttal nar' aypovc, over mount- 
 ains and fields. Line 24. <j>ayovaav aypiov rt, eating any wild thing 
 iyr.fr C& e -> briers, &c). Line 25. ravvv, now. Line 30. And, hav- 
 ing quaffed, I may dance. Line 33. noifiuuivn, going to rest. — 
 e7r' avrC) rGi fiapdtTU, upon his lyre itself. Lines 36, 37. Thou hast 
 made me, O man, more garrulous than a crow. — Kopiovnc, Rule XV., 1. 
 
 Ode IV. 
 Lines 2, 3. Coming yearly, weavest thy nest in summer. Lines 4, 5. 
 etc ... . MefiQiv, invisible, thou goest to the Nile or to Memphis, etc, 2d 
 sing, of el(ii, I go. Line 6. fiev, II., 271. Lines 8-10. One passion 
 is fledging, and another is still an egg, and a third is now half-hatched. 
 (His loves follow each other, like young swallows, in quick succes- 
 sion.) — 6 /lev . . . 6 de . . . 6 6e = one . . . another ... a third. Lines 11, 
 12. yiver' 1 alei, there is always. — kexvvotov (xalvu), gaping (i. e., as 
 
ODES OF ANACREON. 271 
 
 if opening their mouths for food). Lines 13, 14. Epurtdelc, p«s« 
 
 lovelnigs. — oi fieifrvec, the greater loves. Line 17. ri . . . yivn- 205 
 rai, what remedy, then, can there be ? Lines 18, 19. For I have 
 
 not strength (of myself) to drive away so many loves. ZOo 
 
 Ode V. 
 Line 1. eapoc tyavivroc, Spring appearing (Rule LV.). Line 4. 
 uiraMverai yaJjjvn, softens to a calm. Line 6. ddevei, is journeying 
 (z. e., migrating northward). Line 7. And strongly shincs-forth the 
 sun. Line 9. And the toils of men are seen (i. e., the out-door toils 
 of husbandmen). Line 10. The earth buds-out with flowers. (This 
 line is generally considered spurious.) Line 12. The fount of Bacchus 
 is crowned. It was customary to wreath the earliest flowers of 
 spring about the wine-cup at feasts. Lines 13, 14. Kara tyvXkov, 
 Kara ultiva, nadeluv Tjvdrjae Kapiroc, on leaf, on branch, the fruit, bend- 
 ing them down, flourishes. The meaning of this passage has been 
 much controverted. 
 
 Ode VI. 
 Line 3. hrpudrj, was stung (tltpugko). Line 4, 5. And being bitten 
 in the finger of his hand, he screamed, rac for rijg (249, 3, a). Line 
 6. dpafidv, I., 642, 4. — ireTaaQelc, flying (1 aor. pass. part, of neTOfiai, 
 formed from Trerafiai). Lines 8, 9. p.arep for fiTjrep. — oAw/la, nanod- 
 vtjcko), I perish and die. — Kairodv/jcrKw = nal anodvrjOKG). Lines _ n 
 14-16. novel, pains you. rac for rjje. — tzogov, 6okuc. . . . 0d1- ^ ' 
 ?.eig, how much, think you, do they suffer whom (literally, as many as) 
 thou, Cupid, pier cestl 
 
 Ode VII. 
 Line I. We congratulate thee, Cicada. The tsttiZ (commonly ren- 
 dered grasshopper) was a winged insect, probably of the species 
 called vulgarly, in America, the " locust." Lines 2, 3. Because, on 
 the tops of trees. — ■kettuk.us, having sipped (ttlvo)). Line 4. (iacL^evg 
 oxoc aeidetc., like a king thou singest. Lines 5—7. oa, thine, /celva for 
 knelva. — OTioaa (3Xe7cetc, whatsoever thou seest. — x^Kooa = teal oiroaa. 
 Line 8. tyilioQ, the favourite. Line 9. and separated by tmesis from 
 pXaKTUV : airo6?i.d7rTG)v p.ndev6c ri, hurting aught of no-one's. Line 15. 
 And old-age wears thee not. The tettix was supposed to lay aside 
 its skin every summer, and renew its youth. Line 16. crocpe, wise, 
 skilled (i. e., in song). — ynyevrjc, earth-born. The Athenians wore 
 golden cicada in their hair, and boasted of being themselves avrox- 
 
272 NOTES ON THE ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 Page doveg, i. e. } sprung from the soil of Attica. Line 17. anadrjg, 
 -£ 7 painless or passionless. — avaifiocapKe, of bloodless flesh. Line 
 18. Almost thou art like the gods. 
 
 Ode VIII. 
 _^ Q Line 1. repirvov, joyous. Line 2. x°P SVT( * v i Doric form for 
 XopevTT/v. Line 4. rplxag, as to his hair. Line 5. rag 6e 6pi- 
 vag, but in soul. 
 
NOTES ON THE IAMBICS. 
 
 [For the Scanning, see page 281.] 
 
 Line 1-18. 
 
 Line 1. Ou . . . ij tvxv %v2,2.au(3dvet, fortune does not assist. Page 
 — Tolg ddv/xoig, Rule XVII., 3. Line 2. nanrjg cnr y apxfjg, from 209 
 a bad beginning. Line 3* ov yap tIvtov (sc. kari), for it is not en- 
 durable. — yeldadac, to be laughed at. — ef, by. — ty'ikai, vocative. Line 
 4* eg for elg, into or among. — epirEiv, to walk about. — -KapBzvoiatv (Rule 
 XVII., 3) ov naXov, is not creditable for virgins. Line 5. £?//Icjtoc 
 (supply eon, is he). — eg reava, in or with regard to his children. Line 
 6. <3 ty'ikrarai yvvatneg, dearest ladies I — ug (II., 202, 2, a), to or 
 towards. Line 7. ukuv [ie dtuheoev, reluctant he slew me. — vKep, II., 
 60, 3, a (2). Line 8. oT^oofzev apa x°povg, shall we then set up the 
 dances ? Line 9. But a woman is feminine and prone to tears. — £<j>v, 
 is born for, is prone (I., 612). Line 10. 'm ( = em), for. — rovde, this. 
 — 6,2.1a Tctig 2,6.6(0, but how shall I get it? Xd6u, 2 aor. subj. to ex- 
 press the doubtful question. Line lit nap' avrbv deaKornv, beside 
 their master himself (or, close beside their master). — soTTJaanEv, we 
 placed (I., 587). Line 12. kIvolt' &v r]8rj, you may now hear (Rule 
 XLL). — 'ArriKog leug, nom. for voc. Line 13. tieovg fiev alru, I ask 
 of the Gods (Rule XXVII., 3). — rtivde kovlov, of (or from) these ills. 
 Line 14. Of-old I hold silence (as) a remedy against harm. (32,d(3ng is 
 the objective genitive (Rule VI., Rem.). Line 15. 'EcOlov yap avdpog, 
 Rule XL, Rem. 1. — rovg novovvrag tj^e2,etv, to assist the suffering. 
 Line 16. ovtoi, by no means. — yvvaiKog eariv, Rule XL, Rem. 1. 
 Line 17. I am not-by-nature, indeed, skilled in letters (Rule VIII., b.). 
 Line 18. There is of mortals no one who is free. &vtjtcov, Rule VII, c. 
 
 Line 19-42. 
 Line 19. (3£ov novnpov, than a wicked life (Rule XV., 1). oin 
 After evKleiarepog supply eariv. Line 20. See Rule XL. *'•*" 
 Line 21. rov vov,for your mind ox prudence (Rule XIV.). So detMag, 
 
 M2 
 
274 NOTES ON THE IAMBICS. 
 
 Page Rule XIV. — arvyu, despise. Line 22. But I do not grudge 
 Zli) this gift to you. Line 23. aladdvec aantiv cidev, dost thou -per- 
 ceive thy woes ? Kaituv, Rule VIII., b. — ozdev for aov. Line 24. dvdpa 
 Xpyfriv, for a man to desire. — j3iov, Rule VIII., c. Line 25. envpoag 
 gkottov, you hit the mark (Rule VII., e). — unpog, skilled, excellent. 
 Lines 26., 27. ttjc afjg Xarpeiag, for your servitude. — ca<p&e erriaraao, 
 know well. — ovk av uXkd^ai^ eyco, I would not exchange. — larpetag, 
 Rule IX. Line 27. role ty'ikoioiv, one's friends (for ty'iloic). Line 28. 
 rolg dircaiotc, just things, or what is just. With padiov, supply kemv. 
 Line 29. For we, who see, are guides to the blind. Line 30. dovliu 
 Xpfjrai &y&, wears the servile yoke (Rule XXL, S5P). Line 31. 
 nag rtg (pcTiog, every friend soever. — £kt:o6o)v (pevyei, flees out-of-the- 
 way-of or shuns. Line 32. rd r' ura, as to thy ears (Rule XXVIII.). 
 So, also, vovv and dfifxara, Rule XXVIII. — el, thou art. — rvcplog is 
 applied to all three nouns by the figure called zeugma.* Line 33. 
 dpxvv (adverbial), at all (always used with a negative). — apxvv .... 
 rdjjirjxava, but it is not at all becoming to pursue impossibilities. — Tafirj- 
 Xava=.rd d[irixava. Line 34. XP VU ^ UV darpuv rpotys, nurse of golden 
 stars ! Line 35. (3£6aiog (hariv), is permanent. Line 36. d-vTjTcJv, 
 Rule VII., b. Line 37. ode, rjds, rode, this, sometimes has the force 
 of here (called a local demonstration). — rjdn . . . niXag, and now I be- 
 hold death here at hand. Line 38. ovk iveoriv, resides not in. Line 
 39. But every one is severe who newly rules (i. e., a recently elevated 
 ruler). — Kpaiy, Rule LI. Line 40. rrfkov (plXoi vaiovreg, friends re- 
 siding far (from each other). Line 41. Let each one work at the art 
 which he understands. — epdot, the opt. of wishing (Rule XL.), which 
 sometimes assumes a subdued imperative force in the 2d and 3d 
 persons, as the subj. does in the 1st person. — eldein, Rule LI. Line 
 42. [ievet, it remains. 
 
 * Zeugma is employed when a verb that applies strictly to but one of 
 several objects is made to apply to all of them ; e. g., blind, in the above 
 example, refers properly only to the eyes, but it is applied also to the ears 
 and to the mind. 
 
NOTES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 SCANNING OF THE EXTRACTS PROM HOMER. 
 
 The measure used by Homer is the Dactylic Hexameter : called Dactylic, 
 because the Dactyl predominates in it (219) ; and Hexameter, because it 
 consists of six metres of one foot each (221, a). 
 
 [For the first five lines the notes embrace every point of the scanning : 
 afterwards, they merely point out peculiarities of the verse. The student 
 should work out every line in the way shown in the notes on the first 
 five lines.] 
 
 Extract I.— Page 187-191. 
 
 Line 1. wc apa\(puvfj\aag || aTre\6n Kopv\daiolog | "E/crwp. 
 
 1. Ccesura. Pentheraimeral masculine (226, 1). — 2. Quantity. 6g, 
 long by nature (207).— a, Rule IV. ; pa, Rule VII.— ^w and vf/, 207. 
 — aag, 208, Rem. ; a, Rule IV., Tte, 207.—^, 207 ; ted, 207 ; pv, 211. 
 — d-al, 207; o, 207; log, 207; "E-, 209; nrup, last syllable (224, 
 Rem. 1). 
 
 Line 2 • atya <5' £|7m0' l\Kavs \\ 66\fxovg Ev\vaterd\ovTag. 
 
 1. Cixsura. Penthemimeral feminine (226, 2). — 2. Quantity, alip, 
 207 ; d, 214 ; <P e, 207.— neW, 207 ; I, long by augment (I., 427, 5). 
 —Kd, 230 ; ve, 207 ; do, 207.— povg and £w, 207.— vo7, 207 ; g, 207 ; 
 Td, 212 ; o, 209 ; vrag, 224, Rem. 1. 
 
 Line 3. ot>(T evp' | 'Avdpo^aj;^ || /levl/cwAevoj; | h fJ.eya\poiaiv. 
 
 1. Casura, 226, 1.— 2. Quantity, bv6, 207; e©p, 207.— A, 209; 
 v<5po, 207 ; pa, 211.— ^v, 207 ; Act-, 207.— /cw, 207 ; Ae and vov, 207. 
 — et>, 209; pe, 207; yo, 211.— pol, 207; a^, 224, ifow. 1. 
 
 Line 4. d/M' #|ys l-vv \ irai6i \\ Kal \ ap<pnr6\?iG) eti|7re7T/lcj. 
 
 Spondaic line (224, Rem. 2).— 1. Casura, 226, 2.-2. Quantity. 
 uXk\ 209 ; h, 207.— ye, 209 ; fi>v, 209.— Trai, 207 ; 61, 214 ; /car, 230, 
 Rule II.— dp, 209 ; ft, 211 ; tto, 207.— Aw, 207 (compare 230, Rem. 
 1) ; ev, 207 ; ttc, 209 ; ttAu, 224, Eem. 1. 
 
276 NOTES ON THE SCANNING 
 
 Lme 5. nvpyc) s\(peaT7J\Kec || yoo\uo~a TE\fivpo/xi\vn re. 
 
 1. Ccesurd, 226, 1.— 2. Quantity, nvp, 209; yu, 230, Rule II; e, 
 207.— fe, 209 ; err?., 207.— kTc, 207 ; 70, 207 ; 6, 207.— d>, 207 ; ad, 
 214 ; re, 207. — fj.v, long by nature in ju.vpofx.ai ; po, 207 ; /ze, 207. — vfj, 
 207; re, 224, .Rem. 1. 
 
 Line 7-38. 
 Line 7. y * n 'Ear??, by 230, Rule II. Line 8. Spondaic line (224, 
 Rem. 2).—fxv in fivdr/aaode long by nature (fivdos). Line 9. y in £677, 
 230, Rule II. Line 10. nrj, 230, Rule II. — r) elvaripuv, hiatus (227, 
 b). Line 14. Spondaic. Line 15. Try, see line 10. Line 24. aorv 
 had the digamma, hence no hiatus, 229, d, 2. Line 26. ^ in kvavriy, 
 by 230, Rule II. Line 28. IIAa/ctj, 230, Rule II. Line 31. ol, 230, 
 Rule II. Line 32. iwlnti, 230, Rule II. Line 33. /ca/ldf has a in 
 epic writers generally ; a in Attic. Line 34. £ final in Kaleeane re- 
 mains short before 2k in licafidvdpiov, as the proper name could not 
 otherwise have been easily adapted to the measure. Line 36. yroi, 
 230, Rule II. Indeed, ol or ol is always short in thesis when the 
 next word begins with a vowel. We need not, therefore, refer to it 
 again. Line 38. ol and enog both had digamma. 
 
 Line 39-90. 
 Line 43. dvfievai for dvvai. Line 44. eirsi, 230, Rule II. Line 57. 
 Compare line 28. Line 58. knel, 230, Rule II. Line 59. arceXvae, 
 v by nature (kvu). Line 68. koX, 230, Rule II. Line 75. In KaKog, 
 6g is lengthened by 230, Rule I. Line 89. The final syllable of 
 bXuln is not shortened, because "ITitog had the digamma (230, Rem. 
 2). Line 81. Audf e\vfifue2,t\cj I[pia\fioio. The a in laog is long by 
 nature. 
 
 Line 91-134. 
 Line 91. rig, by 230, Rule I. Line 93. See note on line 80. Line 
 99. Two cases of diseresis (253) : 
 
 "Aip cT 6 ird\ig npbc; \ k62,tcov k\v£6\voio ri\6yvyg. 
 Line 101* e in Ide lengthened by 230, Rule I. Line 111. 77c, see 
 note on line 91. Line 133. fj.iv, 230, Rule I. 
 
 Extract II.— Page 191, 192. 
 Line 1-29. 
 Line 3. Spondaic. Line 8. kfibv, final syllable (fxov) lengthened bv 
 230, Rule I, Line 9. Ipya had the digamma, hence no hiatus. 
 
OF THE EXTRACTS FROM HOMER. 277 
 
 Line 12. Spondaic. Line 16. 'Aideo is pronounced in three syllables 
 (by synizesis, 228), thus : A-id-y6. Line 25. In nepl the final i is 
 lengthened by 230, Kule I. Line 27. Spondaic. 
 
 Extract III.— Page 192-196. 
 Line 1-75. 
 Line 2. Last syllable of 'kxaiolaiv long by 230, Rule I. Line 3* 
 <pi\ol, 230, Rule II. Line 4. e in eireidTj long by 230, Rule I. Line 
 6. Spondaic. Line 11. v in vsavg long by nature. Line 17. vtjvgiv 
 pronounced as two syllables (yrjoiv), 228. Line 18. rjpdfxeBa, 230, 
 Rule I. Line 19. See note to page 188, line 24. Line 30. kekovlto 
 has t long by nature (kovlu). Line 31. de, 230, Rule I. Line 32. 
 fidla, 230, Rule I. Line 37. fioyig, 230, Rule I. Line 59. $eov, 230, 
 Rule I. Line 65. 66tiov, 230, Rule II. Line 68. rpLjioda, the a 
 final lengthened by 230, Rule I. Line 72. ical, 230, Rule II. 
 
 Line 75-140. 
 Line 76. kiiol, 230, Rule II. Line 79. elrj, 230, Rule II. Line 83. 
 end, 230, Rule II. — tx1t\QvI, pronounced as a dissyllable (228). Line 
 95. xpvatVi pronounced as a dissyllable (228). Line 100. hirel and 
 not, 230, Rule II. Line 106. alvo/xopov, 230, Rule I. Line 114. yap, 
 230, Rule I. Line 117. ndic, 253 and 230, Rule I. Line 129. eve, 
 230, Rule I. Line 137. KTjleu, 228. Line 138. ofeZoc, 230, Rule I. 
 
 I^p 3 In the fourth extract will be found cases similar to those noted 
 above. The student can study them out for himself. 
 
NOTES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 SCANNING OF THE ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 The Anacreontic metres are not regular. Many apparent anomalies occur. 
 
 Ode I.— Page 203. 
 
 1. This ode is Iambic Dimeter Catalectic (238). 
 
 2. It is called Iambic, because the iambus is its predominant foot 
 (219) ; Dimeter, because it has two measures (of two feet each, 221, 
 b) ; Catalectic, because it lacks a syllable at the end (220). 
 
 3. Thus each verse properly consists of three iambi and a long 
 syllable ; e. g., 
 
 ftelutyeyelv || 'Arpei(5|ac 
 
 4. But sometimes the first foot is a spondee ; e. g. 
 
 'H (3dp\6tToc || 6e xop\^alQ. 
 The scanning of the ode presents no further difficulty. 
 
 Ode II— Page 203. 
 
 1. This ode is also Iambic Dimeter Catalectic. But it admits 
 the anapaest (218, b) as well as the spondee and iambus. Thus, 
 
 to pdddv\rd tuv || epti\T£)v. 
 a va/il^\cJjj.EV | Alovv\au. 
 
 2. The fifth line has a tribrach, unless the a final of d6pa be re- 
 garded as lengthened by the arsis : 
 
 nlvC)\(iZv a6pa \\ yEk€)v\TEg. 
 
 3. The thirteenth has an anapaest in the second foot as well as 
 the first. 
 
280 SCANNING OF THE ODES OF ANACREON. 
 
 4. The fourteenth and fifteenth verses have each a trochee in the 
 second place, unless the last syllable of the second foot in each be 
 considered as lengthened by the arsis. 
 
 Ode III. and Ode IV. are like Ode I. 
 
 OdeV. 
 
 1. This ode is of the same metre, generally, as Ode II. 
 
 cde Trwf | eapoc || (j)dvev\Tdg. 
 Xaplreg \ podd || (3pvov\acv. 
 
 2. In the third, fifth, and thirteenth verses the second foot is a 
 trochee, unless its last syllable be considered as lengthened by the 
 arsis. So in the sixth the second foot is a tribrach. 
 
 3. The tenth and eleventh verses are probably corrupt. The 
 twelfth is defective. 
 
 Ode VI. like Ode I. 
 
 Ode VII. like Ode II. 
 
 Ode VIII. like Ode I. 
 
NOTES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 SCANNING OF THE IAMBICS. 
 
 1. The verses given are all Iambic Trimeter. As it is the measure 
 commonly used by the dramatists, it is often called Tragic Trimeter. 
 
 2. Everything necessary for the scanning is given above (233-236). 
 
 3. The scanning of a few verses is subjoined : 
 
 Line 1. ov role \ ddv\fiolc \\ fi \ ri>xv \ ^vXka{j.\6avJi. 
 Line 2. Kauris \ drf ap\xv$ || yly\v£Tai \ reldg \ kukov. 
 Line 8. OTfjooplv \ dp' d[i\<fi (3u\fj.dv || fi | ndrep \ xopovc. 
 Line 10. vk<*> \ 'wt Tdv\6e are(f>d\vov \\ d2\kd 7rwf \ haBo. 
 Line 19. Same as line 10. 
 Line 37. Tribrach in third place. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 A. 
 
 T A, ah ! alas ! 
 
 'A(3pd (appog), gayly. 
 
 'AfipoKOfi-ag, -ov (6), Abrocomas. 
 
 'Ayad-ov, -ov (to) (ayadog), a good, 
 blessing, benefit, advantage. 
 
 'Ayad-og, -i], -ov, good, noble, brave, 
 favourable, fine, useful, of value, ad- 
 vantageous, rich (as to soil), power- 
 ful. 
 
 'AyanlvT-og, -ov (dyav, nlvTog), 
 very glorious, far-famed, illustrious. 
 
 ' AyaXk-ofiat, 1 aor. pass. rjydWrjv 
 (with dat.), to pride one's self on, 
 exult in. 
 
 "Aya-fiai, f. -aoiiat, 1 aor. pass. rjydo- 
 dnv, to wonder or be astonished at. 
 
 'Aya/ne/j-vuv, ('Aya[xe/ivov)og (o)> 
 Agamemnon. 
 
 ' 'AyaTT-do (-£>), f. -77(70, pf. j/ydrcnKa 
 (dyajiai), to love. 
 
 'AyaTTTjT-oc, -f], -ov (ayarcdu), beloved. 
 
 'AyauT-og, -?;, -ov (dyafiai), admired, 
 admirable, 
 
 'Ayye?u-a, -ag (?/) (dyyelog), news. 
 
 'AyyeXX-u, f. dyye?M, pf. fjyyeAKa, 
 1 aor. f/yyeila (ayu), to bring a 
 message, relate, give an account of, 
 tell, announce. 
 
 "AyyeX-og, -ov (6) (dyye'/lAcj), a mes- 
 senger, ambassador, envoy. 
 
 "Aye, dyere (ayoi), come! 
 
 'Ayeip-o, f. dyepti, 1 aor. act. fiyetpa, 
 1 aor. pass, rjyipdnv (ayu), to bring 
 or gather together, collect. 
 
 'AyevEt-og, -ov (a priv., ysveiov), 
 
 beardless. 
 Aynvopl-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -ng) (dyrj- 
 vup), manliiiess, manhood, courage. 
 
 'Ayi-ag, -ov (6), Agios. 
 'Aynalld-eg, -uv, -eaat (at) (dyKTj), 
 
 the arms. 
 'Ay'ha-og, -rj, ~6v, splendid, beauti- 
 
 ful. 
 'Ayvu/xoavv-n, -ng (77) (dyv6/xuv), 
 
 misunderstanding. 
 'Ayop-d, -ag (Ion. -37, -Tjg ) (ayelpu), a 
 
 council, market. 
 'Ayop£v-cj,f. -co) (ayopd), to speak to, 
 
 address, harangue. 
 "Aypt-og, -a, -ov (dypog), wild. 
 'Ayp-og, -ov (6), afield. 
 1 'Ayvt-d, -ag (?/), a way, street. 
 "Ayxt, near, nigh, close by. 
 "Ay-u, f. atju, pf. 77^0, 2 aor. fjyayov, 
 * to lead, lead away, bear, bear away, 
 
 bring, carry ; dyetv nai (pepeiv, to 
 
 plunder completely. 
 'Ayuv, (dytiv)og (6) (dycj), a contest, 
 
 game. 
 'Ayuv-i^-o/iac, f. -ieo/iac Att. -lov/Ltat 
 
 (ayuv), to contend for a prize in the 
 
 games, contend (in general). 
 : A6e-7jg, -ig (a priv., 6 tog), fearless ; 
 
 (adv.) ddsajg. 
 "AdetTTV-og, -ov (a priv., deinvov), 
 
 supperless, unfed. 
 'Adety-og, -ov (6) (a copul., dehQvg ), 
 
 a brother. 
 'Adidfiar-og, -ov (a priv., diafiaivo)), 
 
 impassable. 
 'A6tK-ecj (-w), f. -77(TW, pf. rjdinnKa 
 
 (udtKog), to do wrong, be guilty of 
 
 injustice, injure. 
 'AdtKL-a, -ag (77) (udifcog), injustice. 
 "AdiK-ov, -ov (to) (ddinog), injustice. 
 "Adin-og, -ov (a priv., dinn), doing 
 
 wrong, unjust. 
 
286 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'Adiv-og, -r), -ov (ddrjv), loud ; (adv.) 
 ddtvd. 
 
 * AdoX-og, -ov (a priv., dolog), with- 
 out guile, treachery, ox fraud; (adv.) 
 ddoTiug. 
 
 'Advvar-og, -ov (a priv., Swards), 
 impossible. 
 
 "Ad- a, f. aco/mt (Att. for deido), to 
 sing, sing of. 
 
 'Ael Ep. and Ion. alei, ever, always, 
 continually, incessantly. 
 
 'Aetd-o, f. aeioofj,cu, to sing. 
 
 'Aei/c-(Att. aU-) ?jc, -eg (a priv., el- 
 ude), unseemly, mean; detKea epya, 
 insults. 
 
 'AetK-i^-o (Att. alid^-o)), f. -iau (del- 
 Kijg), to treat unseemly, insult, abuse. 
 
 'Aeip-o (Ep. and Ion. for alpu), f. 
 depw contr. dpo, 1 aor. rjeipa, to 
 lift, raise up, carry. 
 
 'AenaZd/uev-og, -7], -ov (deniov), un- 
 willing, resisting, reluctant. 
 
 'Aer-(or aler-)6g, -ov (6), an eagle. 
 
 'A#p, dcp-(Hom. r)ep-)og (r), 6), the 
 air. 
 
 "AdaixT-oc, -ov (a priv., Sa^To), un- 
 buried. 
 
 "Ade-og, -ov (a priv., $eoc), ungodly, 
 impious. 
 
 'Adrjval-og, -ov (6) QAdyvai), an 
 Athenian. 
 
 'Adrjv-iand 'Adjjvai-)^, -rjg (r)) (Horn, 
 for 'Adijvd), Minerva. 
 
 y A6?L-oc, -ov (6), labour, task. 
 
 'AdpoiC-o, f. ddpoico (ddpoog), to 
 gather together, collect ; (pass.), to 
 assemble. 
 
 'Adpo-og, -a, -ov (a copul., Spoog), 
 in a mass or body. 
 
 "Adv/j.-og, -ov (a priv., Sv/iog), dis- 
 pirited, faint-hearted. 
 
 At Ep. and Dor. for el, if; ahe and 
 alicev, if perchance. 
 
 Al, O that ! would that ! 
 
 Al-a, -rjg (?/) (poet, for yala), the 
 earth, land. 
 
 Alag, (Alavr-)og (6), Ajax. 
 Alyiox-og, -ov (alyig, £#«), eegis- 
 
 bearing. 
 Alyvirrt-og, -a, -ov ( Alyvizrog ), 
 
 Egyptian. 
 AlyvTcri-og, -ov (6) (Alyvivrog), an 
 
 Egyptian. 
 AlyvitT-og, -ov (r)), Egypt. 
 Ald-eojiai (-ovjiai), f. -eoo/uai poet. 
 
 -eaaopiai and -rjaoixai, pf. pass. 
 
 ydecuai, to fear, reverence, respect; 
 
 aldelo Horn, for aldov, 2 s. pres. 
 
 imperat. 
 Aldrj/n-uv, -ov (aldcog), bashful, modest. 
 'Atd-rjg, -do and -eo (6) (poet, for 
 
 adrjg) (a priv., idelv), Hades, the 
 
 grave. 
 Aldol-og, -a (Ion. -rf), -ov (aldo/uai), 
 
 revered. 
 "Aid-og, -i (Ep. gen. and dat. of 
 
 'Atdrjg), of, to or for Hades. 
 Aldcog, (aldo)og, contr. aldovg (y), re- 
 spect. 
 AWovG-a, -rjg (r)) (aldco), a corridor, 
 
 portico. 
 Aldoip, (aldo7x)og (aWdg, uifj), spark- 
 ling. 
 AU-i^-o/uai, f. -lov/uai, 1 aor. riniadrjv 
 
 (aluTjg), to ill-treat, torture. 
 Alvd and alvcog (alvdg), terribly, 
 
 grievously, greatly, exceedingly. 
 Alv-EiO (-(5), f. -EGG) Ep. -7]O0), pf. 
 
 pass, yvrj/xai, 1 aor. pass, yvedr/v 
 (alvog), to tell or speak of, praise, 
 approve. 
 
 Alvdfiop-og, -ov (alvog, fidpog), doom- 
 ed to a sad or dreadful end, ill-fated. 
 
 AloTi-og, -7], -ov, crawling, wriggling 
 (of worms). 
 
 Alp-eco {-co), f. -rjaco, pf. riprina, 2 aor. 
 eihov, to take, seize, come upon (of 
 sleep) ; (mid.), to choose, prefer. 
 
 Alp-io, f. dpd>, pf. rjpaa, 1 aor. j/pa, 
 to carry off, bear away, win. 
 
 Ala-a, -ng (r)). one's appointed lot, fate, 
 destiny. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 287 
 
 klcd-dv-o/^ai, f. alodrjcofjiai, pf. ya- 
 drj/^ai, 2 aor. yadourjv, to perceive, 
 be sensible of, see, learn. 
 
 kixp-og, -a, -ov (alaxoc), causing 
 shame, disgraceful. 
 
 klaxvv-Tj, -rjg (rj) (aloxog), shame, 
 disgrace, dishonour. 
 
 klaxvv-o/uai,f. aicxwovfiat, and ala- 
 Xvvdfjaofiai, pf. yaxv/xfiai (ala- 
 Xoc), to be or feel ashamed of, have 
 respect for, stand in awe of. 
 
 klr-eu (-u), f. -rjao), pf. yTTjua, to 
 ask, demand, request, obtain by re- 
 quest. 
 
 kiTi-og, -a, -ov, causing, the cause. 
 
 klipa, quickly, shortly. 
 
 'kKdxrj-juai, part. duaxviievog (pf. 
 pass, of obs. axo)), to be troubled, 
 sad, or afflicted. 
 
 'kKaxi^-o/iat (pass, of a/caxi&), to 
 be troubled, grieved, or afflicted. 
 
 'ktcndeoTug (aKTjdeiJTor), without con- 
 cern, unfeelingly, remorselessly. 
 
 'kKT]d-ijc, -eg (a priv., tcydog), un- 
 buried, free from care or sorrow. 
 
 'kK7/v, silently ; aKTjV aiWKy, in pro- 
 found silence. 
 
 'kKlvaK-Tjg, -ov (6), a short sword. 
 
 'kiavdvvuc. (dnivdvvog), without dan- 
 ger. 
 
 'kalavT-og, -ov (a priv., KXato), 
 unwept, without funeral lamentation. 
 
 'kKfiTjv (ciK/iTJ), as yet. 
 
 "knoiTic, (dicoiTi)og (77) (a copul., 
 kocttj), a wife, spouse. 
 
 'kKoXaar-og, -ov (a priv., Ko"kuZ,<S), 
 unchastised, undisciplined. 
 
 'kKo?iov6-oc, -ov (a copul., aelev- 
 6 og), following, consistent. 
 
 'knovT-i£td, f. -cao) Att. -16) (ukuv), 
 to throw a javelin at, hit, strike, 
 wound. 
 
 'kKovTicic, (aKovTcae)o)g (rj) (duov- 
 Ti£u), a throwing or hurling a javelin. 
 
 'kaov-o), f. -aofxai, pf. aitrjKoa, 1 aor. 
 rJKOVaa, to hear, listen to, obey. 
 
 "A/cp-a, -ac (Ion. -rj, -7)c) (dicpog), the 
 
 summit, top ; /car' unprjc, utterly. 
 "kKp-oc, -a (Ep. -77), -ov (d/C7?), at the 
 
 top, topmost, lofty, excellent, skillful, 
 "kic-uv, -ovaa, -ov (contr. from de- 
 
 KO)v), unwilling, reluctant. 
 "kXyog, (d7i,ye)og (to), suffering, grief, 
 
 distress, woe. 
 'kXeyeLV-og, -?}, -ov (dXeyu), fatal, 
 
 destructive. 
 'AAe/0-o, f. aketvju, pf. akrfki^a, to 
 
 anoint. 
 'kXeg-u, f. -rjcu and -rjaoixai,, to ward 
 
 or keep off ; (mid.), to retaliate, re- 
 quite, 
 "k^evp-ov, -ov (to) (dTieo), flour. 
 'kXrjdet-a, -ac (rj) (dXydrjg), truth. 
 'kXrjdev-o, f. -go) (dTiydrjg), to speak 
 
 the truth. 
 'klrjO-Tjc, -ic (a priv., obs. Xqdu), 
 
 true; to a/krjdic, to, dXrjdea, and 
 
 TakrjQr], the truth, trtdy. 
 'kTiqdlv-oc, -7}, -ov (akr\Qr\c), true, of 
 
 genuine worth. 
 'khiacTOV (a priv., Aiafr/iai.), in- 
 cessantly, excessively. 
 'kXiyKL-oc, -a, -ov (with dat.), resem- 
 bling, like. 
 'A/W£-«, f. -iau, pf. pass. -r/Xicfiai, 
 
 1 aor. pass. 7]1lg0tjv (uXlc), to 
 
 gather together, assemble, 
 "kli-oc, -a, -ov (uXg), of or belonging 
 
 to the sea ; akiog (sc. Ssog ), a sea-god. 
 "k2,ic, in a crowd ; afj.<pi, fiLV a\ic ea- 
 
 rav, they crowded around her. 
 , k?uTaiv-o), f. oKlttjoo), 2 aor. Tfkirov, 
 
 to transgress. 
 "klKljX-og, -ov (dTiKTj), strong, valiant. 
 "kXitiix-oc, -ov (0), Alcimus. 
 'A/l/id, but, well then, on the contrary, 
 
 why, well, however, moreover, yet, 
 
 nay, therefore, for. 
 ' ' kXTidaa-a, f. a?^Xd^o), pf. 7]7Jkdxct, 
 
 to change, exchange. 
 "kTiXy (d7i"kog), elsewhere, in another 
 
 way. 
 
288 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'A^Itj^uv (t&v) (aX?iot aTJiuv), of 
 one another, of each other. 
 
 "ATik-ofiat, f. dXovfxat, 2 aor. rfkb- 
 (jltjv (syncop. 3 sing, d/lro), to 
 spring, leap, bound, rush. 
 
 "ATik-og, -7], -o, another, one (of a 
 number) ; ttj dTJkr}, on the next day; 
 aXko Tt av r); would not ? ol aX- 
 Aol, the others, the rest, besides; 
 dXkoi &X?iodev, some from one part, 
 others from another ; ra aXka, as 
 for the rest. 
 
 "AAAore (dXkog , ore), at another time ; 
 aTiTiore — uTiKote, at one time — at 
 another ; aTiXore icai a7i?\,OTE,from 
 time to time. 
 
 'AloyiGT-og, -ov (a priv., Xoyl^ofjat), 
 inconsiderate. 
 
 "A?iox-og, -ov (J]) (a copul., Mxog), 
 a wife, spouse. 
 
 'Alvaic-d^-u, f. -dao (dXvotca)), to 
 flee from, shun, avoid, for sake, skulk. 
 
 "Afia (adv.), at once, together, at the 
 same time; nai dfia, moreover ; dfia 
 i-TTEodat, to accompany; dfia alv- 
 elv, to approve unanimously. 
 
 'Alia (prep.) (with dat.), at the same 
 time with, together with, in company 
 with ; dfia ry rjfiepa and dfia opdpu, 
 at break of day ; dfia l)7iiu> dvariX- 
 XovTt, at sunrise ; ufiaifTiio) dvvov- 
 tl and dvofievu, at sunset. 
 
 "Afia^-a, -rjg (jj) (dyu), a carriage, 
 wagon. 
 
 'Afiapr-dv-cj, f. dfiaprrjcofiat, pf. 
 rjfidprrfKa, 2 aor. Tjfiaprov, Horn. 
 7]fi(3poTOV, to miss, err; cnrb na- 
 rpbg dfiapruv, having lost or been 
 deprived of his father. 
 
 'Afia-xei (a priv.,^a^), without fight- 
 ing. 
 
 'Afi(Sdr-6g, -ov (Ep. and Ion. for dva- 
 fiarog) (dvafSaivu), that may be 
 mounted or scaled, easy to be scaled, 
 accessible. 
 
 'A/i(32,7j6rjv (Ep. and Ion. for dva- 
 
 /3?,?)di7v) (dvaf3d?\,?iOfiat), with deep- 
 drawn ox fitful sobs. 
 
 'AfijSpaKWr-Tfg, -ov (6) ('A/iff panto), 
 an Ambracian, Ambraciot. 
 
 'AfieiP-o, f. dfiEttpu, to change ; (mid.), 
 to answer. 
 
 'AftEtv-ov, -ov, better, braver; (adv.), 
 
 dflElVOV. 
 
 'Afi?)xdv-oc, -ov (a priv., firfxavrj), 
 without or destitute of means, im- 
 possible, inextricable ; rd dfirjxava, 
 impossibilities. 
 
 'Afifxl^ag, Ep. for dva/xi^ag, 1 aor. 
 part. act. of dvafiiyvvfit. 
 
 "Afifiop-og, -ov (poet, for dfiopog) (a 
 priv., fibpog), without (good) for- 
 tune, unhappy. 
 
 'Afi-og, -rj, -ov {Mo\. and Ep. for 
 Efibg), my own, my. 
 
 "A/nnvt;, (dunvtc)og (6, t)) (dftTTEXo), 
 a fillet for the brow, head-band. 
 
 'Aftvft-ov, -ov (a priv., fjtjftog), irre- 
 proachable, blameless. 
 
 'Ajuvv-o, f. dfivvu, 1 aor. rffivva (a 
 euph., jivvr]), to keep or ward off, 
 avert; (mid.), to guard or defend 
 one's self, fight, revenge one's self on, 
 punish. * 
 
 'AjKpL (prep.) (with dat.), on; dfuj>l 
 Trvpi, on the fire; (with ace), about, 
 around, round about, relating to ; ol 
 dfup' avrovg, their attendants. 
 
 'AfKpi (adv.), around, round about, all 
 around, from head to foot. 
 
 'AfKptyvo-io), (-ti), f. -TJcru, imp. jjfi- 
 <j>Lyv6ovv (d/u.(j)i, voeo) iEol. yvoiu), 
 to be in doubt. 
 
 'Afiquiiv-u (poet. afifyEir-cS), aor. dft- 
 (pisTcov and dfifyE-nov (d[i<pi, etxu), 
 to attend to. 
 
 'AfxcpWdTi-qg, -ig (dficpi, SclXeIv), hav- 
 ing both parents alive. 
 
 'Apxpi/idx-o/iai, f. -fiaxovfiat (dfupi, 
 /Ltaxofiat), to fight round, assail, at- 
 tack, besiege. 
 
 'A/J.(pLTcoXiT-7]g, -ov (6) ('Afj,(j>liro2,tg), 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 289 
 
 an inhabitant of Amphipolis, Amphi- 
 politan. 
 
 'A/UpfTToA-Of, -OV {l]) (u/l(j>l, 7T0?iE0), 
 
 tte?iCj), a handmaid, female attend- 
 ant. 
 'Afj.<j>ig (dficpi), around, round about. 
 'Afupdrep-og, -a, -ov (a/xQu), both ; 
 
 ol a/MporepOL, both parties. 
 , Afi<pOTt'pud£v(an<p6T£pog,-6sv),from 
 
 or on both sides. 
 "A/Lctpu (to, tu, to), both. 
 "Av (with opt.), might, could, would, 
 
 should, will probably ; (with subj.), 
 
 will in all likelihood. 
 "Av=-kdv (with subj.), if. 
 'Avd (prep.) (with ace), up to ; 
 
 (adv.), up. 
 'Ava-(3aiv-o, f. -flrjaofiai, aor. -ej3ijv 
 
 (avd, (3aivo), to goup, climb, mount; 
 
 avaj3aivetv enl or kg, to mount. 
 'Ava-fiift-d£-o, f. -dao and -daojiai 
 
 (avd, j3tf3d^o), to march up. 
 'AvafiTirjoriv (dvai3d2.7iofj.ai), with 
 
 deep-drawn ox fitful sobs. 
 'AvdpArjacc, (dva,8?iT]GE)og (77) (uva- 
 
 (3d2,Xo), a putting off, delay. 
 'Avayit-d^-o, f. -ugo (dvdyKif), to 
 
 force, compel. 
 'Avayical-oc, -ov (b) (dvdyicn), a near 
 
 relation. 
 'AvdyK-rj, -rig (?)) (dyxo)), necessity. 
 'Av-dy-o, f. -ufw, aor. -qyayov, aor. 
 
 pass. -Tjxdrjv, to bring or carry up. 
 'Ava6e(T/j.-rj, -vg (77) (dvadio), a band 
 
 or fillet for women's hair, head-band. 
 'Avaeipu (dvd, dsipo), to lift up. 
 'Avai/LLOGaptc-oc, m OV (dvat/xoc, Gap%), 
 
 of bloodless flesh. 
 'Ava'iGG-o (also dvaGGo Att. dvar- 
 
 to), f. kvaiqo, aor. avr/i^a Att. 
 
 dvrj£;a (dvd, ucggo), to start or rise 
 
 up qxuckly. 
 'Avaupkov, (' AvaKpeovr)og (6), Ana- 
 
 creon. 
 'Ava-Xa^dv-o, f. -2.f/ipojuai, aor. dv- 
 
 t"ha(3ov, (dvd, ^ap-Bdvo), to take up. 
 
 N 
 
 Ava-?Jy-o, f. -Tii^o (dvd, Xiyo), re- 
 count, commemorate, mention. 
 
 ' Ava-/uiyvv/Lii and -/ztyvvo, f. -fii^o 
 (uvd,/ulyvv/J.c),to mix up. mingle. 
 
 "Avavdp-og, -ov (a priv., dvrjp), cow- 
 ardly. 
 
 "Aval;, (dvatiT)og (b), a king. 
 
 'Ava-rrav-o, f. -go (dvd, rravo), to 
 cause to cease ; (mid.), to cease, rest, 
 go to rest or sleep. 
 
 'Ava-TTve-o (poet. d/invEo), f. -ttvev- 
 go (dvd, ttveo), to breathe again, 
 recover breath ; 3 s. 2 aor. mid. dfi- 
 ttvvto for dveirvvTO, Horn. 
 
 'Ava-TTTVGG-O, f. -TZTV^O (dvd, 7TTVG- 
 
 GO)), to unfold, fold back. 
 
 'AvdpiGT-og, -ov (a priv., apiarov), 
 without breakfast or luncheon, fast- 
 ing. 
 
 'Avugg-o, f. dvdgo (dva%), to be king 
 of, rule over. 
 
 'Ava-GTpeQ-o, f. -Grpeipo, pf. dvi- 
 Gvpo<j)a (avd, Grpscjxj), to turn back; 
 (mid.), to act, face about. 
 
 'Ava-Tstv-o, f. -tevo, pf. pass. -TE~d- 
 /iac (dva, Telvo), to stretch out, ele- 
 vate; derbr- dvareTafxivoc, a spread 
 eagle. 
 
 'Ava-TsliTi-o, f. -re?iO) (dvd, teTiXo), 
 to rise; djua r)\io dvariTiXovri, 
 at sunrise. 
 
 'AvarcTapayfiiv-og, -77, -ov (pf. part, 
 pass, of dvarapaGGCo), in great dis- 
 order. 
 
 'Ava-Tidrjfu, i. -Otjgcj, 2 aor. dvidr/v 
 (dvd, Tidn/ui), to put, set, or place 
 upon. 
 
 'Avdpdrrod-ov, -ov (to) (dvr)p, Trove), 
 a slave. 
 
 'AvdpoKTaGt-a, -ac (rj) (dvr/p, ktel- 
 vu), slaughter of men. 
 
 'Avdpo/udx-n, -rjc (rj), Andromache. 
 
 'Avdpo<p6v-og, -ov (dvrjp, <j)ov£vo), 
 man-slaying. 
 
 AvEifit (dvd, slfu), to go up, return ; 
 dviivat kg, to approach. 
 
290 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'AveltceIv (avd, eIttelv), to say aloud, 
 proclaim. 
 
 'AvepuT'dto (■&), f. ~7]<jo (avd, kpu- 
 Taco), to inquire in a loud voice. 
 
 'Avev (with gen.), ivithout. 
 
 'Avex-o), f- dvetju and dvaaxyaco, pf. 
 dviaxriKa, imp. dvelxov, 2 aor. 
 dvecxov (avd, £^w), (mid.), to re- 
 strain or contain one's self, bear, 
 withstand, endure, suffer ; 2 aor. ind . 
 mid. 7]veax6jU7]v, 2 s. dvcr^eo Ep. 
 for avioxQV. 
 
 'kvrjKEOT-og, -ov (a priv., dneo/iac), 
 irremediable, irreparable. 
 
 'Kvrip, (dv6p)6c Ep. (dv£p)oc (6), a 
 man, hero, person, soldier, combatant. 
 
 'AvO-eo (-co), f. -ijaco (avdoc), to flour- 
 ish (of fruit). 
 
 "Avdoc, (avde)oc (to), a flower. 
 
 'AvdpcOTClV-OC, -7], -OV (dvdpCOTTOc), 
 
 human. 
 "AvdpcoTX-oc, -ov (b), a man, person, 
 
 being. 
 ' Aviary fu, f. dvaaTr)aco (avd, ianj- 
 
 fii), to raise up (xetpoc, by the 
 
 hand), arise. 
 'Aviaxu = dvexu, to rise (of the sun). 
 "Avod-oc, -ov (?]) (avd, 666c), an up- 
 ward route or march. 
 'AvorjT-oc, -ov (6) (a priv., voico), a 
 
 simpleton. 
 'AvarrjOELc Ep. for avaarfjaecc, 2 s. 
 
 fut. act. of dviarriiiL. 
 "Avra (dvTi), over against, face to face. 
 'AvraKov-o), f. -ao/xac (dvri, ukovco), 
 
 to hear or listen in turn. 
 'Avr-dco (-co) (Ion. avTsco), f. -f)aco 
 
 (avra, civri), to come opposite to, 
 
 meet face to face, meet. 
 'Avtex u or dvriaxo)j £ dvdi^co (dvri, 
 
 EXco) (with dat.),£o holdout against, 
 
 withstand. 
 'Avri (with gen.), instead of, inprefer- 
 
 ence to. 
 AvTi-TiEyu, f. -Aefw (avri, Tieyco), to 
 
 speak or argue against. 
 
 'Avri-oe, -a, -ov (dvri), opposite, to 
 
 meet, against. 
 
 'AvTi-ndaxo), f. -TCEiaofxai, pf. -rci- 
 rrovda (avri, ndaxu), to receive 
 harm or injury in return. 
 
 'AvTt7coi-F.oju.aL (-ovjiai), f. -rjaofiai 
 (hvTi, ttoleco), to lay claim or aspire 
 to, contend for. 
 
 'AvTi-rdaaco (Att. -Tarrco), f. -Ta^co, 
 pf. -Tiraxa, aor. pass. -ETdxOrjv 
 (dvri, Taaaco), to set in array or 
 draw up against, oppose. 
 
 'AvTt-cpvTidaaco (Att. -cpvXdrTco), f. 
 •cj>v?m^co (avri, <pv?idooco) (mid.), 
 to be on one's guard against. 
 
 'AvTKpuv-ECJ (-co), f. -7]oco, to reply. 
 
 'AvvaT-6c, -ov (dvvco), possible. 
 
 "Avco (avd), above, upwards. 
 
 "Avcoya (pf. as pres.), dvcoystv (plqpf. 
 as impf.), / command, bid, order, 
 charge, direct, request. 
 
 "A^i-oc, -a, -ov-, of worth, worthy, be- 
 coming ; tcoTJiOV d^LOC, worth much, 
 of great service ; nTiEiovoc d^ioc, 
 worth more, more valuable. 
 
 'Agt-oco (-u>), f. -coaco (a%iog), to think 
 or deem worthy, claim, desire. 
 
 "A^cov, (dijov)oc (6) (ayco), an axle- 
 tree. 
 
 "AorcTi-oc, -ov (a priv., oTrla), un- 
 armed. 
 
 'ATc-ayyi2?M, f. -ayy£?ico, aor. -jyy- 
 yeiTia (divo, dyjEXKco), to bring 
 back word, report, announce, men- 
 tion, declare. 
 
 'An-dyco, f. -d^co, aor. -r)yayov (died, 
 ayco), to lead away, bring back. . 
 
 'Arrad-Tjc, -ec (a priv., reddoc), exempt 
 from suffering, impassible. 
 
 , Arcai6EVT-oc, -ov (a priv., naidevco), 
 untaught, uninstructed. 
 
 'AiratT-EO) (-co), f. -rjaco (drco, atTEco), 
 to ask or demand of. 
 
 'AitaWay-ri, -ijc (t)) (aTTa7iXdaaco), a 
 deliverance, release, relief from. 
 
 'An-aTiMaaco (Att. -a%?Arrto), f. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 291 
 
 -aXkdl-u (dnu, aXkuaoiS) (mid.), 
 to get off, escape, come off. 
 
 'Airah-vv-u, f. -vvu (aTrd/ldc), to soft- 
 en. 
 
 'ATT-afj.ei>3ofiai, f. -ape tip o fiat, aor. 
 •TjiieL^drjv (airo, apeipu), to an- 
 swer. 
 
 'An-dvEV-de or -dev (utto, avev, -de), 
 afar off, apart, aloof 
 
 'Anavr-du (-cD), f. -qaoficu (and, dv- 
 rdu) (with dat.), to meet. 
 
 "Atto^ (a copul., Trf/ywiu), once. 
 
 'AirapacwevacT-og, -ov (a priv., na- 
 paGKEvd^o), unprepared. 
 
 "Airag, dirdaa, dizav (a/ua, K&g), all 
 together, all, every ; ol airavTEC, the 
 whole party. 
 
 'ATretd-eu (-w), f. -?',go (dneidijc) 
 (with dat.), to disobey. 
 
 *Air-EL[ii, f. -Eoo/aai (utto, el/ui), to be 
 away or absent. 
 
 'Att-ei/il, impf. -ystv (axo, elfii), to 
 go away, depart, desert, go back, re- 
 treat, return. 
 
 'ATCEiprjKa (pf. of aizELirov), I am 
 fatigued or tired. 
 
 "ArrEip-oc, -ov (a priv., Trslpa), with- 
 out trial, inexperienced. 
 
 'ATTEip-uv, -ov (a priv., ireZpag, ire- 
 pag), boundless, vast. 
 
 , A7r-e?Mvv-o), f. -EAdao), Att. -evlw 
 (a7rd, kXavvu), to ride away, depart. 
 
 'ArrepEtai-og, -ov (poet, for d-xEipi- 
 oiog), boundless, countless, invalu- 
 able, priceless. 
 
 'A7T-EpX0fJ.ai, f. -ETlEVGOfiai, pf. -E?\,7j- 
 
 ?.vda, aorist act. -?)?,6ov, to go or 
 come away, depart; utceWe, be- 
 gone ! 
 
 'ATZEcav^iTjv, Ep. for dixEGVopiriv (syn- 
 cop. 2 aor. mid. of airoGEVu), I 
 rushed forth from. 
 
 1 Arc-Ex^dvofxat, f. -ExdiJGo/xat, pf. 
 •7)xQ r llJ-ai>, aor. -TjxOdfiTjv (and, ex- 
 ddvoixai) (with dat.), to be hated by 
 or odious to. 
 
 'Attexo, f- d(j)E^o), aor. dnscxov (und 
 
 EX *), to be distant from ; (mid.), to 
 
 refrain or abstain from. 
 'Atttjv-7}, -rig (i]), a' four -wheeled wagon, 
 
 mule-car, carriage, chariot. 
 'Aiuct-eu (-u>), f. -yau (amaTog) 
 
 (with dat.), to distrust, disobey. 
 'ATiLGTL-a, -ag {j)) (airiOTog), disbelief, 
 
 distrust, faithlessness. 
 "ATziGT-og, -ov (a priv., itcartg), faith- 
 less. 
 'Air}„-6og (-ovg), -br\ (-f/), -6ov (-ovv), 
 
 simple ; to dirTiOvv, sincerity. 
 'A7TO (gen.), from, ivith, by, at, by 
 
 reason of; (adv.), away, off, forth, 
 
 quite. 
 'Arto-fiaivu, f. -{37}o~ofxai, pf. -ffifiriKa, 
 
 aor. diTE^rjV, to go away, depart. 
 'ATZOpTldTTTG) (dlTO, fiXdlTTC)), to htirt. 
 
 'Axo-fiMrtu, f. -{3?ihp(j (utto, /3Ae- 
 
 — o)), to look attentively. 
 'Aixo-yLyvuoKLd, f. -yvuGO/uat, pf. 
 
 uTriyvuKa {dno, yiyvuGKu), to 
 
 give up a design or intention. 
 'ATiO-daiu, f. -duGOfiat (d~6, dalco), 
 
 to portion out or give a share to. 
 'A7To-6EiKvvfj.i, f. -dsi^o), aor. pass. 
 
 aTTEdEixdqv (utto, dEUvvfit), to 
 
 point out, direct, appoint. 
 'Ano-diSpaGKO), f.' -SpaGO/iai, aor. 
 
 UTTidprjv (and, didpaGKO)), to escape 
 
 by stealth, slip away from. 
 'Afto-didufu, f. Sugg), 1 aor. ane'dco- 
 
 na, 2 aor. uireduv {diro, 6l6o)/j,c), 
 
 to pay. 
 'A7ro-(5o/cet, aor. diredo^E (utto, do- 
 
 foel), it does not seem good, it ap- 
 pears unadvisable. 
 
 'ATZO-dvTjGKU, f. -6aV0V/J.CU, pf. -TEdvT]- 
 
 kcl, aor. aTcidavov (Jtixo, S-vtjgkg)), 
 
 to die, fall in battle ; (pf.), to lie dead; 
 
 (contr. pf. part.) dixoTEOvrjug. 
 "Attotv-a, -ov (rd), (a copul., -KOivrf), 
 
 a ransom, recompense. 
 ' ATtO-KELfiat, f. -KELGOfiaL (uTTO, KEl' 
 
 fxai), to be laid or put aside or by. 
 
292 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'Atto-kAlv co, f. -KAlvcb, aor. arzenTiiva 
 (utto, KAivco), to turn away. 
 
 'ATro-icpivo/j,ai, f. -tcplvovjuut, aor. 
 aTXEKplvdiirjv (citto, npivco), to an- 
 swer, reply. 
 
 'ATTO-KpVTTTCO, f. -KpVlpCO (uTTO, KpVTT- 
 
 tco), to hide from, conceal. 
 
 'AttO-KTELVCO, f. -KTEVCO, pf. UTTEKTOVU, 
 
 1 aor. -iKTEiva, 2 aor. -ektuvov 
 (utto, kte'lvcS), to kill, slay. 
 
 'Aixo-Aafificivo, f. -ATJipofiat, pf. uttec- 
 Arjcpa, aor. act. -sAaj3ov, aor. pass. 
 -EAr]<pd7]V (utto, ?iU/J.j3dvco), to in- 
 tercept. 
 
 'Atto-aelttco, f. -AELipco, aor. UTTEALTTOV 
 (utto, Aelttco), to leave, forsake. 
 
 'AttoAekt-oc;, -ov (uTTO?i£yco), chosen 
 out, picked. 
 
 'kivo-Arjyo), f. -Arj^co (citto, Ajjyco) 
 (with gen.), to leave of, cease, or de- 
 sist from. 
 
 ^tt-oaV.vjjll, f. -oAegco, pf. -oAcoAeku 
 (citto, 6/iAVfu), to destroy ; (mid.), 
 ciTT-6?i,Av[iai, f. -oAovuat, pf. -oAco- 
 ?ia, aor. -coA6/u.?]v, to perish, die. 
 
 'Att6a?mv, ('ATT6?iAuv)og, vocative 
 "AttoAAov (6), Apollo. 
 
 Atto-Avco, f. -Avgco (citto, Avco), to re- 
 lease, allow to depart. 
 
 Att-ovIvtjlil, f. -ovijaco, Horn. 2 aor. 
 mid. -ovTjiirjv, 2 s. opt. -ovato (utto, 
 bvivrjixi) (usually mid., with gen.), 
 to have the use or enjoyment of, derive 
 pleasure from. 
 
 'ATTO-TTEflTTCO, f. -TTEfllpCO (ciTTO, TTE[l- 
 
 ttco), to send off or away, dismiss. 
 
 'Arrop-ECd (-co), f. -tjgco (unopog) (with 
 gen.), to be in want of, want. 
 
 'Airopl-a, -ug (rj) (uiropog), want. 
 
 "Aixop-og, -ov (a priv., tropog), im- 
 passable, perplexed. 
 
 'Atto^-^itttco, I. -fiiipco, aor. uTTE^Lipa 
 (d7ro, p"ltttco), to throw off ox aside. 
 
 'AtTO-GHUTTTCO, f. -GKUTpCO (uTTO, GKUTT- 
 
 roj), to cut off or intercept by a trench 
 or ditch. 
 
 'Atto-gtt-uco, f. -ctaco, aor. pass, utteg- 
 TT&Gdrjv (utto, gttcico) (mid. with 
 gen.), to remove ox withdraw from. 
 
 Atto-gteAAco, f. -gteAco (citto, gteA- 
 Aco), to tend off, away, or back. 
 
 ATTO-GTpECpCO, f. -GTpElpCO (llTTO, GTp£' 
 
 cpu), to turn from, divert, recall. 
 
 'ATTOGTpO(j)-7], -?jg (ij) (uTTOGTpECpCo), O 
 
 place of retreat, refuge. 
 'AtTO-GCoC,CO, f. -GCOGCO (utto, gco^co), to 
 
 save from. 
 'Atto-teivco, f. -tevco, pf. pass, -tetu- 
 
 fiat (drro, telvco), to extend. 
 
 'ATTOTEtX-^-CO, f. -LGCO, Att. -ICO (ciTTQ, 
 
 telx^co), to wall off, cut off a retreat 
 
 by a wall. 
 'Atto-te/uvco, f. -TE/J.CO, aor. pass, uttet- 
 
 117]6t]V (utto, tejuvco), to cut off. 
 'ATTO-Ttdnfu, f. -dijGco, aor. uTTidrjv 
 
 (utto, TidrjiiL), to put by or aside. 
 
 'ATTO-THTjyCO, f. -Tllfj^CO (UTTO, T(JL7jyC0), 
 
 to cut off from, intercept. 
 
 'Airovp-ag, -aGa, -av (Ep. 1 aor. part, 
 act. of unavpuco), having taken 
 away. 
 
 ATT-ovp-i^co (Ion. for ucbopi^co), f. -lgco, 
 Horn, -lggco (utto, ovpi^co), to take 
 away the landmarks of, deprive of. 
 
 'ATTO-cpEvyco, f. -<pevtjo[j.ai, aor. utt'e- 
 cpvyov (utto, cpEvyco), to escape (by 
 not being caught), flee out of the 
 reach of. 
 
 'A7ro-^wp-e6; (-co), -tjgco (utto, %co- 
 pico), to depart. 
 
 ''AirpocpuGLGT-og, -ov (a priv., Trpocpa- 
 GL^o/iai), offering no excuse, unhesi- 
 tating. 
 
 'Atttco, f. u^co, aor. mid. r)ipd(j.rjv, to 
 fasten, fasten to ox on; (mid.), to 
 fasten one's self to, lay hold of, 
 grasp. 
 
 'Att-coO-eco (-co), f. -codr/Gco and -cooco, 
 aor. mid. -coGu/unv (citto, codico), to 
 thrust or push off or away. 
 
 *Apa, Ep. up, then, thereupon, next, 
 namely. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 293 
 
 'Ap-d, -dg (Ion. -77, -fig) (rj), a curse, 
 
 ruin, calamity. 
 'AppuK-ng, -ov (b), Arbaces. 
 'Apya-ot, -ov (ol) ("Apyog), the Ar- 
 
 gives ; (Horn.), (he Greeks (in gen- 
 eral). 
 'Apyevv-og, -7], -ov (^Eol. and Dor. 
 
 for dpydg), white. 
 "Apyog, ("Apye)og, contr. "Apyovg 
 
 (-6), Argas. 
 'Apyvp-eof or dpyvp-eog (-ovg), -ea 
 
 (-a), -eov (-ovv) (apyvpog), made 
 
 of silver, silver. 
 'Apyvpi-ov, -ov (to) (apyvpog), silver, 
 
 money. 
 "Apyv(p-og, -ov, shining like silver, 
 
 silver-white. 
 'Apdo, f. dpo~o, to water. 
 'Apsonu, f. apeau (dpw) (with dat.), 
 
 to please. 
 'Aper-77, -ijg (J]), virtue, valour. 
 ^Apr/yco, f. up^u (with dat.), to help, 
 
 lend aid to, succour. 
 'Aprjg, ("Ape-, Ep. and Ion. "Ap7]-)og 
 
 (b), Mars. 
 'Apcac-og, -ov (6), Ariceus. 
 'Apid[j.-6g, -ov (6), number, calculation, 
 
 extent, length. 
 'ApnrpeTT-rig, -eg (apt-, npeTro), emi- 
 nently distinguished. 
 'ApLarep-og, -d, -ov, left ; 77 apiorepa, 
 
 the left hand. 
 'Apiarevo, poet. impf. apiareveaKov 
 
 (upLGTog), to be the best or bravest. 
 'ApLGTiTTTT-og, -ov (b), Aristippus. 
 "Aptar-ov, -ov (to), the morning meal, 
 
 breakfast, lunch. 
 'ApiOT-og, -7], -ov, best, bravest, noblest, 
 
 most considerable ; ol apiOTOt, the 
 
 braves; apiOTa (adv.), in the best 
 
 manner. 
 
 'Ap/cdf , ('ApKd6)og (6), an Arcadian. 
 
 'ApK-eo (-u), f. -eacj (with dat.), to 
 
 be sufficient for. 
 "Apur-og, -ov (rj), a she-bear, the north ; 
 npbg apurov, northward. 
 
 "Ap/xa, (apjuar-)og (to), a chariot. 
 
 'Ap/z-6£-(j, f. -ogu (dp/nog, upo), to fit. 
 
 "Apvv/j,ai, f. upovfiai (alpoj.iai), to re- 
 ceive for one's self, gain, acquire, 
 seek to gain, defend, maintain. 
 
 "Apovp-a, -ag (77) (updo), tilled or ara- 
 ble land, afield. 
 
 'Aprr-d^cj, f. -dau and -d£b, to plun- 
 der. 
 
 "App'-nv, -ev (Ion. and old Att. dp- 
 CTjv), male ; dpanv Seog, a god. 
 
 'ApTayepG-rjg, -ovg (6), Artagerses. 
 
 'ApTa^ep^-rjg, -ov (b), Artaxerxes. 
 
 'ApTao(-og, -ov (b), Artaozus. 
 
 'Apra7rdr-77f, -ov (b), Artapates. 
 
 "ApTefiig, ('ApT£/LLtd)og (rj), Diana. 
 
 "ApTL, now. 
 
 "Apr-og, -ov (b), bread, a loaf of bread 
 
 'Apxal-og, -a, -ov (dpxv)> ancient, 
 former. 
 
 'ApX'Vi ~V£ (??)j a beginning, kingdom, 
 dominion, government, sway, empire. 
 
 'Apxyv (dpxf}), at first ; ov dpx^v, 
 not at all. 
 
 'ApxtK-og, -7], -ov (dpxv), fitted for 
 command, qualified to rule. 
 
 v Ap£«, f. dpijcj, aor. 7)p%a, to begin, 
 lead, rule, govern, command, be leader 
 or commander ; (pass.), to obey ; dp- 
 XOfxev-og, -ov (b), a soldier. 
 
 "Apx^v, (dpxovT)og (6), a commander, 
 governor. 
 
 'Aceft-rig, -eg (a priv., a£(3a>), ungod- 
 ly, sinful. 
 
 'Accvcbg (doLvijg), without doing any 
 harm, inoffensively. 
 
 "AalT-og, -ov (a priv., ctTog), without 
 
 food, fasting, hungry. 
 'AaK-eu (-w), f. -tjgu, pf. rjGKrjKa, to 
 
 practise. 
 "Acfiev-og, -rj, -ov (f/dofxcu, ija/ievog), 
 well-pleased, glad ; ddfievog iupatta, 
 I am glad to see. 
 'Acizlg, (dairl6)og (rj), a shield, body 
 
 of shield-men or men-at-arms. 
 'Agttip, (dcTep)og (6), a star. 
 
294 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 "Act pair to, f. aarpdipo) (darpan^), 
 to glitter, emit gleams of light. 
 
 v AaTp-ov, -ov (to), a star. 
 
 "Agtv, (aGTe)og, contr. aGTOvg (to), 
 a city, town. 
 
 'AcFTvdvai;, (' AGTvdvatiT)og (6), As- 
 tyanax. 
 
 'AGfyak-riq, -eg (a priv., atpd/Ho/nat), 
 safe. 
 
 v AG(pa2,T-og , -ov (ij), asphalt, bitumen. 
 
 y Aax<ik-dQ, Horn, -odu, to be distress- 
 ed, vexed, filled with indignant grief. 
 
 *ATatcT-og, -ov (a priv., Taaau), in a 
 disordered state, disorderly. 
 
 'ATaXdQp-ov, -ov (araAog, Qpqv), 
 tender -minded. 
 
 'Arap, but. 
 
 'ATaodaTi-og, -ov (draw), blindly fool- 
 ish, madly violent, presumptuous, ar- 
 rogant, savage, cruel. 
 
 "At-7], -7jg (rj), calamity. 
 
 'ATlfi-d&, f. -dao (aTtfiOg), to dis- 
 grace. 
 
 'ATpeid-ng, -ov Ep. and Ion. -do and 
 •su (6) ('ATpevg ), son or descendant 
 of Atreus, Atrides ; ol 'ATpel&at 
 and to 'ATpeida, the Atridce (Aga- 
 memnon and Menelaiis). 
 
 'ATpetiECjg (aTpeiiTJg), truly. 
 
 'ATTlK-og, -7], -6v (ukttj), Attic, Athe- 
 nian. 
 
 'ATvfrfiai, aor. part. drvxOeig (aTau), 
 to be amazed, bewildered, terrified, 
 overcome, or overwhelmed (with 
 grief). 
 
 Av, again, moreover, on the other hand, 
 on the contrary. 
 
 Avaivo, f. avdvG) (avto), to dry up, 
 wither. 
 
 Avdcg, Ion. avTtg (av), back again, 
 again, in the second place. 
 
 AvX-7J, -rjg (f/) (do), court-yard. 
 
 Avl-i&nat, f. -LGOjiat, aor. nvTiiadrjv 
 (avTi.7]), to lodge, take up one's quar- 
 ters. 
 
 Avluv, (av?,u>v)og (6), a canal. 
 
 AvTdp (Ep. for aTap), but, yet. 
 
 Avte (Ep. for av), again, on the other 
 hand, in turn, on one's part. 
 
 AvTtKa (avTog), forthwith, straight- 
 way, immediately, presently. 
 
 AvtoOl (for avTov), there. 
 
 Avtojj,e6cjv, (AvTOfj.eSovT)og (6), Au- 
 tomedon. 
 
 AvTOfioTi-eo) (-6), f. -77CTG) (avTofioX- 
 og), to be a deserter, to desert. 
 
 AvTo/xoX-og, -ov (6) (avTog, (j.o'XeZv), 
 a deserter. 
 
 AvT-6g, -7}, -6, self, himself, herself 
 itself, he, she, it, with one's own hand, 
 in person, very ; 6 avTog, the same. 
 
 Avtov (avTog), there, here. 
 
 Avtov, Att. contr. for iavTov. 
 
 AvTog or avTog (avrog), thus, so. 
 
 'Afyaip-eo (■£>), f. -rjGd, aor. dc^eVKov 
 (drcd, alpeo), to take away. 
 
 ' A<j)-afj,apTdvo), f. -afiapTr/GOfiai, aor. 
 •jj/iapTov (dno, dfiapTdvo) (with 
 gen.), to be deprived of, lose (by 
 death). 
 
 'A<pdv-?jg, -eg (a priv., (paivo/uai), un- 
 seen ; Ta d(pav7], (a man's) private 
 character. 
 
 "AcpavT-og, -ov (a priv., fyaivofiai), 
 invisible, disappearing. 
 
 'A0ap7r-d£cj, f. -d^o Att. -dou (dito, 
 dpTrd^u), to pluck from. 
 
 'A<pet3-f}g, -eg (a priv., <pei6ouai), un- 
 sparing ; (adv.), dcpetd-eog, -tig, 
 super. -eoTaTa. 
 
 'AcpeTiug (atye'krig), brightly, constantly 
 bright. 
 
 'Addovl-a, -ag (rj) (afydovog), abund- 
 ance, plenty, number. 
 
 'A(j>-i)]fj.i, f. -rjaoi, pf. -elica (diro, 
 irjfxi), to let go, let loose, dismiss, al- 
 low to depart, let in. 
 
 'Afafcdvc) (diro, ludva)), to go, arrive 
 at. 
 
 'Afy-iKveofiai, f. -igoftai, pf. -ly/xai, 
 aor. -IKO/J.TJV (diro, Itcveofiai), to ar- 
 rive at, come to. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 295 
 
 'A<j>iaT7][i(, f. aTToorfjao), aor. ucpea- 
 TTjaa (uto, lottj/u), to put away, 
 remove, separate ; (pf.) dcpECTTjKa, I 
 stand aloof; (fut. formed from pf.) 
 LMpeOTijtjd), I will stand aloof or 
 abandon ; (2 aor.) aizeaTrjv, I stood 
 aloof ; (mid.), to depart from, leave, 
 desert, revolt. 
 
 'A^vei-dc, -ov (dcpevog), rich, wealthy. 
 
 'A.tppodtT-7], -77c (7/) (d<j>p6g), Venus 
 (goddess of love and beauty). 
 
 'A^vAatcT-og, -ov (a priv., $vAuogu), 
 unguarded. 
 
 'Axat-og, -d, -bv, Achaean or Grecian. 
 
 'A^at-dc, -ov (6), an Achaean, Grecian, 
 or Greek. 
 
 'AxdptcT-og, -ov (a priv., xapi&fiai), 
 unpleasant, disagreeable, unthanked, 
 unrequited, unrewarded ; dxapioTcog, 
 ungratefully. 
 
 'A££/l<Z>-(poet. 'A^e)loi'-)of, -ov (d), 
 the (river) Achelous. 
 
 'Axt?iX-(Hom. 'AxtA-)Evg, -Eug Ep. 
 -r)og (d), Achilles (prince of the 
 Myrmidons, and hero of the Iliad). 
 
 "Axvv(J.aL (dxog), to be exposed to sor- 
 row, troubled, grieved, afflicted, mourn 
 for. 
 
 "A^oc, (dxe)og (to), pain, grief, woe, 
 sorrow. 
 
 "Axpc and dxpig, until. 
 
 "Atp, back. 
 
 B. 
 
 BafivAtov, (Ba(3vAQv)og (rj), Baby- 
 lon. 
 
 Ba(3vAuvi-a, -ag (rj) (BafivAuv), Bab- 
 ylonia. 
 
 Ba(3v?Mvt-og, -a, -ov (Ba(3vAuv), 
 Babylonian. 
 
 Bddog, (f3dde)og (to) ((3advg), depth. 
 
 BadvKoy^-og, -ov ((3advg, Kolizog), 
 deep-bosomed. 
 
 Bd8v?>A-og, -ov (d), Balhyllus. 
 
 Bad-vg, -eta, -v, deep; (comp.) f3a6i- 
 uv, (super.) (SdOtaTog. 
 
 Baivo, f. firjconai, pf. (3e/3ijKa, aor 
 
 i^rjv, to go, depart. 
 BanTTjpi-a, -ag (ij) ( =8uKTpov), a 
 
 general's baton OX truncheon, staff. 
 Bd?MV-og, -ov (ij), a date. 
 BuAAcj, f. j3d?.ti, pf. (3£{3AT)na, aor. 
 
 ffidAov, to throw, wound, smite, 
 
 hit, pierce. 
 Bdn-Tu, f. fid-ipo, pf. pass. (3e(3afifiat, 
 
 aor. pass, eftafynv, to dip. 
 Bdpadp-ov, ov (to) (Ion. (SipeQpov), 
 
 a gulf , abyss. 
 BappaptK-6g, -77, -ov ((3dp{3apog), 
 
 barbarian ; /3apj3apiK0Jg, in the bar- 
 barian tongue. 
 Bdpj3ap-og, -ov (6), a barbarian. 
 Bdp,8iT-ov, -ov (to), and -og, -ov (rj), 
 
 a lyre. 
 Bap-vg, -eta, -v, heavy; papiog (j>i- 
 
 peiv, to bear ill, feel indignant at; 
 
 fiapiog dtioveiv, to hear with pain 
 
 or reluctantly. 
 BaalAei-og, -ov ((8aat?^Evg), royal. 
 BaotAsvg, ((3aail£)ug (d), a king. 
 BaaiAEv-u, f. -ceo (fiaatAevg) (with 
 
 gen.), to be king or queen of, to rule 
 
 over. 
 BaatAiK-6g, -r), -ov (3acuAevg), king- 
 ly, royal. 
 Bej3at-og, -a, -ov and -og, -ov (ftaivco), 
 
 firm, steadfast, reliable, permanent, 
 
 enduring. 
 Bi2,Ttc7T-og, -rj, -ov (sup. of dyadog), 
 
 best. 
 Be?,tI-c)v, -ov (comp. of dyadog), 
 
 superior to. 
 Bio/nat, Horn. (3eiofj.ai (pres. used as 
 
 fut.), I shall go, move, live. 
 Bi-a, -ag (Ion. -rj, -77c), bodily strength, 
 
 might. 
 Biat-og, -a, -ov {pia), violent. 
 BiK-og, -ov (6), ajar. 
 Bi-og, -ov (d), life. 
 Bt-6g, -ov (d), a bow. 
 B?*,d<3-r/, -Tjg (77) (j3?,a7rTo), hurt, dam- 
 age, injury, harm. 
 
296 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 BTianev-Q, f. -co (/3/l«f), to loiter, 
 give one's self up to indolence. 
 
 BMtttg), f. plaipu, 2 aor. pass. tj3M- 
 (3r/v, to injure, hurt. 
 
 B/i^7rw, f. fiMipu, to look, see, incline, 
 point. 
 
 B2eq>ap-ov, -ov (to) ((32,ettco), the eye- 
 lid. 
 
 Bo-do, f. -r)au, aor. pass, kflof/Onv 
 (007]), to cry out or aloud, to call out 
 or aloud. 
 
 B6«-(or (36s-)og, -a, -ov (/3ovg), of 
 an ox or oxen ; of ox-hide or ox- 
 leather. 
 
 Bo-r), -r)g, (r)), a cry for succour, chirp- 
 ing (of birds). 
 
 Bo7)dei-a,-aq (r)) U3orj6iu), assistance. 
 
 Borjd-eo) (-£>), f. -r)o(j) (ftor), -&E0)) 
 (with dat.), to lend aid to, assist, 
 succour. 
 
 BoicJTi-og, -a, -ov (fiovg), Boeotian. 
 
 BovppooTtc. ((3ovl3pd)are)o)c (rj) 
 (f3ov-, (Sij3puGK0)), excessive hunger, 
 grinding poverty or misery, calamity. 
 
 Bov?i£V-G), f. -ou (povTlrj), to deliberate 
 about ox upon, consult, determine, plot, 
 meditate; (mid.), to consult together. 
 
 BovTi-r), -Tjg (rj) (j3ovXojuat), a project, 
 plan ; (3ovlac (3ov2,EV€LV, to devise 
 plans. 
 
 Bovlr/cpSp-og, -ov (fiovlrj, <j)ipu), 
 counselling, advising ; b fiovXr/cpo- 
 pog, a counsellor. 
 
 BovX-ojuat, f. -r)ao[xai, pf. (3ej3ov2,7]- 
 fxat, aor. efiovTirjdnv and r)j3ov2,r}- 
 drjv, to will, wish, feel inclined, de- 
 sire, choose. 
 
 Bovg, ((3o)6c (b, r)), an ox or cow. 
 
 Bpad-vg, -Eta, -v, slow. 
 
 Bp6fM-oc, -ov (b) (fipojioc), Bacchus. 
 
 Bporo-eic, -ecca, -ev (fipoTog), bloody, 
 blood-besprinkled. 
 
 BpoT-6g, -ov (b), a mortal, man. 
 
 Bpvu, impf. sfSpvov, to scatter all 
 around or in profusion. 
 
 (3ojj,-6g, -ov (6) (f3aivu), an altar. 
 
 r. 
 
 Yal-a, -7jc (v) (poet, for yfj), earth, 
 
 land. 
 TaTirjv-r], -ng (rj), calm. 
 Td?io-G)r, -to (rj), a sister-in-law. 
 T&fi-oc, -ov (b), a wedding, marriage , 
 
 etti ya/LMJ, in or upon marriage. 
 Tup, for, since, because, therefore, as. 
 Yaarrjp, (ya.oTep)og, contr. yaarpbg 
 
 (rj), the belly. 
 TavXtT-ng, -ov (6), Gaulites. 
 Te, at least, at all, in particular, for 
 
 one's part. 
 Telvo/icu (Horn, for yiyvofiai), to be 
 
 born ; aor. syEivdfinv, to beget, bring 
 
 forth, become the parent of. 
 Tsctuv, (yEiTov)oc (b) (with dat.), 
 
 neighbouring, near. 
 TeX-u.g), f. -dao/xat and -dao, to laugh, 
 
 smile, laugh at, deride. 
 Tsv£-d, -ac, (rj) (yivo), birth ; rpid- 
 
 Kovra errj dnb ysvE&g, thirty years 
 
 old. 
 Tevei-do) (-£), f. -r/ao) (yivsiov), to 
 
 have a beard. 
 Tivei-ov, -ov (to) (yivvg), the beard. 
 Tevet-t), -r)q (rj) (yew), birth. 
 YEpai-6g,-ov (6) (yipuv), an oldman, 
 
 revered sire. 
 Tipuv-og, -ov (rj), a crane. 
 Tsp'p'-ov, -ov (to), a wicker or osier' 
 
 woven shield. 
 Tsp'p'oQop-og, -ov (b) (yifrjiov, <f>£pu), 
 
 a wicker-shield bearer, one armed 
 
 with an osier-woven shield. 
 Tipuv, (yipovT)og (6), an old man, 
 
 aged. 
 TEv-ofxai, f. -aofiai (mid.) (with gen.), 
 
 to taste. 
 Tscpvp-a, -ag (rj), a bridge. 
 Tecopy-og, -ov (b) (ysa, Epyu), a hus- 
 bandman, farmer. 
 Tr), yrjg (rj) (contr. from yia), the 
 
 earth, land. 
 TriyEV-rjg, -£g (yr), ysvu), earth-born, 
 
 earth-sprung. 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
 297 
 
 T^Ao^-oc, -ov (6) (>7/, ?i6<pog), a 
 mound of earth, hill. 
 
 Tfjpag, (}7/par)og, Horn. (yijpa)og, 
 Att. yrjpug {to), old age. 
 
 TTjpdu and ynpdaKu, f. yrjp-uGu and 
 -dcofiat, pf. yeyrjpaKa (yjjpag), to 
 grow aged, become old and infirm. 
 
 Tiyvo/uai, f. yevqao/uat, pf. yeyivrj- 
 fj,cu, pf. mid. yeyova, aor. h/Evofiriv 
 (yevu), to become, happen, take place, 
 turn out, be bom, exist, be, prove to 
 be, ensue, result, come, spring, arise, 
 begin, get, be allowed ; ev frog ye- 
 yovuc, a year old. 
 
 Tiyv&GKU, f. yvucofiai, pf. eyvuKa, 
 aor. eyvuv, aor. pass, eyvuadrjv, 
 to know, perceive, find, think, think 
 of; XPV/ J ' a yr/vutJKEiv, to entertain 
 a sentiment. 
 
 TXavauirig, (y?uavK(jTTi6)og (rj) 
 (y?\.avKog , utp), fierce-eyed, piercing- 
 eyed. 
 
 Tku<pvp-6g, -d, -ov (y?id<pu), hollow, 
 hollowed out. 
 
 Thovc, TXov, ace. Tlovv (6), Glus. 
 
 TXvusp-og, -a, -ov (yAVKvg), sweet, 
 delightful. 
 
 TAvn-vg, -ela, -v, sweet. 
 
 Tvu,u-7], -rjg (37) (yvuvai), an opinion, 
 thought, plan, design, principle, de- 
 liberation, expectation ; ex £iV T V V 
 yvufinv, to direct the thoughts. 
 
 To-du, f. -fjau, aor. eyoov (yoog), to 
 wail, moan, mourn, lament. 
 
 Tov-i], -jjg (77) (yevto), a race, genera- 
 tion. 
 
 Tow, {yovur-, Ion. yovvar-)og (to), 
 the knee ; (pi.) yovva, yovvov (rd). 
 
 T6-oc, -OV (6), lamentation, mourning, 
 grief 
 
 Topyi-ag, -ov (6), Gorgias. 
 
 Tpd/x/ia, (ypd/i/aaT)og (to) (ypd<po), 
 a letter of the alphabet ; (pi.), letters, 
 literature, science. 
 
 Tpd<?a, f. ypdipo), pf. yeypa<pa, pf. 
 paSS. yeypdfiflCtt, to write, describe. \ 
 
 N 
 
 Tvl-ov, > • (, 5), a limb. 
 
 Tvfiv-br -fj, o.v, naked, lightly clad. 
 
 Tvv7], (yvvn'nY^, voc. yvvac (?)), * 
 
 woman, fcmaU, wife, lady. 
 Tuppv-ae, -ov (6), Gob.-yas. 
 
 AacduAE-og, -a, -ov (fciiSdlAG)), cun 
 
 ningly or curiously wrought, of m 
 
 genious workmanship. 
 Aatfiovcel (dai/j.ov), strange man ! 
 AaiuovtT} ! (dai/uov), strangs or fool 
 
 ish woman ! 
 Aaivv/ut and daivvo, f. i^alau (Saiu) 
 
 to feast, give a feast to ; daivvra 
 
 syncop. form of daivvoiTO, 3 s. pr. 
 
 opt. pass, of datvvo. 
 Adi-og, -a, -ov (Ion. dijiog, -rj, -ov) 
 
 (data), da'ig), hostile ; dijlog dvijp, a 
 
 foeman, enemy. 
 Aatrvg, (datTv)og (?;) (Ep. for 6aig ), 
 
 a meal, feast, banquet. 
 AduvG), f. 6-fj^ojiaL, pf. dsdr/xa, aor 
 
 eddaov, aor. part. pass, daxdeig 
 
 Dor. for SnxOstg, to bite, sting. 
 Adapt', (ddtcpv)og (to), a tear. 
 Aatcpvosig, -egco., -ev (ddicpvov) 
 
 tearful, weeping, bathed in tears. 
 Adupv-ov, -ov (to), a tear ; ktrl date- 
 
 pvoir, prone to tears. 
 AaupvxE-uv , -ovaa, -ov (ddnpv, ££w), 
 
 shedding tears, weeping, bathed in 
 
 tears. 
 Aaupv-G), f. -cru (ddnpv), to weep, shed 
 
 tears; pf. pass. dsddiipv/LLat, to be 
 
 wet with tears. 
 AduTvA-og, -ov (6), a finger. 
 Aaii-du, f. -dao, poet, -docu, pf. 668- 
 
 fiTjua, aor. sda/xov, to overpower, 
 
 overcome, conquer, subdue. 
 Advd-oi, -uv (01) (in Horn.), the 
 
 Greeks. 
 Adog, (6a£)og (to) (data), a light, 
 
 firebrand, torch. 
 Aa-av-du (-«), f. -fiaw (Sandvrj), to 
 
 spend. 
 
 2 ' 
 
298 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Aapdavid-rjc, -ov (6) (patron, of Adp- 
 davoc), son or descendant of Dar- 
 danus. 
 
 Aapddvi-oc, -« (Ep. -tj), -ov (Adpda- 
 voc), Trojan. 
 
 AapeiK-6c, -ov (6), a dark = $3 50. 
 
 Adpel-oc, -ov (6), Darius. 
 
 Auo-vc, -ela, -v (with gen.), thick, 
 thickly covered or grown over with. 
 
 Ae, but, on the other hand, on the con- 
 trary, however, and, now, moreover, 
 thereupon, therefore, also, too, then 
 too, then, in fact, while, for, why, 
 whereas, -de (enclitic), to ; nedi- 
 ovde, to the plain. 
 
 Ael, impf. edei, f. der/aei, aor. ederjae 
 (with ace), it behooves, is the duty 
 of; (with dat.), it is necessary for ; 
 del avrov, he ought; 6,ti del avrov, 
 what need he has. 
 
 Aetdix&TO, Ion. for dedeypievoi qaav, 
 3 pi. plqpf. of dexoptai. 
 
 Aeldu, f. delaojiai, aor. edeiaa, pf. 
 (as pres.) dedoitca and dedia, to be 
 afraid, fear, dread. 
 
 Ae'ik-n, -tjc (ij), afternoon ; deihr) 
 npula, early afternoon; de'ikn otpla, 
 late afternoon. 
 
 Aeill-a, -ac (r)) (det/ioc), timidity, 
 cowardice. 
 
 Aei?>-6c, -rj, -ov (deoc, deido), wretch- 
 ed, miserable, unhappy. 
 
 Aeiv-ov, -ov (to) (deivoc), a difficulty, 
 danger. 
 
 Aeiv-oc, -7}, -ov (deoc), terrible, dread- 
 ful, fearful, clever, skilful. 
 
 Aeiirv-eo) (-co), f. -tjcu, pf. dedeirvvrj- 
 Ka (delirvov), to dine, sup. 
 
 Aelnv-ov, -ov (to), dinner, supper. 
 
 Aefcd (ol, al, to), ten. 
 
 AetcaT-oc, -tj, -ov (deica), tenth. 
 
 Ae/ivl-ov, ov (to) (depio), a couch, bed. 
 
 Aevdp-ov, -ov and devdpoc, (devdpe)oc 
 (to), a tree. 
 
 Ae^i-d, -de (rj) (decide, sc. x £L P)i tfie 
 right hand, a promise given by the 
 
 pledge of the right hand, an assurance 
 of good faith. 
 
 Ae^i-oc, -d, -ov, right. 
 
 Ae^iTep-6c, -d, -ov (detjioc), right. 
 
 Aepu, Ion. deipio, f. depti, pf. dedapua 
 and dedopa, aor. edetpa, to skin, 
 flay. 
 
 Aea/xaT-a, -uv (to) (deo), head orna- 
 ments. 
 
 AeaiidT-iqc, -ov (6), a master. 
 
 Aevpo, (pi.) devTe, hither, here, come 
 on! 
 
 AevTep-oc, -a, -ov (dvo), second ; dev- 
 Tepov and to dei}Tepov,for the sec- 
 ond time. 
 
 Aexoftat, f. de^ofxai, pf. dedey/xai, 
 aor. edexOnv, to take, accept, receive, 
 welcome, reverence. 
 
 Aeo), f. djjGO), pf. dedena, to bind, tie, 
 fasten. 
 
 Aeco, f. derjau, aor. pass, ederjdriv 
 (Ion. devo/iai) (with gen.), to lack, 
 miss, need, be in want of, request; 
 del, there is need of. 
 
 At}, now, then, thereupon, indeed, ac- 
 cordingly, very, by far, of a truth, 
 truly, confessedly, certainly, I can 
 assure you, assuredly ; icai 6rj, al- 
 ready. 
 
 A^A-oc, -r], -ov, apparent, manifest, 
 evident, plain. 
 
 AtjI-ou (-&), f. -6au (dijXoc), to be 
 evident, clear, plain. 
 
 Arj/ndpdT-oc, -ov (6), Demaratus. 
 
 Afifi-oc, -ov (b), a country district, land, 
 territory, state, people. 
 
 Arj/x-oc, -ov (6), fat, tallow. 
 
 Aid (with gen.), through, throughout, 
 by; (with ace), through, on account 
 of, by reason of; did TtoXKd, on 
 many accounts, for many reasons. 
 
 Aia-f3aivu, f. -(37Jao/j,ai, -fiefirjua, aor. 
 die(3r]v (Sid, j3aivo)), to march 
 through, cross (a river). 
 
 Aia-fidllu, f. -/?a/lw, pf. -(H^lijKa, 
 aor. di£(3a?iov (did, fi&'hTiu), to 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 299 
 
 slander, bring or utter a charge 
 against, accuse. 
 Aidj3aGic, (6iai3uae)ug (#) (diapai- 
 
 vu), a crossing. 
 AtaSare-oc, -a, -ov (diafiaivco) (with 
 dat.), that must be crossed, to be 
 crossed. 
 Aia.3a.T-6c, -ij, -6v (diafiaivu), to be 
 
 crossed or passed, fordable. 
 AiaftoX-r/, -7je (77) (diaBdXXu), a 
 
 slander, charge, accusation. 
 Ai-ayyk.7J.is), f. -ayyeXti, aor. -rjyyzi- 
 ?,a (did, dyye?i,2.cj), to announce, 
 make known. 
 Aia-yeA-a(o (-u>), f. -dao (did,ye?.du) 
 
 (with dat.), to laugh or sneer at. 
 
 Aia-yiyvo/iai later ytvojiai, f. -ysvij- 
 
 aojuai, aor. dieyevofj-qv (did, yiyvo- 
 
 fiat), to go through, pass, continue. 
 
 Ai-dyu, f. -d$o), aor. -fp/ov (did, dyu), 
 
 to carry or bring over. 
 Aia-didofii, f. -duGu, impf. diedidovv 
 
 (did, didu/iu), to distribute. 
 Aialvu, f. diuvu, aor. edirjva, to wet, 
 
 moisten. 
 Ai-aip-iu (-<5), f. -7Jau, aor. -eiXov, 
 aor. pass, -ypidrjv (did, aipeo), to 
 take to pieces. 
 Aid-KEi(Jiai,i. -Keicofiai (did,KEifiai), 
 
 to be disposed or affected. 
 Aia-neipo, f. -fcepu JEol. -Kepou, pf. 
 KEKapna, aor. -eicepcra (did, Keipo), 
 to cut through or inpieces, transgress, 
 violate (a command or mandate, 
 
 ETTOc). 
 
 AiaKivdvvevu (did, Kivdvvevu), to 
 
 encounter danger. 
 AldKOV-£0) (-(D), f. -7}G(*> (didfcovoc), to 
 
 serve, wait on ; diaaovelv roaavra, 
 
 to perform such important services as 
 
 these. 
 Aia-KOnTu, f. -Koipo) (did, kotttcj), 
 
 to cut through or in two, cut to pieces. 
 Aidnoai-oi, -at, -a, two hundred. 
 Aia-Xtyofiai, f. -?J^o/iai, aor. mid. 
 
 dule^dunv, aor. pass. die?Jxdr}v 
 
 (did, 2,eycj), to converse with (any 
 one) about (any thing), discourse. 
 Aia-Xeiiru, f. -Xeiipu, aor. die?uKov 
 (did, Xcittcj), to leave (an interval) 
 between ; dia?i.eiiruv, at a distance, 
 apart. 
 Aia-voiofiai, f. -vofjvofiai, aor. die- 
 votjOtjv (did, voiu), to intend, pur- 
 pose. 
 Aia-Tre/xTTu, f. -ire/u-ipu (did, Tri/wrro)), 
 to send about or in different direc- 
 tions. 
 Aia-TTopev-ojuai, f. -aofiai, aor. die- 
 iropevdnv (did, iropevo/jiai), to go 
 or march through, pass along. 
 AiarropEv-c), f. -go (did, wopevu), to 
 
 cause to pass over, help over. 
 Aia-irpdaao) Att. --Kpdrro, f. -Trpd^o, 
 pf. pass. -Tce-Kpayixai (did, irpda- 
 GO)), to accomplish, dispatch, bring a 
 thing about, work out, obtain, man- 
 age. 
 Ai-apTrd^cj, f. -aprr-dau and -d£o, 
 pf. pass. -7}p-Kaofj.ai (did, dpizd^iS), 
 to plunder, carry off as plunder. 
 Aiaaevo/nai, 3 s. syncop. aor. pass. 
 diiaavro (did, oevojuai) (with 
 gen.), to rush through. 
 Aiaarj/x-aivo), f. -avu, aor. diearjfirjva 
 (did, G7]/Liaivo), to point out or ex- 
 plain, make known distinctly. 
 Aia-OTceipu, f. -oirepti, pf. pass, dii- 
 GTrapfiai (did, orce'ipo), to scatter 
 about, disperse. 
 Aia-TUGGco Att. -rdTTQ, f. -rd^o, aor. 
 dierat-a (did, TaGG(S), to dispose, 
 arrange, draw up (an army). 
 Aia-Tpij3cj, f. -rpiipio, pf. -Ttrplfya 
 
 (did, ~pi(3o), to delay. 
 AicKpepovruc (dia(j>ipo)), in a distin- 
 guished degree, highly. 
 Aiatpepcj, f. dioiGco, 1 aor. diijveyKa, 
 2 aor. difjveyKov (did, (j>epo) (with 
 gen.), to differ or be different from. 
 Aiaxetp-i^o), f. -Igu Att. -TQ (did, 
 Xeipl^ui), to manage. 
 
300 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 AtddGndX-og, -ov (b) (diddoKto), a 
 teacher, master. 
 
 AiduGKto, f. diddgto, pf. dedidaxa, to 
 teach, inform. 
 
 Aidco/xc, f. dtocto, pf. deduica, 1 aor. 
 eduKa, 2 aor. £&ji>, pf. pass, dsdo- 
 fiat, to give, grant, bestow, allow, 
 permit, suffer; dtdovat diK7]V, to 
 suffer punishment. 
 
 Ac-e?iavvto, f. -eldau Att. -eTiCo, aor. 
 -7]7iuGa (did, fkavvco), to drive, ride, 
 or march through or across, charge 
 (as cavalry). 
 
 Au^-etfii, inf. -tivai {did, e£, £t/z0> 
 to go or pass through. 
 
 At-tpxofiai, f. -elevGo/uac, -f/Xdov 
 {6td, epxo/xat)) to go through or 
 across, cross, traverse, pass over or 
 through, accomplish (a march). 
 
 Ai-£^w, f. -efw, aor. -eo^ov, impf. 
 -elxov (did, §X U )>. to be distant or 
 apart. 
 
 Ai-larrjfit, f. dtaarr/aco, aor. duGTnv 
 {did, iarrjfiL), to divide, stand apart. 
 
 Ai.ica.c-ov, -ov (to) (dtnaiog), justice. 
 
 AiK.ai.-og, -a, -ov (dint}), just ; dtnaitog, 
 with justice, on just grounds. 
 
 AiKOiioavv-r], -77c (77) (ditcatog), jus- 
 tice, righteous dealing, uprightness. 
 
 AtKatoTTjg, (diKai6T7]T)og (77) diaat- 
 og), justice, just dealing. 
 
 Aiic-r], -7jg (rj), right, justice, punish- 
 ment. 
 
 Acodev (Atog, -6ev),from or sent from 
 Jupiter, heaven-sent. 
 
 AL-67i7iv[Jii, f. -oTiiaid Att. -olCb, aor. 
 -uAeaa (did, bWvfxi), to destroy 
 utterly, put to death, slay. 
 
 Aio/iai, to drive away. 
 
 AtbvvG-og, -ov (6), Bacchus, wine. 
 
 Al-og, -a, -ov (Atog), godlike, noble, 
 illustrious, vast. 
 
 Alotl (6cd tovto on), because. 
 
 ALOTpEtp-jjg, -£g (Atog, TpiQco), trained 
 or cherished by Jupiter, Jove-nur- 
 tured. 
 
 AiirXat;, (di7r?<,un)og (fj), a double- 
 folded mantle or cloak, a double robe. 
 
 Atext?u-oi, -at, -a (dig, x'^tot), two 
 thousand. 
 
 Aupdeplv-og, -77, -ov (dupdipa), made 
 of skins or tanned leather. 
 
 Ai(j)p-og, -ov (6, if), (pi.) tu d'uppa 
 (dig, (pepo), the chariot-board, chari- 
 ot, seat, couch ; e/c dieppov dfjeat, to 
 bind to a chariot. 
 
 Aitonto, f. dtd)^co (dico), to pursue ; to 
 ditJKetv, the pursuit. 
 
 AtCopv^, (diupvx)og (6, 77) (dtopvaato), 
 a canal. 
 
 A/U.CJ-T], -fig (77) (dafidu), a female slave, 
 attendant, maid, domestic. 
 
 Aot-oi, -at, -d and -to (=dvo), two. 
 
 AoK-io) (-to), f. doKfiGu and do^co, 
 pf. dedonrjua, to think, seem, ap- 
 pear, seem good; douse, it is thought ; 
 fj.01 doKU, methinks. 
 
 A6fi-og, -ov (6) (di/io), a house, man- 
 sion ; 'Atddo d6j.iovg, the realms of 
 Hades. ' 
 
 Aov-ico (-Co), f. -7]OG), to drive away, 
 dissipate (as clouds). 
 
 A6f-d, -?7C(?7) (donito), an opinion, ex- 
 pectation, glory. 
 
 AopiTTjGT-og, -ov (6), supper-time. 
 
 Aoprc-ov, -ov (to), afternoon or evening 
 ,meal, dinner or supper. 
 
 Abpv, (dopuT)og (to), a spear. 
 
 AovTi-r], -77c (77) (deu), a female slave. 
 
 Aovlt-og, -a, -ov (dovXog), of slavery, 
 servile, slavish. 
 
 AovX-og, -ov (6) (deu), a slave, subject. 
 
 AovTT-eu (-Co), f. -rjoo, pf. dedovna 
 (doinrog), to make a loud noise. 
 
 AovTT-og, -ov (6), a loud noise. 
 
 Apewavncpop-og, -ov (dpsiravT], (bepco), 
 scythe-bearing, scythed. 
 
 Apsnav-ov, -ov (to) (dpi7tco),a scythe. 
 
 Ap6/J.-og. -ov (6) (dpafieiv), running, 
 speed. 
 
 Apoa-og, -ov (77), dew; bXiyn dpoGog, 
 a little (small portion of) dew. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 301 
 
 Avva/iai, f. dwrjaopLai, pf. dsdivrj- 
 
 fxai, to be able, be equivalent to; 
 
 dvvauai, I can. 
 AvvdfiEV-og, -W> -ov (dvvajiai), power- 
 
 M 
 Avvafiig, (dvvd/UE)ug (r/) {dvvauai), 
 
 power, miglit, strength, force, army ; 
 
 Eig 6vvafj.LV, to the utmost of one's 
 
 power, as far as possible. 
 Avvar-or, -r>, -6v (dvvauai), able, 
 
 capable, possible; ug dvvaTov, as 
 
 far as possible. 
 Avo and dvu, two; Eig dvo, two by two. 
 Avodfijiop-og, -ov (dvg, dfi/xopog), 
 
 most unfortunate, ill-starred, miser- 
 able. 
 Ava/iev-rjc, -kg (dvg, /ikvog), ill-affect- 
 ed, hostile ; ol dva/XEvksg, the enemy, 
 
 foe. 
 Avo~[xop-og, -ov (dvg, jiopog), ill-fated, 
 
 ill-starred. 
 Ai'O-op-oc, -ov (dvg, iropog), difficult 
 
 to be crossed. 
 Ava~pa^i-a, -ac (rj) (dvg, ■xp&GGio), 
 
 ill success or luck, misery. 
 AvG77]v-og, -ov (dvaraivu)), wretched, 
 
 unhappy, unfortunate. 
 Atiw and dvvu, f. dvau, pf. dkdi'Ka, 
 
 aor. eovv, to go into, enter, set (of 
 
 the sun) ; x&dva dvvai, to enter the 
 
 earth, i. e., die. 
 Avudknar-og, -r\, -ov (Horn.), twelfth. 
 Audena (indecl.) (dvo, oeku), twelve. 
 AudknaT-og, -7}, -ov (dudena), twelfth. 
 Aurj and ddujci (Ep. for dti), 3 s. 2 
 
 aor. subj. act. of didu/xi, to impart. 
 A&fia, {6d)fJ.ar)og (to) (dk/i-ij), a house, 
 
 dwelling, mansion, palace. 
 AtJp7jua, (6o)p?juar)og (to) (dupko), 
 
 a gift, present. 
 Aupov, -ov (to) (didufii), a gift, 
 
 present. 
 
 "E (Horn, for avrdv, avT-rjv, ovt6), 
 him, her, it. 
 
 'Edv for si uv Att. fjv, if, in case. 
 "Eap, (eap)oc, poet, slap, (Eiap)oc 
 
 (to), spring. 
 'EavT-ov, -f]r, -ov (contr. avTov) (I, 
 
 avTov), of himself, his own, of her- 
 self, her own, of itself, its own. 
 'Edu, i. tdcru, aor. eIugu, impf. eiuv, 
 
 to suffer, allow, permit, let go, permit 
 
 to depart, spare. 
 'Ey-yiyvo/xai later -ytvo/xai, f. -yEvt]- 
 
 Gouai, pf. -yEyivn/Liai, pf. mid. -yk- 
 
 yova Ep. -ykyaa, aor. kveyevo/j.rjv 
 
 (kv, yiyvofiai), to be born in, to live 
 
 in. 
 'Eyyvc, near, nigh, in the neighbour- 
 hood of; kyyvTspov and h/yvTEpio, 
 
 nearer; eyyvTUTu and kyyvTaTa, 
 
 nearest, next, last. 
 "Ey-KEijjiai, i. -KEicro/iai (kv, neiuai), 
 
 to lie in, be wrapped up in (of clothes). 
 'EynkQuX-og, ov (6) (kv, KE<pa~Arj), the 
 
 pith (of a tree). 
 'Eynov-Eio (-€)) (kv, tcovko), to hasten. 
 'EynpaT-7}g, -kg (kv, npuTog) (with 
 
 gen.), master. 
 'Eyu, kjj-ov or //ov Ep. and Ion. -p.EV, I. 
 'Eywye (kyu, ye), I for my part, I at 
 
 least. 
 'Eytov (before vowels) Ep. for kyio. 
 'Ed?/Tvg, (kdr)Tv)og (rj) (kdu), meat, 
 
 food. 
 "Edva Ep. Esdva (tu), bridal gifts. 
 "Edog, (kd£)og (to) (s&fj.ai), a seat, 
 
 abode. 
 "Edu, f. kdofiai and kdov/xai, pf. kdrj* 
 
 dona, Ep. impf. edeanov, to eat, 
 
 feed upon. 
 'Edud-rj, -fjg (ij) (kdeo), food, meat, 
 
 victuals, a meal; uT:o7^r]yElv kdu- 
 
 dfjg, to finish a repast. 
 "E^ev Ep. for kfyv , 2 s. pres. imperat. 
 
 of s^o/xai. 
 "E&(.iai, f. kdovfiai, to seat one's self, 
 
 take one's seat, sit. 
 "Etjv Ep. for ijv, and ErjaOa Ep. for 
 
 r;g, impf. of eiptU 
 
302 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'Erjog (gen. of eve), thy. 
 
 'EdeX-o, f. -TjGU, pf. rjdelriKa, aor. 
 7]de?i7]Ga, to will, be willing, wish, 
 desire, feel inclined, like ; irpotypcov 
 edeXetv, to choose. 
 
 'EdeX-uv, -ovaa, -ov (edeXcS), volun- 
 tary. 
 
 "Edvog, (ldve)og (to), a nation; Kara 
 edvn, by nations. 
 
 Eh if, whether, though, since. 
 
 EUog, (elde)oc contr. eUovg (to) 
 (eldu), the form, shape. 
 
 Eld-tig, -via, -6c (olda) (with gen.), 
 knowing, acquainted with. 
 
 Elu-d^o, f. -acu, pf. pass, quac/uai 
 (eUog), to conjecture. 
 
 EUog, (eU6T)og (to) (eoma), likely, 
 probable ; olov elude, as ?'s likely or 
 natural. 
 
 EIkoci and (before vowel) efaocnv, 
 twenty. 
 
 EIkotuc (eoifcog), reasonably, fairly, 
 naturally. 
 
 EIku, f. eltjo), to yield. 
 
 EIk-wc, -via, -6$ (for koiictog), like, 
 reasonable. 
 
 ElTilir-ovg, -ovv (elXu, Tzovg), bent- 
 footed, tr ailing-footed. 
 
 ElTio also elTJiO), f. ellrjao), pf. pass. 
 eeXfiac, to shut, coop, or block up. 
 
 Eljua (rf/j,ar)oc (to) (e'vvv/xi), a dress, 
 garment. 
 
 El /J,!], unless, except. 
 
 ElfJ.1, f. laofiai, impf. jjv, inf. elvai, 
 to be, live, dwell, rise (of dust), be 
 involved; eOTtv for e^ecTtv, it is 
 permitted. 
 
 Elfii, impf. yeiv Ep. and Ion. yia, inf. 
 livat, to go, march, come, advance. 
 
 ElvaTep-ec, -ov (al), brothers 1 wives, 
 or wives of brothers-in-law, sisters-in- 
 law. 
 
 Elvena (Ep. for hsKa) (with gen.), on 
 account of, because of, for the sake of. 
 
 Elnep (el, irep), if at all events, if in- 
 deed. 
 
 Elirov Ep. eeiirov, 2 aor. of <j>nfii. 
 
 ElprjV-7], -7]e (ij) (elpo)), peace. 
 
 Etc and eg (with ace), into, in, with- 
 in, on, upon, towards, to, at, for, 
 among, for the purpose of, relating 
 to, in regard to, as regards; (with 
 numerals), as many as, to the num- 
 ber of; elg or eg avaj3?)vai, to mount, 
 ascend ; elg ovvayuv, to the utmost 
 of one's power, as far as possible. 
 
 Elg (adv.), within. 
 
 Elg, iila, ev, one. 
 
 Elaa, I put, placed, laid, seated. 
 
 Elo-fid'kXo, f. -/?a/lw (elg, fi&Xku), 
 to empty (of a river). 
 
 Elaetyn (elg, elfii), to go in. 
 
 Ela-epxojuat, f. -eXevaofiai, aor. -ffk- 
 dov (elg, epxofiat), to go or come 
 into, enter. 
 
 EZcr-(Hom. eo~-)opdu, f. -6ipo/u.ai, aor. 
 •eldov (elg, dpdeo), to look at or 
 upon, see, view, behold. 
 
 Ela-TctKTO), f. -Tzeaovjiat, aor. -^7re- 
 aov (elg, ixlitrtS), to fall upon, break 
 into. 
 
 Elao or ecu (elg, eg) (with gen.), 
 within; "AiSog elaco, to Hades or 
 the grave. 
 
 Elra, in the next place, besides. 
 
 Eire — eiTe, whether — or. 
 
 El Tig, el ti (el, Tig), if any one, any 
 one who, whoever, if any thing, any 
 thing which, whatever. 
 
 'E/c and (bef. vow.) ef (with gen.), 
 out of, from, of, by, after, upon, to, 
 consistently with, according to, in 
 consequence of. 
 
 'E/c (adv.), away, aloud, completely, 
 openly. 
 
 'End(3-Tj, -Tjg (ij), Hecuba. 
 
 "EnaaT-og, -r], -ov, every, every one, 
 each, each one. 
 
 'EicaaroTE (e'naaTog), each time, al- 
 ways. 
 
 'EicdTep-og, -a, -ov, each of two, each 
 by himself or singly. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 303 
 
 'Quark pod ev (iKaTEpoc), from or on 
 
 both sides. 
 'E/carfpwcre (eK&repog), towards or 
 
 on both sides. 
 'Eku.tov (indecl.), a hundred. 
 'EK-j3dA?.u, f. -ftaAti, aor. E^£t3d?^ov, 
 
 (etc, (3d?iAo)), to throw away. 
 'EnfiuTav-a, -u>v (rd), Ecbatana. 
 'East, there. 
 'Eksiv-oc, -7], -0 (ekec), that person 
 
 there, he. 
 'E/ckoA-Io, (-w), f. -ecu, aor. e^eku- 
 
 /uEua (ek, naMu), to call out or 
 
 forth, summon. 
 'E/c-/c/Uvgj, f. -kXlvu (ek, k?.ivu), to 
 
 wheel away, give way. 
 'Ek-KOTCTGJ, f. -KOtpO) (ek, kotttcj), to 
 
 cut down (of trees). 
 'EKKV/xatvu (ek, Kvjiaivo), to swell 
 
 forth like a wave. 
 'Ek-z.e} u, f. -/lefb (ek, ?Jyu), to pick 
 
 out, select. 
 'EK-TTEpdu, f. -Trepcrcj (ek, nspdcj), to 
 
 destroy utterly, sack completely. 
 'EKTTEoao) (ek, iTEoao), to digest. 
 'Ek-tclvo), f. -Triofiat, to drink up. 
 'Ek-tcLttto, f. -n£GOv/j.ai, pf. --ketxtu- 
 
 kcl, aor. e^ettegov (ek, ttitttu), to 
 
 fall out of or from, fall down. 
 'E/c-tt/Iccj, f. -TT?,£vao/j,at and -tzaev- 
 
 aov/iai (ek, tz'aeu), to sail out or 
 
 forth, go out of port. 
 'Ek-^tjogo (Attic -irTXfirrd), f. 
 
 -rcTuTj^o, pf. pass, -irs^-nyucu, aor. 
 
 pass. Et;£7T?My7]V (ek, tiTiTjaao)), to 
 
 take by surprise, strike with astonish- 
 ment, startle. 
 'E/ctto&jv (ek, Ttoduv), out of the way, 
 
 away, far away. 
 
 'EkG0[3-£O (-63), f. -7JGG) (EK, GOj3eO)), 
 
 to scare or drive away. 
 'EktoOI (ektoc) (with gen.), out of, 
 
 outside, without. 
 'E/crope-of, -a (Ep. -rf), -ov ("E/crop), 
 
 of Hector, Hector's. 
 'EKTopiA-rjc, -ov (6) (patron, from 
 
 "E/CT6>p), the so7i of Hector (i. e., 
 Astyanax). 
 
 'E/crdf (ek), without. 
 
 'Ektup, ('Ektop)oc (6), Hector. 
 
 'EKvp-d, -ac (7/) (Ion. -7), -fjq), a 
 ynother -in-law. 
 
 'E/i0epw, f. k^otcu, aor. k^vEyKov 
 (ek, (pipu), to report. 
 
 'EK-QEvyu, f. -(pEv^ofiat and -<p£vt;ov- 
 fiai, aor. k^i^vyov (ek, (pEvym), to 
 flee out (of the reach of enemies), 
 escape. 
 
 'Ek-uv, -ovaa, -ov, willing, willingly. 
 
 'YJ.al-a, -ag (7)), the olive-tree. 
 
 'Elat-ov, -ov (to) (£?.aia), olive-oil, 
 oil. 
 
 , E?mgg-o)v, -ov (Attic h.Adrrov') 
 (compar. of /ilKpoc), smaller, nar- 
 rower. 
 
 'EAaww, f. EAacu Att. e?.u>, pf. eatj- 
 AdKa, to drive, ride, ride forward, 
 march, chase. 
 
 'EAdu (poet, for l-Aavvo), to go on, 
 advance ; fiaGTi^EV EAaav, he whip- 
 ped or lashed (his steeds) to ad- 
 vance or go forward. 
 
 'EAeaip6> (poet, for eaeeo), to take 
 pity, have compassion on. 
 
 'E/^h/XCJ, f- EAiyZo, pf. pass, eatj- 
 Aey/iat, to convict. 
 
 'EAE£t,V-6r, -7J, -OV (Att. khEtVOC,) 
 
 (eAeoc), pitiable, piteous, worthy of 
 compassion; (adv.) k.7.£Etvd. 
 
 'Eae-eo, (-a), f. -tjgcj (eAeoc), to have 
 pity or take compassion on, com- 
 passionate. 
 
 'E/le/W£cj, f. -it;cj, aor. pass. eaeaIx- 
 6t]V, to cause to tremble ; (pass.), to 
 tremble, shake. 
 
 'EA£/l-££b, f. -i'lb (kA£?i£v), to raise 
 the battle-cry. 
 
 'EAEvdEpi-a, -ac (7)) (hlEvdepoc), lib- 
 erty. 
 
 'E?L£vd£p-oc, -a (Ion. -77), -ov, free ; 
 E?.£v6epov 7] flap, the day of freedom ; 
 k7i£vd£nov ttoieIv. to set free. 
 
304 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'E^EvOsp-oc, ov (6), a freeman. 
 'Ea6e/2ev and kl8e[j.Evat (Ep. for 
 
 eABeIv), 2 aor. inf. act. of sp^ofxai. 
 'EAK£GiTTETrA-oc,-ov (eAko, tcetvAoc), 
 
 of trailing robe. 
 'EAur/d/Li-oc, -ov (6) (eAkcj), a being 
 
 dragged off or away (into captivity), 
 
 an abduction. 
 "EAkco, f. eA^u, aor. siAga, to draw, 
 
 trail, drag, drag along. 
 'EA-Aafifidvc), f. -Arjipofiat, aor. kvi- 
 
 Ad/3ov (ev, ?i,a/j.(3dvco), to grasp. 
 'EAAuc, ('EAAad)oc (j)), Greece ; yr) 
 
 'EAAac, Greece. 
 "EAAtjv, ("EAA7]v)oc (6), a Greek; 
 
 (adj.), Grecian. 
 'EAA-nvtu-og, -r), -ov ("E?iAijv), Gre- 
 cian ; 'EAArjviii&c, in the Grecian 
 
 tongue. 
 'EA?i7]G7rovT-or, -ov (6) ("EAArj, tcov- 
 
 roc), the Hellespont. 
 'EAiric, (sAtt18)oc (?/), hope. 
 'EAirojuai Ep. eeAito/mii, pf. eoAira, 
 
 plqpf. euAttelv, to hope. 
 'Eavo, aor. pass. EAvGdrjv, to roll 
 
 about, grovel. 
 'Efiavr-ov, -7jc(e,uov avroii), of myself. 
 'En-fialvo), f. ;8?}o-o/j,ai, pf. -/3£{3r]Ka, 
 
 aor. ev£j3ijv (ev, (Saivco), to go or 
 
 step in. 
 E/Ltj3aAE£tv Ion. for E/j.fSaA£iv, 2 aor. 
 
 inf. act. of En(3dllu. 
 'E/j.-(3uAAg), f. -pct/Lci), pf. -j3£(3A7}ica, 
 
 aor. eve{3uAov (ev, ft&AAu), to cast 
 
 before, throw on or over, charge, break 
 
 in. 
 'E[i£V (Ep. and Ion. for ejuov), my. 
 "E/ufiEvat (Ep. for elvat), pres. inf. 
 
 of eI/u. 
 'E/J.-OC, -7], -ov (e/uov), my own, my; 
 
 (dat. pi. f.) Ejuyai for £/u.alc. 
 "E/nrrdc Horn. E/nrrjc (ev ttugi), never- 
 theless, notwithstanding. 
 'Efx-TcaccG) (Att. -ir&TTU)), f. -Trdco) 
 
 (ev, 7rd(jGu), to sprinkle over, em- 
 broider in. 
 
 "E/iTCEtp-oc, -ov (ev, nsipa) (with 
 gen.), experienced in, acquainted 
 with ; EfiTZElpuc, in a state of experi- 
 ence ; E/niTEipuc Ttvog EX£t-v, to know 
 any person or thing by experience. 
 
 'Efi-TcL-rtArjiit, f. -ttAt/gu, aor. pass. 
 EVETvArjadnv (ev, Triju.TTA'n/j.t), to fill 
 full, satisfy, raise. 
 
 'E/Z-7U7TT6;, f. -KEGOVfiat, pf. -7TE7TT0)- 
 
 Ka, aor. evettegov (ev, ttittto)), to 
 fall or seize upon, fall into. 
 'EfXTCOL-EU (-£)), f. -7]Gld (EV, TTOLEU), 
 
 to produce or implant in. 
 "EpnrpoG-dEv poet. -6e (ev, npo, -6ev), 
 
 in front, former, preceding. 
 'E/J,(j>uv-7]c, -EC (ev, (j>aivofj.at), public, 
 
 ev ru EfMpavEi, publicly. 
 'E/i-QvojuaL, f. -(pvGOjuat, pf. -Tri^vna, 
 
 aor. act. eveqvv (ev, (pvojuat), to 
 
 cling. 
 'Ev (poet, evl) (with dat.), within, in, 
 
 on, at, with, among, at the time of, 
 
 by means of in the midst of, during ; 
 
 ev tovtu, hereupon ; ev (1) (xpovy), 
 
 while. 
 'Ev (adv.), within, over. 
 'EvaAiyni-oc, -ov (ev, aAiynioc) 
 
 (with dat.), like. 
 'EvavTt-oc, -a (Ep. -rj) -ov (ev, dvrt- 
 
 oc), over against, opposite, to meet. 
 "Evdp-a, -03V (rd) (kvalpu)), the arms 
 
 (etc.) of a slain foe, spoils, booty. 
 "EvdeL-a, -ac (r/) (evSetjc), want. 
 "EvdEKa (indecl.) (ev, dina), eleven. 
 'EvSekut-oc, -7], -ov (evSeko), eleventh. 
 "EvorjA-oc, -ov (ev, dfjAog), manifest, 
 
 clear, evident. 
 "EvdoOl (evSov), within, at home. 
 "Evdov (ev), within, in the house, at 
 
 home. 
 'Ev-6vu and -dvvo), f. -6vgu, aor. 
 
 eveSvv (ev, 6vu), to put on (as 
 
 clothes). 
 "Ev-eijjll, f. -fGoyiai, impf. -fjv (kv, 
 
 eI/ui), to be in or at (a place), dioell 
 
 in. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 305 
 
 "Evena Ep. evekev (with gen.), on 
 
 account of, for the sake of, for ; tlvoc 
 
 Evekev, why ? 
 'EvevT/Kovra (indecl.), ninety. 
 'Evetto, f. EviGKTfccj and Evitpu, aor. 
 
 evlgttov (hv, eno)), to tell, declare, 
 
 advise. 
 'Evep-de and -6ev, also vspds and 
 
 vipdsv (Evspoi) (with gen.), be- 
 
 neath, below, under. 
 'Evda (ev), here, there, in that country, 
 
 where, whither, then, thereupon. 
 'Evddds (ivda, -6e), thither, hither, 
 
 there, here, whither. 
 'EvdEfievat (Ep. for EvdEtvai), 2 aor. 
 
 inf. act. of evtWtj/ii. 
 "EvOev (ev, -6ev), thence, hence, whence, 
 
 from which; evOev — evdev, on the 
 
 one side — on the other. 
 'Ev6u/i-£Ojuai, f. -rjaofiaL, aor. kvedv- 
 
 [J.7]drjV (ev, dv[iog), to lay to heart, 
 
 consider well, ponder on, revolve in 
 
 mind. 
 'Eviaur-6f , -ov (6) (evoc), a year. 
 "Evi-ot, -at, -a (evt = eveart, ot), 
 
 some. 
 'Eviore (evt = fveart, ore), some- 
 times. 
 'Eviggcj (for evlirrco), to attach (with 
 
 reproaches), reproach. 
 'EvvTifxap(evvea,T]{iap), for nine days. 
 'Evvo-ecj (-€>), f. -7]G(jZ, pf. ev-vevorjKa 
 
 (ev, voEwi), to think of, reflect upon, 
 
 conceive, devise. 
 'EvvvjiL, f. ego, aor. mid. EGGdjuqv 
 
 (lu), to clothe, wrap up. 
 'Ev-opviifit, f. -Spato (ev, opvv/u), to 
 
 excite in. 
 'Evox^-eg) (■£>), f. -fjou) (hv, oxXito) 
 
 (with dat.), to give trouble to, dis- 
 turb. 
 'Evravda (ev), here, to this quarter, 
 
 hither, there, to that quarter, at that 
 
 place, thither, then, thereupon. 
 "Evre-u, -ov (to) ('hvvvfit), arms, 
 
 armour. 
 
 'Ev-T£IVG), f. -TEVU, pf. -TETCLKO, pf. 
 
 passive -TETufxai (h, tecvu), to 
 stretch out at, threaten with. 
 
 "EvTsp-ov, -ov (to) (evtoc), an intes- 
 tine. 
 
 'EvTSvde.v (evOo), hence, thence, ajter- 
 wards. 
 
 'Ev-Tidrifj.i, f. -6j]gu, aor. -e8tjv (tv 
 Tidy/Lit), to lay on. 
 
 "EvTl/z-or, -ov (ev, Tlfirj), in honour, 
 honoured ; evri/xuc exEtv, to be held 
 in honour, be esteemed. 
 
 'Evtoc (hv) (with gen.), within. 
 
 'Ev-poTra?a£o{iat (freq. of evtpettu), 
 to keep turning round, look back from 
 time to time. 
 
 'Ev-Tvyxdvco, f. -Tev^ojuat, pf. tetv- 
 XVito:, aor. -etvxov (ev, Tvyxdvu) 
 (with dat.), to light upon, fall in 
 with, meet with. 
 
 'EvvdXt-or, -ov (6), Enyalius (epith. 
 of Mars). 
 
 "Ef (indecl.), sir. 
 
 'E^-ayyiXXco, f. -ayysXu (ek, dyyeX- 
 Xu), to tell out, report abroad, declare. 
 
 'E^-dyo, f. -d$a), aor. -rjydyov, aor. 
 pass. -fix6r)v (ek, ayo), to lead away. 
 
 'Etj-aip-Eo, (-u), f -TJGco, aor. -EiXof>, 
 pf. pass. -riprjfiaL (ek, aipiu), to 
 take out or away, remove, choose. 
 
 'E^uKtGxlXt-OL, -at, -a (efa/af, %i- 
 ?uol), six thousand. 
 
 'E^clkogl-ol, at, -a (ef), six hundred. 
 
 'E£ja7ia,T-do (-£>), f. -tjgg) (ek, ana- 
 rdd), to deceive ; to etjaTiaTdv, de- 
 ceit. 
 
 'E^-aTTTG), f. -difjo (e/c, utttu), to at- 
 tach or fasten to, hang from; (mid.), 
 to attach one's self unto, cling to, 
 hang by. 
 
 'EZ-dpxu, f- -dpgu, aor. -rjpxov (£k, 
 dpxG)) (with gen.), to begin, com- 
 mence. 
 
 'E!--£tiiov, inf. -eltteXv (2 aor. of £/c- 
 (pT]/u,t) (£k, slirov), to speak out, tell. 
 
 ''E^-eXavvu, f. -eXaGco Att. -eXu, pf. 
 
306 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 -eA^Ad/ca (e/c, e2,avvo), to march 
 
 forward. 
 'E^-Evap-t'Co, f. -ii'cS} aor. -evdpiga 
 
 (e/c, evapc^o), to strip, spoil, slay. 
 'EZ-epxo/iai, f. -eXevao/xat, aor. -r}2,- 
 
 6ov (e/c, epxofiai) (with gen.), to 
 
 go or come forth or out. 
 'Eij-ecTL, f. -sarai, impf. -^v (e/c, 
 
 e///i) (with dat.), if is allowed or 
 
 permitted, it is in the power of or 
 
 possible for, it is lawful for. 
 'Eferaaff (eferd<7e)cjc (^) (eferd£cj), 
 
 a?i inspection. 
 'E^r/Kovra (ef), sz'^y. 
 'Etji7](J,L (e/c, i^//i)> *° dismiss. 
 'E^-iKveofzac, f. -t^o/j,ai, aor. -Ik6/j.7)v 
 
 (e/c, iKvio/ucu), to reach, come to. 
 'E^-oixoiiai, (e/c, olxojaac, to go out. 
 'E^ovo/x-d^o, f. -daw (e/c, ovo/xd^o), 
 
 to utter aloud; error; e^ovofj-d^ecv, 
 
 to address (any one). 
 'E^ovofiaKXrjSrjv (e/c, bvojia, KaMo), 
 
 byname, calling by name; e^ovo/xa- 
 
 k2,^6tjv dvo/w&iv, to address by 
 
 name. 
 'EtjcmiatJ (e/c, dirlao), backwards. 
 'EtjoTr2,-i£o, f. -Lao (e/c, 07r/U£w), to 
 
 % array in full armour, to arm. 
 'EtjoirTitci-a, -ag (rj) (efo7T/U£b), an 
 
 arming. 
 'Ef ov (xpovov), since. 
 "Efcj (e/c) (with gen.), without, on the 
 
 outside of, out of, beyond. 
 "Eoitca (pf.), (plqpf.) eokelv (elko), 
 
 (with dat.), to be like, resemble, 
 
 seem. 
 'Eoc, krj, tov (Ep. and Ion. for bg, rj, 
 
 ov), his own, his. 
 'Emayy £2,2o, f. -ayyelo, aor. jjy- 
 
 yttka (km\ ay y £2,2,0), to tell, pro- 
 claim, announce. 
 'Ercai,v-£o (-0), f. -£ao and -rjao, aor. 
 
 krc-^vnaa (kiri, alveo), to approve, 
 
 praise. 
 'Eiruv Ion. £Trf/V (ettel, av), whenever, 
 
 as soon as, after that. 
 
 'EiTEyyeX-do (-0), f. -daofiat, (km, 
 
 hv, ye2do) (with dat.), to insult. 
 'Eirsi (km), since, after that, when, 
 
 whenever, as soon as, because. 
 'EiiEiyo, f. ettec^o, to cause (another) 
 to hasten ; (mid.), to hasten. 
 
 'EiTEiddv {EKEidrj, av) (with subj.), 
 
 whenever, as soon as. 
 ''Etxel^tj (ettel, 6rj), since, inasmuch 
 as, when, as soon as. 
 
 "Etc-sl/lu, f. -£aojiai, impf. -jjv (km, 
 £ifj,l), to be over or across. 
 
 "Ett-eljxl, inf. -tEvai, impf. -tjelv (etti, 
 el,ul), to come on, approach, go on, 
 follow. 
 
 'Ettelttep (ettel, Trsp), since, as. 
 
 "EizEira (km, elra), in the second 
 place, next, afterwards, then, there- 
 upon ; 6 EJXEtra xpdvog, the time to 
 come. 
 
 'Etteolke (ettl, eolke), it is reasonable, 
 fitting, proper, becoming. 
 
 'ETr-£pxo[j.at, f. -£2,£V(T0ftai, aor. -fj2,- 
 6ov (etti, hpxoiiat), to come to ox 
 near. 
 
 'ETT-Evxofiai, f. -Ev^oLiat (km, evxo- 
 fiai), to pray to, beseech. 
 
 'Ett£xo, f. £<p£%o, aor. kirkcxov (km, 
 exo), to hold out, present, offer. 
 
 'EnrjKo-og, -ov (kiraKOVo), hearing; 
 slg etttjkoov, within hearing distance. 
 
 'Em (with gen.), on, upon, at, in, by, 
 to, for, resting or depending upon ; 
 (with dat.), in, on, upon, at, by, near, 
 among, to, prone to ; em ydfxo, in 
 marriage ; etc' avro, in his honour; 
 (with ace.), over, on, upon, at, to, 
 against, for, into, with a view to, to- 
 wards; (with numerals), as far as. 
 
 'Em' (adv.), also, besides, in addition. 
 
 , Ettl(3ov2,ev-o, f. -go (etti, (3ov2,evo), 
 to plot or form designs against, in- 
 trigue. 
 
 'Em,3ov2,-7}, -rjg (rj) (km, (3ov2iij), a 
 design against another, plot, intrigue. 
 
 'Eirt-dEiKvv/Lic and -deinvvo, f. -deigo 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 307 
 
 (kni, deiicvftfii), to show forth, dis- 
 play, exhibit, show. 
 
 'Em-dtcoKU, f. -6lcj^o) (eni, dtuKio), 
 to pursue after. 
 
 ''Enidpofx-og, -ov (tnidpafiEiv), capa- 
 ble of being scaled. 
 
 'EnisinEA-og, -ov (eni, siKe?,og), like. 
 
 'Enidv/j,-eu (-to), f. -rjato (eni, dvfiog), 
 to desire, covet. 
 
 'Em6vfj.i-a, -ag (if) (eniBvfiEio), desire. 
 
 'Eni-Kd/Lcnrto, f. -nd/xipto (eni, Kdfin- 
 rw), to wheel around. 
 
 'Erci-KEifiai, f. -Kscao/xat (lire, kel- 
 fiai), to hang over. 
 
 'EmKEpTo/x-ito (-6) (kni, KEprofxeco), 
 to speak jestingly ; EntKEprofiEiOV, 
 in jesting or sportive tone. 
 
 'Eninivdvv-og, -ov (eni, Kivdvvog), 
 attended with danger. 
 
 'EniKATftng, (emKA?jae)tog (if) (hm- 
 Ka?Jto), a surname; kninArfaiv, by 
 surname. 
 
 'Em-KAtodto, f. -kXugo) (eiri, kacoOco), 
 to assign or allot. 
 
 'Eni-Aavdavofiai, f. -\rfaofiai, pf. 
 -'kefafQa and -?jArjcr/xac, aor. e7re- 
 Xddofirjv (eni, Aavddvofiat), to for- 
 get. 
 
 'Enc-Aeyco, f. -Aetjto (em, Tieyco), to 
 say in addition or after. 
 
 'Ent^einco, f. -Aeitpco, aor. eneklnov 
 (eni, Aeinco), to leave behind. 
 
 'Eni,ueAet-a, -ag (if) (kmixeAfjc), care, 
 attention. 
 
 'EmfjLeA-io/iai, f. -rjcofxai and -7fdrf- 
 aofiai (tni, fj.eAOfj.at), to observe 
 carefully. 
 
 'Em-VEfJu, f. -veluo and -vEfiifaco, aor. 
 inivEi/ua (eni, vefito), to distribute 
 over or along (a table). 
 
 'Emvo-eto (-co), f. -f]cu> (eni, voeco), 
 to have in one's mind, think of, in- 
 tend. 
 
 'EniopK-Eu (-co), f. -f/au (kni, bpKog), 
 to sivear falsely by, commit perjury 
 before ; to emopKELV, perjury. 
 
 'EmopKi-a, ag (if) (eni, 8pnog), a 
 
 false oath, perjury. 
 'Eniopn-og, -ov (eni, opuog), swear- 
 ing falsely, perjured. 
 'En t-ninrco,i.-neaovtj,ai, pf. -nenrco- 
 
 Ka, aor. kneneaov (eni, ninrco), to 
 
 fall upon. 
 'Emcdev-rjg, -ovg (6), Episthenes. 
 'Emalr-i^co, f. -iaco Att. -cio (hni, 
 
 oiri^co), to furnish provisions ; (mid- 
 dle), to procure provisions OX supplies. 
 'Enio-Tufiat, f. kmarfjaofiai, aor. 
 
 TjnLOTrjdrfv, to understand, know, be 
 
 acquainted with. 
 'EnLOTafievug (knicTafiai), skilfully, 
 
 expertly, in a masterly way. 
 'Emanon-eco (-co), f. -GKetyofxai (eni, 
 
 CKoneco), to inspect. 
 'EnioTaaig (kntCTdtre)cog (if) (kcpia- 
 
 Trjfii), a halt. 
 'EmGTa.T-eo (-co) (kmcTaTrfg), to 
 
 exercise command, superintend. 
 'EmoTTjfx-tov, -ov (enioraficu), versed 
 
 in, clever. 
 'EniOTOA-i], -fjg (if) (kntarsAAto), a 
 
 letter. 
 'EntarparEL-a, -ag (if) (kncarpa- 
 
 tevco), a march or expedition against. 
 'Emarparev-co (eni, arparevco), to 
 
 lead an army against, march against. 
 'Eni-afyd^co, f. -atp&Zto (eni, acpd^co), 
 
 to slay upon. 
 'Em-rdcaco (Att. -tuttco), f. -rd^co, 
 
 pf. pass. -reTayfiai (eni, rdaaco), 
 
 to give in charge to, direct. 
 'EnLT7]6ei-og, -a, -ov (knt,~7]dEg),fit, 
 
 suitable, proper, necessary ; rd em~ 
 
 Trfdeia, the necessaries of life, pro- 
 visions. 
 'Em-ridrffXL, f. -difcto, pf. -Tedetna, 
 
 aor. enedrjv (eni, riQnfii), to place 
 
 on, attack. 
 'Em-rpenco, f. -Tpeipo (hni, rpenco), 
 
 to commit, intrust, allow. 
 'Em-Tvyxdvo, f. -rev^ofxai, aor. ene- 
 
 tv%ov (eni, rvyxdvco), to meet with. 
 
308 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'Em (paivofiai, f.-<j>avovfiai,aor. sire- 
 <pdv7]v (kfci, (paivojuai), to appear. 
 
 'ETutyipojuai, f. k-Kolaojiat (kni, 
 (j>£pu), to rush upon, assail, attack. 
 
 'Enixap-ig, -c (etz'l, xdpig), pleasing, 
 agreeable ; to ETrixapt, pleasantness 
 (of manner), graciousness. 
 
 'ElUXEip-EO (-£)), f. -7JCC0 (klTl, %£ip), 
 
 to attempt, endeavour, strive. 
 'Eiu-X£G), f. -xevau, aor. etc-execc and 
 
 •iX£va (etv'l, ^e«), to heap (earth) 
 
 upon (for a mound). 
 'EmxOovi-og, -ov (ett'l, xVuv), on or 
 
 upon the earth, dwelling on the earth. 
 ''Eir-olxofiai, f. •oixriGOfxai{E'Ki, olxo- 
 
 fiat), to go to or towards, approach ; 
 
 larbv E7roix£odai, to ply, the loom. 
 "Enofjiai, f. eipo/xai, aor. £(nr6juj]v, 
 
 impf. ELTtofirjv, to follow, attend; 
 
 'i-KtaQai dfia, to accompany. 
 "Errog, (etve)oc (to), a word, command, 
 
 mandate, tidings, news ; ettoc. (pdvai, 
 
 to speak. 
 
 'ETTOTp-VVU, f. -VVU) (eTTL, OTpVVti), 
 
 to stir up, urge on, arouse, impel. 
 
 'Etttu (indecl.), seven. 
 
 'EiTTaKaldEKa (iirrd, nai, 6eko), sev- 
 enteen. 
 
 'Epac/xi-oc, -a' (poet, -rj), -ov (kpdcS), 
 lovely, beloved. 
 
 'Epy-d&fiat, f. -a<TO/jt,cu,])f. Etpyaofiai 
 (*£pyo)), to cultivate (the soil). 
 
 "Epy-ov, -ov (to) (spdo), a deed, ac- 
 tion, work, employment, (agricultur- 
 al) labour, affair, duty, thing, opera- 
 tion ; uEt/CEd Epya, insults. 
 
 "Epyo (Horn. EEpytS), f. Eptjo, to shut 
 up or confine ; EVTog EEpystv, to in- 
 close, bound. 
 
 "EpSu, f. epfw, pf. iopya, plqpf. ewp- 
 yELV, to work, do, accomplish, prac- 
 tise (an art). 
 
 'EpEftEW-oc, -fj, -ov ("Ep£[3og), dark, 
 gloomy. 
 
 'Epsd-cCo, f. -lao (ipsdu), to irritate, 
 provoke. 
 
 'EpELTtofiai, pf. hpr/plita, aor. rjplirov 
 Ep. splirov, to fall down. 
 
 'Eprjixi-a, -ag (57) (sprjuog), a solitude, 
 desert. 
 
 "Eprj/J.-oc, -ov, lonely, desert, deserted, 
 empty. 
 
 'Epiv£-6c, -ov (6), the wild fig-tree. 
 
 'Ep/urjVEVc, (ip/j,7]V£)o)g (b), an inter- 
 preter. 
 
 "Ep-o/iai, f. -7Joo/xai, aor. Tjpo/Jirjv, to 
 ask, inquire. 
 
 "Epoc (6) (poet, for spur), love, de- 
 sire, appetite ; Epov evto, they satis- 
 fied their appetite. 
 
 "Epiro, to go slowly or creep, go (in 
 general). 
 
 'Efip'o/j.Ev-oc, -7], -ov (pf. part. pass, 
 of p~£}VVVjil), strong, valiant. 
 
 'Epvuco, f. ipvtju, aor. rjpv^a, to hold 
 back, restrain. 
 
 "Epv/ua, (Epvfj.dT)oc (to) (tpvofiat), a 
 defence, guard, fortification. 
 
 v E/6/6cj, f. Ep^ijau, pf. 7]'pp'ir}Ka, to wan- 
 der, go off; !/>/)£/ be off! away 
 with you ! 
 
 'Epv-o, f. -co, pf. pass, slpvfiat, 1 
 aor. mid. Tjpvad/Lcnv, 2 aor. mid. 
 fypvo/LLTjv, Epvao, epvto and slpvTo, 
 to draw, draw down, pull, pull to- 
 wards; (mid.), to draw to one's self, 
 protect, defend, restrain, draw off (as 
 meat from spits) ; (poet, dpvofiai) ; 
 Att. collat. form frvoficu means al- 
 ways to guard, protect. 
 
 "Epxo/j,at, f. E?i£VGOjuat, pf. EArjlvda, 
 aor. rjWov and ijXvdov, to come, go, 
 return, enter, engage ; spxEodai slg 
 Tcpd^iv, to engage in an enterprise; 
 IpX^Qai slg, to approach ; Epx£di 
 (Ion.) and ipx£i (Att.) for ep^, 2 
 s. pres. ind. 
 
 'Epti (fut.), pf? ElprjKa, aor. eItzov, to 
 say, tell, mention. 
 
 "Epcog, (spuT)og (b) (spdu), love, de- 
 sire ; b "Epug, Cupid. 
 
 'Epor-ao (-u>), f. -rjaco, to ask, inquire. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 309 
 
 'Epundevg, (hurcdi)ug (6), a love- 
 ling, little Cupid. 
 
 'Eg (Ion. and old Att. for e/f), with 
 regard to, i?i the case of. 
 
 'Eadiu (poet. eg6u), impf. ijadlov, to 
 eat. 
 
 'Ecd/.-ov, -ov (to), good fortune, pros- 
 perity. 
 
 'Eod/.-og, -f], -ov, good, brave. 
 
 'Eg6' ore (=Egtiv ore), sometimes. 
 
 'Ecoeai (poet), and egecli (Ion.), and 
 £gel (Att.) for ear/, 2 s. fut. of elfii. 
 
 "Earav (Ep. for iarrjcav), they stood 
 (3 pi. 2 aor. act. of iGrrjfit). 
 
 'Ears (ec, ore), until. 
 
 "Eo~xu-~-og y -7], -ov, uttermost, extreme, 
 last ; ru EGxa.ro., the extremity ; eg- 
 Xdruc, extremely, very. 
 
 'Eralp-og, -ov (6) (Ep. krupog), a 
 companion, friend. 
 
 "Erep-og; -a, -ov, the other, one of two, 
 another, opposite. 
 
 'Errjat-oc, -a (Ep. -tj) } -ov (erog), ev- 
 ery year, yearly. 
 
 'Ettj-vu-oc, -ov (ervuog), true, trusty. 
 
 "Ere, yet, still, any longer, hereafter. 
 
 'Erotju-oc, -ri, -ov (Att. lroty.oc), 
 ready, prepared. 
 
 "Erog, (ere)oc contr. Irovg (to), a 
 year ; ol rpiaKOvra ett\ ysyovorsg, 
 they who were thirty years of age. 
 
 Ev, well; ev rroielv, to confer or be- 
 stow a favour upon, do good to. 
 
 Evdai/uovl-a,-ar (t)) (evdaifiov), hap- 
 piness. 
 
 Evdaifiov-t&, f- -igo (evdaifiuv), to 
 call, account or esteem happy, felici- 
 tate. 
 
 Eidaiii-uv, -ov (ev, dai/iov), fortu- 
 nate, prosperous, happy. 
 
 Evd-u, f. -tjco), Horn. impf. ev6egkov, 
 to sleep. 
 
 Eveid-TJc, -eg (ev, eldog). well shaped 
 or formed, graceful, comely. 
 
 Eve/.TT-tg, -1 (ev, e/~lg), of good hope, 
 hopeful, confident. 
 
 EvepysGi-a, -ag, (tj) (evepyerijg), an 
 act of kindness, benefit, favour. 
 
 Evepyer-Eu) (■£)), f. -tjgco (ev£pyETj]g), 
 to confer a favour on, do good to, 
 benefit. 
 
 Ev£pyET-7]g, -ov (6) (ev, epyov), a 
 well-doer, benefactor. 
 
 Ev^uv-og, -ov (Ep. ev^uvog) (ev, 
 %U)Vlj), well-girdled, fair-zoned. 
 
 Evdvg (adv.), straightway, immediate- 
 ly, forthwith, shortly. 
 
 Ei'dvupov (evdvg), in a straight di- 
 rection, right onward. 
 
 EvK/.E-ijg, -sg (ev, K/Jog), famous, 
 glorious. 
 
 Evno,u-og, -ov (Ep. rjvKOfiog) (ev, 
 koiitj), fair -haired. 
 
 ''EvKrifiev-og, -77, -ov (ev, KrijUEvog 
 from ktl^cj), well-built, lying beauti- 
 fully, well-inhabited, populous. 
 
 Ev'/.-fj, -r)g (if), a worm, maggot. 
 
 Evuerax£ipi<yr-og, -ov (ev, fieraxEt- 
 pi^u), easily managed, manageable. 
 
 'Ev/nfiE/.l-r/g, -ov Ep. -u and -ecj (6) 
 (ev, fie?.ia), good at the ashen-hand- 
 led spear, armed with good ashen spear. 
 
 Evvaterd-uv, -ovoa, -ov (ev, vate- 
 rdco), well-inhabited, well-situated. 
 
 Evv-i], -ijg (tj), a couch, bed, abode. 
 
 Evvoi-d, -ag (ij) (svvoog), good will, 
 affection. 
 
 Evvo-og, -ov (Att. evv-ovg, -ovv) (ev, 
 vbog), well or kindly disposed, affec- 
 tionate. 
 
 Evvrjr-og, -ov (Ep. Evvvqrog) (ev, 
 veu), well spun or woven. 
 
 Ev^Ear-og, -ov, also -og, -ij, -ov (Ep. 
 kv^EGTog) (ev, few), well-planed, 
 smoothed, or polished. 
 
 Evo-nA-og, -ov (ev, oiTAa), well-armed. 
 
 EvT:E~?.-og, -ov (ev, 7T£7r/loc), with a 
 beautiful peplus, well-clad, gracefully- 
 robed, beautifully-attired. 
 
 EvTzer-f/g, -eg (ev, ttltttu), easy. 
 
 Ev-rjKT-og, -ov (ev, nqyvvfu), well- 
 built. 
 
310 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 EvrcTioKapt-og, -ov (Ep. ev7c7i6ndnog) 
 
 (ev, 7c7idK.ufJ.og), fair-locked, fair- 
 haired. 
 Evrrop-og, -ov (ei>, rropog), easy to 
 
 pass over or travel through. 
 EvrrpaKT-og, -ov (ev, rcpaGGu), easy 
 
 to be done or effected. 
 Evprffia, (evprjfiaT)og (to) (evpLGKu), 
 
 a prize, piece of good luck. 
 Evp-iGKO), f. -rjao, pf. -r)na, aor. -ov, 
 
 to find, obtain, invent. 
 Evpog, (evpe)og (to) (evpvg), breadth, 
 
 width. 
 Evp-vg, -eta, -v, wide, broad, spacious. 
 'Evg (6), gen. sing, kffog, gen. pi. 
 
 neut. fcduv, good, brave, noble. 
 EvTanT-og, -ov (ev, t&ggio), observant 
 
 of order or discipline. 
 Evte, when, then. 
 
 EvToTiju-og, -ov (ev, TO?ifj.dc)), valiant. 
 EvTvx-eo) (-ti), f. -ifGU (evTvx^g)> to 
 
 be fortunate or happy. 
 Evtvx~W£> ~H ( £ ^> Tvxelv), fortunate. 
 EvfypaT-rfg, -ov (6), the Euphrates. 
 ~E.vxeT-dofj.ai, impf. -aofinv (poet, for 
 
 evxofJ-at), to address vows or prayers, 
 
 render homage. 
 Evx-V, -yg> (v) (evxofJ.aC), a prayer, 
 
 wish. 
 EvxofJai, f. evtjo/xat, aor. rjv^dfxrjv, 
 
 to pray, wish. 
 Evxo)7i-j],-TJg (if) (evxofiaC), a subject 
 
 of prayer, source of boasting, boast. 
 Evuvvfz-og, -ov (ev, bvop-a), of good 
 
 omen, the left. 
 'E0' eavTcov (for km iavTcov), by 
 
 themselves. 
 *E<j>edp-og, -ov (6) (erci, edpa), an 
 
 avenger. 
 'E<p-eiro), f. -&/>«, aor. -eaTcov, impf. 
 
 -elwov (eirt, eno), to follow after or 
 
 closely, pursue, rush on to. 
 'EtyeG-og, -ov (if), Ephesus. 
 'E<peTfJ,-if, -ifg (if) (efyirffju), an injunc- 
 tion, command. 
 
 'E<piOT7]fJ.l, f. kmGTTfGO), pf. k^GXTf- 
 
 na, aor. k<peGT7jv (krcl, iGTrffii), to 
 place or set upon or over, check, stop, 
 cause to halt; (mid.), to halt ; efyeG- 
 TTjKa, I stand upon; efyeiGTrfneLV, 
 I was standing upon. 
 
 "Eipod-og, -ov (if) (km, 666g), an ap- 
 proach. 
 
 'E(j>opfj,-do) (•£>), f. -TfGu, aor. pass. 
 ecpup/xifdnv (erri, bpfidu), to stir or 
 rouse up against ; (mid.), to rush 
 upon, attack. 
 
 "E<j)op-og, -ov (6) (ecpopdo), an ephor; 
 ol e<popoi, the ephori (at Sparta). 
 
 'E<pvirep-de or -8ev (em, inrep, -de or 
 -6ev), above. 
 
 "ExOp-a, -ag (if) (exOpbg), hatred, en- 
 mity. 
 
 'ExOp-og, -ov (b), an enemy, (private 
 and bitter) foe. 
 
 ^Exvp-6g, -d, -ov (e^w), strong; to 
 exvpbv x^piov, a strong-hold. 
 
 "Ex^, f- e^oj and ct^ctw, pf- eGx?]Ka, 
 aor. eGxov, impf. elxov, to have, 
 hold, occupy, possess, keep, wear, 
 bear, bring, get, take, receive, enjoy, 
 seize upon, delay, employ, use, be 
 able, obtain, entertain, hold down; 
 (mid.), to hold one's self back or off, 
 desist; exeGKOV Horn, for elxov; 
 txetv TTfv yvufirfv, to direct one's 
 thoughts ; fielov ex° )V amxlldTTeG- 
 6at, to come off with disadvantage, 
 prove inferior ; kxbfievog (with 
 gen.), next. 
 
 'EiprfT-6g, -if, ov (eipu), boiled, obtain' 
 ed by boiling. 
 
 "Eip-u, f. -ifGO), to boil, cook. 
 
 'E6v, eovGa, eov (Horn, for &v), pre* 
 part, of el/xt. 
 
 "Eo)g, eco (if), the morning. 
 
 "Eug, as long as, until. 
 
 Zd/3aT-og, -ov (6), $e Zabatus. 
 ZamiT-ag, -ov (6), the Zapatas. 
 Zdo) (£w) (Ep. (w«), inf. fjrv, f. (3iu- 
 
VOCABl'LARV. 
 
 311 
 
 cu, pf. (3ej3iuK(l, to live, be alive; 
 
 &v, alive. 
 Zevyv-v/u and -vu, f. fcvi-u), pf. pass. 
 
 f^Evy/jai, 1 aor. e£evxdv v > 2 aor > 
 
 e^vyr/v, to join, connect. 
 Zzvc, (Af- poet. Zr\v-)6c (6), Jupiter, 
 
 Jove ; vr) Ala, ay, by Jove. 
 Z77A-OCJ (-w) Q'/?.oc), to envy, esteem 
 
 or pronounce happy, admire. 
 ZtjXut-oc, -tj, -ov (ffi.ou), envied, to 
 
 be envied, enviable, happy, blessed. 
 Ztjt-ecj (-w), f. -7/au, to inquire for, 
 
 seek. 
 Zvy-ov, -ov Ep. -6(t>iv (to), a yoke. 
 Zu-6g, -r), -ov (fdw), alive, living. 
 
 H. 
 
 *H (Ep. t)e), or, either, whether, than. 
 Ti, certainly, assuredly; 7) fifjv, in 
 
 very truth. 
 1 H (rjui) Ep. for ed>7], from ^njjui. 
 T H (sc. ry 66(b), in the ivay in which, 
 
 as. 
 'H3-du (-(j), f. -fjoo) (r/fin), to be 
 
 youthful or in the prime of life. 
 'Hye/xuv, (7)yzfi6v)og (6) (jiyiofiaC), 
 
 a guide, leader. 
 'Hy-eo/xaL (-ov/j.ai), f. -fjuofiat (ayco), 
 
 to lead the way for, guide, precede, 
 
 lead, command (i. e., be commander 
 
 of), think, consider ; to ijyovfiEVOV 
 
 (sc. ftspog), the van (of an army). 
 'HyTJrup, (7jyT/rop)oc (6) (jiyzoiiai), 
 
 a leader, commander, chief. 
 '~H.Se, and. 
 "Hdn, already, now, even now, by this 
 
 time, just ; 7)67} TTjg vvktoc, this very 
 
 night. 
 '~U.6ofj.ac, f. 7]adfjaofj.aL, aor. rjodnv, 
 
 to be pleased or delighted. 
 Udov-jj, ijc (7)) (fjdo/iai), pleasure, 
 
 sweetness. 
 Hdvc, -ela, -v, pleasant, agreeable; 
 
 comp. 7j6L(j)v, sup. rjdicroc ; 7)610- 
 
 ra, most gladly ; rjdea>c, pleasantly, 
 
 cheerfully. 
 
 r Hsv (Ep. for tjv), impf. of el/4- 
 'Hepo-eic, -eaaa, -By (//r/p Ep. for 
 
 arjp), cloudy, dim, dusky, murky, 
 
 gloomy. 
 'HetIuv, ('H.eTlo)v)oc (6), E'etion. 
 T H/ca, gently. 
 
 "HniGTa, least of all, by no means. 
 "Hku, f. Tj^o), impf. tjkov, to be come 
 
 or present, arrive, come. 
 'HAaffdr-9, -7jc (77), a distaff. 
 'H/.Et-og, -ov (6) (~H2,ig), an Elian. 
 "HAe/crp-ov, -ov (to), electron or elec- 
 
 trum, amber. 
 'ii?Udc-oc, -a, -ov (t)7»6c), foolish, silly ; 
 
 to t)?u6lov, folly. 
 'H?AKL-a, -ag (77) (?}/Uf), age. 
 
 'H?UKt-7J, -TIC (V)> I° n - f° r TjlARta* 
 
 'H?ukio)t-t]c, -ov (6) (iiliula), an 
 equal in age, companion, fellow. 
 
 "H?u-og, -ov (6), the sun; dfia t)?u(j 
 avtaxovTL and avaTiWovTL, at sun- 
 rise; dfia tu r)7dco 6vvovtl and 
 6vofiev(p, at sunset. 
 
 Hfiai, impf. rijinv, to sit, stay. 
 
 y H,uap, (7]jj,aT)oc (to) (poet, for ijfii- 
 pa), a day ; Tffiap, by day ; fjfiaTa 
 "KavTa, continually ; ?//uap 6p<paviK- 
 6v, the day that makes one an orphan. 
 
 'Hjuetc (pi. of eyu), we; eft t}/j.cov, in 
 or of our time. 
 
 , B.ue?.r/fj.£vo)g (rjue/.Tjixevog, dfisXio)), 
 carelessly. 
 
 'H/xep-a, -ag (7)), a day ; u/ia ttj t)(ie- 
 pa, at daybreak. 
 
 'HfiiTep-oc, -a, -ov (i)[iElg), our own, 
 our. 
 
 'Hfili3pc)T-og, -ov (rjni-, /fytfpcjovcw), 
 half-eaten. 
 
 'Hfj.id£-7jc, -£f (fyt'i dew), half-full. 
 
 'HfiUz'XT-og, -ov (tjiic-, ?<.etzco), half- 
 hatched. 
 
 'H/iiov-oc, -ov (7), b) (r}fii-, ovog), a 
 mule. 
 
 "Hf/tav, (?]fj,l<je)oc (to), a half. 
 
 "H/ua-vc, -eta, -v, half. 
 
 "Hv contr. from hdv (which see). 
 
312 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'HviKa, when. 
 
 'Hviox-og, -ov (6) (ijvia, e^w), a chari- 
 oteer. 
 
 'HpdKX-eric (-vc)> -eeog (-iovg) (6), 
 Hercules. 
 
 "Hpug, (rjpu)og (6), a hero. 
 
 'Hoa-do/Ltat, f. -r]8^ao/xai, (Att. tjttu- 
 Ojuai) (tjggov), to be inferior to, yield 
 to, be defeated or overcome by, be out- 
 done by. 
 
 "Hgg-cjv, -ov, less ; (adv.) tjggov. 
 
 'Havxrj, quietly. 
 
 'Havxi-at-ag (rj), quiet; naQ'ijGVxiav, 
 quietly. 
 
 J Hroc (?}, rot), truly, indeed, as may 
 well be imagined, as you well know, 
 yet. 
 
 r Hrop (to), the heart, soul. 
 
 'HvKOfi-og, -ov (Ep. for EVKOjUog), (ev, 
 KOfJ.T]),fair or beautiful haired. 
 
 'H^-ew (-£>), f. -TJcra) (r/XV)> t0 sound. 
 
 y HX l (Ep« for rj), where. 
 
 'Hwf, (ijd)og contr. jqovg (rj), the 
 dawn, morning; rj 'Hug, Aurora, the 
 goddess of morning; ujia rjol (pat- 
 VO[ievr)(pLV, at the first appearance 
 of the dawn. 
 
 0. 
 
 Qalaca-a, -rjg (rj) (Att. Qdlarra), 
 
 the sea. 
 Qd2,E-u, -ov (rd) (SuA/lo), joys or 
 
 delights of life, delicacies. 
 Qd?iEp-6c, -d, -ov {d-ulsiv), blooming, 
 
 large and swelling (of a tear). 
 QalTTCop-iij, -rjg (rj) ($d?nru), comfort. 
 Qa/J.f3-E0) (-<3), f. -tjgcj (Mfj.,8oc), to be 
 
 astonished, amazed, to wonder. 
 QdfJ,(3og, ($d/J,(3£)oc (to), astonishment, 
 
 amazement, wonder. 
 QdvuT-oc, -ov (6) (Sdvslv), death; 6 
 
 QdvaTog, Death (twin brother of 
 
 Sleep). 
 0avaT-6cj (-ti), f. -toco, aor. pass. 
 
 tdavaTudrjv (SdvaTOc), to condemn 
 
 to death. 
 
 Quttto, f. SaTpo, to bury, inter. 
 
 Qa^a7iE-oc, -a, -ov (Sufifiog), confi- 
 dent ; to SappaTiEtog ex £IV > the feel- 
 ing confident. 
 
 Qa^vvo {Sdp'p'og), to encourage. 
 
 QapviT-ag, -ov (6), Tharypas. 
 
 Qav[M-d&, f. -dcu, pf. TEdavfidKa 
 (3-av/j.a), to wonder, admire. 
 
 Qav/j.dGt-oc, -a, -ov (Savjudfa), won- 
 derful, remarkable. 
 
 Qav/LiaGT-oc, -rj, -ov (■Saty/dfw), won- 
 derful, surprising. 
 
 Qs-d, -ug (i]), a goddess. 
 
 Qmiv-d, -r]g (?)) (poet, for Sea), a 
 goddess. 
 
 QE-dojuat, f. -aGOfxac, pf. TEQidjiai 
 (S-ia), to see. 
 
 Qe7i-o, f. -rjGO), pf. TEd&rjKa, to be 
 willing, wish, desire. 
 
 Of/LUg (Ep. $E[UGT- Att. HjXLT-)og (37), 
 right ; y $£/ug egt'lv, as is right. 
 
 QEOEtd-r/g, -Eg (Ssog, sldog), god-like, 
 divine, beauteous (in outward form). 
 
 QsoKOjuiT-og, -ov (6), Theopompus. 
 
 Qeottpotu-ov, -ov (to) (&£og, tttpettu), 
 a heavenly sign or oracle; rd $£0- 
 TzpoTZLa, augury. 
 
 Q£-6g, -ov (6, ij), a god, goddess, di- 
 vinity. 
 
 QEOGEpEi-a, -ag (?)) ($£og, Gifto/iai), 
 the service or fear of God, piety, re- 
 ligion. 
 
 Q£pa7TEvo)(&£pdTTO)v), to wait on, court, 
 cherish. 
 
 QEpdrruv, (S£pdirovT)og (6), an at- 
 tendant. 
 
 BEpji-bg, -rj, ov (Sspu), warm, hot. 
 
 Qipog, (§£p£)og (to), summer. 
 
 QsG/LL-og, -ov (0) (tlQitjiii), a law, rule, 
 ordinance. 
 
 QEGGa7i-6g, -ov (6) (Att. S-errd/ldf), 
 a Thessalian. 
 
 Qeco, f. §£VGO(iai, to run, move swiftly ; 
 dpopLU Seiv, to run with speed. 
 
 QEQp-EU, (-£)), f. -7jG0) ($£G)pog), to 
 look at, view, survey, be a spectator of 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 313 
 
 Qr/3-at, -uv (al), Thebes. 
 Qr/3al-og, -a, -ov (Qq3ai), Theban. 
 QtjSol-oc, -ov (6), <* Theban. 
 Qf/,3-7], -rig (if), Thebe ; Qrj^natv, in 
 
 or at Thebe. 
 Qi/h-vg, -eta, -v ($&?Jm, TedrjTia), fe- 
 male, feminine, tender-hearted ; ij 
 
 §7]?<.eta Seog, a goddess. 
 Qnp-du (-£>), f. -d(TO/j.at and -dau 
 
 ($7}p, Sfjpa), to hunt after, pursue 
 
 eagerly or greedily. 
 Qripi-ov, -ov (to) (Srjp), a wild animal, 
 
 beast. 
 Qvtjgku, f. §dvov[xai, pf. TedvTjua, 
 
 aor. eddvov, to die ; ~£dvT]Ka, I am 
 
 dead; reOvrj-ug, -via, -6g, dead; 
 
 ol Savovreg, the dead. 
 Qv7]T-6r-, -i], -ov (Svtjcku)), subject to 
 
 death, mortal ; 6 §vt)t6c, a mortal. 
 Qo-6c, -i], -ov (Seto), swift. 
 Q6pvj3-oc, -ov (b), a noise, tumult. 
 Qovp-og, -ov (6) (Sptocnco, Sopelv), 
 
 leaping, rushing, raging, impetuous, 
 
 eager, resistless. 
 Gpaf, (9pa/c)dc (6), a Thracian. 
 Qpda-vg, -ela, -v, bold, courageous, 
 
 daring, rash, venturesome. 
 0pif, (rplx)6c, dat. pi. $pi£L (i)), the 
 
 hair ; al rpix^g, locks of hair. 
 Qpov-a, -uv (rd), flowers (etc., em- 
 broidered on cloth). 
 Qp6v-oc, -ov (b), a throne, seat. 
 Qvydrnp, (§vya-ep)og contr. Svya- 
 
 rpoc (i)), a daughter. 
 Qvfi-oc, -ov (6), the soul, life, mind, 
 
 desire, bosom, breast. 
 Qvfi-oo (-£>), f. -Wffo (Svjuoc), to make 
 
 angry, incense; pf. part. pass. tbOv- 
 
 /jLUjuevoc, incensed. 
 Qv-o/iai, f. -crofiaL (mid. of Suw), to 
 
 sacrifice for one's self, have a victim 
 
 slain (in order to take the auspices), 
 
 inspect the entrails. , 
 Bvp-a, -ac (i)), a door, gate ; km Talg 
 
 j3aoi/Jug Svpatg, at or to the king's 
 
 court. 
 
 o 
 
 Qvpa& (Svpacfii:) (with gen.), out of 
 
 the door of , forth from. 
 QupdK-Lfa, f. -iau, pf. pass, redupd- 
 
 Ktafiat (Stopat;), to arm with a breast' 
 
 plate ov corselet; (mid.), to put on a 
 
 breast-plate or corselet. 
 Qtopaij, ($d)pdic)og (6), a breast-plate, 
 
 corselet. 
 
 I. 
 
 'IdlAw, f. idld, aor. Irjha, to stretch 
 
 ox put forth. 
 'Ido/uai, f. cdaofiat, to heal, cure. 
 'Idrp-og, -ov (6) (laofiat), a physician, 
 'ldx-cj, f. -i}ao, pf. laxa, to cry, shout, 
 
 scream. 
 'Ide (Ep. and Ion. for ?j6i), and. 
 "Ids or I6e (imperat. aor. of eldov), 
 
 see ! lo I behold ! 
 'IStoTTfg, (ldio77]T)og (?)) (Idiog), a 
 
 peculiarity. 
 'Idofievevg, ('IdofievQug Ep. and Ion. 
 
 -r)og (6), Idomeneus. 
 "Idp-tg, -t (oida) (with gen.), knowing, 
 
 acquainted with, skilful in. 
 'Idp-dw (-(j), f. -ucu) (idpug), to sweat; 
 
 ISp-uv, -ovaa, -ovv, in a sweat or 
 
 foam. 
 'Iep-6v, -ov (to) (lepog), a sacrifice, 
 
 victim ; rd lepd, the entrails. 
 '1£gj, impf. iC,ov and i^eonov, to seat, 
 
 sit, be seated. 
 "lr)[iL, f. Tjcu, aor. find, 2 aor. mid. 
 
 etunv and e/xnv, to send, send or 
 
 take away ; (mid.), to rush, satisfy 
 
 (an appetite). 
 'Wvg (Ep. and Ion. for evdvg), straight 
 
 or directly into. 
 '\ndv-6g, -fj, -ov (licdvcj), fit, proper, 
 
 sufficient, competent, enough, able, 
 
 capable, qualified. 
 'Ikuvco, impf. indyov (Ep. for iko), 
 
 to become, come or proceed to, arrive 
 
 at. 
 'luer-jjg, -ov (6) (iku), a suppliant, 
 'lnviojxai, f. L^o/nai, pf. ly/xat, aor. 
 
314 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 lnofMrjv (lko), to go to, arrive at, 
 reach. 
 
 "Iko, impf. Ikov, to come or go to, 
 reach. 
 
 'IAdovco/^u, f. ITidao/xai (i?iaog), to 
 appease, propitiate. 
 
 "Ykt-og, -ov (rj), Ilium or Troy. 
 
 '1/J.dg, {lfj.dvr)og (6), a leathern strap 
 or thong. 
 
 'I/iEtpo (tfJ.£pog), to long or yearn for, 
 desire. 
 
 "lfiep-or, -ov (6), a longing, desire. 
 
 "\vd, that, in order that. 
 
 "log, la, izjg, lo, ly, lav (Ep. for etc), 
 one, a single. 
 
 "lov?.-oc, -ov (ol), curling locks, tresses. 
 
 'lox^aip-a, -ag, (r)) {log, x^lpo), de- 
 lighting in arrows, arrow- loving ; 
 (log, #e6>), pouring or showering ar- 
 rows. 
 
 'lmracL-a, -ag {'n) (linrd^ofiat), rid- 
 ing, a riding up and down. 
 
 'lTTTvevQ, (Itt7Te)o)c (6) (irnrog ), a horse- 
 man ; ol iTCTreZg, the horse or cavalry. 
 
 'Ittttik-ov, -ov (to) (InTroe), the cav- 
 alry. 
 
 'iTrTTioxalr-'ijc, -ov (6) (cinriog, %ai- 
 rrj), of horse hair, shaggy with horse 
 hair. 
 
 'Imroda/ji-oc, -ov (i7T7rog, dafido), 
 tamer of steeds. 
 
 'l7r7r6dpojU-of, -ov (6) (Itttcoc, dpojuoc), 
 a race-course (for horses and chari- 
 ots), hippodrome. 
 
 "lmr-og, -ov (6), a horse, steed. 
 
 "Lmrovptg, (l7TTrovpi6)og (37) ('InTroc, 
 ovpd), horse-tailed, decked with horse 
 tail. 
 
 'lp-6c, -r], -6v (Ep. for lepog), sacred. 
 
 'la-dfa, f. -dao, 3 s. impf. mid. lad- 
 cketo for loa&To (laog), to make 
 equal, equal ; (mid.), to regard one's 
 self as equal, compare one's self 
 boastfully with, 
 laav (Ep. 3 pi. impf. of el/n), they 
 went. 
 
 'IcdfjL-oc, -ov (6), the Isthmus (of Cor- 
 inth). 
 
 "la-og , -7], -ov, equal, even, like ; laov, 
 equally ; laog, perhaps ; kv Ico (sc. 
 (3r}/j,aTt), with an even step. 
 
 "Iot7}[u, f. ottjgu), 1 aor. eatTjca, to 
 set, place, post, station, stop, halt ; 
 laTUfiai (pres. mid.) and EOTijua 
 (pf. act.), to stand, stop, halt ; eottjv 
 (2 aor. act.), I stood, stopped, halted. 
 
 'lar-og, -ov (b) ('larrjfii), a loom, web; 
 larbv v<palvsiv, to ply the loom, 
 weave a web. 
 
 '\axvp-6g, -a, -ov (laxvo), strengthen- 
 ed, strong ; laxvpdg, powerfully, 
 vehemently, violently, severely, very. 
 
 'Ivxvg, (loxv)og (i)) (laxo), eg), 
 stre?igth. 
 
 7 l(j)L, vigorously. 
 
 "Ixvog (lxvs)og contr. Ixvovg (to), a 
 track, footstep. 
 
 'Iovl-a, -ag (r)) ("lov), Ionia. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kayo, contr. from ical kyo. 
 Kdd (before 6) Ep. for naTa, down. 
 Kddju-og, -ov (6), Cadmus. 
 Kadacp-io (-&), f. -rjao, aor. icadei- 
 
 ?iov (naTa, alpso), to pull down. 
 Kad-Efy/iai, f. -edoviuac (/card, efr- 
 
 liat), to seat one's self, sit down. 
 KadeidTo Ep. for kKadrjvTO, 3 pi. 
 
 impf. of KdQriiiai. 
 Kadsvd-o, f. -ijco, pf. -qua (naTa, 
 
 Evdo), to sleep. 
 KadrjKEi (naTa, tjko) (with dat.), it 
 
 is incumbent on, the duty of. 
 Kadq/iai, impf. knadrmriv (/card, 
 
 rjfiai), to sit, be seated. 
 Kad-l^o, f. -loo Att. -Id (naTa, l£o), 
 
 to seat; (with dat.), to sit down or 
 
 perch on. 
 Kad-ir]fii, f. -fjGo, aor. -ijna (naTa, 
 
 Iriixi), to send down; lavKavifjc 
 
 Kadirjita, I have drank. 
 YLad-ioTriiii, f. naTaaTTJao, pf. nadio- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 315 
 
 rrjKa, aor. Karearrjv (Kara, 'ia-n- 
 fit), to place, statioti, post, dispose. 
 KaOop-du (■€>), f. Karoipo/LLat, pf. 
 Kadeupdna, aor. Kareldov (Kara., 
 opdcj), to see, observe. 
 
 Kadv-ep-dt and -6ev {Kara, virepde), 
 below, beneath, on the top. 
 
 Kal, and, also, both, too, besides, like- 
 wise, even, in fact. 
 
 Kai.v-al, -Qv (at), Ccenoe. 
 
 Kaivvfiai, pf. ninacr/uai, plqpf. eke- 
 ndcfinv, to be distinguished or adorn- 
 ed. 
 
 Ka'nrsp (Kal, irep), although. 
 
 Kacp-og, -ov (6), a Jit time, occasicm, 
 juncture, crisis. 
 
 KaK-bv, -ov (to), evil, misfortune, 
 harm, injury, calarnity, woe. 
 
 KaKovo-og, -ov (contr. KaKov-ovg, 
 -ovv) . (KaKog , vooc, vovg), ill-dis- 
 posed, ill-intentioned. 
 
 KaK-6g, -7], -ov (comp. kukIov, super. 
 KaniOToe.), bad, evil, harmful, injuri- 
 ous, dire, cowardly, base; 6 naaoc, 
 a coward; KaK&g ttocecv, to injure; 
 TTOielv dvriKiard /ca/cc2, to injure 
 irreparably. 
 
 Kanovpy-oc, -ov (nam, *£pyu), doing 
 ill, mischievous, criminal. 
 
 Ka?*-eG) (-€>), f. -ego, pf. /ce/cA^/ca, 
 Horn. impf. naXeeonov, to call, 
 name, send for, summon. 
 
 KalrjTup, (Ka?^rop)og (6) (/caAecj), 
 a crier, summoner. 
 
 Ka?u-d, -ag (Ion. -rj, -fig) (rj), a nest. 
 
 KaX?ii7rdpri-og, -ov (/caA/U-, Trapsed), 
 beautiful-cheeked. 
 
 Ka?i?*L<pv?Jt.-og, -ov (na/Ju-, qxiXkov), 
 with beautiful leaves, beautiful-leaved, 
 
 Kd/.Aof, (nd7J.e)og Att. Kd/.?i,ovg (to) 
 (na?Mg), beauty. 
 
 Ka?,?i,cj7Ticfj.-6g, -ov (6), (na?J,t)Tri- 
 £cj), an adorning, decoration, dis- 
 play, showing off. 
 
 KaA-df, -Tj, ov, beautiful, fair, becom- 
 ing, favour able, good, propitious, hon- 
 
 our able, beauteous, proper ; to Ka?,6v, 
 fairness, fair dealing ; Ka?.ug e^eiv, 
 to be beautifully disposed or arranged 
 (of an army) ; comp. naXlluv, 
 super. /cuA/Ucrrof ; (adv.), na?,ug, 
 Kd\7dov, Ka'AXtara. 
 
 Ka/.vTTTp-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -rjg) (rj) 
 (/caAvTrrcj), a veil. 
 
 KaAv-ru, f. /caAtn/>cj, aor. inaXvipa, 
 to cover. 
 
 Kd/uvco, f. Kufiovuai, pf. neK/unaa, 
 aor. EKdfiov, to work one's self 
 weary, become weary, work hard, toil. 
 
 Kdv (Kal dv), and if, even if, even 
 though. 
 
 Kdvs-ov, -ov (to) (Kavva), a bread- 
 basket. 
 
 Karri contr. from Kal ettI. 
 
 Ka7rv-6g, -ov (6), smoke. 
 
 Karr-adoKc-a, -ag (77), Cappadocia. 
 
 Ku—p-og, -ov (6), a boar. 
 
 Kdizv-o, f. -ad), aor. EKaxvoa, to 
 breathe ; ipvxvv EKairvaoEV, she 
 swooned away or fainted. 
 
 Kdpd (Ion. Kaprj), (KpdT)6g (to), the 
 head. 
 
 Kapdi-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -rjg) (77) (poet. 
 Kpadl-a Ion. -77), the heart. 
 
 KapK-6g, -ov (6), fruit, the produce of 
 the earth ; the wrist. 
 
 KdpTLGT-og, -77, -ov (Ep. for KpaTia- 
 Tog) (super, of dyadog), most power- 
 ful, sxiperior. 
 
 Kaclyvr]T-og, -ov (b) (Kaaig, ysvvda)), 
 a brother. 
 
 KaaT0)?i.-6g, -ov (77), Castolus. 
 
 KaTd (with gen.), down from, from, 
 down upon, on; (with ace), over, 
 along, throughout, amid, in, within, 
 on, at, over against, opposed to, 
 against, to, according to, in accord- 
 ance with, by; /card kogjuov, in due 
 order, with propriety. 
 
 Kara (adv.), down, abundantly, com- 
 pletely. 
 
 KaTa-fiaivu, f. -(37Jaofj.ai, yf.(3£(3r)Ka, 
 
316 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aor. k(ite(37]v (Kara, fiaivco), to 
 step, go or come down, alight (from 
 a carriage). 
 
 Kar-ayyiAAo, f. -ayyEAco, aor. -rjy- 
 ysiAa (Kara, ayyiAAco), to an- 
 nounce, disclose, denounce. 
 
 Karayel-du (-co), f. -daopiai and -daco 
 (Kara, yEAaco), to laugh at, laugh 
 in one's face, laugh to scorn, ridicule. 
 
 Karadanav-dco (-co), f. -rjaco (Kara, 
 danavdco), to consume. 
 
 TLara-ddirrco, f. -daipco, Ep. aor. inf. 
 Hard dip at (Kara, Sdirrco), to bury. 
 
 KaTade-doiiac, f. -daofiat. (Kara, •Sed- 
 Ofiai), to survey, view. 
 
 Kara-OvrjaKco, f. -ddvovjuac, pf. -rid- 
 vr]Ka, aor. Karsduvov, Ep. aor. inf. 
 Karduvetv (Kara, Sv/janco), to die. 
 
 Kara-Kaico (Att. -adco), f. -aavaco, 
 aor. act. KarsKrja, aor. pass, Kar- 
 EKavO-nv and -EKdrjv (Kara, Kaico), 
 to burn down, consume, burn up (a 
 dead body). 
 
 Kara-Ka/iV7TTco, f. -KaAvipco (Kara, 
 KaAvixrco), to cover up or completely 
 envelop. 
 
 Kard-Keifj.ai, f. -neioofiai, 3 pi. pres. 
 ind. -KEidrat for -keivtcli (/card, 
 Kel/iiac.), to lie down, repose, rest, be 
 placed or set (of a table). 
 
 Kara-KTjpvaaco (Att. -Krjpvrrco), f. 
 -Krjpv^co (Kara, Krjpvaaco), to pro- 
 claim or command by a herald or 
 crier. 
 
 Kara-Konrco, f. -noipco, 3 f. pass, -ke- 
 Korpofza/,, aor. pass. KarEKoirrjv 
 (Kara, kotctco), to cut to pieces, cut 
 off 
 
 TLaTa-KTzivco, f. -ktevco Ep. uravico 
 Ion. KTavti, 1 aor. nar-EKreiva, 2 
 aor. -enravov and -sicavov, pf. -ek- 
 rova (Kara, ktelvco), to kill, slay. 
 
 Kara-Aa/n{3dvco, f. -Arjipofxai, pf. ttar- 
 eiTirjcba, aor. act. -sAa/3ov, aor. pass. 
 •EATjcpdnv (Kara, AafxjSdvco), to seize 
 upon, catch, overtake, find. 
 
 Kara-Aavddvo/iai, f. -Ar/ao/tai, pf. 
 -XE?i,7ja/j.ai, aor. KarEAqdoiwnv (Ka- 
 ra, Aavddvo/uai) (with gen.), to 
 forget utterly. 
 
 Kara-Asyco, f. -Asgco, aor. pass, /care- 
 AEX01JV (Kara, Asyco), to call, set a 
 thing down as, go over at length and 
 in order, tell. 
 
 Kara-AEiTTco, f. -Asiipco, aor. pass. 
 KarsAEitpdnv (Kara, AeItvco), to leave 
 behind, forsake, abandon, desert. 
 
 KaraAv-co, f. -aco (Kara, ?iVco), to halt. 
 
 Kara-fxavOdvto, f. -fiadr^aojuai, aor. 
 KaTEfiudov (Kara, /j.avddvco), to 
 learn thoroughly, perceive, observe. 
 
 Kararrav-co, f. -aco, aor. Kariiravaa 
 (Kara, rcavco), to cause to cease. 
 
 Kara-TTEfj,7rco, f. -7T£//.i})co, aor. pass. 
 KaTETTs/Ltcpdyv (Kara, ixEfXTtco), to 
 send down. 
 
 Karamjd-dco (-co), f. -tjcco (Kara, Trrj~ 
 daco) (with gen.), to leap down or 
 alight from. 
 
 Karap-^co, f. -{>£%co, aor. KarspE^a 
 (Kara, />e£b), to fondle, soothe, ca- 
 ress. 
 
 KaracTKEV-d^co, f. -daco (itard, aKEvd- 
 £y), to furnish with what is necessary, 
 stock. 
 
 KaTa<jK7]v-6co (•£>), f. -coaco (Kara, 
 OKnvoco), to pitch a tent or camp, 
 encamp. 
 
 KarauTT-dco (-co), f. -daco, pf. Kai- 
 EarraKa, aor. pass. -Ecndadnv (Ka- 
 ra, aizdco), to drag, draw, or pull 
 down. 
 
 Kara-arpE<pco, f. -arpiipco (Kara, 
 arpiepco), to subject ; (mid.), to sub- 
 due, conquer. 
 
 Kara-Tslvco, f. -rsvco, pf. -rirdKa 
 (Kara, rslvco), to contend, exert one's 
 self. 
 
 Kara-rE/uvco, f. -rspico, aor. Kar-£rd- 
 fiov, plqpf. pass. -ET£r/j,j]finv (Kara, 
 rEfivco), to cut up. 
 
 Kara-rid spat, f.- driao/xai, aor. mre- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 317 
 
 Oennv {Kara, ridrf^L) (mid.), to de- 
 posit. 
 KararidTjuc, f. -drjaa), pf. -redeina, 
 
 1 aor. Karidijica (Kara, rWrffit), to 
 
 place, ptit, or lay down. 
 Karacpdv-ifg, -sg {Kara, gaivofj.at,), 
 
 distinctly or plainly visible. 
 Ka-aospo, f. Kar-oiou and •oico/j.at, 
 
 (Kara, (pipu), to bring down ; na- 
 
 ToioeTai "kldoc eigu, will bring 
 
 down to the grave. 
 Kara-(pXeyo), f. -tfkit-o {Kara, (j>?J- 
 
 yu), to burn up, consume. 
 Kara-xeu, f. -xevgu, aor. Kar-kx^a 
 
 Ep. -exeva {Kara, £e<j), to pour 
 
 down, shed in abundance. 
 Kar-i-eovov {Kara, etteqvov), (re- 
 
 dupl. 2 aor. of qevg)), I slew, killed. 
 Kar-Epya&fiai, f. -Epyaao/iat, pf. 
 
 -Etpyacfiat {Kara, kpyd^o/uat), to 
 
 accomplish, execute. 
 Kare^tj, f. Kadi^co and Karacxv^cj, 
 
 aor. Karsaxov {Kara, ££w), to hold 
 
 down, compel. 
 Kav/ia, {Kav/udr)og {to) {Kaiu), heat. 
 Ke or kev (Ep. and Ion. for dv) (with 
 
 opt.), will, if nothing prevent ; (with 
 
 subj.), may or can, as is said. 
 KeWc (Ep. and Ion. for ekeZ&l), there, 
 
 at or in that place. 
 KEi/xai, f. KELGOfiai, to lie or be laid, 
 
 lie down, lie dead ; Kidro Hom. for 
 
 EKEtvro, 3 pi. impf. ind. 
 Kdv-og, -rj, -ov (Ion. for. ekeIvoc), 
 
 he. 
 K£Kpv<j>d?.-og, -ov (6) {KpvTzru), net- 
 work/or the hair, a hair-net. 
 KEKrrj/Liai (pf. of Krdo/iai), to possess. 
 Ke/.ev-u, f. -go, aor. EKEAEvaa {keI- 
 
 "Ku), to exhort, bid, direct, command, 
 
 order, advise, request, prompt, desire. 
 Ki7.ofj.ai, f. KE/.r/cofiai, Horn. aor. 
 
 K£K/,6fi7]V, to order, command. 
 Kev-oc, -7], -ov, empty, void, without, 
 
 vain, without foundation. 
 Kivrp-ov, -ov {to) {kevteu), a sting. 
 
 Kio/nat Ep. and Ion. for KEi/xai 
 (which see). 
 
 Kipac {KEpar)og Ep. Kipug {to), a 
 horn, trumpet ; the wing (of an 
 army). 
 
 KEpd-aivu, f. -dvu {Kspdog), to gain. 
 
 KEpSaTii-og, -a, -ov {KEpdog), gainful, 
 profitable. 
 
 Kspdi-ov, -ov {KEpdog), more profit- 
 able, better. 
 
 Kipdoc, {K£pd£)oc {to), gain, profit, 
 pay. 
 
 KspKic, {kepkl6)oc {if) {kpeku), the 
 staff or rod (with which the web 
 was struck, to make it thick and 
 close), a shuttle. 
 
 KevOe-o, -uv {to) {kevQu), the depths 
 (of the earth). 
 
 KE<pa/.a?,y-7Jc, -Eg {Ke^alrj, akyoc), 
 causing or apt to cause headache. 
 
 K£da?,-7f, -rig {if), the head. 
 
 KExapiGfiEv-oc, -Tf, -ov {xapi^ofiat), 
 pleasing, acceptable; ke fioi kexo.- 
 pLOfJLEva §£Lifc, you would do me a 
 great favour. 
 
 Kifdog, {K7]d£)oc {to) {ktj5u), trouble, 
 sorrow, woe. 
 
 Kj?(5-cj, f. -TjGU, to make anxious, in- 
 flict troubles or woes on; (pass.), 
 K7f6ofiat, f. KEKudifGO/uai, 2 pf. act. 
 KEKJfda, to be troubled, distressed, or 
 anxious. 
 
 Kip.E-oc, -ov {Kaiu), burning, blazing. 
 
 Kf/v {Kal dv), even if, even though. 
 
 Kijp, {Kijp)oc- {to), the heart. 
 
 KrjpvZ, {KrjpvK)og (6) {KrfpvGGu), a 
 herald, crier. 
 
 KrfpVGGO) (Att. KTJPVTTC)), f. KTfpV^U, 
 
 aor. pass. £K7fpvx6v v > t0 proclaim 
 
 by a herald. 
 K7]d)d-7jc, -Eg, sweet-scented, fragrant. 
 j Kidvd/Liat, impf. EKidvdfiTfv (poet, for 
 
 GKEddwiifiai), to diffuse (light or 
 
 radiance). 
 Ki/Uf, (K*7. LK)og (6), a Cilician. 
 Kivdvvev-o, f. -ggi {Kivdvvog), to be 
 
318 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 daring, venture into or face danger, 
 
 risk. 
 Kivdvv-og, -ov (6), danger. 
 Ktxuvo, f. KixvaoiiaL, aor. Zkixov, 
 
 to come upon, overtake, find. 
 Kiu, itnpf. eklov, to go, come, proceed; 
 
 afia kcov, they accompanied. 
 K2.aiu (Att. k?£u), f. nliavGo/Ltai, 
 
 aor. l/cAai»cra, to weep, lament, wail, 
 
 weep for, mourn. 
 KTiedvup, (KAeavop)of (b), Clednor. 
 KMapx-oc, -ov (6), Clearchus. 
 K/Uof (to), a rumour, report, fame, re- 
 nown, honour. 
 JDdvu, f. kTuvu, aor. enllva, to bend; 
 
 aor. pass. EKklvdnv and kuTiidnv, 
 
 to shrink. 
 KXtGi-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -77c) (kHvu), a 
 
 hut, cot, tent. 
 KTiiafi-oc, -ov (b) (kVivu), a couch, 
 
 easy chair. 
 KXvt-6c, -T], -ov (kIvu), famous, re- 
 nowned. 
 "KTivu, impf. £k?ivov, imperat. kXv6l 
 
 and kekTivOl, k?ivte and kekXvte, 
 
 to hear. 
 Kluv, (n?iG)v)6g (6) (K?idcj), a branch, 
 
 bough. 
 KoZh-og, -j], -ov, hollow. 
 Koi/x-dojuac (-u/xat), f. -r/oo/uat, aor. 
 
 £Koifi7]0nv and eKoifXTjadjuvv (kec- 
 
 fiat), to go to sleep or rest, betake 
 
 one's self to repose, sleep, rest. 
 KoA-d£w, f. -aGouat and -daw, to 
 
 chastise, punish. 
 KoTnr-og, -ov (6), the bosom ; ettI koK- 
 
 tcg), in the bosom. 
 Kolv/Ltft-du (-a)), f. -Tjou, to dive, 
 
 swim. 
 Ko/z-77, -rjg (J]), the hair (of the head). 
 Kof^-t^o), f. -cat) Att. -Iti (KOfiiio), to 
 
 take care of, cherish, attend to, carry, 
 
 convey. 
 Kovl-a, -ag (Ep. and Ion. -77, -ng) (77) 
 
 (Kov.ig), dust; kv Kovinai ttegelv, 
 
 to fall in the dust, die in battle. 
 
 KoviopT-og, -ov (6) (tcdvig, opvvfii), 
 
 a cloud of dust. 
 ~KovLaa'k-(ox KovLaaak)og, -ov (6) 
 
 (nbvig), dust, a cloud of dust. 
 Kovtcj, f. Kov-tao Att. -lu, pf. pass. 
 
 KEKOvlfxai (novig), to cover or defile 
 
 with dust. 
 KoTrp-oc -ov (77), dung, filth, dirt, mire. 
 Kotcto), f. tcoyju, pf. part, kskottuc, 
 
 aor. pass, ekotctjv, to strike, smite, 
 
 cut, slaughter. 
 Kop-ivvvfti, f. -ego), aor. £n6pEca, to 
 
 sate, satisfy, fill. 
 Kdp-77, -77c (77) (Ion. Kovprj), a maid, 
 
 girl, daughter. 
 KopvdaioX-og, -ov (nopvg, aloTiTio), 
 
 moving the helmet quickly, of the 
 
 glancing helm. 
 Kopvg, (Kopvd)og, ace. nopvda and 
 
 Kopvv (77) (ndpd), a helmet. 
 Kopt>0-77, -rjg (rj) {nopvc), a height, the 
 
 summit (of a mountain). 
 Kopuv-7], -7}c (77), a crow. 
 Kopuvlc, (nopovid)oc (77) (nopuvn), 
 
 curved, bent. 
 Kogu-eu (■£>), f. -fjao) (noGfiog), to 
 
 adorn. 
 KoGfi-og, -ov (b), ornament, what is 
 
 becoming ; ov Kara koguov, dis- 
 gracefully, ignominiously ; Kara. 
 
 kog/xov, honourably. 
 KorvX-7], -7]g, (v), a little cup. 
 Kovp-og, -ov (b) (Ion. for nopog), a 
 
 boy, youth. 
 Kpdvog, (npdv£)os (to) (Kpavlov), a 
 
 helmet. 
 KpuTsp-og, -a, -ov (tcpuTog, npaTEa), 
 
 strong, powerful, stern; npaTEptig, 
 
 threateningly, menacingly. 
 KpaT-Eco (-d>)> f- -7?™ (K-paTog), to 
 
 rule over, control, be conqueror or 
 
 master of, prevail over. 
 KpaTiGT-og, -r], -ov (updrog) (super. 
 
 of dyadog), strongest, best, most ex- 
 cellent, most able or skilful, most 
 
 considerable. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 319 
 
 KpaToc, (fcpdTE)oc contr. tcpaTovc 
 
 (to), might, power; ava or /card 
 
 KpaToc, with all one's might, with 
 
 might and main, at full speed. 
 
 Kpavy-T], -rjc (ij) (upd^o), a shouting, 
 
 noise. 
 
 Kpsar, (Kp£a.T)or, npiaoc, Att. Kpiuc 
 
 (to), flesh; to, KpiaTa and icpia, 
 
 pieces of flesh. 
 
 KpsiGG-ov, -ov (Attic kpsittov) 
 
 (comp. of dyadcc), stronger, better. 
 
 Kpeluv, (KpeiovT)oc (6), a ruler, 
 
 prince. 
 Kpe/Lt-avvvfiL rarely -avvvu, f. acid 
 Att. -u, aor. knpefiaaa, to hang, 
 hang tip, let doivn (as a chain). 
 Kpfjde/j.v-ov, -ov (to) (Kpuc, deo, 
 
 6efJ.a), a veil. 
 Kptvu, f. Kplvu, pf. KEKplna, aor. 
 
 fnplva, to judge, distinguish. 
 Kploc, -ov (6), a ram. 
 KpoKOTce^-or, -ov (upoKor, ttsttXoq), 
 
 saffron-veiled or mantled. 
 Kpovluv, (Kpovicov)oc (6) (patron, 
 of Kpovog), the son of Saturn, i. e., 
 Jupiter. 
 KpoTu<p-oi, -ov (oi) (KpoTiui), the 
 
 temples. 
 Kpvep-oc, -a, -ov (upvoc), icy, chilling. 
 
 KpVTTTG), f. KpVrpO, pf. paSS. KEKpVfZ- 
 
 fiai, to hide, conceal. 
 Ktuo/licu, f. KTrjaofiai, aor. ekt7]gu- 
 
 (jirjv, to acquire, gain, gain over. 
 ~K.Tia.T-a, -ov, dat. -eggi (to.) (ktclo- 
 
 IJ.ai), possessions, property. ' 
 Kteivcj, f. KTEvd, pf- EKTOva and ek- 
 
 Tuna, 1 aor. EKTSiva, 2 aor. e/crd- 
 
 VOV, to kill, slay. 
 Ktepe-i^o), f. -ifw (KTSpsa), to cele- 
 brate the obsequies of, perform funeral 
 
 rites for. 
 K.T7}fj.a, (KTr/fj.aT)og (to) (KTaofiai), 
 
 a possession. 
 KT7}C~i-ar, -ov (6), Ctesias. 
 KvdvE-og, -a, -ov (nvavoc), dark-blue, 
 
 dark. 
 
 Kvdoc, (kvSe)oc (t6), glory, fame, re- 
 nown. 
 Kvdijp-t], -Tjc. (?)), Venus. 
 KvkX-ocj (-Q), f. -6go, aor. pass. 
 
 i.K.VKk£)QT]v (kvkIoc), to surround. 
 KvuloGlC, (KVK%(l)GE)ug (i]) (kvk- 
 
 Xoco), an encompassing, surrounding. 
 KvXtvda), f. KvTitacj, aor. pass, knv- 
 
 Xiadrjv, to roll, roll on or along, roll 
 
 about. 
 Kvjua, (KVfiaT)or (to) (kvo), a wave, 
 
 billow. 
 Kvv-eu (-u), f. Kvv7Jao/uat or kvgu 
 
 Ep. kvggu, aor. s/cvaa Ep. uvea, 
 
 or Kvaoa, to kiss. 
 KvpEL-oc, -a, -ov (Kvpoc), of Cyrus, 
 
 Cyrus's. 
 Kvp-kd (-&) and Kvpo, f. Kvprjau and 
 
 Kvpau, aor. lnvpaa, to hit (as a 
 
 mark). 
 Kvpo/xai = KVpio) (with dat.), to 
 
 meet with. 
 Kvp-oc., -ov (6), Cyrus. 
 Kvu, to be pregnant, bring forth. 
 Kvuv, (itvv)oc (6, 7]), VOC. KVOV (6, 
 
 i]), a dog. 
 Kokvt-6c, -ov (6) (kukvo)), a shriek- 
 ing, wailing, outcry. 
 Kcjkv-o), f. -aco, aor. ekukvgo,, to 
 
 shriek, cry, wail. 
 Kcj/lt'-Q, f. -go (KoXog), to prevent, 
 
 strive, or try to prevent, forbid. 
 Kojfi-7], -rjs (r/), a village. 
 
 AaKEdaijiovL-oc, -ov (6), a Lacedae- 
 monian. 
 
 Aduov, (AaKUv)og (6), a Lacedae- 
 monian or Spartan. 
 
 AdX-or, -ov (XaTiio)), talkative, h 
 quacious; comp. laAiGTEpoc, super. 
 Xa?uGTaTor. 
 
 Aa/j.,3dvu, f. XTJipofiat, pf. sD.Tjcpa, 
 aor. e"?m(3ov, aor. pass. kli]<pdr}v, 
 to take, seize, capture, receive, get, 
 procure, obtain, clasp, visit. 
 
320 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ad/u-Tco), f. Xdfiip-u and -ojiai, pf. 7/e- 
 Tiaixira, to shine, be conspicuous. 
 
 Aavddvo) (Horn. ?i7jdo), f. TJjcu, pf. 
 "ktkrjQa, aor. eladov, to escape the 
 notice or observation of. 
 
 Ad-og, -ov (b), *Ae people, soldiery, 
 troops, forces. 
 
 Aarpei-a, -ag (rj), (Tiarpevo)), service, 
 servitude. 
 
 Aavnavi-7], -rjg (r)), the throat; Tiavna- 
 vlr/g Kadsrjua, I have drank. 
 
 Aeyco, f. Aef«, pf. elXoxa, aor. im- 
 per. mid. "Xi^o Horn, for %£%eo, aor. 
 pass. kXkxQrjV, to let or permit to lie 
 down, to tell, mention, utter, declare, 
 say, speak; (mid.), to lie down. 
 
 AeiTTo, f. Xsiipo), pf. ?ie?»oi7ra, aor. 
 fllnov, pf. pass. 2,elei/i/j.cu inf. 
 hehefydai, 3 f. pass. leXeiipOjuat, 
 to leave, abandon ; (pass.), to survive. 
 
 Aitcrp-ov, -ov (to) ( Myco), a couch, bed. 
 
 AeovTiv-oc -rj, -ov (AeovtZvoi), of 
 Leontini or Leontium, Leontine. 
 
 Aettt-oc;, -ri, -ov (Mrtu), finely- 
 wrought. 
 
 Afafi-og, -ov (77), Lesbos. 
 
 AEVKodupag, CkEVnod<j)paK.)oc (b, 7]) 
 (?*evk6c, Supatj), with white breast- 
 plate, corslet, or cuirass. 
 
 Aevk-oc, -rj, -ov, white. 
 
 AeVKG)?l£V-OC, -ov (Xevkoc., tikEvrj), 
 white-armed. 
 
 Aixoc, (aex £ )°C contr. "kkxovg (to) 
 (/leyw), a couch, bed, state-bed, bier. 
 
 Ascov, (MovT)og (b), a lion. 
 
 Ae-wf, -d) (6) (Att. for laoc), the peo- 
 ple, soldiery, troops, forces. 
 
 Atjt-6), -60c (-ovc.) (rj), Latona. 
 
 Alav Ion. llrjv (/U-)> very, very much, 
 too much. 
 
 Alyvp-bg, -a (Ion. -rj), -ov (htyvg), 
 shrill. 
 
 Aid-og, -ov (6), a stone. 
 
 Alji-bg, -ov (b), hunger, famine. 
 
 Alrrdp-bg, -d (Ion. -7/), -bv (Tiirrag), 
 brilliant, splendid, beautiful. 
 
 Aiccso\iai, f. TiioofiaL, 1 aor. skicd- 
 firjv, 2 aor. kTiLTOfirjV, to beg, pray, 
 beseech, supplicate. 
 
 AtTavEV-u, f. -au (liiooofiai), to pray, 
 entreat, implore. 
 
 Aoy-i^ofiat, f. -iaojiai, pf. \£%byta- 
 juai (2,byog), to reckon, calculate, 
 suppose. 
 
 A6y-og, -ov (b) (Tiiyo), a word, nar- 
 rative, book, speech, argument; Elg 
 "kbyovg cot eWeIv, to come to a con- 
 ference with you. 
 
 Abyx-Vy m WC (^)» a- spear. 
 
 AosTp-bv, -ov (to) (Horn, for lov- 
 Tpbv) (Iosco, lovu), a bath. 
 
 Aoty-bg, -ov (b), ruin, mischief , plague. 
 
 AoiTT-bg, -7], -OV (?lEC7T0), TliTiOLTTO), 
 
 remaining ; to Ioitcov and "kombv, 
 henceforward, henceforth. 
 
 Aov-o), f. -Gto, to wash; (mid.), to 
 bathe. 
 
 Ab(j)-og, -ov (b) (Mttu), a ridge of 
 ground, rising hill, crest (of a hill or 
 helmet). 
 
 Aoxdy-bg, -ov (6) (Xbxog, Tjyio/x.at), 
 a captain. 
 
 Avyp-6g, -d, -ov, sad, gloomy, dismal, 
 mournful. 
 
 Avdt-a, -ag (rj), Lydia. 
 
 AvKi-og, -ov (b), Lycius. 
 
 AvK-og, -ov (b), a wolf . 
 
 Avk-eg) (-d>), f. -?jgcj (Xvivrj), to pain, 
 grieve, annoy. 
 
 AvKTjp-og, -d, -ov (Tivkeo), trouble- 
 some, annoying. 
 
 Avp-a, -ag (Ion. -rj, -rjg) (tj), the lyre. 
 
 AvplC,o (\vpa), to play on the lyre. 
 
 Avoug, (7iva£)ug Ion. (1vci)og (rj) 
 (Avu), a release. 
 
 Avo, f. Tivaco, pf. Tii'kvKa, aor. £^,vaa, 
 pf. pass. XiTivjuaL, to loosen, relax, 
 release, ransom, redeem, break down, 
 break, violate. 
 
 Ao)(3?]T-bg, -fj, -ov (2,uj3do/u.at), de- 
 spitefully treated, exposed to mis- 
 fortune, accursed. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 321 
 
 M. 
 
 Maivdg, (ftaivdd)og (if) (fJ.aivofj.at), 
 a mad, phrensied, or distracted wom- 
 an, Bacchante. 
 
 Maivojuat, f. fiavrfcofiai and fiavov- 
 fiai, pf. (jifiTfva, aor. tfiavrfv, to 
 rave, be or become mad or insane, be 
 distracted. 
 
 Ma/cap, (MaKap)og (6), Macar. 
 
 ManapiZt-) (fidnap), to bless, deem or 
 pronounce happy, congratulate. 
 
 ManapiCT-6c, -if, -ov (fjanapLZo), 
 deemed or thought happy, envied, en- 
 viable. 
 
 Maxp-oc, -a, -ov (fidnog), long, length- 
 ened. 
 
 Md?,a, much, very, particularly, strict- 
 ly, by all means ; fiu?JiOV, more, 
 rather ; jxd7aa~a, most particularly, 
 especially, most of all. 
 
 M.u?MK-6g, -7], -ov, soft. 
 
 MavOdvu, f. fiadfioofiai, pf. fizfiadrf- 
 na, aor. efiudov, to learn. 
 
 MdvTig, (fidvre)cjQ (6) (fxalvojuat),a 
 soothsayer. 
 
 Maor-/£w, f. -ii-u (fidcTt^), to whip, 
 lash. 
 
 Mdxatp-a, -ag (if), a sabre or bent 
 sword. 
 
 Mdx-7], -7]c (if), a battle, engagement. 
 
 Mdx-ojuai, f. -Eoofiat and -ffoofiai 
 Att. -ovfiat, pf. fiefidxso-fJat and 
 fjeudxTfjuai, to fight, engage in bat- 
 tle, contend. 
 
 MeyaLpu, aor. hfiiynpa (fiiyag), to 
 grudge any one (dat.) any thing (gen.) 
 as being too great. 
 
 MeyaTuJT-op, -op (fiiyag, fjrop), great- 
 hearted, magnanimous. 
 
 Meyap-ov, -ov (to) (fieyag), a large 
 room, chamber, hall, palace, abode. 
 
 Meyac, fieydXn, /uiya (comp. fieifav, 
 super, fiiyiarog), great, strong, pow- 
 erful, large, broad, lofty, spacious, 
 mighty ; to fieyd'ka, greatly ; fieyag 
 elvat, to prevail ; fiiya, loudly. 
 
 o 
 
 Meyedog, (/ieyede)og (to) (fiiyag), 
 
 size. 
 MeyioT-og, -tj, -ov (super, of fiiyag), 
 
 principal ; uc (liytCTog, as great as 
 
 possible; fieytCTov, chiefly ; fiiyca- 
 
 Ta, most, very. 
 Mid-ofiat, f. -Tjaoftai (with gen.), to 
 
 be mindful of 
 Medov, (fiidovT)oc (6) (fiidofiat), a 
 
 guardian. 
 MedioTrffxi, f. p; era em/ aw (fiETa, la- 
 
 TTjfu), to cause to go or withdraw; 
 
 aor. iist£gt7]v, I went apart, with- 
 
 drew. 
 Meid-do (-£)), f. -jjcro), to smile. 
 Metpdni-ov, -ov (to) (dimin. of fiei- 
 
 pat;), a boy, youth ; evdiig fiev fist- 
 
 pdntov C)v,from his very boyhood. 
 Mecov, fielov (comp. of fiiicpog), less. 
 MeXavi-a, -ag (if) (fieXag), blackness. 
 MiX-ag, -atva -av, black, dark, 
 
 gloomy. 
 MeX-et, f. -i]GEi (fiiXu) (with dat.), it 
 
 is a care ; t'l aoi fii?iEt, what is your 
 
 errand or business ? 
 M.e?<,eTijp-6g, -a, -ov (fieleTdu), dili- 
 gently-practising, pains-taking. 
 MeXr/jua, (fie%r/fiaT)og (to) (fielu), 
 
 an object of care, favourite, darling. 
 MeMv-7], -ng (if), panic; at fie/XLvat, 
 
 fields of panic. 
 MiXiaa-a, -rjg (if) (Att. fii?uTTa) 
 
 (fie/u), a bee. 
 MeAX-a), f. -rfcu, to be about, be likely, 
 
 intend; fiiXXu, I will (i. e., am 
 
 about to). 
 Miftd-a, part, fiefiaug (pf. as pres.) 
 
 (fido), to desire eagerly. 
 Mefjvrjfiat, f. fiEfivrjaofxat, aor. ifivj]' 
 
 adfinv (pf. of fivdofiai, used as 
 
 pres.) (with gen.), to remember, call 
 
 to mind, bear in mind, think or be 
 
 mindful of 
 M.tfiova (pf. as pres.), to purpose. 
 Mifitpig, (Me/Mptd- and Mifi<pt-)og 
 
 Att. MifiQeug (if), Memphis. 
 2 
 
322 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Mi/ifo/iai, f. fiintyofiai, aor. kjj.ifi$* 
 
 6nv, to blame, find fault with. 
 Mev, on the one hand, indeed, for one's 
 
 part. 
 Mevei (fiivu) (with dat.), it remains 
 
 for. 
 Mivog, (fi£V£)og (to), power, spirit, 
 
 bravery, impetuous valour. 
 Mevtol (fxev, roc), indeed, however, still 
 
 however, but. 
 Mevcj, f. (iEv(b, pf. (itfiivrjKa, aor. 
 
 efieiva, to stay, remain, continue. 
 Mevcjv, (M.EVov)og (6), Menon. 
 M.eorj/j.,3pi-a, -ag (r)) (pcEOog, 7]fj.epa), 
 
 the south ; npbg (i£G7}[i(3piav, south- 
 ward. 
 Mecaqic, (MEaani6)og (}]), Messeis. 
 Meg-ov, -ov (to) (fiiaoc), the middle, 
 
 centre; jxegov qfiEpag, mid-day or 
 
 noon. 
 MsG-og, -7], -ov, middle, centre, inter- 
 . mediate ; ev /xegcj tovtuv, between 
 
 these. 
 Meor-dc, -7], -6v,full. 
 Merd (with gen.), with, in company 
 
 with; (with dat.), among, in; (with 
 
 ace), after, next after, next to, 
 
 since. 
 MeTa-ytyvticKO) (later -ylvuGKto), f. 
 
 -yvuGO/xai, aor. (j.sTs'yvcov ((ietcl, 
 
 yiyvooGKo), to change one's mind. 
 M.eTa-6alvvfiai f. -dalaofzac (/ieto,, 
 
 daivvfiaC) (with dat.), to share a 
 
 feast or sup with. 
 MeTa-fieXei, f. -iieIt^gel, aor. jiete- 
 
 HeXtjge (f/,£T&, [ieTiel) (with dat. 
 
 and gen.), it repents. 
 Meto^v (fiETu) (with gen.), between. 
 MsTavd-dw (-co), f. -tjgoj (llet&, av- 
 
 dau) (with dat.), to speak among, 
 
 address. 
 M.et-ei/j.1, f. -iaojuat, inf. -elvat (fiETa, 
 
 elfii) (with dat.), to be among. 
 Mstso) (Ion. for /xetu), pres. subj. of 
 
 fiiTEifii. 
 
 Mcr^op-of, -ov (poet, for fiETEupog) 
 
 (fiETa, alupEO)), on high, in the air, 
 
 suspended in the air. 
 Metottlg-Oe and -6ev ((j,et&, otcigOe), 
 
 from behind, behind. 
 ~M.ETox?i-i£o, f. -iao iEol. aor. opt. 
 
 -iaGEia (/XETti, ox^co), to push back 
 
 (the bolts of a door). 
 MerpiGJC (jiiTpioc), moderately, tem- 
 perately. 
 Mev (Ep. and Ion. for fxov), of me, 
 
 my. 
 Me^pi and /xixpig, as far as, up to, 
 
 until. 
 Mr}, not, that not, lest. 
 M.7]6e (lit}, 6e), nor, and not. 
 MrjdEic, findsfica, /indiv (fifj, 66, Etc), 
 
 not even one, no. 
 M.nd£v, ((J.?]d£v)6c (to) (fxr/dsig), noth- 
 ing; fj.Tjd£V, in no respect. 
 M>/di'-a, -ag (77), Media. 
 WLrjdonai, f. fiyaojuai (fiTjdoc), to in- 
 tend, devise, meditate. 
 Mf/dog, (iit}5e)oc (to), (pi.) (iqdE-a, 
 
 -av (tu), counsels, cares. 
 "M.7JKETI ([xi], etl), no longer. 
 M.7JKOC, (nriK£)oc (to), length. 
 Mrjv, indeed, truly, moreover ; r) /urjv, 
 
 in very truth, assuredly. 
 WLijv, (fi7)v)6c (6), a month; /card 
 
 fxijva, monthly. 
 Mr/vv-O), f. -GO), to inform. 
 Mtjttuc (pjfj, 7rwf), lest in any way, 
 
 lest perchance. 
 MrjGTup, (fj,r}GT0)p)og (6) (fiydofiat), 
 
 an adviser, counsellor. 
 M.7JTE (/if), te), and not, both not ; (irjTe 
 
 — (irjTE, neither — nor. 
 MrJTnp, (/xT]T£p)oc contr. /xrjTpog (fj) 
 
 (Dor. fiaTr/p), a mother. 
 MtfTir, firjTi ([17], Tig), lest any one, 
 
 lest any thing. 
 Mr/xav-dofiai, f. -r)aofiat, pf. (xe/xn- 
 
 Xavrjfiat (iJtrjxavfj), to contrive. 
 M.7JX°C (To)., a remedy. 
 Miyvvfit, f. fxi£o, aor. pass, k^iynv, 
 
 to mingle. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 323 
 
 MtdptdaT-Tjg, -ov (o) (and Mtdpadd- 
 ttjc), Mithriddtes. 
 
 Mlnp-oc, -d, -ov (comp. ftetuv, super. 
 ptEicroc), little, small ; fjetov ex^v 
 a.'xaXk&TTEoQai, to be inferior, come 
 off with disadvantage ; fjlupov (sc. 
 dtdcTtffta), a little ivay or distance. 
 
 MtX^at-og, -a, -ov (MHitjtoc), of Mi- 
 letus, Milesian. 
 
 Mi2,TOKvd-7]g, -ov (6), Miltocythes. 
 
 Mtftvu, impf. ifiifivov {ftEVto), to stay, 
 remain. 
 
 Mtv (Horn, for avrov, avTTjv, avTo), 
 him, her, it. 
 
 Mtcdodoct-a, -ag (/;) {fitcdog, dido- 
 fit), the giving of pay. 
 
 Miad-6g, -ov (6), reward, pay. 
 
 MtGTvh/io, impf. kfiiaTvTCkov, to cut 
 up (as meat). 
 
 Mva.ofj.ac (Ep. for fi1ij.v7jcTKOfj.at), f. 
 fiV7joofiai and fivrjoQrjGOfiat, aor. 
 kfiVTfadrjv (with gen.), to be mind- 
 fid of. 
 
 MvTjaiKaK-eo) {-o), f. -ijao {fivdo/iat, 
 nanoe) (with dat.), to remember an 
 injury or harbour a grudge against. 
 
 Moytc {ftoyog), hardly, scarcely. 
 
 Molp-a, -ag {rj) {ftEipoftat), one's por- 
 tion or lot in life, fate, doom, destiny ; 
 i] Motpa, the goddess of fate, Fate, 
 Destiny. 
 
 Moh-etv, part. -ov (aor. of (STiogko), 
 to go, come, return. 
 
 M6v-og, -J], -ov, alone, only; fiovov, 
 only, merely ; (Ion. ftovvoc). 
 
 Movo-a, -rig {r)), a Muse. 
 
 MveA-Of, -ov (6), marrow. 
 
 Mvd-eoftat, f. -rjaofiat (fjvdoc), to 
 speak, tell, mention. 
 
 Mvd-oc;, -ov (6), a word, speech, man- 
 date, command, voice; afire ftvdov 
 e'iizeIv, to answer. 
 
 Mvptdg, (fivptad)oc {?)) {ftvptot), a 
 myriad (i. e., ten thousand). 
 
 Mvpt-ot, -at, -a, ten thousand. 
 
 Mvpi-oc, -a, -ov, numberless, countless. 
 
 Mvpfiidov-ec, -ov, dat. -ecol (ol), the 
 Myrmidons. 
 
 Mvpofiat {ftvpo), to melt into tears, 
 weep, mourn, lament. 
 
 Mvp-ov, -ov {to), perfume, odour. 
 
 Mva-6g, -ov (6), a Mysian. 
 
 Mvx-6c, -ov (d), (pJ.) -d, -ov (rd) 
 {ftvo), the innermost place or part 
 (of a house), recess, women's apart- 
 ment. 
 
 M£q, f. fivao, aor. ttfivaa, to close (of 
 the lips or eyes). 
 
 N. 
 
 Nato, f. vdaofjat, pf. pass, vevaofiat, 
 to dwell, live, reside. 
 
 Nafta, (vdftaT)og {to) {vdo), a stream, 
 fount, liquor. 
 
 Nave, {vs)og {?)) (Ion. vrfve, vrjog), a 
 ship. 
 
 Navoiizop-og, -ov (vavc, nopoc), trav- 
 ersed by ships, navigable. 
 
 Nsd^o {veoc), to be young, act or 
 think like a youth. 
 
 Neuvion-og, -ov (d) {vedv), a youth, 
 young man. 
 
 NeZZ-of, -ov (d), the Nile. 
 
 Ne/cp-of, -ov (d) {vekvc), a dead body, 
 corse. 
 
 Native, {vekv)oc (6), a dead body, corse. 
 
 Niftu, f. vEfiC), pf. vEvefirjita, aor. 
 EVElfta, to distribute, divide, drive to 
 pasture, feed ; (mid.), to pasture. 
 
 Nioftat (contr. vEVfiat), to go, return. 
 
 Ni-QQ, -ov (6), a child. 
 
 Ne-of, -a (Ion. -77), -ov, young, youth- 
 ful, new, fresh ; viov dXyoc, a re- 
 newal of sorrow ; viov, newly, just. 
 
 Nfo<T(T-df (Att. veottoq), -ov (6) 
 {veoc), a young bird, young one (of 
 any animal). 
 
 Nepde and vepdEV {=§vep6e), under- 
 neath, beneath. 
 
 NEvp-ov, -ov {to), the string (of a 
 lyre). 
 
 Nevu, f. -au. to nod. 
 
324 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ~Ne(J)e?l-7], -rjg (rj), a cloud. 
 
 Nfj, yes; vr) Ala, yes, by Jove! , 
 
 N^epr-^f, -kg {vrj-, ajuaprdvco), un- 
 failing, unerring, true; vrjjuepTea, 
 truly. 
 
 "NqiriaxevG) (vrjmog), to play or sport 
 like a child ; navaaadac vrjiua- 
 p(£Vcov, to leave childish sports. 
 
 ~Nrjiriax-og, -ov (vrjmog), infant, 
 young. 
 
 Ntjtci-oc, -a (Ion. -rj), -ov and -og , -ov 
 (vrj-, errog), infant, young, foolish, 
 ignorant. 
 
 Nfja-og, -ov {rj), an island. 
 
 ~Nfjoo-a, -rjg (rj) (Att. vTjTTa), a duck. 
 
 'Nlicapx-og, -ov (6), Nicarchus. 
 
 NlK-do (-&), f. -r/ao) (vtnrj), to con- 
 quer, overcome, be victorious over, sur- 
 pass, outstrip, outdo. 
 
 TStti-rj, -rjg (rj), victory. 
 
 Niofi-rj, -rjg (rj), Niobe. 
 
 No-ew (-€)), i. -r)au, aor. evorjoa 
 (voog), to see, perceive, know, recog- 
 nize, be aware of, design. 
 
 Nd#-oc, -rj, -ov, natural, illegitimate, 
 bastard. 
 
 No/z-ifu, f. -iau Att. -Id, pf. vevojxt- 
 na (vdfiog), to consider, think, esteem, 
 regard. 
 
 N6-oc, -ov (b) (Att. vovg , vov), mind, 
 intention, turn of mind, disposition, 
 judgment, discretion. 
 
 'Noar-eu (-d), f. -rjao (voarog), to go 
 or come home, return. 
 
 ~N6ad)t and voofyiv (with gen.), apart 
 or aivay from, aloof from. 
 
 Ni> (Horn, for vvv), now, then, there- 
 upon. 
 
 Nviu(f>-7j, -rjg (rj), a nymph. 
 
 ISvv, now ; ravvv, at present. 
 
 Nvf, (vvKr)6g(rj), night; rrjgvvKTog, 
 during the night; r)8rj rr)g WKTog, 
 this very night ; vvurag, by night ; 
 a/u(j>l fieaag vvurag, about midnight. 
 
 Ntii (nom. and ace. dual of eyd), we 
 two, us two. 
 
 \zviK-6v, -ov (to), a foreign force or 
 army. 
 
 UvtK-og, -rj, -ov (%'evog), foreign. 
 
 'Jv-og, -rj, -ov, foreign; ol t;evoi, 
 foreign troops or mercenaries. 
 
 {ev-og, -ov (b), one connected with an- 
 other by the ties of hospitality, a 
 guest, host. 
 
 Uvofydv, (&evo§dvT)og (6), Xeno- 
 phon. 
 
 Irjp-aivu, f. -uvd, aor. et-qpava (t-rj- 
 pog), to dry (as a date.). 
 
 ti<bog, (^i(pe)og (to), a sword. 
 
 Ivyyiyvojiai Att. for avyyiyvojiat. 
 
 {v\lC,oiiaL (^vTiov), to gather or pro- 
 cure wood. 
 
 ivltv-og, -rj, -ov (£;v2.ov), wooden. 
 
 Zv?i?ia/j.(3avG) Attic for avXka^d- 
 
 VO). 
 
 uvXkiyu Att. for avXTieyu. 
 
 \v\-ov, -ov (to), wood, fire-wood, tim- 
 ber, wood-work, a handle, shaft. 
 
 Zv/LtfiovlevG) Att. for cvfifiovhevu. 
 
 ^vfijiax-og, -ov (6) (Att. for avufia- 
 Xog) (£vv, fJ.dxrj), one who fights 
 along with another, an assistant in 
 fighting, an ally. 
 
 \vv Att. for avv. 
 
 twanoXovdea) Att. for avvaKoXov- 
 6eo). 
 
 Ivvepxojiat Att. for cvvipxofiai. 
 
 {vGTpaToiredevofjiai Att. for ovoTpa- 
 TOTcedevouat. 
 
 'O, rj, to, the, this, that, his, her, its ; 
 
 6 fjtiv — 6 86, one — the other ; ol jiiv 
 
 — ol de, some — others, the latter — the 
 
 former. 
 "O, r), to (Horn, for og, r), o), who, 
 
 which, that. 
 "O (Horn, for oti), that, because. 
 '0/M,-dc, -ov (6), a spit ; ireipai 68e- 
 
 Tiolat, to spit. 
 'Oppifioepy-og, -ov (6l3pt/j.og, *£pyu)- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 325 
 
 doing deeds of violence or wrong, a 
 
 violent or wrong doer. 
 "Oye, fjys, roye (6, ?'/, to and ye), he 
 
 she, it, this at least, this indeed, this. 
 "Ode, T/de, rods (d, i], to and 6e), the 
 
 following, such as this, this very, this. 
 'OSev-cj, f. -<7cj {666c), to go, travel, 
 
 journey, migrate. 
 'Od-6c, -ov (%), a way, path, road, 
 
 route, march, distance ; bdbv eXBeIv, 
 
 to come by a way. 
 'Odvpofiat, (with gen.), to mourn for, 
 
 lament, mourn, grieve. 
 "0£-oc, -ov (6), a scion, offshoot. 
 "06' (bef. asp. vowel) for ore, when. 
 "Odzv and bdevTrep, whence. 
 '061 (poet, for ov), where. 
 Oida (pf. as pres.), plqpf. ydetv, im- 
 
 perat. I061, opt. e16e'ltjv, subj. eldu, 
 
 inf. eldevat, part, elduc (*eWo), to 
 
 know, be acquainted uiith. 
 OcKu6e{=olK6v6e)(oiKOv,-6e),home. 
 OUel-oc, -a, -ov (olfcoc), intimate, 
 
 friendly. 
 OlnET-nc, -ov (d) (oIkem), a domestic, 
 
 house-servant. 
 OiK-eo) (-w), f. -rjGG) (oIkoc), to inhabit, 
 
 live, dwell. 
 OiKt-a, -ac (■}]) {oIkoc), a house. 
 OiKodofi-eu (-C)), f. -7]ao), pf. pass. 
 
 uKodofxrjficu (olnodojioe), to build a 
 
 house, build. 
 OIkol (= olku), at home. 
 Oitcovde (oinov, -de), to or for home, 
 
 home. 
 OUovofi-og, -ov (6) (oIkoc, vf./ico), the 
 
 manager of a household, manager (in 
 
 general). 
 OIk-oc, -ov (6), a house, abode, man- 
 sion, tent ; ecc o'lkov, home. 
 O'tKTeipu, aor. utcTEipa (oinroc), to 
 
 pity. 
 OZ/zcu,contr. from oiofiai (which see). 
 Ol[i-7], -j]c (J]), a song, voice. 
 Ol(j.cjy-rj, -t]c (rj), wailing, lamentation, 
 
 lament. 
 
 Olpufe, f. olfiut-o/nat, aor. c5/zwfa 
 
 (oi/uot), to wail, lament. 
 Olv-oc, -ov (6), wine. 
 Olo/iat (contr. ol/iai), impf. uo,uijv, 
 
 f. oi7joo[iat, aor. <l)j]6nv, to suppose, 
 
 think, imagine. 
 Oloirol-oc, -ov (oloc, 7re/lo/zczt), lonely. 
 Ol-oc, -a, -ov, such as, as, what sort or 
 
 kind of, how great, able ; olov re eort 
 
 and old te ectti, it is possible ; olov 
 
 eikoc, as is likely or natural; olov~ 
 
 Trep (oloc, 7tep), even as. 
 Oi-oc, -Tj, -ov, alone, unattended, only. 
 "Oic, (bi)oc (6, j]), a sheep, ram, ewe ; 
 
 (gen. pi. oltiv). 
 'Oiar-(Mt. oicrr-)6g, -ov (d) (olu), an 
 
 arrow. 
 Olx-ofiO-L, f. -rjaofiat, pf. &xvf*at, to 
 
 go, depart; u>xeto aTTE/iavvov, he 
 
 rode off immediately ; cj^ero tt'Keuv, 
 
 he sailed quickly away. 
 'Okv-ew (-w), f. -you, to fear, dread. 
 'O/crw (indecl.), eight. 
 "Olfii-oc, -a, -ov (6X(3oc), happy, 
 
 blessed. 
 "0?ij3-oc, -ov (6), happiness. 
 'Oliy-oc, -rj, -ov, little, small; b?uyoi, 
 
 few. 
 "OlXvjuat, f. 6?>ov/j.at, pf. olola, aor. 
 
 0)2.6 jjirjv (mid. of bl/ivfu), to perish ; 
 
 b'kuika, I am undone. 
 "OXIv/lu and bXkvcd, f. d/lecrw and 
 
 o?m, pf. dAw/le/ca, aor. ulsoa Horn. 
 
 blsaaa, to destroy, slay; cjAece 
 
 Svfiov, he lost his life. 
 'OloX-vfa, f. -vtjco, aor. uiXoXv^a 
 
 (\vC,(S), to scream out or aloud. 
 '02.0-bc, -f], -6v (0X6, bXlvfit), de- 
 structive, wastmg, sad. 
 "Ol-oc, -rj, -ov, the whole, entire, all. 
 v O?i,v/J.7r-oc, -ov (d) (Ion. Ov?iv/litcoc), 
 
 Mount Olympus; Ov?iV/J.Tv6vde, to 
 
 Olympus. 
 'OfJ,aX-6c, -7J, -ov (b/ibc), even, equal; 
 
 bfia?Mg, in even order, at an equal 
 
 pace. 
 
326 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 "O/ulX-og, -ov (6) (Sjuog, 6/u.ov, llrf), 
 
 any assembled crowd, a throng. 
 v Ou[xa, (b/j.fuiT)og (to) (6-ipo/j.ac), an 
 
 eye. 
 "O/Livv/it and 6/j.vvo, f. d/uov/Lcai, pf. 
 
 6fi6fxoKa, aor. ofxoca, to swear, take 
 
 an oath. 
 "O/uoi-og, -a, -ov (6fj.6g), like. 
 'OjuoTioy-io (-o), f. -tjgo, plqpf. pass. 
 
 G)fw7ioyrJiir]v (bjuog, 6/jov, 2,£yo), 
 
 to confess, acknowledge ; b/itoTioyov- 
 
 jUEVog, confessedly. 
 'O/JOTpdirE^-og, -ov (6), (dfiog, Tpdize- 
 
 £a), a table-companion. 
 '0/u.ov (bfjog), together. 
 "Ojnog (djiog), nevertheless, notwith- 
 standing. 
 'Ovetap, (6veiar)og (to) (bvlvrj/jt), 
 
 profit, benefit, advantage, hope ; (pi.) 
 
 oveiuTa (T(l),food, victuals, viands. 
 'Oveidei-og, -ov (bvEidog), reproach- 
 ful ; oveideioiciv (sc. etteeggc or 
 
 fjvdoig), with reproaches. 
 "Ovo/ia, (6v6fxaT)og (to), a name. 
 'Ovoji-dC,o, f. -do~G), aor. ovo/JUGa 
 
 (ovojua), to call or address by name. 
 'Ovo/uaivo, Ion. fut. ovvo/iuvio, Ep. 
 
 aor. ovbfjnva (bvo/ia), to name, call 
 
 by name. 
 "Ov-og, -ov (b, i]), an ass. 
 "Ofof, (o$;e)og (to) (bijvg), sour wine, 
 
 vinegar. 
 '0£-vc, -eta, -v, sharp, keen, poignant. 
 "Ottt], in what way. 
 "Ottlg-Oe and -6ev (bmg, -6e), from 
 
 behind, behind, in the rear. 
 'OiuGdofyvTian-Eo (-£)) (birtadE, (f>V- 
 
 Xa£), to guard the rear, form the 
 
 rear-guard. 
 'OmGO Ep. ottiggo, hereafter. 
 "OnTi-a, -ov (to), arms, heavy-armed 
 
 men; oTz\a ex uv > un ^ er arms. 
 'OirX-i^o, f. -too, pf. pass. oir2.iGjJ.at 
 
 (birTia), to arm. 
 'OirTuaig, (birliGE)og (?)) (6tt/U£w), 
 
 warlike equipments, armour. 
 
 'OizltT-rjg, -ov (b) (birla), a heavy- 
 armed soldier, man-at-arms. 
 
 'OizAofiaxl-a, -ag (37) (birla, fidy^o- 
 fiat), a fighting with heavy arms. 
 
 "Ottol, whither, whithersoever. 
 
 'OiroZ-og, -a, -ov, what sort of, what. 
 
 'OnoG-og, -rj, -ov, as great as, as much 
 as ; ottogol, as many as, how many. 
 
 'OnoTav (ottote dv), whenever. 
 
 'Otzote, whenever. 
 
 "Ottov, where; bnov dv, wherever. 
 
 'OTCT-do (-0), f. -t/go, aor. oixTnca, 
 to roast. 
 
 'OirT-og, -rj, -ov (oKTau), baked, 
 burned. 
 
 "Onog, how, that, in order that, as, like 
 (in comparison) ; ovk egtlv birog 
 OVK, it cannot but be. 
 
 'Op-do (-o), f. btpofxat., pf. iopana, 
 aor. eiSov, impf. iopov, to see, look 
 at, view, behold, espy, eye, gaze at. 
 
 'Opy-7], -7jg, (37), anger. 
 
 'Opyvt-d, -ag (rj) (opsyo), a fathom. 
 
 'OpEyo, f. bpi^o, aor. pass, opsxdnv, 
 to stretch, stretch out ; (mid.), to 
 stretch one's self out, stretch out one's 
 arms towards (with gen.), to move 
 towards or apply to. 
 
 'OpEGTidg, (opEGTtdd)og (r/) (bpog), 
 of the mountains, mountain. 
 
 'Op6-6g, -rj, -ov (bpvvfii), straight, cor- 
 rect, right, rightful, upright ; opdog, 
 rightfully, with cause. 
 
 "Opdp-og, -ov (6) (opvvfu), the dawn ; 
 d/ja opdpo, at daybreak. 
 
 'Opivo, aor. pass, opivdnv, to move, 
 stir up. 
 
 "OpK-og, -ov (6), an oath. 
 
 'Op/J-do (-o), f. -tjgo (bpjii]), to rush 
 on, start. 
 
 'Op[i-7J, -rjg, (?]) (opvvfji), a start. 
 
 "Opvv/jai, f. bpGo/iat and opovfiat, 
 pf. opopa, aor. dpo/unv, (syncop. 3 
 s.) opTO (mid. of bpvvjui), to move 
 one's self, have motion, be aroused, 
 stir, arise. 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
 327 
 
 'Opvvfii, f. opau, aor. upca, to stir up, 
 
 move, excite. 
 'OpbvT-ag, -ov and -a, and -vg, -ov 
 
 (b), Orontes. 
 'Opog (Ion. ovpog), (bps)og (to), a 
 
 mount ai7i. 
 'OpvuT-bg, -f), -ov (bpvGGco), dug. 
 'Op(j>aviK-bg, -r), -ov (bp<j>avog), or- 
 phaned, fatherless. 
 'OpXo/j.£vc-oc, -a, -ov ('Opxo/iEvbg), 
 
 of Orchomenus, Orchomenian ; 6 
 
 'Opxofiivioc, an Orchomenian. 
 "Oc, f/, 6, who, which, that, what (that 
 
 which), he, she, it ; kv u (sc. %p6- 
 
 vu)), while ; ef ov (sc. xpbvov), 
 
 since; bg av, whoever, whosoever. 
 "Oc, r), ov, his own, his, her own, her, 
 
 its own, its. 
 *Qci-oc, -a, -ov, holy, pious. 
 'Oa-oc, -7], -ov (Ep. oGoog), as great 
 
 as, how great, as much as, how much, 
 
 as long as, how long, whosoever ; 
 
 (pi.) as many as, how many, as; 
 
 ogov, as, how much ; togov — baov, 
 
 as far — as. 
 "OGOGTrep, oGTjTrep, bcovnep [ogoc, 
 
 7T£p), as much, as; (pi.), as many 
 
 as. 
 *Og7zep,7)t7ep, oTzep (bg, TTEp), the very 
 
 man who, or thing which. 
 "Ogge (tu), the tivo eyes. 
 "Ogte, 7/ts, ore (bg, re), who, which, 
 
 that. 
 'OGTtc. r)rtg, o,n (bg, rig), whoever, 
 
 who, whichever, which, whatever, 
 
 what; (Att.), gen. brov, dat. oru; 
 
 £gtiv bcrig, some person. 
 "Orav (ote av), whenever, when. 
 'Ore, when, whenever. 
 'On (Ep. ottl), that, ("), how that, 
 
 in that, because, inasmuch as. 
 'Orpj/p-dc, -a (Ep. -??), -ov (orpvvo)), 
 
 quick, active, busy, zealous, sedulous. 
 Ov, (bef. vowel) ovk, (bef. asp. vowel) 
 
 oi'Xi oi>x'u not I °v ^ v , nor V et - 
 Ov (=avTov, avTijg, and avrov, av- 
 
 ~?/c)> °f himself, herself, of him, 
 
 her. 
 Ov, where. 
 Ovag, (ovu,T)og (to) (poet, for oiig), 
 
 the ear. 
 Ovdajuodev (ovda/ibg, -6ev), from no 
 
 place, quarter, or side. 
 Ovdafiov (ovbafj.bg), nowhere. 
 Ovdag, (ovde)og(r6), the ground, floor, 
 
 pavement. 
 Ovde (ov, 6i), but not, and not, not 
 
 even, neither, nor, nor even ; ovdi — 
 
 ovde, neither — nor. 
 Ovdeig, oboe/iia, ovdev (ov, 6i, elg), 
 
 not even one, no one ; ovdev (~b), 
 
 nothing. 
 Ovde-Kore (ov, 6e, ttote), not even 
 
 ever, never. 
 Oid-og, -ov (6) (Ep. for bdbg), a thresh- 
 old, verge. 
 Ovketc (oi'K, etc), no more, no farther, 
 
 no longer. 
 Ovkovv (oi'K, ovv), not then ? 
 OvX-og, -7], -ov (Ep. for 6?.og), thick- 
 woollen, with long, woollen nap. 
 Ovv, then, thereupon, therefore, accord- 
 ingly. 
 OvvsKa (ov EVEKa), because. 
 Ovtcote (ov, ttote), never. 
 Ovtto (ov, no), not yet. 
 Ovpavicov, (ovpaviuv)og (b) (ovpa- 
 
 vog), heavenly, celestial ; ol OvpavL- 
 
 ovsg, the gods. 
 Ovpav-bg, -ov (b) (iEol. upavbg), 
 
 heaven; ovpavbdev, from heaven. 
 Ovg, (d)T)bg (to), the ear. 
 Ovte (ov, re), and not; ovte — ovte, 
 
 neither — nor. 
 OvTig, ovtl (ov, Tig), no one, nothing; 
 
 ovtl, not at all. 
 Ovtol (ov, tol), by no means. 
 OvTog, avTTj, tovto, this, the latter, 
 
 that, he; TdVT-n (sc. bdu), in this 
 
 direction, by this route. 
 Ovtcj and (bef. vowel) ovTog (ovrog), 
 
 thus, in this way. 
 
328 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'OQela-q, f. -37(76), aor. u<f>eAov, to owe, 
 one ought ; dig 5(j)EAsv ! would that he ! 
 
 'O0eAAw, impf. &(j>eaaov (Horn, for 
 otpeiAti), to owe, one ought; dig 
 dxpEAAE ! would that he ! 
 
 *0(j>EAog (to) (bcpEAAu), advantage, 
 help, benefit, use. 
 
 '0(pdaA(j.-bg, -ov (b) (bipofiat), the eye; 
 eg b<j>daA[iovc, into the presence. 
 
 r O(j)ic, (bq>E)ug Ion. (b<j>i)og (b), a ser- 
 pent, snake. 
 
 "0(j)pa (conj.), that, in order that, so as ; 
 (adv.), until, while; bcppa dv, as 
 long as. 
 
 '0<ppvb-etg, -scaa, -ev (bopvg), lofty, 
 on the brow or edge of a steep rock, 
 beetling. 
 
 'Ox£T-6g, -ov (6) {oxog, ££o), a, water- 
 course. 
 
 'Qxevg, (o^e)"? Ion. (bxv)og (b) 
 (o^ey, ££«), a bolt. 
 
 "OxA-og, -ov (6), a multitude, crowd, 
 mob. 
 
 "Otpi (bn)bg (rj), the voice. 
 
 'Oxpi, late. 
 
 "Oipig, (oip£)og Ion. (bipt)og (rj) (oipo- 
 /J.ai), sight, appearance, countenance, 
 mien. 
 
 II. 
 
 Xlaidv-i^o), f. -iao (naiav), to chant 
 or sing the paean, strike up the hymn 
 of battle. 
 
 Tiai6ev-o), f. -go (nalg), to bring up, 
 instruct. 
 
 TlatdcK-d, -civ (to) (naidmbg), a dar- 
 ling, favourite. 
 
 Uat6o(j)6v-og, -ov (nalg, (povevu), 
 killing children. 
 
 Hatriov, (natrjov)og (b) (Ep. and Ion. 
 for naiav), a paean, song of victory. 
 
 lialg (Ep. TTuig), (naib)dg (b, j?), a 
 child, son, boy, daughter, youth, 
 scholar. 
 
 Hai-u, f. -jJGo and -ceo, pf. ninattca, 
 to strike. 
 
 HaAat, long ago, for a long time. 
 
 TluAtv, back, in turn, again. 
 
 TlaAAaicig, (naAAaaid)og (?}) (naX- 
 Aa%), a concubine. 
 
 HaAAOi, aor. E7T7]Aa, to wield, brandish, 
 sway, dandle (a child) ; (mid.), to 
 spring, leap, palpitate ; na?iAO^Evrj 
 Kpad'cnv, with a palpitating heart. 
 
 TiaAT-bv, -ov (to) (nuA?iGi), a javelin. 
 
 Tldfi-TTOAvg, -noAAT], -noAv (nag, 
 7to?iVg), very large. 
 
 UajU(pavb-o}v, -oaa (nafupaivu), all- 
 resplendent, all-beaming, far-beam- 
 ing. 
 
 Ha.vdTTOTfj.-og, -ov (nag, anoTfiog), 
 all-hapless, most wretched. 
 
 HavaQTJAit;, (nava<prJAin)og (6, 71) 
 (nag, .and, nAt!;), all away from 
 (or deserted by all) one's compan- 
 ions in years or the friends of one's 
 youth. 
 
 ILavaupi-og, -ov (nag, aupog), all- 
 untimely, doomed to an all-untimely 
 death, destined prematurely to perish. 
 
 Havovpy-og, -ov (nag, epyov), master 
 of every act of villainy, knavish, 
 crafty, treacherous. 
 
 UdvTa (nag), altogether, utterly. 
 
 HavTa-ndci and (bef. vowel) -ndciv 
 (nag), at all, altogether. 
 
 HavTaxv or navTaxov (nag), every- 
 where. 
 
 UavTEAtig (navTEAijg), completely, en- 
 tirely, absolutely. 
 
 UdvTrj (nag), everywhere, on all sides. 
 
 UavTol-og, -a, -ov (nag), of every kind. 
 
 Udvv (nag), altogether, very. 
 
 Hdoftai, f. ndoojuat, pf. nenajuat,, aor. 
 kndadjjLrjv ( =KTaojuai), to acquire, 
 
 HanT-aivo), f. -avio, aor. endnTrjva, 
 to look forth, about, around, eagerly 
 or anxiously. 
 
 Hap poet, for napd. 
 
 Hapd (with gen.), from, by; (with 
 dat), by, with, near ; (with ace,), 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 329 
 
 by the side of, alongside of, near, by, 
 to, during. 
 
 Jlapayy-iXlo), f. -£%£>, aor. rraprjy- 
 yeO-.a (rrapd, uyyiTJiu), to give the 
 watch-word (ovvdrjua) of battle, or- 
 der, command, direct ; rd rraprjy- 
 ye?,/J.iva, orders, instructions. 
 
 Uapa-yiyvoixat (later -ytvo/xai), f. 
 •yevfjoopLaL, aorist rrapEyEvbfirjv 
 (rrapd, yiyvojuat), to be present. 
 
 Hapadeio-oc, -ov (6), a park, pleas- 
 ure-grounds. 
 
 TLapa-didu/ui, f. -66gcj, 2 aor. rrapi- 
 6cov (rrapd, dlSuifxi), to give or de- 
 liver up, hand over, surrender. 
 
 Uapa-dapcvvG) new Att. -dap'p'vvo) 
 (rrapd, Sapcvvu), to encourage. 
 
 Uapacv-eo) (-co), f. -ego Ep. -tjgcj 
 (rrapd, alveu), to give a recom- 
 mendation, recommend. 
 
 Ilapa/caA-ecj (-<3), f. -egcj, aor. pass. 
 7:ap€K?^7jdrjv (rrapd, /ca/lew), to call 
 to, invite. 
 
 Tlap&KEifiaL, impf. Trape/iei/ur/v (rra- 
 pd, KELfiat), to lie, be situated or 
 stand beside, near or before. 
 
 TlapaKe?,Evofiai ( irapd, keIevcj ) 
 (with dat.), to advise, exhort. 
 
 TlapaK0tT-7jc, -ov (6) (rrapd, kolttj), 
 a husband, spouse. 
 
 Hapalvrr-Eu (-w) (rrapd, 7^vrr£td), to 
 annoy, molest ; ol rrapa/^vrrovvTEC, 
 ike refractory. 
 
 Hap-afj,£f,[3o/j,ac, f. -afj.Elibofj.at (rrapd, 
 djiEL^OjiaC), to pass by. 
 
 HapajiE^-EO) (-w), f. -tjgu, pf. rraprj- 
 fxO.rjKa (rrapd, d/ze/lew) (with 
 gen.), to disregard. 
 
 Hapa-ixivu, f. -fiEvd (rrapd, fjivu) 
 (with dat.), to stay or remain with 
 or by the side of. 
 
 Hapa(i7ipidi-a, -ov (rd) (rrapd, fjr}- 
 poq), armour for the thighs, cuisses. 
 
 Hapaodyy-rjc, -ov (b), a parasang. 
 
 HapacKEV-d£o, f. -dao) (rrapd, gkev- 
 dfw), to get ready, prepare, provide; 
 
 (pf. part, pass.) rrapEGKEvaGfjEVog, 
 
 prepared. 
 Uapa-Tdaau (Att. -tutto), f. -rdi-io, 
 
 pf. Tsruxa (rrapd, rdoGu), to draw 
 
 up in battle array. 
 Tlapa-TEivo, f. -tevu, pf. -tetuko, 
 
 plqpf. pass. irapeTETdfiqv (rrapd, 
 
 teIvu), to extend. 
 liapEi-d, -de (rj) (rrapd), the cheek. 
 Hdp-Ei/xi, f. -EGOfiac, inf. -Elvai(rcapd, 
 
 ECfj.1), to be by or present, be with, ar- 
 rive ; rrapEuv Ep. for rrapcJv (pres. 
 
 part.). 
 Uap-£?Mvva), f. -E?idao) Att. -E?„ti, aor. 
 
 -7]Xaaa (rrapd, kXavvtS), to ride by. 
 Uap-EpXOfj.aL, f. -ETiEvaofxat, aor. -jjX- 
 
 6 ov (rrapd, Epxo/jac), to pass along, 
 
 pass, march through. 
 Tiap-ixo, f- -e^cj, pf. -icxvi^i aor - 
 
 -eoxov (rrapd, e^cj), to offer, afford, 
 
 allow, give up, furnish, make, render, 
 
 cause, produce ; rarrELvbv rrapsxELv, 
 
 to humble. 
 Udp-7]fiat, inf. -f/Gdat, part. -ruiEvoq 
 
 (rrapd, rjfiai) (with dat.), to sit by 
 
 the side of. 
 Uapdsv-oc, -ov (fj), a maiden, girl. 
 ILap-iardfiai, pf. -EOTTjfca, plqpf. -elg- 
 
 tt}Keiv, 2 aor. -egttjv (rrapd, igt7]- 
 
 fXL) (with dat.), to stand by or near. 
 Hdpod-og, -ov (ij) (rrapd, bdbg), a 
 
 passage. 
 TLapoix-Ojuat, f. -7JGOfj.at, pf. rrap6- 
 
 Xn Ka (trapd, olxoixai), to pass. 
 Udpoc, before, before this, formerly, 
 
 previously, once. 
 UapvGaric, (UapvGdTtd)og (?]), Pa- 
 
 rysatis. 
 Hag, rrdca, rrdv, all, the whole, entire, 
 
 every ; rrdg Ttg, every single one ; 
 
 rd rrdvra, in all respects, completely. 
 Huggo) Att. rrdrrco, f. rraGO, pf. pass. 
 
 rrirraGfxai, Ep. aor. irraGGa, to 
 
 sprinkle, embroider. 
 TLdGxu, £ rrElGOfiaL,^f. rrirrovda, aor 
 
 frrddov, to suffer. 
 
330 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 UaTayv-ac, -ov (6), Patagyas. 
 Tiareofiai, aor. eTraadfirjv, pf.7r£7ra<7- 
 
 (xai, to taste of, partake of 
 Uar?jp, (7varep)og contr. (narp)6g 
 
 (6), a father, sire, 
 Uarp-a, -ae (Ep. and Ion. -n, -nc) (57) 
 (jraTTjp), one's father-land or native 
 country. 
 Tiarpig, (TraTpid)oc (7)) (rraTrjp), of 
 one's fathers, native ; irarplg yala, 
 one's father-land or native country. 
 
 TLarponTi-oc, -ov (b), Patroclus. 
 
 Ha.Tp&-oc, -a, -ov (iraTTjp), of a father, 
 paternal. 
 
 TJav-u, f. -ccjj.pf. iTETcavKa, aor. 
 erravca, to cause to cease, put an end 
 to ; (mid.), to cease, stop. 
 
 HaQXaycov, (IIa(p?iay6v)oc (0), a 
 Paphlagonian. 
 
 Jledl-ov, -ov (to) (nidov), a plain; 
 Tredcovde, to the plain. 
 
 He£-6g, -7), -ov (ne£a, iredov, Trove), 
 on foot, walking; ol nefri, the in- 
 fantry, foot-soldiers. 
 
 ILetdapx-EO) (-6), f. -Tjao (Treido/iat, 
 UPXV) (with dat.), to be obedient to 
 authority, obey. 
 
 UeWo/Ltat, f. izeiao/xai, pf. TtETCoida, 
 aor. emdoixnv (mid. of tteWo)) 
 (with dat.), to obey. 
 
 Hei66juev-og, -77, ov (ivudofiaL), obe- 
 dient. 
 
 Ueidu, f. ttelgu, 1 aor. iizetoa, 2 aor. 
 £rcWov, to persuade. 
 
 Jleiv-dd) (-«), f. -you (Tcetva), to hun- 
 ger, starve. 
 
 Help-a, -ac (7)) (Ion. Ttelprj), a trial, 
 proof; ev ireipa rivbc yiyveadai, 
 to be acquainted or associate with one, 
 be in habits of intimacy with one. 
 
 Ueip-du (-«), f. -dao Ep. and Ion. 
 -rjGCd, pf. pass. ireKsipd/Lcat, aor. 
 pass. eK£ip7jdr]v (Trupa), to attempt, 
 undertake, endeavour, try, make an 
 experiment. 
 
 JJeipo), f. izepQ, 1 aor. ETXEtpa, 2 aor. 
 
 hndpov, pf. pass. Txirxapiiai (ni- 
 pac), to pierce quite through, trans- 
 pierce ; Ttelpav 6(3e7iolciv f they 
 spitted (i. e., stuck on spits). 
 TIugte-oc, -a, -ov (TCEidofiai), to be 
 
 obeyed ; tceloteov, one must obey. 
 TLsTldc, near, hard by, close. 
 TieTyEL-a, -ac (7)), a dove, pigeon. 
 UiXofiai, impf. eTcelo/xnv, 3 s. tnle- 
 to (used as pres.), Ep. impf. 2 s. 
 tte?l£gkeo, to be, come of. 
 HelTaoT-fjs, -ov (6) (tteXtoXu), ir&- 
 77/), one who bears a target or light 
 shield ; a peltast or targeteer. 
 TlelTaaTLK-ov, -ov (to) (nelTaoTTJc), 
 
 a targeteer force (sc. GTpaTEVfia). 
 UeIt-t], -r)c (7)), a small, light shield, 
 
 buckler, target, targe. 
 ~n.ifj.Tcu, f. Tce/nipo, pf. Tceiro/LKpa, aor. 
 
 pass. £7Tifj.(pdnv, to send, dispatch. 
 Hivnc, (tcevt]t)oc (6) (Trevop.ai), a 
 
 poor man. 
 ILivdog, (ttev6e)oc (to), grief, sadness, 
 
 sorrow. 
 ILevtcikogl-oi, -at, -a (tt£vte), five 
 
 hundred. 
 TLevte (indecl.), five. 
 H£VT£fcaid£ica (ttevte, Kai, dirca), 
 
 fifteen. 
 Ti£VT7]KOVTa (TcivTe), fifty. 
 Il£TTVKaG/j,£v-og, -7], -ov (pf. part, 
 pass, of TTVKaCo)), thickly covered, 
 profusely decked. 
 Ilep (end), though, although ; el nep, 
 even though ; evda 7CEp, just where. 
 Uipdv Ep. and Ion. irepnv (with 
 
 gen.), on the other or farther side. 
 Uipdo, f. TcipGU, aor. irrpadov, to 
 
 sack, destroy. 
 TLepi (with gen.), about, concerning, 
 for, on the subject of, in behalf of, 
 superior to, with reference to, respect- 
 ing, above; (with ace), around, 
 about; ol Trspl 'Apiaiov, Ariceus 
 and his followers ; (adv.), round 
 about; irepl navToc or rrteiGTOV 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 131 
 
 noteiodai, to deem it all-itnportant, 
 
 regard it above everything else ; nept 
 
 nXetOTOV, of the utmost importance. 
 Tlept-yiyvofiat later -ytvo/uai, f. -ye- 
 
 vqco/jtat, aor. -eyevdfiTjv inept, 
 
 yiyvofiat) (with gen.), to be superior 
 
 to, surpass. 
 Uepi-et/xt, f. -eao/uat, impf. -f/v, inf. 
 
 -elvai (Kept, elfic) (with gen.), to 
 
 be superior to, excel, 
 llept-ftevo, f. -jievG), pf. -fie/ievrjica, 
 
 aor. -ifjtetva inept, pew), to remain 
 
 where one is, wait for. 
 Ueptvater-ric, -ov (6) inept, vaterdu, 
 
 vatu), one of those who dwell round 
 
 about, a neighbour, 
 Heptvdog, -ov {tj), Perinthus. 
 Tleptt; (Trepl), around. 
 Uepinar-oc, -ov (6) inept, naTeu), 
 
 a walking about or up and down. 
 
 Ilept-TCLTCTG), f. -TTtaOVfiai, pf. - TZtTT- 
 
 Tuna, aor. -eneoov inept, ninru) 
 (with dat.), to fall upon, clasp in 
 one's arms. 
 
 Tiept-nrvaaid, f. -nrv^tj inept, nrva- 
 cu), to surround. 
 
 Tleptfypad-fjg, -ec inept, fypa&jiat), 
 very careful; (adv.) nepteppadeug. 
 
 Tiepc-T]C, -ov (6), a Persian. 
 
 UepotK-og, -Tj, -ov iUeparjc), Persian. 
 
 Ueaau Att. nerro later nenru, f. 
 neipG), pf. pass, nene/it/iat, to di- 
 gest, brood over. 
 
 UeTdjuat, inf. neraadat (in later 
 prose nerdojiat), to fly. 
 
 Uerojiat, impf. enerojiriv contr. en- 
 To/irjv, f. nTTJcofiat, aor. act. enrrjv, 
 aor. pass, enerdadr/v, part, nerao- 
 Oe'tc, to fly. 
 
 lierp-a, -ac (Ion. -rj, -rig) (^), a rock. 
 
 ILiipvov and ene<f>vov i*<bevo), to slay. 
 
 Tlrj (encl.), anywhere. 
 
 Jlfj, whither? 
 
 R^yvvjuat, f. ndyrjaojiat, pf. ninr/ya, 
 aor. pass, endyrjv (mid. of nijyvv- 
 fjLt), to become stiff or torpid. 
 
 Tl7]2.eid-?ic, -ov Ep. -eo and -do (<3) 
 (patron, from Tlijlevg), Peleus's 
 son, Petides, Achilles. 
 
 UrjXevg, iliri?ie)uc Ep. (II^)oc 
 (6), Peleus. 
 
 Ut]?i-6c , -ov id), mud. 
 
 TLjjua, inf]fiaT)og iro) inuaxu), suf- 
 fering, misery, woe, curse, calamity. 
 
 Tltyprjg, iIi'typT]r)og (6), Pigres. 
 
 Tlid-or, -ov (6), a jar, vessel, vase. 
 
 Hivu, f. nio/uat and ntov/nat, pf. n£- 
 ntona, aor. entov, to drink, quaff, sip. 
 
 HtnpdoKo, 3 f. pass, nenpaco/iat, 
 pf. ninpdKa, to sell, give in barter. 
 
 Hinro), f. neoov[iat, pf. ninroKa, 
 aor. eneaov, to fall ; £v Kovlr\ct 
 neaetv, to fall in the dust, die in bat- 
 tle. 
 
 UlGid-7]c, -ov (6), a Pisidian. 
 
 HtGTev-o), f. -au iniartg) (with dat.), 
 to believe, trust, rely on. 
 
 Utar-og, -tj, -ov ineidojiat), faithful, 
 trusty ; rd ntard, the pledges of 
 fidelity. 
 
 UtOTOTrjg, intar6Ti]T)og {rj) into- 
 to c), fidelity. 
 
 TLirvu/xat, impf. entrvd/xyv Ep. ntr- 
 vdjUTjv, to be spread forth, stream (of 
 the hair). 
 
 TitTvrjfit, part, ntrvdg (poet, for nz- 
 rdvvvfit), to spread or stretch out. 
 
 Hi-wv, -ov,fat, rich. 
 
 JYkdyt-oc, -a, -ov, slanting; ele n2,d- 
 ytov, in a slanting or oblique direc- 
 tion. 
 
 Uhaiat-ov, -ov iro), an oblong body 
 (of soldiers) ; kv nXatatu nlrjpet 
 dvdpunuv, in solid column. 
 
 TDiuk-oc, -ov ii]), (Mount) Placus. 
 
 H'kdcco Att. nTidTTto, f. nXduco, to 
 form, fabricate. 
 
 HXedptat-oc, -a, -ov inMdpov), of the 
 size of a nledpov. 
 
 IDiedp-ov, -ov iro), a plethrum (con- 
 taining 101 English feet, and being 
 the sixth part of a stadium). 
 
332 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Jllelar-og, -77, -ov (super, of rro/ivg), 
 most, very many ; ug tcXelgtov, as 
 much or as far as possible ; tzTielg- 
 tov a^tog, worth very much, very 
 efficient; TrXelara, most or very ex- 
 tensively. 
 
 UXet-uv or ttM-uv, -ov (comp. of 
 TroTivg), more. 
 
 lJ2,EKT-6g, -7], -ov (tcMkcj), plaited, 
 twisted. 
 
 TLIeko, f. tcIe^u, pf. pass. neTTley- 
 fiat, to twist, weave, build (a nest). 
 
 IT/lew, f. TT2.EVGovfj.at or ir^EVGOfiat, 
 pf. 7T£7T?ievKa, aor. ettTievgo,, to sail, 
 go over. 
 
 H?i7]y-7], -fjg (7)) (ttTitjggo)), a blow; 
 Tr2.7]y7)v bvTEtVEtv, to threaten a 
 blow. 
 
 U2,7j6og, (Tc?t,fj6£)og (to) (TrX^du), a 
 number, multitude, host. 
 
 TUiTjdvg, (Trl7]6v)og, Ep. dat. irhydvl 
 (57) (ir%r]dtd), a throng, crowd. 
 
 Tl2,7jd-u>v, -ovaa, -ov (Tr2,fjdu),full. 
 
 W2.r)v (with gen.), except ; (adv.), ex- 
 cept, only. 
 
 lYkifp-rjg, -eg (ir?\,£og),full. 
 
 U2,7jGt-og, -a, -ov (ireXag), near, neigh- 
 bouring; comp. TT2.7]GtatT£pog, su- 
 per. TrXrjGtatTaTog, (adv.) tt27]gIov. 
 
 U2.7JGGO) Att. Tt2,7JTTO, f. TtXtJ^G), pf. 
 
 Tve.TrTi'nya, aor. pass. ETrXrjyTjv (in 
 
 compounds trc'Kdy'nv), to strike, hit 
 
 (with the fist), smite, wound ; ttTitj- 
 
 yelg ov Kara KOGfxov, smitten igno- 
 
 miniously or disgracefully. 
 JllLvd-og, -ov (7)), a tile, brick. 
 TYkol-ov, -ov (to) (tt2,eo)), a vessel, 
 
 boat. 
 TD^ovat-og, -a, -ov (nliovTog), rich, 
 
 wealthy. 
 U2ovt-eo (-(b), f. -rjGO) (irTiovTog), to 
 
 be rich. 
 U2ovT-og, -ov (6), riches, wealth. 
 Uvea), f. ttvevgo) later nvevGovfiat, 
 
 or irvEVGO/iat, pf. pass. TTETrvvfiat, 
 
 to blow, breathe. 
 
 HodapK-Tjg, -eg (rrovg, ap/cta) swift- 
 footed. 
 
 Hodrjp-rjg, -eg (rrovg), reaching to the 
 feet. 
 
 Uodsv, whence. 
 
 TL66-og, -ov (b), a desire, passion. 
 
 ILoi-eu (-£>), f. -rjGu>, pf. neTToiqita, 
 aor, ETToirjGa, to make, form, cause, 
 turn into, do, conclude, consider, act, 
 give, deem, produce, put, convene or 
 summon (as a council) ; iropsiav 
 TTOLEiGdai, to prosecute a march ; ev 
 Trotsiv, to confer a favour on, do 
 good to ; nantig ttolecv, to inflict an 
 injury on, injure ; notEtv eKevOepov, 
 to set free ; tv/j^ov TroiTJGdl, to 
 raise a funeral mound or tomb. 
 
 Uotni2-og, -ri, -ov, many -coloured, of 
 varied hue or colour. 
 
 Jiotfirjv, (Tcoijusv)og (6), a shepherd. 
 
 Tlot-og, -a, -ov, what ? 
 
 Honrvv-o), f. -gu (with dat.), to wait 
 upon, minister to. 
 
 Uo^e/ll-eo) (-d>), f. -rjGu, aor. Iko2.£- 
 lir]Ga (Tr62.efj.og), to wage or make 
 war, carry on or engage in war, go to 
 war. 
 
 HoTiEfi-ifa, f. igu) Dor. -igu (tt62e- 
 fj,og), to wage war, fight. 
 
 HoXe/aiK-og, -7}, -ov (Tr62,£fiog), fit for 
 or skilled in war, warlike. 
 
 Jlo2.efj.t-og, -a, -ov (Tr62.efj.og), of or 
 belonging to war or the enemy, hos- 
 tile ; 6 7ro2.Efj.tog, an enemy ; ol tto- 
 2,efiiot, the enemy, foe. 
 
 JL62.EfJ.-og, -ov (6), a battle, war, hos- 
 tility. 
 
 Iio2.t-6g , -a, -ov, gray, white, hoary. 
 
 TL62,tg Ep. TTTokig, (Tr62.e)o)g Ep. 
 (7t6%r))og Ion. (Tr62t)og (7)), a city. 
 
 TLo2.iT-7jg, -ov (6) (rroXig), a citizen; 
 ol Tro2trat, the people. 
 
 Jio2.2u.Ktg Ion. TTo2,2,a.ia (7ro2,2d, 
 Tro2*vg), of ten, frequently. 
 
 Jlo2,2a,TT2.a.Gt-og, -a, -ov (rcoXvg), 
 manifold. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 333 
 
 UoAvdvOpuir-og, -ov (rroAvg, dvdpu- 
 irog), populous. 
 
 TLo?^v6ai6u?>.-og, -ov (~oAvg, daidd- 
 Aog), much or highly wrought, vari- 
 ously ornamented. 
 
 Ho?.vdaKpvc, (noAv6dnpv)og (b, ?/) 
 ("K0?*vg, duKpv), producing or caus- 
 ing many tears, sad. 
 
 Ylo7.v5aKpvT-oc, -ov (ttoIvc, 8an- 
 pvu), much wept or lamented. 
 
 Tlo?<.vdeipuc, (rroAv6£ipd6)og (b, r}) 
 (tzo?<,vc, deipr}), with many ridges or 
 chains, many-peaked. 
 
 llo/.vdup-og, -ov (iro?i,vg, d&pov), 
 richly-dowered. 
 
 Ho?.vc, tto?»Atj, iroAv, much, great, 
 large, numerous, long, of great ex- 
 tent; to iroAv (sc. fjiepoc), the great- 
 er part ; ettI tto?,v, for a long dis- 
 tance; rco?.?u-oi, -at, -d, many, nu- 
 merous; tzaeiuv and tt?.eo)v, more; 
 izXelcToe, most ; ttoAv and tcoa7m., 
 much, far ; izoAAib, long ; 7r?„eiu, 
 more ; ir'Aelcra, most ; did ttoa?m, 
 on many accounts, for many reasons ; 
 ol ttoAAoi, the majority, most; iro- 
 Aeeq Ep. for noAAoi, -koAAov Ion. 
 for tzoav, -nOAiac Ep. for no?,Aovg. 
 
 TLov-eo {-to), f. -i)au (irovog), to la- 
 bour, suffer, pain (transitive). 
 
 Tlovr/p-og, -d, -ov (izoveco), painful, 
 wicked ; 6 Tzovijpog, a malefactor. 
 
 H6v-og , -ov (6) (ttevco, ttevo/llcu), toil, 
 suffering, ill. 
 
 JlopEt-a, -ag (if) (iropEVG)), a march ; 
 TtopEiav TTOiEladai, to march. 
 
 UopEV-Ofiai, f. -cofiai, pf. ttettopev- 
 fiat, aor. k-opEvdrfv (-rropog), to go, 
 travel, march, proceed, move along, 
 ride (in a wagon). 
 
 UopEVTE-og, -a, -ov (iropEVOfiai), to 
 be traversed, crossed, or gone over ; 
 nopEVTEOV 7jfJ.lv, we must go. 
 
 Hop-i^o), f. -Law (rcopog), to supply, 
 provide. 
 
 Tiop-og, -ov (6), a means of passing a 
 
 river, a ford or ferry, a means (in 
 general). 
 
 UopovpE-og, -a (Ion. -77), -ov (Att. 
 irop<pvp-ovg, -a, -ovv) (noptpvpa), 
 purple. 
 
 Uopu (assumed pres.), aor. Enopov 
 and iropov, pf. pass. -KEixpofiaL 
 (^opog), to give, bestow. 
 
 Tioatg, (ttoct t)og (6),ahusband, spouse. 
 
 Jloatg, (noat)og Att. (7z6oE)ug (n't- 
 vu), a drinking, drink. 
 
 Tioa-og , -r/, -ov, how large ? how much ? 
 
 lioaafiiiap (iroaog, f]/iap),for or dur- 
 ing how many days ? 
 
 TioTufi-og, -ov (0), a river. 
 
 JIote, at any time, on one occasion, 
 once upon a time, ever, hereafter, at 
 some future time, some time or other; 
 eIttote, whenever. 
 
 ILoTEpa and norspov (rroTEpog), 
 whether ? 
 
 liorl Dor. for Trpog (which see). 
 
 ~n.OTfj.-og, -ov (6) (tcitztu), what befalls 
 one, one's lot, fate, or destiny. 
 
 TLoTvlu (ij), revered. 
 
 rior-dv, -oil (to) (ttlvo), a drink. 
 
 JloT-og, -ov (6) (nlvcj), a drinking; 
 rrapu nxoTOv, during drinking, over 
 one's cups. 
 
 Tiov; where? 
 
 Tlov (end.), somewhere, perchance, 
 perhaps, if I mistake not. 
 
 Ilovg, (7zo6)6g, dat. pi. ttogi (6), the 
 foot ; nodag cjKvg, swift-footed. 
 
 Tipdyfia (Ion. trpfiyfia), (TrpdyfxaT)og 
 (to) (irpdoao)), a deed, circumstance. 
 
 Ilpafif, (7rpdfe)a>f, Ion. Trpf/^ig, 
 (TTpr/^t)og (?)) (Tcpdcao)), a deed, en- 
 terprise, avail, good. 
 
 Updoctj Att. irpaTTO) Ep. and Ion. 
 irprfGGu, f. Trpd^o) Ion. irprj^u, pf. 
 nETtpuxa, 2 pf. TZEirpuya, pf. pass. 
 TTETzpayfiat, aor. pass. ETcpdxOrjv, 
 to do, work, perform, transact, ac- 
 complish, profit, fare ; nanug TrpaT- 
 te iv, to do badly, be unfortunate. 
 
334 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Upeirec, impf. Errpeire (with dat.), it 
 becomes, befits, suits ; apxQV ov 
 'Kpiirei, it is not at all becoming. 
 
 Hpeoflev-u, f. -era) (7rpecr/?ff), to be 
 an envoy or ambassador. 
 
 Hpiofivc, (7rp£(7J3v)oc an( i (ttpegj3e) 
 ug (6), old. 
 
 TlpEcfivTsp-og, -ov (6) {npiafivg), an 
 elder. 
 
 RpLdfiai (assumed pres.), aor. hnpl- 
 d[i7]V, to buy, purchase, redeem. 
 
 Tipiuji-og, -ov (6), Priam. 
 
 Tipiv and to Tzpiv, before, before this, 
 heretofore, until. 
 
 Upo (with gen.), before, in front of. 
 
 Hpoayopev-o, f. -o~u (rcpo, ayopeva), 
 to tell beforehand, announce pub- 
 licly. 
 
 Up6j3aT-a, -ov (to.) (Ttpo(3aiv(o), cat- 
 tle, sheep. 
 
 Jlpo-dldujui, f. -66au, pf. -deduica, 1 
 aor. npovduna, 2 aor. rrpovduv 
 (rrpo, 6i5up,L), to betray. 
 
 TlpoSofi-og, -ov (6) (rrpo, 66/iog), an 
 entrance-hall or chamber, vestibule. 
 
 Ilpo66r-7ig, -ov (6) (Trpodidco/u), a 
 traitor, betrayer. 
 
 Upo-sidov, inf. -idelv, part, -iduv 
 (rrpo, eldov), to see from afar. 
 
 Jlpo-etfiL, impf. -yetv (rrpo, clfii), to 
 advance, go forward, come on. 
 
 Upo-elaiivo, f. -eTiugcj Att. -eTiCo, pf. 
 -E"krj7iaKa (rrpo, kXavvu), to ride be- 
 fore, push on before. 
 
 Upo-ipxofiat, f. -E^EVGOiiat, pf. -eTitj- 
 Xvda, aor. -fjTidov (Ttpo, Epxo/iaO, 
 to come or go forward. 
 
 Upo-diio, f. -dEvaofiai, poet. impf. 
 ■6£egkov {Ttpo, §eu), to rush before 
 ox forward. 
 
 UpoOvfi-EOfiat, f. -fico/uai and -rjdfj- 
 aofiai, aor. 7rpovdv/j,7J6nv (irpodv- 
 /uog), to be eager for, desire ; to rrpo- 
 OvfiEiadcu, the eager desire. 
 
 Tlpo6vfii-a, -ag (Ion. -r/, rjg) (jj) (rrpd- 
 6v,uog), alacrity, diligence. 
 
 Tlpodv/x-og, z ov (npo, $v/J,6g), eager, 
 
 ready. 
 Tipo-ldiTTCi, f. -i&Tpd) (ftpo, laTTTto), 
 
 to hurl onward ox forward, hurl. 
 Upo-trjfii, f. -rjaix), 1 aor. -qua, aor. 
 
 mid. -E/unv {rrpo, itj/xl), to give up, 
 
 abandon. 
 UponaTa-Tianftdvu, f. -Xf/ipo/xai, aor. 
 
 7tpoKaTE?M(3ov (7rp6, KClTa, Zap> 
 
 (3dva>), to seize upon previously or 
 
 before, preoccupy. 
 Hpo-KEijuai, f. -KEiooiiai (rrpo, kei- 
 
 ficu), to he before. 
 HpoK?i7Jg, (Tlponltyovg (6), Procles. 
 
 TLpO-KVTTTU, f. -KVlpO) (fTpd, KVTTTG)), 
 
 to swell out ox forth, bud out. 
 UpoiXETwrridt-ov, -ov (to) (rrpo, /j,e- 
 
 tuttov), a frontlet (for horses). 
 Upo^EV-og, -ov (6), Proxenus. 
 UpoTtdpoi-dE and (bef. vowel) -Oev 
 
 (irpo, rcdpoide) (with gen.), before, 
 
 at (the feet). 
 Tlpo-TVEfiTTO), f. -KEfi-ipo, aor. pass. 
 
 TCpOVlZEHfydnV (npd, TTEflTCCj), to 
 
 send before or ahead. 
 
 Uponlvu {irpo, irlvu), to drink before, 
 pledge. 
 
 Upog (with gen.), from, by, near, be- 
 fore, in the sight OX presence of, at 
 the order of; Trpbg^EUV, by the gods, 
 in the name of Heaven ; (with dat.), 
 near ; (with ace), towards, to, 
 against, with reference to, near, about, 
 for, with, on. 
 
 ILpoo-dyo, f. -dtjco, aor. -ijydyov 
 (rrpog, ayej), to draw near, approach. 
 
 Upooavd-do) (■£>), f. -r)oo> (rrpog, av- 
 ddui), to speak to, address, accost. 
 
 Upoa-didcofiL, f. -66ato, 2 aor. -iduv 
 (rrpog, didufii), to give besides, add. 
 
 Tlpoo-EifiL, impf. -ijEiv (rrpog, eI/xl), 
 to come on or forward, advance, ap- 
 proach, come up, march upon. 
 
 Upoa-EiTTov (rrpog, eItvov) (2 aor. of 
 Trp6G(j>T]fu), to speak to, address, ac- 
 cost. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 335 
 
 TlpoG-eAavvu, f. -e/Aoo Att. -eau, 
 aor. -i]Aa.ca (npog, e?mvvco), to 
 march against. 
 
 Upoa-epxofiat, f. -EAEVGo/iat, pf. -eatj- 
 "kvda, aor. -ffAdov (~pog, epxofiai), 
 to come unto or forward, approach. 
 
 Jlpoa-ex^t £ -€fa (^pog, e^u), to hold 
 to, bring to or near; irpoGEX^tv rbv 
 vovv, to direct the attention, be at- 
 tentive. 
 
 Tipoadev poet, rrpoade, and to TrpoG- 
 6ev (jzpo, rrpoCy -6ev), before, former, 
 sooner, first ; elg to tzpoadev, for- 
 ward; Trpoadev dv, before; t?) Tipoa- 
 dev iifiepa, on the day before. 
 
 IlpoG-iuv, -tovaa, -tov (7cp6aei/u), 
 imminent. 
 
 IIpoaTcaA-ew (-£)), f. -ecu (irpog, na- 
 Aecj), to call to, summon. 
 
 IlpooKW-eu (-€>), f. -7Jcofj.cu, aor. 
 npoa-eKvvrjaa poet, -envaa (~pog, 
 nvveui), to worship. 
 
 HpoG-?.afii3avcj, f. -?.i)\po[iai, aor. 
 -EAufiov (~p6g, ?M,u3avo), to take 
 or receive besides or in addition, take 
 part in (a work). 
 
 UpoGod-og, -ov (r)) (-npoc, 666g), rev- 
 enue. 
 
 UpoG-6fj.vv/j.i,f. -ofj,ov/Lcac, aor. -co/iogo, 
 (it pog, 0/j.vvfit), to swear besides, 
 also, or in addition. 
 
 UpoGTroi-io/xai, f. -qGo/aai (^pog, 
 'XOLEop.ai), to pretend. 
 
 UpOG-TUGGO) (Att. -TUTTO)), f. Tatjo, 
 
 pf. -TETaxa (npog, T&GGto), to en- 
 join, command. 
 
 UpOGTEpVldl-OV, -OV (TO) (7Tp6, GTEp- 
 
 vov), a breast-plate (for horses). 
 
 Up6G-(j)7]fii, f. -tyijGu, impf. -i<p7jv, aor. 
 -eIttov (Tpoc, (pTjfii), to speak to, ad- 
 dress, accost. 
 
 YipoGu (7rpd, irpog), far off. 
 
 HpoGwrr-ov, -ov (to) (irpog, uip), the , 
 countenance, look. 
 
 UpoTEpal-og, -a, -ov (npoTepoc), on 1 
 the day before. 
 
 UpoTEp-og, -a, -ov (irpo), before an- 
 other, first; irpoTEpov, previously. 
 
 Upo-<paivo/j.ai, f. -cjuvovpiai, aor. 
 npoi'tpavTjv (irpo, fyaivofiai), to ap- 
 pear in front, come in sight, appear. 
 
 UpocpaGig, (irpo(pdGE)ug (r)) (77po<pai- 
 vofiat), a pretext, excuse. 
 
 Upo-(f)Evy(0, f. -(pEv^ofxac, aor. irpov- 
 <j>vyov (irpo, (pEvyo), to flee from, 
 escape. 
 
 Hpo<j)7jT-7]C, -ov (6) (izpo, <p?]fic), a 
 prophet, harbinger. 
 
 Upocpp-ov, -ov (irpo, (pprjv), willing, 
 ready, eager ; Tvpocppuv eOe/^eiv, to 
 choose. 
 
 UpoQvAai;, (7rpo<pv?LaK)or (6) (irpo, 
 <pv?ial-), an advanced guard, outpost, 
 sentinel in front. 
 
 Upoxup-eu (-w), f. -r]G(d (Trpo.^wpcw) 
 (with dat.), to go on well with, suit. 
 
 TlpcJrjV, lately, of late. 
 
 Jlput Att. Tcpu) (irpo), early, in the 
 morning. 
 
 UpuTEVO) (npuTog), to be first, hold 
 or occupy the first place. 
 
 HpuT-og, -7i, -ov (super, of Ttpo), first, 
 foremost ; irpGnov, to TTpcJTOV, and 
 to, TzptJTa, in the first place, first ; 
 01 TtpcJTOi, the van-guard, the great. 
 
 HtsAe-cl, -ag (Ion. -rj, -rjg) (57), the elm- 
 tree. 
 
 TlTipv-a or -rj, -rjg (rj), the heel. 
 
 TLTepo-Eig, -EGGa, -ev (tctepov), 
 winged. 
 
 Utep-ov, -ov (to) (TTETO/xai), a wing. 
 
 IIrep-6w (-Q) (iZTEpov), to furnish 
 ivith wings, fledge. 
 
 IlTEpuT-og, -7J, -ov (rcTEpou), winged. 
 
 HvK-d^o), f. -ugo), aor. erru/cacra 
 (Tru/ca), to cover or wrap up, shroud. 
 
 TlvKtv-og, -i], -ov, severe, dreadful, 
 many. 
 
 JlvKv-og, 7J, -ov, close. 
 
 Tlv?t,-7i, -T]g (ij), one wing of a pair of 
 double gates ; al 7rv?.at, a gate, the 
 gates (of a town). 
 
336 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Tlvvdavofiai, f. nevGO/Ltai, pf. ttettvg- 
 fj.ai, plqpf. £7renvG/j,7jv, aor. envdo- 
 [XTjV, to ask, inquire, learn by inquiry, 
 hear, hear of, learn. 
 
 Uvp, (m>p)6g (to) and (7zvp)d, -dv 
 (to), fire. 
 
 TUpy-og, -ov (6), a tower. 
 
 IIcj (end), yet. 
 
 Ti&X-og, -ov (6, 7j), a colt or filly, 
 young girl or maiden. 
 
 U(j7rore (ttcj, tvote), ever. 
 
 Hue; how? 
 
 Ucog (end.), somehow, by any means, 
 perchance, perhaps, in any way, in 
 some manner, for some reason. 
 
 'Pa (encl.) (Ep. for dpa), then, there- 
 upon, namely. 
 
 'Pddt,-og, -a, -ov (comp. faduv, super. 
 fiaGToe), easy. 
 
 'Padvfi-eo) (-6), f. -rjGu (faddvuog), to 
 lead a life of indolence, take one's 
 ease. 
 
 'PaOvjui-a, -ag (77) (^dddfiog), indo- 
 lence. 
 
 'Pddv/u-og, -ov (fiddtog, Svpioe), light- 
 hearted, easy, lazy. 
 
 'Pe£o, f. />££«, aor. epe^a and £/>- 
 /kfa, to do, act ; /ca/ca fiefriv, to do 
 harm. 
 
 'Pgia, easily. 
 
 'Pecj, f. ^v^aojuaL, pf. kpp'vrjK.a, aor. 
 epp'v7]v, to flow. 
 
 'Pfjyog, (p~7Jy£)og (to), a blanket, rug, 
 coverlet. 
 
 'Pi-ov, -ov (to), the peak (of a mount- 
 ain). 
 
 'Pcttto), f. piifjo, aor. act. efifiiipa, 
 aor. pass. kp y p'i<pr)v, to throw, cast, 
 hurl. 
 
 'P66lv-og, 7], -ov (fiodov), made of 
 roses or rose-leaves, rosy. 
 
 'P6d-ov, -ov (to), a rose. 
 
 'Pv-ofxai, f. -aofj.ai, to save, defend, 
 protect. 
 
 'P6-ofj.ai, f. -aofiai, aor. ep'fiocdftrjv, 
 to dance. 
 
 2. 
 
 'LdfiL-og, -a, -ov (Ed/tog), of Samos, 
 
 Samian. 
 1,djU-og, -ov (?)), Samos. 
 HaTparrsvo) (aaTpdrrTjg), to be asatrap. 
 ~LaTpd-n:-r]g, -ov (6), a satrap, viceroy, 
 
 or governor (of the Persians). 
 2,a(j)-7/g, -Eg, clear, plain; oa(fi£)g,well. 
 l,EavT-ov, -fjg (contr. aavT-ov, -fjg) 
 
 (gov avTOv), of thyself, of yourself . 
 Hej3-u£ofj,ai, f. -doofiat (Gsflag), to 
 
 have a religious fear or dread of. 
 IeOev and gev (poet, for gov), of thee, 
 
 thy. 
 "Etip-d, -ag (Ion. -r), -fjg) (q) (slpto), 
 
 a cord, chain. 
 liijK-og, -ov (6), a shrine, fane. 
 *2fj/j.a, (GTjjxaT)og (to), a mound, tomb. 
 1iT]fJ.aivo, f. GTjfidvco, aor. EGrjjirjva 
 
 and EGrjfidva (Gf/fxa), to make known, 
 
 point out, signify ; GrjixaivEi, the sig- 
 nal is given. 
 Efjfiel-ov, -ov (to), a standard, signal. 
 Hdsvo) (cdivog), to have strength or 
 
 might. 
 '2,LyaX6-Etg,EGGa,-Ev(GiaXog),bright i 
 
 brilliant, glittering. 
 Ily-du, f. -7]GO/Liai (Glyfj), to be silen 
 
 or Still, keep silence ; to Glyav, 
 
 silence. 
 1>ly-7], -fjg (fj) (gl£o)), silence ; Glyfj, 
 
 silently. 
 litdrjpEC-og, -7], -ov (Ep. for Gidf/psog), 
 
 made of iron or steel, iron. 
 ZidrfpE-og, -a, Ep. -77, -ov (Att. Gidr/p- 
 
 ovg, -a, -ovv) (Gtdqpog), made of 
 
 iron or steel, iron. 
 1,l2,dv-6g, -ov (6), Silanus. 
 I,iTTv?i-og -ov (b), (Mount) Sipylus. 
 UlTayuy-og, -ov (GiTog, dya>), con- 
 veying, transporting, or laden with 
 
 corn ; nvTiola clTayuyd, provision 
 
 ships. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 337 
 
 "Slri-ov -ov (to), usu. in pi. airi-a, 
 -ov (rd) (o~iTog),food. 
 
 2?r-oc, -ov (6), (pi.) gZt-ci, -ov (to), 
 corn, food, provisions, bread. 
 
 IttTTCLK-r], -Tjg (?)), Sittace. 
 
 I*iu--7J, -f/g (r/), silence; ukt/v Giarcy, 
 in profound silence ; gcuttt), silently. 
 
 1,Kat-6g, -d, -ov, on the left hand or 
 side, the left ; at I,Katal ttvXuc, the 
 Scacan (or west) gate (of Troy). 
 
 Ijfia/iuvdpt-or, -ov (6) (2/cd/zavdpoc), 
 Scamandrius (epithet of Hector). 
 
 2,KEVO(p6p-oc, -ov (gkevt), (j>£po)), car- 
 rying baggage; ol aaevotyopot, bag- 
 gage carriers, sutlers, camp followers ; 
 Tu Gnevo<p6pa, beasts of burden (in 
 the train of an army). 
 
 2/c7?v-tw (-u), f. -7Jao) (gk7]vt)), to en- 
 camp. 
 
 'Lktjv-t], rjg (r)), a tent. 
 
 ^Krivufiar-a, -uv (rd) (gki]v6o), sol- 
 diers' quarters. 
 
 'ZKtJTTTOVX-OC, -OV (6) (gKTJTTTOV, I^Cj), 
 
 a wand-bearer. 
 2/d-d, -dg (Ion. -i), -r)g) (r)), a shadow. 
 
 1.KOK-E0) (-W), impf. EGKOTTOVV (GKO- 
 
 Tioc), to look, observe, consider. 
 2/C07r-6c, -ov (6) (o-K£7rTO/J.ai), a scout, 
 
 spy, mark (object of an arrow). 
 'ZKoral-og, -a, -ov (Gnorog), dark, in 
 
 the dark. 
 Snor-og, -ov (6) and cKorog (GKOTs)og 
 
 contr. CKorovg (to), darkness. 
 2,KvdjuaivG) (with dat.), to be angry 
 
 with. 
 "Lfivx^, f- -g/j.v^u, aor. eaptv^a, aor. 
 
 pass, kcfivyrjv, to burn in a slow, 
 
 smouldering fire ; Tvvpl GfJ.VX^O'daL, 
 
 to smoulder away in fire. 
 2oc, cf], gov (Ep. gen. geIo) (gv), 
 
 thy own, thy, thine. 
 "ZovG-a, -uv (rd), Susa. 
 ~Lo§aLv£T-og, -ov (b), Sophasnetus. 
 2o$-6c, -rj, -ov, skilled (in song), skil- 
 ful, well-informed, wise. 
 XTrav-i^cj, f. -Igo) Att. -lu> (Grxdvtg), 
 
 to lack, be in want, experience a 
 
 scarcity. 
 "Lirdvi-og, -a, -ov (Gizavog), scarce. 
 l,7rdpT-7], -rjg (i]), Sparta. 
 "Zirdo), f. gkugu, pf. tGTTuKa, pf. pass. 
 
 iGTcaGfiat, aor. pass. kGTrdGQiiv, to 
 
 draw. 
 Hirivdo/xaL, f. GKetGO/xai, aor. kGtzei- 
 
 Guprjv (mid. of onivdu), to make a 
 
 treaty or truce. 
 'LttevSo, f. GTZEVGCO, to urge on, hasten. 
 laTiovd-ai, -uv (at) (G7r£v6ofx.at), a 
 
 treaty, truce. 
 liTTovd-dfa, f. -aGOfiat and -ugo 
 
 (gtcov8t)), to urge on. 
 2,7vovdaLO?ioy-i(j> (-w), f. -t)go (gtzov- 
 
 dalog, Tieycj), to speak seriously, en- 
 gage in earnest conversation. 
 liTtovd-?], -7jg (r)) (gtt£v6o)), haste, 
 
 speed, readiness. 
 'Lrddi-ov, -ov (to), and -og, -ov (6), 
 
 a stadium or stade (=606| English 
 
 feet). 
 2ra6*//-dc, -ov (6), pi. -d, -Q>v (to) 
 
 (lgtti/j,i), a halting-place, station, 
 
 day's march, stage. 
 UraGi-d^o), f. -aGo (GTUGig) (with 
 
 dat.), to form a party against. 
 2ret/3w, f. GTeiipu, aor. egtcj3ov, to 
 
 tread or stamp on; GT£i(36jXEVog, 
 
 trodden or travelled (epith. of a 
 
 road). 
 2rev-a£W and -axo/ucu ( GTEvog, 
 
 &xog), to groan, sigh, bewail, lament. 
 J,T£V-6g. -7], -ov (gtevcj), narrow. 
 2repy«, f. GTiptju, pf. EGTopya, aor. 
 
 £GT£p£a, to love. 
 2rep-ew (-&), f* -tjgu and -ego, aor. 
 
 EGTEOEGa, to deprive. 
 1,T£pv-ov, -ov (to), the breast, chest. 
 '%T£6avLGK-og, -ov (6) (dimin. of gte- 
 
 (j>dvog), a wreath, chaplet. 
 HiT£(puv-og, -ov (6) (GT£<po)), a crown. 
 2re0w, f. GTsipo, pf. pass. sGTEfifxat, 
 
 aor. £gt£<P07)v, to crown. 
 ItTTjdog, (GTrjd£)og contr. GTrjdovg 
 
338 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 (to) (larrifu), the breast, bosom, 
 heart. 
 
 2rZ0of, (gti(J)e)oc (to) (gtel^cS), a 
 body of men in close array, a troop. 
 
 2r6/l-of, -ov (b) (gte/.Xcj), a route, 
 journey, array of troops, army. 
 
 ItTo/ua, (aTOfiaT)oc (to), the mouth. 
 
 2.T0vax-y> ■$£ (rj) (cFTevdxco), a groan- 
 ing, wailing. 
 
 'LTopsvvvjii, f. GTopiau and oTpuaco, 
 pf. pass. eoTpu/ncu, aor. pass, egto- 
 peadrjv, to spread. 
 
 liTpuTev/ua, (GTpaTev(iaT)og (to) 
 (cTpaTSVu), an army. 
 
 ^TpaTsv-a, f. -Geo (oTpaToc), to serve 
 in an army, be a soldier, march; 
 (mid.), to conduct or prepare an ex- 
 pedition. 
 
 2,TpaT7]y-£u> (-co), f. -rjGco (cTpaTrj- 
 yoc), to be a general, lead an army, 
 obtain the command. 
 
 ^TpaTTjyi-a, -ac (tj) (cTpaTTjyoc), a 
 mode of conducting an army, general- 
 ship, strategy. 
 
 1>TpaT7]y-6c, -ov (b) (cTpaToe, fjyeo- 
 fiai), a general. 
 
 ^TpaTt-d, -ac (if) (GTpaTog), an army, 
 armament. 
 
 l>TpaTL<l)T-T)c, -ov (6) (oTpana), a 
 soldier. 
 
 'ZTpaToiredev-o, f. -go (oTpaTOTve- 
 6ov), to encamp. 
 
 "ETpaToned-ov, -ov (to) (ctpcltoc, 
 nedov), a camp. 
 
 2rpar-0f, -ov (b), an encamped army, 
 an army. 
 
 Srpf7rr-6f, -ov (6) (oTpetyu), a twist- 
 ed collar. 
 
 liTpetpo, f. OTperpco, pf. eoTpofya, aor. 
 pass. koTpatyrjv, to turn; (mid.), to 
 face or wheel about. 
 
 ^Tvyep-bc, -a, -ov (GTvyico), dreaded, 
 dreadful. 
 
 ^Tvy-eG) (-w), f. -tjgco, 1 aor. eoTvga, 
 2 aor. EGTvyov, to hate, abominate, 
 despise, abhor, fear, dread. 
 
 I,Tvyv-6c, -tj, -ov (= GTvyepog), 
 
 gloomy, sullen. 
 2rf//0d/li-of, -ov (b) (^Tv/KpaTioc), 
 
 aninhabitant ofStymphalus, a Styrn- 
 
 phalian. 
 2rai0e/W£b, f. -i^co, aor. sGTvepsXt^a 
 
 (o~TV(pe2,6c, GTvqxo), to push away, 
 
 thrust rudely. 
 2t>, gen. gov Ep. geZo, thou; Gvye, 
 
 thou at least, thou for thy part. 
 Iivy-yiyvonai later -ytvo/xai, f. -yevf]- 
 
 GO[iat, pf. -yeyevrjixat, aor. gvve- 
 
 y£v6(irjv (gvv, yiyvo/xai) (with 
 
 dat.), to have a conference with. 
 I>vyna?i-Eco (-coy, f. -ego (gvv, /calico), 
 
 to call or summon together, call to a 
 
 council. 
 2vyKa.Ta-GTpE<t>u, f. -GTpsipco (Gvy, 
 
 KCLTa, GTp£(j)Oj), (mid.), to aid in, 
 
 subjecting. 
 HvTi-Tia/uPavQ, f. -Ti^ipofiai, pf. pass. 
 
 gvv -elKt] filial, aor. -s?ia[3ov (gvv, 
 
 Tiafifidvco), to lay hold of, seize; 
 
 (with dat.) to take part with, assist. 
 SvTi-Myco, f. -TiE^u (gvv, Tiiyco), to 
 
 collect; aor. pass. GW£?i£y7]v, to 
 
 come together, assemble. 
 
 ~Ev/ll3oV/\,£V-0), f. -GO (GVV, j3ov7b£VCo) 
 
 (with dat.), to advise, counsel ; 
 (mid.), to advise or consult with an- 
 other for one's own welfare. 
 
 Yivniiax-og, -ov (b) (gvv, (idxrj), one 
 that assists infighting, an ally, aux- 
 iliary. 
 
 Hvfi-fiiyvvpii and -payvvco, f. -fittjco 
 (gvv, filyvvfii), to join, unite. 
 
 'Sv/j.-Tvag, irdGa, -ndv (gvv, tt&c), all 
 together. 
 
 Sv/Lt-TTITCTO), f. -TCEGOVfiai, pf. -TtETTTCO- 
 
 Ka, aor. gvvettsgov (gvv, tcltttco), 
 to attack, engage in battle with. 
 "EvjUCjEpco, f. GW-OLGCO, pf. -EVTJVOXa, 
 
 1 aor. -jp/syKa, 2 aor. -rjvEynov 
 (gvv, (bipco), to be advantageous to. 
 2w (with dat.), with, together, or 
 along with, in close connexion with, 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 339 
 
 in concert with ; avv toIc §eoTc, with 
 the help of the gods ; (adv.), together. 
 
 LvvadLK-eu (-w), f. -r/au (avv, udi- 
 keu), to joi?i or co-operate with any 
 one in doing wrong or injury. 
 
 1,vvaKo9iovd-EO) (-&), f. -TJaa) (avv, 
 UKoTiOvQiu), to accompany, follow. 
 
 1,vva.vT-do (-u), f. -7jacj (avv, avrdu) 
 (with dat.), to meet. 
 
 2vva,Tzeifu (avv, diro, elfit) (with 
 dat.), to go away with. 
 
 Iivvdeiirv-oe, -ov (b) (avv, Sslirvov), 
 a companion at table, guest. 
 
 'Zvv-ELfZL, f. -eao/iat, inf. -ecvai (avv, 
 elfxi) (with dat.), to be with, associ- 
 ate with, follow. 
 
 ?>vv-Ei[xi, impf. -riELv,'mf. -livai (avv, 
 el/J.i), to meet in battle, close or en- 
 gage with. 
 
 2vvepy-6c, -ov (6) (avv, fpdo), a fel- 
 low-worker or labourer, co-operator, 
 assistant. 
 
 Iivv-epxofiai, f. -e?i£vao/Lt,ai, pf. -tkr}- 
 "kvda, aor. -rfkdov (avv, epxo/nai), 
 to come together or assemble, go in a 
 body, meet. 
 
 'Zvvdrj/ua, (avvdfjjj.aT)og (to) (avvri- 
 Qriiil), the watchword, the countersign 
 (used to distinguish friends from 
 foes in battle). 
 
 1,vvod-oc, -ov (rj) (avv, 686c), a meet- 
 ing of armies, onset, charge. 
 
 2vv-oi6a (pf. as pres.), plqpf. -ydetv, 
 f. -eiaofxat, (avv, olda), to be con- 
 scious. 
 
 Hvvovai-a, -ac (rj) (avvEtfic), a meet- 
 ing. 
 
 Hvv-rdaao) (Att. -tuttco), f. -rd^cj, 
 pf. pass. -Teray/Ltat (avv, rdaau), 
 to draw up in order, form into line, 
 put in battle array, marshal; aWTE- 
 Tayfisvoc, in close order. 
 
 ItW-TidEnai, f. -drjaofiat, aor. -Edi/n.'nv 
 (avv, Tidrjfju), to make a covenant or 
 treaty, form a contract. 
 
 'Zvvto/i-oc, -ov (avvTEfivu), short. 
 
 LvvrpuTCE^-oc, -ov (6) (avv, rpdne- 
 £a), a table-companion, mess-mate. 
 
 2vv-Tvyxdvu, f. -TEv^ofiat, aor. -etv- 
 Xov (avv, rvyxdvu), (with dat.), to 
 meet with, fall in with. 
 
 I,vpdK6ai-oc, -a, -ov CZvpdicovaai), 
 
 . of or belonging to Syracuse, Syra- 
 cusan ; b Hvpanoaioc, a Syracusan. 
 
 1ivaK£v-d^o), f. -dau (avv, aKEvd^u), 
 to pack up baggage ; avaKEvaadfie- 
 voc, with one's baggage packed up, 
 prepared (for march). 
 
 SvanL-dfa, f. -dau (avv, ama^co), to 
 overshadow or cover quite over with. 
 
 HvaiTELp-du (-€>), f. -daco, pf. pass. 
 avv EaTcslpd fiat (avv, CKEipdu), to 
 form into a close body (of soldiers) ; 
 avvEaTTEipd/ievoc, in close array. 
 
 1ivairovd-d£u), f. -dau (avv, aivovdd- 
 £iw), to make haste along with, aid in 
 expediting. 
 
 'LvarpdTTjy-oc, -ov (b) (avv, arparrj- 
 yog), a fellow-general, partner in 
 command. 
 
 HvarpaTOTTEdEvo/uat (avv, arparo- 
 7TEd£VG)), to encamp along with. 
 
 J,vxv-6c, rj, -ov, long ; avxvbv (adv.), 
 much. 
 
 1.(j)dyL-ov, -ov (to) (a(j)dCa>), a vic- 
 tim. 
 
 ~2(pu£a) Att. a(j)dTTu, f. crpdf 6j, aor. 
 pass, tacbdxdrjv, to slay, kill, slaugh- 
 ter, sacrifice. 
 
 20e?f (oi, at), a<p£a (to), dat. acpl 
 and a<blv Ep. and Ion. for afyiai 
 (ov), they. 
 
 206<5pd (a(f>odpoc), very, very much, 
 very greatly, exceedingly, extremely, 
 implicitly, severely. 
 
 ?,<pvp-6v, -ov (to), the ankle. 
 
 2^eJi'-c, -ac (rj) (axedioc), a raft, 
 float. 
 
 S^edov (e^cj, ax^tv), well-nigh, al- 
 most, nearly, chiefly. 
 
 2^,ua, (axwa~)oc (to) (e^w, axdv), 
 a form, appearance. 
 
340 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 S^O/l-d^w, f. -dao) (axokt)), to have 
 
 leisure. 
 Swfcj, f. ggjgo, pf. pass, GEGOG/uai 
 
 and GEGUfxai, to save, retain. 
 JjOK.pdT7]g, (1,cjKpdTs)og contr. 2cj/c- 
 
 paTOvg (6), Socrates. 
 ~EcJ/j.a, (G0JjuaT)og {to), a body,persorm 
 2w-of, -a, -ov (Gug), sa/e. 
 
 liCJTfjp, (G0)T7Jp)0C, VOC. GUTEp (<7W£0)), 
 
 a saviour, preserver. 
 
 "ZoTTjpi-a, -ag (r)) (GO)T?)ptog), safety, 
 deliverance. 
 
 "LuTTjpc-og, -ov (ooTrjp), saving, cal- 
 culated to save. 
 
 'LoxppoGvv-rj, -7/c (rj) (Gufypuv), self- 
 control, modesty. 
 
 Td?iavT-ov, -ov (to), a talent. 
 
 Tapti-a, -ag (Ep. and Ion. -rj, -rjg) (?/) 
 (te/xvo, Tdfielv), a housekeeper. 
 
 TajiLEv-ofJiaL, f. -Go/xac (Ta/uiag), to 
 determine. 
 
 Ta/i-ug, -d (6), Tamos. 
 
 Tdtjig, (rdfe)cjc (57) (tuggo), military 
 array, battle order, a place or post 
 in battle array, rank, company, line ; 
 at TatJEig, military tactics. 
 
 Ta7T£iv-6g, -rj, -ov, humble, submiss- 
 ive. 
 
 TuTTTjg, (TuirT]T)og (6), a carpet, rug, 
 coverlet. 
 
 TapaGGO) Att. TapuTTo, f. Tapdt-u, 
 aor. pass. sTapdxdrjv, to trouble. 
 
 Tdpdx-og, -ov (b) (TapaGGo), confu- 
 sion, tumult. 
 
 Tap(3-io) (-d>), f. TjGO (rdpfiog), to be 
 frightened or alarmed at, be scared, 
 fear, be troubled at. 
 
 TdpTdp-og, -ov (6), pi. -a, -uv (rd), 
 Tartarus. 
 
 Tag Dor. for Trjg (gen. sing. fem. of 
 6, 7), to). 
 
 TaGGO Att. TaTTO, f. tu^oj, pf. pass. 
 TETayfiai, 1 aor. pass. ETaxdrjv, 2 
 aor. pass. eTayrjv, to draw up, put 
 
 in battle array, post, appoint, assign, 
 
 order. 
 Tavp-og, -ov (6), a bull. 
 TavTy (sc. bd£)), in this way. 
 Td<p-og, -ov (6) (SdiTTO)), a burial, 
 
 funeral-feast, funeral rites ; rd(j)OV 
 
 TcTiEGai, to perform funeral rites. 
 Td<pp-og, -ov (77), a trench, ditch. 
 TdxiGT-og, -7], -ov (super, of Taxvg), 
 
 quickest, most expeditious ; TaxtGTa, 
 
 very quickly, as soon as possible. 
 Tdxog, (Tdxe)og (to) (Taxvg), speed. 
 Tax-vg, -ela, -v, quick, swift, fast, 
 
 fleet ; Taxv, Taxeug and Taxa, 
 
 quickly, speedily, hastily, rapidly, 
 
 shortly, soon. 
 Tfi (encl.), both, and. 
 Telpu, impf. ETEtpov, to waste away, 
 
 wear out, distress, afflict ; (pass.), to 
 
 be hard pressed. 
 Telxog, (TEixe)og contr. Tstxovg (to), 
 
 a wall, rampart. 
 TeKsetv Ep. for tskeZv (2 aor. inf. 
 
 act. Of TLKTO)). 
 
 T£Kfi?jpt-ov, -ov (to) (TEK/j-aipofiai), 
 
 a proof. 
 Tekv-ov, -ov (to) (tlktu, tekeIv), a 
 
 child, son ; tu Teuva, offspring. 
 TeKog, (Teice)og, dat. pi. tekegi Ep. 
 
 TEKEGGL and TEKEEGGL (t6) (tlKTU, 
 
 tekslv), a child, son. 
 TsTiEVT-du (-&), f. -7JG0, pf. tsteIev- 
 
 TT/na (teAevttj), to accomplish, end 
 
 (one's existence, tov (3iov), die. 
 TeT^evT-f], -rjg (r)) (teIeu, TfXog), 
 
 end, death. 
 
 TeI-^CJ (-U), f. -EGO), pf. TET£?i£Ka, 
 
 pf. pass. TETElEGfxai, aor. pass. 
 
 etsXegOtiv. to perfect, accomplish, 
 
 fulfil ; TE^EGat Ta<pov, to perform 
 
 funeral rites. 
 TeAoe, (reAe)oc (to), an end; rd 
 
 teKti, magistrates ; re/loc (adv.), at 
 
 last, finally, in conclusion. 
 Tevojv, (TivovT)og (6) (telvu), a 
 
 sinew, tendon. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 341 
 
 TepirlKipavv'og, -ov (Tipirco, nepav- 
 vog), delighting in thunder. 
 
 Tepirv-og, -r/, -ov (ripTTCo), delightful, 
 delighted, merry, joyous. 
 
 Tepiro, f. TEpipto, aor. pass. Erdpirnv, 
 Horn. aor. mid. Tzrapirbn^v, to fill 
 to the full, sate, satisfy, delight, re- 
 fresh. 
 
 Teacapdaov-a Att. rerrapaKovTa 
 (riaaapsg), forty. 
 
 Tscroap-Eg, -a (Att. TETTapsg), four. 
 
 Ter/Ltov Ep. for etetiiov (aor. without 
 pres.), I found. 
 
 Terpaivto, f. rsTpdvto, aor. ererpr]va 
 Horn. TETprjva, to bore through, 
 pierce. 
 
 Terpanoat-oi, -at, -a {rerpa-, riaaa- 
 psg, -Koaioi),four hundred. 
 
 Tern!;, (rETTly)og (6), a cicada (kind 
 of grasshopper). 
 
 Tevdpdvi-a, -ag (rj), Teuthrania. 
 
 Tei>xe-a, -tov (rd) (tevxoo), arms, arm- 
 our; avv tevxegl, armed. 
 
 Tevxo), f. tev^co, pf. rirevxa, to pre- 
 pare, make, do; pf. pass, rirvy- 
 /Ltat, to have been done, to have oc- 
 curred. 
 
 Texv-r), -qg (rj), an art, handicraft, 
 trade. 
 
 Ticog, so long, meanwhile, the while. 
 
 Trj (sc. 66u) (Horn, for ravTrf), there, 
 by that way. 
 
 Trjye (ry, ye), in this quarter, here. 
 
 TtjIe {re7iog),far remote, far off, far. 
 
 TnlEdd-cov, -ovaa, -ov (rnXeddu, 
 length, form of Sdllo), blooming. 
 
 TqliK-og, -tj, -ov, of such an age, so 
 old, as old. 
 
 TrfKoQl (= ttjIe) (with gen.), far, 
 afar, at a distance from. 
 
 TrjloGE (rnlov), to a distance, far 
 away. 
 
 Trj'Kov (= ttjIe), afar, far off or avjay, 
 in afar country. 
 
 Trj/iepov (=ry rjjxepa), this day, to- 
 day. 
 
 Tfjirep (Ep. and Ion. for yirep), in the 
 same way as, just as. 
 
 Ttap-a, -ag (rj), a tiara or turban. 
 
 Ti'yp77f, (Tlypnr)og (6), the Tigris. 
 
 Tin (strengthened form of n) ; where- 
 fore ? why ? 
 
 Tidr/fit, f. Sqooo, pf. rideuca, 1 aor. 
 ednna, 2 aor. ednv, to put, place, 
 make, cause, render, inflict ; rd onla 
 rldeadaL, to station themselves ; §eo- 
 6at rd bizla, to halt under arms. 
 
 Tidrjvn, -r]g (rj) (rldnvog), a nurse. 
 
 T'lktlo, f. Tt^ofiai, pf. Verona, aor. 
 ETEKOV, to bring forth, bear, beget, be 
 the parent of. 
 
 Tillto, f. tIIco, pf. pass, rsTilfxai, 
 aor. ETlXa, to pluck or pull out, tear 
 (the hair). 
 
 Tl/x-dco (-w), f. -rjoa, aor. hrlpunaa 
 {jlfirj), to honour, esteem, value. 
 
 Tlfi-rj, -rig (if), honour, reward. 
 
 Tt[u-og, -a, -ov (rlfirj), honoured. 
 
 Tl/ucop-Eco (-co), f. -?jato, aor. pass. 
 £Tl/j,G)p7Jdnv (rlfxcopog), to help, aid, 
 succour ; (mid.), to punish. 
 
 Tlfzupi-a, -ag (Ion. -tj, -rjg) (tj) (tI[ilo- 
 pbg), punishment. 
 
 Teg, ri (encl.), one, a certain one, any 
 or some one, a sort or kind of, each, 
 each one, every one; -rtdg rig, every 
 single one ; rt, at all, aught, in aught. 
 
 Tig, rt; who? which? what? rivog 
 '6VEKEV or tl ; why ? 
 
 Ttaaa(j)£pv-7]g, -ovg(6), Tissaphernes. 
 
 Tlrdv, (TlTdv)og (b), a Titan, the 
 sun-god, the sun. 
 
 TlTpUGKO), f. TpcoCCO, pf. paSS. TETptO- 
 
 /xai, aor. pass, hrpoodriv, to wound. 
 
 Ti-o, f. -<76), pf. pass. TETlfiat, to es- 
 teem, honour, respect. 
 
 Tided (not used), f. Tlrjcrojuat, pf. 
 TETlrjua, aor. etXvv, to suffer, un- 
 dergo, endure, venture, dare. 
 
 TlnT-og, -rj, -ov (video), to be borne 
 or endured, tolerable. 
 
 Tod' (bef. asp. vowel) for rbre, then. 
 
342 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Tot (encl.), indeed, in truth, however, 
 still. 
 
 Toe (Ep. and Ion. for ol), who, which, 
 that. 
 
 Tot (Ep. and Ion. for aoi), to or for 
 thee or you. 
 
 Totyapovv {rot, yap, ovv), according- 
 ly, therefore, on this account, then. 
 
 Toivvv (rot, vvv), therefore, then. 
 
 Tolo Ep. and Ion. for tov (gen. 
 sing. masc. of 6, 7), to). 
 
 Toi-oade, -ads, -ovbe (rolog, -de), of 
 such kind, nature, or quality, such as 
 the following, such (pointing to the 
 person); to lade, as follows. 
 
 Tot-ovTog, -avTTj, -ovto Att. -ovtov 
 (Tolog), of such kind, nature, or 
 quality, such (as has been said). 
 
 Tolx-oc, -ov (b) (Ep. for Tslxog), the 
 wall of a house or court. 
 
 Tokevc, {TOKe)ug Ion. (TOKi})og (b) 
 (tLktu), a father ; ol TOKslg or to- 
 KTjeg, parents. 
 
 To7ifi-du (-0)), f. -tjgo (To?./j,a), to 
 dare, venture. 
 
 To2./xl6-7jg, -ov (b), Tolmides. 
 
 Tbtjsv/Lia, (TO^ev/xa,T)og (to) (to^- 
 evu), an arrow, a bow-shot. 
 
 To^evcj (to^ov), to strike by an ar- 
 row. 
 
 To^Ik-t], -jjg (7)) (sc. texvt]) (to!;ov), 
 archery. 
 
 Tb^-ov, -ov (to), a bow. 
 
 To^oT-rjg, -ov (b) (to^ov), an archer, 
 bowman. 
 
 T6a-og, -7], -ov (Ep. TOGGog), so great, 
 so long, so much; togov — baov, as 
 far as ; togov — <*>g , as much as ; 
 Toaoi, so many. 
 
 Toa-bade, -TJbei -avde {roGog), so 
 much ; togoISe, so many. 
 
 ToG-ovTog, -avTT], -ovto Att. -ovtov 
 (TOGog), so much, so long; togov- 
 tol, so many, such an abundance of; 
 togovtov, so far, so much. 
 
 TbTE, at that time, then. 
 
 Tov = Ttvbg, and to = tlvl (gen. 
 
 and dat. of Tig). 
 Tpayr)fidT-a, -uv (to), sweetmeats. 
 Tpane^-a, -rig (r)) (TETpa-, nei^a Dor. 
 
 for TTOvg), a table. 
 Tpavjua, (TpavfidT)og (to), a wound. 
 Tpdx-vg, -eta, -v, rough, harsh, severe. 
 Tpslg (ol, al), Tpia (to), three. 
 Tpercu, f. Tpsipu, aor. act. sTpsipa, 
 
 aor. pass. ETpartbfZTjv, to turn ; slg 
 
 (pvyr/v TpeTTEiv, to put to flight, rout; 
 
 (mid.), to turnone's self or thoughts. 
 Tpe(j)0), f. Spsipo, pf. TETpo<pa, 2 aor. 
 
 pass. ETpdcprjv, to bring up, rear. 
 Tpe^w, f. dpdfiovfiai, pf. dedpdnvna, 
 
 aor. sbpa/nov, to run. 
 Tpi-O), f. -GO), aor. sTpsca, to tremble 
 
 at, shrink, or flee from. 
 TpZutiovTa (indecl.), thirty. 
 TpldKOGi-ot, -at, -a, (Tpslg), three 
 
 hundred. 
 Tpirrovg, (TplTco8)og (6) (Tpi-, rrovg), 
 
 a tripod, a three-footed brass kettle. 
 Tplg (adv. of Tpslg), thrice. 
 TpiGx'^-oL, -at, -a (Tpig, x^toi), 
 
 three thousand. 
 TptT-og, -7], -ov (Tpig, Tpslg), third. 
 Tpol-a, -ag (Ion. -rj, -rjg) (7)), Troy ; 
 
 dirb Tpoirjds or Tpolrjdev, from 
 
 Troy. 
 TpoTT-rj, -fig (tj) (TpeTzu), a rout, put- 
 ting to flight. 
 TpoTr-og, -ov (b) (Tpsncj), a way, 
 
 habit, disposition, temper, mode, form, 
 
 regularity. 
 Tpo<p-bg, -ov (6, 7)) (Tps(j>co), a feeder, 
 
 nurturer, rearer. 
 Tpudg, (TpudS)og (r)), a Trojan 
 
 woman. 
 Tpuldg, (Tpo)idd)og (7)), a Trojan 
 
 woman. 
 Tpo-bg, -d, -ov (Tpug), Trojan; at 
 
 Tpoal, the Trojan women. 
 Tpug, (Tpu)bg (b), a Trojan. 
 Tvyxdvu, f. Tsv^oiiai, pf. tetvxvko:, 
 
 pf. pass. TETvyfjiai, 3 sing, tetvk- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 343 
 
 rat, aor. trv^ov, to meet with, ob- 
 tain, receive, chance, occur, happen, 
 be. 
 
 Tvdeve, (Tvde-)<jc Ep. -og id), Ty- 
 deus (father of Diomede). 
 
 Tv/i{3-og, -ov (6) (TV<po), a funeral 
 mound, tomb. 
 
 Tvnvo), f. rvipo), pf. pass, rirvfiiiai, 
 2 aor. act. etvttov, to beat, strike, 
 sling. 
 
 Tvpavv-og, ov (6), a monarch. 
 
 Tvp-og, -ov ((5), cheese. 
 
 Tv~d-6g, -ov, little, small, young; 
 tvtOov, a little while, for a moment. 
 
 Tv<p?.-6c, -7}, -ov (Tv<pu), blind. 
 
 Tvx-T}, -r/g (tj) (Tvyx&VG)), chance, 
 fortune. 
 
 T(p (adv.), in that event, then, there- 
 fore. 
 
 "Ydup, (i>6ur)og (to) (vtS), water. 
 
 Yl-6g, -ov Att. iog contr. vloc, dat. 
 pi. vldac (6), a son, child. 
 
 "Ya-t], -T)g (r)), a wood. 
 
 'Y/j-stg, -EGoa, -ev (yArj), woody, 
 well-wooded. 
 
 'Y/UEtg (pi. of gv), ye or you. 
 
 'Y/uerep-oc., -a, -ov (vfislg), your own, 
 your. 
 
 "Y/uv-og, -ov (6), a song, hymn. 
 
 'Yiv-dyu, f. -d^co, aor. -rjydyov (vtto, 
 dycj), to lead on (one's mind), sug- 
 gest, lead on deceitfully. 
 
 "Yrrapx-og, -ov (6) (vtto, dpxu), a 
 lieutenant general. 
 
 'Yrr-dpxo, f. -apfcj, 1 aor. -r)p%a (vtto, 
 dpxu), to begin, be the first, exist, be. 
 
 "Yrrur-og, -r/, -ov (= virepTarog) 
 (super, of vTTep). highest, supreme, 
 best. 
 
 'Ytt-eAcivvc), f. -eAugo Att. -e?m, aor. 
 -7J?M(ra (vtto, sAavvcj), to ride up. 
 
 ( YneiivTjiivK.e (Ep. 3 sing. pf. of vttt]- 
 /uvu) for v7z-eiJ.f)fivKe (v being in- 
 serted for the sake of the metre), 
 
 he hangs down his head, is cast down 
 
 or dejected. 
 'Yirip (with gen.), above, beyond, for, 
 
 in behalf of; (with ace), contrary 
 
 to. 
 'Yirepei-a, -ag (Ion. -rj, -r/g) (■}]), Hy- 
 
 perea. 
 f YiTEpd)-a, -ag (Ion. -tj, -7jg) (r)) 
 
 (virip), the palate. 
 'YiTTjpET-ecj (-u), f. -fjou (viT7]peTr/g) 
 
 (with dat.), to serve. 
 'Yirr/peT-r/g, -ov (6) (vtto, iptTJjg), a 
 
 servant, labourer, one under another, 
 
 a helper, assista7it. 
 'YTTt(7xv-EOfj.aL(-ovfiai), f. vttogxvgo- 
 
 fiat, pf. VTTEGXW at -> a0r - VTTEGXd- 
 
 [irjv (vtto, lax *' EX *)* t0 undertake, 
 promise. 
 
 "Yirv-og, -ov (6), sleep. 
 
 'Ytto (with gen.), from under, under, 
 by, with ; (with dat.), from under, 
 beneath, at the foot of, by the hands 
 °f, by; (with ace), under, at the 
 foot of; (adv.), beneath, secretly, re- 
 spectfully, attentively. 
 
 'YirodE-rjg, -Eg (vtto, diofiat), comp. 
 -EGTEpog, smaller, inferior. 
 
 'YiroSpd, fiercely, grimly, gloomily, 
 sternly. 
 
 'Yiro&yi-ov, -ov (to) (vtto, tjvybv), a 
 beast of burden. 
 
 'Yiro-Aaju(3dvu, f. ^rj^ofiai, pf. vtt- 
 £i2.7](pa, aor. -EAa,8ov (vtto, Aa/iBd- 
 vcj), to take up a discourse, answer, 
 reply, take up a notion, suppose, 
 imagine. 
 
 'YttoA-vu, f. -go), aor. vtteAvgo, (ino, 
 Avu), to loosen,untie, ox unbind from 
 beneath, relax, weaken. 
 
 'YTTo/xaAani^o/iat (vtto, fiaAanifa), to 
 grow gradually timid or cowardly. 
 
 'YtTO-TTEIXTTU, f. -TTEflTpG) (VTTO, Txifl- 
 
 ttu), to send secretly or insidiously. 
 'YTTOTiXaKt-og, -a (Ion. -77), -ov (vtto, 
 TDidnog), under or at the foot of 
 Mount Placus. 
 
344 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'TTTOTrreiicj.impf. vttutttevov (vttotz- 
 
 ttjq), to suspect. 
 'YTro-GTpecpo, f. orpeipu, aor. pass. 
 
 VKECTpEtydrjV (vTCO, CTpi^O)), tO 
 
 turn about, elude, evade. 
 
 'TTTorpoTr-og, -ov (into, rpenco), re- 
 turning. 
 
 "Tirox-og, -ov (vtve^cj), subject to, un- 
 der the control of. 
 
 'TlTOXO)p-£0) (-W), f. -tJGO (VTZO, x u ~ 
 
 pso), to retire, retreat. 
 'Y-Koipt-a, -ac (Ion. -7], t]c) (t)) (v<j>o- 
 
 pdco, vTroipOfiac), suspicion. 
 'YatEpal-oc, -a (Ion. -n), -ov (vgte- 
 
 poc), following, next ; ry voTspaia 
 
 (sc. j]fjLspa), on the following day, 
 
 the day after. 
 'Tarep-iu (-€>), f. -f)au (vaTspoc) 
 
 (with gen.), to come after. 
 "Yorcp-oc, -a, -ov (vtto), latter, com- 
 ing after; ol VGTepoi, the rear; va- 
 
 repov, afterwards, after. 
 'Y0' (bef. asp. vowel) for vivo. 
 'Ycpaivo, f. ixpavti, aor. ixpnva, to 
 
 weave ; Iotov ixpaivELV, to weave the. 
 
 web, ply the loom. 
 'Y<popdcj (-£>), f. v7T-6ipofiai, aor. -el- 
 
 6ov (vtto, bpdu), to suspect. 
 'TipnTi-og, -fj, -ov (vijjl, vx[)og), high, 
 
 lofty. 
 'Tipinvl-oc, -ov (vipi, ttvTitj), with 
 
 high gates, lofty-gated. 
 "Yipoc, {vtI)e)oc (to) (vipi), height. 
 
 $ayelv (inf.), ind. Zfydyov, part. 0a- 
 ycJv (2 aor. of kcdLo), to eat, de- 
 vour. 
 
 $aidtfj,-oc, -ov ((paivu), famous, glori- 
 ous, illustrious. 
 
 Qaidp-oc., -a, -ov ((paivu), bright, 
 beaming, cheerful. 
 
 ^acvo/nai, f. (pavovfiai, aor. kfydvrjv 
 (mid. of (paivu), to appear, be evi- 
 dent or seen. 
 
 $a%ay£;, (^u7.ayy)oc (ij), a body of 
 
 troops, main body, army, line of bat- 
 tle, phalanx. 
 
 QaXlv-oc;, -ov (b), Phalinus. 
 
 <&a/u,Ev-oc, -7], -ov, pres. part. mid. of 
 (pr/fii. 
 
 Qavsp-og, -d, -ov (fyaLvo/iai), plain, 
 evident, manifest, visible; (pavEpuc, 
 openly. 
 
 Qapfian-ov, -ov (to), a medicine, reme- 
 dy, drug. 
 
 Qapoc later ty&poc ((j)dpe)oc contr. 
 (pdpovc (to), a cloak or mantle. 
 
 $£va) (obs.), aor. eke^vov and 7re0- 
 vov, to slay. 
 
 <&£Plot-oc, -7], -ov (super, of ayadoc), 
 best, exquisite, matchless. 
 
 $ipo, f. olaco, pf. Evf)voxa, 1 aor. 
 TjvsyKa, 2 aor. qvEynov, to bear, 
 bring forth, produce, carry off, bear 
 along, carry, bring, offer ; tyepEtv 
 nal dyEiv, to carry off (things) and 
 lead away (men and animals), plun- 
 der completely (said of a country). 
 
 $£vyu, f. (pEv^ojuai, pf. act. Tri^svya, 
 pf. pass. 7T£(pvyjuai, aor. act. r(pv- 
 yov, to flee, run away, flee from, fly, 
 escape, shun. 
 
 $£vyov, ((p£vyovT)oc (6) (<p£vyo), 
 an exile. 
 
 $r) (Ion. for £$ri), 3 sing. impf. of 
 
 (pTJfll 
 
 Qr/fii, f. (j)f)cc), 1 aor. E<pncra or elrra, 
 2 aor. elttov, impf. eQvv, impf. mid. 
 h^dfinv, to say, speak, tell, relate, 
 report, mention, answer, reply, add, 
 ask, assert, exclaim, declare ; (mid.), 
 to say to one's self, think. 
 
 Qdavo), f. fydrjGOfiai later (pdaau, aor. 
 Etydnv, to come or do before, antici- 
 pate. 
 
 $0syyofj.ai, f. (pdiygoficu, aor. s^dsy- 
 %djj,nv, to shout aloud. 
 
 fydivu and <pdio, f. (pOico, aor. E$Qi- 
 aa, to destroy. 
 
 $6ov-£G) (-ti), f. -Tjcu ((pdovog), to 
 envy. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 345 
 
 $iX-etj (-w), f. -t)gcj, pf. pass. 7TS(pL- 
 
 fyfiai (epilog), to love. 
 $i?ii-a, -ag (Ion. -7], -ng) (Jj) (<pi2,iu), 
 
 friendship. 
 $tliK-6g, -t), -6v (<pc?<,og), friendly, 
 
 kind. 
 $ilL-og, -a, -ov, (epilog), friendly, a 
 
 friend, favourite. 
 <&i?A7rir-og, -ov (epilog, 'iirirog), fond 
 
 of horses. 
 §tl6dr)p-og, -ov (epilog, Srjpa), fond 
 
 of hunting. 
 QiloKEpd-iu (■&) (epLloKEpdrjg), to be 
 
 fond or greedy of gam. 
 $ilotcivdvv-og,-ov (epilog, tcivdvvog), 
 
 fond of or courting danger, venture- 
 some, bold. 
 ^clo/j.ad-7/g, -ig (epilog, /navddvu), 
 
 fond of learning. 
 QtloTvolEfi-og, -ov (epilog, nolE/xog), 
 
 fond of war. 
 $il-og, -7], -ov (comp. epilrepog and 
 
 epilaiTEpog, super, epilrarog), dear, 
 
 loved, beloved, esteemed, (poss. pron.) 
 
 my, thy, his ; epilail my friends! 
 $il-og, -ov (b), a friend. 
 $tloGoep-og, -ov (6) (epilog, aoepog, 
 
 Goepia), a philosopher. 
 $iloeppov-£0[iai, (-ov/lccu), f. -71GOpt,ai 
 
 (eptloeppuv), to display a friendly 
 
 manner, show courtesy, 
 fyilvfiv-og, -ov (epilog, vfivog), song- 
 loving. 
 $oj3-io/Licu, f. -Tjao/J-ai and -rjdfjGo- 
 
 fiai, pf. TreQopTi/iai, aor. sepoftf]dr)v 
 
 (epoj3ie J )), to be alarmed at, fear, 
 
 dread. 
 <$o{3£p-6g, -a, -ov (epofiieS), terrible, a 
 
 source of alarm, alarming. 
 $6[3-og, -ov (6) (ep£(3o/xat),fear, terror, 
 
 alarm. 
 $ol(3-og, -ov (6), Phoebus, Apollo. 
 QoMk-tj, -rjg (7)) (epoivis), Phoenicia. 
 QoiviF,, (epoivlK)og (6), a palm-tree, 
 
 date. 
 $ot,T-dto (■£>), f. -tjcto (epoirog), to go 
 
 to and fro, go up and down, roam or 
 
 wander about. 
 $6v-og, -ov (6) (* epiveS), murder, blood 
 
 shed in murder, gore. 
 $op-£u (-&), f. -7JGG) (epipu), to bear, 
 
 carry, bring, icear. 
 $pa£b, f. <Ppa.au, pf. iritypana, Ep. 2 
 
 aor. Tczeppddov, to speak, tell, declare, 
 
 direct, order. 
 Qprjv, (opev)og (7)), and (<f>pev)eg, -ov 
 
 (ai), the heart, bosom, soul, mind, 
 
 spirit. 
 $pov-i(J (-£)), f. -tjgcj (eppr)v), to think, 
 
 be prudent, 
 fypovlfjiog, -ov (epprjv), prudent. 
 $pOVT-t£o, f. -IC7G) Att. -ICo (eppovrig), 
 
 to ponder, devise, take care, be anxious. 
 $pvyi-a, -ag (Ion. -rj, -7]g) (rj), Phrygia. 
 Qvydg, (epvydd)og (6, 57) (epvyelv, 
 
 (fievyo), an exile. 
 $vy-f}, -r)g {7)) (epvydv), flight. 
 $v7mk-t], -rjg (?)) (epvlaGGej), a guard, 
 
 watch. 
 Qvldic-og, -ov (6) (poet, for epvlat;) 
 
 (epvlaGGO)), a guard, sentinel. 
 QvAaGGo (Att. epvldrreS), f. epvld^u, 
 
 pf. pass, Tceepvlay/xai, to guard, 
 
 keep; (mid.), to take care of, be on 
 
 one's guard against; epvlarrofiEVog, 
 
 cautiously; ebg olov TS fidliGTa 
 
 TTEepvlay/xivug, as cautiously as pos- 
 sible. 
 $i)ll-ov, -ov (to), a leaf. 
 Qvofxai, pf. Ttecpvaa, aor. eepvv, to 
 
 grow, be by nature, be ; errl daupvoig 
 
 sepv, is by nature prone to tears. 
 $VGig, (epvG£)o)g Att. poet, -og (7)) 
 
 ((f>Vo), nature, natural talent. 
 $VGK-og, -ov (6), the Physcus. 
 Qvrev-u, f. -go (epvTOv), to plant , cause 
 
 to grow. 
 QoKatg, ($tJKatS)og (r)) (QuKaia), a 
 
 Phoccean female. 
 Qov-eg) (-w), f. -TjGd, aor. i<j)6vr}Ga 
 
 (epuVTJ), to speak. 
 <bu)v-i], -r)g (7)), a voice. 
 
 2 
 
.346 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 <3?wc, (0cjr)6f (6) (<j>do), (prjfj.1), a man, 
 mortal, person. 
 
 X. 
 
 Xaivu, f. x&voviuat,, pf. icixwva, aor. 
 e^aj/ov, to gape. 
 
 Xaip-u, f. -^cjw, pf. KExdpqica, aor. 
 pass, kxdprjv, to rejoice, be glad; 
 Xatpe and xaipoiTe ! farewell! 
 
 XaiT-rj, -77c (J]), long, loose, flowing 
 hair, a lock of hair. 
 
 Xa?iETC-6c, -fj, -ov, severe, difficult. 
 
 Xa?iK,e-o£, -a (Ion. -57), -ov (contr. 
 X^kK-ovq, -fj, -ovv) (#a/l/c6c), made 
 of copper or bronze, brazen. 
 
 XaTiKOKopvar-TjQ, -ov (6) (^a/l/cdc, 
 Kopvaau), brazen-armed. 
 
 Xa?uc-6c, -ov (6), bronze (an alloy of 
 copper and tin), brass (an alloy of 
 copper and zinc). 
 
 Xciknoxiruv, (x a ^ K0 X^ T0)V )°C (0, fj) 
 (XClTiKoc, xiTtiv), arrayed in a brazen 
 tunic, brass-clad, brazen-mailed. 
 
 Xajuai, on or to the ground. 
 
 Xapi-eig, -eggcl, -ev O^apic), pleasing, 
 graceful, beautiful. 
 
 Xap-'iXpjiai, f. -iao/zai Att. -lov/iai, 
 pf. KExApta/JLat (xapt-c) (with dat.), 
 to oblige, gratify. 
 
 Xdpic, (XdpcT)og (fj) (xatpu), favour, 
 thanks, gratitude; at XdpiTEg, the 
 Graces. 
 
 Xellog, (xEc2,E)og (to), a lip. 
 
 Xei/itiv, (xEi/J.tiv)og (6) (xeijuo), win- 
 ter, cold, a storm ; x^Wtivi, in win- 
 ter. 
 
 Xeip, (xeip)6g, dat. pi. x £ P^ (v)i the 
 hand, arm; (pi.), force, violence. 
 
 Xeipicroty-oc, -ov (6), Chinsophus. 
 
 Xsllduv, (xe\l56v)0Q (fj), a swallow. 
 
 Xepaovno-og, -ov (fj) (Att. Xep'p'ovr]- 
 cog) (X£P a °C> vycoc), the Cherso- 
 nese or Peninsula. 
 
 Xeu, f. xevo-o), pf. Kexvica, Att. 1 aor. 
 
 lx za Ep. EX EVa > t0 P our out > s h e d 
 (a tear), cause to fall (said of orna- 
 
 ments), throw out (earth, so as to 
 
 form a mound), heap up. 
 XfjV, (xvv)oc (6, fj), a goose. 
 Xfjp-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -77c) (77), a widow. 
 Xfjp-og, -a (Ion. -77), -ov, bereaved, be- 
 reft, widowed. 
 XfjTog, (xVT£)oc (to), want. 
 XdcJv, (xdov)6g (fj), the earth, ground ; 
 
 xOova dvvcu, to enter the earth, die. 
 XlTii-OL, -at, -a, a thousand. 
 XO^-og, -ov (6), forage. 
 Xltuv, (xlrCJv)og (6), an under-gar- 
 
 ment, tunic, coat, robe. 
 X"kalv-a (Ion. -77), -77c (fj), a cloak, 
 
 mantle. 
 X6/l-oc, -ov (b), anger, wrath. 
 Xopd-fj, -rjg (fj) a string or chord (of 
 
 a lyre). 
 XopevT-fjc, -ov (6) (xopevo), a choral 
 
 dancer, dancer. 
 Xopev-co, f. -ceo (xopog), to dance. 
 Xop-6c, -ov (b), a chorus, choir, band 
 
 of dancers and singers. 
 Xopr-OQ, -ov (b), an enclosure, fodder, 
 
 forage. 
 Xpdofiat, f. xPV<™f* a <>> P^ K€XP7jo-fiat 
 
 and KtxPW a, -> aor - ^XPV^^W an ^ 
 
 expvedrjv (mid. of XP C <- U ) (with 
 
 dat.), to use, employ, experience, 
 
 manage, treat, render, make, wear. 
 Xpfj, impf. kxpfjv and XPW> inf- XPV- 
 
 vai, f. XP^ GEL (XP&u) (with ace), 
 
 it behooves, it is proper or best for, it 
 
 is necessary for, one ought. 
 Xpy&, impf. expy^ov (xpdu) (with 
 
 gen.), to want, desire, ask. 
 Xpij/ia, (xpfjfidr)oc (to) (xpdojuai), 
 
 a thing ; to, XPW^Ta, goods, effects, 
 
 property, money, wealth. 
 Xpfjolfi-og, -rj, -ov (xpdofiai), useful, 
 
 good. 
 Xpt-o), f. -acd, aor. Explcra, to anoint. 
 Xpov-og, -ov (6), time; b ETTEiTa 
 
 Xpbvog, the time to come, the future ; 
 
 b Trpoadev xpbvog, the former time; 
 
 baov xpovov, during as long a time 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 347 
 
 as ; tocovtov xpovov, during so 
 long a time. 
 
 XpvoEi-og, -7], -ov Ep. for xpvaeog. 
 
 Upvas-og, -a (Ion. -77), -ov (contr. 
 Xpvcr-ovg, -r), -ovv) (xpvcrog), gold- 
 en, beautiful, resplendent, brightly- 
 beaming, glittering (of stars). 
 
 Xpvai-ov, -ov (to) (dimin. from xpv- 
 Gog), apiece of gold, money. 
 
 X.VT-6e, -f), -ov (xsu), heaped up. 
 
 Hco-ofiat, f. cofiat, aor. kxcoudfirjv 
 (with dat.), to be angry at or with. 
 
 XuTToaa (for kcu 67r6aa),and as many 
 (things) as. 
 
 Xdip-a, -ag (Ion. -7], -rjg) (i)), a place, 
 country, region, territory, post (in 
 battle). 
 
 Xcop-ico (-co), f. -Tjoco Ct«pof), to give 
 place, go away, go, come on, advance. 
 
 Xcopt-ov, -ov (to) (xupoe, x<*>P a )> a 
 place; to kxvpbv X'^plov, a strong- 
 hold. 
 
 ^en-afa, f. -daco (ipa/cdg), to diffuse. 
 
 "tslTu-ov, -ov (to), a bracelet. 
 
 "fevd-yc, -Eg (tpsvdofzai), lying, false, 
 untrue ; to ipEvdsg, a falsehood, lie. 
 
 "fevdu, f. ijjevltco, pf. pass, eipevafiat, 
 aor. pass, etpevadnv, to deceive; 
 (mid.), to speak falsely, prove false ; 
 to TpevdeGdai, falsehood. 
 
 "itk-og, -f), -ov (ipico), bare, unprotect- 
 ed (by a helmet). 
 
 ''tlX-oco (-co), f. -cbaco (ipl?.6c), to make 
 bare, clear. 
 
 ^VX'V' ~VC (V) (ipvxu), the breath, life, 
 
 spirit, soul ; ipi>xyv ekutcvocev, she 
 swooned away or fainted. 
 
 Q. 
 
 r Q. and co ! O ! 
 
 7 Q6e (ode), thus, as follows, as. 
 
 'Qk-vc, -eta, -v, quick, swift, fleet, fast. 
 
 'Qfi-og, -r), -ov, cruel, unfeeling. 
 
 "Qv, ovca, ov (pres. part, of elfzi), 
 being, while, although. 
 
 'Qv-eofxcu (-ovfiat), f. -rjtrofiai, pf. 
 kuvrifiat, aor. £covr/ad/i7]v and eV- 
 pta/ir/v, to buy, purchase. 
 
 'Q-ov, -ov (to), an egg. 
 
 ~Q,7rtc, ( v Qmd)og (rj), Opis. 
 
 "£Lp-a, -ag (Ion. -77, -7]c), a season, hour. 
 
 'Q,pal-og, -a, -ov (copa), in the bloom 
 of youth, in the flower of one' 's age. 
 
 "Qg (=z ovTcog), so, thus, in this manner. 
 
 "Qg (coming after a noun), like, as; 
 tcanbg cog, coward-like, like or as a 
 coward. 
 
 'Q,g, as, as if, so as, that, so that, in 
 order that, inasmuch as, in what way, 
 how, as well as, when; (with nu- 
 merals), about ; (prep.), to ; (= ow- 
 cog), how! in what a condition! cog 
 avvoTOV, as far as possible ; cog 
 ocbElEV and cog w0£/U,e (lit., O how 
 he ought !), would that he! 
 
 "Qctttep (cog, TTEp), even as, just as, as, 
 like, as it were. 
 
 "Qctte (cog, te), that, so that, as, so as, 
 (with nom.), like. 
 
 'QtelX-tj, -rjg, (ij), a wound, scar. 
 
 'Q,<j)£?,-£co (-co), f. -TjGco (ocbslog), to 
 help, aid, assist, succour. 
 
 THE END. 
 
PROF. M'CLINTOCK AND CROOKS'S 
 
 Series of QEIementarg 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN BOOKS, 
 
 PUBLISHED AND IN JOURSE OF PUBLICATION 
 
 By Harper and Brothers, New York. 
 
 DESIGNED FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 
 
 IO° At the request of many teachers, the plan of the Series has been altered for the 
 purpose of introducing a Latin Reader as the " Second Book in Latin." The First 
 and Second Books in Latin and Greek will thus afford all that is necessary in pre- 
 paratory training, before beginning the regular reading of the classic authors. The 
 ** Introduction to Writing Latin" will form the work heretofore announced as the "Sec- 
 ond Book in Latin,'" which has been long in careful preparation. 
 
 Sixst Book in £atin. 
 
 Containing Grammar, Exercises, and Vocabularies, on the Method of 
 constant Imitation and Repetition. With Summaries of Etymol- 
 ogy and Syntax. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. (Fifth Edition.) 
 
 Seconb Book in £atin. 
 
 Being a sufficient Latin Reader, in Extracts from Caesar and Cicero, 
 with Notes and full Vocabulary. 12mo. (Soon.) 
 
 iFirst Book in Oftreek. 
 
 Containing a full View of the Forms of Words, with Vocabularies 
 and copious Exercises, on the Method of constant Imitation and 
 Repetition. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. (Second Edition.) 
 
 Seronb Book in (®reek. 
 
 Containing a Syntax, with Reading Lessons in Prose; Prosody and 
 Reading Lessons in Verse. Forming a sufficient Greek Reader, 
 with Notes and copious Vocabulary. 12mo. (Nearly ready.) 
 
 Jfntrobuction to toriting iLatin. 
 
 Containing a full Syntax, on the Basis of Kiihner, with Loci Memo- 
 riales selected from Cicero, and copious Exercises for Imitation 
 and Repetition. 12mo. 
 
 Intended for higher classes in schools and lower classes in colleges. 
 
 practical JTntrobnction to £atin Stgle. 
 
 Principally translated from Grysar's " Theorie des lateinischen 
 Stiles." 
 
 This work will supply a want which has long been felt in our high schools and col- 
 leges. 
 
 Testimonials to the First Books in Latin and Greek. 
 
 The " First Book in Latin," by Professors M'Clintock and Crooks, I prefer, on many 
 accounts, to any other of the elementary Latin grammars now used in our schools ; 
 and I have no doubt that its philosophical and eminently practical character will se- 
 cure for it great popularity, both among teachers and pupils. — Rev. J. F. Schroedek, 
 Rector of St. Ann's Hall, New York. 
 
 If the rest of the series are equal to the " First Book in Greek," they form the best 
 introduction to the classical tongues with which we are acquainted. — Prof. Hart, 
 Principal of the Central High School, Philadelphia. 
 
 The authors have been very happy in the distribution and arrangement of the sub- 
 jects, so as to introduce the beginner gradually to the difficulties, and yet carry him 
 forward rapidly to an acquaintance with the essential forms and principles of Greek 
 grammar. There is also a perspicuity, deflniteness, and conciseness in the language 
 with which I am exceedingly pleased —Prof. W. S. Tyler, Amherst College, Mass 
 
2 Testimonials to the First Books in Latin and Greek. 
 
 A pretty careful examination convinces me of its great value as an introductory 
 book, and its decided superiority to every other I have seen. It appears to me you 
 have greatly improved upon Arnold, and been eminently successsful in a gradual and 
 not too rapid unfolding of grammatical principles.— Prof. Sturges, Hanover College, 
 Indianna. 
 
 I had tried all sorts of books, from Adams's and Ross's down to Andrews and Stod- 
 dard's, Wells's, Krebs's, Cleveland's, and lastly Arnold's, and think the "First 
 Book" is incomparably superior as a practical work to any other in use.— C. W. 
 Blake, Principal of Prune Street Classical Academy, Philadelphia. 
 
 I have given the classical books of Professors M'Clintock and Crooks a thorough 
 examination, and am highly pleased with them. I have introduced both the First 
 Latin and First Greek into my school, and am convinced that they elicit and keep up 
 a greater interest in the study of those languages than any I have yet used. — Rev. 
 Charles Reynolds, A.M., Rector of Williamsburgh Grammar School. 
 
 I have examined with much attention the " First Book in Latin" of Professors 
 M'Clintock and Crooks, and am happy to bear testimony to the practical tact and sound 
 scholarship which they have shown in the preparation of the work. The arrange- 
 ment is simple and lucid, and the gradual steps by which the youthful student is in- 
 troduced to the grammatical laws of the language, both as it regards etymology and 
 syntax, are such as, in my estimation, to render the book deserving of the patronage 
 of every instructor. I most heartily wish it the extensive circulation it so eminently 
 deserves.— John J. Owen, Principal of the Cornelius Institute. 
 
 I have examined and used in my school M'Clintock and Crooks's First Books in 
 Latin and Greek, and fully approve of the design of the works. I think they are cal- 
 culated to awaken greatly the interest of the scholar in lessons that have generally 
 been considered tedious, at the same time that they convey a thorough knowledge of 
 elementary principles. — Aaron Rand, Collegiate and Mercantile School, New York. 
 
 I regard the " First Book in Latin" as the best yet published in our country. — 
 Prof. Lewis, Woodward College, Ohio. 
 
 The writers have added valuable improvements to the excellent works of Kiihner 
 and Arnold. The analysis of the Third Declension is more satisfactory and philo- 
 sophical than any thing of the kind that I have met with. The rules of syntax are 
 more clearly and briefly expressed than those of any grammar within my knowledge. 
 —Prof. Stafford, University of Alabama. 
 
 I think the " First Book in Latin" better calculated than any work I know to in- 
 duce students, from the beginning, to study Latin critically. We have made it one 
 of the works required as preparatory to college. — Prof. H. B. Lane, Wesleyan Uni- 
 versity, Middletown, Conn. 
 
 We have introduced the " First Book in Latin," and find it far superior to any other 
 elementary work. — Prof. Wheeler, Indiana Ashury University. 
 
 The solid, well-arranged, and perspicuous " First Book in Latin," completely sup- 
 plies the want I have long felt, as a teacher of Latin, of a book for beginners. The 
 unusual progess my pupils make in accurate knowledge of the language — knowledge 
 which they can apply without error or difficulty — is the best proof I possess of the 
 practical value of the book.— Rev. J. H. Dashiell, Principal of th6 Light Street In- 
 stitute, Baltimore. 
 
 The most thorough, practical, and philosophical method of teaching Greek that we 
 have ever seen.— Savannah Republican. 
 
 The best introduction to the classical tongues with which we are acquainted. The 
 " First Book in Greek" is " Greek made easy," not by leaving out all the hard parts, 
 but by presenting the difficulties one at a time, and in the order most consonant to 
 nature and reason. It does equal credit to the scholarship and the practical good 
 sense of its authors. We have seen no school book for many a long year that has 
 given us more unmingled and entire satisfaction. — Sartain's Union Magazine. 
 
 The " First Book in Latin" combines all the advantages of recently-improved meth- 
 ods, and contains many decided improvements. A more philosophical and practical, 
 system of teaching Latin we have never seen. — Prof. Salkeld, Naugatuck, Conn. 
 
 The grammatical part of the work is very complete, although condensed into a 
 wonderfully short compass. — Philadelphia Inquirer. 
 
 Among many other advantages, it contains precisely such remarks and explanations 
 as a student wishes to have in the early part of his course, but which, in common 
 grammars, are strangely omitted.— J. A. Devinney, High School, Carlisle, Penn. 
 
 M'Clintock and Crooks's First Books in Latin and Greek are incomparable, and 
 certainly the best books for beginners ever published, and I am convinced will meet 
 with the heartiest commendation from teachers throughout the country. — W. C. S 
 Richardson, Professor of Languages, Tuscaloosa. 
 
 The lessons in the " Fi-rst Book in Greek" are so easy, natural, and interesting, 
 that they must win every boy to the study of the language. I shall recommend it tc 
 every teacher.— Prof. Martin, Hampden Sydney College. 
 
Valuable Stort-baoks 
 
 FOR COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, AND SCHOOLS, 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. 
 
 Based on the German Work of Passow. With Additions, &c, 
 by Henry Drisler, under the Supervision of Professor Anthon. 
 Royal 8vo, Sheep extra, $5 00. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's School Greek Lexicon ; 
 
 Being an Abridgment of the Above, by the Authors, with the 
 Addition of a Second Part, viz. English-Greek. (In press.) 
 
 Anthon's Classical Dictionary. 
 
 Containing an Account of the principal Proper Names mention- 
 ed in Ancient Authors, together with an Account of the Coins, 
 Weights, and Measures of the Ancients, with Tabular Values 
 of the same. Royal 8vo, Sheep extra, $4 00. 
 
 Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman An- 
 tiquities. First American Edition, corrected and enlarged, and 
 containing also numerous Articles relative to the Botany, Min- 
 eralogy, and Zoology of the Ancients, by GJharles Anthon, 
 LL.D. Illustrated by a large number of Engravings. Royal 
 8vo, Sheep extra, $4 00. 
 
 Smith's School Dictionary of Antiquities. 
 
 Abridged from the larger Dictionary. With Corrections and 
 Improvements, by Charles Anthon, LL.D. Illustrated with 
 numerous Engravings. 12mo, half Sheep, 90 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, the Prolegomena 
 of Kuhner, Wiggers' Life of Socrates, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Anabasis of Xenophon. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Map arranged 
 according to the latest and best Authorities, and a Plan of tho 
 Battle of Cunaxa. 12rno, Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Germania and Agricola of Tacitus. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory., thft Prolegomena 
 of Botticher, and a Geographical Index. 12me Sbeep extra. 
 75 cents. 
 
% Works for Colleges, Schools, Aj*c, 
 
 Anthon's Cicero De Senectute, De Amicitia, 
 
 Paradoxa, and Somniura Scipionis, and the Life of Atticus by 
 Cornelius Nepos. With English Notes, critical and explana 
 tory. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Select Orations of Cicero. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, and Historical, 
 Geographical, and Legal Indexes. With a Portrait. 12mo, 
 Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Zumpt's Latin Grammar. 
 
 From the Ninth Edition of the Original, adapted to the Use of 
 English Students, by L. Schmitz, Ph.D. Corrected and enlarged 
 by C Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Zumpt's School Latin Grammar. 
 
 Translated and adapted to the High School of Edinburgh, by 
 L. Schmitz, Ph.D. Corrected and enlarged by C. Anthox 
 LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 50 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Sallust's History of the Jugur thine 
 
 War, and of the Conspiracy of Catiline. With an English Com- 
 mentary, and Geographical and Historical Indexes. New Edi- 
 tion, corrected and enlarged. With a Portrait. 12mo, Sheep 
 extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Ancient Geography. 
 
 A System of Ancient and Mediaeval Geography. 8vo 
 
 Findlay's Classical Atlas, 
 
 To illustrate Ancient Geography ; comprised in 25 Maps, show- 
 ing the various Divisions of the World as known to the An- 
 cients. With an Index of the Ancient and Modern Names. 
 The Maps are beautifully Colored, and the Index is remarkably 
 full and complete. 8vo, half bound, $3 75. 
 
 Anthon's System of Greek Prosody and Meter, 
 
 Together with the Choral Scanning of the Prometheus Vinctus 
 of ^Eschylus, and GEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; also, Re- 
 marks on the Indo-Germanic Analogies. 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Greek Reader. 
 
 Principally from the German of Jacobs. With English Notes, 
 critical and explanatory, a Metrical Index to Homer and Anac- 
 reon, and a copious Lexicon. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Homer's Iliad. 
 
 The first Six Books of Homer's Iliad, to which are appended 
 English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Index, and 
 Homeric Glossary. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Grammar of the Greek Language. 
 
 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 
 mm^mM 
 

 \ 
 
 
 -0' v « 
 
 ,9 V * ' v 
 
 v-V 
 
 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 
 
 v-. 
 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 
 , PreservationTechnoiogies 
 
 ; ; ' «^' .^ A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
 
 
 - 
 
 ■ 
 
 PAPER PRESERVATION 
 
 111 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 (724) 779-21 1 1 
 

 
 
 \> </> 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 V * 
 
 X ^. t* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .** 
 
 A" 
 
 ^0 o 
 
 <* 
 
 
 ,% 
 
 o o x 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ S* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -'■ V 
 
 
 
 ^ '. -v 
 
 
 ,0o. 
 
 
 * S ** ', 
 
 
 
 ^